(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Calendar"

tmtammttu^ 





McGILL UNIVERSITY 



ANNUAL CALENDAR 

FOR SESSION ld03-1904 

VtTH 

PASS LISTS 

EXAMINATION PAPERS 

FOR SESSION 1902-1908 



MONTIlEAtt 

19031. 




Jiii-;Tri 




.a^i 



Nl 



ANNUAL CALENDAR 



OF 



McGILL COLLEGE 



AND 



UNIVERSITY, 

MONTREAL. 




FOUXDED UNDER BEQUEST OF THE HON. JAMES McGILL, 
ERECTED INTO A UNIVERSITY BY ROY^AL CHARTER 

IN 1821, AND RE-ORGANIZED BY AN (^ 

AMENDED CHARTER IN 1852. *1 




SESSION 1908-1904 



Printed for the University by the Gazette Printing Company. 

1903. 



LB 
3 



The Liist of Graduates, corrected to July, 1903, and the 
Examination ra[)ers tor each Session (price 75 cents), 
are published separately, and ma}' be ol)tained on 
application to the Registrar. 



INDEX. 



„ , XVI 

Academic Board 34 

Academic Dress 10 

Admission •■•-. .• • 21 

Of Students of other L niversities - 

Affiliated Colleges and Schools ••;••••• 7 

Affiliation to Oxford, Cambridge, and Dublin g 

Age for Admission 252 

Anatomy, Course in ' ' " 284 

Museum of 87 §9 

Anglo-Saxon, Courses in 

Announcements : ^^^ 

Faculty of Applied Science 45 

Faculty of Arts 217 

Facult'y of Law 234 

Faculty of Medicme 299 

McGill Normal School ■■ 136 

Royal Victoria College for Women ^^^ 

Applied Mechanics, Course in 

4 141 

Applied Science, Faculty of 

Courses, Outline of I49 

Architecture 152 

Chemistry I53 

Civil Engineering 151 

Electrical Engineering j5g 

Mechanical Engineering j5Y 

Metallurgy I59 

Mining Engineering 

Courses of Lectures :— IgO 

Architecture ; 163 

Chetnistry and Assaying •■■.-•;••;••;•• : ifi5 

Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics J^o 

Bridge Construction • jg^ 

Hvdraulics 16S 

Municipal Engineering jg. 

Structural Engineering jgg 

Theory of Structures jgg 

Descriptive Geometry jgg 

Electrical Engineering ^^2 

English. . ■■■■■■■■: '. '. ". 185 

Experimental Physics ■■ ^ ■ ■ ■■ ■ : I73 

Freehand Drawing and Lettering ^-^ 

MSSatics and Matheraatical' Physics J j5 

Mechanical Engineering y-^. 

Metallurgy I8I 

Metereology 181 

Mineralogy 181 

Mining Engineering 147 184 

Summer School ' jgg 

Surveying and Geodesy ^^- -^gg 

Sumn^er School ' jgj 

Thermodynamics • IpO 

Transportation 



IV 

Pagr. 

Donations (19(12-0^) 210 

Diiuhle ('(iiii'ses "(^ 

l)ej;ivf, Rcciviircnienfcs for B.Sc 21, 142 

Dejiirees, B. A. and B.Sc. (combined course) ' as 

Duration of Session 7 

E.xaniinations 142 148 

I''or Ku 1 ranee ' 13 

E.xliibiiions r I4.I 

Fees yQ 

Graduate Courses 142 

Honours ' 144 

Laboratories ] nj^ 

Medals 141 

M useums 2( I.") 

Prizes ■ ■ ]"44 

Registrat ion •>-7 

Research Work (1902-1903) '. .'.'...!! '. '. '. 209 

Special Lectures. ] li)2 

Summer Work :^ 

Art 192 

English ' I'-o 

Mining .' 147^ ],sj 

Surveying 147, l.sy 

Students, List of ;j27 

Time Tables 212 

Workshops 20fi 

Courses in 207 

Architecture 

Course in 149 

Subject of 1(50 

Art, Summer Courses in 192 

Arts. Faculty of 3 45 

Course for B. A '58 

For B. Sc 64 

Courses of Lectures : — 

Anatomy 252 

Anglo-Saxon 87, 89 

Art and Archaeology IO4 

Astronomy ". Dl 

Biology. . ." ........'. 116 

Botany II7 

Chemistry 113 

Classical Literature and History 76 

Comparative Philology 85 

Constitutional Law and History 103 

Dynamics HO 

Econoin ics 100 

English Language and Literature 85 

French 91 

Geology ........'. 122 

German 94 

Greek 77 

History 98 

History of Philosophy 106 

History of Economic Theory 100 

History of Political Theory 102 

Italian " 96 

r^atin "..'.'...'.'.'.'. 80 

Logic 105 

Mathematics 108 

Advanced Sections 112 

Mechanics HI 

Mental Philosophy 104 



Page 

125 

Meteorology... ■ 90 

Middle English 115 

Mineralogy 90 

Moeso-Gothic 91 

Modern Languages 104 

Moral Philosophy ;".'..... Ill 

Optics 125 

Pedagogy. . 109, 111 

Physics 123 

Physiography 254 

Physiology 100 

Political Science IO4 

Psychology 101 

Public Finance . . ; 103 

Roman Law " 84 

Sanskrit 97 

Semitic Languages 119 

Zoology ■ 72 

Certificates r y -d\ 21, 58 

Degrees, Requirements for H.A ^^ g^ 

ForB.Sc 

Double Courses 6S 

Arts and Applied Science ^1 

Arts and La^y •••••■•,■.•. 69 

Arts (B. A.) and Medicine -q 

Arts (B. Sc.) and Medicine rj 

Duration of Session ; ; ' ■ 55^ 07 

Examinations ' 66 

At Christmas 12 

For entrance 66 

Supplemental..... •■■ ■ ' 68,69,70 

Exemptions in Double Courses ,-2 

For Theological Students ■ • • ^- 

Exhibitions ' 47 

First Year 53 

Second Year 29 

Fees ; . . 27 

Time for Payment. 61 

Honour Courses 125 

Laboratories • 72 

Literate in Arts ".'.'.'.".'.. 72 

Medals 72 

Prizes 27 

Registration 45, 55 

Scholarships . 76 

Summer Classes 313 

Students, List of 130 

Time Tables • ' " " ' , 163, 178 

Assaying, Courses m 198 

Laboratories _ • • • • • 11 

Associate of Arts, Certificate of 

Associations, see Societies. 43 

Astronomical Observatory HI 

Astronomy, Courses in 38 

Athletics • ■ • •. .v ' .... 38, 337 

Athletic Association, University ^^ 

B.A. Degree, Regulations "'.".... 58 

Course for 65, 67 

Examinations ••■•••;•••:••■,■ bV' 'AmiVQ .... 68, 69, 70 

Exemptions for Professional Students ' g^ 

Honour Courses 22, 219 

B C.L. Degree, Regulations 21, 64, 142 

B.Sc. Degree, Regulation.s 64 

Course in Faculty of Arts . ; i^g igo 

In Faculty ot Applied Science 



Page. 

Examinations 12, 13, 65, 142 

Double Course for B.A. and B.Sc 68 

Honour Courses 61, 146 

Bar Regulations, Province of Quebec 229 

Benefactors 342 

Biology, Courses in (Arts) 116 

(Medicine) 261 

Board of Governors xiv 

Their Powei's 2 

Board and Residence 7 

In Royal Victoria College for Women 138 

Botanical Laboratories 128 

Botanv, Courses in (Arts) 117 

(Medicine) 261 

Bursaries, see Exhibitions. 

Calendar of Appointments, etc xxvil 

Cambridge University, Affiliation to 7 

Carpenter Shop 206 

Instruction in 207 

Caution Money 30,33 

Cement Laboratory 193 

Certificate, Associate of Ai'ts 11 

Of Standing 33 

Of Literate in Arts 72 

In A>ts 73 

Matriculation 28 

Chancellor, The 2 

Charter, The 2 

Chemistry Building, The Macdonald 40 

Chemistry : — 

Course in 152 

Subject of (Art.-) 113 

(Applied Science) 163 

(Medicine) 2.53 

Laboratories 193, 238 

Civil Engineering :— 

Course in 153 

Subject of 165 

Civil Procedure, Courses in 223 

Class Lists 312 

Classical Literature and Histoi-y, Courses in 76 

Classification of Students 8 

Clinical Medicine, Courses in 257 

Clinical Surgery, Courses in 258 

Clubs, see Societies. 

College Grounds, Management of 38 

Commercial Law, Courses in 223 

Committees of Governors and Corporation xvii 

Companies, Courses in Law of 222 

Conditioned Students 9 

Conduct of Students 35 

Constitution of the Lhiiversity 2 

Constitutional History. Courses in 99, 193 

Constitutional Law, Courses in 103, 221 

Corporation, The -• 3 

Corporations. Courses in Law of, 222 

Criminal Law, Courses in 223 

D. C. L. Degree, Requirements for 25, 226 

D.Litt. Degree, Requirements for 24 

D.Sc. Degree, Requii'ements for 25 

Degrees, Regulations concerning. 21 



vu 

Page. 

Descriptive Geometry, Courses in 16B 

Discipline 3o 

Diseases of Infants, Courses in ^ob, zoo 

Donations in Applied Science ... 210 

Double Courses 6^ 

Dublin University, Affiliation to 7 

Drawine, Courses in 161, 1T3, 1(7 

Diess, Academic ■ ^3 

Dynamics, Courses in llOj 17» 

Laboratory of 202 

Early English Text Society's Prize Ji 

Economics, Courses in 10" 

Electrical Engineerina;. 

Course in 1^* 

Subject of 169 

Laboratories 19o 

Elocution, Fee for 33 

Engineering, Courses in _ l^p 

English Language and Litei'ature, Courses in 85, 172 

Endowments : ^42 

Entrance 1^ 

Into Second Year 20 

Entrance Examination, see Matriculation. 

Equivalent Standing for Students from other Universities. 21 

Kxemptions from aiatrioulation F-xamination 11 

Exemptions in Arts for Students in Professional Faculties. 68, 69, 70 

For Students in Theological Colleges 72 

Exhibitions : — 

First Year Entrance in Arts -p 

Second Year in Arts 53 

In Applied Science 144 

Winners of (1902-1903) 10 

And see Scholarships. 

Expenses of Board and Residence 2 

Experimental Physics. Courses in 108, 125 



Faculties, General Statement of ^ 

Faculty of Applied Science, see Applied Science. 

Of Arts, see Arts. 

Of Law, see Law. 

Of Medicine, see Medicine. 

Fees : — 

In Facultv of Applied Science 30 

In Arts.." 29 

In Law 32 

In Medicine 31 

For Higher Degrees 33 

Matriculation 28 

Miscellaneous 33 

Music 4, 139 

Royal Victoria College for Women 29, 138 

Athletics 39 

Time of Payment 27 

Fellows of the University „ xv, 3 

Foundation of the L'niversity 1 

Foundry, The 207 

Instruction in '■ _ 208 

Freehand Drawing, Courses in 173, 193 

French, Courses in 91 



VUl 

Page. 

Geodesy, Courses in . jgg 

Geodetic Laboratory ! 196 

Geology, Courses in 12'? 173 

Geometry, Courses in Descriptive "' 168 

German, Courses in g^ 

Governors, IJoard of : ............ xiv 

Their Powers 2 

Graduates (1901-1902) ".'.'..".'.'.' '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' 304 

Graduate Courses in Applied Science . 142 

In Medicine 271 

Graduates, Lectures open to, in Arts 24 73 

Graduates' Societies, see Societies. ' 

Greek, Courses in r^rj 

Grounds, Management of 

Committee of Management 
Gymnastics, Classes for Men i 

Classes for AVomen 



38 
38 
43 

Gynaecology, Courses in 259 

Hebrew, Courses in 97 

Histological Laboratories ■..''.............. 239 

Histology, Courses in 255 

History, Courses in 98 

Constitutional, Courses in 99 103 

Of the Faculty of Medicine ' 234 

Of the University 1 

61 



Honour Courses in Arts 



Certificates . 73 

Hospitals " ' •'..'... 288 

Hydraulics, Courses in .....]....]...... 167 

Laboratory \ /' ' ' ' ' ' 197 

Infantile Diseases, Courses in 258, 266 

Instruction, Officers of 



XVlll 



International Law, Courses in ......!... 226 



Italian 



96 



Latin, Courses in 80 

Laryngology, Courses in 265 

Law, Faculty of 4 217 

Announcement ' 217 

Bar requirements for Admission to Study... ...!_"... . 229 

To Practice 229 

Courses of Lectures : — 

Agency and Partnership 222 

Civil Procedure 223, 224 

Commercial Law ' 223 

Constitutional Law 221 

Corporations 222 

Criminal Law 223 

International Law ' ] . . ' 226 

Legal History and Bibliography 221 

Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts 224 

Obligations 225 

Real Property and Notarial Law 225 

Roman Law 220 

Successions, Gifts and Substitutions 224 

Double Courses in Arts and J^aw 71 

Degree, Requirements for B.C.L 22, 219 

For D.C.L 25, 226 

Duration of Session 7 

Examinations 219 

Fees \. ............... . 32 



IX 

Page. 

Holidays 220 

Matriculation 14 

Medals 219 

Prizes 218 

Registration 27 

Regulations 218 

Scholarships ... 218 

Students, List of 312 

Time Table 232 

Lecturers, List of xviii 

Legal History and Bibliography, Courses in 221 

Library, The University 41, 295 

Regulations .. 296 

Libraries, Departmental. 

Applied Science 40 

Cheniistrv and Mining 128 

Law ...;. 217 

Medicine 28o 

Physics , 126 

Lists of Students 312 

Literate in Arts, Certificate of 72 

LL.D. Degree, Requirements for 25 

Local Centres, Matriculation Exam, for 10 

Logic, Courses in 105 



M. A. Degree, Regulations . 22 

M.D. Degree, Regulations 24 

Requirements for 24, 275 

M.Sc. Degree 24 

Machine Design, Courses in 177 

Machine Shop 207 

Course of Instruction in 208 

Maritime Law, Courses in 223 

Marriage Covenants, Courses in Law of -■ . . 224 

Materia Medica, Courses in 256 

Mathematics and Math. Physics, Courses in (Arts).. 108 

(Applied Science) 175 

Mathematical Laboratory 202 

Matriculation Examination 10 

Requirements of Faculties ■ 12 

Details of Subjects 15 

Regulations 10 

Fees for 28 

Exemptions from 11 

Time and place of , 10 

At local centres 10, 19 

Certificates 28 

McGill Normal School Announcement 299 

Mechanical Engineering. 

Course in 1 56 

Subject of 1T6 

Laboratory ... 198 

Mechanics, Courses in Ill, 175 

Medals awarded in Arts 72 

In Applied Science 144 

In Law 219 

In Medicine 279 

For Physical Culture 44 

Medical Jurisprudence, Lectures in 260 

Medicine, Lectures in 2.56 

Medicine, Subject of Clinical 257 



X 

Page 

Meili<;ine, Faculty of 934 

Courses T ■.■.■.■;.■.■■.■. .'..'.:: 251 

Adviincen 2,71 

Double Courses in Arts and Medicine ..... . . . . . 69 207 

Graduate '971 

Courses of Lectures : — 

Anatomy . 2o"' 

^iology V^V.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'.'..'. 261 

Chemistry , 253 

Clinical Microscopy 266 

Gj'naecology .' ^ 259 

Hytiiene 954 

Histology y......... . ... 255 

Infantile Diseases 258 266 

Laryngology '260 

Medical Jurisprudence 260 

Medicine and Clinical Medicine 256, 257 

Mental Diseases ' 266 

Obstetrics 258 

Opthalmology and Otology .....'....... 260 

Pathology and Bacteriology 262 

Pharmacology and Therapeutics 256 

Physiology 254 

Public Health and Preyentiye Medicine 264 274 

Rhinology '265 

Surgery and Clinical Surgery '.'.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".' 257, 258 

Buildings, Description of 237 

Clinical Instruction _ ' " 991 

Degree, Requirements for M.D 24 275 

Duration of Session ' " 7 

Examinations 278 

Fees ...............! 31 

Fellow.ships 279 

Foundation and Early History ................... .' 234 

Honours " 279 

Hospitals y. ............. . 288 

Laboratories ............... 238 

Library 285 

Maternity, The Montreal.'. ...... ...'.".".'.'.".'.'.' .'.".' '.'.'.'.' 292 

Matriculation I4 

^e*]?'s ^^- -. '.:.'..'.'.:...:.:..'.'.:..'.::. m 

Medical Society 287 

Museums 281 

Anatomical 284 

Hygiene 283 

Pathological 982 

Prizes 279 

Registration requirements of Proyinces, Great Britain, 

and elsewhere 240 

Regulations ......,.......'. '. 275 

Summer School . ."....... 272 

Students, List of 320 

Text Books y. ........... .. 280 

Time Tables ■"■'■■ 249 

Medical Build ings, Description of ......." . . . . 237 

Mental Diseases, Courses in 266 

Mental and Moral Philosophy, Courses in.. .....* . .......... 104 

Metallurgy. 

Course in I57 

Subject of 178 

Laboratories 198 

Metaphysics, Courses in 104 

Meteorology, Courses in 125, 181 

Milling Room ' 199 



XI 

Faqb. 

Mineralogy, Courses in 115, 181 

Mininti Building, The Macdouald 40 

Mining Engineering. 

Course in 1^^ 

Subject of 181 

Laboratories 199 

Model School, McGill 300 

Museum, The Peter Redpath 42 

Museums of Applied Science 205 

Of Anatomy 28 1 

Of Hygiene •- 283 

Of Pathology 282 

Music, Courses in 139 

Examinations in 4 

formal School, McGill 299 

Notarial Law, Courses in 225 

Obligations, Courses in Law of 225 

Observatorj' , The 43 

Obstetrics, Courses in 258 

Occasional Students, see Partial Students. 

Officers of Instruction, etc xviii 

Opthalmology, Courses in 260 

Otology, Courses in 260 

Oxford University, Affiliation to 7 

Palaeontology, Courses in 123 

Partial Students 9 

Pathology, Courses in 262 

Laboratory of 239 

Museum of • 282 

Patternmaking Shop 206 

Course of Instruction in 208 

Payment of Fees 27 

Pedagogy, Courses in 125 

Peter Redpath Museum 42 

Petrogi-aphical Laboratory 129, 200 

Pharmacological Laboratories 237 

Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Courses in 256 

Physical Culture Classes (Men) 43 

(Women) 138 

Physics Building, The Macdonald 41 

Laboratories 125, 201 

Physics, Courses in (Arts) 109, 111 

(Applied Science) 185 

Physiological Laboratories , 239 

Physiology, Courses in 254 

Political Science, Courses in 100 

Preventive Medicine, Courses in 264, 274 

Museum of 283 

Principal. The 2 

Private International Law, Courses in 226 

Prizes in Arts 72 

In Applied Science 144 

In Law 218 

In Medicine _ 279 

Procedure, Courses in Civil 223, 224 

Professional Students' Exemptions in Arts 68 

Professors. List of xviii 

Emeriti xxvi 

Public Health and Preventive Medicine, Courses in 264,274 

Museum of 283 

Public International Law, Courses in 226 

Pyschology, Courses in 104 



Real Property Law, Courses in . . 225 

Registration "2? 

Resiflence, Hoard and "7 

For Women I3g 

Rhinolog}', Courses in ' ' ' 2'65 

Roman J.aw, Courses in ]]/ 2'^0 

Royal Institute of British Architects : 

Examinations for Associateship 102 

Royal Victoria College for Women 41, 130 

Sanskrit, Courses in ^ S4 

Scholarships in Arts | 45 55 

In Applied Science '144 

H. M. Comms." for the Exhibition of 1851 75 14() 

Winners of (1902-1903) \ ' 3IO 

And see Exhibitions. 

Schools, University (A. A.) Examinations of H 

Second Year, Admission to 20 

Semitic Languages, Courses in . . .' 97 

Session, Duration of 7 

Singing, Courses of 139 

Smith Shop 205 

Courses of Instruction in 208 

Societies, Associations, and Clubs 335 

Applied Science Society 335 

Athletic Associacion 337 33s 

Basket B dl Club ".'.■.■.■.■.■.■.■ ".". .' 338 

Chemical Society 33(5 

Cricket Club < 338 

Delta Sigma Society 335 

Football Club '..'.'.'.'..'.'.'. 337 

Association 337 

Glee and Banjo Club . 333 

Graduates' Societies : 

Alumnte 339 

British Columbia 34O 

Chicago 340 

District of Bedford 34O 

Maritime Province.s 34I 

McGill University 339 

New England 340 

New York ..." 339 

Ottawa Valley 339 

Toronto 34O 

Historical Club 335 

Hockey Club 338 

Lawn Tennis Club . . . . . 338 

Literary Society, Undergraduates' 335 

Medical Societ v . 287, 330 

Mining Society ' " '33(5 

Physical Society . ' 335 

Skating Club ... 333 

Young Men's Christian Association 336 

Young Women's Christian Association 337 

Special Lectures in Applied Science 192 

Stanstead Wesleyan College 5 

"!)!, Students of 333 

Students, Classification of 8 

Of other Universities admitted 21 

Lists of ' 312 

Number in Attendance 334 

Successions, Courses in the Law of 224 



Summer Schools and Classes in Arts '5 

In Applied Science |^' 

In Mining |^^ 

In Surveying t^-i, 

In Medicine - • - • „„ Too 

Supplemental Examinations m Arts US 

In Applied Science ^Z° 

In Medicine -'^ 

Surgery, Courses in 



Women, Courses open to, in Arts, 
In the Royal Victoria College 



Residence, etc 

The Royal Victoria College for 

Wood-turning Shop 

Workshops 



Y.M.C.A. of McGill University 



Zoology, Courses in (Arts). 
(In Medicine) 



0/ 



202 
280 



Testing Laboratories 

Text-books in Medicine 

Theological Colleges, Affiliation 

Exemptions in Arts ior Students of 

Therapeutics, Courses in 

Thermodvnamics, Courses in ^"^ 

Laboratory ■. -T: 

Time Table of Lectures, etc., in Applied Science i!!^ 

In Art 

In Law 



72 
256 
191 



130 
232 
249 



In Medicine / -^^v un 

In Royal Victoria College for T\ omen iJJJ 



Transportation, Courses in 

9 

Undergraduates „o 007 

University Athletic Association an, oat 

University School (A. A.) Examinations ^^ 

Vancouver College ,,.S. 

Students of ;^,- • • v; • " • •, "1 Vfi 

Victoria College for Women, The Royal i-^" 

Victoria College, B.C '^ 



9 
136 
138 



Gymnastic Classes for ~ v^ 

■RacirlojTOe ftp. ''^__ 



136 
206 
206 

336 



Y. AV. C. A. of McGill University ^^' 

Zoological Laboratories -„ 



119 
261 



iomriung ^ody of th^ Uniiii^rsity. 



VISITOR 



HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HONOURABLE THE 
EARL OP MINTO, G.C.M.G., LL.D., P.C. 

Governor-General of Canada, etc. 



GOVERNORS : 

THE RIGHT HON. LORD STRATHCONA AND MOUNT ROYAL, 
G.C.M.G., LL.D (Hon. Cantab.), President and Chancellor of 
the University. 

JOHN MOLSON, Esq. 

SIR WILLIAM C. MACDONALD. 

GEORGE HAGUE, Esq. 

EDWARD B. GREENSHIELDS, Esq., B.A. 

SAMUEL FINLEY, Esq. 

ANDREW FREDERICK GAULT, Esq. 

HON. JOHN SPROTT ARCHIBALD, M.A., D.C.L. 

CHARLES J. FLEET, Esq., B.A., B.C.L. 

RICHARD B. ANGUS, Esq. 

SIR WILLIAM C. VAN HORNE, K.C.M.G. 

JAMES ROSS, Esq. 

CHARLES S. CAMPBELL. Esq., LL.D.. K.C. 

ROBERT CRAIK, Esq., M.D., LL.D. 



PRINCIPAL. 

WTTTTAAT T>VT-KRSON M.A., LL.D., C.M.G., Vice-Chancellor. 

(The PrSS has ui?der the Statutes, the general superintend- 
encJof all affairs of ihe College and University, under such regula- 
tions as may be in force.) 

FELLOWS. 

Ex-Offlcio. 

ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D D C.L. F.R.S.C, Vice- 
Principal and Dean of the Faculty of Arts. , ^ -r- -r^ v, 

HENRY TBOVEY. M.A., D.C.L., LL.D.. F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E., Dean 
of the Faculty of Applied Science. ^^. ^.f t c^ 

F P WALTON. B.A.. LL.B., Dean of the Faculty of La w^ 

THOMAS G. RODDICK, M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Faculty of 

S. P^ ROBINS, M.A.. LL.D., Principal of McGill Normal School. 

To retire on 1st September, 1D03. 
JOHN REDPATH DOUGALL, M.A., Representative Fellow in Arts. 
Rev'e I Rexford, B.A., Governors' Fellow. 
Rfv' Tames Barclay, M.A., D.D., Governors' Fellow. 
SSexInDER FALCONER, B.A., B.C.L., Representative Fellow m 

CH^S^E MOYSB B.A., LL.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 
Towx' COX M A. ' F.R.S.C, Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 
REV. J. T. L. MAGGS, B.A., B.D., Representative Fellow, Montreal 
Wesleyan Theological College. t^, n .^. ,-r, Ar.r,iiPfl 

FRANK b. ADAMS, D.Sc, Ph.D., Representative FelloTN m Applied 

W. J. McGUIGAN, M.D., LL.B., Representative Fellow, Vancouver 
College, Vancouver, B.C. 

To retire on 1st September, tOOIf. 
BERNARD J. HARRINGTON, M.A., LL.D., Governors' Fellow- 
FREDERICK W. KELLEY, B.A., Ph.D., Representative Fellow m 

R. F.^^RUTTAN. B.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. Elective Fellow. Faculty of 
Medicine. ^ ,, 

C H GOULD. B.A., Governors Fellow. ^ , ^ 

e' W MACBRIDE, M.A., D.Sc, Elective Fellow. Faculty of Arts^ 

Rev E M. hill, D.D., Representative Fellow. Congregational Col- 
lege of Canada. Principal of the College. ,, ,. . 

C W T^^ILSON M.D., Representative Fellow m Medicine. 

A E." C MOORE. D.V.S., Representative Fellow in Comparative 
Medicine and Veterinary Science. 

Rev henry M. HACKETT, M.A.. B.D., Representative Fellow, 
Montre-1 Diocesan Theological College, Principal of the College. 

S. H. CAPPER. M.A., A.R.I.B.A., R.C.A., Elective Fellow, Faculty 
of Applied Science. 

To retire on 1st September, 1905. 
Rev. JOHN SCRIMGER, M.A., D.D., Representative Fellow, Pres- 
byterian College. Montreal. „ ,^ 
REV. J. CLARK MURRAY, LL.D., F.R.S.C, Elective Fellow, Faculty 

of Arts. „ ^ „ ... T-, 11 

T. WESLEY MILLS, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. Representative Fello\\ 

in Medicine. . ^ „ . . ,. , 

C H McLEOD, :>.Ia.E.. F.R.S.C. Representative Fellow m Applied 

Science. 



XVI 

Rev. C. R. FLANDERS, B.A., D.D., Representative Fellow, Stan- 
stead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, Que., Principal of the College. 

G CUNNINGHAM WRIGHT, B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law. 

ARCHIBALD McGOUN, M.A., B.C.L., K.C., Elective Fellow, Faculty 
of Law. 

F. J. SHEPHERD, M.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Medicine. 

J. BONSALL PORTER, E.M., Ph.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of 
Applied Science. 

R. TAIT McKENZIE, B.A., M.D., Governors' Fellow. 

W. W. WHITE, M.D., St. John, N.B., non-i^esident Representative 
Fellow (Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland). 

E. B. C. HANINGTON, M.D., non-resident Representative Fellow 
(British Columbia, Manitoba and North-West Territories). 

ROBERT W. ELLS, M.A., LL.D., Ottawa, non-resident Representa- 
tive Fellow (Ontario). 

WM. OSLER, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Johns Hopkins University, non- 
resident Representative Fellow (United States). 

(The Governors, Principal and Fellows constitute, under the Char- 
ter, the Corporation of the University, which has the po\'\er, under 

the Statutes, to frame regulations touching the Course of Study, 

Matriculation, Graduation and other educational matters, and to 

grant degrees). 



Secretary and Bursar : 
Walter Vaughan, Office, East Wing, McGill College. 

Registrar : 

J. A. Nicholson, M.A., Office, East Wing, McGill College. 

Office Hours : 9 to 5. 

THE ACADEMIC BOARD. 

(Regular Meetings on the first Wednesday of October, Decemher, Fehruary, 
and March, at 8.15 p.m.) 

Chairman— The Principal. 

The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Professors 
and Associate Professors, and other members, not exceeding ten in 
number, of the teaching- staff of the LTniversity, have been consti- 
tuted, ftnder the statutes, the Academic Board of the University, 
with the duty of considering such matters as pertain to the interests 
of the University as a whole and making recommendations con- 
cerning the same. 



(£jommitUzs^ 



FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE GOVERNORS. 

(Meeting on the second Thursday of eac^Lmo^ith^t 4 p.m.) 
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald. ^''T Vt 2? Esq 

Geokge Hague, esq. „ , 

Principal. Peterson. 

PETER REDPATH MUSEUM COMMITTEE. 

(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Meeting of Cor- 

^ poration, at 4.30 p.m.) 

PRINCIPAL PETERSON. Chairman. g- ^^"j/- pH-p^.^-^SSw. 
George Hague, ESQ. n^ "^ D Ad^ms 

UNIVERSITY LIBRARY COMMITTEE. 

(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Meeting of 
Corporation at 5 p.m.) 

J. R. DOUGALL, ESQ. C. H D p pShallow. 

Dr. Alex. Johnson. ^ ^ -d wattom 

ReV. Dr. J. Clark Murray. Prop. F. P. Walton. 

COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD PHYSICS 

BUILDING. 

(Meeting on the Thursday before each Regular Meeting of 
Corporation at 5 p.m.) 

PRINCIPAL PETERSON. g- ALEX. JOHNSON. 

DR. ROBERT CHAIK. ^^^^ JoHrCOX. ''■ 

COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD 

ENGINEERING BUILDING. 

(Meeting on the third Monday of each month at 4.30 p.m.) 

C. J. FLEET ESQ. ?Jo? c'' H^ mSeoo. 

Principal Peterson. Jr-KUi?. v.. 

COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD 
CHEMISTRY AND MINING BUILDING. 

(Meeting on the third Monday of each mojit^^^t 4 p.m.) 
C. J. Fleet^ Esq. ^R- ^- j" Harrington. 

PRINCIPAL PETERSON. ^^ ^ ^ ^DR.^B^^ J. 

COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE COLLEGE GROUNDS. 

^Rl'NcfpArPE^SsON. ^X^Vf^'r^n" 

Prof. Frank Carter. DR- «• F. Kuttan. 



cers ot ^iistvuctiou. 



ARTS. 

W. Peterson, M.A., (Edin. and Oxon), LL.D. (St. Andrews), C.M.G. 
Principal and Professor of Classics. 889 Sherbrooke Street. 

Bernard J. Harrington, M.A., Ph.D. (^ale), LL.D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C. 
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lecturer 
in Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining 
Building. 295 University Street. 

Charles E. Moyse, B.A. (London), LL.D. 

Molson Professor of English Language and Literature. 

802 Sherbrooke Street. 
D. P. Penhallow, B.Sc. (Boston Univ.), M.Sc, F.R.S.C, P.R.M.S. 

Macdonald Professor o.f Botany. The Marlborough, 210 Milton St. 

Rev. Daniel Coussir.\t, B.A., B.D. (Universite de France), D.D. 
(Queen's), OflRcier de I'lnstruction Publique. 
Professor of Semitic Languages and Oriental Literature. 

171 Hutchison Street. 
John Cox, M.A. (Cantab.), F.R.S.C, late Fellow Trin. Coll., Cam- 
bridge. 
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of 
Physics Building. 211 University Street. 

Frank D. Adajls, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.Sc, F.G.S.A., 
F.R.S.C. 
Logan Professor of Geology and Palecontology 243 Mountain Street. 
C W. Colby, M.A. and Ph.D. (Harvard). 

Kingsford Professor of History. 127 Bishop Street. 

Ernest W. MacBride, M.A. (Cuntab.), D.Sc. (Lond.), late Fellow of 
St. John's College, Cambridge. 
Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 76a Crescent Street. 

Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Sc. (Univ. N.Z ). F.R.S. 

Macdonald Professor of Phusics. 152 St. Famille Street. 

J. Wallace Walker, M.A. "(St. Andrews). Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C 

Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lome Avenue. 

A. "W. Flux, M.A. (Cantab.), late" Fellow of St. John's College, Cam- 

TDridge. 

William Dow Professor of Political Economy. 126 Crescent Street. 

Hermann "^'alter, M.A. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Munich). 

Professor of Modern Languages. 150 St. Famille Street. 

James I-Iartcness. M.A. (Cantab.). 

Peter Redpath Professor of Pure Mathematics. McCJill College. 



Frothiiigham Professor of Philosophy. 



Macdonald Professor of Moral Philosophy. 



Mills Professor ^of Clas.^ics. 
A. JuDSON Eaton. Ph.D., A.M. (Leipsic). 

Associate Professor of Classics. 154 Drummond Street. 

Paul T. Lapleur, M.A. 

David J. (h'censhields Associate Professor of English. 58 Universitj'' St. 
H. M. Tort, M.A. 

Associate Professor of Mathematics. 197 Mance Street. 

Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D. (Heidelberg). 

Lecturer in Modern Languages. 139 Bayle Street. 

(The nhove Professors and Lecturers constitute the Faculty of Arts.) 



Other Officers of Instruction. 

Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. ,,^ c.4. tt. -n at^^ot 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 157 St. Pamille Street. 

Howard T. Barnes, D.Sc. „ » „ ,^ 

Assistant Professor of Physics. 5 Lorne Avenue. 

^^^S5»f.- ?,f S.,"'-^- 46 Cathcan Street. 

'^^itJ^.'fnT^n^- «S Hutchison Street. 

S. B. Slack, M.A. (Oxon). ATrrill Colleee 

Lecturer in Classics. McGill College. 

E. T. Lambert, B.A. (Lend.). ... Titr^c!+»v.r>,int 

Lecturer in Modern Languages. 456 Mountain Ave., Westmount. 

Hilda Diana Oakelet, M.A., Warden, Royal Victoria College 

Lecturer in Philosophy. Royal Victoria College. 

John W. Cunliffe, M.A. & D.Litt. (Lond.). 

Lecturer in English language an4^Lit^raUu-^^^^^ ^^^ ^^.^^^^^ ^^^.^^^ 

J. Stafford, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsic). Colle-e 

Lecturer in Zoology. ^^^i" College. 

S. B. Leacock, B.A. (Toronto), PhJ). (Chicago). 

Lecturer in Political Science and History. McGiU College. 

J. W. A. HiCKSON, M.A., Ph.D. (Halle). Mountain Street 

Lecturer in Philosophy. 272 Mountain btieet. 

^- l^I^icTmrlfof S-kyS£- Training. 913 Dorchester Street. 

Murray McNeill, M.A. (Harvard), M.I.A. Oolle-e 

Lecturer in Mathematics. McGill College. 

'""l?s.?c«f™°anf Lt.«rer in English. Royal Victoria College. 

Marie-Louise Milhau, Officier d' Academie. 

Resident Tutor and Lecturer vn French and Gcr,nan. ^^^^^^_^ _^^^^^^ 

CL^RA LICHTENSTEIN. , ,r • n 1 T> 4^1 \ 

^"^ (Diplomce of the Royal Academy of Musrc, B^^^-^^f.^^^^^.^ ^^,,^^^_ 
Resident Instructor in Music. Roy'^ victoua couege. 

Anna Fyshe. , • ,, • 70 McTavish Street. 

Assistant Instructor in Music. "J iviciavibn 

John P. Stephen. Dorchester Street. 

Instructor m Elocution. "'^ ^"'^ 

Elizabeth A. Hammond, M.A _^ Urbain Street. 

Tutor in Classics. ""^ • 

A. DOUGLAS Mcintosh, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), A.M. <Cornfll) f .Sc 

Senior Demonstrator in Chemistry. Mcbriii L.oiie„e. 

ALFRED W. G. WILSON M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard). 

Demonstrator m Geology. '"-"^ 

E. H. ARCHIB..LD, M.SC. (Dalhousie), A.M.,Ph.D (Harvard)- 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McLnn coiie«e. 

Bertram D. Steele, D.Sc. (Melbourne). ATontreil Annex 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. 37a Waverley St., Monti eal Annex. 

M. ViOLETTE DOVER, B.A., M.Sc. ■Riirnside Place. 

Lecture- Assistant in Chemistry. 41 Buinsme fiace 



Vendla M. Holmstrom. 

Instructor in (Jymnastics. 20 St. Luke Strftet. 

C. C. ScHENCK, A.B., Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). 

Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College. 

Bella. Marcuse, B.A., M.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. 407 Metcalfe Ave., Westmount. 

James E. A. Egleson, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 

W. Lloyd Lodge, M.A., B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. 144 Drummond Street. 

S. J. Allen, M.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College. 

H. L. Cooke, M.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College. 

With the foregoing are associated: 

P. P. Walton, B.A. (Oxon), LL;B. (Edin.). 

Gale Professor of Roman Law and Lecturer on Constifiitional 
Law. 522 Pine Avenue. 

C. H. McLeod, Ma.E., P.R.S.C. 

iiuperintendent of Meteorological Observatory. McGill College. 

APPLIED SCIENCE. 

Henry T. Bovey, M.A. (Cantab.), M. Inst. C.E., LL.D. D.C.L. (Bish- 
op's), F.R.S., late Fellow Queen's College, Cambridge. 
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, and William Scott 
Professor of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 

Sunnandene, Ontario Avenue. 

Bernard J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D., Ph.D., (Yale), F.G.S., F.R.S.C. 
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lecturer in 
Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining Building. 

295 University Street. 
C. H. McLeod, Ma.E., F.R.S.C. 

Professor of Surveying and Geodesy, and Lecturer on Descriptive 
Geometry, Supt. of Meteorological Observatory. 

Observatory, McGill College. 

G. H. Chandler, M.A. 

Professor of Applied Mathematics. 32 Lome Avenue. 

John Cox, M.A. (Cantab.), late Fellow Ti-in. Coll., Cambridge. 
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of Physics 
Building. 241 University Street. 

Frank D. Adams, iM.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.Sc, P.G.S.A., 
F.R.S.C. 
Logan Professor of Geology and Palaeontology. 243 Mountain Street. 
J. BoxsALL Porter, E.M. & Ph.D. (Columbia), M. Inst. C.E. 
F.G.S.A. 
Macdonald Professor of Mining Engineering. 392 Pine Avenue. 

Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Sc. (Univ. N.Z.), F.R.S. 

Macdonald Professor of PJiysics. 152 St. Famille Street. 

J. Wallace Walker, M.A. (St. Andrews), Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C. 
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lome Avenue. 

R. B. Owens, M.A., E.E. (Columl ia), D.Sc, F.R.S.C. 

Macdonald Professor of Electrical Engineering. 210 Milton Street. 

R. J. DuRLEY, B.Sc. (London), Ma.E., A.M. Inst. C.E., M. Am. 
Soc. M.E. 
Thomas Workman Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 
Lecturer on Thermodynamics. 131 Stanley Street. 



XXI 



Alfred StansfieldD.Sc. (London). ^ Metcalfe Street. 

Professor of Metallurgy. ""^ ^'^^"^^ 



Macdonald Professor of Architecturr. 

me alove Professors constitute the Faculty of Applied Science.) 

Other Officers of Instruction. 

Mathematics. 
^"Tsl Ja«^?"S'-"of Freehand Drawing and Descriptire 

Geometry. . T>r t + r' tt 

E. G. Coker, M.A. (Cantab) D.ScJEdin.), A.M. I^|t. f^f ^^..^nue. 

Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. Milton Street. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry. a r- v A M Am 

HOMER M. JAQUAY3, B.A.. M.Sc. A.M. can. Soc. C.E., A.M. Am. 

ASitaS-^rof^r^fMXnical Engineering. 862 Sherbrooke Street. 

J. G. G. KERRY, Ma.E., A.M. Can Soc. C.E. Duj-ocher Street. 

Assistant Professor of Surveying. "^ J-'^ioc 

Howard T. Barnes, D-Sc. . _ Lome Avenue. 

Assistant Professor of Physics. ° ^o 

LOT-IS HERDT, Ma.E., E.E. (Elec. Inst. Monteflore. Belgium), 

^i;Sf^of^?J-o?¥l^.^^^/'^.^-e,.«.. 23 Mont.e du Zouave. 
MURRAY McNeill. M.A. (Harvard), M.I. A. ^^^^.^^ College. 

Lecturer in Mathematics. 

A. Do„=i..« MrlKTC,™, B.SO. .Dalhousie). A.M. (^orn^^M-S^^ 

Senior Demonstrator in Chemistry. '■^'-^ _ 

E. H ARCHIBALD, M.SC. (Dalhousie), A.M., Ph.D. <Ha^v^rd). ^^^^^^^ 

Drmonstratur in Chemistry. 
ALFRED W. G. WILSON M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard). F.G.S^A.^.^^ ^^^^^^^ 

Demonstrator m Geology. 
C. C. SCHEXCK, A.B Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). ^^^^.^^ ^^^^^^^ 

Demonstrator in Physics. 

BERTRAM D. STEELE^ ^■??;,/^'^'3S''wlverley St., Montreal Annex. 
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 3 (a \va\eriey ^l., 

K. M. Cameron, B.Sc. . McOill College. 

Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. Mcum eoiieg 

H. P. De Pencier, M-Sc. McGill College. 

Dcmr.nstvaior in Mining. 

S. J. Allen, M.Sc. _ McGill College. 

Demonstrator m Physics. 

A. R. Roberts, B.Sc. , „ • • ATr-Gill Colleee. 

Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering. McGiIl college. 

Fraser S. Keith, B.Sc. . AT^.r'ni Pnnpo-e 

Demonstrator in Electrical Engineering. McGiU College. 

Charles L. Trimingham. B.Sc. MoGill CoUeee 

Demonstrator in Electrical Engineering. .MfL.ui ^oi t-g 



XXll 

E. B. Tilt, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Metallurgy. 143 Mansfield Street. 

James E. A. Egleson, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College. 

W. Lloyd Lodge, M.A., B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in (Jhcmistry. McGill College. 

O. Hall, B.Sc. 

Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering. McGill College. 

H. W. Jones, B.Sc, 

Demonstrator in Surveying and Drawing. McGill College. 

With the foregoing are associated: 

Charles E. Moyse, B.A. (Lond.), LL.D. 

Molson Professor of English Language and Literature. 

802 Sherbrooke Street. 
John W. Cunlipfe, M.A. & D. Litt. (Lond.). 
Lecturer in English Language and Literature. 

The Marlborough, 210 Milton Street. 

LAW. 

(Macdonald Foundation.) 

F. P. Walton, B.A. (Oxon), LL.B. (Edin.). 

Dean of the Faculty of Law and Gale Professor of Roman 

Law. 552 Pine Avenue. 

Archibald McGoun, M.A., B.C.L., K.C. 

Professor of Civil Law. Dunavon, Westmount, & 107 St. James St. 
Hon. Thomas Fortin, D.C.L. 

Professor of Ciril Law. 465 Sherbrooke Street. 

W. DE M. Marler, B.A., D.C.L. 

Professor of Civil Law. 28S Peel Street. 

Hon. Charles J. Doherty, D.C.L. 

Professor of Civil Law. 282 Stanley Street. 

Eugene Lafleur, B.A., D.C.L, K.C. 

Professor of International Law. N.Y. Life Building, Place d'Armes. 
Hon. Charles Peers Davidson, M.A., D.C.L. 

Professor of Criminal Law. Place Viger Hotel. 

R. C. Smith, B.C.L., K.C. 

Professor of Commercial Law. 185 St. James Street. 

{Tlie above constitute the Faculty of Law.) 
Other Officers of Instruction. 

Percy C. Ryan, B.C.L. 

Lecturer on Civil Procedure. Canada Life Building, St. James St. 
AiME Geoffrion, B.C.L. 

Lecturer on Ohligations. 20 Bayle Street. 

Gordon W. McDougall, B.A., B.C.L. 

Lecturer on Civil Procedure. N.Y. Life Building, Place d'Armes. 

MEDICINE. 

Thomas G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D. (Edin.). 

Dean of the Faculty of Bledicine and. Professor of Surgery. 

80 Union Avenue. 
William Gardner, M.D. 

Professor of Gyncecology. 899 Sherbrooke Street. 



Francis J. Shepherd, M.D. 

Professor of Anatomy. 152 Mansfield Street. 

Frank Buller, M.D. 

Professor of Opthalmology and Otology. 12-3 Stanley Street. 

James Stewart, M.D. 

Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine. 2S5 Mountain Street. 

George Wilkins, M.D. 

Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Lecturer in Histology. 

898 Dorchester Street. 

D P. Penhallow, B.Sc. (Boston Univ.), M.Sc, F.R.S.C. F.R.M.S. 

Professor of Botany. McGill College. 
T. Wesley Mills, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. 

Joseph Morley Drake Professor of Physiology. McGill College. 

J. Chalmers Cameron, M.D. 

Professor of Midwifery and Diseases of Infancy. 941 Dorchester St. 

Alex. D. Blackader, B.A.. M.D. 

Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, and Lecturer 

on Diseases of Children. 236 Mountain Street. 

R. F. Rt^ttan, B.A. (Toronto), M.D., F.R.S. Can. 

Professor of Chemistry. 1018 Sherbrooke Street. 

James Bell, M.D. 

Professor of Clinical Surgery. 873 Dorchester Street. 

J. George Adami, M.A., M.D. (Cantab, and McGill), F.R.S.E., LL.D. 

Strathcona Professor of Pathology and Director of Pathological 
Museum. 331 Peel Street. 

H. S. BiRKBTT, M.D. 

Professor of Laryngology. 123 Stanley Street. 

F. G. FiNLEY, M.B. (London), M.D. 

Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate Professor of 

Clinical Medicine. 1013 Dorchester Street. 

H. A. Lafleur, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate Professor of 

Clinical Medicine. 58 University Street. 

George E. Armstrong, M.D. 

As.'sociate Professor of Clinical Surgery. 320 ISIountain Street. 

Ernest W. MacBride, M.A. (Cantab.) D.Sc, (Lond.), late Fellow 
of St. John's College, Cambridge. 

Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 76a Crescent Street. 

T. A. Starkey, M.B. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.). 

Professor of Hygiene. 801 Dorchester Street. 

(The above Professors constitute the Faculty of Medicine.) 

Other Officers of Instruction. 

T. J. W. Burgess, M.D., F.R.S.C. 

Professor of Mental Diseases. Medical Superintendent 

Protestant Hospital for Insane. Drawer 2381, Montreal. 

C. F. Martin, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine. 

33 Durocher Street. 

John M. Elder, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Professor of Surgery. 4201 Sherbrooke Street, Westmount. 

W. S. Morrow, M.D. 

Lecturer in Physiology. 82 Union Avenue. 

J. J. Gardner, M.D. 

Lecturer in Opthalmology. 184 Peel Street. 



XXIV 



J. A. Springle, B.A., M.D. 

Lecturer in Anatomy. 
F. A. L. LocKHART, M.B. (Edin.). 

Lecturer in Gynwcology. 
A. E. Garrow, M.D. 

Lecturer in Surgery and Clinical Surgery. 2730 St. Catherine Street. 

P. Hamilton, M.D. 



1237 Dorchester Street. 



38 Bishop Street. 



W. 

Lecturer in Clinical Medicine. 
G. Gordon Campbell, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), M.D. 

Lecturer in Clinical Medicine. 
J. G. McCarthy, M.D. 

Lecturer in Anatomy. 

D. J. Evans, M.D. 
Lecturer in Obstetrics. 

N. D. GUNN, M.D. 

Lecturer in Histology. 
J. W. Stirling, M.B. (Edin.), P.R.G.S. 

Lecturer in Opthalmology. 
J. Alex. Hutchison, M.D. 

Lecturer in Clinical Surgery. 
A. G. NicHOLLS, M.A., M.D. 

Lecturer in Pathology. 
J. T. Halsey, M.D. (Columbia). 

Lecturer in Pharmacology. 

W. W. Chipman, B.A. (Acadia), M.D. (Edin.), 
Lecturer in Gynwcology. 

H. Wolperstan Thomas. 
FcUoic in Pathology. 

George A. Charlton, M.D. 
Fclloio in Pathology. 

Leo Lobb. 

Fellow in Pathology. 

R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator of Anatomy. 

J. A. Henderson, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
Kenneth Cameron, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator of Clinicial Surgery. 

E. J. Sbmple, B.A. (St. Mary's College), M.D 
Demonstrator of Surgical Pathology. 

R. A. Kerry, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Pharmacy. 

J. J. Ross, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator of Anatomy. 

A. E. Orr. M.D. 

Demonstrator of Anatomy. 

H. B. Yates, B.A. (Cantab.), M.D. 
Demonstrator of Bacteriology. 

A. A. Robertson, B.A., M.D. 
Demonstrator of Physiology. 

J. D. Cameron, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Gynwcology. 

D. D. MacTaggart, B.A.Sc, M.D. 
Demonstrator of Pathology. 



2S7 Mountain Street. 

117 Metcalfe Street. 

61 Druinmond Street. 

939 Dorchester Street. 

49 Union Avenue. 

255 Mountain Street. 

70 Mackay Street. 

2728 St. Catherine Street. 

48 Durocher Street. 

F.R.S.C. (Edin.). 

287 Mountain Street. 

McGill College. 

McGill College. 

801 Dorchester Street. 

913 Dorchester Street. 

34 Park Avenue. 

903 Dorchester Street. 

375 St. Antoine Street. 

122 Stanley Street. 

414 Bourgeois Street. 

900 Dorchester Street. 

257 Peel Street. 

79 St. Matthew Street. 

2068 St. Catherine Street. 

705 Sherbrooke Street. 



D. P. Anderson, B.A., M.D, 

Demonstrator of Pathology. 
S. Ridley Mackenzie, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Medicine. 
Hubert D. Hamilton, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Laryngology. 
W. Gordon M. Btbrs, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Opthalmology. 
J. McCrae, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator of Pathology. 

D. A. Shirres, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Neuro-Pathology. 

James Barclay, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Obstetrics. 
H. B. Frasbr, B.A., M.D. 

Demonstrator of Histology. 
J. A. Williams, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Bacteriology. 

A. T. Bazin, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
H. M. Church, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
W. G. Reilly, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
R. A. Westley, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
W. M. FiSK, M.D. 

Demonstrator of Histology. 

D. Patrick M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Gynecology. 

E. R. Brown, B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Histology. 

A. D. Irvine, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Chemistry 

W. K. Brown, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Chemistry. 

E. A. Archibald, B.A., M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Pathology. 

A. Mackenzie Forbes, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy. 
H. R. Dunstan Gray, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics. 

C. P. Wylde, M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Microscopy. 

F. B. Jones, M.D. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Microscopy. 

H. B. Gushing, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Histology. 2494 St. Catherine Street 

A. H. Gordon, B.A., M.D. 

Assistant Demonstrator of Physiology. 75 Shuter Street 



100 Park Avenue. 

192 Peel Street. 

141 Crescent Street. 

192 Peel Street. 

Montreal General Hospital. 

919 Dorchester Street. 

14 Osborne Street. 

1171 St. Denis Street. 

450 Guy Street. 

454 St. Antoine Street. 

354 Greene Avenue. 

51 Park Avenue. 

238 Bishop Street. 

53 Prince Arthur Street. 

4174 St. Catherine Street. 

54 Druinmond Street. 

4356 St. Catherine St. 

99 University Street. 

113 Mackay Street. 

122 Stanley Street. 

59 Beaver Hall Hill. 

56 Mackay Street. 

501 Sherbrooke St. 



LIBRARY. 



Chas. H. Gould, B.A. 
University Librarian. 



862 Sherbrooke Street. 



grofcssors %\ncn\L 

iRctaining their Rank and Titles, but retired from work.} 

Wm. Wright, M.D. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 84 St. Famille St. 

D. C. MacCallum, M.D. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 45 Union Ave. 

Matthew Hutchinson, D.C.L. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. Westmount. 

Hon. J. Emery Roeidoux, D.C.L. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Laio. 396 St. Denis Street. 
Hon. J. S. C. Wurtelb, D.C.L., J.K.B. (Offlcier d'Instruction 
Puiblique). 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. 78 Union Avenue. 

Gilbert P. Girdwood, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.C, F.I.C. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. Ill University St. 
Alex Johnson, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.C. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Arts. 895 Sherbrooke St. 

J. Clark Murray, LL.D., F.R.S.C. 

Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Arts. 20 McTavish Street. 



A€AI>E:»tI€AL. YEAR 1903-1904. 



1 Tuesduy 

2 Wednesday 

3 Ti.ursday 

4 Friday 

5 Saturday 
6 SUNDAY 

7 Monday 

8 Tuesday 

9 Wednesday 

10 Tlmisday 

11 Friday 

12 Saturday 
13 SUNDAY 

14 Monday 

15 Tuesday 

IG Wednesday 

17 Tliureday 

18 Friday 

19 Saturday 
20 SUNDAY 

21 Monday 



22 Tuesday 

23 Wednesday 

24 Tliursday 

25 Friday 

26 Saturday 
27 SUNDAY 

28 Monday 

29 Tuesday 

30 Wednesday 



1 Thursday 

2 Friday 

3 Saturday 
4 SUNDAY 

5 Monday 

6 Tuesday 

7 Wedntsday 

8 Thursday 

9 Friday 
10 Saturday 

U SUNDAY 

12 Monday 

13 Tuesday 

14 Wednesday 

15 Thursday 

16 Friday 

17 Saturday 
18 SUNDAY 

19 Monday 

20 Tuesday 

21 Wednt sday 

22 Thursday 

23 Friday 

24 Saturday 
25 SUNDAY 

26 Monday 

27 Tuesday 

28 Wednesday 

29 Tliursday 

30 Friday 

31 Saturday 



SCPrRMRER, 1903. 



Normal School opens. 



Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 

Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

Matriculation, Exhibition, Scholarship, Supplemental Examinations, .\rts. 
Examinations continued. Finance Committee. 
Kxamiuations continued. 



Introductory Lecture in Law. Examinations continued. 

Register opens for students in Medicine. 
Lectures in Law begin. Examinations in Arts continued. Supplemental 

Examinations, Applied Science. 
Examinations continued. 

Meeting of Governors. 

Exhibition Examinations, Applied" Science. 

Meeting of Faculty of Arts. College Grounds Committee. Examinations 
in Summer Reading, .Applied Science. Engineering Building Com- 
mittee. Chemistry and Mining Building Committee. 

Introductory Lecture in Medicine. Lectures in Arts, and Applied Science 
begin. Meeting of Examiners. 

Lectures in Medicine begin 



OCTOBKB, lOOa. 



Summer Essays in Applied Science to be sent in. 
Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 

Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 

Founder's Birthday. 

Normal School Committee. Meeting of Academic Board. 

Finance Committee. Physics Building Conjmittee. 

Sports Day. 

The William Molson Hall opened, 1862. 

Museum Committee. Library Committee. 

Regular Meeting of Corporation. Annual Report to the Visitor. 

Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 



Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Miuinj,' Huildiir,' ( om- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 



Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
New Library opened, 1893. 



Note— Meetings of the Faculty of Arts are held at .5 P.M uiil-ss otherwise specified 



1 xxviii 


NOVEMBER, 190:1. 


1 SUNDAY 

2 Monday 

3 Tues lay 

4 Wednesday 
' 5 Thursday 

6 Friday 

7 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 


SUNDAY 




9 Monday 

10 Tuesday 

11 Wednesday 

12 Tliursday 

13 Friday 

14 Saturday 


Edward VII born, 1841. 

Finance Committee. 
Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


15 SUNDAY 




16 Monday 

17 Tuesday 

18 Wednesday 

19 Thursday 

20 Friday 

21 Saturday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 

Meeting of Governors. 


22 SUNDAY 

23 Monday 

24 Tuesday 

25 Wednesday 

26 Tliursday 

27 Friday 

28 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


29 SUNDAY 

30 IMonday 




|>ECEMBKK, ISO.t. 


1 Tuesday 

2 Wednesday 

3 Thursday 

4 Friday 

5 Saturday 


Meeting of Academic Board. 
Physics Building Committee. 

Jleeting of Faculty of Medicine. 


6 SUNDAY 




7 Monday 

8 Tuesday 

9 Wednesday 

10 Thursday 

11 Friday 

12 Saturday 


Museum Committee. Library Committee, Meeting of Faculty of Applied 
Science. 

Regular Meeting of Corporation. 

Finance Committee. 

Last day of Lectures in Arts lor Term. 


13 SUNDAY 




14 Monday 


Christmas Examinations iu Arts begin. Sessional Examinations in Medi- 


15 Tuesday 

16 Wednesday 

17 Thursday 

18 Friday 

19 Saturday 


cine begin. 

Meeting of Governors. Autumn term of Faculty of Medicine ends Last 
day of Lectures in Law. 


20 SUNDAY 




21 Monday 

22 Tuesday 

23 Wednesday 

24 Thursday 

25 Friday 

26 Saturday 


Christmas Vacation begins. Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry 
and Mining Building Committee. College Grounds Committee. 

Christmas-Day. 


27 SUNDAY 

28 Monday 

29 Tuesday 

30 Wednesday 

31 Thursday 







JANVABT, 1904. 




1 Friday 






2 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. (4 p.m.) 




3 SUNDAY 






4 Monday 


Lectures in Arts, Law and Applied Science resumed. Winter term Faculty 
of Medicine begins. Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 




5 Tuesday 






6 "Wednesday 


Normal School Committee. 




7 Thursday 






8 Friday 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 




9 Saturday 






10 SUNDAY 






11 Monday 






12 Tuesday 






13 Wednesday 






14 Thursday 


Finance Committee. 




15 Friday 


Meeting of Governors. 




16 Saturday 






, 17 SUNDAY 






18 Monday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 




19 Tuesday 






20 Wednesday 






1 21 Thursday 






22 Friday 


Queen Victoria died, 1901. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 




23 Saturday 






24 SUNDAY 






25 Monday 






26 Tuesday 






27 Wednesday 






28 Thursday 






29 Friday 






30 Saturday 


Theses for M.A. and LL.D. to be sent in. 




3] SUNDAY 








FKBRUABY, 1904. 




1 Monday 


Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 




2 Tuesday 






3 Wednesday 


Meeting of Academic Board. 




4 Thursday 


Physics Building Committee. 




5 Friday 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 




6 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 




7 SUNDAY 






S Monday 


Museum Committee. Library Committee. 




9 Tuesday 






10 Wednesday , 


Regular Meeting of Corporation. 




11 Thursday 


Finance Committee. 




12 Friday 






13 Saturday 






1 14 SUNDAY 






15 Monday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 




16 Tuesday 






17 Wednesday 


Ash Wednesday. No lectures. 




18 Thursday 






19 Friday 


Meeting of Governors, Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 




20 Saturday 






21 SUNDAY 






22 Monday 






23 Tuesday 






24 Wednesday 


Physics and Engineering Buildings opened 1893. 




25 Thursday 






26 Friday 






27 Saturday 






28 SUNDAY 






29 Monday 













MARCH, 1904. 



1 Tuesday 




2 Wednesday 


Meeting of Academic Board. 


3 Thursday 




i Friday 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


5 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Jledicine. 


6 SUNDAY 




7 Monday 


Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 


8 Tui-sday 




9 Wodufsday 




10 Thursday 


Finance Committee. 1 


1 1 Friday 




12 Saturday 




13 SUNDAY 




U Monday 




15 Tiu'sday 




1« Wednesday 




17 Thursday 




18 Friday 


Meeting of Grovernors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. Reports of Atlen Unco 




on Lectures. 


I'J Saturday 




20 SUNDAY 




21 Monday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 




mittee. College Grounds Committee. 


22 Tuesday 




23 Wednesday 




21 Thursday 




25 Friday 


Winter term Faculty of Medicine ends. 


26 Saturday 




27 SUNDAY 




28 Monday 




29 Tuesday 




30 Wednesday 




31 Thursday 


Last day of Lectures in Arts, Law and Applied Science. 



APRIL, 1904. 


1 


Friday 


Good Friday. Easter vacation begins. 




2 


Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 




3 


SUNDAY 


Easter Sunday. 




i 


Monday 


Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science. 




5 


Tuesday 


Kaster vacation ends. Spring terra begins, Faculty of Medicine. 




6 


Wednesday 


Xornial School Committee. 




i 7 


Thursday 


Physics Building Committee. Examinations in Arts begin. 




« 


Friday 






' 9 


Saturday 






10 


SUNDAY 






11 


Monday 


Museum Committee. Library Committee. 




12 


Tuesday 






13 


Wedni'sday 


Regular Meeting of Corporation. 




H 


Thursday 


K'inance Committee. 




1.5 


Friday 


.Meeting of Governors. 




16 


Saturday 






17 


SUNDAY 






18 


Monday 


[engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and .Mining Buil li 
mittee. College Grounds Committee. 


13 Com- 


19 


Tuesday 






20 


Wedni^sday 






21 


Thursday 






22 


p'riday 






23 


Saturday 






24 


SUNDAY 






2.5 


Monday 






26 


Tuesday 






27 


Wednesday 






28 


Thursday 






29 


Friday 


Convocation for De,i,'rees in Aits, La v, and .\pplied Science. 




30 


Satiirday 







:WAY, 1904. xxxi 


1 SUNDAY 




2 Monday 


Summer Classes in Arts begin. Meeting of Examiners for School Ex- 




aminations. 


3 Tuesday 




4 Wednesday 




5 Thursday 




6 Friday 




7 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 


8 SUNIAY 




9 Monday 




10 Tuesday 




11 Wednesday 




12 Thursday 


Finance Committee. 


13 Friday 


Lectures end, Faculty of Jledicine. 


14 Saturday 




15 SUNDAY 




16 Monday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 


mittee. College Grounds Committee. Examinations begin, Faculty of 




Medicine. 


17 Tuesday 




18 Wednesday 




19 Thursday 




20 Friday 


Meeting of Governors. 


21 Saturday 




22 SUNDAY 


Whit Sunday. 


23 Monday 




24 Tuesday 




23 Wednesday 




26 Tluirsday 




27 Friday 


Normal School closes. 


28 Saturday 


. 


29 SUNDAY 


Trinity Sunday. 


30 Monday 




31 Tuesday 


1 


JIXE. 1004. 


1 Wednesday 


(Graduate Course in Medicine begins. 


2 Thursday 


Physics Building Committee. 


3 Friday 




i Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 


5 SUNDAY 




6 Monday 


Examinations begin for Matriculation and Associate in Arts. Museum 




Committee. Library Committee . i 


7 Tuesday 




8 Wednesday 


Regular Meeting of Corporation. Normal School Committee. 


!) Thursday 


Finance Committee. 


10 Friday 


Spring Term ends, Faculty of Medicine. Convocation for degrees in 




Medicine. Summer Classes in Arts end. 


11 Saturday 




12 SUNDAY 




13 Monday 




14 Tuesday 




15 Wednesday 




16 Thursday 




17 Friday 


Meeting of Governors. 


18 Saturday 




19 SUNDAY 




20 Monday 


Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com- 


21 Tuesday 


mittee. College Grounds Committee . 


22 Wednesday 




23 Thursday 




24 Friday 




25 Saturday 




26 SUNDAY 




27 Monday 




28 Tuesday 




29 Wednesday 


Graduate course in Medicine ends . 


30 Thursday 





JULY, 190i. 



1 Friday 

2 Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. 




3 SUNDAY 






i Monday 

5 Tuesday 

6 Wednesday 

7 Thursday 

8 Friday 

9 Saturday 




\ 


10 SUNDAY 






11 Monday 

12 Tuesday 

18 Wednesday 
U Thursday 

15 Friday 

16 Saturday 






17 SUNDAY 






18 Monday 

19 Tuesday 

20 Wednesday 

21 Thursday 

22 Friday 

23 Saturday 






24 SUNDAY 






25 Monday 

26 Tuesday 

27 Wednesday 

28 Thursday 

29 Friday 

30 Saturday 






31 SUNDAY 







AUGUST, 1904 



1 Monday 

2 Tuesday 

3 Wednesday 

4 Thursday 

5 Friday 

6 Saturday 

7 SUNDAY 

8 Monday 

9 Tuesday 

10 Wednesday 

11 Thursday 

12 Friday 

13 Saturday 

14 SUNDAY 



Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

SUNDAY 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 



28 SUNDAY 

29 Monday 

30 Tueslay 

31 Wedaesday 



Peter Redpath Museum opened 1882. 



Plc@xII Huitiersity. 



GENERAL INFORMATION. 



Foundation and Early History. 

Almost alone in this respect among Canadian colleges and univer- 
sities, McGili University owes its origin to a private endowment. Its 
founder, the Hon. James McGill, from whom the ITnive-sity takes its 
name, was born on the 6th October, 1744, in Glasgow, Scotland, 
where he received his early education and training. Emigrating to 
Canada before the American Revolution, he engaged in the North- 
west fur trade, then one of the leading branches of business in 
Canada. Subsequently he settled in Montreal, and, in partnership 
with his brother, Andrew McGill, became one of its leading mer- 
chants, distinguished for his public spirit and his exertions for the 
advancement of the city. He was lieutenant-colonel and subse- 
quently colonel of the Montreal City Militia; and, in his old age, on 
the breaking out of the American war of 1S12, he became brigadier- 
general, and w^as prepared to take the field in defence of his country. 
He also represented the West Ward of Montreal in the Provincial 
Legislature, and was afterwards a member of the Legislative and 
Executive Councils. Cultivating and enjoying the society of the few 
men of learning then in the colony, he took a special interest in the 
establishment of an educational system in the Province of Quebec. 
By his w-ill, bearing date the Sth January, 1811, more than two years 
before his death, which happened on the 19th December, 1813, he 
bequeathed his property of Burnside and a sum of £10,000 in money, 
to found a college in a provincial university, the erection of which had 
already been provided for by the generosity of the British Govei-n- 
ment. Three leading citizens of Montreal were am.ong the trustees 
appointed under his will, who were directed to convey the subject 
prcrerty of the bequest to the Koyal Institution for the Advance- 
ment of Learning, a body which, in 1802, had been incorporated by 
the Legislature " for the establishment of Free Schools and the 
advancement of Learning " in the Province of Quebec. The condi- 
tions upon which the property was to be transferred to the Royal 
Institution for the Advancement of Learning were, mainly, that that 
Institution should, within ten years after the testator's decease, 
erect and establish on his Burnside estate "an University or College, 
for the purposes of education and the advancement of learning in 
this Province," and that the college, or one of the colleges, in the 
University, if estaiblished, should "be named and perpetually be 
known and distinguished by the appellation of McGill College." 
Owing to persistent opposition by the leaders of one section of the 
people to any system of governmental education and to the refusal 
by the Legislature to make the grants of land and money which had 
been promised, the proposed establishment of the provincial univer- 
sity by the British Government was abandoned. 



In so far as the McGill College was concerned, however, the Royal 
Institution at once took action by applying for a Royal Charter. 
Suclh a charter was granted in 1821, and the Royal Institution pre- 
pared to take possession of the estate. But, owing to protracted 
litigation, this was not surrendered to them till 1829. Commencing 
then the work of teaching with two faculties. Arts and Medicine, the 
record of the first thirty years of the University's existence is an 
unbroken tale of financial embarrassment and administrative diffi- 
culties. The charter was cumbrous and unwieldy, and unsuited to 
a small college in the circumstances of this country, and the Uni- 
versity, with the exception of its medical faculty, became almost 
extinct. But after thirty years the citizens of Montreal awoke to 
the value of the institution which was struggling in their midst. 
Several gentlemen undertook the responsibility of its renovation, 
and, in 1852, an amended charter was secured. The Governor- 
General of Canada for the time being. Sir Edmund Head, became 
interested in its fortunes, and in 1855, with the advent of a new 
Principal, an era of progress and prosperity began. 

Constitution of the University. 

By the amended Charter " the Governors, Principal, and 
Fellows " of the ITniversity are constituted a body politic and 
corporate, with all the nsnal rights and privileges of corporate 
bodies. . The supreme authority of the University, however, 
is vested in the Crown, and is exercised by His Excellency the 
Governor-General of Canada for the time being as Visitor. 
This is a special and important feature of tlhe constitution, 
for, while it gives the University an imperial character and 
removes it at once from any merely local or party influence, 
it secures the patronage of the head of the political system of 
the country. 

T%e Governors of the University are the members of the 
Eoyal Institution for the Advancement of Learning, above 
mentioned, and in them are vested the management of 
finances the passing of University statutes and ordinances, 
the appointment of professors, and other important duties. 
Their number is limited to fifteen, and vacancies are filled by 
the nomination of the remaining members, with the approval 
of the Visitor. The President of the Board of Governors is, 
ex-offtcio, Chancellor of the University. 

The Principal is the academic head and chief administrative 
officer. He is appointed by the Board of Governors, and is, 
ex-officio, Vice-Chancellor of the University. 

The Fellows are limited to 43 in number, and are selected 
with reference to the representation of all the faculties and 



departments of the Umversity, of affiliated colleges, and of 
other bodies. 

The Governors, Principal, and Fellows, together constitute 
the Corporation, the highest academical body. lU powers are 
fixed by statute, and include the framing of all regulations 
touching courses of study, matriculation and graduation, and 
the granting of degrees. 

The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Pro- 
fessors and Associate Professors, and other members, not 
exceeding ten in number, of the teaching staff, constitute the 
Academic Board of the Tniversity, with the duty of consid- 
ing such matters as pertain to the interests of the University as 
a whole, and of making recommendations concerning the 
same. 

The Stat\ites and Eegulations of the University have been 
framed on the most liberal principles, with the view to afford- 
ing to all classes of persons the greatest possible facilities for 
the attainment of mental culture and professional training. 

Faculties and Courses. 

The educational work of the University is carried on in 
McGill College, the Koyal Victoria College for Women, and 
other University buildings in Montreal, and in affiliated 
colleges. 

The Faculties are four in number : 

The Faculty of Arts. — The undergraduate courses of study 
extend over four Sessions of seven and a half months each. In 
the third and fourth years extensive options are provided, and 
certain exemptions also are allowed to professional students. 
The courses of study lead to the Deg-rees of B.A., M.A., B.Sc, 
M.Sc, B.Sc, and D.Litt. The Degree of B.A. from this Uni- 
versity admits the holder to the study of the learned pro- 
fessions, without preliminary examination, in the Provinces of 
Canada, and in Great Britain and Ireland, and elsewhere. 

The undergraduate course in Arts can be taken along with 
the undergraduate course in Medicine or Applied Science in 
six years, or with the undergraduate course in Law in five 
years. This is effected by. avoiding the duplication of courses 
in the same subjects or in those which .give the same educa- 
tional training, and by a proper adaptation of the time tables. 
Alternatively, a certificate of Literate in Arts is given along 



with the L agree in Medicine, Applied Science, or Law, to 
candidates who have completed two years in Arts before enter- 
ing the professional Faculty. 

The ciirriculnm in Arts provides for the education of 
woinen, mainly in separate classas, with courses of study, 
exemptions, degrees, and honours identical with those for men. 

The Faculty of Applied Science. — The undergraduate courses 
of study extend over four Sessions of seven and a half months 
each, and provide a thorough professional training in Civil 
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgy, Mining 
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Practical Chemistry, and 
Architecture. The courses of study lead to the Degrees of 
B.Sc, M.Sc, and D.Sc. The undergTaduate course in Arts 
can be taken along with ihe uadergraduate course in Applied 
Science in six years. 

The Faculty of Law. — The undergraduate course extends 
over three Sessions of eight months each, and leads to the 
iJegTees of B.C.L. and D.C.L. The undergraduate course in 
x\rts can be taken along with the undergraduate course in 
Law in five years. 

The Faculty of Medicine. — The undergraduate course of 
study extends over four Sessions of nine months each, and 
leads to the Degree of M.D., CM. The undergraduate course 
in Arts can be taken along with the undergraduate course in 
Medicine in six years. 

Examinations in Music. 

An arrangement has been made whereby the University 
has undertaken, in conjunction with the Associated Board 
of ihe Royal Academy of Music and the Royal College of 
Music, London, England, to carry on throughout Canada the 
Examinations in Music hitherto conducted by the Associated 
J:>oard alone. Under this arrangement, the University will 
be responsible for the proper and effective conduct of the 
Examinations, and successful candidates will be entitled to 
receive certificates bearing the imprimatur of the University 
as well as that of the Associated Board. 

These examinations comprise School Examinations (Ele- 
mentary, Lower and Higher divisions) ' and Local Centre 
Examinations (Junior and Senior grades) — the Senior grade 
calling for a high degree of proficiency. They are of gradu- 



ated difficulty ; are theoretical and practical in character, em- 
bracing Rudiments of Music, Harmony and Grammar of Music, 
Counterpoint, Pianoforte, Organ, Violin, Harp, Wind In- 
struments, Singing, etc.; and are suited to candidates of all 
degrees of proficiency. 

In addition to those above-named there is an examina- 
tion for individual Teaching Certificates and title of Licen- 
tiate of the Associated Boai'd. 

The examinations in Practical subjects will be held dur- 
ing May and those in Theory in the early part of the same 
month. 

Full details of the requirements for each examination, 
fqes, etc., are published in a separate syllabus, which can be 
obtained, together with specimen Theory papers and full 
information, on application to the Registrar of the Uni- 
versity. 

Affiiiated Colleges. 
Students of Affiliated Colleges are matriculated in the Uni- 
versity, and may pursue their course of study in the AfRliated 
College, or in part in the Affiliated College, and in part in 
McGill College, as the case may he, and may come up to the 
University Examinations on the same terms as the students of 
McGill College. 

The Stanstead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, PQ.-Is affiliated 
in so far as regards the work of the first two years in Arts. 
Detailed information may be obtained from the Rev. C. R. 
Flanders, B.A., D.I>., Principal. 

Vancouver College, Vancouver, B.C.— Is affiliated in so far as 
regards the work of the first two years in Arts. Detailed infor- 
mation may be obtained from J. C. Shaw, Esq., M.A., Principal. 

Victoria College, Victoria, B.C.- Is affiliated in so far as 
regards the work of the First Tear in Arts. Detailed inform- 
ation may be obtaine-d from the Principal. 

iCfriliated Theological Colleges. 

Students of the following Affiliated Theological Colleges may 
attend the courses of study in Arts, either as nndergraduates 
or partial students, with such facilities in regard to exemptions 
as may be agTeed on. 

The Congregational College of Canada, Montreal Principal, 

Rev. E. M. Hill, D.D.. 5S McTnvish St. 

The Presbyterian College, Montreal, in eonneetion with the 

Presbyterian Church in Canada. Acting- Principal, Rev. John 
CampbeU, M.A., LL.D. 



The Wesleyan College of Montreal. Principal, Rev. W. I. Shaw, 
D.D., LL.D. 

The Diocesan College of Montreal.— Principal, Rev. Henry M. 
Hackett, M.A., B.D., 201 University St. 

Calendars of the above Colleges and all necessary information may 
be obtained on application to their Principals. 

McGill Normal School. 

The McGill Normal School provides the training requisite for 
Teachers of Elementary and Model Schools and Academies. 
Teachers trained in this School are entitled to Provincial 
Diplomas, and may, on certain conditions, enter the classes 
in the Faculty of Arts for Academy Diplomas and for the 
Degree of B.A. Principal, S. P. Eobins, LL.D., 32 Bel- 
mont St., Montreal, from whom copies of the School an- 
nouncement may be obtained. 

Affiliated High Schools, Etc. 

The following schools are affiliated in the sense of preparing 
candidates for matriculation: 

The Trafalgar Institute for the higher education of women, Simpson 

St., Montreal— Principal, Miss Grace Fairley. The High School 

of Montreal, and the Girls' High School of Montreal, Metcalfe 

St.— Principal, Rev. Elson I. Rexford, B.A. 

Schools which have prepared successful candidates for the University 

School Examinations or for matriculation (June 1902). 

High School, Montreal; Girls' High School, Montreal; Abingdon 
School, Montreal; Miss Symmers' and Miss Smith's School, Mont- 
real; Westmount Acad.; St. Andrew's School, Annapolis Royal, 
N.S.; All Hallows' School, Yale, B.C.; Aylmer Academy; Bedford 
Academy; Belleville H. S.; Bishop's College School, Lennoxville; 
The Catholic High School, Montreal; Brockville C. I.; Coaticook 
Academy; Cookshire Acad.; Cowansville Academy; Crichton 
■ School; Danville Acad.; Dufferin Grammar School, Brigham, Que.; 
Dunham Ladies' Coll.; Gault Institute, Valleyfield; Granby 
Academy; Highfield School; Huntingdon Acad.; Inverness Acad.; 
Knowlton Acad.; Lachute Acad.; Lennoxville Academy; Magog 
Mod. School; Morrin College, Que.; Morrisburg C. I.; Nanaimo 
High School; Ormstown Acad.; Ottawa Col. Inst.; Ottawa Ladies' 
College; Prince of Wales College, Charlottetowai, P.E.I. ; Boys' 
H.S., Quebec; Girls' H.S., Quebec; Ridley Coll., St. Catharines; 
Ssbrevois College, Montreal; The Senior School, Montreal; 
Shawville Academy; School of St. John the Evangelisit; Sher- 
brooke Acad.; Stanstead College School; Sutton Aoad.; St. Al- 
ban's School, Brockville; St. Lambert Mod. School: St. . Francis 
Coll. School; St. John's H.S.; Three Rivers High School; Upper 
Canada Col.; Vancouver Coll., Vancouver, B.C.; High School, 
Victoria, B.C.; Waterloo Acad.; Williamstown H.S. 



Affiliation to other Universities. 

The University is affiliated to the Universities of Oxford, 
Cambridge, and DubKn, under conditions which allow an 
undergraduate who has taken two years' work, and has passed 
the University Intermediate Examination in Arts, to pursue 
his studies and take his Degree at any of those universities on 
a reduced period of residence. 

The Session. 

The University Year or Session is divided into two terms, 
the first extending to the Christmas vacation, and the second 
from the expirv' of the Christmas vacation to the date 
appointed for the meeting of Convocation for the conferring 
of degrees. 

For 1903-1904 the Session of the Faculty of Arts com- 
mences on 22nd September, 1903, and ends on 29th April, 
1904. Second Year Exhibition, Scholarship and Supplemental 
Examinations begin on September 9th. Summer classes in Eng- 
lish, Latin, Greek, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, French, 
German and Logic will be held during the months of May and 
June. 

The Session of the Faculty of Applied Science commences 
on 22nd September, 1903, and ends on 29th April, 1904. Field 
work in Surveying commences on 34th August, 1903. The Sum- 
mer School in Mining commences at the end of the Session, 
and continues to about the end of the second week in June. 

The Session of the Faculty of Law commences on 15th Sep- 
tember, 1903, and ends on 29th April. 1904. 

The Session of the Faculty of Medicine commences on 23rd 
September, 1903, and ends on 10th June, 1904. The Intro- 
ductory Lecture will be given on 22nd September. 

Examinations for entrance to the above-named Faculties 
will be held in June and September — commencing in September 
on the 9th. See time table pp. 19 and 20. 

Board and Residence. 

ISTo residential accommodation has as yet been provided in 
the College for men students. "Women students may board 
and reside either in private houses or in the Royal Victoria 
College, which provides, in addition to separate lecture rooms, 
residential accommodatioji for the women students of the Uni- 
versity. 



Good board and lodgmgs can be obtained in private houses 
in the vicinity of the University buildings at a cost of from 
$16 to $25 per month; or, .-eixirately, board at $12 to $15 per 
month, rooms at $J: to $10 per month. 

A list of suitable boarding and lodging houses, the sanitary 
conditions of which are required to be properly certified, is 
prepared annually, and may be obtained upon application to 
the Registrar of the University or the Janitor of the Medical 
Build'ng. 

Full particulars of the Royal Victoria College far Women 
and the terms of residence therein are given on pp. 136-1-10. 

The erection of suitable University residential halls for men 
is contemplated in the near future. 

The ilcGill Y.M.C.A. will arrange to meet any stranger at 
the station, and aid him to secure lodgings, etc., if sufficient 
notice of time of arrival and station is sent to the secretary of 
the McGill Y.M.C.A., 844 Sherbroke Street, Montreal. 

Exhibitions, Scholarships, Prizes, Etc. 

Bursaries, Exhibitions, and Scholarships, particulars of 
which are given in the announcements of the several Facidties 
(see poiii), are offered for competition to students every year. 
In addition to a number of valuable exhibitions and scholar- 
ships open to Second and Third Year students, nineteen Ex- 
hibitions, ranging in value from $100 to $300 each, will be 
offered for competition to students entering the First Year in 
Arts, in June, 1903. For details of the eKamina.tioa see pp. 
47-53. 

Gold Medals, Honours, and Prizes are awarded for advanced 
courses of study. 

Classification of Students. 

Except under special circumstances, no student under the 
age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year courses, or under 
the age of seventeen to the Second Year courses in Arts, 
Applied Science, or Medicine, and no student under the age 
of seventeen is admitted to the course in Law. 

Students are classifie<l as Graduate StTidents (see pp. 26 and 
142), Undergraduates, Conditioned Students and Partial Stu- 
dents. 

Undergraduates are matricnlated students who are pursuing 
a full undergraduate course of study leading to a degree. 



-9 

Conditioned Students are those who, not having completed 
their matriculation examination, are pursuing a full under- 
graduate course of study leading to a degree, and are entitled, 
under the regulations of the Faculty, to obtain undergraduate 
standing upon completing their matriculation; credit being 
given for their work as Conditioned Students (see below). 

Partial Students are those who, not belonging to one of the 
above classes of students, are pursuing a course of study in the 
Universit}^ 

Women are admitted to the courses in Arts (on identical 
terms Avith men, but mainly in separate classes), and also to 
the Architectural, Freehand Drawing, and Modelling Classes 
in Applied Science. 

All students are required to attend lectures at the Univer- 
sity buildings in ]\[ontreal, or at one of the affiliated colleges. 

Undergraduates. 

In order to obtain undergraduate standing, a candidate 
must have passed the Matriculation Examination o'f the Uni- 
versity, or some other examination accepted in lieu thereof 
(see p. 11), and have registered as a Matriculated Under- 
graduate. 

Conditioned Students. 

Candidates who in the September Matriculation Examina- 
tion fail in a small part only of the whole examination may, 
if their general standing is sufficiently high, be allowed to 
enter the First Year Undergraduate Course as Conditioned 
Students. Such students can obtain full undergraduate 
standing, by passing at a subsequent June or September 
Matriculation Examination in the subjects m which they failed, 
and will not be permitted to enter the second year of their 
course of study until such examinations have been passed. 

Partial Students. 

Partial Students may, subject to the approval of the Pro- 
fessor, attend any class without previous examination. 

Partial Students who subsequently obtain undergraduate 
standing by passing- the Matriculation Examination may, as 
Undergraduates, be exempted, at the discretion of the Faculty, 
from a particular course or courses of lectures which they 
a'tendcd as Partial Students. 



10' 

MATRICULATION. 
I. Matriculation Examination Regulations. 

1. Matriculation Examinations (for entrance into all 
Faculties) are held only in June and September — in June at 
McGill College and (on application) at Local Centres; in 
September at McGill College and affiliated colleges (Van- 
couver, B.C., and Stanstead, P.Q.) only. 

All inquiries relating to the Examination should le addressed 
to the Begistrar of the University. 

2. Every candidate for examination is required to fill up 
an application form and return the same with the necessary 
fee one month before the examination. Blank forms may 
be obtained from the Eegistrar. 

3. Applications for examinations at Local Centres must 
be made before May 1st. The University will be responsible 
for no other local expenses than the payment of the Deputy- 
Examiners. 

4. The Matriculation Examination is divided into two 
parts. Preliminary and Final. The subjects of the Prelimin- 
ary Division may be taken at any Matriculation Examina- 
tion, and those of the Final Division at the same or any sub- 
sequent examination, but (except as provided in the two 
following regulations) a candidate must pass in the whole 
of either division at one time in order to secure exemption 
from further examination therein. 

5. Candidates who fail in one or more subjects at the 
June examination, or who have taken part only of the ex- 
amination, and present themselves in the folloiving Septem- 
ber, will not be required to take the subjects in which they 
passed in June. 

6. Candidates who in the September Examinations fail 
in a small part only of the whole examination may, if their 
general standing is sufficiently high, be allowed to enter the 
First Year Undergraduate Course as Conditioned Students. 
Such students can obtain full undergraduate standing by 
passing at a subsequent June or September Matriculation 
Examination in the subjects in which they failed, and will 
not be permitted to enter the Second Year of their Course 
of Study until such examinations have been passed. 



11 

7. Certificates of having passed the following examina- 
tions will, if submitted to the Registrar, be accepted pro 
tanto in lieu of the Matriculation Examination, i. e., in so 
far as the subjects and standard are, to the satisfaction of 
the Board of Matriculation Examiners, the same as or 
equivalent to those required for the Matriculation Examina- 
tion of the University; but candidates offering certificates of 
having passed such examinations will be required to pass the 
Matriculation Examination in such of the required subjects, 
if any, as are not covered thereby: — 

Province of Quebec. 

The Preliminary subjects of the A. A. Examination and 
Academy Grade 1. 

The University School (A. A.) Examinations. 

The Examination for the Model School Diploma of the 
McGrill Normal School, under certain conditions. 

Province of Ontario. 

The Leaving Examinations, Parts I. and II. 

Province of New Brunswiclc. 

The Examinations for Superior and Grammar School 
Licenses. 

Province of Nova Scotia. 

The Leaving Examinations, Grades XL and XII. 

Province of Prince E'dward Island. 

The Leaving Examination of Prince of Wales College. 

Province of British Columbia- 

The Intermediate and Senior Grade Examinations. 

Applications for exemptions from the Matriculation Ex- 
amination, based upon certificates of having passed examin- 
ations other than those above mentioned, will be considered 
as occasion may require by the Board of Matriculation Ex- 
aminers. Every such application must be accompanied by 
certificates and full particulars, and should be addressed to the 
Eegistrar. 



12 
II. Matriculation Fees. 

See p. 28, 

IIJ. Subjects of Examtnation 

FACULTY OF ARTt;. 
PRELIMINARY DIVISION? 

(See Regulation 4-, p<^g" 3^0.) 

English : 

(Composition, Dictation, Grammar). 
British History. 
Arithmetic. 

FINAL DIVISION. 

For Candidates intending to take the B.A. Course: — 

1. English Literature. 

2. latin or Greek. 

3. One of the following : 

Greek or Latin (the one not already- chosen), French, German. 
4-. Algebra, Part I. 

5. Geometry, Part I. 

6. One of the following : 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a Language 
not already chosen. 

For Candidates intending to take the B.Sc. Course in 
Arts : — 
(See p. '64 for charaeter of course). 

1. English Literature. 

2. French. 

3. German. 

4. Algebra, Part I. 

5. Geometry, Part I. 

6. One of the following : 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics. Latin, Greek. 

Candidates who intend idtinrafely to pxweed to the study 
of Medicine are reminded that for Medical Eegistration it 
will be necessary to take Latin. 



13 

Eleven Exhibitions, of the average value of $100. will he 
offered for award on the result of the Matriculation Examiiui- 
tion in the subjects of the Final Division, in June next; five, 
each of the value of $150, on the result of an Examination on 
the subjects required for Matriculation, together with addi- 
tional work; and three, of the value of $300 each, for an ex- 
amination on special work. 

Full particulars are given in the First Year Exhibition 
Announcement. 

FACTLTY OF APPLIKD SCIEXCE. 

peelijItxaey division 

{See Regulation 4, page 10.) 

English ! 

(Composil!on, Dictation, Grammar). 
British History. 
Arithmetic. 

PINAL DIVISION. 

1. English Literature. 

2. One of the following : 

French, German, Latin, Greek. 

3. Algebra, Parts.l and 11. 
4-. Geometry, Parts I and II. 

5. Trigonometry. 

6. One of the following : 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a Language 

not ah-eady chosen. 

In addition to those who qualify in whole or in part on 
certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7, students who have 
completed one or more years of the Arts Course in anv 
recognized University, may enter the Faculty on passing 
an examination in the additional mathematics, if any, re- 
quired for Matriculation in Applied Science. 

French candidates for Matriculation in this Faculty will be 
allowed to take examinations in French equivalent to those 
required in English and an examination in English equivaleut 
to that required in French. 



14 

FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 

PEELIMINArxY DIVISION 

{See Eegulation 4, 'paye 10.) 

English '. 

(Composition, Dictation, Grammar). 
British History. 
Arithmetic. 

FINAL DIVISION. 

i. English Literature. 

2. Latin. 

3. Algebra, Part I. 

4. Geometry, Part I. 

5. Chemistry. 

6. Physics. 

7. One of the following : 
Greek, French. German. 

In addition to the certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7, 
the following- are accepted in lieu of the Matriculation 
Examination for entrance in Medicine, provided they cover 
Latin ; — • 

The Degree of Bachelor of Arts obtained from any recog- 
nized university. 

A certificate of having passed the Examination of a Pro- 
vincial Medical Council. 

In the case of candidates from the United States, a certi- 
ficate of having passed a State or University Examination 
fully equivalent to the Matriculation Examination required 
for entrance in this University. 

The examination requirements for those who intend to 
practise medicine in any of tihe Provinces of Canada, or in 
Great Britain and Ireland and the British Colonies, will be 
found in the University or Medical Calendar. 

FACXTLTY OF LAW. 

PRELIMINARY DIVISION 

{See Eegulation k, page 10.) 

English '. 

(Composition, Dictation, Grammar). 
British History. 
Arithmetic. 



15 

FIXAL DIVISION. 

1. English Literature. 

2. Latin. 

3. French. 

4-. Algebra, Part I. 

5. Geometry, Part I" 

6. One of the following : 

Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Greek, German. 

Candidates niust reach a high standard in Latin and 
French. 

In addition to those who qualify in whole or in part on 
certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7, Bachelors of Arts, 
Science, or Letters of any Canadian or British University 
(see E.S.Q., 3503a) arc admitted without examination. 

Candidates who intend to practise law or to be admitted 
to the notarial profession in the Province of Quebec are 
referred to the statutory requirements (see p. 229). If they are 
not graduates they should pass the examination for admission 
to study required by the Council of the Bar or by the Board of 
N'otanes, as the the case may be, before seeking to matriculate. 
In that case they will be matriculated without examination. 

IV. Details of the Requirements in each Subject. 

PRELIMINAET DIVISION 
English : 

(Composition, Dictation, Grammar). 

Candidates will write a short essay on a subject given 
at the time of the examination. 

A paper on English Grammar, including Analysis The 
candidate will be expected to show a good knowledge of 
Accidence, as treated in any grammar prepared for the 
higher forms of schools. A similar 'statement applies to 
grammatical Analysis. Candidates are required to state the 
class to which any subordinate sientence belongs, and to 
arrange and define the various members of all sentences set. 
Failure in Analysis or Parsing will cause the rejection of 
the paper. West's English Grammar for Beginners is re- 
commended as a text-book. 



16 

British History. 

Candidates will be required to show a somewhat intimate 
acquaintance with the History from 1485 to the present 
time. While any text-book written for the upper forms of 
schools may be used in preparation for the examination, 
Gardiner's Outline of English History (Longmans) is recom- 
mended. 

Arithmetic. 

All the ordinary rules, including Square Eoot and a know- 
ledge of the Metric System, 

FIN'AL DIVISIOjST. 
English Literature. 

1903. (a) Scott's Lady of the Lake (ed. Stuart, Mac- 
millan), or Selections from Tennyson, Part. I. (ed. Eowe -and 
Webb, Macmillan) ; (b) Shakspebe-s Eichard II.- (ed. Deigh- 
ton, Macmillan.) 

1904. Selections froia Tennyson, Part. I., (ed. Eowe & 
Webb, Macmillan) ; Shakspere's Merchant of Venice. 

The requirements for the Junior Leaving English of the 
Province of Ontario will be accepted. 

'Greek. 

(Grammar. 

Texts. — (Translation and grammatical study) : — 

1903 — Xenophon, Anabasis I (as in White's Beginners' 
Greek Book. pp. 301-138), or Xenophon, Anabasis 
II. 

1901 and 1905— As in 1903. 

Translation at Sight, and Prose Composiliou (sentences 
and easy narrative based upon the prescribed texts). 

The requirements for the Junior Leaving Greek of the 
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts 
>pecitied above. At the September Examination other 
texts equivalent to those specified may be accepted if appli- 
cation be made to the Eegistrar, at least one month before 
(be date of the examination. 



17 

Latin. 

Grammar. 

Texts. — (Translation and grammatical study) : — 
1203 — Cornelius Nepos, Lives of Miltiades and Eparain- 
ondas (G. H. JS^all in Macmillan's Elementary 
Classics). 

Caesar, De Bello Gallico, I. and II. Ovid, Stories 
from the Metamorphoses (as in Gleason^s "A Term 
of Ovid/' pages 1 to 53, American Book Company). 
1904— As in 1903. 

1905— Cornelius JSTepos, Lives of Themistocles and Aristides 
(G. H. Xall in Macmillan's Elementary Classics); Cfesar, De 
Bello Gallico, Bks. IV. and V; Ovid, Stories from the Meta- 
jnorphoses (as in Gleason's "A Term of Ovid/" pages 54 to the 
end, American Book Company). 

Translation at Siglit, and Prose Composition (sentences 
and easy narrative based upon the prescribed texts). 

The requirements for the Junior Leaving Latin of the 
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts 
specified above. At the September Examination otiher texts 
in Latin equivalent to those specified may be accepted, if 
application be made to the Begistrar at least a month before 
the day of the examination. 

French. 

Grannnar. — Accidence and Syntax. Candidates will be 
required to possess an exact knowledge of the common 
elemiiits. BiTtenshaw's French Grammar is recommended 
as containing the amount required for the examination. 

Translation at Sight from French into English. Trans- 
lation into French of easy English passages. 

German. 

Grammar. — A thorough knowledge of Gea^man accidence. 
Translation. — Candidates must be able to translate into 
German with tolerable correctness exercises approximately 
equal in difficulty to those contained in the First Part of 
A'an der Smissen's High School German Grammar, or in 
the First and Second Parts of the Joynes-Meissner German 
Grammar (Heath & Co.) 

Tc.vts. — (Translation and grammatical studv): — 

1903 — Leander, Traumereien (Copp, Clark Co.). 
1904 and 1905 — Auf der Sonnenseite (Heath & Co.). 
Storm, Immensee. " 



18 

The requirements for the Junior Leaving German of the 
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts 
speciiied ahove. At the September examination other texts 
equivalent to those specified may be accepted, if application 
be made to the Eegistrar, at least one month before the date 
of the examination. 

Algebra, Part I. 

Elementary Eules, Involution, Evolution, Fractions, In- 
dices, Surds, Simple and Quadratic Equations of one or more 
unknown quantities, as in Hall and Knight's Elementary 
Algebra to end of Surds (omitting portions marked with an 
asteiisk), or in similar text-books. 

Algebra, Part II. 

The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Variation, 
Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Loga- 
rithms, Interest and Annuities, as in remainder of Hall and 
Knight's Elementary Algebra, (omitting chaps. 36, 40, 41, 
42) or in similar text-books. 

Geometry, Part I. 

Euclid's Elements, Books I, II, III, with easy deductions; 
or an equivalent. 

Geometry, Part 11. 

Euclid's Elements, Books IV and VI, with definitions of 
Book V, and easy deductions; or an equivalent. 

Trigonometry. 

Measurement of angles, Trigonometrical ratios or func- 
tions of one angle, of two angles and of a multiple angle, 
as in Hamblin Smith's Trigonometry, pp. 1-105, or as in 
Lock's Elementary Trigonometry, Chap. I-XII, or in similar 
text-books. 

Physiography. 

The elements of the Science, as in Davis's Elementary 
Physical Geography, Tarr's First Book of Physical Geo- 
graphy, or other text-books covering the same ground. 

Botany. 

As in Groom's Elementary Botany. 

Candidates will be given extra credit for Plant collections 



19 

of a maximum of 25 species each. They will use Pen- 
hallow's Guide to the Collection of Plants and Blanks for 
Plant Descriptions, 

The collections will be returned, if desired, at the expense 
of the school or individuals to whom they belong. 

Any plant of the same family may be substituted for any 
one of those specified in Part II of Groom's Elementary 
Botany, according to the requirements of the locality. 

Chemistry. 

Elementary Inorganic Chemistry, comprising the prepara- 
tion and properties of the chiei non-metallic elements and 
their more important compounds, the laws of chemical 
action, combining weight, etc. (The ground is simply and 
effectively covered by Remsen's "Elements of Chemistry," 
pp. 1 to 165, Macmillan's Edition). 

Physics. 

Properties of Matter; Elementary Mechanics of Solids 
and Fluids, including the Laws of Motion, Simple Machines, 
Work, Energy, Fluid Pressure and Specific Gravity ; 
Thermometry, The effects and modes of transmission of 
Heat. (See for instance, Gage's Introduction to Physical 
Science, ch. I-V.) 

v. Dates of the Examinations. 

The examinations in 1903 will commence on June 8th and 
on September 9th. Special arrangements may be made for the 
examination of candidates who are prevented by severe illness 
or domestic affliction from presenting themselves on the dates 
fixed. 

The time table for the September examination will be 
as follows : — 

Wednesday, 9th. 

Morning, 9-10.30. — English Grammar. 
10.30-11.— English Dictation. 
11-12. — English Composition. 

Afternoon, 2-3.30. — English Literature, 
3,30-5. — Physiography, 



]\forning, 
Afternoon, 



Morning, 



Afternoon, 



Morning, 
Afternoon, 



Morning, 
Afternoon, 



Morning, 
Afternoon, 



20 

Thursday, 10th. 
9-11.— Algebra, Part 1. 

2-4. — Geometry, Part I. 
4-5.30. — Physics. 

Friday, 11th. 

9-10.30.— Arithmetic. 
10.30-12.— British History. 

2-4. — Algehra, Part II and Geomolrv, 
Part II. 
4-5.30.— Botany. 

MoxDAT, 14th. 

9—11. — Latin Grammar and Composition. 
11-12.30. — Trigonometry. 

2.30--4. 30.— Latin Books and Sight Transhation. 

Tuesday, 15Tn. 

9-11.— French. 

2-4. — German. 
4-5.30. — Chemistry. 

Wednesday, 16th, 

9-11.— Greek Grammar and Composition. 
2—4.- — Greek Books and Sight Translation. 

Admission to Second Year. 



Admission to the Second Year is open, as a mile, only to 
laidergraduates who have passed the First Year Sessional 
Examination in regular course, but in excpptional cases, to 
be dealt with by the Faculty in which they desire to register, 
candidates may be admitted directly to the Second Year with- 
out havi]]g passed through the curriculum of the First Year. 



21 

Students of other Universities Applying for Equivalent 

Standing. 

Any student of another University desirous to be admitted 
to this University with equivalent standing is requested to 
send ■\\'ith his application: — 

1st. — A Calendar of the University in which he has studied, 
giving a full statement of the courses of study. 

2nd. — A complete statement of the course he has followed. 

3rd. — A certificate of the standing gained, and of conduct. 

These will be submitted to the Faculty in which he desires 
to register. 

The Faculty, ii otherwise satisfied, will decide what exam- 
ination, if any, or what conditions, may be necessary before 
admitting the candidate. 



DEGREES. 



All theses for higher degrees must he sent to the Registrar 
of the University. No thesis will ha received or examination 
granted until the fee for the degree has heen paid. 

In order t-o obtain the degrees of B.A., B.Sc, B.C.L. 
and M.D., CM., students of this University are required to 
attend the lectures and to pass the examinations of the 
undergraduate courses. 

Regulations for the Degree of B.A. 

Students vvho shall have satisfactorily completed the Eegu- 
lar Course of Study in Arts, shall have passed the prescribed 
examinations during the Course, and also the special ex- 
aminations for graduation, and shall have performed such 
exercises as may be prescribed to that end, shall be entitled 
to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. 

Regulations for the Degree of B.Sc. 

Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the pre- 
scribed Course of Study in the Faculty of Arts for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Science, or the Course of Study in the Faculty 
of Applied Science, shall have passed the prescribed examina- 



22 

tions during the Course, and also the special examinations for 
Graduation, and shall have performed such exercises as may 
be prescribed to that end, shall be entitled to the Degree of 
Bachelor of Science. 

Regulations for the Degree of B.C.L. 

Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the Eegu- 
lar Course of Study in Law, shall have passed the prescribed 
examinations during the Course and also the special examina- 
tions for Graduation, shall be entitled to the Degree of Bach- 
elor of Civil Law. A Bachelor or Master of Arts, or an 
Articled Student with a practising Member of the Bar of the 
Province of Quebec, who shall have matriculated in the third 
year of his Clerkship under such articles, shall be entitled to 
such Degree after two years' attendance on the said Course 
of Stud}^, if he shall satisfactorily pass all requisite examina- 
tions, and perform all required exercises. 

Regulations for the Degree of M.A. 

Bachelors of Arts of this University, of at least one year's 
standing, who (a) shall have taken for one year a graduate 
course of study in Arts in the University, previously submitted 
to and approved by the Faculty, and Ji) shall have passed an 
examination at the end of the course, and (c) shall have pre- 
sented, if required, a satisfactory thesis, shall be entitled to the 
Degree of Master of Arts. Bachelors of Arts of at least two 
years' standing who shall have presented a satisfactory thesis 
and passed a special examination, shall be entitled to the Degree 
of Master of Arts. 

Any Bachelor of Arts who graduated prior to May 1st, 
1899, or any Undergraduate in Arts registered at that date, 
and proceeding thereafter to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, 
shall at his option be entitled to the Degree of Master of Arts 
on the following conditions : 

1. A candidate must be a Bachelor of Arts of at least three 
years' standing. 

2. He is required to prepare and submit to the Faculty a 
thesis on some literary or scientific subject, under the follow- 
ing rules : — 

(a) The subject of the thesis must be submitted to the 
Faculty before the thesis is presented. 



23 

(&) A paper read previously to any association, or pub- 
lished in any way, cannot be accepted as a thesis. 

(c) The thesis submitted becomes the property of the 
University, and cannot be published without the consent of 
the Faculty of Arts. 

(d) The thesis must be submitted before some date to be 
fixed annually by the Faculty, which date must not be less 
than two months before the candidate proceeds to the Degree. 

The last day in the session of 1903-1901 for sending in 
Theses for M.A ivill he Jan. 30th, 1904. 

3. All candidates, except those who have taken First or 
Second Eank B.A. Honours, or have passed First Class in the 
Ordinary Examinations for the Degree of B.A., are required 
to pass Jin examination also, either in Literature or in Science, 
as each candidate may select. 

• The subjects of the Examination in Literature are divided 
into three divisions, as folloAVs: — 
Group A. — Latin, Greek, Hebrew. 
Group B. — French, German, English. 
Group C. — History, Economics and Political Science, Law. 
The subjects of the Examination in Science are divided into 
three divisions: — 

Group A.— Pure Mathematics (advanced or ordinary), 
Mechanics (including Hydrostatics), Astronomy, Optics. 

Group B.— Geology "and Mineralogy, Botany, Zoology, 
Chemistry. 

Croup C— Mental Philosophy, Moral Philosophy, Logic, 
History of Philosophy. 

Every candidate is required to select two out of the three 
groups in the section in which he is a candidate; and in one 
of the groups so chosen to select for Examination two subjects, 
and in the other group one subject. 

One of the subjects selected as above will be considered the 
principal subject (being so denoted by tdie candidate at the 
time of application), and the other two as subordinate subjects. 
The whole examination may be taken in one year, or dis- 
tributed over two or three years, provided the examination in 
any one subject be not divided. 

For further details of the examination, application must 
be made to the Faculty before the above date. 



24 

The fee for the degree is $20; in, absentia, $iO. (In case 
of failuro, llie candidate may present liiniself in a subsequent 
year wJiliout further payment of fees.) The examination 
will be hehl in April in McGill College only. A candidate 
after fulfilling all the conditions ought to notify the Faculty 
of his desire to ])roceed to the degree at the next convocation. 

Candidates who obtained the degree of B.A. before 1881 may 
proceed to the degree of M.A. under the regulations in force 
previous to 1884. 

Lectures are open to Bachelors of Arts who are candidates 
for M.A., the sessional examinations corresponding to these 
lectures being reckoned as parts of the M.A. examination. 
The .subjects are Greek, Latin, English, French, German, 
History, Mental aiid Moral Philosophy, Chemistry, Experi- 
mental Physics, Botany, Zoology, Geology and Mineralogy. 
Ccriificates of standing will be given. 

Regulations for the Degree of M.Sc. 

BaclK^lors of Arls or Bachelors of Science of at least one 
year's slanding who shall have taken for one year a Graduate 
Course of Study in the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of 
Applied Scienc^e of the University, previously submitted to 
ami approved by the Faculty, shall have passed an examina- 
tion at the end of the year, aiid shall,' if required, have pre- 
sent(,'d a satisfactory thesis; or Bachelors of Arts or Bachelors 
of Science of at least two years' standing who shall have 
presenled a satisfactory thesis, and shall have passed a special 
examination for the degree, shall be entitled to the DegTee 
of Master of Science. 

The We for the degree is $20; in obseniia, $4-0. * 

Regulations for the Degree of M.D. 

Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the Regu- 
lar Course of Study in Medicine, shall have passed the pre- 
scribed examinations during the course, and also the special 
examinations for Graduation, shall be entitled to the Degree 
of Doctor of ]\Iedicine and Master of Surgery. 

Regulations for the Degree of D.Litt. 

Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Literature must be 
Masters of Arts, of at least five years' standing, who shall have 



25 

distinguished themselves by special research and learning in 
the domain of Literature or Philosophy. They are required 
to present a satisfactory thesis or i)ublished work. 
The fee for the degree is $80. 

Regulations for the Dcgreelof D.Sc. 

Canditlales for the Degree of Doctor of Science must be 
Masters of Arts or Masters of Science, or Doctors of Medicine, 
of at least five years' standing, who shall have distinguished 
themselves by special research and learning in the domain of 
Science. They are required to present a satisfactory thesis 
or pul)lished work. 

The fee for the degree is $80. 

Regulations for the Degree of D.C.L. 

Candidafes for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law must Ije 
Bachelors of Civil Law of at least twelve years' standing. 
They are required to pa^s a S])ecial examination for the 
degree and to present a satisfactory thesis or published work- 
on some subject selected or approved by the Faculty of Law. 
For details of the examinalion, etc., see ])p. 

The fee for the degree is $80. 

Ragulationslfor the Degree of LL.D. 

Except as hereinafter mentioned, the Degree of Doctor of 
Laws is given only as an honorary degree. 

Any person who matriculated and attended lectures in the 
Faculty of Arts before the 31st January, 1899, may proceed 
to tlie Degree of Doctor of Laws in course upon the following 
conditions: 

Candidates for the Degree of LL.D., in course, must be 
Masters oE Arts oC at least twelve years' standing, and are 
required to prepare and submit to the Faculty of Arts, not 
less than three months before proceeding to the degree, 
twenty-five printed copies of a thesis on some Literary or 
Scientific .subject which has been prcvioushi approved hy the 
FacnUij. The thesis must exhibit such a degree of literar}' 
or scientific merit, and give evidence of such originalitv of 
thought or extent of research as shall, in the opinion of the 
Facult}^, justify recomnumdation for the degree. 



26 

Candidates are also required to submit, -wdth their thesis, a 
list of books treating of some one branch of Literature or of 
Science satisfactory to the Faculty, in which they are pre- 
pared to submit to examination, and in which they shall be 
examined, unless otherwise ordered by the Faculty. 

The fee for the degree in course is $80, 

Admission "Ad Eundem Gradum." 

The following are the regulations applicable to admission 
" ad eundem gradum'^ : — 

Extract from the Statutes, CJiap. VIII. 

" Graduates of other Universities, desirous of admission 
" to the like Degree in this Universit}'', may be so admitted 
" by the Corporation ; due enquiry being first made as to 
" their moral character and sound learning, and opportunity 
"given to the several Faculties to make such representation 
" in the premises as they may see fit. Provided always, that, 
'' unless by unanimous consent, such admission shall not 
" be put to vote until after three months' notice, and shall 
'' not be ordered, if as many as five Members of the Corpora- 
" tion shall vote against it." 

Extract from the Regulations of the Corporation. 

" In all cases in which anyone is proposed for any ' Ad 
" Eundem * degree, it shall be necessary for the Member or 
" Members of the Corporation making such proposal, to state 
"in writing therewith the grounds upon which the granting 
" of such degree is advocated, and when the case shall be re- 
" f erred to the Faculties, under Chap. VIII. of the Statutes, 
" copies of such proposal and grounds shall be transmitted to 
" the Faculties by the Secretary for their consideration.'' 

Note. — In considering applications under the ahove regu- 
lations, the Faculties ivill require as " grounds " the pursuit 
of a course of study or research in this University ; associa- 
tion with the academic loorlc of the University ; or similar 
qualifications. 

Admission " ad eundem gradum " is not granted merely as a 
titular distinction. 



27 

REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES. 

Registration. 

1. At any time before the first day of lectures in each ses- 
sion, candidates entering on a course of study in the Faculties 
of Arts, Law, and Applied Science, whether as Under- 
graduates, Conditioned Students or Partial Students, 
are required to attend at the office of the University Eegistrar, 
for the purpose of filling out in duplicate the usual form of 
registration, and of signing the following declaration in the 
Matricula or Eegister: — 

"I hereby declare that I ^W11 faithfully observe the Statutes, 
Rules and Ordinances of this University of McGill College to 
the best of my ability." 

2. On the first day of lectures students of the Second, Third 
and Fourth Years in the Faculties of Arts, Law, and Applied 
Science shall register in such place or places as may be found 
most convenient, due notice of which shall be given. 

3. After registering, the student will be given a registration 
ticket, on presentation of which to the different professors and 
lecturers whose classes he proposes to attend, his name will be 
entered in the Class Eegister. It will not be entered on any 
other condition. 

4. Students who find it impossible to present themselves at 
the times specified in Regulations 1 and 2 must register as 
soon as possible thereafter, and will not be allowed to attend 
any lectures, until they have obtained their registration 
tickets. 

Payment of Fees. 

1. Fees must be paid in the office of the Bursar on or before 
October 1st. Students entering after October 1st must pay 
their fees at the time of registration. The Eegistration Ticket 
must be shown to the Bursar, in every case, before the fee is 
paid. 

2. Immediately after the above date the Eegistrar shall send 
to each professor and lecturer a list containing the names of 
the registered students who have not paid their fees, on re- 
ceipt of which the professor or lecturer shall strike the names 
of such students from the register of attendance. 



28 

3. Students whose names have heen dropped from the class 
records on account of non-payment of fees can have them re- 
placed, on presentation of a special ticket certifying that the 
fees have been paid. This ticket will only be issued on pay- 
ment of an additional fee of two dollars. 



FEES, 

Matriculation fees must be sent to the University Eegistrar 
at the time of application for the examination. All other 
fees 'as well as all fines in the Faculties of Arts, Law, and 
Applied Science must be paid to the Bursar of the Univer- 
sity; those in the Faculty of Medicine (with the exception 
of the Graduation fee) to the Eegistrar of that Faculty. 

Matriculation Fees. 

For the full Examination $5 00 

(In case of a Local Examination, where one candidate 
only is examined, the fee will be $10.) 

In case of candidates who do not complete the ex- 
amination at one time, for the first examination. . 5 00 
For any subsequent examination 2 00 

For examination of certificates, other than A. A. 
Certificates, in respect of which candidates are 
exempted from the whole of the Matriculation 
Exainination 100 

Candidates who luive passed the University School (A. A.) 
Examination in the required matriculation subjects, and 
desire to enter the University, are required to pay the same 
fee as that for the Matriculation Examination, viz., $5.00, 
less any sum already paid in connection with the A. A. 
Examination. 

Certificates will, on application, be issued to successful 
candidates without additional fee. Duplicate certificates 
will not be granted unless satisfactory proof be given of 
the loss or destruction of the original. The fee for a dupli- 
cate certilicate is $1.00. 



29 
Fees in the Faculty of Arts. 

For Eegulations re payment, see p. ,27. 

1. Undergraduates and Conditioned Students.— $61 per ses- 
sion. This -w-ill include the fee for Laboratory work, Library, 
Gymnasium and Athletics, ' and Graduation. In the Third 
and Fourth years, it will cover the normal amount of prac- 
tical instruction given in each subject having a Laboratory 
Course. 

Matriculation fee for entrance into the Second Year, $10, 
in addition to the sessional fee. 

2. Partial Students. — (First and Second Years.)— $16 per 
session for one course or one half-course of lectures, includ- 
ing the use of the Library; $12 per session for each additional 
course ; $8 per session for each additional half-course. In 
addition there will be a fee of $3 for Athletics. 

3. Partial Students.— (Third and Fourth Years.)— $22 per 
session for one course or one half-course of lectures, including 
the use of the Library ; $20 per session for each additional 
course ; $11 per session for each additional half-course. In 
addition there will be a fee of $3 for Athletics. 

The lectures (and laboratory work, if any) in one subject 
in any of the four College years constitute a "Course," 
if occupying three hours per'week, a " Half-Course " if occupy- 
ing less than three hours per week. 

"conditioned Students and Partial Students taking the full 
curriculum in any one year pay the same fees as Undergraduates 
in that year. 

4. Graduates in Arts of this ITniversity and graduates of 
other Universities attending full courses in affiliated Theological 
Colleges are allowed, on payment of one-half of the usual fees, 
to attend all lectures, except those for which a special fee is 
exigible. For Bachelors of Arts proceeding to M.A. by talcing 
for one year a graduate course of study, the fee is $40. This 
will cover Laboratory work. 

5. Special Fees — 

Supplemental Examination, at the regular date fixed 

by the Faculty 2 00 

Supplemental Examination, when granted at any 
other time than the regular date fixed by the 
Faculty 5 00 



30 

All fees for Supplemental Examinations must be paid to 
the Bursar, and the receipts shown to the Dean before the 
examination. 

6. Caution Money. — Every student is required to deposit 
with the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover 
damage done to furniture, apparatus, books, etc. This amount, 
less deductions (if any), will be returned at the close of the 
session. 

7. Summer Classes. — During the months of May and June, 
a series of Summer Classes will be conducted, intended mainly 
in the first instance, to meet the requirements of students in 
the first two years of their course. The subjects offered are 
English, Latin, Greek, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Logic, 
French and German. A fee of eight dollars will be exigible 
for any one class, and of four dollars for each additional class. 

All fines are applied to the purchase of books for the 
Library. 

Fees in the Faculty of Applied Science. 

For Begulations re payment, see p. 21. 
Annual fee for the undergraduate course $175.00 

(Undergraduates and conditioned students who were in at- 
tendance at the University during the Session of 1903-1903, 
or previously, will be allowed to complete their several courses 
on payment of $156.00 per annum. Should, however, any 
student repeat a year the fee for such additional session will 
be $175.00). 

Students taking the Double Course in the Faculties of Arts 
and Applied Science shall receive a rebate on the Faculty of 
Applied Science fees of an amount equal to the fees paid for 
equivalent subjects in the Faculty of Arts. 

The fees for Partial Students are :— $10.00 for 
Library, Athletics and Caution money ; and a fee 
at the rate of $6.00 per annum for each hour of 
instruction per week, but tlie maximum fee shall 
in no case exceed $175.00 

Deposit for caution money for undergraduates and 

conditioned students ^-^^ 

Fee for Graduate Course 150.00 



31 

(Graduates of this Faculty will be required to pay only one- 
half of this amount.) 
Sessional fee for the Special Course on Architectural 

Styles (for partial students) $10 . 00 

Supplemental Examinations. — The fee is $2.00 for each 
examination period (morning or afternoon). It must be paid 
to the Bursar of the University not later than the day l^efore 
the examinations, and receipt for the same shown to the Profes- 
sor in charge before the examination papers are distributed. 

The fee for a special Supplemental Examination is $5.00. 

Summer Term Art Classes (see p. 192). 

Full Term.— $25.00, whole day; $15.00, *half day. 

One month of 4 weeks, commencing any time during the 
term; $15.00, whole day; $9.00, *half day. 

Note. — Any period more than a month, but less than the term, 
will be charged for at the rate per month. 

Fees in the Faculty of Medicine. 

All fees are payable in advance to (he Registrar, and, except 
hy permission of the Faculty, will not le received later than 
Octoler 20ih. 

It is strongly recommended to parents or guardians of 
students that the fees he transmitted direct hy cheque or P.O. 
Order to the Registrar, who will furnish official receipts. 

The total Faculty Fees for the whole medical course of four 
full sessions, including clinics, laboratory work, dissecting 
material and reagents, will be five hundred dollars, payable in 
four annual instalments of $125 each. 

Partial students will be admitted to one or more courses 
on payment of special fees. An annual University fee of three 
dollars is charged students of all the faculties for the main- 
tenance of college grounds and athletics. 

Students repeating the course of study of any Academic 
session are not required to pay full fees. A fee of thirty- 
five dollars will be charged, wdiich ^\^ll include Hospitals, dis- 
secting material, chemical reagents, laboratory fees, etc. The 
same fee is charged students entering from other colleges who 
have already paid fees elsewhere for the courses taken. 



* Half day means mornings and afternoons, not intercliangeable. 



An ad eundcni gradum fee of $10 will be charged students 
entering- from another university in the second, third or fourth 
year of tlie course. 

Special Fees. — Annual tickets entitling students to admission 
to both the Montreal General and the Eoyal Victoria Hospitals 
must be taken out at the commencement of the session. 

For the convenience of the undergraduates, the Hospital 
fees are payable in the Registrar's office ; ten dollars to be 
paid at the beginning of each of the last three sessions, viz., 
the second, third and fourth years. This will entitle each 
undergraduate to perpetual tickets for both the Montreal 
General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. 

The fee for the Maternity Hospital for twelve months is $12, 
payable at the Hospital. 

The fee for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of 
Surgery shall be thirty dollars, to be paid by the successful 
candidate to the University Bursar immediately after examin- 
ation. 

The following fees are exigible in the different graduate 
courses offered: — 

Regular Graduate Course (including Hospital fees).. $40.00 
(Special fees will be arranged for single courses.) 

Course in Legal Medicine, and Diploma $20.00 

Course in Public Health, and Diploma $20.00 

Fees in the Faculty of Law. 

For Regulations re payment, see p. 27. 

Registration Fee $ 5 00 

Sessional Fee (including Athletics) for Undergraduates 

matriculating in and after September, 1903 60 00 

Sessional Fee for Undergraduates previously enrolled. . 53 00 

Athletics Fee, payable by Partial Students 3 00 

Graduation Fee 12 50 

Sessional Fee by Partial Students :— for the course of 
Roman Law, $20 ; for each of the courses on Suc- 
cessions, Criminal Law, Commercial Law, Obligation.s 
and Civil Procedure, $15 ; and for each one of the 
shorter courses, $10.00. 



33 

Caution Money. — Every student is required to deposit with 
the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover damage 
done to furniture, loss of books, etc. This amount, less 
deductions, (if any), vrill be returned at the close of the session. 

Fees for Higher Degrees. 

For the Degree of M.A $20.00 

" "• '• (In absentia) 40.00 

(In case of failure on examination or the rejection of 
the thesis the candidate ma}' present himself in 
a subsequent vear vithout further pavment of 
fee.) 

For the Degree of M.Sc $20.00 

" (In absentia) 40.00 

D.Sc 80.00 

D.Litt 80.00 

D.C.L 80.00 

LL.D. (in course) 80.00 

No fee shall be charged for the Degree of LL.D., granted 
"honoris causa." 

The fee for any Higher Degree must be sent with the thesis 
to the Eegistrar of the University. This is a condition essen- 
tial to the reception of the application. The Eegistrar will 
then forward the thesis to the Dean of the Faculty. If no 
thesis be required, the fees must be paid before the Examina- 
tion. 

Miscellaneous Fees. 

Elocution (optional) $5.00 

Library (optional for students in Law and Medicine) . . 4.00 
Gymnasium (optional for undergraduates in Law and 
Medicine, and also for Partial Students in all 

Faculties) 2.50 

Certificate of Standing, as to year of Course 1.00 

Certificate of Standing, accompanied by a statement 
of classification in the several subjects of examina- 
tion 2.00 

All applications for certificates must be addressed to the 
Registrar of the University, accompanied by the required fee. 

No certificates are given for attendance on lectures unless 
the corresponding examinations have been passed. 



34 

SPECIAL REGULATIONS. 

Academic Dress. 

Professors, Lecturers, and Students are required to wear 
academic dress at lectures, except in those cases in which a 
dispensation shall have been granted by the Faculty. 

UndergraduaUs shall wear a rlain black stuff gown, not falling 
below the knee, with round sleeve cut above elbow. 

Bachelor of Ar^s.— Black stuff gown, falling below knee, with full 
sleeve cut to elbow and terminating in a point (similar to that of 
the Cambridge B.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk and 
edged with white fur. 

Bachelor of Science. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, 
black silk, lined with yellow silk and edged with white fur. 

Bachelor of Civil Laic— The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, 
black silk, lined with French grey silk and edged with white fur. 

Master of Ar<s.— Black gown of stuff or silk falling below knee, 
with long sleeve with semi-circular cut at the bottom; (similar to 
that of the Cambridge M.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue 
silk. 

Master of IScience. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, black . 
silk, lined with yellow silk. 

Doctor of Medicine.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scar- 
let cloth, lined with dark blue silk. 

Doctor of Laws.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet 
cloth, lined with white silk. 

Doctor of Literature.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with pale blue silk. 

Doctor of Science.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet 
cloth, lined with yellow silk. 

Doctor of Civil Law.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, 
scarlet cloth, lined with Fremch grey silk. 

Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Literature, and 
Doctors of Science shall be entitled to wear for full dress a robe of 
scarlet cloth (similar in pattern to that of the Cambridge LL.D.) 
faced with silk of the same colour as the lining of their respective 
hoods. 

All hoods shall be in pattern similar to that of the Masters of 
Arts of Cambridge University. 

Undergraduates and graduates shall wear the ordinary black 
trencher with black tassel, but Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, 
Doctors of Literature, and Doctors of Science shall wear for full dress 
a black velvet hat with gold cord, similar to that worn by Doctors of 
Laws of Cambridge University. 

Samples of the colours of the linings of all hoods shall be kept 
for inspection in the office of the Registrar. 



35 
Attendance and Conduct- 

1. Punctual attendance on all his classes is required of each 
student. 

2. A record shall be kept by each Professor or Lecturer, 
in which the presence or absence of students shall be care- 
fully noted. The record shall be submitted to the Faculty at 
all their ordinary meetings during the Session. 

3. Credit for attendance on any lecture or class may be 
refused on the grounds of lateness, inattention, neglect of 
study, or disorderly conduct in the class-room or laboratory. 
In the case last mentioned, the student may, at the discretion 
of the Professor, be required to leave the room. Persistence 
in any of the above offences against discipline shall, after 
admonition by the Professor, be reported to the Dean of 
Faculty. The Dean may, at his discretion, reprimand the 
student, or refer the matter to the Faculty at its next meeting, 
and may in the interval suspend from classes. 

4. Absence from lectures can only be excused by neces- 
sity or duty, of which proof must be given, when called for, 
to"tbe Faculty. The number of times of absence, from neces- 
sity or duty, that shall disqualify from the keeping of a sessioii 
shall in each case be determined by the Faculty. 

5. Any student found guilty of dishonest practices at an 
examination shall be liable to expulsion from the University, 
or to be suspended for a term of years. 

6. While in college, or going to or from it, students aro 
expected to conduct themselves in the same orderly manner 
as in the class-rooms. Smoking is prohibited in the College 
buildings, except in such rooms, if any, as may be set apart 
for that purpose. Any Professor observing improper con- 
duct in the College buildings or grounds may admonish the 
student, and, if necessary, report him to the Dean. Without, 
as well as within the walls of the College, every student is 
required to maintain a good moral character. 

7. When students are brought before the Faculty under the 
above rules, the Faculty may reprimand, report to parents 
or guardians, impose fines, disqualify from competing for 
prizes or honors, suspend from classes, or report to the Cor- 
poration for expulsion. 

8. Any student damaging the furniture or buildings will 
be required to bear the expense of repairing or making good 



36 

the same, and will, in addition, be subject to such other penalty 
as the Faculty may see fit to inflict. If individual responsi- 
bility for damage cannot be traced, a pro rata assessment may 
be made on all the students more directly concerned. 

9. All cases of discipline involving the interests of more 
than one Faculty, or of the University in general, shall be 
immediately reported to the Principal, or, in his absence, to 
the Vice-Principal. 

10. Petitions from the students to any University body on 
any subject can, in general, be taken into consideration only 
at the regular meetings appointed in the Calendar. 

Conduct of Examinations. 

1. The supervision of the examinations of the University is 
entrusted largely to officers specially appointed from year to 
year in sufficient numbers for the purpose. An attendant is 
present in the Examination Hall throughout each examina- 
tion. 

2. Writing paper for the examinations is provided in the 
form of books, with covers in special colours.- Each book 
contains a statement of the duties of candidates, and to each 
is attached a small envelope containing a card or slip for 
the name of the candidate. 

3. Each colour has a number, and only one colour is em- 
ployed at a given examination. A certain scheme of colours 
is arranged beforehand for the whole period of the examina- 
tion. 

4. The seating of the students is arranged in advance, and 
is posted at the entrance of the Kail fifteen minutes before 
the commencement of the examination. 

5. The Faculty, or a Committee of the Faculty concerned, 
will arrange for at least one examiner, and such other paid 
examiners as are deemed necessary, to be present in the Hall 
for each examination ; and will also arrange the scheme of 
seating and books to be used. 

G. All examiners are expected to attend strictly to the 
supervision of the examinations while they are in the Hall. 

7. They shall instruct each candidate to write the number 
of his table on the outside of his book ; to write his name 
plainly upon the card provided in the envelope on the book ; 
to replace it and seal the envelope. 



37 

After this has been done, the examination papers are dis- 
tribnted. Any candidate entering late will be required to 
sign his card and close the envelope before receiving the ex- 
amination paper. 

The examiners shall also call the attention of the candidates 
to the rules printed upon the envelope. 

8. During the course of the examinations the examiner 
shall verify the position of each candidate in the examination 
hall according to a plan. 

9. For the convenience of candidates, the examiners may 
announce the time when half of the period allowed for the 
examination has expired ; and also at thirty minutes and five 
minutes before the close. 

10. Before beginning to write on the examination, candi- 
dates should write their names plainly on the slip provided 
in the envelope, and enclose it, fastening the envelope., and 
write the number of their desk or table plainly on the cover 
of the examination book. 

11. Xo candidate shall be permitted to enter the examina- 
tion room after the expiry of one-half hour, or leave it before 
the expiry of one-half hour, from the commencement of the 
examination. Any candidate leaving the examination room 
after the issue of the examination papers in any subject, shall 
not be permitted to return during the course of that examina- 
tion. 

12. Candidates guilty of any of the following or similar 
dishonest practices shall be immediately dismissed from the 
examination, and shall be liable to permanent disqualification 
for membership in McGill University: — 

A. Making use of any books, papers, or memoranda, other 
than those provided by the examiners, 

E. Speaking or communicating with other candidates un- 
der any circumstances whatever. 

C. Exposing written papers to the view of other candi- 
dates. 

The plea of accident or forgetfulmss shall not he, received. 

13. Candidates shall write their answers on the right hand 
pages of the Regulation Answer Book provided for the pur- 
pose by the University, entering on the margin nothing but 
the number or letter of the question they are about to answer. 
The left-hand page may be used for rough drafts or for scrib- 



38 

bling purposes. No other paper than the regulation answer 
book above mentioned shall be used by the candidates, and no 
pages removed from the books. 

14. Candidates are not permitted to leave their places. 
Should they desire anything, they may signify it by standing 

up. 

15. "When the examiner announces that the examination 
is over, all candidates must leave the hall. On leaving the 
hall, the examination books must be deposited by the candi- 
dates as directed by the examiners. 

'College Grounds and Athletics. 

All matters relating to the management of the College 
Grounds and of Out-Door Athletics and Sports are under the 
control of a Committee consisting of : — 

One Governor. 

The Principal. 

One Member of the Faculty of Arts. 

One Member of the Faculty of Applied Science. 

One Member of the Faculty of Law. 

One Member of the Faculty of Medicine. 

One Graduate. 

One Undergraduate, member of the Football Club. 

One Undergraduate, member of the Tennis Clilb. 

One Undergraduate, member of the Cricket Club. 

One Undergraduate, member of the Hockey Club. 

One Undergraduate, member of the Skating Club. 

The President of the Athletic Association. 

The several Members of the Committee are elected annually 
by their respective bodies ; and the Committee meets for 
organization on itihe third Tuesday in September in each 
year. The Undergraduate Members of the Committee are 
entitled to vote only on matters relating to Athletics. 

The following extracts are made from the rules and regula- 
tions of the Committee, for the guidance of Members of the 
University and the several Athletic Clubs and Associations 
which are from time to time permitted to use the grounds : 

The University and McTavish Street gates shall be closed 
between fi p.m. and 7 a.m. on week days and the whole day 
on Sundav. 



39 

The Sherbrooke Street gates shall be closed between 10 p.m. 
and 6 a.m. 

Such persons as are entitled to use the Grounds shall be 
provided with tickets renewable each year. 

Those entitled to tickets are the Members of the University 
and proininent Benefactors, and the families of Governors 
and Professors. 

The several Clubs shall be permitted to issue special 
tickets, entitling the holders to admission to the Grounds for 
the purpose of viewing matches, or for other special occasions 
of public interest. 

All students desirous of taking part in football matches, or 
otherwise engaging in violent athletic contests, must pass a 
medical examination, to be held under the direction of the 
Superintendent of the Gymnasium. A complete record of all 
such examinations shall be kept by the Superintendent or 
other officer appointed to this duty. The Managers and 
Captains of Clubs or other responsible executive officers are 
required to insist upon the strict observance of the rule in 
regard to Medical Examination, and all the rules and regula- 
tions of the Committee which concern them. 

All Clubs must submit their Eegulations, Kules, and By- 
Laws, and any changes in the same, for the approval of the 
Conmiittee. They must make application for the use of such 
portions of the Grounds as they require, and for any special 
privileges. 

Clubs must not engage in matches with outside clubs except 
with the approval of the Committee. 

The Athletic Association must submit its programme for 
each year for the approval of the Committee. 

All students of the University are required to pay a fee of 
three dollars ($3.00) for the use of the Grounds. The 
amount so paid is handed over to the Committee, and is by it 
expended in the interest of College Athletics and in the per- 
manent improvement of the portions of the grounds used for 
Athletics. 



! 40 

UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS. 
The Centre Building. 

This building, the first and oldest building- of McGill CoUeg-e, 
contains the lectui-e-rooms of the Faculty of Arts and the Botanical 
Laboratories in the centre. The East Wing contains the newly 
equipped Zoological Laboratories, the offices of the Administration, 
and the lecture-rooms of the Faculty of Law. The West Wing com- 
prises the Molson Convocation and Examination Hall and the Cor- 
poration Meeting-room. 

The Botanical Laboratories are described in detail on p. 128, the 
Zoological Laboratories on p. 129. 

The ivtacdonald Engineering Suilding. 

The Engineering Building, erected, equipped and endowed by Sir 
William C. Macdonald, represents, in architectural effect, a severe 
treatment of the Italian renaissance. Besides numerous lecture- 
rooms, students' rooms, a departmental library, and a large techni- 
cal museum, which holds the Reuleaux collection of Kinematic 
models— believed to be the most complete in America, the building 
contains large and thoroughly equipped electrical and magnetic 
laboratories; dynamo rooms; lighting station; accumulator room; 
laboratories of Mathematics, Dynamics, Mechanics, Geodesy, Model- 
ling, Testing, and Thermodynamics; workshops (in the annex erected 
under the bequest of the late Thomas Workman) for Carpentry, 
Wood-turning, and Pattern-making; Machine shops; Smithy; Foun- 
dry, etc. 

The whole of one floor is given up to Drawing-rooms, and the 
Museum of the building contains a large collection of casts illustra- 
tive of the historical development of the various styles of architecture 
and of casts of architectural and figure sculpture. 

A detailed description of the laboratories and workshops and their 
equipment is given on pp. 193 et seqq. 

Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building. 

Admirable facilities are afforded in the Macdonald Chemistry and 
Mining Building for study and research in the departments of Chem- 
istry, Metallurgy, Mining, Mineralogy and Geology. The building 
was erected, equipped and endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald. 
It is spacious, admirably lighted, heated by hot water and ventilated 
by electric fans. In addition to the large Lecture Theatre, which 
seats about 250 students, there are four lecture rooms for smaller 
classes, and a number of offices. 

There are three large general Chemical Laboratories, large labor- 
atories for Ore-dressing and Metallurgy and a number of smaller 
rooms for special purposes, including research work. Among the 
special laboratories may be mentioned those for Organic Chemistry, 
Physical Chemistry, Electrolytic Analysis, Gas Analysis, Iron and 
Steel Analysis, Fire Assaying, Water Analysis, Determmative 
Mineralogy, Petrography, Photography, etc. The reference library 
contains about 1,300 volumes. 

A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment is 
given on pp. 127 and 193. 



41 

The Macdonald Physics Building. 

The Macdonald Physical Laboratory, another of Sir William C. 
Macdonald's gifts to the University, contains five storej^s, ea;ch of 
8,000 square feet area. Besides a lecture theatre and its apparatus 
rooms, the Building- includes an elementary laboratory nearly 60 feet 
square; large special laboratories arranged for higher work by ad- 
vanced students in Heat and Electricity; a range of rooms for 
'optical work and photography: separate rooms for private thesis 
work by students; and two large laboratories arranged for research, 
provided with solid piers and the usual standard instruments. There 
are also a lecture room, with apparatus room attached, for Mathe- 
matical Physics, a special physical library, and convenient work- 
shops. The equipment is on a corresponding scale, and comprises: 
(1) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) simple forms of the prin- 
cipal instruments for use by the students in practical work; (3) the 
most recent types of all important instruments for exact measure- 
ment, to be used in connection with special work and research. 

A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment is 
given on pp. 125 and 201. 

Medical Buildings 

The present main building of the Faculty of Medicine was erected 
in 1873. In 1SS5, and again in 1893, large additions and alterations 
were made to the buildings. These again, however, have proved 
inadequate, and a thorough reconstruction and enlargement of the 
buildings has lately been completed. The present buildings comprise 
several large lecture theatres; a large readingj room, managed by the 
students themselves; a fine medical library; dissecting rooms; and 
a large number of completely equipped laboratories for Physiology, 
Histology, Pharmacology, Chemistry, Hygiene, Bacteriology, and 
Pathology, in addition to numerous museums, preparation rooms, and 
offices. Clinical teaching is conducted in the theatres, wards, out- 
patient rooms, and laboratories of the Montreal General Hospital, 
the Royal Victoria Hospital, and the Montreal Maternity Hospital. 

A detailed description of the laboratories and museums is given 
on pp. 237 to 240 and 281 to 285. 

The Royal Victoria College for Women. 

This residential college for the Women Students of McGill Uni- 
versity, erected and endowed by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, 
is situated on Sherbrooke Street, in close proximity to the University 
buildings and laboratories. The Professors and Lecturers of the 
University are thereby enabled to give their services in the conduct 
of the College classes. 

Full particulars of the College, terms of residence, etc., are given 
on pp. 136 et scqq. 

The University Library. 

Librarian: — Charles H. Gould, B.A. 

The general library is housed in the fine Romanesque building 
erected in 1893 by the late Mr. Peter Redpath. 

Dignified and convenient as originally designed, it has recently 
been improved and greatly enlarged by the liberality of Mrs. Peter 



42 

Redpath. It now possesses ample aocommodation for three hundred 
and fifty i-eaders, of whom fully one hundred can be provided for 
in the seminary rooms and special studies. 

The main architectural feature of the interior is the general 
reading- room, 110 feet long, 43 feet wide, and 44 feet high. It will 
seat one hundred and fifty readers and has open shelves for about 
4,000 volumes. 

The book stack, four and five storeys high, of approved type, 
excellently lighted and ventilated, with four reading bays on each 
storey, has a working capacity of 250,000 volumes, besides special 
provision for the storage of maps and of newspapers. 

Library regulations, with a description of the collections are 
given on pp. 295 to 298. 

The Peter Redpath Museum. 

Senior Curator— Prof. B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL,.D. 

This building was erected in 18S2 by the liberal benefactor whose 
name it bears. It occupies a commanding position at the upper end 
of the campus, and besides its central hall and other rooms devoted 
to the collections, contains a large lecture theatre, class-rooms, and 
work-rooms. 

The general arrangement of the collections is as follows: — 

1. The Botanical Room on the ground floor contains the Herba- 
rium, consisting of 30,000 specimens of Canadian and exotic plants 
and collections illustrating structural and economic botany. 

2. On the first floor is a room over the entrance hall, in which are 
cases containing archaeological and ethnological objects with large 
slabs of fossil foot-prints on the walls. 

3. This room opens into the great Museum Hall, on each side of 
which are alcoves with upright and table cases containing the collec- 
tions in Palaeontology, arranged primarily to illustrate the succes- 
sive geological systems, and subordinately to this^, in the order of 
zoological and botanical classification, so as to enable the student to 
see the general order of life in succesisive periods, and to trace any 
particular group through its geological history. 

4. At the extreme end of the Hall are placed the collections of 
minerals and rocks, arranged in such manner as to fa,cilitate their 
systematic study. In the centre of the Hall are economic collections 
and large casts and models. 

5. In the upper story or gallery of the great Hall are placed the 
zoological collections; the invertebrate animals in table cases in 
regular series, beginning with the lower forms; the vertetorate 
animals in upright cases, in similar order. The Philip Carpenter 
Collection of shells is especially noteworthy for its arrangement 
and completeness. 

Details as to the several departments of the Museum are given in 
the "Museum Guide," and papers or memoirs relating to type speci- 
mens in the collections can be obtained from the Museum Assistant. 
Tickets are issued to students by the Professors in charge of the 
several departments, and classes of pupils from schools can be ad- 
mitted on certain days under regulations which may be learned from 
the Professors or from the Registrar of the University. 





^^ IT'^^-S^ 








. 


f 




■^1 


^w 




^ 




"S 




i 



r3! 



5k- 



filBSS^Ki^ 



University Library. — Main Reading Room. 




Redpatii Museum. — Interior "View. 



43 
Observatory. 

Latitude, N. 45° 30' 17". Longitude, 41i- 54m- igs- 67. 

Height above sea level, 187 feet. 

Superintendent— C. H. McLeod, Ma.E. 

The Observatory in which courses of instruction are given in the 
use of meteorological instruments and in astronomical work, is situ- 
ated at the head of the University campus. 

Meteorological observations.— B.ecords of temperature, atmospheric 
pressure, wind velocity and direction, and sunshine are obtained by 
self-recording- instruments. Check observations are made at 7.40 
a.m., 3 p.m., and 7.40 p.m. on standard instruments. 

The principal instruments employed are two standard mercurial 
barometers; one Richard barograph; one Richard thermograph; one 
Callendar thermograph; one Kew standard thermometer; two Pas- 
torelli thermometers; one maximum thermometer; one minimum 
thermometer; one set of six self-recording thermometers, with con- 
trolling clock, battery, etc.; two anemometers; one wind vane; one 
anemograph with battery, etc.; one sunshine recorder; one rain- 
band spectroscope and one rain gauge. 

The Anemometer and Vane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 
at a point about three-quarters of a mile north-west of the Observ- 
atory. They are 57 feet above the surface of the ground and 810 
feet above sea level. 

Soil temperatures are observed, in co-operation with the Physical 
Laboratory, by means of platinum thermometers at depths ranging 
from one Inch to nine feet. 

The astronomical equipment consists of:— The Blackman Tele- 
scope (6% in.); a photoheliograph (4% in.); a 3% in, transit with 
striding level, etc.; a prismatic (8om.) transit instrument, also ar- 
ranged as a zenith telescope; a 2 in. transit in the prime vertical; 
two collimating telescopes; one sidereal clock; one mean time clock; 
one sidereal chronometer; one mean time chronometer; one chrono- 
graph; batteries, telegraph lines, and sundry minor instruments. 

Observations for clock errors are made on nearly every clear 
night. Time exchanges are regularly made with the Toronto observ- 
atory. Time signals are distributed throughout the city by means 
of the noon time-ball, continuous clock-signals, and the fire-alarm 
bells; and to the country through the telegraph lines. 

The longitude of the Observatory was determined in 1892 by direct 
telegraph connection with Greenwich, with exchange of observers 
and instruments. The position is believed to be the most accurately 
determined in America. 

Gymnasiums. 

The University Gymnasium. 

Medical Director of Physical Training:- R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D. 

The classes, which are open to men students of all the Faculties, 
will meet at the University Gymnasium at hours to suit, as far as 
possible, the convenience of students, and to be announced at the 
commencement of the Session. 



44 

\ 

The recent addition of some special apparatus enables the in- 
structor to devote some attention to the application of exercise in 
treating special cases of weakness or deformity, whch should be 
reported to him before the regular class work is undertaken. 

The Wicksteed Silver and Bronze Medals for Physical 
Culture (the gift of Dr. R. J. Wicksteed) are offered for competition 
to students of the graduating class and to students who have had 
instruction in the Gymnasium for two sessions; the silver medal 
to the former, the bronze medal to the latter. . . ^ ^ ,, 

The award of these medals is made by Judges, appointed by the 
Corporation of the University. . ^ . , ^ 

Every competitor for the silver medal is required to lodge with 
the Judges, before the examination, a certificate of good standing 
in the graduating class signed by the Dean or Registrar of the 
Faculty to which he belongs, and the medal will not be awarded to 
any .'-tudent who may fail in his examination for the degree. 

The Royal Victoria College Gymnasium. 

Instructor:— Miss Vendla M. Holmstrom. 
Classes for Women Students are conducted in the newly equipped 
G> mnasium of the Royal Victoria College, see page 138. 



faculty of ^rts. 



The First Day of Lectures, Session 190:;<-190i, wiel be Tuesday 
September 22nd. 



I. REGULATIONS FOR ENTRANCE- 

See pp. 10-21. 

II. FEES AND REGISTRATION. 

See pp. 27-BO. 

III. SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS*. 

GENERAL REGULATIONS. 

1. A Scholarship is tenable for two years; an Exhibition 
for one year. 

2. Scholarships are open for competition to students who 
have passed the University Intermediate Examinatioii, pro- 
vided that not more than three .-sessions have elapsed since 
their Matriculation; and also to candidates who have obtained 
what the Faculty may deem equivalent standing m some other 
University, provided that application be made before the end 
of the Session preceding the examination. For details of the 
examination, tee pp. 55-57. 

3. Exhibitions are assigned to the First and Second Year?.^ 
First Year Exhibitions are open for competition to candi- 
dates for entrance into the First Year. The examination is 
held in June. For details, see pp. 47-53. 

Second Year Exhibitions are open for competition to stu- 
dents who have passed the First Year Sessional Examinations, 
provided that not more than two sessions have elapsed since 
their Jilatriculation ; and also to candidates for entrance into 

* In Session 190:^-1004 the Scholarsliiii and Second Year Exliibition Examinations 
will begin on "Wednesday, September 9th. 



46 

the Second Year. The examination is held at the beginning 
ol' every session, in September. For details, see pp. 53—55. 

i. The Second Year Exhibition Examination will, for 
candidates who have not previously entered the University, be 
regarded as a Matriculation Examination. 

5. No student can hold more than one Exhibition or Schol- 
arship at the same time. 

6. Exhibitions and Scholarships will not necessarily be 
awarded to the candidates' who have obtained the highest 
marks. An adequate standard of merit will l)e required. 

7. If in any College Year there be not a sufficient number 
of candidates showing adequate merit, any one or more of the 
Exhibitions or Scholarships offered for competition may be 
given to more deserving candidates in another year. 

8. A successful candidate must, in order to retain his Schol- 
arship or Exhibition, proceed regularly with his College Course 
to the satisfaction of the Faculty. 

9. The annual income of the Scholarships or Exhibitions 
will be paid in four instalments, viz.: — In October, December, 
February and April, about the 20th day of each month. 

10. For the Session of 1903-1904 there will be thirty-one 
Scholarships and Exhibitions, including the following: — 

The Jane Redpath Exliibition, founded by Mrs. Redpath, of 
Terrace Bank, ]\Iontreal: — value, about $90 yearly, open to 
both men and women.* 

Oitawa' Valley Graduates' Society Exliibition, awarded on the 
results of the June Examination. 

Two Sir William Dawson Exhibitions, given by the New York 
Graduates' Society: — value, one $62 and the other $60 
yearly. 

I'en Macdonald Scholarships and Exliibitions, founded by Sir 
W. C. Macdonald, Montreal: — value $125 each, yearly. 

The Charles Alexander Scholarship, (for men students), founded 
by Charles Alexander, Esq.,. Montreal, for the encourage- 
ment of the study of Classics and other subjects: — value 
$90 yearlv. 



* HeBOlutions are now in force by which all Exhibitions and Scholarships have been 
tlirown oren without restriction of sex. "except in cases where the deeds of gift or the 
ascertained wishes of the donor expr'-ssly preclude such a course; it being uudersfood 
tliat in the event of the establishment of any large number of Exhibitions and Scholar- 
ships specially appropriated to either of the sexes by the terras of the foundation, the 
Board of Governors may again restrict some of those now existing in favour of tlie other 



47 

The Major H. Mills Scholarship, founded by bequest of the late 
Major Hiram Mills: — value $100 yearly. 

The Barbara Scott Scholarship, foiinded by the late Miss Bar- 
bara Scott, Montreal, for the encouragement of the study 
of the Classical languages and literature: — value $100 to 
$120 yearly. 

The Mackenzie Scholarship for Economics and Political Science, 
founded in memory of the late Hon. Alexander Mackenzie: 
— value $125 yearly. 

Four Exhibitions m the Boyol Victoria College, open to women 
only: — ranging in value from $75 to $200 yearly. 

One Eoyal Victoria College Scholarship, for women: — value $125 
yearly. 

Reseakch Scholaeship in Chemistkt. 

It is proposed to offer in September, 1904, a Research 
Scholarship in Chemistry, on the endowment of the late Dr. 
T. Sterry Hunt, to graduate students in the Faculties of Arts 
and Applied Science. 

FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 

The following nineteen Exhibitions are offered for competi- 
tion in June, 1903, to candidates for admission to the First 
Year : 

Three C (Advanced), each of $300. 

For particulars, see pp. 51-53. 

(Not transferable to other divisions below or other years.) 

Five B (Higher), each of $150. 
For particulars, see pp. 48-51. 

(Any or all of these may be raised to $200, if the answering is suffi- 
ciently good, and if there be other Exhibitions una warded.) 

Five A (Ordinary Matriculation, B. A. course), viz., two of 
$125 each; three of $100 each. 

Four A (Ordinary Matriculation. B. Sc. course), viz., one of 
$112: two of $100;' one of $60. 

Two E. V. C. Exhibitions for Ordinary Matriculation, open 
to women only, and conditional on residence in the Royal Vic- 
toria College, viz., one of $200, and one of $100. 

As previously announced, the examination for First Year 
Exhibitions will be held hereafter in June, instead of Septem- 
ber, beginning June 8th, 1903. 

There will be three divisions. A, B and C. 



48 

They are open to men and women on equal terms, unless 
the contrary is stated. 

No candidate can hold two exhibitions at the same time. 

Blank forms of application, to be obtained from the Regis- 
trar of the University, must be filled out and returned before 
the 1st of May, 1903. 

In his application the candidate will specify the degree 
(B. A. or B. Sc.) to which he intends to proceed. The tenure 
of an Exhibition is conditional on the pursuit of the corre- 
sponding curiculum in the First Year. 

A. EXHIBITIONS. 

The A (Matriculation) Exhibitions will be awarded on the 
results of the Matriculation Examination only, whether for 
B.A. or B.Sc. The marks for English Grammar, Composition, 
Dictation, Arithmetic and British History will not be taken 
into account, however, in the competition, and candidates who 
have previously passed in these subjects will not be required to 
repeat the examination. 

(For details of requirements in the different subjects, see pp. 
15-19. 

B. EXHIBITIONS. 

The B (Higher) Exhibitions will be awarded on the results 
of an examination in the subjects required for Matriculation, 
together with additional work in any three of the following; 
provided, however, that the Ordinary Matriculation papers in 
the three chosen have also been taken: — 
English. 
Latin. 
Greek. 
French. 
German. 
Mathematics, Part II (if not taken for Matriculation). 
A candidate, not successful, may nevertheless receive an A 
Exhibition, but in determining this, the marks for the addi- 
tional work will not be taken into account. 

The details of the additional work in the above subjects 
are as follows: — 

English. 

Grammar. — An advanced knowledge of this subject will be 
required, and, in addition, some acquaintance with the histor- 



49 

ical development of English as illustrated in common and im- 
portant words. The candidate is recommended to read Ma- 
son's or West's Elements of English Grammar, and expected to 
supplement Mason or West by using Morris's Historical Out- 
lines of English Accidence (Macmillan & Co.) as a hook of ref- 
erence. 

Literature, 1903 and 1904.— Milton, L'Allegro and other 
short poems, ed. Bell (Macmillan & Co.) ; Macaulay, Essays on 
Byron, W^arren Hastings, Clive. 

Com.position. — The candidate will he required to write an 
essay on some subject connected with the examination. 

Provided two months' notice he given, candidates may sub- 
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the worlcs pre- 
scriljed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province ' 
of Ontario, Grade XI L of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the 
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College, 
P.E.I. 

Latin. 

Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition. 

Text-Books. — Sonnenschein's or Allen and Greenough's 
Latin Granmiar ; Arnold's Latin Prose Composition by Bradley, 
or Collar's Latin Composition, Parts III and IV. 
Translation from the following prescribed books : — 

1903 and 1904— Horace, Odes III. 

1905 — Horace, Odes I. 

Provided tivo months notice he given, candidates may sub- 
stitute in, any year an equivalent amount from the worhs pre- 
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of 
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the 
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College, 
P.E.I. 

Greek. 

Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition. 

Text-Books.— Sonnenschein's or Kutherford's Greek Gram- 
mar, or Burnet's Greek Eudiments, or White's First Greek Book; 
Abbott's Arnold's Greek Prose Composition. 
Translation from the following prescribed books:— 

190-J, 1904 and 1905.— Homer, Odyspey YIT; Euripides, 
Hecuba (Sidgwick's Selections). 



50 

Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub- 
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre- 
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of 
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the 
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College, 
P.E.I. 

In both Latin and Greek, candidates who do not offer the 
books prescribed above icill have the option of an additional 
paper in Composition and Translation at Sight. 

French. 

(a) Grammar, including Syntax; {b) Translation at sight 
of French into English; (c) Translation at sight of easy Eng- 
lish prose passages into French; {d) Translation from the fol- 
lowing texts: — 

1903. Sarcey, Le Siege de Paris (Heath & Co.) ; Sandeau, 
Mademoiselle de la Seigliere (Heath & Co.); About, Le Roi 
des Montagnes (Heath & Co.) 

1904. Angier, Le Gendre de M. Poirier (Heath & Co.) ; 
DeVigny, La Canne de Jonc (Heath & Co.) ; Sand, La Mare an 
Liable (Heath & Co.) 

Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub- 
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre- 
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of 
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the 
Senior Leaving E.raiuiitaiion of the Prince of Wales College, 
P.E.I. 

German. 

(a) Granunar. — Accidence and Syntax; (&) Translation at 
sight from German into English; (e) Translation at sight into 
German of an easy passage of English prose; (d) Translation 
and grammatical study of the following texts : — 

1903. Sudermann, Der Ivatzensteg (Heath & Co.) ; Schiller, 
Wilhelm Tell (Macmillan & Co.), or Leander, Tramnereien 
(Copp, Clark Co.) ; Gerstaecker, Germelshausen (Heath & Co.) 

1904. Schiller, ]\Iaria Stuart (Heath & Co.) ; Freytag, Die 
Journalisten (Heath & Co.) ; Keller, Kleider machen Leute 
(Heath &' Co.). 

Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub- 
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre- 



51 

scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province 
of Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the 
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College, 
P. E. I. 

Mathematics, Part II. 

Geometry. — Euclid's Elements, Books IV and VI, with 
definitions of Book V, and easy deductions. 

Algebra. — The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Varia- 
tion, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, 
Logarithms, Interest and Annuities, as in Hall & Knight's 
Elementary Algebra, omitting Chapters 36, 40, 41, 42, or in 
similar text-books. 

Trigonometry. — Measurement of Angles, Trigonometrical 
ratios or functions of one angle, of two angles and of a multiple 
angle, as in Hamblin Smith, pp. 1-105, or as in Lock's Ele- 
mentary Trigonometry, Chapters I-XII, or in similar text- 
books. 

C. EXHIBITIONS. 

Examination in Special Courses. 

In awarding the C (Advanced) Exhibitions, the marks for 
Ordinary JMatrieulation will not be taken into account. A pass 
in the subjects chosen will, however, count towards matricu- 
lation, and in order to complete his matriculation, a candidate 
will take the ordinary papers in the remaining subjects required. 

Candidates who have previously taken the matriculation 
examination in this University, or who matriculate on certifi- 
cates, will not be required to take the ordinary papers. 

A candidate, not successful, may nevertheless receive a B or 
an A Exhibition if he has fulfilled the conditions for them 
given above. The special papers set for C will, in this case, 
be regarded as papers both for B and A. 

The subjects for examination are as follows : — 
English (including History). 
Mathematics. 
Latin. 
Greek. 
French. 
German. 



In the examination a candidate will be permitted to offer any 
of the above subjects or all of them, and will not be disquali- 
fied from gaining an Exhibition by failure in, or omission of, 
any subject or subjects. 

Twenty-five per cent, of the possible maximum in each sub- 
ject offered will be deducted from the marks obtained by each 
candidate, and the remainder will be the marks assigned this 
work. 

In the awarding of Exhibitions, marked excellence in any 
subject will be taken into special account. 

Following are the details of the requirements in the above 
subjects: — 

English and History. 

1903 and 1904. Language. — Toller, Outlines of the History 
of the English Language (Macmillan & Co.). 

Literature. — Coleridge, Ancient Mariner, ed. Bates (Long- 
mans) ; Wordsworth, Selections, cd. Webb (Macmillan k Co.) ; 
Tennyson, Selections ed. Kowe and Webb (Macmillan & Co. ; 
Shakspere, Merchant of Venice, ed. Deighton (Macmillan & 
Co.) ; As You Like It, ed. Deighton (Macmillan & Co.) ; Julius 
Csesar, ed. Deighton ( Macmillan & Co. ) . 

History. — Green's Short History of the English People. 

Composition. — An essay on sone subject connected with the 
works specified. 

Mathematics. 

Geometry.— EmcW^'^ Elements, Books I, II, III, IV, VI, 
with definitions of Book V and deductions. 

A special paper will be set in deductions from the first three 
books. Candidates are recommended to study the Theorems 
and Examples in these books in Hall & S'tevens' Edition. 

Algebra. — Elementary Eules, Involution, Evolution, Frac- 
tions, Indices, Surds, Simple and Quadratic Equations of one 
or more unknown quantities, the three Progressions, Eatio, 
Proportion, Variation, Permutations and Combinations, Bino- 
mial Theorem, Logarithms, Interest and x\nnuities, as in Hall 
& Knight's Elementary Algebra, omitting Chapters 36, 40, 
41 and 43. 

Trigonometry. — Measurement of Angles, Trigonometrical 
ratios or functions of one angle, two angles, and of a multiple 
angle, as in Haml)lin Smith, pp. 1-105, or as in Lock's Ele- 



mentary - Trigonometry, chapters I-XII, or in similar text- 
books. 

In addition, the Sohition of Triangles will be required. 

Latin. 

Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans- 
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the following 
books : — 

1903, 1904 and 1905.— Virgil, Aeneid I-YI; Caesar, De Bello 
Gallico; Cicero, Catiline Orations. 

Greek- 
Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans- 
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the following 
books : — 

1903, 1904 and 1905.— Homer, Odyssey YI-XII; Xenophon, 
Anabasis; Euripides, Hecnba and Alcestis. 

French. 

Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans- 
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the texts 
prescribed for the B Exhibitions, and from the following, in 
addition : — ■ 

1903 and 1904. Thierry, Pieits des Temps Meroviugiens 
(Pitt Press) ; Mme. de Stael, Le Directoire' (Pitt Press). 

German. 

Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans- 
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the texts 
prescribed for the A and B Exhibitions, and from the follow- 
ing in addition : — ■ 

]903 and 1904. Lessing, Minna von Barnholm. 

SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 

The examinations for Second Year Exhibitions and Third Second 
Year Scholarships will he held as usual in September. For Exhrbi- 
time table, see p. 133. The following axe offered for oompeti- tions. 
tion in 1903:^ 

Two of $185, open to both colleges. 

One of 75, « " " 

One of 100, " to R. Y. C. only. 

One of 75, " to E. Y. C. only. 



54 

The subjects of examination and details of the requirements 
in each are as follows : — 

Greek. 

Lucian, Charon and Somnium (Heitland, Pitt Press); De- 
mosthenes, Olynthiacs I and 11; Euripides, Medea. 

Latin. 

Cicero, Selections, Parts I. and II. (Brackenbury, Riving- 
tons); Cicero, De Senectute (Howson, Longmans); Horace, 
Odes, Bk. IV. 

Greek and Latin Prose Composition, and Translation at 
sight. 

A paper on Grammar and History. 

Text-books. — Oman's History of Greece, chaps. I-XXV (to 
the outbreak of the Peloponnesian War) ; and How and Leigh's 
History of Piome, chaps. XVII-XLTV (from the first Punic 
War to the death of Sulla); Abbott's Arnold's Greek Prose 
Composition, or Sidgwick's First Greek Writer; Ramsay's Latin 
Prose, Vol. I or similar manual. 

Mathematics. 

Euclid (six books); Casey's sequel to Euclid; Algebra (Hall 
and Knight's Advanced) ; Theory of Equations (in part) ; Trig- 
onometry (as in ordinary course of First Year). 

English and Modern History. 

Language.— "Yrenoh, Study of Words. Li^era^wre.— Spenser, 
Faerie Queene, Bk. 1, ed. Percival (Macmillan); Tennyson, 
Selections from Tennyson, ed. Rowe and Webb (Macmillan). 
fl-^s^or//.— Church, The Beginning of the Middle Ages (Epochs 
of Modern History, Longmans). Composition. — The candidate 
will be required to write an essay on some subject connected 
with the literature or history prescribed. 

French. 

(a) Grammar; (b) Translation at sight of an English pass- 
age into French: (c) French composition on a prescribed sub- 
ject; (d) a critical study of the following texts, tested by 
questions in the French language, to be answered in French: — 

Balzac, Eugenie Grandet; Michelet, Pages choisies (chez A. 
Colin, Paris); Daudet, Jack. 



55 

Or, instead of French: — 

German. 

(a) Grammar; (6) Translation at sight from German into 
English, and from English into German; (c) a critical study of 
Die Braut von Messina, and of the lives of Schiller and Goethe; 
(d) Translation from the following texts: — 

Schiller, Die Braut von Messina, der iSTeffe als Onkel ; Hauff, 
Der Zwerg Nase (Heath & Co.); Eiehl, Der Fluch der Schon- 
heit (Heath & Co.); Benedix, Die Hochzeitsreise (Heath & Co.); 
Schiller, Der Neffe als Onkel; Baumbach, Die ISTonna (Heath 
& Co.). 

No Candidate who has been placed in the Third Class in 
more than one subject can be awarded a Second Year Exhi- 
bition. 

THIRD YEAR SCHOLARSHIPS. 

The following Scholarships will be open for competition in Third Year 
September, 1903. (For time table, see p. 133):— ^Im's*"' 

One of $125 for Mathematics and Logic, open to both col- 
leges. 

One of $125 for Mathematics and Logic, open to R. V. C. 
only. 

One of $125 for Natural Science (Biology) and Logic, open 
to both colleges. 

Three in Classics and Modem Languages, viz., one of $100 
and two of $90; open to both colleges. 

One of $125 in Economics and Political Science, open to 
both colleges. 

The details of the requirements in each subject are as fol- 
lows : — 

Mathematics. 

Differential Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9; Mathema- 
Chap. 12, Arts. 168-183 inclusive: Chap. 17, Arts. 225-242 in- Lo*'^^ant^ 
elusive). Integral Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; science 
Chap. 7, Arts. 126-140 inclusive; Chap. 8, Arts. 150-156 in- and Logic. 
elusive; Chap. 9. Arts. 168-176 inclusive. Analytic Geometry 
(Salmon), Conic Sections, subjects of chaps. 1-13 (omitting 
Chap. 8). with part of Chap. 14. Lock, Higher Trigonome- 
try. McLelland and Preston, Spherical Trigonometry, Part 



I. Salmon, Modern Higlior Algebra (first four chaplers). 
Todlumter or Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations (se- 
lected course). 

Logic. 

As in Jevons" Elementary Lessons in Logic. 

Biology. 

Goebel's Organography, Vol. I.; Bower, F. 0., The Origin 
of the Sporophyte in Ferns, (Trans. Royal Soc); Huxley, 
Elementary Lessons in Physiology; Verworn, General Physi- 
ology. 

Greek. 

Classics Plato, Purves, Selections, pp. 1-21, 55-112 (Clarendon 
Modern ^ress); Thucydides, Book VI (Marchant, Macmillan); Soph- 
Languages ocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press). 

Prose Composition and Translation at Sight. 

Latin- 
Horace, Epistles, Book I (Wilkins, Macmillan); Cicero, 
Selections from Letters (T}Trell, Macmillan), pp. 1-83; Virgil, 
Aeneid, Book IX (Sidgwdck, Pitt Press); Sallust, Catiline 
(Cook, Macmillan). 

Prose Composition and Translation at Sight. 

Ancient History. 

Text-boohs. — Bury, History of Greece, The Peloponnesian 
War (Macmillan); How and Leigh, History of Eome to the 
Death of Caesar (Longmans). 

English and History. 

Literature. — Shakspere, Tempest, ed. Deighton (Macmillan); 
Milton, Paradise Lost, Books I and II, ed. Macmillan (Mac- 
millan); Lamb. Essays of Elia. ed. Hall ward and Hill (^fac- 
millan. Ilisfoi'^f. — Myers, Mediaeval and Modern History 
(Ginn), Part I; For 1904. — Robinson, Introduction to the 
History of Western Europe (Ginn & Co.), Part I. Composi- 
tion. — The candidate will be required to write an essay on 
some subject connected with the literature or history pre- 
scribed. High marks will be given for this subject. 



57 

French. 

Candidates will be questioned on the subject matter of the 
following texts, the lives of their authors, and the literary- 
schools which they represent. The entire examination will be 
held in the French language. 

For 1903-4. — Moliere, Tartuffe; Eacine, Iphigenie; De Vigny, 
Servitude et Grandeur militaires; De Musset, Les Nuits, 
Pierre et Camille. 

Or, instead of French: — 

- German. 

(a) Grammar; (h) Translation at sight from English into 
German; (c) Critical study of the lives of Goethe and Schiller 
and of those of their works which are mentioned below; 
(d) Translations from the following texts: — 

For 1903, Schiller, Don Carlos; Goethe, Dichtung and 
Wahrheit (Heath & Co.) ; Immermann, Der Oberhof (Wagner, 
Pitt Press) ; Meyer, Gustav Adolfs Page (Heath & Co.). 

Economics and Political Science. 

The subjects of examination are as follows: — 

Elements of Political Science. — Seelev, Introduction to Pol- Economics 

itical Science; Woodrow Wilson, The State, Chaps. I, Y, XII „ f".^ . 
' ' ' L y ' Political 

to XYI, inclusive. Science. 

The Constitution and Government of England. — ]\Iacy, The 
English Constitution, Part I; Burgess, Political Science and 
Constitutional Law, Vol. II, pp. 59-76, 185-215, and 338-346 
(Edition of 1898). 

Elements of Economic Theory, viz.: The Scope and Method 
of Political Economy; the Organization of Production; the 
Theory of Value; Distribution — rent, wages, interest, profits; 
Exchange, including international trade; the Theory of Money; 
Principles of Taxation. F. A. Walker, Political Economy, 
Advanced Course, 

History of Economic Theory. — L. L. Price, Political Econ- 
omy in England. 

[Two papers in Economic Theory; one in each of the other 
subjects. The subject-matter of the papers to be limited to 
what is treated in the books (or parts thereof) named.] 



58 

IV. REGULATIONS FOR DEGREES IN ARTS. 
Regulations for the Degree of B.A. 

After passing the First Year Matriculation Examination, 
an UndergradnatG, in order to oljtain the Degree of B.A. or 
B.Sc., is required to attend regularly the appointed courses of 
lectures for four years, and to pass the required Examinations 
in each year. He cannot take more than the number of sub- 
jects specified for each year without the special permission of 
the Faculty, nor can he proceed with his course unless he passes 
each examination in its assigned order. Failure in the First 
or Second Year in two or more subjects, and in the Third Year 
in more than one, will entail the passing at the beginning of 
the following session, of a Supplemental Examination, which 
shall include all the subjects of the previous Sessional Examin- 
ation. Failure in one subject at this Supplemental shall neces- 
sarily cause the loss of the session. Undergraduates are ar- 
ranged in Years, from First to Fourth, according to their 
academic standing. 

1. Ordinary Course for the Degree of B.A. 

N.B.- — The Arabic numerals refer to the numbering of thg 
courses on pp. 76, et seqq; for example, Greeh, 2, refers to the 
second course given under the head of Classical Literature and 
History, p. 77. 
PjP3t First Year. 

Year. Greek, 1> or Latin, 1. 

English, 1A, IB, and History, 1. 

Mathematics, 1. 

Latin, 1, or Greek, 1, or French, I, 2, or German, 2. 

Physics, 2 

French cannot be taken as a qualifying option in the First 
Year, except by students who have passed the Matriculation 
Examination in this subject. 

An additional Language may be taken as an extra subject 
in the first two years, if application be made to, and permission 
obtained from the Faculty at the beginning of the Session. 
Credit will be given for it on application. 

With a view to the encouragement of higher work. Advanced 
Sections will be formed in all subjects as far as practicable, 
and in these Honours may be awarded. Permission to take an 
advanced section is granted by the professor. 

Students taking the work of advanced sections may be excused 
from the work of the corresponding ordinary sections on the 




Macdonald Physics Buildinf?.— Departmental Library. 




Macdonald Physics Building.— An Electrical Laboratory. 



Second 
Year. 



AnyThree, of 
which (d), (e), 
or (g) must be 
one. 



59 

recommendation of the professor, ^o exemptions from other 
subjects will be granted to students in advanced sections. 

Second Year. 

(a) English, 2. 

(b) Latin, 2, o?- Greek, 2 
r (c) Greek, 2, or Latin, 2, or a Modern Language. 

(d) Mathematics, 3A, including Dynamics, 3B, 
or Elementary Biology, 1- 

(e) Chemistry, 1, Laboratory worklin addition. 

(f) Logic and Psychology, 1 A, IB. 

(g) Hebrew, I. 
(h) German or French. 

Students intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) 
and Applied Science must take Mathematics and Chemistry; 
those intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) and 
Medicine must take Chemistry and Biology. 

Advanced Sections will be formed in the Second Year, as in Advanced 
the First. Sections. 

Third and Fourth Years. 

The subjects of the Third and Fourth Years are arranged in Third and 
the following divisions: — Years. 



Language and 
Literature. 

English, 3A, 3C, 
4A, 4B, any two ', 
or for any two, 
3C. 

Latin, 3, 4. 

Greek, 3, 4. 

Sanskrit, 1A, IB. 

French, 5, 6 

German, 4, 5. 

Italian in alternate 
years. 

Semitic Languages, 
2, 3. 

Comparative Philo- 
logy 'half course^ 
lA, IB. 



History, Philosophy 
AND Law . 

History, 2. 

Logic and Metaphy- 
sics, 3A, 3B. 

Moral Philosophy, 
5A, 5B. 

'Political Science, 6 

'Economics, I. 

Roman Law, i. 

Constitutional Law 
and History. 

Art 'History of and 
Archaeology itwo 
half courses 
in successive 
years. 

History of Philoso- 
phy, 4A, 4B. 



SCIENrE . 

Mathematics" 4. 
Mechanics, '6, and 
Optics, and Astro- 
nomy, 5A, 5B. 
(Two half courses). . 
Physics ; 
Sound. Light, Heat 
(full course), 7A, 
7B, 7C. 
Electricity and 
Magnetism full 
course), 8. 
Chemistry, 2, 3, 4; 

5, 6, or 7, 8. 
Zoology, 2. 
Botany, 2, 3. 
Geology, I. 

rin the Fa- 
Physiologyj 

Anatomy I 



culty of 
Medicine. 



From the above divisions six courses are to be selected by each 
student in the Third and Fourth Years, three in each year. 



♦Political Science and Economics maybe considered as continuations, one of the other. 



60 

Each will be studied in lecture courses extending over not more 
than four hours per week, with collateral reading, and, in the 
case of the science subjects, laboratory work. One subject 
chosen in the Third Year must be continued by every student 
in his Fourth Year (Political Science, 6, will be accepted as a 
continuation of Economics, 1, and vice versa) ; two subjects may 
be continued if application to that effect be granted by the 
Faculty or the Advisory Committee of the Faculty. Of the 
whole six courses, one must be chosen by all candidates from the 
list of subjects included under the head of Science, except 
in cases where Chemistry or Biology has been selected as an 
option in the Second Year. 

Every undergraduate in the Third and Fourth Years is 
required to submit to the Faculty, for their approval, at the 
beginning of the session, a written statement of the subjects 
he proposes to study during the session. He will not be allowed 
to discontinue any of these, if approved, or begin any other, 
without the special permission of the Faculty. 

The Advisory Committee will meet not later than Oct. 1st 
in each session, and re] crt on the selections of subjects to the 
Faculty. It may also report on the subjects chosen by the First 
and Second Years. 

In order to differentiate the B.A. curriculum from that laid 
down for the B.Sc. (Arts), candidates for B.A. are debarred 
from selecting more than three out of their six courses from 
the Science Division Free options are allowed in all other 
cases (except as far as regards the selecting of at least one 
subject from the Science Division), subject to approval by the 
Faculty, or the Advisory Committee of the Faculty. 

In addition to the six courses, a course of one hour a week 
in English Composition (3D, 4C) must be taken by every can- 
didate for the Ordinary B.A. in the Third and Fourth Years, 
and also by Honour students in English. 

For details of each subject, see Courses of Lectures, pp. 7<), 
ct seqq. 

(Political Science, 6, will be accepted as a continuation of 
Economies, 1, and vice versa). 

A candidate who seeks to obtain an Ordinary B.A. Degree 
of the First Class must fulfil the following conditions : he must 
not only obtain the required aggregate of marks (viz., three- 
fourths of the maximum), but he must also obtain First Class 



Profes- 
sional 
Students. 



61 

standing in three of his subjects, and not less than Second 
Class in the remainder. 

For arrangements enabling Students in Medicine or Applied 
Science to take the course in' Arts also, and obtain B.A.. and 
B.Sc. (Applied Science), or M.D., in six years, see pp. 68-70 ; 
and for the course leading to the degrees of B.Sc. (Arts) and 
M.D. in six years, see pp. 70 and 71. 

2. Honour Courses for the Degree of B.A. 

Honours of First, Second, or Third Eank will be awarded Honour 
, to successful candidates in any Honour Course established by Courses. 
the Faculty, provided they have passed creditably the ordinary 
Examinations in all the subjects proper to their year. 

No undergraduate is permitted to attend the Honour lec- 
tures unless (a) he has been placed in the First Class in the 
subject at the preceding Sessional Examination, if there be 
one; (&) has satisfied the Professor that he is otherwise quali- 
fied; and (c) while attending lectures makes progress satisfac- 
tory to the Professor. In case his progress is not satisfactory 
he may be notified by the Faculty to discontinue attendance. 

Candidates for Honours must take the Ordinary Course in 
the subject in which they are reading for Honours. But where 
the Honours Course corresponds to two ordinary subjects, can- 
didates may, at the discretion of the department, be exempted 
from attendance on lectures in these ordinary subjects for a 
number of hours not exceeding four weekly. 

Honour lectures are open to all Partial Students who can 
satisfy the Professor of their fitness to proceed ^ith the work 
of the course. Such students will not be ranked with under- 
graduates in the Examination lists. 

N"o student is allowed to attend two Honour Courses without 
the special permission of the Faculty. 

A student proposing to read for an Honour Course in ^lie "'■^j^''^*'gYear 
Third Year must Honours. 

(1) Satisfy the Department of his qualifications to proceed 

with the subject or subjects in question; 

(2) Fulfil the following qualifying conditions: — 

(rt) Where the Honour Course is represented by one sub- 
ject in the Second Year, he must have obtained at 
bast a Second Class in that subject and in one other. 



62 

Should he have failed in any subject, he must com- 
pensate for this by having obtained a First in the 
Honour subject. 

(&) Where the Honour Course is represented by two sub- 
jects in the Second Year, he must have obtained at 
least (a) a Second Class in both subjects, or (&) a 
First Class in one subject and a Third in the other. 
A failure in some other subject may be compensated 
for by obtaining at least a First Class in one subject 
and a Second in the other. 

(c) AYhere the Honour Course is not represented by any 
subject in the Second Year, he must have obtained at 
least Second Class in three subjects. A First and a 
Third may be considered equivalent to two Seconds. 
A failure may be compensated for by obtaining at 
least four Seconds or their equivalent. 

(3) While attending lectures he must make progress satisfac- 
tory to the Department. 
A student who desires to be a candidate for B.A, Honours 
must have taken at least Second Eank Honours in the Third 
Year. In this case he shall be required to take only one sub- 
ject in his Ordinary Course, viz., that in which he is reading 
for Honours. 

Note. — For subjects of Ordinary Courses, see p. 76, et seqq. 

The following are the departments in which Honour Courses 
are at present offered. Students who desire to graduate with 
Honours in any of them are strongly recommended to take the 
Advanced Sections of the Department in the First and Second 
Years, where such are provided. 

(N.B. — The numbers which stand after the Academic years 
refer to the corresponding numbers of the Courses given on 
the pages indicated. 

I. Classical Literature and History. 

Third Year Honours— Greek, 5, 6, (p. T9). 
Latin, 5, 6, (p. 82). 

Fourth Year Honours — Greek, 5, 7, (p. .79). 
Latin, 5, 7, (p. 82). 



63 

2 English Language and Literature 

Third Year Honours— 5, 6, (p. 89). 

Poiirth Year Honours— 7, 8, 9, (p. 89); or 10, 11, 12, 1?., 

(p. 90). 

3 (a» History. 

Fourth Year Honours-^, 6, 9, (p. 98). 

3 (b) History and Economics. 

(A). Third Year Honours— History, 2, 4, 9, (p. 98). 

Economics and Political Science, 

1, 6, (pp. 100 and 102). - 
Fourth Year Honours— History, 1, 6, 9, (p. 98). 

Economics and Political Science, 

2, 3, and 7 or 8, (p. 100). 

(B). Third Year Honours — Economics and Political Science, 

1. 4. 5, 6, (pp. 100-102). 
History, 2, (p. 98). 

Fourth Year Honours. — Economics and Political Science, 

2. 3. 4. 5, 7, 8, (pp. 100-102). 
History. 4. 9. (p. 98). 

4. Modern Languages. 

Third Year Honours— French, 7 or 8; 9, (p. 93). 

German, 6 or 7; 8, (p. 96). 
Fourth Year Honours — French. 7 or 8; 9, (p. 93). 

German, 6 or 7; 8, (p. 96). 

5- Semitic Languages. 

Third Year Honours — ia and 4&, (p. 97). 
Fourth Year Honours — 5a and oh, (p. 97). 

6. Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

Third Year Honours— 6, 7, 8, 9, (p. 106). 
Fourth Year Honours— 10, 11, 12, (p. 107). 

7. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy 

Third Year Honours— 7, 11, 12, 15, (p. 111). 
Fourth Year Honours— 8, 13, 14, 16, (p. 111). 



64 

8. Geology and Mineralogy. 

Third Year Honours — Mineralogy, 1, 3, (p. 115). 
Fourth Year Honours — Mineralogy, 2, (p. 116). 
Fourth Year Honours — Geology, 2, 3A, SB, 4, 5, 6, 7 (p. 122). 

9. Chemistry. 

Third Year Honours— 2, 3, 4, (p. 114). 
Fourth Year Honours— 5. 6, 7, 8; or 7, 8, 9, (p. 114). 

10. Biology. 

Third Year Honours- / ^'^^f^^^^' 5' ^P- l^^)- 

1 Zoology, 4, (p. 121). 

Fourth Year Honours- / J^^f ^3% 6, (p. 119) 

\ Zo'ologj^ 5, (p. 121). 

Students proceeding to Honours Biology in the Third and 
Fourth Years will take Chemistry and Biology in the Second 
Year, one half course of Organic Chemistry in the Third Year, 
and one half course of Geolo2:v in the Fourth Year. 



3. Ordinary Course for the Degree of B.Sc. (Arts-) 

The B.Sc. course in Arts has been specially arranged to give 
the student a thorough training in Science, combined with a 
good knowledge of English, French, and German. A wide 
range of sciences may be studied, and the course differs from 
those offered in the Faculty of Applied Science in the substitu- 
tion of modern languages for the more purely technical work 
of that Faculty. 

A high standard of attainment will in all cases be exacted, 
and it is expected that in the Final Year the course will include 
instruction in the methods of modern research. 

First Year. 

English, 1A, IB, and History, 1 
French, 1, 2, 
German, 2. 
Mathematics, 1 . 
Physics, 2. 



65 

Second Year. 
English. 2. 
French-, 3, 4. 
German, 3. 

Chemistry, 1 — Laboratory work in addition. 
Mathematics, 3A, 3 3, or Elementary Bioiogy, 1. 

(a) Tpon entering llio Second Year, the student must de- 
cide upon the general character cf the course which he \rill 
follow in the Third and Fourth Years. If his course in these 
Years is to .consist chiefly of Mathematics and Physics, he must 
choose Mathematics; if it is to be chiefly Biological or Gao^ 
logical, he must take Biolog}'; while if he intends to select 
Chemistry, he must take Mathematics if he intends to devote 
special attention to Physical Ch^mi^try, but Biologv if he 
intends to make special study of other bi'anche; of this 
scimee. 

(5) A- candidate for the degree of B.Sc. must obtain nt least 
Second Class standing both in French, and German at th > In- 
ter ned'ate Examination, and, upon entering the Third Year, 
must, ill order to proceed with his course, be able to read with 
ease scinntitic papers in both of these languages. 

(c) The student shall in tlie Tliird Year take a full course 
in cacii of the three following sciences, viz.: — IMatlieinatics, 
Physics, Clieniistry, Zoology, Botany, Geology. He shall take, 
in aldition, a porlion of the B. A. Honour Course in one of 
them, as well as a course in English Composition. 

(J) In the Fourth Year the student shall devote hi^ time 
chiefly to advanced work in one of tbe three sciences Avliich 
he has already studied in the Third Year. The course which 
he is to follow will be drawn up by the Profe-sor-; ol the 
science which he selects and must be approved by the B. Sc. 
Advisory Committee. 

V EXAMINATIONS. 
(A) College Examinations. 

1. There are two examinations in eacli year, viz., at Christ- 
mas and at the end of the Session. Successful studfents are 
arranged in three classes at the Sessional examinations. 

Christmas Examinations will be held in all the subjects of 
the First and Second Years, and are obligatory on all under- 
graduates, and also on all Partial Students intending to gain 



undergradiiate standing. Twenty-five per cent, of the marlcs 
given for the sessional work in each subject will be assigned 
for the results of the Christmas E laminations. Students 
prevented by illness from attending the exariiinations, will, on 
jircsenliiig a Medical Certificate, be allowed full marks at the 
April examinations. Candidates who fail in course.-; of the 
First and Second Years, terminating at Christmas, will be- 
required to pass, at the Sessional Examinations, on an extra 
paper in the subject in which they have failed. 

Christmas Examinations in the Third or Fourth Years 
may be held at the option of the Professors. When held, the 
sane value will be assigned to them as in the case of the First 
and Second Years. 

In the Fourth Year only, there is no Sessional Examina- 
tion; the University Examination for B.A. or B.Sc. takes its 
p'ace. 

2. An undergraduate who fails in one subject at the Ses- 
sional Examinations of the First or of the Second Year, will 
not be allowed to proceed with his Year unless ha passes a 
Supplemental Examination therein at the beginning of the 
Session, or takes the Summer Course, if there be one, in the 
subject, and passes the corresponding examination. 

3. Failure 'in two or more subjects at the Sessional Exam- 
inations of the First or of the Second Year, or in one subject 
at the Third Year Sessional Examinations, involves the loss 
of the Session. The Faculty may permit the student to re- 
cover his standing by passing a Supplemental Examination at 
the beginning of the following Session, If he fail in any sub- 
ject at this examination he will be required to repeat the year. 

A Summer Course, on same conditions as above, may be ac- 
cepted instead of a Supplemental Examination. 

4. Examinations Supplemental to the Sessional Examina- 
tions will be held in September, simultaneously with the Ma- 
tr'culation Examinations. 

5. A list of those to whom the Faculty may grant Supple- 
mental Examinations in the following September will be pub- 
lished after the Sessional Examination. The time for the. 
Supplemental Examination will be fixed by the Faculty: the 
examination will not be •granted at any other time, except by 
special permission of the Faculty, a:id o:i piymon': of a fee 
of $5. 



67 

(B) University Examinations. 

For the Degree of B.A. 

Afier pass'ng the Matriculation Examination at entrance, 
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts must pass each 
of the four Sessional Examinations, including the Intermedi- 
ate Examination at the end of the Second Year. Under die 
provisions of the new curriculum, the Third and Fourth Year 
Sessional Examinations constitute the Final. 

1. iV!atriculation Examination. 

1. The subjects are stated on p. 12. 

2. Intermediate Examination. 

2. The subjects are as follows: — 

(a) English. 

0>) Greek or Latin. 

(c) Latin or Greek o>- a Modern Irrciece. ^ 

(d) Mathematics, including Dynamics, or Ele- 

mentary Biology. 

(e) Chemistry. 
(f; Logic and Psychology. 
g) Hebrew. 
(h) German or French. 



Any Three 
of which (d), 

}(e), or (g), 
must be one. 



Students intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) 
and Applied Science must take Mathematics and Chemistry; 
those intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) and 
Medicine must take Biology and Chemistry. 

English. -The course for the second year, ^ee p. 86 
Greek. -The coursG for the Second Year. See p. 77. 

A paper tfill be set early in October on the Summer Beadin-jx, 
Liidan, Charon and Sornnium {Heitland, Pitt Press). 

See p. 77. 

Latin. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 81. 

A paper luill be set early in October on the Summer Readiny.-', 

Cicero, Selections, Parts I and II, (Bracl-enbury, 

Rivington'^). See p. 81. 



68 

Mathematics. -Tlie course for the Second Year. Sec p. 110. 

Dynamics. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 110. 

Elementary Bioiogy.-The course for the Second Year. 
See p. 1 16. 

Chemistry.-The course for the Second Year. See p. 113. 

Logic and Psychoiogy.-The couTse for the Second Year. 
See pp. 10* and 105. 

Hebrew. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 97. 

German. -The conrse for the ^Second Year. See p. 95. 

French. -The conrse for the Second Year. See p. 92. 

2. Final Examination. 

The quahf^ving subjects for the B.A. Degree will, nnder the 
Xew Curricidum, consist of the six subjects taken np in course 
in the Third and Fourth Years (pp. 5!3-61). 

VI. REGULATIONS FOR COURSES IN ARTS LEAD- 
ING INTO THE PROFESSIONAL FACULTIES. 

Arts and Applied Science. 

1. Any student intenchiig to claim the privileges offered 
below, is reqviired, at the beginning of the session, to present 
to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts a certincafe of registratio]i 
m the Professional Faculty, and to produce at the end certifi- 
cates of attendance and examination in tlie profcssiona] cluvX'^ 
specified. 

2. Undergraduates beginning the Third Year in Arts who 
have taken all the Ordinary Mathejnatics of the first tv.'o years, 
and the Chemistry of the Second Year, and who Avish to pursue 
their professional studies in the Faculty of Applied Science 
so as to obtain the Degree of B.A. and B.Sc. (App. Se.) within 
the following four years, will be exempted by the Faculty of 
Applied .Science from the jNfathematics of the First Year in 
Applied Science aaid from Chemistry of the Second Year. 

3. Tliey must, unless by spex-ial permission of the Faculty, 
distril_)ute tlu' course of the Tliird and Fourth Years in Arts 



69 

over three years, in accordance with the following schedule 
of studies: — 

I. In the Third Year: — 

(fl) Physics of Thirrl Year. 

(l) Two of the courses which are not placed under the 
heading- "' Science " in the Arts curriculum. The 
time tables of the two Faculties allow two of the 
following subjects to be chosen: — Euglish, History. 
Political Science, 
(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Compo- 
sition.* 

IT. In the Fourth Year: — 

(a) Physics of Fourtli Year. 

(Ij) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only one 
has been taken in tlie Third Yenr. 

(c) The ]\rathematics of the Second Year Applied Sci- 
ence (G hours weekly as 14 courses). 

III. hi the Fifth Year:— 

The Mathematics of the Third Year Applied Science 

{2 hours weekly as a half course), or another course 

. in the Arts curriculum. 

4. Students who, having obtained permission of the Faculty. 

desire to complete the course for the B.A. Degree in four 

years, are required to ia^ke a full course in one subject in the 

Arts curriculum in addition to the courses prescribed in 3, II, 

above. 

Arts (B.A. Course) and Medicine. 

1. Undergraduates beginning the Third Year, who have 
taken the Chemistry and Biology of the Second Y'ear, and who 
wish to pursue their proftssional studies in the Faculty of 
:\Iedicine so as to obtain the Degrees of B.A. and M.D. within 
the following four years, will be exempted l^y the Faculty of 
Medicine from the subjects of Chemistry and Physics, and 
Biologj' in the First Year of the Faculty of Medicine. In 
the Second Y'ear (Arts) they are permitted to take the con- 
tinuation course in Animal Biology, on the same conditions as 
students taking the sis years' course leading to the degrees 
of B. Sc. and M.D. 

•yoTE.— students are reooramended to distribute their Knglish work over two years. 



70 

2. They may complete the Arts curriculum Ijy taking the 
following courses : — 

I. In the Third Year: — 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology and Phy- 
siology, of First Year Medicine. 

(h) Two of the courses which are not placed under the 
heading " Science " in the Arts curriculum. The 
time tables of the two Faculties allow the following 
to be chosen : — 

(1) French or Moral Philosophy or Economics. 

(2) Political Science. 

(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Compo- 
sition.* 

TI. In, the Fourth Year: — 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histolog}', Physio- 
logy, Chemistry, of Second Year Medicine. 
;7^) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only one 
has been taken in the Third Year.* 

3. The Faculty strongly recommends intending students of 
Medicine who do not take the combined six years' course to 
spend a preliminary year in the study of the non-professional 
subjects, i.e., Biology, Chemistry, and Physics, before enterirg- 
on the curriculum in the Faculty of Medicine. 

Arts (B.Sc. Course) and Medicine. 

1. Students who wish to take a combined course in the 
Faculties of Arts and Medicine with a view to obtaining the 
Degrees of B.Sc. (Arts) and M.D. within six years, must take 
Latin under head G of the Matriculation requirements for the 
B.Sc. course, see p. 12. 

2. They must take the Ordinary B.Sc. course with the fol- 
lowing modifications : — 

Second Year Students shall take Elementary Biology. This 
course shall consist of either (1) the course in Elementary 
Biology required of First Year Students in Medicine {i.e.., 8 
weeks Zoology together with 4 weeks Botany), together with a 
further course after Christmas (during the spring term of tbc 
Faculty of Arts) in Animal r)iologY; or (2) the full ordinary 



Note. — Students are recommended to distribute their English work over two years. 



Tl 

course in Elementary Biology of the Faculty of Arts, consist- 
ing of 12 weeks Zoology (up to Christmas) followed by 12 
weeks Botany. 

Third Year Students taking the Double Course shall be re- 
quired to offer one of the following: — 

I. Zoology. — (a) The full Ordinary Continuation Course of 
the Faculty of Arts, and in addition (h) half the Honours 
Course, the latter to be taken during the first half of the 
session. 

II. Physics.— (a) The Full Ordinary Course of the Faculty 
of Arts, under which head students may take either the course 
in Sound, Light and Heat (Physics, 7) or that on Electricity 
and Magnetism (Physics, 8), or a combined course consisting 
of portions of these, and in addition (h) advanced work con- 
stituting half an Honours Course, the latter to be taken during 
the first half of the session. 

III. Chemistry. — (a) A half-course in Physical Chemistry, 
during the first half of the session (from Chemistry, 7, 8) ; 
(h) a half -course in Organic Chemistry, during the second half 
of the session (Chemistry, 3, G) : (r) advanced work constitut- 
ino- half an Honours Course, the last to be taken during the 
first half of the session. 

IV. Botany.— (a) The full Ordinary Primary Cours ^ of 
the Faculty of Arts (Botany, 2); (h) either half the Honours 
Course prescribed for Fourth Year Students in the Faculty 
of Arts (Botany, G) ; or half an Honours Course in Chemis- 
try, Physics cr Zoology. The work under (h) is in any case 
to be taken during the first half of the session. 

Fourth Year. — Wednesday afternoon and Saturday morn- 
irg of each week shall he devoted either (1) to Laboratory 
Work in connection with still more advanced study in the 
subjects selected ditring the Third Year; or (2) to work in 
another branch of Science, provided the student is sufficiently 
well grounded to enable him to do the special work which 
may be assigned to him. 

Arts and Law. 

Students intending to go forward i^ the Fa:'ulty ol Law 
are recommended to include in their Third and Fourth Years 
AtlS, such subjects as Constitutional Law and History, Econ- 
omics, Political Science, and Eoman Law. 



72 ' 

Literate in Arts. 

A certificate of "Literate in Arts"' will be given along witli 
the professional degree in jNledicine or Applied Science, to 
those who have completed two years' study in the Faculty of 
Arts, and have passed the prescribed examinations. 

Students of the University Attending Affitiated Theologfcal 
Colleges. 

1. These students are subject to the regulations of the Fac- 
ulty of Arts in the same manner as other students. 

2. The Faculty will make formal reports to the governing 
l)ody of the Theological College which such students may 
attend as to : — (a) their eondact and attendance on the classes 
of the Faculty; and (b) their standing in the several examina- 
tions; such reports to bo furnished after the Examinations^ if 
called for. 

3. Students of affiliated Theological Colleges who are pur- 
suing a double course in Arts and Divinity (six years at least) 
will take in the Third and Fourth Years the courses which 
constitute the ordinary curriculum in Arts, less a half course 
in each of these Years, or a whole course in either. 

VII. MEDALS, PRIZES, CLASSING, AND CERTIFI- 
CATES. 

1. Gold Medals will be awarded in the B.A. Honour Exam- 
inations to students who take the highest honours of the First 
Eank in the subjects stated below, and who shall have passed 
creditably the Ordinary Examinations for the Degree of B.A., 
provided they have been recommended therefor to the Corpor- 
al ion by the Faculty on the report of the Examiners: — 
The Henry Chapman Gold Mxla for Classical Languages 

and Literature. 
The Prince of Wales Gold :\Iedal for ]\Iental and Moral 

Philosophy. 
The x\nne Molson Gold ^Medal for Mathematics and I^atural 

Philosophy. 
The Shaksp?re Gold Medal for the English Languag? and 

Literature. 
The Logp.n Gold Medal for Geology, Mineralogv^ and Paloeon- 

tolocfV. 



The :\Injor Hirani Mills Gold Medal for Biology. 
The Governor-General's Gold Medal lor Modern Languages 
and Literature (see below, paragraph G). 

In addition to the above, certain Medals are offered annually 
by the Alliance Frangaise, at the discretion of the Depart- 
mcDt of Modern Languages. 

If there be no candidate for any Medal, or if none of the 
candidates fulfil the required conditions, the Medal Avill be 
withheld, and the proceeds of its endowment for the year may 
be devoted to prizes in the subject for which it was intended. 
For details, see announcement of the several subjects below. 

2. Special Certificates -will l>e given to those candidates for 
B.A. who have been placed in the First Class at the ordinary 
B.A. Examination; have obtained three-fourths of the maxi- 
mum marks in the aggregate of the six courses proper to the 
Third and Fourth Years, are in the First Class in not less 
than half of these courses, and have no Third Class. At this 
examination, no candidate who lias taken exemptions (see 
pp. 68-72) can be placed in the First Class unless he has ob- 
tained First Class in four of the departments in which he has 
been examined, and has no Third Class. 

3. Certificates of High General Standing will be granted to 
thoje Undergraduates of the first two years who have obtained 
three-fourths of the maximum marks in the aggregate of the 
studies proper to their year, are placed in the First Class in 
not less than half the subjects, and have not more than one 
Third Class. 

4. Prizes or Certificates will be given to those Undergradu- 
ates who have distinguished themselves in the studies of a 
particular class, and have attended all the otlier classes |)roi3er 
to their year. 

5. Graduates who attend lectures in any subject, and pass 
the corresponding examinations therein, may obtain certifi- 
cates of their standing, whether the course in question be 
Ordinary, Advanced or Honour. 

6. His Fxcellencj the Farl of Minto has been pleased to 
offer annually during his term of ofSce a Gold Medal for the 
study of Modern Languages and Literature. 

Following ai-e the regulations: — 

(1) The subjects for competition shall be the French and German 
languages and literatures. 



74 

(2) The course of study shall extend over two years, viz., the 
Third and Fourth Tears. 

(3) The successiui Candidate must be capable of speaking and 
writing both languages correctly. 

(4) There shall be examinations in the subjects of the course in 
both the Third and Fourth Years, at which Honours inay be awarded 
to deserving Candidates. 

(5) The general conditions of competition and the privileges as 
regards exemptions shall be the same as for the other Gold Medals 
in the Faculty cf Arts. 

(6) Students from other Faculties shall be allowed to compete, 
provided they pass the examinations of the Third and Fourth Years 
in the above subjects. 

(7) Candidates desiring to enter the Third Year of the Course, 
who have not obtained First-Class Standing at the Intermediate or 
Sessional Examinations of the Second Year in Arts, are required to 
pass an examination in the work of the first two years of the Course 
in Modern Languages, if called on to do so by the Professors. 

(8) The subjects cf examination shall be those of the Honour 
Course in Modern Languages. 

7. The Neil Stewart Prize of $15 open to all Undergradu- 
ates and Graduates of this University, and also to Graduates 
of any other University, who are students of Theology in 
some College affiliated to this University. The rules which 
govern the award of this prize are as follows: — 

(1) The Candidate must pass, in the First Class, a thorough 
examination upon the following subjects: Hebrew Grammar; reading 
and translation at sight from the Pentateuch, and from such poetic 
portions of the Scriptures as may be determined. 

(2) There will be two Examinations of three hours each — one in 
Grammar and the other in Translation and Analysis 

(Course for the present year: Hebrew Grammar (Gesenius; 
Translation and Analysis of Exodus; Isaiah XL. to the end of the 
book.) 

(3) In case competitors should fail to attain the a,bove standard, 
the prize will be withheld, and a prize of $30 will be offered in the 
following year for the same. 

This Prize, founded by the late Eev. C. C. Stewart, M.A., 
and termirated by his death, was re-established by the liberal- 
ity of the late Xeil Stewart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill. 

8. Early English Text Society's Prize. — This prize, the an- 
nual gift of the Early English Text Society, will be awarded 
for proficiency in the subjects of the language group in the 
English Honour curriculum of the Third and Fourth Years. 

9. New Shakspere Society's Prize. — This prize, the annual 
gift of the New Shakspere Society, open to Graduates and 
Undergraduates, will be awarded for a critical knowledge of 
the following plays of Shakspere : — Hamlet, Macbeth, Othello, 
KJnff Lear. 



<0 



10. Charles G. Coster Memorial Prize. — This prize, intended 
as a tribute to the memory of the late Rev. Chas. G. Coster, 
M.A., Ph.D., Principal of the Grammar Sihool, St. John, 
N.B., is offered by Colin H. Livingstone, B.A., to Undergrad- 
uates (men or women) from the Maritims Provinses (N'ova 
Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island). In April, 
1904, it will be awarded to that Undergraduate of the First, 
Second or Third Year, from the above Provinces, who, in the 
opinion of the Faculty, has passed the most satisfactory Ses- 
sional Examinations, under certain conditions laid down by 
the donor. 

11. Annie Mcintosh Prize. — The income of the sum of $425, 

subscribed by the pupils and friends of tho late Miss Annie 
M. Mcintosh, will be offered as a p i^e to students of the 
Eoyal Victoria College in such subject or for such work as 
the Faculty may determine. 

12. Science Scholarships Granted by Her Majesty's Commis- 
sion for the Exhibition of 1851. — These scholarships of the 
value of £150 a year are tenable for two or, in rare instances, 
three years. They are limited, according to the Eeport of 
the Commision, "to those branches of Science (such as Phy- 
sics, Mechanics and Chemistry) the extension of which is 
specially important for our national industries." Their object 
is not to facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but "to enable 
students to continue the prosecution of science with the view of 
aiding in its advance or in its application to the industries of 
the country." 

Seven nominations to these scholarships have already been 
placed by the Commissioners at the disposal of McGill Uni- 
versity (in 1891, 1893, 1895, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903). A 
scholarship was awarded on each occasion. 

When nominations are offered, they are open to students 
of not less than three years standing in the Faculty of Arts 
or of Applied Science, and are tenable at any University or 
at any other Institution approved by the Commission. 

13. The names of those who have taken Honours, Certi- 
ficates or Prizes will be published in order of merit, with 
■mention, in the case of students of the First and Second 
Years, of the schools in which their preliminary education 
has been received. 



Vm. SUMMER CLASSES. 

During the months of May and June, a series of Sij:\i:\rEii 
Classes will be conducted, intended mainly in the first in- 
stance, to meet the requirements of students in the first two 
years of their course. The subjects offered are English, Latin, 
Greek, 3Iatheanatics, Logic, Physics,^ Cliemisti-}', French and 
German. A fee of eight dollars will be exigible for any one 
class, and of four dollars for each additional class. 

IX. COURSES OF LECTURES. 
Classical Literature and History. 

Professors: — V^. Peterson, M.A., LLD. 



Associate Professor: — A. J. Eaton, M.A., Ph.D. 
Lecturer :— S. B. Slack, M.A. 
Tutor •— 

In this department, the work of the first two years is divided 
mainly between exercise in Grammar and Composition and 
the reading of selected authors. The attention of the student 
is at the same time directed to the collateral subjects of History, 
Literature, x4ntiquities, and Geography, in connection with 
which various text-books are recommended, as specified below. 

In the Third and Fourth Years (as also in the Honour 
Courses) the instruction takes more of the lecture form, and 
an attempt is made to giYe a connected view of the leading 
branches of ancient literature, and the most important phases 
of ancient life and thought. 

Students may be examined on the whole of the work pre- 
scribed for each class, even though it may not have been over- 
taken in lecture. 

Subjects are suggested for Summer Eeadings in the various 
branches of class work. Students are strongly recommended 
to undertake these subjects during their long vacation, and 
credit will be given for them at an examination held in the 
first week in October. 

Students are also recommended to devote some part of the 
vacation to the sul:)jects set down under the head of History 
and Literature, which will form part of the Sessional Examin- 
ation. 



T' 
\ 


R^'"- r 


i 


' '. ^"^ 


t 


--. 




i i- 
Greelc. 



1. Ill this class, besides a review of grammatical principles Ordinary 
(Alleirs Elementary Grammar), portions of some Greek First Year. 
authors— c.(/.^ Xenophon, Homer,. Herodotus, Lucian, and 
Euripides — are read and explained. 

For 1903-04, the work will be CebetisTabula (Jerram, Clar- 
endon Press) ; Homer, Hiad XXII (Edwards, Pitt Press) ; 
Euripides, Alcestis (Blakeney, Bell & Sons). For Compo- 
sition, the manual used will be Xortli & Hillard's Greek Prose 
Composition (Eivingtons) ; for Translation at Sight, written 
and oral, Jerranfs Reddenda Minora (Clarendon Press). 

Histonj.—Yvom B.C. 560 to 479, Cox's "Greeks and Per- 
sians" (Longmans' Epoch Series). 

Four hours a week. 

2. The work of the Second Year will be selected mainly from Second 
tlie Greek Dramatists, and from Thucydides, Plato or Demos- Year. 
ihenes. 

Subjects for 1903-04 :— 

Summer Readixgs. — Lucian's Charon and Somnium (Heit- 
land, Pitt Press). Students are also recommended to work 
through some portion of Burnet's Greek Rudiments (Long- 
mans). 

Sessional Lectuees. — Thucydides, lY (Graves^ Macmillan), 
in part; Homer, Odyssey IX (Edwards, Pitt Press); Sopho- 
cles, Electra (J ebb, Longmans, or Bayfield, Macmillaa). The 
practice of Composiiion and Translation at Sight will be con- 
tinued as before: North & Hillard's Greek Prose Composition 
(Riving-tons), and Jerram's Anglice Reddenda (First Series). 

History. — The Athenian Supremacy; Cox's "Athenian Em- 
pire" (Longmans' Epoch Series), with Abbott's "'Pericles" 
(Putnam). 

Literature. — Outlines as contained in Jebb's P'rimer of 
Greek Literature, pp. 1-100. 

Four hours a week. 

The following books are recommended for general use during 
the first two years of the course : — Jebb's Introduction to Homer 
(Maclehose) ; Jebb's Primer of Greek LiteratuTe, supplemented 
by readings In Murray, Jevons or Mahaffj; Gow's Companion 
to School Classics (in part) ; Oman's History of Greece (Long- 
mans), or Bury's (Macmillan) ; Mahaffy's Primer of Greek 
Antiquities; and Tozer's Primer of Classical Geography (Mac- 



T8 

millan) ; Allen's Elementary Greek Grammar (Clarendon 
Press); or Burnei's Greek E uliments. 

Students should provide themselves also with Kiepert's Atlas 
Antiquus. 
'hird Y-sar 3. Under the provisions of the new curriculum Greek is one 
of the subjects which ma}' be offered as one of the six courses 
during the Third and Fourth Years together. The increased 
time which is tluis given to it makes it possible to add to the 
reading of selected authors and the practice of Composition 
and Translation at Sight short courses of lectures on subjects 
of general interest in the departments of History, Philosophy, 
Literature, Art and Antiquities. One-fourth of the whole time 
of the Class (i.e , one hour a week) is devoted to such lecture 
courses. 

For the Session 1903-04, the course will be as follows: — 

a. SuMMET! Readings. — Sophocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press, 

or Caiupbell & Abbott, Clarendon Press). 
h. History, Literature, Art and Antiquities. — Courses will 
be delivered on two of the following three: — 
(I) Greek Life and Antiquities — 13 Lectures. 
(3) An outline sketch of Greek Poetry — 12 Lectures. 
(3) Early Greece — 12 Lectures. 

These lectures will be illustrated, where possible, by lantern 
slides or photographs, while many of the best works on classical 
antiquities will also be accessible to the student in the College 
Library. 

c. Authors. — Plato, Euthyphro (Heidel, American Book Com- 

pany) ; Aristophanes, Knights (Merry, Clarendon Press) ; 
Isocrates, Panegyricus (Sandys, Rivingtons). 

d. For practice in ComposUion, Sidgwick's Introduction to 

Greek Prose will be used; for Translation at Sight, Tod 
and Longworth, Passages for Unseen Translation (Long- 
mans). 
Four hours a week. 
Fourth 4. Subjects for 1903-4. 

^®^''- Summer Readings —Merriam's "The Phaeacians of 

Homer (Harper's), containing Ody.^sey VI. VII, VIII and 

XIII, 1-184. 

The remainder of the course will be the same as for the 

Third Year. 



79 

The following Looks are recommended for general use : 
Gow's Companion to School Classics (Macmillan) ; Bnry's 
History of Greece (Macmillan) ; Jebb's Growth and Influence 
of Classical Greek Poetry (Macmillan) ; Campbell's Guide to 
Greek Tragedy (Percival) ; Abbott's Pericles (Putnam) ; 
Haigh's The Attic Theatre (Clarendon Press) ; Cornish's Con- 
cise Dictionary of Greek and Eoman Antiquities (Murray) ; 
Jevons' or Mahaffy's or Murray's History of Greek Literature; 
Kiepert's Manual of Ancient Geography (Macmillan) ; Green- 
idge's Constitutional History; King & Cookson's Comparative 
Grammar (Clarendon Press). 

Students taking Comfaraiive Philology as a half court^e in 
eilher the Third or Fourth Year may in that year omit from 
the prescribed courses in GreeTc, or Latin, or Greek and Latin- 
together, one author and two of the short courses under the 
head of History, Literature, Art and Antiquities. 

5. The work of the Honours Classes in Greek has been so H onours- 
arranged as to admit of separate courses of lectures being given, "'"pj**^^,"*' 
with illustrative readings, along certain main lines of literary Years.' 
study, in addition to supplementary work as provided for below. 

In i90.3-04 the Lecture courses will be as under, the books 
selected for class reading being specified under each separate 
head : — 

A. Alexandrine Poetry: Selections from Theocritus (Cholm- 
ley, Bell & Co.); Callimachus. 

B. Drama: Aeschylus, Agamemnon (Sidgwick, Clarendon 
Press). 

C. History: Tlmcydides YII (Marchant, Macmillan). 
Three hours a week. 

Translation at Sight. — Fox & Bromley's Models and Exer- 
cises (Clarendon Press). 

Pro.se Composition. — Sidg^vick, and from dictation. 

Seminary Work. — Essays and Lectures on History, Litera- 
ture, Comparative Philology and Ancient Philosophy. 

6. Private Reading. — Plato, Purves's Selections, pp. 1-21, Third Year, 
and 55 to 112 (Clarendon Press) ; Thucydides VI (Marchant, 
Macmillan) ; Sophocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press; or Camp- 
bell & Abbott, Clarendon Press). 

In History the examination will be directed to testing a gen- 
eral knowledge of the course of Greek History to the death of 



80 

Alexander, and a more minute knowledge of the development 
of tlie Athenian Constitution and the period of Athenian 
Supremacy. In LUeraiure, a general knowledge will be ex- 
pected of the course of Greek literature and a more minute 
knowledge of the lives and writings of the authors prescribed. 
Fourth 7. Private Reading. — Sophocles, Trachiniae, (Jebb, Cam- 

Year, bridge Pre^s); Htrodotus, Book VII (Batler, Macmillan); 
Aristophanes, Frogs (Merry, Clarendon Press); Attic Orators 
(Jebb's SelGctions, j\Iacmillan) ; Aristotle, Ethics. I. IT. and X 
(B^waier, Oxfoul); Theoerilus, I, II, lA^ XI. XV (Cholmeley, 
Bell & Sons). 

History, LUeraiure and Aniiquilies. — Oman, Bury, Symonds, 
Murray; Jebh's Growth and Influence of Classical Greek 
Poetry; Leaf's Companion to the Iliad; Butcher's Aspects of 
the Greek Genius; Mahaffy's Social L'fe in Greece; Jebh's 
Attic Orators. 

Grammar and Philology. — Goodwin's Greek ]\Ioods and 
Terses, and Giles's Short Manual of Philology (Macmillan); 
Monro's Homeric Grammar (Clarendon Press). 

British School of Classical Studies in Athens. 

This LTnivcrsiiy is a contributor to the support of this 
School, which affords facilities for archaeological and classical 
investigation, and study in Greece. Graduates in Arts of 
McGUl University are accordingly entitled to special privileges 
and advantages as regards tuition in the School. 

Latin. 

Ordinary. ^- ^^ ^-^^^^ class, besides a general review^ of grammatical 
First principles (Latin Grammar, Gildersleeve and Lodge), p»ortions 
Year. ^^ some Latin, author, — ^such as Ovid, Tibullns, Livy. Sallust, 
Virgil, Horace or Cicero — are read and explained. 

For 1903-4, the subjects will be Cicero, De Amicitia (Ben- 
nett, i^^anborn & Co.) ; Ovid, Elegiac Selections (F. 'C. Smith, 
Bell & Co.) ; Virgil, Aeneid V (Phillipso'n, Bell & -Co.). For 
practice in Composition, both written and oral, the text-boolc in 
use during the first year will be Xiitting, Supplementary Latin 
'Composition {Allyn and Ba.con); and for Translation at Sight, 
Ritchie's Easy Passages for Sight Translation (Longmans). 
//M^ore/.— Oartliaginian Wars, B.C. ,263-146; Shuckburgh's 
■ History of Rome, or "'^Rome and Carthage" (Longmans' Epoch 
Serie'S<). 

Four hours a week. 



SI 

2. For 1903-01, the subjects will be:— Second 

Summer Eeadixgs. — Cicero, Selections, (Farts I and II) 
(Brackenbmy, Ei^■ingtons). 

Students are also recommended to continue the practice of 
Frose Cotnpos'tion (Xortli and Hillard). 

Session"al Lectuees. — Livy- ,Book XXI ( Trayes, Bell & 
Sons) : Horace, Church's Political and Historical Odes, (Blackie, 
Clarendon Press): Virgil, Aeneid Yl (SidgT\-ick, Pitt Press). 
Compontion and Translation at Sight. Xorth a^id Hillard's 
Latin Prose Composition (Rivingtons) : and Ritchie's Easy 
Passages (Longmans). 

HiSTOEY. — The Last Century of the Eepuljiio. B.C.. 133- 
31; as in Beesly's "The G-racchi, Marius and Sulla" (Long- 
nan's Epoch Series), and ''The Roman Triumvirates" (Meri- 
vale, Longmans' Epoch Series). 

LiTERATUEE. — The subject matter of Quintilian X, chap. 
1, ,§§ 3.7-131. 

Four hours a week. 

The following books are recommended for general nse dur- 
ing the first two years of the course: How and Leigh's His- 
tory of Eame (Longmans); StrachLan-Da.-\idsons Cicero; 
Warde-Fowler's Caesar (Putnam); Literature: Wilkins' Primer 
of Roman Literature; AYilkins' Primer of Roman zbifiqurties ; 
Latin Grammar. Gildersleeve and Lodge. 

.Students should provide themselves also Avith Kiepert's 
Atlas Antiquus. 

3. Ender the provisions of the new curriculum, Latin is Third 
one of the subjects which may be offered as one of sLx courses, 
during the Third and Fourth Years together. The increased 
time which is thus given to it makes it possible to add to the 
reading of selected authors and the practice of Composition 
and Translation at Sight short courses of lectures on subjects 
of general interest in the de,i>artmeiits of History, Philosophy, 
Literature, Art and Antiquities. One-fourth of the whole 
-time of the €laBs (i.e., oue hour a week) is devoted to such lec- 
ture-courses. 

For the Session of l'903-04, the course will be as follows: — 
a. SuMMEE Headings. — Virgil, Aeneid IX (Sidgwick, .Pitt 
Press). 



Year. 



J). History, Ltteratuee axd Antiquities. — Courses will 

be delivered on at least two of the following three sub- 
jects :— 

(1) Private Life of the Roinans — 12 Lectures. 

('<?) The History of the Eoman Empire — 12 Lectures. 

(o) History of Roman Literature from the end of the 
Republic — 12 Lectures. 
These lectures will be illustrated, where possible, with lan- 
tern slides or photographs, while many of the best works on 
classical antiquities will also be accessible to the student in 
the College Library. 

c. Authors. — Cicero, Pro Plancio (Auden, Macmillan); 

Tacitus, Histories II. (Godley, Macmillan); Catullus, Ti- 
bullus and Propertius (Wratislaw and Sutton, Bell & 
Sons). 

d. For practice in Composition, Nixon's Parallel Extracts (Mac- 

millan), and from dictation; and for Translation at Sight, 
Tod and Longworth, Passages for Unseen Translation 
(Longmans). 
Four hours a week. 
Fourth 4. Subjects for 1903-04:— 

^^^''- Summer Readings. — Horace, De Arte Poetica (Wilkins, 

Macmillan). 

The remainder of the course will be the same as for the 
Third Year. 

Note. — The following books are recommended for general 
use: Gow's Companion to School Classics (Macmillan); 
Mackail's Latin Literature (Murray); How and Leigh's His- 
tory of Rome (Longmans) ; Pelham's Outlines of Roman His- 
tory (Percival) ; Capes' Early Roman Empire (Longmans' Epoch 
Series); Cornish's Concise Dictionary of Greek and Roman 
Antiquities (Murray); Kiepert's Manual of Ancient Geography 
(Macmillan); Bennett's Appendix to Latin Grammar. 

Students talcing Comparative Philology as a half course in 
either the Third or Fourth Year may in that year omit from 
the prescribed courses in Latin, or Greeh, or Latin and Greek 
together, one author and two of the short courses under the 
head of History, Literature, Art and Antiquities. 

Honours. 5. As in Greek, the work of the Honours Classes in Latin 

Third and has been so arranged as to admit of separate courses of lec- 

Y°ar**^ tures being given, with illustrative readings, along certain 



S3 

main lines of literary study, in adlition t■^ supplementary 
work as provided for below. In 1903-01, the Lecture Courses 
will be on three of the following, the books selected for class 
reading being specified under each separate head: — 

A. Epic Poetry: Virgil, Aeneid, I-IV (8id;:;-Avick Pitt Press); 
Selections from Lucan and Statins. 

B. Prose: Development of Latin Style (Gndeman's Prose 
Selections, Harper). 

C. Satire: Merry's Fragments; Horace, Satires (Palmer); 
Juvenal (Duff, Pitt Press); Persias (Coning-ton and Xettleship, 
Clarendon Press). 

D. Oratory: Cicero, Yerrine Orations (in part). 

Three hours a week. 

Translation at Sir/Jit. — Pox & Bromley's Models and Exer- 
cises (Clarendon Pre-s). Pnse Composition. — Selected pas- 
sages. 

Seminar ij Worl-. — Essays and Lectures on History, Litera- 
ture, Comparative Philology and Ancient Philosophy. 

G. Private Beading. — Horace, Epistles I (^Yilkins, ^^.hicniil- Third 
Ian); Cicero, Selections from Letters (Tyrrell, Macmillan, 
pp. 1-83) ; Virgil, Aeneid IX (Sidgwick, Pitt Press) ; Sallust, 
Catiline (Cook, Macmillan). 

History. — A general knowledge of Eoman History to the end 
of the first Century A.D., and a inore minute knowledge of 
the period from B.C. 146 to the Death of Augustus. 

Literature. — A general knowledge will be expected of the 
course of Poman Literature, and a more minute knowledge of 
the lives and writings of the anthers prescriljcd. 

7. Private Beadinjs. — Plautu^, Trinnm nu--, (Gray, Pitt 
Press); Livy II (Conway, Pitt Press); Cicero, Tusculan Dis- 
putations I, II, and Pro Cluentio (Peterson, Macmillan) ; 
Merry's Pragmeuts of Early Latin Poetry (Clarendon Press) ; 
Quintilian, Book X (Peterson, Clarendon Press). 

History, Literature and Antiquities. — How & Leigh's History 
of Rome (Longmans); Tyrrell's Latin Poetry; Students' Com- 
panion to Latin Authors (Middleton & Mills, Macmillan). 

Grammar and Philology. — Lindsav's Short Historical Latin 
Grammar (Clarendon Press) and Giles" Short Manual of 
Philology (Macmillan) ; Lindsay's Textual Emendation (Mac- 
millan). 



Year. 



rourth 
Year. 



84. 

British School of Classical Studies at Rame. 

The rniversity has become a eontrilmtor to. the sxxpport of 
this School, which has been recently instituted^ and the same 
advantages will be enjoyed by members of the University as are 
offered in connection with the School at Athens (p. SO). The 
publications of both Societies are available in the University 
Library. 

Sanskrit. 



LiEcturer: 



The two courses in Sanskrit are primarily intended for stu- 
dents who have passed the Intermediate examination, but per- 
mission may in certain other cases be obtained to attend the 
elementary course. 

1. A. For beginners, the Avork mainly eonsLsting in the 
mastering of the elements of Sanskrit Grammar with such 
composition as tends to fix in the mind the knowledge thus 
acquired. Etynnological references will be frequently made and 
comparisons suggested in order at once to familiarize the lan- 
guage and give it an educational value in spite of the elemen- 
tary nature of the course. This course counts as a half-course 
qualifying for the degree, and it is especially recommended to 
students attending the half -course in Comparative Philology. 

Two hours a weelc. 

1. B. For those students who have already passed through 
Course A or its equivalent in Sanskrit ]u-eparation : one hour 
per week is devoted to Lectures on Indian Literature, com- 
mencing (1903-04:) with the Post Vedic Period. Tavo hours 
are devoted to reading selections; one hour to grammar and 
composition bearing especially on the texts read. Course B 
counts as one full course to the Final; courses A and B together, 
one and one-half, the student taking up Course B not being 
debarred thereby from repeating a course in another department. 

Four hours a week. 

Bool-s required: Perry, Senskrit Primer; Wliitney's San- 
skrit Grammar ; Lanman's Sanskrit Eeader (Ginn & Co.). For 
reference: Sanskrit Literature, A. A. Macdonell (Heinemann). 

Summer Readings.— A course of Summer Eeadings will be 
suggested according to individual needs. During the months 
ofTlay and June the lecturer will be glad to give his personal 
su]^crvision to students of Sanskrit and is prepared to give 
lectures if due notice is given. 



85 

Comparative Philology 

Lectieees : 



( A. JtDSON E.' TON, M.A., Ph.D. 
I S. B. Slack, M.A. 



1. A. — Introductory Course. — 25 Lectures. 

This course will deal with the following subjects : the history 
of the Science of Comparatiye Philology; the Indo-G-ermanic 
languages and their classification and relation to one another ; 
the origin of tlie so-called Aryan people and their primitive 
home and culture; the nature of compounds; the phenomenon 
of Ablaut and its importance in explaining apparent irregular- 
ities of declension and conjugation; the existence of external 
Sandhi in the Indo-Germanic languages; and the influence of 
Analogy and Contamination in the formation of words. The 
lectures will then go on to consider the Phonology of the Indo- 
Germanic languages in detail, 

I, B, — Coiipar^ilTive Grammar of Greek and Latix. — 
25 Lectures. 

This course will deal more exclusiTely with the history and 
structure of these languages and their relation to the other 
members of the group. 

It is primarily intended for Honour Students in the Classics, 
but is open also -to such others as may be found to be qualified. 

Certain exemptions in the Classical Courses (see pp. 79 and S2) 
are allowed to students talcing the lectures in Comparative 
Philology/, enabling them to make a full course hy combining 
it with either Greek or Latin, or two full courses hy combining 
it with both. 

English Language and Literature. 

Professor : — Chas. E. Motse, B.A. 

Associate Professor : — P. T. Lafleur, M.A. 

Lecturer :— J. W. Cunliffe, D.Litt. 

Tutor and Lecturer (Rotal, Victoria College) : — 

Susan Ei. Cameron, M.A. 

1. A. Rn'GLISK Liteeatuee. — The course will present auQ^^jj^gpy^ 

outline of English Literature from the Anglo-Saxon Period to First 
the present day, and will be illustrated by printed syllabuses Year. 
and lantern slides. The general subject will be divided into 
four periods (Pre-Cliaucerian, Italian, French, Popular), 
and approached for the most part through literary types. 
Students are recommended to use Morley's Charts of Eng- 
lish Literature. Three hours a week. 



36 

For affiliated Colleges in place of the above, the whole of 
Ilalleck'.s History of E >gli-h Literature (American Book 
Co.). 

1. B. ExXGLisii CoMi'osiTiox. — A course of lectures, chiefly 
synthetical, on the princi])les of English composition, with 
special reference to the use of words and the construction of 
sentences and paragraphs. Regular essays are required of all 
students. Text-Books: — Nichors Manual (or an equivalent). 
One hour a week. 

1. C. History. — The Main Epochs of European History, 
being History I., (see p. 98). 
Second 2. ENGLISH LiTERATUEE. — The course (for the Session lOO.'i- 

Year. 01 -only), will be 1. A of the First Year. 

For affiliated Colleges, Halleck's History of E iglish Liter- 
ature, as alcove. 

Fortnightly Essays will be required on subjects set in con- 
nection with the lectures and will be taken into account in 
determining the standing of students at the end of the session. 
T:iird and 3. A. ENGLISH LITERATURE. — Shakspere — This course will 
begin with a review of the early history of the English drama, 
and of the conditions which led to its development in the time 
of Elizabeth. The advances made by the earlier Elizabethan 
dranuitists will be noted, and Shakspere's methods illustrated 
hv a comparative study of A ]\Iidsummer Night's Dream, 
Komeo and Juliet, Henry V, As You Like H, Hamlet, Macbeth, 
King Lear, and The Tempest; the relation of these plays to 
their sources will also be considered. Students are recom- 
mended to read as many of Shakspere's plays as they can, and 
to give special attention to those mentioned above. 

3. B. A course on Poetry and the Drama. England ^rom 
IGGO to 1789, with special and detailed reference to changes 
in literary ideals and expression during the period discussed. 
The lectures will include poets, from Dryden to Crabbe; dra- 
matists, from the wTiters of Heroic plays to Sheridan. Stu- 
dents will Ic called npon to pay special attention to the fol- 
lowing works: Dryden, Absalom and Achitophel; Pope, Selec- 
tions from the Essay on Man, and The Eape of the Lock: 
Thomson, The Seasons (one book) ; Cowper, The Task (one 
book) ; Crabbe, The Borough (four divisions) ; Dryden, Essay 
on Dramatic Poesy; Addison, Cato; Goldsmith, She Stoops to 
Conquer: Sheridan, The School for Scandal. Two hours a 
week. 



Fourth 
Years. 



3. C. English Language. — The course will consist mainly 
of the translation and examination of the English Language 
in its earliest and distinctive stages, and ma}' be taken instead 
of any two courses in English Literature. From time to time 
the relation of English to other Teutonic languages will be 
illustrated. A few Early English texts will lie studied with 
the view of elucidating the later history of English. There 
will be a series of illustrated lectures in which various details 
of literature and aspects of life in the period under investiga- 
tion will be exhibited. 

Text-Bool's : — Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Primer ; Anglo-Saxon 
Reader (the whole). Morris, Specimens of Early English, 
Part II, Extt. I, II, VI, YII, IX. Four hours a week. 

3. D. English Composition. — An advanced course on 
English Composition, including style, methods and principles 
of literary criticism treated from the historical point of view, 
and an introduction to the comparative study of literature in 
accordance with the most recent results of contemporary 
thought and research. In connection with this course students 
will be examined in a course of prescribed readings. Essays 
at stated periods are required of all. 

Books of reference and authorities: — Saintsburv's History 
of Criticism; Lessing, Sainte-Beuve, Brunetiere, Arnold, Eus- 
kin, Worsfold. One hour a week. 

4. A. English Literature. — A course on the Leading Poets 
of the Nineteenth Century. The chief aspects of the French 
Revolution will be considered, and Republican feeling in Eng- 
land illustrated chiefly from the works of Wordsworth, Cole- 
ridge and Southey. The indirect revolutionary poets Byron 
and Shelley will then be considered, and their typical poems, 
together with those of the poets already mentioned, critically 
examined. The remainder of the course will be given to Scott, 
Keats, Tennyson, Browning and Swinburne. Two hours a 
week. 

The following poems have been selected for private reading. 
A paper will be set on them at the sessional examination of the 
Fourth Year: 

Wordsworth -.—The Scholars of the Village School of—; 
Two April Mornings; The Fountain; The Peak of Weather- 
lam, in the Prelude— (" One Summer evening (led by her) 
I found," Book I) ; Lucy Poems; " Earth has not anything—;" 



88 

11 art-leap Well; Tables Turned; Lines written in early s-pring; 
To my Sister; Exc-nrsion — The Vision in the Skies, (" So was 
he lifted gently from the ground/' Eook II) ; The Child and 
the Shell, ("■' I have seen a curious Child,*' Book IT) ; Lao- 
damia; ''"It is a beauteous evening''; "The world is too much 
with us " ; '■ Scorn not the Sonnet " : " ]\Iiltou, thou shouldst 
be living"; Daffodils; The YarroAV Poems. Coleridge; — De- 
jection; Ode to France; Tines to a Crentlenian, composed on 
the jSTight after his Eecitation of a Poem on the Growth of an 
Individual Mind; Love; Youth and Age; Fancy in Nubibus; 
Christabel; Flymn before sunrise in Tale of Chamouni. 
Scott; — Lady of the Lake; Wild Huntsman; Fire King. 
Byron; — A Distant View of Harrow on the Ilill; Childish 
Pecollections; Manfred; Cliilde Harold, Canto I. Keats: — 
Isabella; Ode to a Grecian IJrn; Chapman's Homer. Shel- 
ley :— Ode to the West Wind ; The Cloud ; The Skylark ; Alas- 
tor; Ozymandias; Adonais. Tennyson :— The Princess; In 
Memoriam. Browning; — Christmas Eve and Easter Day; 
Saul; Johannes Agricola; Pictor Ignotus; Fra Lippo Lippi; 
Andrea del Sarto; The Bishop orders his Tomb at Saint 
Praxed's Church; Bishop Blougram"s Apology. 

4. B. A general course on the history of English Prose 
Fiction from Eichardson to the middle of the nineteenth cen- 
tury, treating of the various forms successively given to English 
novels during the period, and the influences that stimulated 
or otherwise affected such productions. ^Ylule students are 
expected to show particular knowledge of English masterpieces 
in this kind, frequent reference to cognate works by continental 
writers will also demand some familiarity with contemporary 
European literature. Portions of the following works will be 
selected for detailed study and discussion : Eichardson, Clarissa 
Haxlowe; Fielding, Amelia; Goldsmith, The Alcar of Wake- 
field; Godwin, Caleb Williams ; Walpole, The Castle of Otranto; 
Thackeray, Henry Esmond. Bools of reference:— Jlaleigh, 
The English iS^ovel ; Dunlop, History of Fiction ; Tuckerman, 
Jeaffreson. Two hours a week. 

•i. C. English CoT^rrosiTiox.— The statement respecting 3 
D (p. 87), indicates the method and character of tliis, course^. 
which is regarded as a continuation of the course in the Third 
Year. 



Third 
Year. 



89 

Honour students of tlie Third Year will take courses 5 and Honours. 
G in addition to tlie ordinary Englisli requirements of the Thir^ 
Year in language and literature. 

5. Chaucer, Spenser axd ]\Iiltok. — Chaucer will be con- 
sidered with reference to the social life of his time, which will 
be illustrated from his works, chiefly from the Prologue to the 
Canterbury Tales. He will then he discussed with the view of 
l)ringing out not only his intrinsic merits, but his connection 
with French and Italian literature and his relation to his pre- 
decessors and sitccessors in English poetry. 

Students will read the following works for examination : 
Prologue to the Canterbuiy Tales; The Knightes Tale; The 
Parlement of Foules ; The Hous of Fame. 

Two hours a week up to Christmas. 

After Christmas, Spenser and Milton Avill be studied, first 
in relation to the political and religious life of their times, and 
afterwards as to their poetic development and influence. 

Students Avill read the following works for examination: 
]\[other Hubbard's Tale: Colin Clout's Come Home Again; 
Epithalaihium ; Faerie Queene, Bk. 1 ; Milton's English Poems 
of the First Period (to 1037) ; Paradise Lost, Bks. I and II. 

Two hours a week. 

6. Pro=e writers before Dryden. — The main object of the 
course will be to discuss the chief literary influences visible 
in the Pre-Eestoration writers of English Prose and to exam- 
ina characteristic3 of style. The subject will be treated chron- 
ologically. As the course is largely interpretative and crit- 
ical, facts of biography Avill be ttsed only when they illustrate 

. points of moment. 

Students will read the following works for examination: 
More. Utopia; Sidney, An Apologie ^or Poetry (Cook); Lodge, 
Rosalynd (Collier's Shakespeare's , Librar}^) ; Bacon, I^ew At- 
lantis; Earle, Microcosmographie (Arber); Milton, Areopagit- 
ica (Hales). 

Two hours a week. 

Honour Students of the Fourth Year will select Language or 
Literature. Fourth 

Laa'guage. — The main subjects of stttdy will be Anglo- Year. 
Saxon, Middle English and Moeso-Gothic. Elementary courses 
may be given in Icelandic and Old Saxon if thought desii'able. 

7. i\nglo-Saxon. — The whole of Beownlf will be read in class 
and illustrated by notes on origins, philology and textual emen- 



Honours. 



90 

dations. Tcxi-Booh: Harrison and Sharp's Beowulf (Ginn). 
Students will road' selected portions of other poems for examin- 
ation. Anglo-Saxon prose will be studied mainly in the trans- 
lation of Gregory's Pastoral Care and JElfric's Homilies. 
Students will Le guided in the examination of dialectal texts 
and referred to important articles in periodical literature deal- 
ing with that subject and also with the field of Anglo-Saxon 
generally. 

Three hours a week. 

8. ]\tiddle English.- — The course is intended to give a know- 
ledge of dialectical English and to illustrate the changes the 
language has undergone. The texts given in Morris's Speci- 
mens of Early English, Part I, and Morris and Skeat's Speci- 
mens of Early English, Part II, may be regarded as the chief 
material for study. A list of books of reference and of impor- 
tant monographs will be given at the commencement of the 
course. 

Two hours a week. 

9. Moeso-Gothic. — The course on Moeso-Gothic is intended 
to open the way to the comparative study of allied Teutonic 
languages. Particular attention wall be given to the phono- 
logical relations of Moeso-Gothic and Anglo-Saxon. Texi- 
Books: Wright, Primer of the Gothic language; Ulfilas 
(Heyne). 

IiTERATUEE. — The courses in Literature deal mainly with 
the post-Restoration period. Two of them are of a general 
character and two are limited to individual authors. The 
latter may be supplemented by courses on AVordsw^orth and 
Tennyson. 

10. MoDFEN Prose Writers. — After a short sketch of the 
earli( ]• liistory of English prose, attention will lie directed to 
the development of periodical literature and the rise of jour- 
nalism. The influence of leading essayists upon their contem- 
poraries and successors will be analyzed, wdth special reference 
to the works of Carlyle, Euskin, Matthew Arnold and Eobert 
Louis Stevenson. Some account will be given of modern news- 
paper organization and its relation to present-day literature. 

Students will read the following w^orks for examination: 
Carlyle, Heroes and Hero Worship; Euskin, Crown of Wild 
Olive; Arnold, Essays in Criticism, Second Series (Macmil- 
lan ) ; Stevenson, Virginibus Puerisque. 

Two hours a week. 



91 

11. CoMTARATiVE LiTERATFKE. — A course of lectiires on the 
influence of English literature upon the continent of p]urope, 
chiefly during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The 
treatment discusses mainly the historical development of ideas, 
but examines also corresponding modifications regarding liter- 
ary method and form. 

Voltaire, Letters concerning the English Xation; Elton, The 
Augustan Age; Texte, Jean Jacques Eousseau and the Cosmo- 
politan Spirit in Literature ftr. ^latthews); ^Brunetiere, 
L'Evolution des Genres. 

Two hours a week. 

12. Shakspere. — The history of Shakesperean criticism, 
textual and testhetic, will be traced from its beginnings in Eng- 
land and Germany to the present time. Students will be 
directed to make themselves acquainted by private reading with 
the most important proldems and results of modern research. 

Two hours a week before Christmas. 

13. Browning. — This course will aim at explaining Brown- 
ing's view of the poetic art, his characteristic methods, and 
his outlook on the life and thought of his time. Selected short- 
er poems will be studied in class, and detailed lists of these, 
arranged under subject-headings, will be supplied for private 
reading. 

Two hours a week after Cliristmas. 

viodern Languages. 

Professor : — Hermann Walter, M.A., Ph.D. 

j Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D. 
Lecturers : ' E. T. Lambert, B.A. 
I J. L. Morin, M.A. 
Tutor and Lecturer (Royal, Victoria College) : — 
Mlle. Milhau, Lie. Univ. Fn., Officier d'Academie. 

A.— French. 

Owing to the position which this University occupies in the 
midst of a very large Erench-speaking population, there is a 
permanent demand for courses of a practical, conversational 
character; for the same reason the Department profits by the 
co-operation of French church services, French family life, 
French newspapers, French theatres, French literary clubs, 
and public lecture courses in the French language. 



92 

In drawing up t]ie following dnal courses end-eavours have 
been n ade to meet the si:ecial needs of the professional men 
of the Province of Quebec (every student being given the op- 
portunity to leara to speak French), and also to provide for the 
maintenance -of scientific methods. In Courses 1 and 3, the 
study of grammar and literature is carried on in accordance 
with the usual academic traditions, the Trench language being, 
however, largely used in class instruction. In Courses 2 and 
4, the method of teaching is of a more practical character; the 
French language only is used, and the texts prescribed are made 
tlio sul_)ject of conversation, analysis, resumes, etc. In the 
Third and Fourth Years all lectures are given and all studies 
carried on in French. 

Students will take as part of their Honour Course in Mod- 
ern Languages that part of section 1. A, of the course on Com- 
parative Philology (p. 85), which deals Avith the general prin- 
ciples of linguistic development. 
Ordinary. 1- Borel, Grammaire Fran^aise (Holt and Co.). The follow- 
First ing texts will be studied: G. Sand, La Mare an DiabLe (Gmn 
^^^'^- and Co.) Super, Histoire de France (Holt and Co). 

2. Maupassant, Huit contes cJioisis (Heath and Co.); Lamar- 
tine. Scenes de la Eevolution Fraiicaise (Heath and Co.) ; 
Labiche, Voyage de M. Perrichon (American Book Co.) ; 
]\Ierimee, Quatre Contes (Holt and Co.); A number of French 
poems selected by the Department. 

There will be regular Avrittcn exercises. Great importance 
will be ait;iched to correct pronunciation. Avhich will be taught 
phonetically. 

The examinations for the students of Affiliated Colleges will 
include the whole of courses 1 an 2. Equivalents for the oral 
work of Course 2 and the oral examination will be stated on 
application. 

Four hours weekly, two for each course. 
S ond ^- Summer Readings for students entering on their Second 

Year. Year: — Moliere, Femmes Savantes; Vigny, La canne de jonc 
(Heath and Co.). 

Sessional Lectltees. — Macmillan's Third French Course; 
Correille, Horace (Holt and Co.); Hugo, Les Miserables (Ginn 
and Co.) ; Elementary Historical French Grammar. 

1. Segur, La Eetraite de Moscoii (Holt and Co.); Ea- 
cine, Andromaque (Heath and Co.); Hugo, Euy Bias (Heath 
and Co.); Mansion, Petite esquisse de la Litterature Frangaise 
(McDougall, London). 



93 

The examinatien for the students of Affiliated Colleges will 
inchide the whole of Courses 3 and 4. Equivalents for the 
oral work of Course 4 and the oral examination will he stated 
on application. 

Four hours weekly, two for each course. 

5. These courses will consist mainly in the study of Erench Third and 
Literature and Advanced Prose -Composition. Fourth 

Su3i]VLEii Eeadixgs foT students entering on the Third or ©a"^- 
Fourth Year: — Moliere, Misanthrope (Holt and Co.); Eenan, 
Souvenirs d'Enfar.ce et de Jennesse (Heath and Co.). 

Sessional Lectuees. — Literature in the XVIIlth ^^^-c^ j903-i904 
XlXth Cent.uries: Lesage. Gil Elas (Heaih and Co.): Mari- 
vaux, Le Jen de TAmour et du Hasard; J. J. Eousseau, Selec- 
tions; Voltaire, ilerope; Victor Hugo, Hernani; Musset, Se- 
lections (Ginn and Co.); Baleac, Eugenie Grandet; Banville, 
Gringoire. 

Prose Composition. — Spiers Graduated Course of Transla- 
tion into Fi'ench Prose (Simpkin, Marshall and Co., London.) 

6. Literature up to the end of theXVIIth Century; Cor- |904-I905. 
neille, Polyeucte; Racine, Athalie, Bajazet; Moliere, L'Avare; 
Eoileau, L'Art Poetique (Pitt Press); La Bruyere, Selections; 
Madame de la Fayette. La Princesse de Clove; Faguet, Littera- 

ture Francaise. 

Prose Composition: — S]ucrs. Graduated Course of Transla- 
tion into French Prose (Simpkin. Marshall and Go., London). 

X. B. — In order to he admitted to the ahove classes a student 
must understand French well enough to take lectures deliv- 
ered in French. 

Four hoTirs weekly. 

The work of the Honours Classes in French is divided into 
three sections. The First includes the Historical study of the Third and' 
French language, the -Second, the History of French Litera- Fourth 
tnre, the Third, French Composition and the Eeading and Yell's- 
Study of French Texts. The First and Second Sections axe 
taken up in alternate years, the Third annually. Students 
of the Third and Fourth Years take lectures together. In 
order- to ohtain Honours, candidates miist be able to speak 
Fiench fluently. 

7. This course will deal with the Historical development of Philology. 
the French language from its origin to the present day. The 1903-1904. 
Old French Period will receive special attention, and in this con- 
nection the oldest texts will be read. Provencal grammar will 



Literature 
1904-1905 



94 

n, cessarily be referred to. Stiulents will make use of Schwan's 
Altfranzosische Granimatik (revised by Behrens), Darraes- 
teler's Coiirs de Grammaire Histo:iqae and Nyrop's Gram- 
maire Historique. 
Th e.^ hours weekly. 
History of S. Inasmuch as the Ordinary Course provides a comprehen- 
sive survey of French Literature, Honour Students will be re- 
quired to make a special study of certain men, movements and 
peri< ds. 

Three hours weekly. 
Texts and 9. Students will receive instruction in the art of composi- 
Composi- |.JQj-| The^ will be required to write a number of French papers 
on literary sul)jects, in connection with which readings will be 
suggested. 

N. B. — Eefore entering on their Third Year Course, Honour 
Studerts are expected to have read the following: Corneille, 
Le Cid, Horace, Cinna, Polyeucte; Racine, — Andromaque, 
Britannicus, Phedre, Athalie; Moliere, — Ecole des Femmes, 
MisantUrope, Tartutfe, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme, Les 
Femmes Savantes; Boilcau, — L'Art Poetique, except where 
these texts are part of the readings prescribed for the Ordinary 
Course. 

B.— German. 

The Ordinary Courses mainly keep practical ends in view. 
In the first two 3'ears special attention is given to Grammar, 
in the Third and Fourth to Literature. Texts are studied 
from the aesthetic and critical as well as from the historical 
and linguistic point of view. A considerable amount of trans- 
lation is done in class. English-German exercises in the pre- 
scribed text-book on Grammar Ijeing supplemented by the 
translation into German of easy prose passages and the retrans- 
lation of texts. Importance is attached to correct and expres- 
sive reading aloud. 

1. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar (Heath & Co.) ; 
IIuss, German Eeader (Heath &' Co.) ; Wildenbruch, Stille 
Course. Wasser (Heath & Co.); Stern, Gescbichten vom Rhein (Ameri- 
can Book Co.) ; Moser, Der Bibliothekar (American Book Co.). 

Tutorial classes conducted during May and June enal)le 
students to overtake work not completed by the close of the 
Winter Session. 

Four hours weekly. 



Ordinary 
Beginners 



95 

2. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar; Ilorning'ri Ger- First 
man Composition; Wildenbruch, Das Edlo Blut (Heath & Co.) ; *^''' 
Uhland, Ballads and Eomances (Macmillan & Co.) ; Heyse, 

L, Arrabbiata (G. Wahr); Schiller, Maria Stuart (Heath & 
Co.). 

Four hours weekly. 

The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges 
will, in addition to the above, include equivalents for the oral 
examination to be stated on application. 

Summer Eeadings for students entering on their Second 
Year: — Hauff, Lichtenstein (Heath & Co.). 

3. Sessional Lectures. — The Joynes-Meissner German Second 
Grammar; Homing's German Composition; Schiller, Wilhelm 

Tell (Heath & Co.); Meyer, Gustav Adolf's Page (Heath & 
Co.) ; Goethe, Hermann and Dorothea; Schiller, Das Lied von 
der Gloc.ke (Heath & Co.); Schiller's Ballads (Heath & Co.); 
Keller, Bilder aus der Deutschen Literatur (American Book 
Co.). 

Four hours weekly. 

The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges 
will, in addition to the al)Ove, include equivalents for the oral 
examination to be stated on application. 

Summer Eeadings for students entering on their Third or 
Fourth Year. — Freytag, Soil und Habsn (Heath & Co.). 

•i. Sessioxal Lectures. — Lessing,, Emilia Galotti (Heath Third and 
& Co.); Goethe, Iphigenie auf Tauris (Pitt Press); Schiller, ^o"^;*J^ 
Hi-^torische Skizzen (Ciarendo i Pre s); Keller, Dietegen 1903-1964- 
(Ginn & Co.); Heine, Poems (Heath & Co.). 

5. Goethe, Egmont (Ginn & Co.); Schiller, Die Braut von i904-1905. 
Messina; Kleist, Prinz Friedrich von Homburg (Ginn & Co.) ; 
Sudermann, Der Katzensteg (Heath & Co.) ; Heine, Harzreisc. 

Translation of prose passages from English into German. 
Four hours weekly in each year. 

The work of the Honour Classes in German is divided into Honours. 
three Sections. The First includes the Historical study of the Third and 
German Language; the Second, the History of German Litera- Years. 
ture; the Third, German Composition and the Eeading and 
Critical Study of Texts. The First and Second Sections are 
taken up in alternate years; the Third, annually. Students 
of the Third and Fourth Years take Lectures together. Lan- 
auaae in German is taken up in the same Session as Literature 

00 J- 



96 

ill French, and rice rcrsa. The German Language alone is used 
in ekiss instruction. 

In order to obtain Honours, candidates must be capable of 
speaking German fluently. 

1 904° 905 ^'' ^''"^ ^^ general outline of the development of the German 
■ Language from its origin to the present day, in the course of 
which the operation of the principal laws exemplified in the 
growth of the language will be traced. 

(b) A special study of the ]\Iiddle High German j)eriod, its 
language and literature, with selected texts. 

The following books will be used : — Bachmann, Mittelhoch- 
deutsches Lesebueh (Faesi and Beer, Zurich) ; F. Kaufmann, 
Deutsche Granimatik; Behaghel, Bie Deutsche Sprache; 
Wright, Middle High German Primer (Clarendon Press). 

Three hours weekly. 
History of 7. Inasmuch as the Ordinary Course provides a comprehen- 
l903'-l9"o4" ^^''^ survey of German Literature, Honour Students will he 
required to make a spec'al study of certain men, movements 
and periods. 

Three hours weekly. 
Texts and ,S. Studcjits will receive instruction in the art of cii^mposition. 
They will be required to write a number of German papers on 
literary sul)jects in connection with which readings will be sug- 
gested. 

N.B. — Before entering on their Third Year Course, Honour 
Students are expected to have read the following : — Lessing, — 
Minna von Barnhelm or J^athan der Weise ; Schiller, — Wilhelni 
Tell, ]\Iaria Stuart, Jungfrau von Orleans, Wallenstein, Bal- 
lads; Goethe, — Goetz von Berlichingcn, Egmont, Hermann und 
Dorothea, Poems, except where these texts are part of the read- 
ings prescril-ed for the Ordinary Course. 

Italian. 

Lecturer :— Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D. 

The folloAving course, given in alternate years, is intended 
for students Avho have passed the Intermediate Examination. 
Partial students who wish to join the class must give satisfac- 
tory evidence of their ability to keep up with the undergi'a- 
duates. 
1903-1904. Grandgent, Italian Grammar (Heath & Co.) ; Grandgent, 
Italian Composition (Heath & Co.) ; De Amicis, Selections fronr 
II Cuore; IManzoni, Selections from I P.ome^si Sposi; Mar- 



Composi- 
tion 




Macdonald Chemistry Building. — A Lecture Tlneatre. 




Macdonald Chemistry Building. — A Laboratory. 



07 

tuscelli, Eaecolta di scelte poesie (Chiurazzi, Naples) ; selections 
from the Divina C'oiiamedia; Noks on some of the great names 
of Italian Literature. 

Semitic Languages. 

Professor :— E). Coussirat, B.A., B.D., D.D , Officier i>e 
l'Instruction Publique. 

The conrse comprises lectures on the above languages and 
their literature, their genius and peculiarities Comparative 
philology, affinity of roots, etc., also receive due attention, while • 
the portions selected for translation will be illustrated and ex- 
plained by reference to Oriental manners, customs, history, etc. 

1. Hebrew grammar and translation. English rendered into Ordinary 

Hebrew. Masoretic notes explained. The Hebrew text Second 
compared with the Septuagint and Yulgate Versions. 
Four hours a week. 

This course may also be taken as a course in either the 
Third or Fourth Years, by students who have not taken 
it in the Second Year. 

2. Hebrew Syntax. Translation of difficult passages of the Third Year 

Old Testament. Xotes on the Massora and the Talmud 
(Mishna and Gemara). Aramaic. 

3. Translation continued. Characteristics of the Semitic Fourth 

Languages, particularly of xVramaic, Syriac, Samaritan, "ear. 
Rabbinic, Arabic. Assyrian. Semitic Inscriptions. 
Four hours a week for the combined course?. 

4a. Hebiiew. — Genesis, Isaiali. 40-66. Ecclesiastes. Liter- Honours. 

atvre. — F. Lenormant, The Boinnninfrs of History. Third and 

Fourth 

Hebueav. — Tlie course for the Second Year. 

HEBitEw.^Tlu^ course for the Fourth Year. 

4h. Aramaic. — Daniel. Ezra. Selections from the Targums. 
Literature. — Sayce, Lectures on the Origin and Growth 
of Religion. 
Two hours a week. 

5a. Hebrew.— Malachi, Psalms, 1-72; Job, 26-42. Litera- 
tvre.- — Renan. A general History of the Semitic 
Languages. 
4 



Years. 



08 

5b. Syeiac. — Selections from the Peshito, and from the Chron- 
icles of Bar Hebrseus. Literature. — W. Wright, Com- 
parative Grammar of the Semitic Languages. 
Two hours a week. 

History. 

Professor :— Charles W. Colby, M.A., Ph.D. 
Lecturer : — Stephen B. Leacock, B.A. 

1. The Main Epochs of European History. 
Ordinary. Twenty-four lectures will be given on as many subjects, taken 
YeaV ■''^^"^ Ancient, Mediaeval and Modern History. The design of 
the course is less to present a mass of facts than to illustrate 
the chief features of racial, political and social progress. A 
syllabus has been prepared which contains a list of topical read- 
ings. The sessional examination will be based mainly on these 
and on the following text-book :—" European History," by G. 
B. Adams (Macmillan). The results of the examination will 
be counted under the head of English. Students will be re- 
quired to present short essays on historical subjects at regular 
intervals. A few illustrated lectures may also be given if 
suitable hours can be found. The use of Putzger's Historischer 
Schul-Atlas is recommended. 

One hour a week. 
Third or 2. The Mediaeval and Modern History of Europe, 378-1648 
Year This is a general course dealing with the historical develop- 

ment of European nations from the German Inroads to the 
Peace of Westphalia. Special attention will be devoted to 
institutions and movements. Topics for investigation will be 
frequently assigned, and students will write at least one thesis 
during the year. Eeadings to accompany each lecture are 
assigned in the syllabus for the course. 

Four hours a week. 

Honours. 3. The Eenaissance. Two hours a week. (Omitted in 

Third and 1903-1904.) 
Fourth ' 

Years. 4. The Eeformation, — 1563. 

The main motives of this course will be found in the develop- 
ment of the religious schism, and in the relations of scholar- 
ship with theology. 

Two hours a week. 

5. The Seventeenth Century. Three hours a week. (Omitted 
in 1903-1904.) 



Years 



99 

6. The Political and Constitutional History of Europe since Honours. 

1789. 'vea^*'' 

In this course narrative history will be subordinated to a 
description of the leading types of government which have been 
established in Europe since the beginning of the French Eevolu- 
tion. The constitutional changes of France, Germany, Italy, 
Switzerland and Austria-Hungary will be rendered most prom- 
inent. 

Four hours a week. 

7. English Constitutional History — 1307. Two hours a Honours. 
week. (Omitted in 1903-1904.) Third and 

8. The Political and Constitutional History of the United 
States and Canada. Four hours a week. (Omitted in 1903- 
1904.) 

9. Historical Seminary. Two hours a week. 
Texts. — Honour Students in History will be examined at 

the end of the Third Year on the following texts :— 

Herodotus, YI— YIII, Macaulay's trans.; Thucydides, I, II, 
1_65, VI, Aai, Jowett's trans. ; Plato, The Republic, Jowett's 
trans. ; Plutarch, The Lives of Aristides, Themistocles, Pericles 
and Timoleon, Clough's trans. ; Polybius, I, II, V, Shuckburgh's 
trans.; Livy, XXI-XXII, Church and Brodribb's trans.; 
Tacitus, Annals II, Germania, Vita Agricolae, Church and 
Brodribb's trans. 

Honour students in History will be examined at the end of 
the Fourth Year on the following texts: — 

Clarendon, History of the Eebellion, Book XI ; Gibbon, De- 
cline and Fall, chaps. XLIV, L, LI, LXVI ; Burke, Eeflec- 
tions on the French Revolution ; Macaulay, History of England, 
chap. Ill; Bagehot, The English Constitution; Stubbs, Select 
Charters, Introauction ; Captain Mahan, The Influence of Sea 
Power on History; Langlois et Seignobos, Introduction aux 
Etudes Historiques, trans. G. G. Berry; Bryce, The American 
Commonwealth, Vol. I; Parkman, Montcalm and Wolfe. 

Summer Readings.— All students in History are expected 
to follow a course of Summer Readings as a preparation for the 
work of the ensuing session. Special programmes will be 
drafted with a view to individual needs. 

Honour Courses in History and Economics. — A combined 
course for Honours in History and Economics is now offered, 
with a choice between studies (A) chiefly in history and politics, 



100 

and (B) chiefly in economics and politics. The courses of lec- 
tures prescribed for Honour Students are as follows : — 

A. 3rd Year. — History, 2, 4, 9; 

Political Science, 6; 
Economics, 1. 
4t.h Year.— History, 4, 6, 9; 

Political Science, 7 or 8 ; 
Economics, 2, 3.* 

B. 3rd Y'ear. — Economics, 1, 4, 5; 

, I Political Science, 6; 

History, 2. 
4th Year. — Economics, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; 
Political Science, 7, 8; 
History, 4, d. 

Economics and Political Science. 

Professor : — A. W. Flux, M.A. 
Lecturer : — Stephen B. Leacock, B.A. 

Ordinary 1. Elements of Economics. 

t Fourth '^^® scope and method of Economic Science; the organiza- 

Year. tion of production; the theory of value; the distribution of 

wealth, including the theories of rent, wages, interest and 

profits; exchange and the mechanism of exchange; the theory 

of money; international trade; principles of taxation. 

Four hours per week throughout the Session. 

'Text-hook: — F. A. -Walker, Political Economy (Advanced 
Course). 

For further reference: — Keynes, Scope and Method of Polit- 
ical Economy; Hadley, Economics; Marshall, Principles of 
Economics; J. S. Mill, Principles of Political Economy, Book 
III; Jevons, Money and the Mechanism of Exchange; Bastable, 
Theory of International Trade; Sidgwick, Principles of Polit- 
ical Econouiy, Book III. 

Honours. 2. Htstoky of Economic Theory, 

Fourth 

Year. The development of economic doctrine will be traced, es- 

pecially in rela-tion to the special contributions of individual 
writers of great prominence. A closer examination of econ- 
omic theories treated of in the preceding course will be made. 

* For Eronomics 2 or 3, may be substituted Art and Afchaeology (half coursp) or His- 
tory of I'hilORopliy (half course). 



Fourth 
Year. 



101 

Texl-lmols: — Price, Short lii.-torv of Political Economy 
ill Enoiand; Cohn, History of Political Economy. 

^Yc1^cs of Beference: — Cossa, Introduction to the Study of 
Politira! Economy; Ingram, History of Political Economy; 
Sewell, The Theory of Value before Adam Smith; Cannan, 
History of the Theories of Production and Distribution; to- 
u-nfi„i- wit]j til. ii-i.-iik'^ ,i(' wi-ifers named, o- vefi^rrt^d to, 

a'.i)\r. 

Four hours per week during the first half of tlie .Si-ssion. 

3. (a) CuEEENCY, BantvING and Teade. Honours 
Half course of 50 lectures (Omitted in 1903-04). 
(&) The Theory of Distribution. 
An examination of the theories of wages, rent and profits. 
Worls of Feference: — Clark, The Distribution oO Wealth; 

Commons. The Distribution of Wealth; Hobson. The Econo- 
mics of Distribution; Walker, The Wages Question; Taussig, 
Wages and Capital; Bohm-Bawerk, Capital and Interest; Le- 
roy Beaulieu, Essai sur la Repartition des Eichesses. 

Four hours per Aveek during the second half of the Session. 

4. Seminaey in Economics. 
In connection with courses 2 and 3, a study of the writings 

of leading economists will be carried on, reports made, and 
methods of investigation illustrated practically. Opportunity 
will also be afforded for corresponding work in connection 
with course^ 5, 7 and S (see below). The meetings of the 
Seminary will be weekly. 

5. (a) Histoey of Industry and Commerce. Honours 
Two hours a week (omitted in 1903-04). 
(b) Public Finance. 
State expenditures, witli a discussijn of the relations between 

those of central and local governments; public revenues, forms 
of taxation, incidence of taxation; public debts; financial ad- 
ministration. 

Two hours per week throughout the Session. 

Text-hook: — Piehn, Introduction to Public Finance. 

l]'o'7cs of Reference: — Bastable, Public Finance; Adams, The 
Science of Finance; Cohn, The Science of Finance; Leroy 
Beau!ini, Traite de la Science des Finances; Seligman, Essays 
in Taxaiion and The Sbifting and Incidence of Taxation: 
Adams, Public Debts. 



Third and 
Fourth 
Years. 



102 

Ordinary. 6. Elements of Politics. 

Fourth '^^^^ introductory part of the course will deal with the gen- 

Year, eral principles of Political Science, the nature of the State 
and the different theories of its purpose and origin. 

The main work of the year will consist of a study of com- 
parative national government. The constitutions, govern- 
ments and political parties of Great Britain and the United 
States will be treated in detail. The governmental systems 
of continental Europe will also he examined. 

Four hours per week throughout the Session. 

Text-hool::— The State (Woodrow Wilson). 

Boolcs of Reference: — Sidgwick, Elements of Politics; Bur- 
gess, Political Science and Constitutional Law; Anson, Law 
and Custom of the Constitution; Bryce, American Common- 
wealth; Bodley, France; Lowell, Governments and Parties in 
Continental Europe. 

7. Legislative Policy. 

A half course of 50 lectures. This course will consist of a 
detailed examination of the functions exercised by the State 
in industrial control. Modern legislation and legislative the- 
ories will he discussed in reference to their economic effects. 
Eeports by members of the class upon special topics will be 
made a prominent feature of the work. 

Four hours per week during the first half of the Session. 

Boohs of Reference: — Leroy Beaulieu, The Modern State; 

Sidgwick, Elements of Politics, chaps. IV, IX, X; Farrar, The 

State in Eelation to Trade; Jevons, The State in Eelation to 

Labour; Frankenstein, Der Arbeiterschutz, seine Theorie und 

- Politik. 



Honours 
Fourth 
Year. 



Honours 

Fourth 
Year. 



8. History or Political Theory. 

A half course of 50 lectures. Only a brief summary of 
Ancient and Mediaeval political philosophy will be attempted. 
The chief part of the course will be devoted to the political 
speculation of the 18th and 19th centuries. 

Four hours per week for the second half of the Session. 

Books of Reference :— Sir F. Pollock, History of the Science 
of Politics, and the political works of Hobbes, Locke, Montes- 
quieu, Bousseau, Burke, Bentham, J. S. Mill, Herbert Spencer, 
Bluntschli, and Sir Henry Maine. 



103 

Summer Eeadixgs. — Students who intend to follow the 
Honour course in Economics and Political Science are advised 
to read, during the summer vacation preceding the commence- 
ment of that course, the books prescribed for the Scholarship 
examination in those subjects (see p. 57). 

During the summer vacation following the Third Year they 
are advised to study the following books : — 

Adam Smith, Wealth of Nations; Eicardo, Principles of 
Political Economy and Taxation; J. S. Mill, Principles of 
Political Economy ; and such of. the works referred to in con- 
nection with course 8, (see p. 102), as may be available for use. 

Honour Courses. — Students of the Third Year who are can- 
didates for Honours in History and Economics, and select 
Course B (see p. 100), will take the following courses of lec- 
tures: History, 2; Economics, 1, 4, 5; Political Science, 6. 
Students of the Fourth Year who are candidates for Hon- 
ours in History and Economics, and have selected Course B, 
will take the following courses of lectures: History, 4, 9; 
Economics, 2, 3, 4, 5; Political Science, 7, 8. 

Constitutional Law. 

Profkssor : — F. P. Walton (Dean Faculty of- Law.) 

The Constitutional Law of Canada will lie treated in the 
following order: — 1. Canadian Constitutional History prior 
to Confederation. 2. The British North America kct, and the 
leading cases under it which illustrate the respective powers 
of the Dominion and the Provinces. 3. The fundamentals 
of English Constitutional Government which form the basis of 
the Canadian Constitution. 4. The Cabinet System. 5. The 
difference between English and French practice as to responsi- 
bility of officials. 

Two hours a week. 

Roman Law. 

Lecturer : — F . P. Walton (Dean Faculty of Law). 

1. A Course is offered in Roman Law, open to Third and 
Fourth Year students in Arts, and qualifying as an option for 
the B.A. degree. For details, see p. 220. 



lO-t 

Art (History of and Archaeology. 

The eourou conipriseri two sessions' work, a hall'-coarse (of 
fifty lectures) being given each session. The lectures, which 
are illustralecl hy photographs, casts, lantern-slides, and 
diagrams, are delivered in the Architecture class-room. En- 
gineering Building, on Monday and Thursday, at 4 p.m. 

The fee for the full course is $25.00; for each half-course, if 
taken separate^, $14.00 (including Grounds and Athletics). 

¥ov Session 1900-1901 the course comprised a general survey 
of the architecture and sculpture of the ancient Avorld (Egypt, 
Assyria, Greece and Eome). 

In 1901-02, the first term was devoted to the architecture of 
the late Eoman Empire and of the Early and Later Middle 
Ages; in the second term the class studied the Painting of the 
Eenaissance in Italy. 

In 1902-03 the course was devoted to Greek scul!)iure and 
classical architecture, with special lectures upon the topography 
of ancient Athens and Eome. 

In Session 1903-04 the first term will he devoted to a study 
of mediaeval architecture and the allied arts: in the second 
term the history of Painting will he resuined for the Northern 
Schools of Europe. 

In addition to the class lectures, candidates are expected to 
show a knowledge of the 1ext-books nrescril^ed and of ])ortions 
of the books of reference, as indicated in connection with the 
lectures. A certain number of class essays are prescribed dur- 
ing the session. 

Tc.r^i)'ooA-s :— Baldwin Brown, "The Fine Arts" (]\[urray; 
Scribner) ; Von Eeber, "History of IModiaBval Art" (Harper) ; 
any good manual of the history of Painting, such as Pointer's 
(Sampson Eow) or Van Dyke's (Longmajis). 

IViental and Moral Philosophy. 

Pkofi-'-por of ]\Tkxtai, Philosophy :— 

" " MoKAL " 



Ordinary. 

Second 
Year. 



Hilda D. Oakeley, M.A. 
Lecturers :— ^ j -^^ Hicksok, M.A., Ph.D. 

1 A. In the first term a course on Elementary Psychology. 
While discussing the phenomena of sensation, and the elemen- 
tary processes of mental evolution, the lectures also introduce 



105 

the student to the i^riiiciples and methods involved in the study 
of inore advanced philosopiiicai problems. While the course 
follows in its general outline Book 1. in Murray's Handbook 
of i'sychology, the student is made acquainted with the leading 
works in psychological literature, and is expected to study the 
passages recommended. Occasional essays also are prescribed. 
1 B. In the second term a course in Formal Logic and the 
Fallacies as in Hyslop's Elements of Logic. ■ The lectures 
endeavour to show the application of logical processes to actual 
discussion, with special attention to common fallacies exem- 
plified in literature and daily life. 

In addition, students will be required to consult Sidgwick, 
Fallacies; and Latleur, Illustrations of Logic. 

Both classes meet three hours a week. 
2 A. This course will comprise the following divisions: Advanced 

a General Introduction to Philosophy; The Origin of Sections. 

Philosophy amongst the Greeks; Year. 

h Explanation of the fundamental methods of thought 
or the principles underlying conception, judgment 
and inference ; 
c Analysis of Berkeley's Dialogues between " Hylas and 
Philcnous " as introduction to the Psychological 
Prol)lem; Perception of a Material World. 
BooJcs recunimended: — Sidgwick's Introduction to Philo- 
sophy; A Dialogue of Plato; Berkeley's Dialogues between 
Hylas and Philonous. 

W'riting of papers expected from time to time. 
Two hours a week throughout the session. 

2 B. General Psychology, including the Elements of 

Psychophysics. 

No text-book is prescribed, but students will be referred to 
Wundt's Outline of P-vrhology, and to James' Princi]>les of 
Psycholog)^ 

One hour a week throughout the session. 

3 A. In the First Term a course on the Logic of Scientific Ordinary. 

Method, including an examination of the fundamental Third or 
Conceptions and Principles of the Physical and His- Y*ea'*r.'^ 
torical Sciences. In addition to Jevons' Principles of 
Science and Mills' System of Logic (Books III and VI) 
students will be referred to Pearson's Grammar of 
Science, 2nd ed., and to the writings of E. Mach. 
Four hours a week. 



Honours 



106 

3 B. Ill the Second Term a:i advanced course on the Psycho- 

logT of Cognition, tracing, as far as possible, the prin- 
cipal stages in the evolution of intelligence. The gen- 
eral problem, also, of the nature of knowledge is dis- 
cussed, in view of the light which it throws on the 
ultimate nature of reality. The principal topics are 
indicated in Murray's Handbook of Psychology, Book II ; 
but students are expected also to study selected passages 
from the most important works on Psychology. 
Four hours a week. 

4 A. History of Modern Philosophy. 

First Term : From the Kenaissance to Kant. 
Four hours a week. 

4 B. Second Term: From Kant to the Present Time. 
Text-hooks recommended: — Falckenberg's History of Modern 

Philosophy; Holding's History of Modern Philosophy (2 vols. 
translated by Meyer); Adamson's Lectures on Modern 
Philosophy. 

Four hours a week. 

5 A. In the First Term a course on Moral Philosophy, dis- 

cussing the problem of Ethical Theory. 

Four hours a week. 
5 B. In the Second Term a course on Applied Ethics. 

While these courses follow in general outline Murray's Intro- 
duction to Ethics, the student is expected to read portions of 
other works recommended. ^ 

Four hours a week. 

ISr.B. — In all the classes of Logic, Metaphysics and ]Moral 
Philosophy, students are required to write essays or to perform 
exercises. 

Candidates for Honours are required to take the ordinai-y 



Third course in Philosophy and the ordinary course either in Econ- 
^*^''" omics or in Political Science in one year. 

6. A course in Greek Philosophy. This begins with the col- 
onial period, during which philosophical activity was most ener- 
getic among the colonies of the Greeks in Asia Minor and Italy. 
It then passes on to the Athenian period, beginning about the 
middle of the fifth century B. C, when Philosophy found a 
home in the arcatcst centre of intellectual life in the ancient 



107 

world. A third period is then described, during which Philo- 
sophy extends its culture over ancient life by the spread of the 
great schools, especially the Stoical and the Epicurean, which 
arose towards the end of the fourth century, B. C. Finally, 
some account is given of the movement, of which Alexandria 
was the centre and by which Greek Philosophy was brought 
into contact with Oriental thought. The history is carried 
down to the closing of the Pagan Schools in Athens by the 
Emperor Justinian. Students are expected to make an indepen- 
dent study of the fragments of one of the early philosophers, 
and to write an essay embodying the results of their study. 

Books of Reference : Zeller, History of Greek Philosophy, and 
Windelband, History of Ancient Philosophy, 
Two hours weekly. 

7. Plato and xVristotle. In this course it is expected that 
some work of at least one of these thinkers will be read. 

For 1903-4 the Theaetetus is prescribed. 
One or two hours weekly, 

8. English Empiricism, Idealism and Criticism. This 
course will consist in reading and discussing the principal por- 
tions of Locke's Essay concerning the Human Understanding 
(Books 1, 2,-4), Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, 
Hume's Inquiry and portions of the Treatise on Human Nature. 

Two hours a week. 

9. Theory of Knowledge. ' This course will be both historical 
and critical. 

Books recommended: — Seth's Scottish Philosophers, Lotze's 
Logic and selected portions of Bradley's Logic, Bosanquet's 
Logic and Eitchie's Darwin and Hegel. 

One or two hours a week. 

10. Eeading and discussion of Kant's Prolegomena and por- Honours. 
tions of the Critique of Pure Eeason, as an introduction to fourth 
Kantian Philosophy. In connection with this course the fol- ^^'*' 
lowing works are recommended: Morris, Kant's Critique of 

Pure Eeason, 3rd edition (Grigg's Philosophical Classics), 
Caird's Critical Philosophy of Kant, 2nd edition, and Adamson's 
Lectures on Kant. 
Two hours weekly. 



108 

11. The rrineiplcs and Methods of Ethics. 

Boolcs recommended: — Aristotle, Nichomachean Ethics; Sidg- 
wick, iMethod of Ethics; Green, Prolegomena to Ethics. 
Two hours a week. 

12. An Introduction to Philosophy. An advanced course 
dealing with fundamental problems of Metaphysics and with 
leading types of ^philosophical theory, such as Materialism, 
Idealism, Dualism, and Monism. There will be opportunity 
for informal discussions. 

BooVs of Reference: — Klilpe's Introduction to Philosophy; 
Watson's Outline of Philosophy; EiehFs Theory of Science and 
]\Ietaphypics (translated by Fairbanks). 

Two hours weekly in second term. 

In addition to the above mentioned courses there will be an 
examination at the end of the session on some book or books to 
be read privately by students. Subjects for the session 1903-4: 
Spinoza's Ethic, Schopenhaucr'''s Principle of Sufficient Eeason 
and World as Will and Idea. 

Students are required to write an essay on Leibnitz's Critique 
of Locke in the Nouveaux Essais. 

(Note. — The above progrdmme of studies in Mental and 
Moral riiilosophy is svhjcct to modification on the appointment 
of the neiv Professors.) 

(Vlathematical and Physical Sciences. 

(a) Mathematics. 

Prokessor (Mathematics and Astronomy) : — 
James Harkness, M.A. 
Associate Professor:— H. M. Tort, M.A., D.Sc. 

LKCTURER: — MlTRKAY ^ilAONEIl-L, M.A. 



(6) FllYSlCS. 

John Cox, M.A. 

Professors :— ^ Rutherford, M.A., D. Sc. 

Assistant Professor :— Howard T. Barnes, D.Sc. 

Demonstrators :-C. C. Schexk, Ph.D., S. J. At.lan, B.Sc. 

Ordinary. 1. MATHEiiATics— Arithmetic— Euclid, Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 
First Year. , (omitting propositions 27 ,28, 29), with definitions of 

Book 5," Hall and Stevens:— Hall and Knight's Ele- 
mentary Algebra (omitting Chapters 36, 40, 41, 42); or 



ion 

the same subjectfj in similar text-books. — Hall and 
Knight's or Locke's Elementary Trigonometry. Nature 
and use of Logarithms. 
Four hours a vreek. 

2. Physics.— This course has two objects: (1) to give the 
minimum acquaintance with Physical Science requisite for a 
liberal education to those whose studies will be mainly liter- 
ary; (2) to be introductory to the courses in Chemistry and 
other branches of Natural Science, and to the more detailed 
courses in Physics in the Third and Fourth Years. Only 
the most important principles in each branch of the subject 
will be treated, as far as possible with reference to their his- 
torical development and mutual relations; and they will 
receive concrete illustration in the study of the principal in- 
struments in daily use in the laboratory. Two illustrated 
lectures will be given per week. Durin-j; the session each 
student ^^-ill be required to attend in the laboratory eight 
times, and make measurements involving the use of the fol- 
lowing instruments: — Balance, Pendulum^ Barometer, Tlier- 
mometer. Sonometer, J'elescope or Microscope. Tangent Gal- 
vanometer, Wlieatstone' s Bridge. 

Outline of Syllabus. The scope and method of Science, 
Primary Phenomena ("States and Properties of Matter"), 
Motionj Velocity, Acceleration, Laws of ]\rotion. Momentum, 
Energ}', Work. The Parallelogram Law for Velocities and 
Forces, Equilibrium and the Simple Machines. Uniform cir- 
cular motion. Vibration, the Pendulum, Fluid Pressure, the 
Barometer, Specific Gravity. Summary of Mcclianics, indi- 
cating the principle of the Conservation of Energy. 

The missing Energy traced in (1) Sound. Nature of wave 
Motion. Intensity, Pitch and Quality o^ Musical Notes. 
The stretched String and Organ Pipe. Eesonance. 

(2) Heat. Temperature and the Thermometer. The Calo- 
rimeter, Fusion and Vaporisation. Laws of Boyle and Gay- 
Lussac. The Mechanical Equivalent. Application of Con- 
duction, Convection and Eadiation to common problems of 
Climate, Ventilation, etc. 

(3) Light. Eeflection, Refraction, the Spherical ]\Iirror, 
Prism, Lens, Microscope, Telescope, Spectroscope, Polari- 
scope. Principle of Interference and sketch of the Undula- 
tory Theory. 



, 110 

(4). Electricity and Maynelism. The Blectrophorus, the 
Modern Induction Machine, the Condenser. Coulomb's Law 
of Force. The idea of Potential. The Quadrant, Electro- 
meter. Atmospheric Electricity. Magnetic Pole, Moment, 
Field and Law of Force. The Compass and Terrestrial Mag- 
netism. Effects of Current. The Voltameter and Storage 
Cell. The Galvanonieler. Heating Effects. Simple Bat- 
teries. Ohm's Law. Units and Measurement of Current 
Eesistance, Electromotive Force, Mutual Mechanical Effects 
of Conductors and Magnetic Fields. Principle of the Elec- 
tric Motor. The Electro-magnet. Induclion of Currents, 
and Principle of the Dynamo. Applications to Telegraph, 
Telephone, Lighting, and supply of Power. 

Conclusion. — Pestatement of Principle of Conservation of 
Energy in complete form. Dissipation of Energy. 

Two hours a week. 

Second 3. A. MATHEMATICS. — Algebra. — Exponential and Logarith- 
mic series; Undetermined Coelticients; Partial Frac- 
tions ; Elementary Theory of Probabilities ; Elements of 
Determinants; Geometrical Conic Sections — Solid 
Ceometry (Euclid, Bk. XI and first two props of Bk. 
XII, or equivalent) : — Spherical Trigonometry (Solu- 
tion of Spherical Triangles with proofs of the necessary 
preliminary propositions and fomnulae). 
Text-hoohs:—Ral\ and Knight's Higher Algebra; Wil- 
son's Solid Geometry and Conic Sections. 
Two hours a week. 

3. B. Dynamics. — This course is chiefly experimental, and 
deals with:— Range and Time of Flight of Projectiles; 
Morin's Machine; Laws of Direct Impact of Elastic 
Bodies; Simple Harmonic Motion; Simple and Com- 
pound Pendulum; Determination of Gravity; Moments 
of Inertia, and their Experimental Determination; Mo- 
ment of Momentum, and Energy of a Rotating Body. 
One hour a week. 

Third or 4. MATHEMATICS. — Elementary Analytical Geometry; Ele- 
•^"'***^ mentary parts of the Differential and Integral Calcu- 

lus; Simple Differential Equations. 
Four hours a week. 
AsTEONOMY AND Optics. — Two hours a week. Half 
course. 




ilacdonald Physics Building. — A Lecture Theatre. 




Macdonald Physics Building. — An Elementary Electrical Laboratory. 



Ill 

5. A. AsTKONOMY.— Galbraith and Haughton's Astronomy 
or Brinkley by Stubbs and Briinnow. Lockyer's Ele- 
mentary Astronomy (English edition), and Gall's "Easy 
Guide to the Constellations" are recommended as intro- 
ductory.— The subject is taken with Optics as a half 
course. The lectures will be given before Christmas. 
First term; two hours a week. 

5. B. Optics. — Two hours a week, from January to end of 

Session. Tea-^Soofc :— Galbraith and Haughton. 

6. Mechanics and Hydkostatics.— Te.r^&oo^- :— Loney, Th^rd 

Mechanics. Half course. 

7. A. Experimental Physics.— (Firs^ Cowse.)— Laws of En- 

ergy, Sound, Light and Heat. Text-hooJcs-.—Descha.nel, 
-Part' IV. or Ga'not or Jones ; Heat (Wright's, Long- 
mans). 

Lectures fully illustrated ; two hours a week, with Lab- 
oratory Course, three hours a week. 
Lahoratonj MaimaJs.—Fitcher and Tory; Chandler. 

7. B. Sound. — Velocity of Sound; Determination of Rates of 
vibration of Tuning Forks; Resonance; Laws of vibra- 
tion of strings. 

7. C. Light. — Photometry; Laws of Reflection and Refrac- 
tion; Indices of Refraction; Focal Lengths and Mag- 
nifying Powers of Mirrors, Lenses, Telescopes and 
Microscopes; the Sextant, Spectroscope, Spectrometer, 
Diffraction Grating, Optical Bench and Polariscopes. 

Heat.— Construction and Calibration of Thermometers; 
Melting and Boiling -Points ; Air Thermometer ; Expan- 
sion of solids, liquids and gases; Calorimetry; Specific 
and Latent Heats; Laws of Vapour Pressure; Radia- 
tion : the Mechanical Equivalent of Heat. 

8 Experimental Physics. — (Second Cowrse.)— Electricity Fourth 
and Magnetism. Text-hooTc-.—G&not or S. P. Thomp- Year. 

son. 

Lectures fully illustrated; two hours a week, with Lab- 
oratory Course, three hours a week. 
Laboratonj ifanwa/— Pitcher and Tory. 



112 

Measurement of Pole Strength and Moment of 
a Magnet; the Magnetic Field; Methods of Deflec- 
tion and Oscillations; Comparison of moments and de- 
termination of elements of Earth's magnetism. Fric- 
lional Electricity. Current Electricity — Complete course 
of measurements of Current Strength, Eesistance and 
Electromotive Farce; Calibration of Galvanometers; 
the Electro-dynamometer; Comparison of Galvanome- 
ters; the Electrometer; Comparison of Condensers; 
Electromagnetic Induction. 

X.B. — For advanced Courses intended for Electrical En- 
gineering Students and Graduates pursuing the study of 
PhysiCvS, .-ee Calendar, Faculty of Applied Science. 

(a) Mathematics. 

Advanced 9. Mathematics. — Hall and Stevens, Euclid; Casey, Sequel 
Sections. to Euclid; Hall and Knight, Advanced Algebra; Tod- 

liunter or Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations 
(selected course). Two or three hours each week. 



First Year. 



Second 10. Mathematics — Lock, Higher Trigonometr}^, with McClel- 
land and Preston, Spherical Trigonometry, Part I; Sal- 
mon, Conic Sections, chapters 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 10 to 
13 inclusive; Williamson, Differential and Integral Cal- 
culus (selected course). 
Four hours a week. 

(b) Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

Honour 11- Mathematics. — Williamson, Differential and Integral 
Courses. Calculus; and Boole or Forsj'^th, Differential Equations, 

''"F"'^rth ^^ Salmon, Geometry of Three Dimensions (alternate 

Years. years); (Quaternions (Kelhind and Tait). 

Astronomy. — Godfray. 

Two hours a week. 

Third ^o MATHEMATICAL PiiYSics. — Minchin, Statics, Vol. I (se- 
lected chapters) ; Williamson and Tarleton, Dynamics, 
Chaps. 1 to 8, inclusive; Besant, Vol. I, Hydro- 
Mechanics, Part I, chaps. 1, 2, 3, 7; Parkinson, Optics. 
ExFERiMENTAL Physics. — Course T. 
Two hours a week. 



Year 



113 

13. Physical Astronomy. — Godfray, Lunar Theory; or Fourth 

Cheyue, Planetary Theory; Newton, Principia, Lib. I, 
sees 9 and 11, with the necessary preliminary proposi- 
tions. 

14. Mathematical Physics.- — ]\Iinchin, Statics, Yol. II, se- 

lected chapters ; Williamson and ' Tarleton, Dynamics ; 
liouth, Dynamics of a Pigid Body (for reference) ; 
Besant, Hydro-Mechanics; Preston, Theory of Light; 
Gumming, Theory of Electricit3^ 
ExPEEi]\rE]srTAL JPhysics. — Course 8. 
Special courses for Graduates and Advanced Students will 
be delivered during the Sessioii 1903-4, b^f^ Professors Cox and 
Eutherford, at hours to be arranged. Subjects — The Relations 
between Optics and Electricity; and Eadioactivity. 

(c) Experimental Physics. 

15. Courses 7, 8, (10 hours a week. Elements of the Gal- Honour 
cuius; Simple Differential Equations; Elements of Analytical Courses. 
Geometry, Elementary Dynamics of a Particle; Elementary "" ^^' 
Rigid Dynamics. 

16. Advanced Courses in Heat, Optics and Electricity. A Fourth 
short course in Physical Chemistry. Year. 

(XoTE. — The programme of studies in Mathematics is S7ih- 
jed to modification on the appointment of the new Professor.) 

Chemistry. 

Professors : — B. J. Harrington, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D. 

J. Wallace Walker, M.A., Ph.D. 
Assistant Professor : — Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sf\ 
Demonstrators : — A. Douglas McIntosh, M.A. 
Bertram D. Steele, D.Sc. 
E. H. Archibald, A.M., Ph.D. 
Lecture Assistant: — M. Yiolette Dover, B.A., ;M.Sc. 

1. General Chemistry. — A Course of lectures on Elementary Second 
Chemical Theory, and on the principal elements and Year. 
their compounds. The lectures are fully illustrated by 
means of experiments. 

Text-hooh: — Xewth's Text-book of Inorganic Chem- 
istry. 
Three hours a week. 



Third 2. 
Year. 



114 

Elementary Practical Chemistry. — This course is 
compulsory for all undergraduates taking the above 
course of lectures. The work includes experiments il- 
lustrative of the Laws of Chemical Combination, the 
Preparation of Pure Chemical Compounds, and elemen- 
tar\- Qualitative Analysis. 
Six hours a week. 

Inorganic Chemistry.- — An elementary course on special 
departments of Inorganic Chemistry. 
Two hours a week durins,- the first term. 



3. Elementary Organic Chemistry. — An elementary course 

of lectures on' Organic Chemistry open to Biological 
Students and compulsory for students intending to take 
the advanced course on Organic Chemistrv in the Fourth 
Year. 

Text-look. — Hollman's Text-book of Organic Chem- 
istry. 
Two hours a week during the second term. 

4. Advanced Practical Chemistry. — Laboratory practice in 

methods of gravimetric, volumetric and electrolytic 
Quantitative Analysis, during the first term, and pre- 
paration of sim])le Organic Substances in the second 
term. 

Noie. — Extra reading and laboratory work Avill be required 
from Honour Students. 

The Organic Laboratory will be open during the Second 
Term for Biological Students who desire to obtain an ele- 
mentary knowledge of the methods employed in preparing Or- 
ganic Substances. 

Fourth 5. Organic Chemistry. — A systematic course of lectures on 
^^^^- Organic Chemistry, including the Analysis of Organic 

Substances, Calculation of Formulae, Determination of 
Molecular AVeights, Pol3^merism, Isomerism, etc., fol- 
lowed by a discussion of the more important derivatives 
of the Aliphatic and Aromatic Series of Compounds. 
Students intending to enter the Medical Faculty would 
find this course of great advantage. 
Two hours a week. 



115 

6. Practical Organic Chemistry. — A complete course on 

the preparation and analysis of Organic Substances, with 
determinations of Molecular Weights, etc. 

7. Physical Chemistry. — The lectures on Physical Chemis- 

try are divided into two parts. In the first term they 
include a study of such physical properties of gases, 
liquids, and solids as are known to depend upon their 
Chemical Constitution, Thermo-chemistry and the Law 
of Mass Action. The second term is devoted to Electro- 
chemistry. The lectures will be based upon the applica- 
tions of the gaseous laws to solutions. 

8. Practical Physical Chemistry. — Laboratory work will 

include the various methods of determining the ilole- 
cular Weights of gases and of substances in solution, 
accurate measurement of Densities, Eefractive Indices, . 
Surface Tensions and Specific Potations; also examples 
of Chemical Statics and Kinetics, and Electro-chemical 
measurements. 

9. Mineral Analysis. — A course of laboratory work compris- 

ing advanced quantitative analysis and investigation of 
the constitution of mineral species. 

(1) Chemistry, 2, 3, 4; (2) Experimental Physics; (Course Honour 
7) ; and one of the following: — Mechanics (Course 6 A), with Courses, 
DifEerential and Integral Calculus (4 hours a week for the y^'J^ 
first half of second term or 2 hours a week for whole term), or 
Biology, or Geology, or Mineralogy. 

(1) "chemistry, 5, 6, 7, 8; or 7, 8, 9; (2) Experimental p^^^t^ 
Physics (Courses). Year. 

Mineralogy. 

PROFESbOR :— B. .J. Harriv(;tox, .M.A., Ph.D. 

1. Mineralogy. — Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by Honours. 
models and specimens in the Peter Eedpath Museum Third 
and the Macdonald Chemistry and ]\Iining Building. '^®^''- 
Among the subjects discussed are: Crystallography; phy- 
sical properties of minerals dependent upon light, elec- 
tricity, state of aggregation, etc.; chemical composition, 
calculation of mineral f ormulse, quantivalent ratios, etc. ; 
principles of classification, description of species. 
Two hours a week. 



Fourth 
Year. 



Year. 



IIG 

MiXEEALOGY (In continuation of No, 1). — Description of 
species^ particular attention being paid to those Avhicii 
are important as rock constituents and to the economic 
minerals of Canada. 

First term, two hours a week. 



Third []_ Detehminative Mi_\'ERalooy. — LaVoratorv practice 



m 



blow-pipe analysis and its application to the determin- 
ation of mineral species. This work is carried on in 
the new laboratory provided for the purpose in the Chem- 
istry and ]\[ining Building. 
Thursda}^, 2 to 5 p.m.. 

Elementary Bio.logy. 

Professors : — D. P. Penhallov,-, M.Sc. 

E. W. MacBride, M.A., D.Sc. 

Second This course is designed for those who may Avish an intro- 

Year. duction to the principles of general biology, but who cannot 
carry such work beyond the limits of an elementary course; 
for students in Arts proceeding to Medicine; and also for those 
who may wish to take the more advanced v.'ork of the Third 
and Fourth Years to which it will be introductory. 

A. Zoology." — First half session. This course will com- 
mence the study of a selected number of types, leading up to 
and including the rudiments of vertebrate anatomy and forming 
an introduction to the more systematic work of the Third and 
Fourth Years. The types selected are Amceba, Paramoecium, 
Hydra, Luml)ricus, Scylliura, and Eana. 

B. EoTAKY.- — Second half session. A coiusj Ju liic gvupral 
morphology of plants embracing a discussion of the general 
principles of morphology and classification, respiration, photo- 
synthesis, nutrition, reproduction, symbiosis and adaptations, 
as also the relations of plants in geological time. These studies 
will be illustrated by means of special types taken from the 
principal groups, and emphasis will be given to a study of -the 
liowering plants, including herbarium work, determination of 
species and geographical distribution. 

This course is designed with special reference to those who 
mav not be able to carrv such work bevond the limits of an 




Ill the Zoological Laboratories 




Laboratory of Normal Histology. 



Second 



117 

elementary course, where it will form the l)asis for more special- 
ized work in the Third and Fourth Years. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week. 

C. Continuation Course in Animal Biology. — Students 
taking the combined six-year course leading to the degrees of 
B.A. and M.D. or B.Sc. and M.D. may, in lieu of B, take the 
following course, but in the event of their doing so must 
complete the Botany required for the Medical course in the 
autumn term: — 

A study of the anatomy and osteology of the Eabbit followed 
by a detailed study of microscopic structure of its tissues. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week during the 
spring term. 

Botany. 

Professor :— D. P. Pexhallow, M.Sc. 
Lecturer : — C. M. Derick, M.A. 

1. Plant Biologt. (See page 116). This course is intro- 
ductory to the more specialized work of the Third and Fourth Year. 
Years, and will be represented by a number of types, including 

the flowering plants and a determination of species^ 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week during 
the spring term. 

2. Special Morphology. This course is designed to give ordinary- 
a comprehensive knowledge of plant structures and relation- Third 
sliips. The principles of development will be illustrated by 
type studies which mjay also serve as the basis of more special 
work in Bacteriolog}', Physiolog}', Ecolog}-, or Paleo-botany. 
It comprises : — 

(a) First Half-Session. During the autumn term, atten- 
tion will be directed to a study of the general histology of the 
plant, with special reference to the seed plants and as a basis 
for the more advanced work of the Fourth Year, to differential 
reactions, methods of staining, imbedding, section cutting and 
general technique. 

This course will be especially adapted to chemists as applied 
to a study of food adulterants, etc. ; to those who are intending 
to follow a medical course, as a preparation for animal his- 
tolog}^, and it will be required of all who elect the course in the 
Fourth Year. 



Year. 



lis 

The course presupposes familiarity with the optics of the 
microscope as given in Physics (3) of the Second Year. 

(b) Critical studies of the Thallophyta by means of selected 
types designed to illustrate the origin of organs, the origin and 
development of sex, the division of labour and the general laws 
of development. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week throughout 
the session. 

Ordinary. 3. Special Morphology. 

Year. (^) "^^^^ complete study of a selected series of types, illus- 

trating the structure, origin and relationships of the Bryo- 
phytes, and Pteridophytes. 

(h) The special morphology of the Sood Plants as repre- 
sented by types illustrative of the principal groups, with special 
reference to relationship, development and adaptations. 

Students entering upon this course will be required to present 
qualifications equivalent to the course of the Third Year. 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week through- 
out the session. 

Por the work of the Third and Fourth Years, each student 
will be required to provide himself with a laboratory drawing 
book of specified form, and with necessary pencils, slides and 
cover glasses. 

Ordinary. 4. Systematic Botany. — A practical course embracing 
herbarium work and the systematic study of the seed plants 
with reference to the determination of species, their environ- 
ment and mutual relations. These studies will be prosecuted 
with special reference to a field knowledge of the ferns and 
flowering plauts in the neighbourhood of Montreal. 

This course is designed to complete and round out the 
study of the higher plants as given in the courses on Special 
Morphology (2 and 3). Students specializing in Botany will 
be required to follow this as part of the ordinary course of the 
Fourth Year. The course is also open to teachers of schools 
and to others who may have gained a knowledge equivalent to 
that represented by Gray's Structural Botany. 

Two hours laboratory each week throughout the session, with 
field days as may be arranged for. 



i Fourth 
Year. 



Third 
Year. 



Fourth 
Year. 



110 

B.A. Honour Couese in Biology. 

5. Caudidat:s for Honours in the Third Year will, in addi- Honours. 
tion to the ordinary work of that year, take a special course of 
reading under the direction of the professor,, who will hold a 
colloquium once each week for the purpose of giving advice 

and direction in such work. 

For the Session of 1903-1904, the following works will be 
read : — Fossil Plants, Seward, Yol. I ; Studies in Fossil Botany, 
D. H. Scott. 

6. Candidates for Honours in the Fourth Year will take a Honours. 
course in experimental plant physiology based upon the follow- 
ing works : — 

Pfeffer, Plant Physiology; ]\laeDougall, Experimental Plant 
Physiology; Darwin and Acton, Practical Physiology of Plants. 

Special easy work upon the experiments performed, and upon 
collateral readings, will be assigned from time to time during 
the session. 

Students will not be permitted to take tl.Is course unless they 
have previously taken the course ]irescriljed for the Second 
Year. 

One lecture and six laboratory hours per week. 

B.Sc. Couese. 

6. Students proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. will be re- Ordinary 
quired to take the ordinary course of the Tliird Year Arts, (2) 
and also one-half of the Honour course for that year. 

Two lectures and tAvo laboratory periods each week through- 
out the session. 

Colloquium one hour per week during the spring term. 

During the Fourth Year, students proceeding to the degree Fourth 
of B.Sc. will be required to pursue special studies in extension Year. 
of the work of the Fourth Year Arts, (3), in accordance Avith 
such plan as may be adopted by the B.Sc. Committee at the 
time of his entrance upon that year. 

Zoology. 

Professor : — E. W. MacBride, M.A., D. Sc 

Lectt-rer : — J. Stafford, M.A., Ph.D. 

Demonstrator: — ^J. C. Simpson. 

lA. AxiMAL Biology (see Biology, p. 116). Ordinary. 

This course includes a careful study of the laws of Biology. 

Biology as illustrated by a selected series of types, ^yea"^ 
Special stress is laid on the study of the elements of 



Third 
Year 



120 

vertebrate anatomy and physiolog)'-, to which the most 
ot the time is devoted. The types studied are Amroba, 
Paramcecium, Hydra, Lumljricus, Scyllium and Eana. 
Tliis course, together with the corresponding course 
in Botany, constitutes the course in General Biology. 
It can, however, be taken along with 1 B instead of 
Botany, by students who are taking the combined six- 
year eours" in Arts and Medicine leading to the degrees 
of B.A. and M.D., and of B.Sc. and M.I). 
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week during the 
autumn term. 

1 B. Continuation Course in Animal Biology. — This 
course comprises a further study of vertebrate anatomy, 
including a detailed study of the tissues. The type se- 
lected is the Kabbit, of which the osteology and gross 
anatomy are first studied, and then the finer structure 
of the tissues. The practical work includes instruction 
in the staining and mounting of sections. 
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week during the 
spring term. 

Ordinary- 2 A. General Zoology. — This course consists of a general 
'^'^''■^ °'" survey of the principal classes of animals. It is 

Year. specially suited to the requirements of those who in- 

tend to take geology, and the structure of fossil species 
is studied along with tliat of their living representa- 
tives. 
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout 
the session. 

Ordinary. ^ B. Special Zoology. — This course comprises: — 
Third or (a) A Special study of those groups in the animal 

kingdom, the members of which are concerned in pro- 
ducing disease. 

(b) A study of the comparative anatomy of the 
Vertebrata, with special reference to the osteology. 

(c) A study of Comparative Embryology, with special 
reference to the Vertebrata, forming an introduction 
to Human Embryology. 

Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout 
the session. 

3. A special course in Embryology, consisting of 8 lectures 
and 8 periods of laboratory instruction, is given after the con- 



Fourth 
Year. 



121 

elusion of the regular courses of lectures, during the month 
of April. Though this course is designed specially for the 
henefit of medical students it is open to all undergraduates in 
the Faculty of Arts. 

Students are required to have taken 1 A and either 1 B or 
2 A hefore proceeding to 2 B. It is in most cases advisable 
that 1 A should be taken before proceeding to 2 A; but it is 
possible for the student, by a certain amount of extra reading 
and laboratory work, to cover the ground required for 2 A, 
even if 1 A has not been taken. 

For all the courses a study of Shipley and MacBride's Text- 
book of Zoology is required. 

B.A. Honour Course in Biology. 
(For the Botanical portion of this course, see p. 119). Honours 

4. During the Third Year, students pursuing the Honour Third 
course in Biology will take the course 2 A, and in addition 
pursue a course of reading under the direction of the Pro- 
fessor. The Professor will hold a colloquium ouee a week 

in order to supervise the studies of honour students. 

The books studied during 1903-1901 will be: Darwin, Ori- 
gin of Species, and Wallace, Island Life. 

5. During the Fourth Year, honour students will take Honours. 
courses 1 B and 2 B, and pursue in addition a course of extra Fourth 
reading, supervised, as in the Third Year, by the Professor. 

The books studied during 1903-1904, will be: Komaues, 
Darwin and after Darwin; and Balfour, Comparative Embry- 
ology, Vol. I. 

No student is jjennitted to attend the lectures ivitlwut taking 
the practical work. For use in the laboratory , a special note- 
book and a set of dissecting instruments are required, and tvill 
he supplied to ike student, v:ho is required to pay a fee of 
$2.50 to cover the cost of these. 

6. B.Sc. Course. — Students proceeding to the degree of 
B.Sc. will in the Third Year be required to take 2 A., and, m 
addition, a special course of reading under the supervision of 
the professor during the spring term. In the Fourth Year they 
will take 2 B., and, in addition, such extra reading and 
laboratory work as may be required by the B.Sc. Committee. 



Year. 



122 
Geology. 

Professor : — Frank D. Adams, D.Sc, Ph.D. 
Demonstrator : — Alfred "VV. G. Wilson, M.A., Ph.D. 

Ordinary 1- General Geology. — The lectures will embrace a general 
Third survey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro- 

®^''' duced by a short course in Mineralogy. Especial atten- 

tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His- 
torical Geology including a description of the fauna and 
flora of the earth during the successive periods of its 
past history. 

The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive col- 
lections in the Peter Bedpath Museum, as well as by 
models, maps, sections and lantern views. There will 
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls, 
after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon- 
stration in the Museum. 

Text-looh: — Scott, An Introduction to Geology. 

Boolvs of Reference: — Dawson, Hand-Book of Geo- 
logy; Dana, Manual of Geology. 

Three hours a week throughout the year, with additional 
excursions and demonstrations as above stated. 

Honours- Honour Course in Geology and Mineralogy. 

Year (-^^^' Mineralogical portion of this course, see p. 115). 

In the Third Year, students pursuing the Honour Course 

will take the Ordinary work (General Geology, 1). 

Honours. In the Fourth Year they will take the following courses (2, 

Fourth 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. 
Year. 

2. Petrography. — The modern methods of study employed in 
Petrography are first described, and the classification 
and description of rocks are then taken up. 

One lecture a week during the first term. One after- 
noon a week throughout the year will be devoted to 
special microscopical work in the Petrographical Lab- 
oratory. 

Text-looh: — Harker, Petrology for Students. 

Bool-s if /?e/ere»fe:— Eosenhusch, Mikroskopische 
Phvsiographie, and Butley, Eock-forming Minerals. 



123 

3. A. PalEeontology. — An extension of the Palaeontology of 
Course 1, with special studies of some of the more im- 
portant groups of fossils. 

One lecture a week during the second term and one 
demonstration a week, with special studies in the Peter 
Eedpath ]\Iuseum. 

Books of Reference: — Nicholson and Lydekker, Man- 
ual of Palgeontology ; Zittel, Text-Book of Palaeontology. 
oi; 

3. B. Physiography. — A description of Land Forms with 

reference to their origin, classification, drainage, develop- 
ment, climatic and human controls. 

The physical features of Canada will be described dur- 
ing the latter half of the course. 

The course will consist of lectures, demonstrations, 
and laboratory work, and will be illustrated by maps, 
models, and lantern slides. 

Two hours a week during the first term. 

4. Ore Deposits, Economic Geology and Practical Geology. 
— The nature, mode of occurrence and classification of 
Ore Deposits will first be taken up. A series of typical 
occurrences will then be described and their origin dis- 
cussed — the more important non-metallic materials — 
e.g.. Fuels, Clay, Abrasive Materials, Building Stones, 
etc., will be similarly treated, as well as questions of 
water supply. Artesian Wells etc. The methods em- 
ployed in carrying out Geological and ]\Iagnetic Surveys 
and in constructing Geological Sections will then be 
taken up with special studies in folding, faulting, etc. 

Four lectures a week throughout the Second Term. 

The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lantern 
slides and specimens. 

Text-loolcs: — Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology; 
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada; 
Phillips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits. 

Boohs of Reference: — The Monograph? of the IT. S. 
Geological Survey, and the Keports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada. 



124 

r». Canadian (.icology. — A general descrij)tion of tlie Geology 
and Mineral Resources of the Dominion. 

One lecture a week during^ the first term. 

Text-hoolc: — Dawson, Hand-book of Geology. 

Bovks of Reference: — The Eeports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada. 

G. Geological Colloquium. — A discussion each week of some 
Geological topic, references lo tlie literature of which 
have been"^given by the Professor in the week preceding. 
The course is intended to give students some acquain-, 
tance with Geological literature, as well as a wider know- 
ledge of the great principles which underlie the Science. 
One hour a week in second term. 

T. Geological Survey. — Candidates for Honours in the Fourth 
"I'ear 'will also undertake, under the direction of the 
Demonstrator in Geology, a Geological Survey of some 
suitable area selected for that purpose. This Survey 
will occup}' two weeks, and will be made either at the 
close of the Third Year or immediately before the open- 
ing of the regTilar work of the Fourth Year, as may be 
arraugi'd by the Professor of Geology. The preparation 
of a geological map of the surveyed area, the examination 
of the specimens collected, and the writing of a detailed 
report upon the area, will foi'm pan of the work of ihe 
Fourth Year. 

IST.B. — A large amount of additional private reading will also 
be required of Candidates for Flonours. 

Students taking any of these courses are entitled to tickets 
of admission to the Museum of the Natural Hisiory'Society of 
Montreal. 

Course for B.A. Honours in Geology and Mineralogy. 
Third Year. — Geology (ordinary of Third Year). 
Mineralogy. 

Zoology (ordinary of Third Year). 
Chemistry (of Second or Tliird Year). 
Fourth Year. — Geology (Advanced) — Lectures, Tiab. wni-k. 
Field work, Colloquium, Heading. 
Mineralogy ( Advanced ) . 
Botany (ordinary of Third Year). 



125 

Metaorology. 

Superintendent op Observatory : — C. H. McLeod, Ma.E. 

liistructioii jii Meteorological Observations will be given in 
the Observatory at hours to suit tlie cfiTi\onien<p of the senior 
students. 

Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a 
satisfactory examination on the construction and use of meteor- 
ological instruments and on the general facts of jMeteorology. 

Pedagogy. 

Lectl'rer : — Principal S. P. Robins, M.A., L.L..D. 

Lectures on this subject will be given in the Xormal School 
1o undergraduates of the Third and Fourth Years, who wish 
to obtain the Provincial Academy Diploma. 

Lecture hours, Tuesdays and Fridays, 2 to 3. 

Physical Traininp. 

Medical Director of Physical Traimng ; — 
R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D. 

The classes will meet at the University (jrymnasiuin ai hours 
to be announced at the commencement of the Session. The 
Wicksteed Silver and Erouze j\fpdals (the gift of Dr. R. J. 
Wicksteed) are offered for competition to students of the Gradu- 
ating Class and to students who have had instruction in the 
Gymnasium .for two srssions,— tlic silver medal to the former, 
the bronze medal to the latter. (See p. 44.) 



VII!. Laboratories. 

The fVacdonald Physical laboratories. 

The equipment of the M-icdonald Phy.sical Lfiborntories com- 
prises: (1) apparatus for rllusitiratino: lectures; (2) simple forms 
of the pijjjcipul instruments lor use by the sludeuts in practical 
work (3; Th^ most recent types of all important instruments for 
exact measurement, to be used in connection with special work and 
research. 

The basfment contains the cellars, furnaces, and janitor's depart- 
I'lenL at the west end of the building-. The machine room — contam- 
ing i\ Email gas engine and dynamo, which are fitted for testing, but 
can also bo used for light and power, a motor-alternator and a 
motor-dynamo — is situated at the extreme western corner of the 
basement so as to be as far removed as possibla from the delicate 



126 

magnetic and electrical instruments. Here is also the switch board 
for controlling the various circuits for supplying direct or alternat- 
ing- current to different parts of the building. The Accumulator 
Room contains a few large storage cells, charged by the motor- 
dynamo, which are fitted with a suitable series-parallel arrangement 
and with rheostats for obtaining and controlling large currents up 
to 4,000 amperes for testing ammeters and low resistances, etc. 

The Magnetic Laboratory contains magnetic instruments and 
variometers of different patterns, and also a duplicate of the B. A. 
Electro-dynamometer, which has been completely remodelled and 
set up with great cai'e for absolute measurements of current. The 
Laboratory, on the opposite side of the basement contains a very 
fine Lorenz apparatus for the absolute measurement of resistance, 
constructed under the supervision of Prof. Viriamu Jones. It also 
contains a set of Ewing Seismographs and a pair of Darwin Record- 
ing Mirrors for measuring small movem.ents of the soil. 

There is a Constant Temperature Room, surrounded by doulble 
walls, which contains a Standard Rieffler Clock, and is fitted for 
comparator work. 

The ground floor contains at the western corner a small machine 
shop, fitted with a milling machine and suitable lathes and tools, 
driven by electric motors, and such appliances as are required for 
the making and repairing of the instruments, for wihich the services 
of a mechanical assistant are retained. There is also a store room 
for glass, chemicals and cleaning materials, and extensive lockers 
and lavatories for the use of the students. 

The Main Electrical Laboratory is a room 60 feet by 40, and is 
fitted with a number of brick piers, which come up through the 
floor, and rest on independent foundations, in addition to the usual 
slate shelves round the walls. This room contains a large number 
of electrometers, galvanometers, potentiometers and other testing 
instruments of various patterns, and adapted for different uses. It 
connects with a smaller room at the side, in which are kept the 
resistance boxes and standards, and also the capacity standards. A 
small research laboratory, adjoining the electrical laboratory, is fit- 
ted up for the study of electrical discharge in high vacua, and for 
work with Rontgen and uranium radiation, and with ultra-violet 
light. 

The First Floor contains the Main Lecture Theatre, with seats 
for about 250 students. The lecture table is supported on separate 
piers, which are independent of the floor. Complete arrangements 
are provided for optical projections and illustration. The Prepara- 
tion Room in the rear contains many of the larger pieces of lecture 
apparatus, but the majority of the instruments, when not in use, 
are kept in suitable cases in the adjoining apparatus room. On the 
same floor there is the Heat Laboratory, devoted to advanced work 
in Thermometry, Pyrometry and Calorimetry, and also to such elec- 
trical work as involves the use of thermostats and the measurement 
of the effects of temperature. There are also two smaller rooms for 
Professors and Demonstrators. 

The Second Floor is partly occupied by the upper half of the Lec- 
ture Theatre. There is also an Examination Room for paper work, 
a Mathematical Lecture Room, with a special appai'atus room de- 
voted to apparatus for illustrating Mathematical Physics, and a 
special Physical Library chiefly devoted to reference books and 
periodicals relating to Physics. A store room, lavatories and Pro- 
fessors' Room occupy the remainder of the liat. 



127 

The Third Floor contains the Elementary Laboratory, a rooin 60 
feet square, devoted to elementary practical work in Heat, Sound and 
Electricity and Magnetism. There is a Demonstrator's room adjoin- 
ing-, and an optical annex devoted to experiments with lenses, gal- 
vanometers, etc., which require a darkened room. On the other side 
of the building there is a spectroscopic room, containing a six-inch 
Rowland grating, with mountings by Brashear, and other large spec- 
trometers and polarimeters. Also a series of smaller optical rooms, 
including a photometric room, specially fitted for Arc photometry, 
and a dark room for photographic work . Communication between 
the different fiats is facilitated by means of a hydraulic elevator. 
The building is lighted throughout by electricity, and heated by hot 
water. The walls are of pressed briok, and the floors of hard maple. 
There is a ventilating system, consisting of Tobin tubes and suitable 
exit flues, assisted by a fan in the roof. 

The Macdonald Chemical Laboratories. 

The main lecture-theatre, extending through two stories, is en- 
tered from the ground floor, and seats nearly 250 students. The lec- 
ture-table is supplied with coal-gas, oxygen and hydrogen, elec- 
tricity, water, vacuum, down-draught, etc., and can be well seen 
from all parts of the room. 

Besides the main lecture-theatre, there are three smaller class- 
rooms, accommodating from 40 to 60 students each. 

The three principal laboratories have each a floor-space of about 
2,400 square feet, and together have accommodation for nearly two 
hundred students working at a time. They are lighted on three 
sides, and 'have ample hood space. One is intended for beginners, 
and the others for more advanced work, more particularly in quali- 
tative and quantitative analysis. In connection with each of the 
main laboratories is a balance-room, equipped with balances by 
several of the best makers. 

Physcal Chemistry is provided for in a special laboratory, nearly 
30 by 40 feet, lighted from the north, and supplied with electricity, 
steam, vacuum pumps, etc. The equipment of this department con- 
sists of the apparatus necessary for the determination of the specific 
gravities of solutions, of the depression of freezing point, and the 
rise of boiling point, of the densites of gases and vapours. There 
are constant temperature baths for accurate measurement of solu- 
bilities, Kohlrausch's apparatus for determining the electrical con- 
ductivity of solutions, and the apparatus necessary for measuring 
the electro-motive forces generated between metals and their solu- 
tions, and in voltaic cells generally. There are also calorimeters for 
measuring the heat effects produced in chemical reactions. There 
is on the same floor an optical room furnished with refractometers 
for measuring the refractive indices of solutions, goniometers, po- 
lariscopes and spectroscopes. Other forms of apparatus will be add- 
ed as required for research work. 

Immediately adjoining the laboratory of Physical Chemistry is 
the Photographic department, supplied with two dark rooms, ar- 
ranged on the maze system, and supplied with the necessary appli- 
ances for all ordinary photographic work, including an enlarging 
camera. Apparatus for mici-o-photography will sihortly be added to 
the equipment. 



12S 

The laboratory for Gas Analysis ha^ a northern expos'T-a^ 3r,(j js 
fitted with a large tank, to contain water at the temperature of the 
room, for use In the measurement of gases. The tables are arranged 
for work with mercury, and the laboratory is supplied with the 
apparatus of Hempel. Dittmar, Orsat, Elliott, and others. It contains 
also Fleuss, Boltwood, and Topler pumps for providinsr high vacua. 

The laboratory for Electrolytic Analysis is supplied with accu- 
mulators, thermopile, platinum electrodes, rheostats, ammeters, volt- 
meters, etc. 

Another room has lately been equipped with electric furnaces 
and other appliances for electro-chemical work. 

The Organic Department comprises a laboratory for preparations 
and research, a combustion room for analysis, a dark room for po- 
loriscope and sacharimeter work, and a lecture room. The labora- 
tory is fitted with all the necessary apparatus for organic re- 
search — special hoods for work with poisonous gase^, regulating 
ovens for digesting and drying at vai'ious temperatures, filter press- 
es for the extraction of raw materials, and various forms of ap- 
paratus for distillation in vacuo. The dark room is equipped with 
polariscopes and saccharimeters for sugar work. There is a large 
quantity of the necessary organic chemicals, which are supplied 
free of charge to students engaged in routine or research work in 
this department. 

The ilaboratory for Determinative Mineralogy has places for 2. 
students, and is supplied with abundant material for practical work. 
It adjoins the lecture-room, in which the lectures on advanced 
mineralogy are delivered. The mineralogical depa.rfment is also pro- 
vided with suitable machiiiery, run by electricity, for cutting and 
polishing minerals. 

The Lbrary contains a valuable collection of the most recent 
English, French and German books, and sets of various journals and 
transactions, including the Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Ge- 
sellschaft, Journal flir praktisohe Chemie, Chemisches Central-blatt, 
Fresenius' Zeitschrift ftir Analytische Chemie, Zeitschrift fur Anor- 
ganische Chemie, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Journal of the 
Chemical Society, Journal of Physical Chemistry, American Che- 
mical JuUiiial, Chemical News, Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie, 
Zeitschrift fiir Elektrochemie, Miiieralogische und Petrographische 
Mittheiliingen, etc. The library is open to students under such re- 
stiictions as aie necessary to prevent damage or loss of booKs. 

The rooms for allied purposes have, as far as possible, been 
grouped together on the same floor, and there is a hydraulic lift 
running from the basement to the attic. The offices and principal 
laboratories and supply rooms are also connected by a system of 
telephones, The building is practically fire-proof. 

Botanical Laboratories. 

The Botanical Laboratories occupy the upper floor of the central 
Arts building. 

The laboratory for general Morphology provides table accommo- 
dation for twenty students, and is equipped with all the necessary 
appliances for the practical study of plants, either fresh or dry. 

In connection with this laboratory, a large collection of dried 
plants is maintained, from which material is drawn for practical 
work. 




Mathematical Laboratory. 




Petrographical Laboratory. 



120 

The laboratories for special Morphology at present afford accom- 
modation for twelve students. Each table is provided with a com- 
plete outfit of instruments and reagents. Provision is also made 
for accurate micrometrie work, and for the production of accurate 
drawings by means of the camera luclda and Leitz's drawing instru- 
ment. More special instruments, including polariscope, spectroscope 
and photographing apparatus, afford opiwrtunity for detailed studies 
in these several directions. 

An investigator's table held by the University at the Biological 
Laboratory, Wood's Hall, Massachusetts, is available for such stu- 
dents as may sucessfully complete the advanced course of the Third 
and Fourth Years. 

Zoofogical Laboratories. 

The Zoological Department occupies the whole of th« uppermo&t 
floor of the east wing of McGill College and the larger portion of 
the floor immediately below. 

It consists of: — 

(a). A large laboratory affording accommodation for a class of 
90 students. 

(h). A smaller laboratory capable of seating about 18 students. 

(f) Three smaller laboratories fitted up for pui poses of research. 

(<1). A room fitted up for the University Osteologist. 

Dissecting trays, simple and compound microscopes, reasonable 
quantities of the ordinary reagents and of glass are provided by 
the department, but students must provide themselves with dissect- 
ing instruments, and with razors. 

The Department is provided with four large tanks and a number 
of smaller ones in order to maintain a supply of fresh specimens 
throughout the w'inter. 

The subjects for practical work, are, so far as possible, selected 
from species inhabiting the vicinity of Montreal. 

The laboratories are well provided with thermostats, microtomes, 
and other instruments required for advanced research. There is also 
a small library attached to the department. 

A complete set of apparatus for microphotographic work has 
recently been added to the equipment of the laboratory. 

Petrographical Laborator . 

The Petrographical Laboratory, containing the chief rock collec- 
tions of the X'nivei'sity, is situated in the Macdonald CheTTiistry and 
Mining Building, and is arranged for the use of Honour and Graduate 
students. It is provided with a number of petrographical microscopes 
by Seibert and Crouch, as well as with models, sets of thin sections, 
electro-magnets, heavy solutions, etc., for petrographical work. 

For purposes of study and comparison, in connection with ad- 
vanced work and petrographical investigation, Dr. Adams' extensive 
private collection of rocks and thin sections is available. 



130 



TIME TABLES-FACULTY OF ARTS. 
LECTURES. 

First Year — Men. 





Hours. 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


"Wrdnbsday. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


Saturday. 




9 


Latin. 


Math. 


Math. 


French. 


Latin. 






10 


French. 


Greek. 


Latin. 


Greek. 


Greek. 






11 


Math. 


French. 


English. 


German. 


History. 




12 


English. 


German. 


German. 


English. 


Physics. 






2 
3 


Greek. 


Eng. Comr. 


French. 


Latin. 


Math. 






Physics. 








German. 






4 
















5 















First Year — Women. 





Hours. 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


V/ednesday. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 
Greek. 


Saturday. 




9 


Greek. 


Physics. 


Greek. 


Greek. 






10 


English. 


History. 


French. 


French. 


Matli. 






11 


German. 


Math. 


Latin. 


English. 


French. 






12 


Latin. 


Latin. 


Math. 


German. 


Latin. 






2 


Math. 


French. 


German. 


Physics. 


English. 






3 






Kng. Comp. 




German. 






4 
















•6 















131 



Second Year — Men. 





Hours. 


Monday 


TUESDAT 


Wednesday 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


Saturday 




9 


German. 
Hebrew. 


Logic. 


Sir:: ! ^--^• 


French. 


Chem. Lab. 




10 


Latin 


Latin. 


^--'^- i irbTewV 


Hebrew. 
German. 


Chem. Lab. 


- 


Math. 


Chemistry. 


English 


Latin. 


Math. 


Biol. Lab. (fc) 
(Botany). 




12 


English. 


Greek. 


Chemistry. English. 


Chemistry. 


Biol. Lab. (b) 
(Botany). 


2 


Greek. 


Biology. 


French. 


Math. 


Biology. 




3 


Chem. Lab. 


Biol. Lab. 

(Zoology). 


Latin. 


Logic. 


Biol. Lab. 
(Zoology). 




4 


rii „ T „v. ' Biol. Lab. 

Chem. Lab. ;,,,■, 

! (Zoology). 


Biol. Lab. (6) 
(Botany). 


Greek. 


Biol. Lab. 
(Zoology). 




5 


Chem. Lab. ( French. 

j 


Biol. Lab. (6) 
. Botany). 




Logic. 





Second Year — Wojvien. 





Hours. 


aiONDAY. 


Tuesday. 


Wednesday. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


Saturday. 




9 


Greek. 


Latin. 


French. 


Latin. 


Math. 


Chem. Lab. 




10 


English. 


Math. 


Math. 


French . 


Latin. 


Chem. Lai.. 




11 


Logic 


Chemistry. 


German. 


English. 


German. 






12 


German. 


Greek. 


Chemistry. 


Logic. 


Chemistry. 






2 


Biol. Lab. 


French. 


Latin. 


Biol. Lab. 


:■'. I 






3 


Biol. Lab. 


Chem. Lab. 


Biology. 


Biol. Lab.- 


Fren ch 






4 


Biology. 


Chem. L.ab. 


Logic. 


Greek. 


Greek. 






5 




German. 











(6) Buring Second Term. 



132 



Primary Courses (Third and Fourth Years). 







MauBAi. 


'JJUSSHA^-ST-. 


Wbdnksdax. 


Thubsbay. 


Pbiba-t . 


Sattjkdat. 




9 


Geology.. 

Sanskrit. 

Hist, of Phil OS. 

Mechanics. 

German. 


Chem. 
History. 
Gieek. 


Geology. 

Sanskrit. 
Astr (rt) Opt. (h) 
Hist, of Philos 

German. 


Latin. 
Hebrew. 


.Zoology. 


Chem. Lab. 
Geol. Lab. 




10 


Botany. 

EngH'sh. 
Mathematics 
Physics {B). 


Kng. Coinp. 
III. 


Latin. 
Hebrew. 


Botany. 

English. 

Math. 

Physics {B) 


Geology. 

Sanskrit. 
Hist, of Phil. 
Ast.(») npt.(6) 

German. 


Chem. Lab. 
Geol. Lab. 




11 


Chemistry. 
History. 
Greek. 


Latin. 
Hebrew. 


History. 
Greek. 


Chemistry. 
History. 

Greek. 


Latin. 
Hebrew. 


Chem. Lab. 
Geol. Lab. 


12 


Moral PhiloSi 

French. 

Economics. 


Physics (A) 
Moral Philos. Eng. Comp. 
Frencli. IV. 
Economics. 


Physics (A) Kto-ai phUoa 

Mor.1 Philos. ^'°'^IJ^^°' 

i reach. , ^^^^^^.i^^^^ 

Economics. | -^ * • 


Geol. Lab. 


2 


Zool. Lab. 
Comp. Phil. 
Chem. liab. 
Polit. Science 
Physics Lab . 


Peda./ogy. 

Hist, of Hhil.: 

Sanskrit. 

Mechanics. 

German. 


Zoology. 
PoliT. Science. 


ZooL Laib. 
Phvsics Lab. 
Culnp. Phil. 
PoL Science. 


Pedagogy 
Bot. Lab. 

polit. Scienc.!. 




3 


Zool. Lab. 
Chem. Lab. 
Physics Lab. 


EJiCTliah. 

Bot. Lab. 

Mathematics 


Chen. Lab. 


Zool. Lab. 
Pliyaics Lab. 


Bot. Lab. 

English. 

Mathematics 




I ^ 


Art & Arch. 
Logic & Met. 
Bomau Law, 
Chem. Lab. 


Bot. Lab. 

Logic & Met 
Koman Law. 


Eoraaai Law . 

Bot. Lab. 
CTiem. Lab. 


Act & Arch. Logi-G & Met 
Logic & Meta. Rom Law (?;) 
Koman Law. Cons. Law (a 




5 


Pub. Finance 
Const. L. & H 


Const. L. <t H 


Bot. Lab. 
Chem. Lab. 


Public Finance. iConst. L. & 11 
Const. L. <fe H. 

1 





(A) Heat, Lig&t ami Soand. 

(B) Magnetism and Electricity. 

(a) During First Term. C6) During Second Term. 

N.B.— The term Primary Course denotes the first course taken in the subject subseqiuent to the 
Intermediate Examination, whether in the Third or Fourth Year. 



133 



K 







_ 




























, "5 


•S a 


.a 
5 


nil 


o 




■S 






1 

o 

W 


a 


o 
rt 




o 
o 
P3 


■» a S 
° S >> ■ 

o "S ^ -i^ 


o g 




C C3 t- ~ 




















l^.a'-t 
fc< a ^ ^" 

•43 e3 






o - o ^ 


s 




fcfl 

1 






"3 

5 . 








u 

o 


.5-? 
2-- 


O — 


1 1 

O r^ 

o - c 


o ■ 




a a o 


- a 
•a c3 

? S' 
" 5 


2 ;:&• . 

O ■S'a c 
i: S£ 2 




'5 5 


>> 

— "So 
S 2 ti 


o , , 

Ori, 


n 

|Ha 


t»P 


'l5 


i !? 

J M 






.2 -^ ■— 
a=cS 


"5; 3 

25 




Co 
o 




|2s 


u ■- 








^' - 






oT c3 














,* 1 


—1 » 




s % 






f-rtW 
















'2 s 5 


2" ^ 


o 
o 
P3 


S '-5 ■« • 

-ji S 3 ? 

;= rt ^ cs 

.9 ." S S 


a 


C 


III 

- I^'r 
m S 6 


to 

o 
o 




a 
u 


C 

a 

o 


1 

c3 


>> 


OS 

o 

o 

« 


.9 s .2 5 

^^^'-^ 

*-« s f^ 
^■2| 




3 


'■S M 


s 


1 


?3 s 










g 


o 


5 






























1§ 


1^ 


a SI) 


2 >i 

Si 


a >= o 
J=8a 






a 


5 


S . 1^ _ a 


-3 a 
II 


•1-2 
BtS 




5 = m 

o a:? 
a t- 


|5 


•^ 5 
1^ 


t, o 

— S^ 

III 






^ 


S 
c 


S 2 l-T! = 
t, f=; a ti 

■-'1 "^ 




C5 






c a 






P 
















, 


i—i 




2.2 






;m 
















,JL, 2 




5 
o 
o 


•- 1 >> 


.2 




III 






^ 


a 
ce 

a 


m 




o 
o 


2 £-0 . 


O m 

Is 


s 
^ 


lis 


a ■ 


i 


sir 5 
a 






^ 


>> 

5 






5|g| 
3.2 










a 
















■" 






o 




o 




o 






o 




o 











cc 








GQ 






ta 












o 




OS 










o> 












G 












O) 






« 




C) 
































































CI 




= 




rH 






•* 




1= 




C3 






■ 
















■^ 




"^ 




■^. 






>!. 




























>i 




e4 


c3 




























r^ 




H 


-O 




s^ 






















m 




Q 


ts 




C3 

-a 




>> 






>. 




k. 

* 




'5 
















3 

E& 








a 
o 




f 






^ 





131 



Christmas Examinations, 1903.* 



Morning examinations commence at 9; afternoon examina- 
tions at 2.30. 



Day and Date. 


First Year. 


Second Year. 


Third and Fourth Years. 


Monday, Dec, 14tli A.M. 


Latin. 


Latin . 


Mechanics ; Astronomy. 


P.M. 




Mathematics. 


German. 


Tuesday, Dec. 15th A.M. 


Greek. 


Greek. 


Greek ; Political Economy. 


" P.M. 




Chemistry. 


Geology. 


Wednesday, Dec. 16tb. A.M. 


Physics. 


Psychology. 


Moral Philosophy. 


P.M. 


French. 


French. 


Latin. 


Thursday, Dec. 17th . . A.M. 


Mathematics. 


English. 


Botany ; Political Science. 


P.M. 


German. 


German. 


French. 






Hebrew. 


History of Philosophy. 


Friday, Deo. 18th A.M. 


English. 


Physics. 


Logic. 


•' P.M. 




Biology. 


Zoology. 



* The Christmas Examinations are obligatory on all undergraduates, and on partiala 
desiring to be undergraduates, and the standing gained therein will be taken into account 
by the Faculty at the close of the session. The results will be made known after the 

Christmas vacation. . ,, . , ^ ..u 'ri,:.j .^^a 

The above time table is subject to modification, especially in regard to the Ihird ana 

Fourth Years. 



135 



Sessional Examinations, 1904. 

Morning examinations commence at 9 ; afternoon examina- 
tions at 2.30. 



Day aud Date. 


First Yeab. 


Second Yeai:. 


Third and Fourth Years. 


Thiir,day. April 7th ..A.M. 


Latin. 


Latin. 




'• P.M. 


Latin. 


Latin. 




Friday, April StU A.M. 


English. 


English. 




'• P.M. 


Englisli. 


English. 




Monday. April llth... A.M. 
" P.M. 


German 
German. 


German. 
German. 


Order of subjects to be de- 
determined in the course of 
the session. 


Tuesday. April 12tli A.M . 


iJeom. & Arith. 


Mathematics. 




'• P.M. 


Trig. & Alg. 


Mathematics. 




Wednesday. April K^th.A.M. 




Cliemistry. 




P.M. 




Chemistry. 




Th'irsday. April 14th. A.M. 


Greek. 


Greek. 




P.M. 


Greek. 


Greek. 




Friday, April loth. .. AM. 


French. 


Frencli . 




" P.M. 


French. 


French. 




Monday, April 18th A.M. 


Physics. 


Logic. 




P.M. 




Hebrew. 




Tuesday, April 19th A.M. 




Botany, Zoology 




■' P.M. 




Biology. 





^orjal ^Tictoria Ol^ollege. 



The institution of tlie lioyal Victoria College, in Septem- 
ber, 1899, was a direct continuation of the Avorlc begam in 1883, 
dnring the Principalship of the bite Sir William Dawson, when 
Lord Strathcona and Mount Eoyal ])laced a sum at the dis- 
posal of the Universit}^ of jMcGill, for the Endowment of a 
College and classes for women. For many years previously it 
had been hoped l;)y those interested in the education of women 
in Montreal that the University would extend its benefits to 
women, but the means necessary for carrying out such an aim 
had not been available. The classes were organized in lS>!t 
as a Special Course in the Faculty of Arts, held at McGill Col- 
lege, separate in the main from those for men. but under iden- 
tical conditions. In some of the work of the Third and Fourth 
Years, and in the Honour and Additional Courses, the classes 
were held jointly. 

The ultimate aim of Lord Slraihcona had been the founda- 
tion of a place of residence, and, viih this object, he announced 
his intention of building and endowing the Royal Victoria 
College. By the opening of this Institution the opportunity 
of residence and college life i^ given to women-students of 
McGill University, Avorking in accordance with the system pre- 
viously organized in the Special Course in Arts, but under 
greatly improved conditions. A share in the advantages of 
college life is offered also to the non-resident Avomen-studcnts 
of the University, Avho are henceforth also students of the 
Royal Victoria College. Additional elements have been added 
in the organization of a Musical Department, and in the in- 
stitution of Resident Women Tutors. These additions are in 
accordance Avith the general aim of the College; viz., the higher 
education of Avomen, and mainly to qualify them to take de- 
grees in Arts (including Pure Science), and to provide them 
Avith instruction in those liranclies of a lil)eral education neces- 
sary thereto and in such other subjects as may from time to 
time be determined. 



137 

The College being a residential College for the Women- 
Siudents of McGill University, its students, whether Under- 
graduates, Conditioned Students, or Partial, follow the courses 
in Arts and Pure Science offered by the University, (see pp. 
76-125). ■ 

Lectures are given by the Professors aud Lecturers 
of the University, either in the College or in the University 
buildings, and students attend the University Laboratories for 
practical instruction. In addition to the instruction given in 
lectures and laboratory practice, the students of the Royal 
Victoria College are assisted in their studies by the Resident 
Tutors. 

The ColJege Building. 

The College is situated on Sherbrooke Street, at the head 
of Union Avenue, in close proximity to the University build- 
ings and to the slopes of Mount Royal. The building is fire- 
proof, and much thought and artistic care have been given to 
the furnishing and, decoration. 

On the ground floor are the offices of the Administration, 
including the rooms of the Warden and Secretary, the Pro- 
fessors' common room, lecture rooms (English, French, Ger- 
man, Mathematics), students' common room and a spacious 
diniug hall. On the first floor are other lecture rooms (Latin, 
Greek, Logic, and Philosophy), the library, reading-room, and 
a handsonae assembly hall. On the second and third floors are 
the rooms of the resident students. These are of varying size 
and plan. Each student has a separate bedroom, and, as a" 
rule, one sitting-room is shared by the occupants of the two 
or three bedrooms immediately adjoining. The entire use of 
a sitting-room can be obtained, and there are some rooms which 
may be used as study-bedi'ooms. The rooms are completely 
furnished, and no article of furniture need be brought by the 
students. Ko part need be taken by the students in the care of 
their rooms. 

In addition to the lawn at the back of the College, the 
students are entitled to use, subject to ragulations, the grounds 
of McGill University, Avith its tennis-courts, skating-rink, etc. 

A nucleus of the College Library has been formed in a set 
of books, comprising the stated books arid others referred to 
in connection with the University curricula, the modem 
language course being especially well represented. There are 



188 

also works of general literature. The Library is a reading- 
room, and the books are not taken away. The students have 
access also to the University Lending Library. 

Students of Music have the use of a large practising-room, 
and, at certain hours, of the piano in the common room, as 
also of the Gymnasium piano. 

The Gymnasium, fully equipped in accordance with the re- 
quirements of the Swedish system, is in the basement. In con- 
nection with the Gymnasium there are bath-rooms and dressing- 
rooms. 

The health of the students is under the charge of a competent 
physician practising in Montreal, who may be consulted free of 
charge. 

Students of the Eoyal Victoria College, as students of McGill 
University, are entitled to the use of the University Library, 
containing about 96,500 volumes, and the Peter Eedpath 
Museum containing large collections in Mineralog}^ Palaeon- 
tology, Zoology, Botany, Archaeology, and Ethnology, and to 
work in the Physical, Chemical, Zoological, Botanical and other 
laboratories and the Botanic Gardens of the University. (For 
particulars of laboratories, etc., see pp. 125, et seqq). 

Board and Residence. 

Eesidence in the College buildings is open to Undergraduates, 
Conditioned Students, or Partial Students, but the last are not 
received in residence unless they take courses of study ap- 
proved by the Faculty of the College. The expense of board 
and residence ranges from $290 to $440, in addition to the ses- 
sional fees for tuition (see p. 29), according to the room or 
rooms occupied by the students; for a majority of the rooms 
the expense of board and residence is $390. These charges 
cover the University Session, 9th September — 30th April, and 
the summer classes, 30th April — 26th June. A deduction of 
$50 is made in the case of students who go out of residence at 
the end of the University Session. 

Applications for admission or further particulars should be 
addressed to the Warden, Eoyal Victoria College, Montreal. 

Physical Training. 

The Gymnasium is in the charge of Miss Holmstrom., graduate 
of the Posse Gymnasium, Boston, and of the Harvard Summer 
School, who teaches on Swedish principles. Special attention 



139 

is devoted to the application of exercise in cases of physical 
\veals:ness, Miss Holmstroni having had considerable experience 
in the medical branch of her work. All students undergo a 
physical examination on entering upon the gymnastic course, 
under the superintendence of Dr. R. Tait Mackenzie, B.A., 
M.D., Assistant Lecturer in Anatomy at the University. Teams 
of Basket-Bail are formed, and, when weather permits, this and 
other exercises are practised on the lawn, at the back of the 
College building. This ground is also provided with lawn- 
tennis courts. 

Exhibitions and Scholarships. 

For a statement of the Exhibitions and Scholarships open 
to AYomen Students of the University, see pp. 47, 53 and 55. 

In addition to these, and further to encourage residence 
within the College walls of students who might otherwise ar- 
range to board in the city, the Warden and Faculty are em- 
powered to make nominations in any of the four College years 
to not more than three additional Exhibitions of the value of 
$100 each. 

Music. 

Apart from the University Courses, instruction in Music is 
offered at the College, for which a separate fee is charged. The 
instruction includes the Pianoforte in all its branches (solo, 
ensemble playing, concertos, duos for two pianofortes); Sing- 
ing (voice production, vocalization, sight-singing, ear-tests, solo 
and part singing); and Lectures on Theoiy (elements of music, 
harmony, counterpoint, and history of music). Attendance at 
certain of these Courses is expected of all students of music. 



140 



ROYAL VICTORIA COLLEGE. 

First Year. 



9 
10 



11 
12 



Monday. 



Greek. 



Knslish. 



German. 



TuESDAT. I Wednesday. 



Thitrsday. FaiDAY. Saturday. 



Physics. I Gi-eek. 



Greek. 



History. } Frencl 



Englisli. Frencli. 



Latin. 



Matli. 



German. 



yrencli. 



German. 



Jing. Coinp. 



PUysirS. 



Englisli. 



German. 



Secomd Year. 





HOLTJS. 


MOKDAY. 


TCESDAV. 


Wedxebdat. 


THrKEDAY. 


Fkidat, 


Saturday. 




9 


Gre«k. 


Latin. 


French. 


Latin. 


Math. 


Chem, Lab. 




To^ 

11 


English. 


M-ath. 


Math. 


French. 


Latin. 


Chem. Lab. 




Logic. 


Chemistry. 


German. 


English. 


German. 






12 


German. 


Greek. 


Chemistry. 


Logic. 


Chemistry. 






2 


Biol. Lab. 


French. 


Latin. 


Biol. Lab. 


English. 






3 


Biol. Lab. 


Chem. Lab. 


Biology. 


Biol. Lab. 


French. 






4 


Biology. 


Chem. Lab. 


Logic 


Greek. 


Greek 






5 




German. 











{h) During second term. 



^acultij of gi:|jpflxctl ^cieitjce. 



Field Work ix Sueyeyixg will begix ox Moxday, 
August 24th. Leptukes will begin on Tuesday, Septeic- 

BER 22XD. 



I I. General Statement. 

The instruction in this Faculty is designed to atl'ord a 
complete preliminary training, of a practical as well as theo- 
retical nature, in the following: — 

I. — Akchitectcre. 

II. — Chemistry. 
III. — Civil Engixeerixg and Surveyxxg. 
IV. — E1.ECTRICAL Engineering. 

V. — Mechanical Engineering. 
VI.— Metallurgy. 
VII. — Mining Engineering. 

The degrees conferred by the University upon such under- 
graduates of the Faculty as fulfil the conditions and pass the 
examinations hereinafter stated are, in the ^ first instance, 
'•Bachelor of Science" (B.Sc), mention being made in the 
diploma of the particular Course of study pursued, and, sub- 
seqttently, the degrees of "Master of Science" (M.Sc), and 
"Doctor of Science" (D.Sc). 

The curriculum, as laid down in the following pages^ may 
be changed from time to time as may be deemed iidvi^al^le 
by the Faculty, and it is now under conte^uplation to make 
important modifications in the sev-eral courses. Should the 
proposed changes be carried otit, the work of the first two 
years will be the same for tJie civH, electrical, mechiinical and 
mining; courses. 



HI 

§ II. Matriculation and Admission. 

For subjects of matriculation, conditions and fees, sec pp. 
10-20. 



'i III. Examinations and Degrees. 

I. For the Degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc). 

Sessional examinations are held in all the subjects. In addi- 
tion, there are Christmas examinations in certain of the subjects, 
and class examinations are held from time to time. 

II. Higher Degrees. 

For regulations relating to the degrees of " Master of Sci- 
ence " (M.Sc), and "Doctor of Science" (D.Sc), see 
pp. 2i and 25. 

III. Special Provisions fjr Obtaining the two Degre2S of " Bachelor 

of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) 

in Six Years. 

For particulars, see p. 68. 

^ IV. Graduate Courses. 

Students who take the Bachelor's degree in one of the courses 
provided by the Faculty of Applied Science may graduate in 
any of the remaining courses by attending one or more subse- 
quent sessions. 

Graduates may also take an advanced course in the branch in 
which they have received their degree. On passing an examin- 
ation at the end of such advanced course, the Master's degree 
will be conferred without further examination, on presentation 
at the end of one additional year, of a satisfactory thesis on 
approved work. 

Students are strongly recommended to take a graduate course, 
and special arrangements will be made for advanced and re- 
search work in the following: — 

Architecture. — Advanced study in design. Students may 
also take any of the options of the course (see p. 160), and 
the course on Art History (see p. 101). 



143 

The elasticity and strength of materials. (See § XT, 3, an J 
§ XII, 13. 

Mining and Metallurgy. — Advanced study in metallurgy and 
mining can be carried on with great advantage in the labora- 
tories. (See § XI, 11, 14, and § XII, 9 and'lO.)' 

The efficiency of pumps and hydraulic motors. (See § XI, 3, 
and § XII, 7.) 

Ore dressing, coal washing, and gold and silver milling. 
The lal;)oratories of the Mining department have been equip] )ed 
and arranged with especial reference to advanced and research 
work in the theory and practice of concentration. (See p. 199.) 

The efficiency of power transmission by air, water, gas, and 
steam. (See § XI, 3, 5, 10.) 

The efficiency of steam, gas and hot-air engines and of air 
compressor.?. (See § XI, 10 and 17.) 

The efficiency of machines and machine tools, and the power 
absorbed by the several processes of mechanical work. (See 
§ XI, 10.)' 

The efficiency of dynamometers, belting and shafting, includ- 
ing investigations into the relative merits of the several un- 
guents. (See § XII, 8.) 

The efficiency of the several types of boilers, including in- 
vestigatio]is on the heat-producing power of fuels. (See § XI, 
17.) 

The flow of water through orifices and pipes, and over weirs. 
(See § XI, 3, and § XII, 7.) 

Geodesy and practical astronomy. (See § XII, 6.) 

Physics. — The Macdonald Physics Building has been equipped 
and arranged with special reference to graduate courses and 
original research work in various branches of pure Physics. 
pA-ery facility will be afforded in the workshops for the con- 
struction of special apparatus required for such investigations. 
(See § XII, 12.) 

Mathematics. — Students taking graduate courses will receive 
guidance in any advanced mathematics required in connection 
with their Avork. 

Chemistry and Mineralogy. (See § XI, 3, 8 and 13, and 
§XII, 4.) 

The determination and comparison of the errors and the co- 
efficients of standards of length. (See § XI, 4, and § XII, 6.) 

The determination of gravity. (See § XII, G.). 



144 

^ V. Attendance and Conduct. 

See page 35. 



? V!. Library. 

Stndents in this Faculty are entitled to use the Univer.sity 
Library under the regulations cited on p. 296. Stndents also 
have access to the- various departmental libraries under the 
special regnlations by which each is governed. 

?Vn. Fees and Registration, 

See pp. 27 and 30. 



^Vlif. Medals, Exhibitions, Prizes and Honours. 

1. The British Association Medals and Exhibition, found- 
ed by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 
in commemoration of the meeting held in Montreal in the 
year 1884. 

A British Asociation medal and prize in books are open for 
competition to students of the graduating class in each of the 
seven courses, and, if the examiners so recommend, will be 
awarded to the student taking the highest position in the final 
examinations. 

2. The Governor General's silver medal (the gift of His Ex- 
cellency The Eight Honourable the Earl of Minto). 

This medal will he awarded for graduate research work. 

3. Summer Work. (See § IX, 1.) The following prizes 
are offered for the best summer theses : — 

To the stvidents of the Civil Engineering Course, a prize 
of $25 presented by E. B. Greenshields, Esq., B.A. 

To the students of the Electrical Engineering Course, a 
prize of $25 from the British Association fund. 

To the students of the Mechanical Engineering Course, a 
prize of $25 presented by the Crosljy Steam Gauge & Valve 
Co. 

To the students of the Mining Engineering Course, a prize 
of $25 presented by Geo. E. Drummond, Esq. 



145 

Four prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered for com- 
petition to student members of the Canadian Society of Civil 
Engineers, for the best papers on subjects in any department 
of en^neering. The summer theses prepared by students of 
this Uuiversity are available for this competition. 

4. A gold medal and two prizes of $35 and $15, offered by 
the Canadian Miuing Institute, will l)e open for competition 
to students from McGill University, Toronto University and 
Queen's University, and will be awarded to the students pre- 
senting the best papers on some subject connected with min- 
ing, ore dresing, metallurgy, or economic geolog}'. Prefer- 
ence will be given to those theses which shoAV decided origin- 
ality. 

5. The following Exhibitions and Prize=^ will be open for 
competition at the beginning of the session: — {Students are re- 
quired to notify the Dean of their intention to compete, at least 
one week before the commencement of the Examination.) 

(A) A British Association Exhibition of $50.00 and prize 
of $25,00, to students entering the fourth year, the subjects 
of examination beiug the Mathematics and Theory of Struc- 
tures of the ordinary course. 

(B) Three prizes of $25.00, $15.00 and $10.00, to students 
entering the third year, the subject of examination being the 
Matlieinatics of the second year. 

(C) A Scott Exhibition of $50.00, founded by the Caledon- 
ian 'Society of Montreal, in commemoration of the Centenary 
of Sir Walter Scott, and two prizes of $25.00 and $15.00, to 
students entering the second year, the subjects of examination 
being: — 

(a) English Literature (Summer Vacation Work); (b) (Mathematk-s 
of the first year ; (c) Descriptive Geometry of the first year. 

(D) Two prizes, each of $10.00, presented by J. J\L McCar- 
thy, Esq.. B.A.Sc, to students entering the third year, for 
proficiency in Levelling or Transit Work. 

6. The sum of $150, presented by W. A. Carlyle, Esq., 
Ma.E., may be awarded in prizes to students of the Mning 
Course talcing the highest positions in the degree examina- 
tions of 1901. 

7. A prize of $50.00, presented by James Tighe, B.A.Sc, 
for research work in Hydraulics. 



146 

8. All exliibilioii offered to graduates by A. E. Childs, M.Sc, 
for a sjiecial research on ''The flow of gas through pipes under 
pressure." 

9. It is proposed to offer in September, 1904, a Kesearch 
Scholarship in Chemistry, on the endowment of the late Dr. 
T. Sterry Hunt, to graduate students in this Faculty or the 
Faculty of Arts. 

10. The Canadian General .Electric Company, through Mr. 
F. JSTichoUs, of Toronto, has decided to present annually to the 
Faculty foiir scholarships, each in the form of a three months' 
course at the Company's works at Peterboro or Montreal, with 
the addition of the sum of $100.00. 

11. The Allis-Chalmers Company of Chicago has decided to 
present annually to the Faculty a scholarship in the form of 
a .three or four months' course at the Company's works at 
Chicago, with the addition of a sum of $150.00. 

12. Two scholarships, of the value of $75, are offered by Mr. 
Andrew T. Taylor, F.E.I.B.A., for students entering the second 
year of the course; the first of these will be awarded in Sep- 
tember, 1903; the second in Septembe'r, 1904. The scholar- 
ships are restricted to students taking the full curriculum and 
proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. in Architecture. Candidates 
must have passed in all subjects of the first year (or have 
passed equivalent examinations, accepted by the Faculty, else- 
where). 

13. The Province of Quebec Association of Architects pro- 
pose to offer a scholarship covering the fees of a full course in 
Architecture, to be open for competition to students from the 
Province of Quebec. Particulars may be obtained from the 
Assistant Secretary of the Association, 112 Mansfield Street, 
Montreal. 

14. Prizes or Certificates of Merit are given to such stu- 
dents as take the highest place in the sessional and degree 
examinations. 

15. Honours. — On graduation, Honours will be awarded for 
advanced work in professional subjects. 

16. Science Scholarships granted by the Eoyal Commission 
foB the Exhibition of 1851.— The Scliolarships of £150 ster- 
ling a year are tenable for two or, in rare instances, three 
years. They are limited, according to the Eeport of the Com- 
mission, "to those branches of Science such as Physics, Me- 



147 

ehanics and Chemistry, the extension of which is specially im- 
})ortant for our national industries." Their object is not to 
facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but "to enable students 
to continue the prosecution of Science with the view of aiding 
in its advance or in its application to the industries of the 
country." 

It is open to students of not less than three years' standing 
in the Faculties of Arts or Applied Science, and is tenable at 
any university or at any other institution approved by the Com- 
mission. 

A nomination to one of these scholarships for the year 1903 
was placed by the Commission at the disposal of McGill Uni- 
versity, and another may be granted in 1905. 

This Exhibition has been awarded as follows: — 

Evans, P.N., 1891; Macphail, J. A., 1893; Kin?, R. O. 1895; Gill, 
J. L. W., 1897: McLean, W. B., 1899; McClung, R. K., 1901 ; Cooke, H. 
Lester, 1903. 

17. Workshop Prizes. — A prize of $20.00, presented by C. J. 
Fleet, Esq., B.A., B.C.L., for bench and lathe work in the 
woodworking department, open to students of not more than 
two terms' standing in workshop practice. 

§ IX. Special Provisions. 

1. Summer Work. — During the summer vacation following 
the close of each year, all students entering the third and fourth 
years are required to prepare a thesis on a subject specified 
by the Faculty. Any student may substitute for the specified 
subject a report on some practical work in course of construc- 
tion. The marks given for these theses will be added to the 
results of the sessional examinations. The theses must be 
handed in to the Dean on or before October 1st. 

2. All students in the Civil and Mining Engineering Courses, 
entering the second and third years, students in the Civil En- 
gineering Course entering the fourth year, and students in the 
Architectural Course entering the third and fourth years, are 
required to be in attendance at the Surveying School on the 
24th August, when the Eield-work in Surveying and Geodesy 
will commence. (See § XI, 16.) 

3. All students in the Mining and Metallurgical Courses are 
required to attend the Summer School in Mining, held between 



148 

the third and fourth years (four to six weeks of field-work). 
The school is held in May ami. June. (See § XI, 14.) 

4. Partial Students may be admitted to the professional 
classes upon payment of special fees. (See p. 30.) 

5. Students in Applied Science may, by permission of the 
Faculty, take the Honour Courses in the Faculty of Arts. 

6. Undergraduates in Arts of the second and third years, or 
graduates of any university, entering the Faculty of Applied 
Science, may, at the discretion of the professors, be exempted 
from such lectures in that Faculty as they have previously at- 
tended as students in Arts. 

7. Students wlio have failed in an examination may regain 
their standing by passing a supplemental examination at a time 
appointed by the Faculty. Unless such supplemental examin- 
ation is passed, students will not be allowed to proceed to any 
subsequent examination in the subject. A second supplemental 
examination will not be granted unless under exceptional cir- 
cumstances, to be investigated in each case by the Faculty. 

8. Students may be required to answer satisfactorily a weekly 
paper on such subjects of the course as the Facvlty may deter- 
mine. 

9. Credit will be given in the sessional standing for class 
examinations held during the session, and for the Christmas 
examinations. 

10. Students who fail to obtain their session, and who in 
consequence repeat a year, will not be exempted from examin- 
ation in any of those subjects in which they may have previously 
passed, except by the express permission of the Faculty. Appli- 
cation for such exemption must be inade at the commencement 
of the session. 

11. Partial Students arc not eligible for prizes. 

12. Certificates may be given to students who have passed 
through any of the special courses attached to the curriculum. 

13. The headquarters o£ the CaiiiLa'diaiii Society of Civil En- 
gineers are located in Montreal. Students in all departments 
of engineering are strongly recommended to become student 
members of the Society, which they can do on payment of a 
fee of $2.00. They ai'e then entitled to the two volumes of 
" Transactions," which are annually published, and to the use 



149 

of the Society's roon:s on Dorcliest<?r Street. They also have 
opportunities of meeting the prominent engineers of the conn- 
try and of being present at the fortnightly sessions, at which 
papers are read by leading members of the Society on current 
engineering subjects and works of construction. 

During the winter there will 1)0 a special series of students' 
meetings, at which papers, illustrated by lantern slides, will be 
read by well-known engineers. Students may also compete 
for the prizes which are offered by the Society, (see p. 145). 

14. The headquarters of the Canadian Mining Institute are 
in Montreal. Students in ]\Iining and Metallurgy are strongly 
recommended to become members of the McGill Mining Society, 
which, although a student body (see p. 184), is affiliated with 
the Institute. ]\Iembers of this Society receive the Transactions 
of the Institute withont extra expense, and are entitled to at- 
tend all meetings and to compete for the prizes offered (see 
p. 145). 

X. Courses of Instruction. 

I. Architecture. 

The Architectural Course begins in the second year, for 
which the first year is preparatory, especially in the departments 
of Mathematics and Drawing (Freehand, Lettering, and Pro- 
jections). 

The work of the second year is of a general character, and is 
planned to combiuv; to some extent the work of the Architectural 
and of the Civil Engineering students. 

The third and fourth years are devoted to more specialized 
architectural study in various branches, and a fifth or graduate 
year has been organized for advanced study in design. For 
those students who desire to devote themselves more especially 
to the engineering side of architecture, the course is modified 
to include additional mathematics in the third year, and the 
advanced course of Theory of Structures in the fourth 3'ear. 
Such students devote proportionately less time to architectural 
drawing arid designing. 

In the second year the historical course embraces a survey 
of architectural history from ancient EgjTptian to modern times. 
■ The great eras of European civilization are sitccessively dealt 
with, and the evolution of styles is traced in their construc- 
tional and ornamental forms and methods. 



150 

111 the third and fourth years the lectures are arranged in 
continuation and extension of this general course. Renaissance 
and Modern iirchitecture are studied in the third year; while a 
course, covering both third and fourth years, coni])rises more 
detailed study of ecclesiastical, domestic, and ])ublic archi- 
tecture, and deals with the historic evolution of architectural 
styles and with the problems and requirements of modern work. 

Instruction in drawing is given during all four years — free- 
hand drawing (ornament and figure) from the cast and archi- 
tectural drawing occupying much of the students' time during 
three years of the course. Modelling in clay is included in 
the third and fourth years. 

Problems in architectural design form the basis of work in 
the architectural drawing class from the earliest available 
period, being at first more especially combined with the study 
of the Classical Orders. 

A course of lectures is included upon general Art History, 
so as to place the architectural student in touch, not only with 
the decorative details of the different architectural styles, but 
also with contemporary forms in other branches of art, espe- 
cially the decorative arts employed in building. 

For the scientific side of professional study the courses in 
Mathematics are very fully developed in the first and second 
years, being continued in the third year also by those who elect 
to take the advanced course in Theory of Structures. Descrip- 
tive Geometry is studied, as well as elementary Shades and 
Shadow^s, and Perspective. A course in Surveying, both prac- 
tical and theoretical, is also included; four weeks before the 
beginning of the session are devoted to Field Work in each of 
the two last years. A short course in Geology is given in the 
fourth year. 

Theory of Structures and Strength of Materials form one of 
the chief subjects of study in the third year, the course also 
comprising instruction in Graphical Statics, as well as supple- 
mentary work of a practical nature in the Testing Laboratories. 

A full course on Building Construction and Architectural 
Engineering has been organized for the third and fourth years, 
common to both architectural and engineering students. It 
includes also Sanitation, and Hygiene; Heating and Ventila- 
tion; Specifications and Professional Practice. 



151 

A special course of lectures has been arranged to be available 
for those who are engaged in office work during the day; it 
embraces the subject of Architectural Styles, their features, 
mouldings and ornament. This course is planned with a view- 
to preparation for the examinations for Associateship now held 
in colonial centres by the Royal Institute of British Architects ; 
it comprises a detailed study of the three great divisions of 
historical architecture, Classical, Mediaeval and Eenaissance, 
in accordance with the examination-programme of the Royal 
Institute. 

The course will be repeated in session 1903-1904, if sufficient 
students come forward. (See p. 162.) 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week 
devoted to each subject are as follows: — 

First Tear. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 4 Mathematics <p. 175\ 10 

English (p. 172), 2 Physics (p. 185), 2 

Freehand Drawing (p. 173), .3 Physical Laboratory. . .(p. 186), 4^ 

Lettering (p. 173), .3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7 



Second Teak. 
Hrs. 



Architecture(Elementsof) (p. 161), 1 

Architecture (History) (p. 160), 2 

Chemistry (p. 163), 3 

Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3 

Drawing and Design. .... .(p. 161), 7 

Freehand Drawing (p. 173», 4 



Hrs. 



Mathematics (p. 17o), 6 

Physics (p. 185), 2 

Chemical Lab (p. 163), 3 

Physical Lab (p. 186), 3 

Shopwork (p. 207), 3 



Third Tear. 
Hrs. Hrs 

Architecture (p. 160), 1 Mathematics (p. 175), 2 (opt.) 

Architecture (History) (p. 160), 2 Modelling (p. 161), 3 (b) 

Art History (p. 161), 1 Municipal Engineer- 
Descriptive Geometry.. (p. 169), 3 (a) ing (p. 168), 1 (opt.) 

Designing or Drawing. Structural Engineer- 

(p. 161), 10 ing (p. 162), 2 

Freehand Drawing Surveying (p. 188), 3 

(p. 173), 5 (a), 7 (b) Theory of Structures(p. 165), 3 

Graphical Statics (p. 16.5), 2(a) Testing Laboratory. (p. 166), 3 

Mapping (p. 188), 3 



153 

Fourth Tear. 

Uks. Hhs. 

Architecture (p. 161). 2 Municipal Engineering 

Art History (p. 1(51), 1 (p. 168), 1 (opt.) 

Designing (p. 1(51), 20 Structural Engineering 

Freehiiud Drawing and (p. 162), 2 

Water Colouring (p. 101)6 (a), 9 (b) Theory of Structures.. 

Geology (p. '73), 3 (a) (p. 165), 4 (opt.) 

Graphical Statics. . .(p. 165), 3 (opt.) Testing Laboratory 

Modelling (p. 161), 3 (b) (p. 16(5), 4 (opi.) 

II. Chemistry. 

The course in Chemistry is arranged to give the student in 
the first tAvo years a thorough knowledge of the fundamental 
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient J\Iathema- 
tics to euahle him to understand the theoretical parts of these 
subjects. 

In the two subsequent A^ears Chemistr}', analytical, organic, 
and physical, is taught both in its purely scientific aspects and 
in its relations to all kinds of commercial work. Special facil- 
ities are afforded for the prosecution of post-graduate research 
work in all the branches of Chemistry. 

The subjects of instruction and the numl^er of hours per week 
devoted to each subject are as follows : — ■ 

FiR.sT Year. 

Hr.s. Hrs. 

Descriptive Geometry, .(p. 16?^, 4 Mathematics (p. 175), 10 

English (p. 17i), 2 Physics (p. 18.5), 2 

Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Laboratory, .(p. 186), U 

Lettering (p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7 

Second Year. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 163), 3 Chemical Laboratory. . . (p. 163), 17 

Mathematics (p. 175), 6 Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 3 

Physics (p. 185), 2 

Third Year. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 164), 3 Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 

Determinative Minera]ogy(p. 181), 3 Ore-Dressing (p. 181), 1 

Geology (p- 1T3), 3 Chemical Laboratory. . .(p. 164), 18 

Metallurg}^ (p. 178), 1 

Fourth Year. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 164), 4 Chemical Laboratoi-y (p. 164), 29 

Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 (a) 



153 

III. Civil Engineering. 

The courses of stiuly in Civil I'liuiiiccring are designed to 
give to the student a sound theoretical and practical training 
in the sciences and principles which underlie the profession of 
a civil engineer. It is scarcely possible for any one person to 
become prolicient in all branches of civil engineering, so wide 
is its scope and so inclusive is its purpose. xVs generally de- 
lined it is the " art of economically directing the great sources 
of power in nature to the use and convenience of man," by 
the construction of roads, railways, bridges, aqueducts, via- 
ducts, canals, docks, harbours, breakwaters, light-houses, by the 
construction and adaptation of machinery, by the lighting and 
draining of cities and towns, and by the exploitation of mines. 
All these works are more or less governed by the same prin- 
ciples, and in these principles the student is carefully instructed, 
and by means of numerous problems occurring in every day 
practice, he is taught to a])ply his knowledge to the actual con- 
ditions of life. 

During the session arrangements are made for the delivery, 
by distinguished engineers, of special lectures or short courses 
of lectures on actual works of construction. 

Provision is made, by means of advanced classes, for graduates 
and special students to continue their studies and to engage in 
researches with a vicAv to the solving of some of the nimiberless 
problems which confront the engineer in every direction. 
Much valuable work of this character has been already accom- 
plished, and especial reference may be made to the fact that 
for several years graduates of other universities — some holding 
scholarships under the Royal Commissioners for the Exhibition 
of 1851 — have carried out investigations in the several labor- 
atories. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week 
devoted to each subject ai'c as follows: — 

First Tear, 

Hes . Hrs . 

Descriptive Gk-omieti'y ..(p. 16S), 4 Mathematics <p. 175), 10 

Enslish (p 172), 2 Physics (p. ISo), 2 

Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Li\bora tor}*, (p. 180), 4^ 

Lettering (p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7 



154 

Second Tear. 

Hrs. 

Buildin:; Construction .... (p. K52), 1 Physics 

Chemistry (p UW), 3 Surveying 

Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. IfiS), 3 Chemical Laboratory. 

Mapping (p- 188*, G Pliysical Laboratory . . 

Mathematics (:>. 175), Shop work 



Hrs, 
. (p. 18o), 2 
..(p. 188), 3 
..(p. 168), 3 
..(p. 186), 3 
..(p. 207), 4 



Third Year. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 169), 4 Railway Structures. .. .(p. 191), 3 (b) 

Geology (p. 173), 3 Roads and Canals (p. 190), 2 

Graphical Statics.(p. 105), 2 (a), 3 (Id) Structural Engineering .(p. 162), 2 

Mapping (p. 188), 6 Surveying (p. 188), 2 

Matiiematics (p. 175), 2 Theory of Structures (p. 165), 3 

Mechanical Drawing.(p. 177), 3(opt-) Thermodynamics (p. 191), 1 

Municipal Ii^titrineering. . .(p. 168), 1 Testing Laboratory (p. 106), 3 

Museum Work in Geology Thermodynamic Lab. .(p. 191), 2 (b) 
(p. 173), 1 (b) 

Fourth Year. 

Hr.s. Hrs. 

Designing (p. 161), 6 Railway Engineering (p. 191), 2 

Geodesy (p 188), 2 Structural Engineering, .(p. 1()2), 2 

Graphical Statics (p. 165), 3 Theory of Structures (p. 165), 4 

Hydraulics (p. 167), 2 Geodetic Laboratory .... <p. 189), 4 

Mechanical Engineering. . Hydraulic Laboratory .. 

(p. 176), 2 (a) <p. 167), 3 (a) 

Municipal Engineering. . (p. 168), 1 Testing Laboratory (p. 166), 6 



IV. Electrical Engineering. 

The first and second years of the undergradnatc course of 
instruction in Electrical Engineering, are devoted, mainly, to 
a preparation in ]\Iathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics, 
Drawing, Shopwork and work in the physical and chemical 
Laboratories. 

The electrical studies of the third year embrace a consider- 
ation of continuous current fiow, in circuits of different kinds, 
the principles of electro-magnetism, electrical measurements 
and the design and action of commutating machinery. 

The fourth year is devoted principally to electrical work, 
and includes lectures and recitations on variable and alter- 
nating current phenomena, the principles of action and the 
design of alternating current machinery, electric lighting and 
'systems of power distribution, central station design and oper- 




An Electrical Engineering- Research Laboratory. 




Direct Current Dynamo Laboratory. 



155 

ations, urban and inter-urban railways and long distance power 
transmission. 

In tbe second term of the fourth year a choice may be made 
between electro-chemistry and hydraulics. Each fourth year 
student is required to present a thesis giving the results of a 
suitable experimental investigation. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each subject are as follows : — 



First Tear. 
Hks. 



Descriptive Geometry. . \p. 168), 

English (p. 172), 

Freehand Drawing, Ma- 
chine Sketching and 
Lettering (p. 173), 



6 



Hrs. 



Mathematics (p. 175), 10 

Physics (p. 185), 2 

Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 4i 

Shopwork (p. 207), 7 



Second 
Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 163), 3 

Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3 
Kinematics of Machines, (p. 176), 3 

Mathematics (p. 175), 6 

Mechanical Drawinc (p. 177), 3 



Tear. 

Hrs. 

Physics <p. 18.5), 3 

Chemical Laboratory (p. 163), 6 

Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 6 

Shopwork (p. 207), 6 



Chemistrj' (p. 

Continous Currents and 
Commutiiting Machi- 
nery (p, 

Machine Design (p. 

Mathematics (p, 

Meclianical Drawing (p 



Third Tear. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

164), 1 Physics (p. 185), 2 

Theory of Structures.. (p. 165), 3 

Chemical Laboratory. .(p. 164), 3 

169), 2 Elect. Eng. Laboratory(p. 170), 6 

177), 1 Physical Laboratory. . .(p. 186), 6 

175), 2 Civ. Eng. Laboratory.. (p. 166), 3 (b) 
177), 3 



Fourth Tear. 



Hks. 
Alternating currents 
and Alternating cur- 
rent machinery (p. 169), 3 

Electro-chemistry ....(p 164), 1(b) 
Electrical Designing, .(p. 170), 4 
Electric Lighting and 

Power Distribution (p. 169), 3(a) 

Electric Traction (p. 170), 3(b) 

Hydraulics (p. 167), 2 



Hrs. 

Machine Design (p. 177), 1 (a 

Mechanical Engineer- 
ing (p. 177), 2 (a) 

Thermodynamics (p. 191), 2 

Civ. Eng. Laboratoiy..(p. 166), 3(a) 

Electro-Chemical Lab.(p. 164), 3(b) 

Electrical Engineering- 
Lab (p. 170), 9 

Mech.Eng. Laboratory(p. 178), 3 



156 

V. Mechanical Engineering. 

The complete niidergradi^ate course in Mechanical Enginecr- 
ing extends over four years, and provision is made for a fifth 
jear or graduate course in advanced experimental and other 
work. 

The first two years of the undergraduate course of instruc- 
tion are largely occupied in prei>aration in Mathematics, Phys- 
ics, Chemistr}^, Mechanics, Drawing, and Shopwork. During 
the second year one lecture and one exercise class per week are 
devoted to the Kinematics of Machines. 

While motion without regard to force is treated in the Kine- 
matic course, the action of external forces in producing or 
changing motion in the links of mechanisms is considered in 
the third and fourth years, under the head of Dynamics of 
Machines. Two lectures per week are given in this suliject in 
each year, and exercise classes are held for the purpose of work- 
ing the prohlems necessary for illustration. 

The work in Machine Design is carried on during the third 
and fourth years in conjunetion with the practical instruction 
in mechanical designing and drawing in the Drawing Rooms. 

A course of two lectures per week is given during the fourth 
year on Mechanical Engineering as applied to questions con- 
nected with Power Installations and Prime Movers. A large 
portion of the work of this course is supplmentary to, and fol- 
lows, the instruction given in Thennodynamies and Machine 
Desiuin, which extends over the third and fourth years. (See 
p. 191). 

Instruction in Workshop Practice (see p. 208) is given 
in each of the four years. It is of a systematic nature, and is 
intended to prepare for, but by no means to replace, that prac- 
tical exp3rience of workshop operations on a commercial basis 
which every mechanical engineer must obtain for himself. 

The work of the. lecture rooms is illustrated throughout the 
course by experimental work carried out by the student, and 
by demonstrations in the laboratories of the department. 

Arrangements are made for occasional visits to power plants 
aud manufactories of importance. 



157 



The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devotecf to each subject are as follows: — 



Descriptive Geometry. . .(p. WS), 

English (P'. 172), 

Fi-eehand Drawing (p. 173), 

Lettering- (p. IT4)', 



Hrs. Hrs. 

4 Mathematics Ip. 175), 10 

2 Physics (p. 185), 2 

3 Physical Laboratory. .. .(p. 186>, 4^ 
3 Sho-pworlv (p. 207)^, 7 



Second Year. 



Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 10:^), 3 

Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3 
Kinematics of Machines. (p. 170), 3 

Mathematics (p 175), 6 

Mechanical Di'avving. ...(p. 177), 6 



Hrs. 

Physics (p . 185), 2 

Chemical Laboratory (p. 103), 2 

Physical Laboratory (p. ISO), 3 

Shopwork (p. 207), 7 



Third Tear. 



Hks. 
Dynamics of Machines.(p. 176), 2 
Continuous Currents 
and Commutating 

Machinery (p. 109), 2 

Graphical Statics (p. 105), 2 (a) 

Machine Design (p. 177), 2 

Mathematics (p. 175), 2 

Mechanical Drawing, .(p. 177), 



Hrs. 

Thermodynamics... .'p. 191), 2 

Theory of Structures, .(p. 165), 3 

Elect. Eng. Laboratory (p. 170), 3 

Testing Laboratory. . .(p. 106), 3 

Mech. Eng. Iiaboratory(n. 178), 3 

Shopwork (p • 207), 6 

Physical Laboratory, (p. IKV), 3 



Hrs 

Designing (p. 177), 6 

Dynamics of Machines. . .(p. 176), 4 
Hydraulics and Hydraulic 

Machinery (p . 167), 2 

Machine Design.. (p. 177), 2 



Fourth Tear. 

Hrs. 
Mechanical Engineer- 
ing (p- 177), 2 

Thermodynamics (p. 191), 4 

Hydraulic Laboratory. (p. 167), 3(b) 

Mech. Eng. Lab (p. 177), 12 

Shopwork (p. 207), 4 



V. Metallurgy. 

The successful guidance of metallurgical industry requires, 
apart from considerations of business training and aptitude, 
an adequate knowledge of certain branches of Chemistry and 
Engineering as well as a familiarity with Metallurgy pro-per. 
In arranging the following course special prominence has been 
given to the chemical group of studies, so as to adapt it to the 
needs of students who intend to become metallurgical chemists. 
The Faculty has under consideration aai alternative course in 
^hich more time will he given to jMechanieal and Electrical 
Engineering. 



158 

In the first two years the studies are the same as in the 
course in Chemistry, with the addition of Mechanical Drawing 
and Shopwork. 

In the third, and fourth years thorough instruction is given 
in Metallurgy, Assaying, Ore-dressing, Inorganic Cliemistry, 
Geology and Mineralogy. In the fourth year nearly two days 
per week are spent in the Metallurgical and Ore-dressing lab- 
oratories and drawing room. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per 
week devoted to each subject are as follow^s: — 

First Yeah. 

Urs Hrs. 

Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 4 Mathematics (p. 175), 10 

English (p. 172), 2 Physics (p. 185), 2 

Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Lalioratory, .. (p. 18G), ih 

Lettering .....(p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7 

Second Year. 



Hks. 

Chemistry (p. 163), 3 

Descriptive Georaetr3'. . . .(p. 168), 3 

Mathematics (p. 175), 6 

Physics (p. 185). 2 



Hrs. 
Mechanical Drawing. .. .(p. 177), 3 
Chemical Laboratory . (p. 163), 12 

Physical Laboi-atory (p. 186), 3 

Shopwork (p. 207), 4 



Third Year. 



Hr.s. 

Chemistry (p. 164), 3 

Geology (p. 173), 3 

Geological Excursions(p. 173), 3 (c) 
Geological Museum, (p. 173), 1^ 
Mechanical Drawing. (p. 177), 3 

Metallurgy 'p. 178), 2 

Mineralo.:y (p. 181), 2 



Hrs. 

Ore- Dressing (p, 181), 1 

Assaying Laboratory, .(ji. 178), 2 
Chemical Laboratory. . .(p. 164), 11 
Determinative Mineral- 
ogy (p 181), 3 

Ore-Dressing Lab. . . . . . (p. 179), 1 

Testing Lab (p. 166), 2| 



Fourth Year. 



Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 164), 2 

Designing (p. 177), 1| 

Geology (p. 173), 2^ 

Mechanical Engineering (p. 177), 1 

Metallurgy (p. 179), 5^ 

Mineralogy (p. 181), 1 

Mining and Metallurgical 

Machinery (p. 182), 1 



Hrs. 

Ore-Dressing and Milling (p. 182), 1 

Chemical Laboratory ... .(p. 164), 9 

Metallurgical Laborat- 
ory (p. 179), 7.^ 

O r e-D r e s sing Laborat- 
ory Cp. 179), 2A 

Petrographical Lab (p. 174), 1 



159 



N/ll. Mining Engineering. 

I. The first tAvo years of the undergTaduate course in Mining 
Engineering are mainly devoted to Matliematics, Mechanics, 
Physics, Elementary Chemistry, etc., as it is deemed necessary 
that the students should master the general principles under- 
lying all scientific work before they attack the somewhat com- 
plex and specialized subjects of the professional course. 

In the third year elementary courses in both Mining and 
^Metallurgy are, given, and a thorough course in Fire Assaying, 
Init again the chief work of the year is in Applied ]\Teehanics, 
Mechanical Engineering, Geology, Mineralogy and Chemistry. 

The fourth year, on the other hand, is very largely given 
up to special work in ^Mining and Metallurgy, and, in addition 
to the lectures and demonstrations, nearly two days per week 
are spent in the ^Mining and ^Metallurgical laboratories and the 
drawing room. 

The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week 
devoted to each subject are as follows : — 



First Year 

Hrs. 
168), 4 
172», 2 
173), '.i 



Descriptive Geometry.. (p 

English .(p 

Freehand Drawing (p 

Lettering (p. 173), 3 

Second 

Hrs. 
Chemistry (p. 163), 3 

Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 3 

Mapping (p. 1S8), 3 

Mathematics (p. 175), 6 

Physics (p. 18.5). 2 

Third 

Hrs. 

Chemistry (p. 164>, 1(b) 

Geological Excursions. (p. 173), 3 (c) 
Geological Museum 

Work (p. 173), 1 (a) 2(b) 

Geology (p. 173), 3 

Graphical Statics (p. 16.5), 2(a) 

Machine Design . (p. 177), 2 

Mapping (p. 188), 6 (a) 

Mathematics (p . 175), 2 

Mechanical Drawing, .(p. 177), 3 

Metallurgy (p. 178), 2 (a) 

Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 



Hrs. 
175), 10 

185), 2 
186), 4A 
207), 7 

Hrs. 

Surveying (p. 188), 3 

Chemical Laboratory. . . .(p. 163), 6 

Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 3 

Shopwork (p. 207). 4 



Mathematics (p. 

Physics (p. 

Physical Laboratory, .(p. 
Shopwork (p. 

Tear. 



Year. 



Mining (p 

Ore-Dressing (p 

Surveying (p. 

Theory of Structures. (p 

Transportat:ion (p 

Chemical Laboratory, .(p 
Determinative Miner- 
alogy Laboratory. . . .(p 
Fire A.^saying Labor- 
atory (p 

Ore-Dressing Lab .... (p 
Testing Lab (p. 166) 



Hrs. 
181), 1 
181), 2 (b) 
188), 2 
16.5), 3 
190), 2 (b) 
163), 3 



181), 3 

178), 4 (b) 

182), 2 (b) 

3 (d) (b) 



160 

Fourth Year. 

Hrs. Hrs. 

Cheniislry (p. 164), 2 (b) opt. Mining Problems. (p. 182), 1 (b) 

Designing (p. 177), 3 (b) Mining Machineryip. 182), 2 (a) 1 (b) 

Geology sind Ore Deposits, Mining Colloquium. (p. 182), 1 

(p. 174), 4 (b) Ore-Dressing &Milling.(p. 182), 2(a) 

Canadian Geology (p. 174), 1 (a) Physiography. .. .(p. 174), 1(b) opt. 

Hydraulics . . (p . 167), 1 (a), 1 (b) opt . Petrography (p . 173), 1 (a) 

Hydraulic Macihinery (p. 167), 1 Mechanical Engfaaeering, 

Metallurgy (p. 17&), 2 (p. 177), 2 (a) 

Iron and steel. {p. 179), 1 (a) Chemical Lab ...{p- 164), 9 (a), 6 (b) 

" Alloys . . .(p. 170), 1 (b) opt. Hydraulic Laboratory. .(p. 167), 3 (a) 

" Advanced(p. 179), 1 opt. Metallurgical Lab(p. 179), 5(a) f^^,^, 

Eleerro ..(p. 179), l(b)opt. Ore-Dressing;i,ab.(p. 182), 5 (a) I 

Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 (a) Petrographical Lab (p. 174), 3 (b) 

Mining (p. 182), 2 (a), 3(b) 

§XI. COURSES OF LECTURES. 

N.B. — The following courses are subject to such modifica- 
tions during the year as the Faculty may deem- advisable. 

I. Architecture. 



Professor: — ■ 

Lecturer:— H. F. Armstrong. 

The courses of study are as follows: — 

1. General Architectural History. Second Year — (First 

Term) — Ancient Eg5^t; Greece; Rome; Byzantine and 
Early Christian Architecture. (Second Term) — Rom- 
anesque ; the Monastic Orders ; Gothic ; Renaissance. 
AVed.. 11; Thurs., 11. 

Text Books:— Smith & Slater; ''Architecture, Classic & 
Early Christian;'*' Smith & Poynter: "Architecture, 
Gothic & Renaissance" (S. Low, Marston & Co.); or 
Hamlin: "History of Architecture" (Longmans, Green 
& Co.). 

Reference Books: — Fergusson: "History of Architecture" 
(Murray); R. Sturgis: "European Architecture" (Mac- 
millan)". 

2. Renaissance and Modern Architecture. Third Year — 

(First Term)— Italy; Spain. (Second Term)— France ; 
England; Colonial; Modern. Mon., 9; Thurs., 9. 
Text Books: — Anderson: "Renaissance Architecture in 
Italy (Batsford); Blomfield: "Short History of Renais- 
sance Architecture in England" (Bell). 



f 



• 161 

Eeference Books: — Fergusson: "History^ of Modern Archi- 
tecture" (Murray); Gotch: "Early Kenaissance Architec- 
ture in Ecgiand" (Batsford); Blomfield: 'Henaissancc 
Architecture in England" (Bell). 

3. Domestic, Public, and Ecclesiastical Architecture. Third 

and Fourth Years together. Historical Survey; mod- 
ern conditions and requirements. Mon., 12. 
Eeference Books : — Statham : "Modern Architecture ' 
(Chapman & Hall); Stevenson: "House Architecture"' 
(Macmillan). 

4. Elements of Architecture. Second Year. The classical 

Orders; arcading, mouldings, etc., classical and gothic : 
composition; elements of architectural effect; style. 
Tues., 12. 
Eeference Books :— Baldwin Brown: "The Fine Arts"' 
(Mun-ay; Scribner); Statham: "Architecture for Gen- 
eral Eeaders" (Chapman & Hall). 

5. Art History. Third and Fourth Years together. Sculp- 

ture; painting; the industrial arts. Tues., 9. 
Eeference Books :— Baldwin Bro^\Ti: "The Fine Arts" 
(Murray; Scribner); XJpcott: "Introduction to Greelc 
Sculpture" (Clarendon Press); Gardner: " Handbook of 
Greek Sculpture" (Macmillan) ; Woltman & Woermann : 
History of Painting" (Kegan Paul. & Co.): Labarte : 
"Histoire des Arts Industriels" (Morel). 

6. Drawing and Modelling. 

(a) Freehand drawing from the cast (ornament and figure). 
Second Year— 4 hrs.; Third and Fourth Years — 6 hrs. 
extra time for water color work. Mr. Armstrong. 

(l) Architectural Drawing and Design. — 

Second Year— 7 hrs. Studies of the orders; rendering 
with the pen and brush; elementary problems in design. 
Third Year. — 10 hrs. Problems in Design. 
Fourth Year. — 20 hrs. Problems in Design. 
Advanced (Graduate) Course. Problems in Design. 

(e) Modelling. Third and Fourth Years— 3 hrs. (Sec- 
ond Term). Architectural ornament modelled in clay 
from the cast. Mr. Armstrong. 
6 



162 

Structural Engineering. 

Messrs. E. E. S. Mattice, B.A.Sc, (McGill), and M. C. J. 
Beullac, B.Sc, (Univ. of France), of the Dominion Bridge 
Works, give special courses of lectures on Wednesdays at 13 
m,, and Fridays at 2 p.m., in the following: — 

1. Building materials; the history, properties, tests and 

uses of all materials of construction. 

2. Specifications and professional practice; the different 

methods of preparing specifications for estimates, in- 
structions to bidders, and rules to be observed in j writ- 
ing specifications, general clauses, law of contracts. 

3. Building Construction: — 

(a) Carpentry; frames, joints, framing of floors and roofs, 

partitions, bridging, furring, etc. 
(i) Slow burning construction, 
(c) Masonry. 

4. Hygiene: — 

(a) Plumbing. 

(h) Disposal of household refuse. 

(c) Heating. 

(d) Ventilation. 

5. Steel frame buildings; design, mill -work, steel and cast 

iron columns and connections, beams and girders, fram- 
ing and wind bracing. 
Special designs will be prepared in the drawing-room illus- 
trating the several subjects of the lectures. 

E. I. B. A. Examinations.— The Royal Institute of British 
Architects having decided to hold in the Colonies qualifying 
efsamdnations for Associateship, and Montreal having been se- 
lected as the examination-centre for the Dominion, a special 
course of lectures in preparation for these examinations will 
be given during the winter, provided a sufl&cient number come 
forward to attend it. The course will embrace the subject 
of Architectural Styles, their Features, Mouldings, and Orna- 
lAenfc, comprising ,a study in detail of the three great divisions 
of historical architecture, Classic, Mediseval and Eenaissance, 
in accordance with the programme of the Eoyal Institute. 
The lectures will be given on Tuesday and Thursday, from 
5.30 to 6.30 p.m., unless other times prove more convenient to 
the majority of those attending. The complete course will 



163 

cover two sessions; for session 1903-04: the subject will be 
Classic and Mediaeval Architecture. The Architectural Li- 
brary will be available for reading and reference to those tak- 
ing this course; it is open in the evening from 7.30 to 10.30, 
as well as during the day. The fee for this course is ten dol- 
lars ($10.00) per session. 

Architectueal Equipment. — The architectural equipment 
consists of a representative collection of casts, comprising ar- 
chitectural detail and ornament, as well as figure sculpture; 
of photographs and illustrations; an arc-light electric lantern; 
a large collection of slides, diagrams, and models ; and a library 
for architectural study. (See § XIII.) 

"Women Students. — The classes in freehand drawing, and 
modelling, and in architectural design, as well as the architec- 
tural lectures, are open to women students. Information as 
to admission may be obtained on application to the Dean of 
the Faculty or to the Professor of Architecture. 

2. Chemistry and Assaying, 

Professors: — B. J. Harrington. 

J. "Wallace Walker. 
Assistant Professor: — N. Norton Evans. 
Demonstrators: — D. Mackintosh. 

Bertram D. Steele. 

L. O. Howard. 

Charles S. Paterson. 

E. H. Archibald. 
Lecture Assistant: — M. Violette Dover. 

Students in all the courses of Applied Science are expected 
to take up the study of Chemistry in the second year, having 
previously acquired a knowledge of some branches of Physics 
in the first year of their course. They attend a course of lec- 
tures, supplemented by tutorial classes, on the laws of chem- 
ical combination, chemical formulae and equations, the pre- 
paration and properties of the more important elements and 
their compounds, etc. They must also devote at least one 
morniug or afternoon a week throughout the session to prac- 
tical work in the laboratory, where they learn the construc- 
tion and use of ordinary apparatus, and perform a series of 
experiments designed to cultivate the powers of observation 
and deduction. Many of the experiments involve accurate 
weighing, and for this purpose the elementary laboratory is 



164 

well supplied with balances. During the second term consid- 
erable attention is also devoted to the subject of Qualitative 
Analysis. 

The lectures in the third year comprise: — 

(a) A course dealing mainly with the methods and reac- 
tions emploj^ed in chemical analysis, being explanatory of the 
work done in the laborator}^; one lecture a week during the 
session, (b) A course on Industrial Chemistry; two lectures 
a week during the first term, (c) An elementary course on 
Organic Chemistry; two lectures a week during the second term. 
(d) A course on the composition and analysis of Iron and 
Steel ; one lecture a week during the second term. 

The laboratory work of the third year comprises: — 

(a) An extensive course of Analytical Chemistry, including 
gravimetric, volumetric and electrolytic methods. (&) An ele- 
jiientary course on the preparation of Organic Compounds. 
{<■) Water Analysis and Analysis of Iron and Steel, both in 
the second term. Students in the Mining Course are exempt 
J rom Organic Chemistry. 

Lectures in the fourth year comprise : — 

(a) A systematic course on Organic Chemistry, two lectures 
a. week, (i) A course on Phj^sical Chemistry, two lectures a 
week, (c) A course on Mineral Analysis, {d) A short course 
'm Gas Analysis. In the lectures on Organic Chemistry spe- 
cial atention is paid to the commoner substances which find 
application in the arts. The lectures on Physical Chemistry 
are divided into two parts. In the first term they include a 
.-tudy of such physical properties of gases, liquids, and solids 
as are known to depend upon their chemical constitution; also 
Thermo-Chemistry and the law of Mass Action. The second 
term is devoted to Electro-Chemistry, theoretical and applied. 
The lectures will be based upon the application of the gaseous 
laws to solutions. This will be followed by descriptions of 
the most recent applications of electricity to the production of 
metals and chemicals. 

Laboratory work in the fourth year will be arranged to suit 
the requirements of students. Those intending to prosecute 
organic work will take vip a complete course of Organic Pre- 
])arations and Analysis, but they must also spend some time 
<ni the essential physieo-chomical methods; Avhile students of 
Physical Chemistry must spend enough time in the organic 



165 

laboratory to become familiar with the chief methods of or- 
ganic work. Those intending to devote themselves to Mineral 
Chemistry will omit the Organic Chemistry, but must study 
the more important physico-chemical methods, and devote a 
large amount of time to advanced Mineral Analysis. All stu- 
dents in the Chemistry Course must take up Gas Analysis. 

Laboratory courses will also be provided for students who 
wish to make a specialty of any particular branch of Indus- 
trial Chemistry, such as Chemistry of Oils. Iron and Steel 
Analysis, Bleaching, Papermaking, and manufacture of 
Chemicals, etc. 

Of the above fourth year subjects students in the Mining 
Course take only the lectures and practical work in Mineral 
Analysis. 

3. Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 

Professor: — Henry T. Bovet. 
Assistant Professors: — R. S. Lea. 

E. G. COKER. 

Demonstrator: — K. M. Cameron. 

1. Theory of Structures. — The lectures on this subject em- 
brace : — 

(a) The analytical and graphical determination of the 
stresses in the several members of framed-structures, both 
simple and complex, as, e.g., cranes, roof and bridge trusses, 
piers, etc. 

(b) The methods of ascertaining and representing the shear- 
ing forces and bending moments to which the members of a 
structure are subjected. 

(c) A study of the strength, stiffness and resistance of ma- 
terials, including a statement of the principles relating to work, 
inertia, energy, together with a discussion of the nature and 
effect of the different kinds of stress, and the resistance offered 
by a material to deformation and to blows. 

(d) The design and proper proportioning of beams, pillars, 
shafts, roofs, bridge piers and trusses, arches, arched ribs, 
masonry dams, foundations, earth works, and retaining walls. 

Graphics. — A complete course of instruction is given in the 
graphical analysis of arches and of bridge, roof, and other 
trusses, and in the graphical solution of mechanical problems. 
It is therefore possible for the student to apply both the ana- 



166 

lytical and graphical methods of treatment, and thus to verify 
the accuracy of his calculations. Dr. Bovey and Dr. Coker. 

Text Book: — Bovey's Theory of Structures and Strength of 
Materials. 

The Laboratory Work (see § XII.) is as follows: — 

Fourth Year. — During the fourth year students are expected 
to engage in a research upon the physical properties of a ma- 
terial of construction, with special reference to the form and 
position of such material in the structure; or research may be 
taken up on the flow of water, through orifices and pipes, over 
weirs, and on the eflBciency of vanes, pumps and hydraulic 
motors. 

Third Year. — During the third year a systematized course 
of laboratory instruction is given in which students carry out 
for themselves a series of tests upon engineering materials. 

The course comprises: — 

(a) Linear measurements by Whitworth measuring machine, 

dividing engine, and micrometer gauges. 
(&) Calibration of extensometers, gauges, and the like. 

(c) Tension tests of long wires above and below the clastic 

limit. 

(d) Tensile and compressive tests of cast iron, wrought iron, 

steel, brass, copper, timber, stone, bricks, and cements. 
■(e) Transverse tests of beams under different conditions of 

loading and fixing. 
(/) Shearing tests of iron, steel, timber, stone, and the like. 
(g) Torsional tests of metals. 
(h) Tests of materials under compound stress. 
(i) Tests of chains, wire cables, spikes, screws and the like, 
(j) Pillar tests under various conditions of loading and fixing. 
(A-) Determination of the various moduli of materials by static 

and dynamic methods. 
(/) Determination of centres of gravity, moments of inertia, 

and moments of resistance. 
(in) The testing of concrete and cement in accordance with 

standard specifications. 
2. Bridge Construction. — A course of lectures is given on 
practical bridge construction, including: 

(a) The reasons governing the selection of a particular type 
of bridge; 




An Ensineeiing Testing Laboratory. 




Hydiaulii- Laboratory, 



167 

(h) A discussion of the loads to which the bridge will be 
subjected; 

(c) The calculatious of the stresses in the several members 
of the bridge; 

(d) The determination of the sectional areas and forms of 
the members; 

(e) The design of the connections; 

(/) The preparation of complete engineering drawings. 
Dr. Bovey and Dr. Coker. 

3. Hydraulics. — The student is instructed in the funda- 
mental laws governing the equilibrium of fluids, and in the 
laws of flow through orifices, mouthpieces, submerged (partially 
or wholly) openings, over weirs, through pipes, and in open 
channels and rivers. The impulsive action of a free jet of water 
upon vanes, both straight and curved, is carefully discussed, 
and is followed by an investigation of the power and efficiency 
of the several hydraulic motors, as, e.^., reaction wheels, pres- 
sure engines, vertical water wheels, turbines, pumps, etc. Dr. 
Bovey, Dr. Coker. 

Text Book : — Bovey's Hydraulics. 

The laboratory work (see also § XII) will include the fol- 
lowing : — 

(a) Flow through orifices. — The determination of the co-effi- 

cients of discharge, velocity, etc. 

(b) Flow over tveirs. — The determination of the co-efficient 

of discharge with and without side contraction. Also 
the measurement of the section of the stream. 

(c) Flow through pipes. — The determination of critical velo- 

cities and of the effect upon the flow, of angles, bends, 
and sudden changes in section. 

(d) Impact. — The determination of the co-efficient of impact. 

(e) Motors, etc. — The determination of the efficiency of Pelton 

and other wheels, of vortex and other turbines, of centri- 
fugal and other pumps, etc. 

4. Hydraulic Machinery. — The lectures in this course apply 
the principles of hydraulics to explain the construction and 
action of hydraulic presses, accumulators, lifts, rams, riveting 
machinery, pumps, multi-cylinder engines, workshop tools, tur- 
bines, centrifugal pumps, and the like. The design of one or 
two types is considered in detail. 



168 

The hydraulic transmission of power and the design and 
construction of central stations is also included. Dr. Coker. 

5 J 'Ihinicipal Engineering. — The lectures on this subject 
will embrace : — 

(a) Water Supply. — The quantity and quality of water; sys- 
tems and sources of supply; rainfall and evaporation; storage 
as related to the supplying capacity of water-sheds; natural 
and artificial purification; distribution, including the location 
of mains, hydrants, stop- valves, etc.; combined or separate fire 
and domestic systems; details of construction, including dams, 
reservoirs, pumps, etc. ; preliminary surveys, estimates of cost, 
statistics, etc. 

(6) Sewerage of Cities and Towns. — The various systems 
for the removal of sewage; special methods in use for its treat- 
ment and ultimate disposal ; the proportioning and construction 
of main, branch, and intercepting sewers; man-holes, flush- 
tanks, catch-basins, etc. ; materials used in construction ; esti- 
mates of cost. Mr. Lea. 

6. Structural Engineering. — A special course of lectures on 
this subject is given by Messrs. E. S. S. Mattice, B.A.Sc, and 
M. C. J. Beullac, B.Sc, of the' Dominion Bridge Company. 
For details of this course see § XI, 1, p. 163. 

4-. Descriptive Geometry. 

Lecturers: — C. H. McLeod. 

H. F. Armstrong. 

This course deals with the methods of representing objects 
on one plane so that their true dimensions may be accurately 
scaled. It discusses the methods employed in the graphical 
solution of the various problems arising in engineering design, 
and deals generally with the principles underlying all construc- 
tive drawing. The methods taught are illustrated by applica- 
tions to practical problems. It is the aim of the work to develop 
the imagination in respect to the power of mentally picturing 
unseen objects, and, incidentally, precision in the use of the 
drawing instruments is attained. 

First Year. — Geometrical drawing, orthographic projections, 
including penetrations, developments, sections, etc.; isometric 
projection. Mr. Armstrong. 

Second Year. — Problems on straight line and plane; pro- 
jections of plane and solid figures; curved surfaces and tan- 



169 

gent planes; intersections of curved surfaces; axometric pro- 
jections; shades and shadows. Professor McLeod. 

Third Year. — Mathematical perspective and perspective of 
shadows, etc.; spherical projection, and the construction of 
maps. (This course is given under Surveying and Geodesy, 
see XI, 16, p. 188). 

5. Electrical Engineering. 

Professori^R. B. Owexs. 
Assistant Professor: — L. A. Herdt. 
Demonstrators : 

Undergraduate Courses. 

1. Continuous Currents and Commutating Machinery. — The 
theoretical consideration of continuous current flow in circuits 
of different kinds ; the laws of electro-magnetism and of the mag- 
netic circuit; the action and principles of design of commutat- 
ing and rectifying machinery: — required of students in Elec- 
trical and Mechanical Engineering. 

T. and Th., 9-10 — Mr. Herdt. First and second terms. 

Text-books: — Elements of Electricity and IMagnetism, J. J. 
Thomson; Magnetic Induction of Iron and other Metals, J. A. 
Ewing; Continuous Current Dj^namos. J. Fisher-Hinnen ; De- 
sign of Dynamos, S. P. Thompson. 

2. Alternating Current and Alternating Current Machinery. — ■ 
The theoretical consideration of variable current flow in cir- 
cuits containing resistance, inductance and capacity under dif- 
ferent conditions; the action and principles of design of syn- 
chronous and induction machinery: — required of students in 
Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1. 

W., Th. and F., 11-12 — Professor Owens. First and second 
terms. 

Text-books : — Theoretical Elements of Electrical Engineer- 
ing, C. P. Steinmetz; Alternating Currents and Alternating 
Current Machinery, D. C. Jackson. 

3. Electric Lighting and Poiver Distribution. — The design 
and operation of central and isolated lighting and power plants ; 
the design and construction of distributing lines; arc and in- 
candescent lighting; the applications of stationary motors to 



170 

general power purposes: — required of students in Electrical 
Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1. 

T., W. and F., 10-11— Mr. Herdt. Second term. 

Text-books: — Electric lighting, F. B. Crocker; Electric 
Power Transmission, Louis Bell. 

4. Electric Traction. — Determination of power required to 
accelerate and draw, at different speeds, loads under varying 
track and other conditions; car equipment as affected by nature 
of service; track construction; systems of distribution for urban 
and for heavy through traffic conditions : — required of students 
in Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1. 

T., W. and F., 10-11— Mr. Herdt. Second term. 
Text-books: — The Electric Eailwaj^, Louis Bell. Students 
are furnished with supplementary notes. 

5. Electrical Designing. — (a) Detailed electric and magnetic 
calculations and complete drawings for a commutating machine, 
a synchronous machine and a transformer or an induction 
motor : — required of students in Electrical Engineering. Must 
bo preceded by course 1 and taken in conjunction with course 2. 

Saturday, 9-1 . . Professor Owens. First and second terms. 

Text-books: — Continuous Current Dynamos, J. Fisher- 
Hinnen; The Induction Motor, B. A. Behrend. Supplemented 
by MS. notes and data. 

{h) Complete plans and estimates for an isolated or central 
lighting or power plant, including distributing system : — re- 
quired of students in Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded 
by course 1 and taken in conjunction with eoui'scs 3 and -i. 

Mr. Herdt. First and second terms. 

Text-books: — No text-books. Notes and data are furnished. 

6. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — {a) Includes such 
tests of direct current metering and controlling devices, dyna- 
mos, motors, boosters, motor-generators, dynamotors, converters, 
open and closed coil, constant current machines and arc and 
incandescent lamps as illustrate the principles of their action 
and the limits of their proper use; also- complete test of direct 
current isolated or central lighting or power plant: — required 
of students in Electrical Engineering. Must be taken in con- 
junction with or be preceded by course 1. 

T., Th., 2-5 — Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and second 
terms. 



171 

Text-books: — Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and 
Testing Eooni, J. A. Fleming. In addition, students are fur- 
nished with special laboratory notes and forms. 

(h) Includes experiments on variable current flow in cir- 
cuits of different kinds ; tests of alternators, synchronous motors 
and converters, compensators, induction motors, transformers, 
frequency and phase-changing apparatus, potential regulators, 
reaction coils, etc., and complete test of alternating lighting 
or power plant: — required of students in Electrical Engineer- 
ing. Must be preceded by course 1 and taken in conjunction 
with course 2. 

M., W. and F., 2-5— Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and 
second terms. 

Text-books: — No text-books. Students are furnished with 
special laboratory notes and forms. 

7. Telegraphy and Telephony. — Single duplex, quadruples 
and multiplex telegraph systems, telephone systems, current 
generation for telegraph and telephone work, central tele- 
graph and telephone stations; line construction and testing; 
special systems of signalling : — optional. One lecture per week, 
at time to be arranged — Professor Owens. First term. 

Text-books :— Telegraphy, Preece and Sievewright ; A manual 
on Telephony, Preece and Stubbs. 

Graduate Courses. 

8. Special problems in the theory and practice of alternating 
current worUng. — Two lectures per week at time to be ar- 
ranged — Professor Owens. First and second terms. 

9. Special problems in Electric Traction.— One lecture per 
week at time to be arranged— Mr. Herdt. First and second 
terms. 

10. Advanced Laboratory Investigations.Si^ecial research 
work by students having necessary previous training— Profes- 
sor Owens, Mr. Herdt. 

11. Electrical Engineering Seminar.— Weekly meetings are 
held, at which students present carefully prepared papers upon 
current engineering literature and special topics in connection 
with their studies ^or their laboratory work— Professor Owens, 
Mr. Herdt. 



172 

6. English Language andlLiterature. 

Professor:— C. E. Moyse. 
Lecturer:— J. W. Cunliffe. 

In view of the importance of accuracy of expression to those 
engaged in scientific or professional work, a course in English 
Composition is prescribed for all undergraduates of the first 
year, and no student will be allovred to enter the second year 
until he has given satisfactory proof that he is able to write 
intelligentl}'^, clearl}', and correctly. In order to make the in- 
struction as practical as possible, short essays on current events 
and simple literary and historical subjects are required weekly, 
and will be commented upon in class in illustration of the 
points advanced in the lectures, which will aim at explaining 
the clcmentarv principles of composition. (Two hours a week.) 
The hand-book used is Carpenter's Elements of Khetoric, First 
High School Course (Macmillan Co.), and every member of the 
class is required to provide himself with a copy. Students who 
prove themselves competent may be excused further work in 
composition, and additional exercises will be required from 
those who are backward. Satisfactory results must be obtained 
in the regular essay work, as well as in the examinations, in 
order to pass in the subject. A short course of lectures will be 
given introductory to the course of Summer Reading. 

Summer IJeadiug. — During the vacation, students entering 
the second year are expected to read certain standard works in 
literature and fiction, on which an examination will be held in 
the beginning of October. The marks obtained in this examin- 
ation will be reckoned in determining the relative standing at 
the sessional examinations at the end of the second year. 

The works selected for the vacation of 1903 are: — 

Shaksperc's Henry V., ed. Deighton (Macmillan) ; 

Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield; 

Scott's Waverley; 

Stevenson's Kidnapped. 
French Students may substitute for the above the following : — 

Corneille — Le Cid, Horace. 

V. Hugo — Hernani, Euy Bias. 

Balzac— Eugenie Grandet. 

Students will also be required to possess some knowledge of 
the lives of .the above French authors. 




In the Drawing Jioom 




Carpenter Shop. 



173 

Students who have already taken equivalent courses in this, 
or in any other university, may be exempted from a part or 
from the whole of the above work, on written application to the 
Dean. 

7. Freehand Drawing, Lettering, Etc. 

Assistant Professor: — H. F. Armstrong^ 

In the Freehand Cmirse, the object is to train the hand and 
eye so that students may readily make sketches from parts of 
machinery, etc., either as perspective drawings in light and 
shade, or as preparatory dimensioned sketches from which to 
make scale drawings. 

In the Lettering Course, plain block alphabets, round writ- 
ing, and titles, will be chiefly dealt with. In this course, also, 
tinting, tracing, blue printing and simple map drawing will 
be included. 

8. Geology. 

Professor: — F, D. Adams. 
Demoxstrator:— A. W. G. TVrLSON. 

The courses are arranged as follows: — 
Third Year. — 

General Geology. — The lectures will embrace a general sur- 
vey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro- 
duced by a short course on Mineralog}'. Especial atten- 
tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His- 
torical GeoIog}% including a description of the fauna 
and flora of the earth during the successive periods of 
its past history, as well as to the economic aspects of the 
subject. 

The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive collec- 
tions in the Peter Eedpath Museum, as well as by 
models, maps, sections and lantern slides. There will 
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls, 
after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon- 
stration in the Museum. 

Text Book: — Scott, An Introduction to Geology. 

Petrograpliy. — The modem methods of study employed in 
Petrography are first described, and the classification 
and description of rocks is then taken up. 



174 

In addition to the lectures, one afternoon a week dur- 
the second term will be devoted to special microsco- 
pical work in the Petrographical Laboratory. 

Text Book:— Harker, Petrology for Students. 
Ore Deposits, Economic Geology and PracUcal Geology. — The 
nature, mode of occurrence and classification of Ore 
Deposits will first be taken up. A series of typical oc- 
currences will then be described and their origin dis- 
cussed. The more important non-metallic materials, 
e.g., fuels, clays, abasive materials, building stones, etc., 
will be similarly treated as well as questions of water 
suppty, artesian wells, etc. The methods employed in 
carrying out geological and magnetic surveys and in 
constructing geological sections will then be taken up, 
with special studies in folding, faulting, etc. 

The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lan- 
tern slides and specimens. 

Text Books: — Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology; 
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada; 
Phillips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits. 

Books of Eeference: — The Monographs of the U. S. 
Geological Survey, and the Eeports of the Geological 
Survey of Canada. 
Canadian Geology. — A general description of the Geology 

and Mineral Resources of the Dominion. 
Petrographical Laboratory. — See § XII, 11. This laboratory 
is open to Fourth Year mining students during the sec- 
ond term. 
Physiography. — The course will consist of a study of the 
principal types of Land Forms and their influence upon 
human development. Attention will be given more 
particularly to the practical bearing of the subject on 
engineering work. During the latter part of the course, 
a brief description of the salient physical features of 
Canada will be presented. 

The course will be illustrated by maps, models and 
lantern slides. 
Field Work. — The students in mining will receive a course 
of instruction in geological mapping and field work — 
extending over one week — in connection with the sum- 
mer school of mining. 



175 

j^OTE. — Students of the Mining and Chemistry courses take 
all the Mineralogy of the third year. Mining Students take 
all courses of the fourth year. Chemistry Students take, 
in addition to the Geology of the third year, the Mineralogy 
of the fourth year. 

The Petrographical Laboratory is open to fourth year Min- 
ing Students during the second term. 

9. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics. 

Professor: — G. H. Chandler. 
Lecturer: — R. S. Lea. 

The work in this department is conducted from the outset 
with special reference to the needs of students o-f applied 
science. Much time is given to practice in the use of mathe- 
matical tables, particular attention being paid to the solution 
of triangles, the tracing of curves, graphical representation of 
functions, reduction of observations, etc. 

The courses of study are as follows: — 

FiEST Yeak. 

Geometry. — Exercises on Euclid, including Loci, Transver- 
sals, etc. ; elements of Solid Geometry and of Geometrical Conic 
Sections. 

Algebra. — Miscellaneous theorems and exercises; Complex 
Numbers; Elementary Determinants. 

Trigonometry. — Plane and Spherical. 

Mechanics. — An elementary course in Kinematics, Kinetics, 
Statics, and Hydrostatics. 

Second Year. 

Analytic Geometry. — The Point, Straight Line, Circle, Para- 
bola, Ellipse and Hyperbola. 

Differential and Integral Calculus. — Differentiation of func- 
tions of one or more variables; Successive differentiation; 
Tangents, etc.; Multiple Points; Asymptotes; Curvature; Max- 
ima and Minima; Integration, with application to Areas, Vol- 
umes, Moments of Inertia, etc. 

MecJianics. — Kinematics; Kinetics of a Particle; Statics. 

Third Year. 
Analytic Geometry. — Conjugate Diameters; General Equa- 
tions of the Second Degree; Elements of Geometry of Three 
Dimensions. 



176 

Calculus. — Variaiis Applications; Elementary Differential 
Equations. 

Mechanics. — Kinetics of a Rigid Body; Centres of Pressure, 
etc. 

Classes may also bo held for advanced (optional) work in 
the above or other subjects. Students taking graduate courses 
will receive guidance in any advanced Mathematics required in 
connection with their work. 

Text-books. First Year: — Wilson's Solid Geometry and 
Conic Sections (]\Iacmillan) ; Hall & Knight's Elementary 
Algebra (^lacmillan) ; Murray's Plane and Spherical Trig- 
onometry (Longmans) ; Blaikie's D5mamics (J. Thin, Edin- 
burgh) ; Bottomley's Mathematical Tables (Macmillan) ; Cham- 
bers's Mathematical Tables. Second and Third Years: — -Went- 
worth'i? Analytic Geometry (Ginn & Co.); Chandler's Cal- 
culus (Fi. M. Kenouf. Montieal) : ^y right's Mechanics (Van 
Nostrand). 

10. Mechanical Engineering. 

Professor: — R. J. Durley. 

Assistant Professor: — H. M; Jaquats. 

(A. R. Roberts. 
Demonstrators: — .-. ^^ 

I y I. rlALL. 

1. Einemalics of Machinrs. — (Wednesday, 11; Thursday, 10). 
Definitions; mechanisms and machines; kinematic pairing; 

velocity and acceleration in mechanisms; centrodes; restraint 
in mechanisms; analysis of the quadric crank chain, the slider- 
crank chain, and the double-slider crank chain; higher pairing 
in mechanisms; cams; ratchet -and click trains; chamber-crank 
and chamber-wheel trains; mechanisms involving non-rigid 
links; screw motion and spheric motion in mechanisms. 
Text-book. — Durley's Kinematics of Machines (Wiley). 

2. Dynamics of Machines. — Third Year. — (Monday, 10; 
Wednesdaj^ 9). Elementary dynamics of the steam engine; 
diagrams of crank effort; fluctuation of energy and speed; fly- 
wheels; friction of journals and pivots;, graphic treatment of 
friction in mechanisms; brakes; dynamics of belt and rope 
driving; transmission and absorption dynamometers. 

Fourth Year. — (Tuesday, 9; Wednesday, 9; Thursday, 12.) 
Balancing of double and single acting engines ; djTiamics of the 
connecting rod; gyrostatic action in machines; theory of gov- 



177 

ernors; graphic methods in dynamics; vibration in machines; 
knocking of steam engines. 

3. Machine Design. — Third Year.— Thursday, 10. Trinci- 
ples of the Strength of Materials as applied to the design of the 
parts of machines; fastenings used in machine construction, 
bolts, screws, keys, cotters, rivets and rivetted joints; journals 
and bearings; shafts and couplings. 

Fourth Year. — (Monday, 9; Wednesday, 12). — Design of 
wheel gearing; belts, ropes and pulleys; pipes and pipe joints; 
cylinders; eccentrics, pistons and piston rods, connecting rods,, 
cross-heads and other engine details ; flywheels ; design of valves 
and valve gears. 

Text-book: — Unwin's Machine Design (Longmans, 2 Vols.). 

Book of Eeference: — Low and Bevis' Machine Drawing and 
Design. (Longmans.) 

4, Mechanical Drawing and Designing. — Second Year. — 
(Monday and Thursday, 2). Elementary principles of me- 
chanical drawing and draftsmanship; preparation of working 
drawings of simple machine details; making dimensioned 
sketches of machines and their parts, dimensioning and con- 
ventional colouring of drawings; preparation of tracings. 

Third Year (Monday and Thursday, 2). — Designing of sim- 
ple machine parts; more difficult exercises in mechanical draw- 
ing; engine designing. 

Fourth Year (Monday and Thursday, 2). — The complete 
design of a machine, such as a steam engine, a pump, or a ma- 
chine tool, is worked out, and the requisite working drawings 
and tracings are prepared. 

5. Mechanical Engineering. — (Thursday, 10; Friday, 9). 

Steam boilers and steam production: fuel and combustion; 
corrosion and defects of boilers; boiler installations; the steam 
engine — estimation of power developed under various condi- 
tions; the indicator and its diagrams; steam distribution, and 
performance of pumping and air-compressing machinery, as 
shown by the indicator; economy of steam machinery; gas and 
oil engines; gas producers; mechanical distribution of power, 
and losses of power, in power installations and workshops; air 
compressors; fans; pumping machinery; steam engine valves 
and valve gears; valve diagrams; speed regulation in steam en- 
gines; lubrication in steam engines; steam turbines and engines 
for special services ; relation between weight and power in steam 



178 

machinery; marine engines and ship propulsion; elements of 
locomotive engineering; tractive force in locomotives; train 
resistance; brakes; refrigerating machinery. 

Books of Keference: — Ewing's The Steam Engine (Camb. 
Univ. Press) ; Lineham's Mechanical Engineering (Chapman & 
Hall) ; Hutton's Mechanical Engineering of Power Plants 
(Wiley). 

6. Thermodynamics. See page 191. 

7. Laboratory Instruction. See pages 198 and 204. 

8. ^^'orl^•sllop Practice. See pages 207 and 208. 

Graduate Courses. 

The graduate courses in Mechanical Engineering comprise 
experimental research work of the following kinds: — 

Tests of the economy and performance of steam engines and 
boilers, air and gas engines, and air compressors; experiments 
on the behaviour of superheated steam, on cylinder condensa- 
tion, on feed heating, and on the value of fuels; experiments 
on the properties and relative values of lubricants, on transmis- 
sion and absorption dynamometers, on the efficiency of trans- 
mission machinery and of machine tools; tests of fans and 
blowers ; experiments on the flow of air and of steam ; researches 
on the tempering and wielding of various materials, on the 
properties of alloys and on the action of cutting tools. 

11. Metallurgy. 

Professor: — Alfred Stansfield. 
Demonstrator: — Edwin B. Tilt. 

I. The undergraduate courses for Metallurgical and Mining 
students are as follows : — 

Third Fear.— (1) General Elementary Metallurgy, including 
introduction, fuels, furnaces and refractory materials, typical 
metallurgical operations and reactions. Two lectures a week 
during first term. 

Text-book :— Huntingdon and ]\Iacmillan, "Metals, their 
Properties and Treatment." 

(2) Fire Assaying, including introductory, furnaces and ap- 
pliances, balances and wet assay apparatus, sampling and prepar- 
ation of ores for assay, fluxes and reagents, assays of gold, silver, 
and lead ores, assavs of bullion and l)ase bullion. 



179 

Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work, — 50 hours, 
during Second term. 

Text-book : — Furman, '"' Manual of Practical Assaying." 

Fourth Year (3) The Metallurgy of iron and steel, copper, 
lead, gold and silver. The lectures cover the more important 
dry, wet and electrical methods of extracting these metals from 
their ores, and refining them. The chemical, physical and me- 
chanical properties of the metals are also considered. The mill- 
ing and amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorination of gold and 
silver ores are excluded from this course, as they are treated in 
the lectures on ore-dressing (see Mining (6)). 

Two lectures a week in first term and three lectures a week 
in second term. Laboratory, see (8). 

Books of Eefcrence • — T. Turner, " Aletallurgy of Iron"; 
H. M. Howe, "Metallurgy of Steel"; F. W. Harbord, "Metal- 
lurgy of Steel " ; H. H. Campbell, " Manufacture and Proper- 
ties of Structural StiH'l " ; E. D. Peters, " Modern Copper Smelt- 
ing"; H. 0. Hoffman, "Metallurgy of Lead"; H. F. Collins, 
"Metallurgy of Silver and Lead"; T. K. Eose, "Metallurgy 
of Gold'"; M. Eissler, "Metallurgy of Gold"; C. Schnabel, 
" Handbook of Metallurgy," Vol. I. 

(4) Alloys, — their constitution, manufacture and properties; 
fuels and refractory materials, — their examination and use, in- 
cluding calorimetry and pyrometry. One lecture a week during 
second term. 

Books of Eeference : — W. C. Eoberts- Austen, "' Introduction 
to the Study of Metallurgy " ; E. H. Thurston, " Materials of 
Engineering." 

(5) Metallurgical Problems. — One lecture a week during 
. second term. (This course is alternative with Hydraulics). 

(6) Additional lectures are given in the third and fourth 
years to Metallurgical students. In these lectures the metal- 
lurgy and electro-metallurgy of the remaining metals is con- 
sidered, and attention is given to laboratory and research work 
in metallurgy and to furnace construction and cost of metallur- 
gical operations. 

(7) Metallurgical Machinery (see p. 182). 

(8) Laboratory: — One whole day and one half day per week 
are given to work in the Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Labor- 
atories. In the first term this time is evenly divided between 
Ore Dressing and Metallurgy, and certain typical operations in 



180 

each are carried ont either as demonstrations, or by groups or 
individual students. 

The whole time in the laboratory in the second term is given 
to thesis work, and in this individual work each student is 
permitted to elect between ore dressing and metallurgy, and, 
when practicable, to select his own special subject. 

The following metallurgical exercises will be carried out, as 
far as time will permit, during the first term, either as demon- 
strations, individual work, or work in groups. During the 
second term, any of these or some similar exercises may be se- 
lected by the students as their thesis work: — 

(a) Eoasting a sulphide or arsenical ore on a small scale and 
also in the large roasting furnaces. 

(6) Formation and properties of copper or lead mattes and 
slags. 

(c) Smelting a copper or lead ore in the water jacketed blast 
furnace. 

(d) Melting and casting certain metals and alloys. 

(e) The use of the electric furnace. 

(/) Cyaniding or chlorination of a gold ore. 

(g) Leaching a copper or silver ore. 

(Ji) Elementary exercises in some of the following: — 

Pyrometry, Calorimetry, Flue Gas Analysis, Tests of Refrac- 
tory Materials, IMicroscopic Examination of Metals, Heat Treat- 
ment of Iron or Steel. 

The details of the ore dressing work are given in Mining (8). 

II. Gkaduate Coueses. — Special advanced courses of labor- 
atory work are offered in Metallurgy and Assaying. 

III. Metalluegical and Assaying Laboeatoeies.— For 
description, see p. 198. 

IV. Metalluegical Excuesions and Summee Schools. — 
Students attending the courses in Mining and Metallurgy are 
required to attend the Summer School in Mining (see Mining 
VT.) at the end of their third year. 

At this school, when practicable, a portion of the time is 
devoted to a thorough examination of some metallurgical estab- 
lishments. 

In addition to this, excursions may be made by the class from 
time to time to such metallurgical works as are within reach. 



181 

12. Meteorology. 

Instruction in meteorological observations will be given in 
the observatory at hours to suit the convenience of the senior 
students. 

Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a 
satisfactory examination on the construction and use of meteor- 
ological instruments, and on the general facts of meteorology. 

13. Mineralogy. 

Professor: — B. J. Harrington. 

The courses are arranged as follows: — 
Third Year: — 

Mineralogy. — Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by 
models and specimens in the Peter Eedpath Museiun. 
Among the subjects discussed are: crystallography; phy- 
sical properties of minerals dependent upon light, elec- 
tricity, state of aggregation, etc.; chemical composition, 
calculation of mineral formulae, qnantivalent ratios, 
etc. ; principles of classification, description of species. 

Determinaiive Mineralogy. — Laboratory practice in blow-pipe 
analysis and its application to the determination of min- 
eral species. 
Fourth Year: — 

Mineralogy (in continuation of the course in third year) — - 
Description of species, particular attention being paid to 
those which are important as rock constituents and to 
the economic minerals of Canada. 

14-, Mining Engineering. 

Professor :—JouN Bonsall Porter. 
Fellow in Mining: — C. V. Corless. 
Demonstrator :— H. P. DEFiiNciER. 

I. The undergraduate courses in detail are as follows: — 
Third Year. — (1) Mining. Excavation, explosives and 
blasting; rock drills, coal cutters, etc.; gold washing, river 
mining, hydraulic mining and gold dredging. (One lecture 
per week. This course is continued in the fourth year, see 
Mining 4). 

(2). Ore dressing. The theory and practice of ore dress- 
in 2" and coal washing; the forms in which ores occur and the 



182 

effect of mixture, impurity, etc.; the theoretical considerations 
affecting mineral separations; the general mechanical opera- 
tions involved; Dressing Machinery — breakers, rolls, screens, 
jigs, vanners, tables, washers, buddies, magnetic separators, 
etc. (Two hours per Aveek in the second term. This course 
is continued in the fourth year. See Mining 6). 

(3). Laboratory. Simple examinations and tests of ores, 
sands, and gravels, by means of pan, vanning shovel, hand jig, 
magnet, classifier, etc. (Eight afternoons in the second term. 
Further laboratory work in the fourth year, see Mining 8). 

Fourth Year.-^(4). Mining Engineering. The Principles 
and Practice of mining; prospecting, sinking, drifting, devel- 
oping, methods of mining, timbering, hauling, hoisting, drain- 
age, lighting, ventilating, etc.; mine accidents and their preven- 
tion; general arrangement of plant, administration, stores and 
dwellings; examination and valuation of mines and mineral 
prorperties and mine reports. (Two lectures a week in the first 
term and three in the second). 

(5). Mining and Metallurgical Machinery; the generation, 
transmission and utilization of power in mining, ore dressing, 
and metallurgy; steam, hydraulic and electric power plants, 
air compressors, blowing engines, dynamos, transmission lines, 
motors, conveyors, cranes, hoists, pumps, ventilating machin- 
ery, etc. (Two lectures a week and twelve afternoons in the 
designing room). 

(6). Ore Dressing and Milling. Continuntion of the ore 
dressing course of the third year; concentration plants, coal 
breakers and washers, dry concentration, amalgamation, gold 
and silver milling, cyaniding, chlorinating, etc. (Two lectures 
a week in the first term). 

(7). Mining Colloquium. One hour a week throughout the 
session is given to informal discussion of the work being done 
in the department and of other matters relating to mining 
and ore dressing. Students are required to take active part in 
these discussions. 

Text Books : — 

No set text-books are used, but students are recommended 
to freely consult the following works of reference, in addition 
to the special references given from time to time: — 

C. Le Neve Foster's Ore and Stone Mining; H. W. Hughes' 
Coal Mining; Ililsing's Manual of Mining; W. B. Kunhard's 



mm^ 




183 

Ore Dressing in Europe; E. H. Eichard's Ore Dressing; T. A. 
Eickard's Stamp Milling of Gold Ores; H. Louis' Handbook of 
Gold Milling; T. K. Eose's Metallurgy of Gold; M. Eissler's 
Metallurgy of Gold; H. F. Collins' Metallurgy of Silver; The 
Coal and Metal Miners' Pocket-book. 

(8). Laboratory. One whole day and one-half day per week 
are given to work in the ore dressing and metallurgical labor- 
atories. In the first term this time is evenly divided between 
Ore Dressing and Metallurgy and certain typical operations in 
each are carried out either as demonstrations or by individuals 
or gToups of students. In the second term each student is 
permitted to elect between Mining, Ore Dressing and Metal- 
lurgy and to choose an individual subject or thesis, and the 
whole of the laboratory time in the second term is given to this 
thesis work. 

The set exercises in Ore Dressing comprise a series of ex- 
periments in crushing, classifying, jigging, slime treatment, 
magnetic separation, and amalgamation, and include a com- 
plete trial run of the five-stamp battery on a free milling gold 
ore. 

The number of subjects available for thesis work is very 
great, and ranges from purely theoretical investigations in 
classification, concentration, etc., to the experimental deter- 
mination of the best methods of treatment of ores and coals. 
Nearly one hundred different lots of ore are available, and the 
quantities are sufficient for work on a comparatively large 
scale. 

The metallurgical work is detailed in Metallurgy 11 (8). 

II. Graduate Coueses: — Special courses in advanced work 
• are also offered in both Mining and Ore Dressing, and these 

courses, owing to the unequalled equipment of the new lab- 
oratories, as detailed elsewhere, can be made exceedingly val- 
uable, both theoretically and practically. 

III. Laboratories : — The admirable laboratories of the Uni- 
versity are of peculiar advantage to students in the Mining 
Course, and enable them not only to become acquainted with 
the theory of their subject, but to personally investigate its 
methods on a large scale. 

During the first three years of the course the students do 
systematic work in the several Avorkshops and laboratories of 
the other departments. During the last half of the third and 
the whole of the fourth year they spend a large proportion of 



184 

their time in the special laboratories for Ore Dressing and 
Metallurgy. (See § XII). In these, the general method is 
first to conduct before the whole class a limited number of 
important typical operations in ore dressing and metallurgy, 
and then to assign to each student certain methods which he 
must study out in detail, and upon wliich he must experiment 
and make written report. In this work he is guided by the 
professors and demonstrators, and assisted by the other stu- 
dents, whom he must in turn assist when practicable. In this 
way every student acquires detailed knowledge of certain typ- 
ical operations and a fair general experience in all the import- 
ant methods in use. 

IV. Illusteations, Museums, Societies, Etc.: — In addi- 
tion to a large series of lantern slides, the department owns a 
collection of about twenty-five hundred photographs and other 
illustrations, the most important of which are kept in sets 
and sold at cost price, to such students as wish to retaia them. 
This collection is constantly being enlarged. 

The Museums of the new building contain suites of ores, 
fuels and metallurgical materials, models of mines and fur- 
naces, and specimens of finished products. 

The MeGill University Mining Society meets fortnightly 
to read and discuss papers by graduate and student members, 
and from time to time to hear lectures given by gentlemen 
eminent in the profession. 

The Society has recently been made a students' section of 
the Canadian Mining Institute, and its undergraduate mem- 
bers are therefore student members of the Institute, and re- 
ceive all its publications. Papers read before the Mining So- 
ciety may be entered in competition for any students' prizes 
offered by the Institute. See p. 145. 

VI. Summer School in Mining: — The summer vacation 
class instituted in 1897 is now a fixed part of the course. All 
students of Mining in regular course are required to attend 
this class at the end of the third year. 

The school lasts about six Aveeks. Of this period about 
one-sixth is given to field work in Geology, one-half or more 
to mining work proper and the remainder, when practicable, 
to an examination of ore dressing and milling plants and met- 
allurgical establishments. The professor of mining and his 
assistant go with the party and hold daily demonstrations or 
classes. The students take notes and sketches on the ground. 



185 

and afterwards are required to work up these notes and to 
submit a formal report on some part or the whole. 

The work in Metallurg}'- and Geology is carried on by offi- 
cers of these departments, who attend the school for this pur- 
pose, and in certain cases it may be found practicable to per- 
mit students especially interested in these subjects to substi- 
tute additional work in them for a portion of the mining. 

In 1898 and again in 1902 the school was held in the coal 
region of Cape Breton and the gold region of Nova Scotia. 
In 1899 the anthracite region of Pennsylvania and metallur- 
gical works at Bethlehem and Philadelphia, Pa., and Perth Am- 
boy, N. J., were visited. In 1901 the school was held in Brit- 
ish Columbia, and the most important camps were studied. In 
1903 it is proposed to visit the copper and iron mines of North- 
ern Michigan. 

The instruction given during this summer course is free 
to all mining students, the only expense to them being the 
cost of board, lodging, and railway fares, and every effort is 
made to keep these expenses as low as is practicable. 

As some students may have difficulty in tindiiig even this 
sum in addition to the cost of the regular course, a fund has 
been provided by Sir William Macdonald, and deserving stu- 
dents who require aid can have money advanced them by ap- 
plying to the professor of mining. 

15. Physics (Experimental). 

Professors: — John Cox. 

E. Rutherford. 
Assistant Profkssor: — H. T. Barnes. 
Demonstrators:— A. G. Grier. 
S. J. Allen. 

The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of Experi- 
mental Lectures on the general Principles of Physics (embrac- 
ing, in the first year — The Laws of Energy — Heat, Light, and 
Sound; in the second year — Electridiy and Magnetism) , accom- 
panied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in which 
the students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly 
quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures. 
Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with all the 
principal instruments used in exact physical and practical 
measurements. 



186 



Laboratory Course. 

Three hours per week spent in practical measurements in the 
Macdonald Physical Laboratory in conjunction with the lecture 
courses. 

Sound. — Velocity of Sound; determination of rates of viljra- 
tion of tuning forks; resonance; laws of vibration of strin,srs. 

Light.- — rhotonietry; laws of reflection and refraction; focal 
lengths and magnifying powers of mirrors, lenses, telescopes 
and microscopes; the sextant; spectroscope, spectronu^ter. dif- 
fraction grating, optical l)ench, polariscopes. 

Heat. — Construction and calibration of thermometers; melt- 
ing and boiling points ;'"air thermometer; expansion of solids, 
liquids and gases; calorimetry; p^Tometry. 

Text-books: — Deschanel, Part IV.; or Ganot; Jone^. Sound, 
Light and Heat ; "Wright, ITeat ; Tory and Pitcher. Laboratory 
Manual; Chandler, Laboratory Manual. 

Magnetism and Electricity. — Measurements of pole strength 
and moment of a magnet; the magnetic field; methods of de- 
flection, and oscillation ; comparison of moments and determin- 
ation of the elements of the earth's magnetism ; frictional elec- 
tricity: 

Cvrrent Electricity.— A complete course of measurements of 
current strength, resistance, and electromotive force ; calibration 
of galvanometers; the electrometer; comparison of condensers; 
electromagnetic induction. 

Text-books: — S. P. Thompson, Electricity and ^Magnetism; 
Tory and Pitcher, Laboratory i\Ianual. 

Second Year. — Electrical Engineering students are given an 
extra laboratory period of 3 hours per week, which allows of a 
more extended and complete course of experimental work. 

Third Year. — Students of Electrical Engineering will con- 
tinue their work in the Physical Laljoratory in the third year. 

The following is a brief outline of the course: — 

Magnetic elements and measurements; use of variometers; 
testing magnetic qualities of iron; theory and practice of abso- 
lute electrical measurements: comparison and use of electrical 
standards of resistance, E.M.F., self-induction, and capacity; 
principles of construction of electrical instruments; testing and 
calibration of ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeters; insulation 
and capacity tests; electrometers and l)allistic methods; con- 



187 

struction and treatment of storage cells; testing for capacity 
and rate of discharge; electric light photometry. 

The following are some of the sections in which special pro- 
vision has been made for advanced physical work : — 

Heat. — Thermometry : — comparison and verification of deli- 
cate thermometers; air thermometry; measurement of high tem- 
peratures; electrical resistance thermometers and pyrometers; 
thermo-electric pyrometers. 

Calorimetry: — Mechanical equivalent of heat; variation of 
specific heat with temperature; latent heat of fusion and vapor- 
isation; heat of solution and combustion; electrical methods; 
radiation and conduction of heat with special methods and 
apparatus; dynamical theory of gases: viscosity; surface ten- 
sion; variation of properties with temperature. 

Light. — Photometric standards ; spectro-photometry : theory 
of colour vision; spectroscopy and spectrum photography; 
compound prism spectrometers; six inch and 2\ inch Rowland 
gratings ; study of spectra of gases ; fluorescence and anomalous 
dispersion; polarimetry ; Landolt and other polarimeters; form 
of wave surface. 

Sound. — Velocity in gases and various media; absolute deter- 
minations of period; harmonic analysis of sounds; effects of 
resonance and interference. 

Llecti icily and Magnetism. — Magnetic properties; influence 
of stress and torsion; influence of temperature; effects of hys- 
teresis ; magneto-optics ; other effects of magnetisation ; diamag- 
netism; electrical standards and absolute measurements; cal- 
ibration of electrical instruments; insulation and capacity test- 
ing; electrometer and ballistic methods; temperature, variation 
of resistance, and E.M.F. ; thermo-electric effects; electrolysis; 
chemistry of primary and secondary batteries; resistance of 
electrolytes; polarisation; electric discharge in gases and high 
vacua; dielectric strength; behaviour of insulators under elec- 
tric stress, specific inductive capacity; electro-magnetic optics; 
alternating currents of high frequency and voltage; electrical 
waves and oscillations; discharge of electrification by Eontgen 
rays, ultra violet, uranium and thorium radiations. 

Professor Cox will give a special course of lectures to ad- 
vanced and graduate students, on " the relations between optics, 
electricity and magnetism," and Prof. Euthcrford will give a 
course on " Eadio-Activitv in electric oscillations." 



188 

jV.B. — Stndt'iits taking a graduate course will receive guid- 
ance in any advanced Mathematics required in connection with 
their work. 

16. Surveying and Geodesy. 

Profkssor:— C. H. McLeod. 
Assistant Professor; — J. G. G. Kerry. 
Demonstrator: — H. W. Jones. 

This course is designed to give the student a theoretical and 
.practical training in the methods of land and geodetic survey- 
ing, in the tield woik of engineering ojirrations, and in prac- 
tical astronomy. The course is divided as follows: — 

Second. \ear. — Chain and angular surveying: the construc- 
tion, adjustment, use and limitations of the various instru- 
ments; underground surveying; topography, levelling, contour 
surveying; simple curves and setting out work; descriptions for 
deeds; general land systems of the Dominion and Provinces. 
Mr. Kerry. 

Third Year. — Construction surveying, including the location 
of roads, transition curves, netting out work and calculation 
of quantities; geodetic, trigonometric and barometric levelling; 
topographic and photographic surveying; hydrographic survey- 
ing; introduction to practical astronomy; graphical determin- 
ation of spherical triangles, spherical projections, construction 
of maps ; mathematical perspective and the perspective of shades 
and shadows. Professor McLeod. 

In the field the students of the second and third years are 
required to carry out the following: — (1) A chain survey. 
(2) A chain and compass survey. (3) A pacing survey. (4) A 
compass and micrometer survey. (5) A contour survey. (6) A 
plane table survey. (7) A survey and location of a line of road 
with determination of topography and contours and subsequent 
staking out for construction. (8) A hydrographic survey of a 
river channel, including measurement of discharge. (9) A 
survey at night illustrating underground methods. Astronomi- 
cal observations with sextant and engineer's transit. 

All students are required to keep complete field notes, and 
from them prepare maps, sections and estimates of the work. 

The large drawing rooms are furnished with fixed mountings 
for the various instruments, in order to permit of their use and 
investigation during the winter months. 



189 

Fourth Year. — Practical Astronomy: — the determination of 
time, latitude, longitude and azimuth. Geodesy: — figure of 
the earth ; measurements of base lines and triangulation system ; 
adjustments and reductions of observations. 

The field work of the fourth year consists in the measurement 
of a base-line, in triangulations and precision levelling. 

The practical work in astronomy (for equipment of observ- 
atory see § XII, 6) comprises: (1). Comparisons of clocks and 
chronometers. (2). Determination of meridian by solar attach- 
ment. (3). Meridian, latitude and time by solar and stellar 
observations with the engineer's transit. (4). Latitude and 
time by sextant. (5). Time by astronomical transit. (6). Lati- 
tude by zenith telescope. (7). Latitude by transit in prime 
vertical. 

Field work is reqvured of all students of the second and third 
years in the courses of Civil and. Mining Engineering, of the 
third and fourth years of the Architectural course, and of the 
fourth year in the Civil Engineering course. The work will 
begin in 1903 on 24th August, and continue for a month. The 
Surveying School will this year be held near jNIelbourne, P.Q., 
where a camp will be established for the accommodation of the 
classes. 

Exercises in the geodetic laboratory (for equipment see § XII, 
Art. 6, p. 196), carried out in the fourth year include the. fol- 
lowing: (1) Measurement of magnifying power. (2) Deter- 
mination of vernier errors. (3) Errors of graduation. (4) 
Measurement of eccentricity of circles. (5) Determination of 
errors of run of theodolite microscopes. (6) Investigation of 
the errors of a standard bar. (7) Graduating scales with the 
dividing engine, and comparison thereof on the comparator. 
(8) Investigation of the errors of circles on the circular com- 
parator. (9) Determination of the constants of steel tapes. 
(10) Investigation of the graduation errors of steel tapes on 
the fifty-foot comparator. (11). Investigation of the errors of 
aneroid barometers. (12) Investigation of the errors of level 
tubes, and determination of their scale values. (13) Measure- 
ment of the force of gravity with a reversible pendulujn. 

The equipment of the survejong department comprises the 
following, in adition to the apparatus of the observatory and 
geodetic laboratory : — Twenty-four transit theodolites by various 



190 

makers, with solar and mining attachments ; a photo-theodolite, 
8-in. alt-azimuth ; fifteen dumpy and five wye levels ; hand levels 
and clinometers; two precision levels; eight surveyor's com- 
passes; one miners dial; three prismatic compasses; pocket 
compasses; two solar compasses; three marine sextants; arti- 
ficial horizons; six box sextants; Irwo reflecting circles; two 
large plane tables; four transverse plane tables; four current 
meters; Eochon micrometers; double image micrometer^; field- 
glasses; two heliotropes; several barometers; 300 ft. and 500 ft. 
steel tapes suitable for base measurements ; steel chains and steel 
bands; linen and metallic tapes; sounding lines; pickets; level- 
ling rods; luicrometer targets; slope rods; pedometers; station 
pointer, pantographs, planimeter, slide rules and minor appli- 
ances. 

Examinations for Land Surveyors: — Any graduate in the 
Faculty of Applied Science, in the Department of Civil En- 
gineering and Land Surveying, may have his term of appren- 
ticeship shortened to one year for the profession of Land Sur- 
veyor in Quebec or Ontario or for the profession of Dominion 
Land Surveyor, 

Text-Books: — Gillespie's Surveying, Johnson's Theory and 
Practice of Surveying, Shortland's Nautical Surveying, Greene's 
Practical and Spherical Astronomy, Nautical Almanac, Baker's 
Engineers' Surveying Instruments. 

Transportation. 
(On Common lioads, Kailways and Canals.) 

The lectures will embrace : — 

(a) A brief historical review of the inception and carrying 
out of the great Canadian systems of transportation, and a 
rcsnms of the laws governing them. 

{b) Common roads and streets. — Provision made for them 
in settling up land; the traffic for which they are suited, and 
the cost of hauling it over different surfaces ; the materials used 
in their construction and the merits and cost of the various 
systems. 

(c) Canals and rivers. — The Canadian canal system; the 
methods and cost of construction and maintenance; the traffic 
it is designed to carry; and the cost of transportation. 



191 

(d) Steam railroads. — The traffic they serve and the cost of 
handling it; the details of location and the influence of physical 
features and trade possibilities upon it; the cost and design of 
construction; the duties of the engineer upon such work; the 
appliances at present in use for safe and speedy handling of 
trains. 

(e) Electric roads. — The traffic which they now carry; their 
location and construction; the reasons for their rapid extension, 
and their probable future. 

The questions of the development and applying of motive 
power and the various appliances, mechanical and electrical, 
now in use for these special purposes, are taken up in special 
descriptive lectures in the mechanical and electrical depart- 
ments. Mr. Kerry. 

17. Thermodynamics. 

Lecturer: — R. J. Durley. 
Demonstrator: — H. M. Jaquays. 

l^e course in this subject extends over the third and fourth 
years, and includes the following: — 

Third Year — (Monday, 11; Tuesday, 10.) — Fundamental 
laws and equations of Thermodynamics ; their application to 
gases and to vapours, saturated and superheated ; efficiency of 
ideal heat engines; properties of steam, and elementary theory 
of the steam engine ; elementary theory of gas and hot air en- 
gines. 

Fourth Year— (Monday, 12; Thursday, 11.)— Theory of 
reversed heat engines and refrigerating machines; entropy and 
entropy-temperature diagrams; a thermodynamic study of the 
steam engine, including the behaviour of steam in the cylinder ; 
economy of steam engines; influence of size, speed, and rate of 
expansion; compound expansion; the steam jacket; the testing 
of steam engines; more advanced theory of gas, air, and oil 
engines. 

The advanced course is carried out as far as possible in 
connection with the experimental work of the thermodynami.-^ 
laboratory. 

Text Books: — Ewing's Steam Engine (Cambridge Univ. 
Press); Peabody's Tables of Properties of Steam (Wiley). 



192 
18. Summer Term Art Classes. 

Classes in Drawing, Painting and Modelling, open to both, 
men and women students, will be held in the rooms of the 
Architectural Department, under the direction of Mr. Henry 
F. Armstrong, commencing in April and continuing until 
June. 

The rooms will be open on week-days from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 

Students may pursue their studies in one or more of the 
subjects continuously every day. 

Teaching and criticism will be given daily during the above 
hours, except on Saturdays. 

I. Freehand Drawing: — 

(a) In lead-pencil and in charcoal, for students prepar- 
ing for, or engaged in, any branch of art work. 
(5) In lead-pencO, for engineering and other science 
students. 
II. Oil Painting and Water Colour Painting. 
III. Modelling in Clay and Casting in Plaster. 

There will also be a special course in the Descriptive Geome- 
try of the First Year. 
For fees see p. 31. 

19. Special Lectures- 

The following special lectures were given during session 
1902-03: 

"Notes on the design of large alternating current genera- 
tors,'^ by B. A. Behrend, Ch. Eng., Bullock Elect. Mfg. Co., 
Cincinnati. 

"Transformer design," by K. C. Randall, Eng. Dept., West- 
inghouse Elect, and Mfg. Co., Pittsburg. 

"Shawinigan-Montreal transmission line," by E. D. Mershon^ 
Cons. Eng., Montreal. 

A special course on "The relations between optics, electricity 
and magnetism," by Prof. J. Cox. 

A special course on ''Eadio-activity in electric oscillations," 
by Prof. E. Eutherford. 



193 

!XII. Laboratories. 

In the Laboratories the student will be instructed in the art of 
conducting- experiments, a sound knowledge of which is daily becom- 
ing of increasing importance in professional work. 

1. Assaying Laboratory. See Mining and Metallurgicai Labora- 
tories. 

2. Astronomical Observatory. See Geodetic Laboratory. 

3. Cement Laboratory.— The importance of tests of the strength 

of mortars and cements is very great. The equipment of the labora- 
tory' for the purpose is on a complete plan, including- : — 

(ff) Three one-ton tensile testing machines, representing the best 
English and American practice. 

(6) One 50-ton hydraulic compressive testing machine. 

(c) Volumenometers for determining specific gravity and for 
determining the carbonic acid in the raw material. 

(d) Faija steaming apparatus for blowing tests. 

(e) Mechanical hand and power mixers. 

(0 Apparatus for determining standard consistency. 

(!7) Vicats' and Gilmore's needles for determining set. 
(/() Weighing hopper, spring and other balances. 

(0 Gun metal moulds for tension, compression and transverse 
test pieces, and special m.oulds for placing mortar into the moulds 
under a uniform pressure, which, together with the mechanical mix- 
ers, enable the personal errors to be eliminated. 

(;■) Sieves of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, SO, 100, 120 and ISO meshes per 
lineal inch for determining the fineness. 

(t) A Boehme hammer, with all accessories. 

The laboratory is also fitted with copper-lined cisterns, in which 
the briquettes may be submerged for any required time, and with 
capacious slated operating taibles, bins and tin boxes for keeping the 
cement dry for any period. 

In the Cement Testing Laboratory, researches have been made on 
the strength of mortars set under pressure, the effect of frost on 
natural and Portland cem.ents, the effect of sugar on lime and cement 
mortars, the strength of lime and cement mortars and of the bricks 
in brick piers, the effect of fine grinding on the adhesive strength of 
cements, of using hot water in mixing mortars. Continued tests on 
the strength of concrete blocks in series are made by Fourth Tear 
Students. 

In addition to these researches, a large amount of work is done 
each year by the Third Year students, in investigating the specific 
gravity, fineness, setting properties, constancy of volume, and the 
tensile, comprehensive and transverse strengths of cement, both neat 
and with the sand. 

4. Chemical Laboratories. The main lecture-theatre, extending 
through two storeys, is entered from the ground floor, and seats 
nearly 250 students. The lecture-table is supplied with coal-gas, 
oxygen and hydrogen, electricity, water vacuum, down-draug-ht, etc., 
and can be well seen from all parts of the room. 

Besides the main lecture theatre there are three smaller class 
rooms, accommodating from 40 to 60 students each. 

The three principal laboratories have each a floor-space of about 
2,400 square feet, and together have accommodation for nearly two 



194 

hundred students working at a time. They are ligihted on three 
pides, and have ample hood space. One is intended for beginners, 
and the others for more advanced work, particularly in qualitative 
and quantitative airalysis. In connection with each of the main 
laboratories is a balance-room, equipped with balances by several 
of the 'best makers. 

Physical Chemistry is provided for in a special laboratory, nearly 
30 by 40 feet, lighted from the north, and supplied with electricity, 
steam, vacuum pumps, etc. The equipment of this department con- 
sists of the apparatus necessary for the determination of the specific 
gravities of solutions, of the depression of freezing point, and the 
rise of boiling point, of the densities of gases and vapours. There 
are constant-temperature baths for accurate measurement of solu- 
bilities, Kohlrausch's apparatus for determining the electrical con- 
ductivity of solutions, and the apparatus necessary for measuiing 
the electromotive forces generated between metals and their solu- 
tions, and in voltaic cells generally. There are also calorimeters for 
measuring the heat effects produced in chemical reactions. There 
is on the same floor an optical room furnished with refractometers 
for measuring the refractive indices of solutions, goniometers, pol- 
ariscopes and spectroscopes. Other forms of apparatus will be added 
as required for research wo)-k. 

Immediately adjoining the laboratory of physical chemistry is 
the photographic department, supplied with two dark rooms, 
arranged on the maze system, and provided with the necessary appli- 
ances for all ordinary photographic work, including an enlarging 
camera. Apparatus for micro-photography has recently been added 
to the equipment. 

The laboratory for gas analysis has a northern exposure, and is 
fitted with a large tank to contain water at the temperature of the 
room, for use in obtaining a constant temperature in the measure- 
ment of gases. The tables are arranged for work with mercury, and 
the laboratory is supplied with the apparatus of Hempel, Diitmar, 
Ortat, Elliot and others. It contains also Fleuss, Boltwood, and 
Topler pumps for producing high vacua. 

The laboratory for electro'lytic analysis is supplied with accumu- 
lators, thermopile, platinum electrodes, rheostats, ammeters, volt- 
meters, etc. 

Another room has lately been equipped with electric furnaces 
and other appliances for electro-chemical work. 

The organic department comprises a laboratory for preparations 
and research, a con.lbustion room for analysis, a dark room for 
polariscope and saccharimeter work, and a lecture room. The 
laboratory is fitted with all the necessary apparatus for organic 
research— special hoods for work with poisonous gases, regulating 
ovens for digesting and drying at various temperatuies, filter pj'esses 
for the extraction of raw materials, and various forms of apparatus 
for distillation in vacuo. The dark room is equipped with polari- 
scopes and saccharimeters for sugar work. There is a large supply 
of the necessary organic chemicals, which are supplied free of charge 
to students engaged in routine or research work in this department. 

The laboratory for determinative mineralogy has places for 28 
.students, and is supplied with abundant materials for practical work. 
It adjoins the lecture-room in which the lectures in advanced min- 
eralogy are delivered. The mineralogical department is also provided 
with suitable machinery, run by electricity, for use in the cutting 
and polishing of minerals and rocks. 



195 

The Library contains a valuable collection of the most recent 
English, French, and German books, and sets of various journals 
and transactions, including the Berichte der Deutsohen Chemischeu 
Gesellschaft, Journal fiir Praktische Chemie, Chemisches Central- 
blatt, Fresenius' Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie, Annales de 
Chemie et de Physique, Journal of the Chemical Society, Chemical 
News, Mineralogical Magazine, Minei'alogische und Petrographisiche 
Mittheilungen, etc. The library is open to students under such 
restrictions as are necessary to prevent damage or loss of books. 

The rooms for allied purposes have, as far as possible, been 
grouped together on the same floor, and there is a hydraulic lift 
running from the basement to the attic. The offices and principal 
laboratories and sup!!iy rooms are also connected by a systeni -of 
telephones. The building is practically fire-proof. 

5. Electrical Labopatories.— These laboratories contain all prin- 
cipal types of cominutating, synchronous, and itiduction machin- 
ery, together with ample facili:ie.^ fo.- investigating their action. 
The several laiboratories are the Standardizing Laboratory, the 
Dynamo Laboratory, the High Tension Testing Room, the Photo- 
meter Room, and the laboratory for special investigation. 

(a) The Standardizing Laboratory is equipped with four Kelvin 
Balances for alternating and direct current measurements, best 
range .025 to 600 amperes; a Kelvin standard electrostatic multicellu- 
lar voltmeter. Board of Trade pattern: a Weston laboratory stand- 
ard Ammeter, range with shunts to 1500 amperes ; a Weston 
Laboratory standard Voltmeter range with multipliers, to 3000 
volts; a Weston Laboratory standard wattmeter range 0-7500 
watts; special Weston alternating current voltmeters and watt- 
meters ; a special Elliott Potentiometer with standard cells for 
electromotive force and current measurement; means for measuring 
high and lov,^ resistances, capacity, and di-electric strength of in- 
sulating materials, etc., etc. Direct current for the Laboratory is 
furnished either from the service plant, from a special motor-dynamo, 
the voltage of which can be continuously varied from to 10 volts, 
current capacity 300 amperes ; from a 75 K.W. hour storage battery 
arranged in sections, or frorri any d.c. machine in the Dynamo Labor- 
atory. Alternating current of several wave shapes and frequencies 
up to 150 periods per second, and voltages up to 200,000 is available. 
A special transformer having a current capacity of 800 amperes is 
used for alternating current ammeter calibration. For alternating 
current voltmeter calibration, a special regulator is provided, by 
which voltages from to 200 can be obtained in as small steps as 
desired. 

(6) The Dynamo Laboratory. This laboratory consists of two 
sections, one devoted to direct current work, and the other to alter- 
nating current w'ork. The former method of driving all dynamos 
from an overhead line shaft and clutch pulleys has been abandoned 
and individual motors supplied for each machine. Each motor is 
provided with suitable series turns and variable shunt, the whole 
being connected to act with or against the shunt turns, as a com- 
pounding or differential effect is desired. The speed of the motors 
can be varied about 50 per cent, by field rheostat. This give^ per- 
fect control of dynamo speed. Current for operating is obtained from 
six independent sources of supply; one 75 K.W. direct connected 
unit in the service plant : 3 sets of 25 K. W. hour chloride accumula- 
tors and two city supply circuits. All dynamos and motors are 
mounted on strong testing benches fifteen inches high, with slotted 



19G 

floor, so that any machine can be placed anywhere on the benches 
and secured in place. Two small travelling cranes over the benches 
allow machines to be easily shifted. All wiring is done in conduits 
under the floor, and large sectionaJl switchboards are provided for 
current distribution about the laboratories. Special testing tables, 
permanently wired up and fitted with circuit breakers, switches, etc., 
facilitate the work. Twenty-five cominutating machines, generators, 
motors, boosters, motor-generators, dynamotors, converters, closed 
and open coil arc machines, varying in capacity from a fraction of a 
"kilowatt to 75 kilowatts, of many different types and makes, are pro- 
vided for direct current testing. Twelve alternating current machines, 
including generators, synchronous motors, compensators, and syn- 
chronous converters, together with a large amount of stationery and 
rotary induction apparatus, are provided for alternating current 
w-ork. Several of the alternating current dynamos are of the induc- 
tor type and several different shaped inductors are provided with 
€-ach machine to give different Avave forms. A speciallv arranged 
induction motor serves as a frequency changer. The laboratory is 
also provided with between eighty and ninety voltmeters, animeters, 
and wattmeters of standard make, and of different ranges ; con- 
densers, rheostats, standard resistances, etc. 

(r) High Tension Testing Room. This room is equipped with four 
10 K.W., 200-50,000 volt, transformers with switch board and suitable 
controlling devices. The voltage can be varied in small steps by 
means of a Stillwell regulator inserted in the pi'imary and by vary- 
ing the field of the dynamo supplying current. A Kelvin direct read- 
ing electrostatic voltmeter, range 100-100,000 volts., gives a means of 
measuring high voltages directly. 

(f/) The Photometer Room. This room is equipped with standard 
photometric apparatus for candle power measurements on arc and 
incandescent lamps. 

(f) The laboratory for special investigation adjoins the Standard- 
izing Laboratory. Meter and transformer testing are also done in 
this room. 

6. Geodetic Laboratory — The equipment of this laboratory con- 
sists of : — 

(1) Linear instruments. 

(o) A Rogers comparator and standard bar for investigating 

standards of length. 
(b) A fifty-foot standard and comparator for standardizing 

steel bands, chains, tai)es, rods, etc. 
(f) A Whitworth end-measuring inachine and set of standards, 
(rf) A Munro-Rogers linear dividing engine. 

(2) Circular instruments. 

(a) A Rogers' circular comparator and dividing engine. 
(h) Two level triers. 

(3) Time: — 

(a) An astronomical clock and clock circuit in connection with 

the observatory clocks. 
(6) Chronometers running on mean and sidereal time. 
<f) Chronograph. 
(4) Gravity. — A portable Bessel's reversible pendulum apparatus 

with special pendulum clock and telescopic apparatus for 

observing coincidences of beats. 




Al;eiii;iti-g < 'urrent Dynamo Laboratory. 




Electrical Standardizins^ Room. 



197 

(5) A water gauge apparatus for testing aneroid barometers. 

(6) Magnetic instruments : — 
(a) A Kew dip circle. 

(h) A Kew filar magnetometer. 

The laboratory is constructed with double walLs and enclosed air 
spaces, and has a special heating apparatus, so that the temperature 
within may be brought to, and held at, any desired degree. 

The ordinary course of instruction in this laboratory is described 
in § XI:, Art 16. 

Astronomical Observatory.— The observatory equipment for the 
purpose of instruction in practical astronomy consists of : — 

1. A Bamberg prismatic transit with zenith attachment. 

2. Two astronomical transits for meridan observations. Collim- 

ating telescopes. 

3. A Troughton & Simms' zenith telescope. 

4. An astronomical tran.sit in the prime vertical. 

5. Sidereal and mean time clociis and chronometers. 

6. Chronograph and electrical circuits by which observations and 

clock comparisons within or \vithout the observatorj' may be 
made. 

7. Hydraulic Laboratory.— Here the student will study prac- 
tically the flow of water through orifices of various forms and sizes, 
through submerged openings, over weirs, through pipes, mouth- 
pieces, etc. 

The equipment of this laboratory includes :— 

(a) A large Experimental Tank, 30 ft. in height and 25 sq. ft. in 
sectional area. With this tank experiments are conducted on the 
flow of water through orifices either free or submerged. By a simple 
arrangement the orifices can be rapidly interchanged without lower- 
ing the head, and with tho lo.ss of only about one pint of water. The 
indicating and measuring arrangemeiit.=; connected with the tank are 
exceedingly delicate and accurate, all times being automatically 
recorded by an electric chronograph, and valuable results have 
already been obtained. By means of a special connection with the 
citj' water-supply, the available head of water may be increased up 
to 280 ft. 

(6) An Impact Machine, which renders it possible to measure the 
force with which water flowing through an orifice, nozzle, or pipe, 
strikes any given surface, and also the impulsive effect of the water 
entering the buckets of hydraulic motors. 

(o) A Rife's Hydraulic Ram. 

(t/) A Jet Measurer specially designed for investigating the 
dimensions of the jet produced in the phenomena known as " the in- 
version of the vein." With thLs apparatus it is possible to determine, 
within .001 inch, the dimensions of a jet in anj' plane and at any 
point of the path. 

(c) Numerous orifices, nozzles, and mouth-pieces. 

(/) A speciallj^ designed stand-pipe, with all the necessary con- 
nections for pipes of various sizes for investigations on frictional 
resistance. The pressures are measured by recording gauges, etc. 

(g) A flume about 35 feet in length, bj' 5 ft. in width by 3 ft. 6 ins, 
in depth. 

Oi) Weirs up to 5 ft. in width, and with a depth of water over the 
sill varying from nil to 8 inches. A weir-depthing machine, with 



198 

three adjustable heads, gives the surface depth of the stream at any 
three points in a transverse section. The velocity of tlie stream is 
also determined by means of a double Pitot tube. 

(i) Numerous hydraulic pressure-gauges. 

(y) A mercury column 60 feet in height. 

(k) Gauge-testing- apparatus. 

(0 A'arious rotary, and piston meters, and a Venturi meter. 

(m) Apparatus for illustrating vorte.s; motion. 

())) Apparatus for illustrating vortex ring motion, and for deter- 
mining the critical velocity of water flowing through pipes. 

(o) Five specially built gauging tanks with suitable indicators, 
each having a capacity of 800 cubic feet, for determining the critical 
velocity of water flowing through pipes. Also other portable tanks. 
(p) Transmission and absorption dynainometers 

(q) An experimental centrifugal pump, which can be tested with 
varying heights of suction and discharge. 

(r) An inward-flow turbine, a new American turbine, an outward- 
flow impulse turbine, a Pelton, and other motors and turbines. 

is) Graduated measures of various sizes: standard gallon and 
litre measures with glass strikes. This Laboratory is also provided 
with a set of pumps, specially designed for experime.ital work and 
research. They are adapted to work under all pressures up to 120 
lbs. per sq. in., and at all speeds up) to the highest found practicable. 
The set is composed of three vertical single acting plunger pumps 
of 7 in. diam., 18 in. stroke, driven from one shaft. They have two 
interchangeable valve chests, and it is arranged that both the valves 
and their seats may be removed and replaced by others. The pumps 
are also provided with a double set of continuous recording indica- 
tors designed in the laboratory and having electrical connections. 
With these, an accurate record of the suction and discharge valves 
may be obtained at any given time, all fluctuations of speed, 
pressure, etc., being automatically recorded. 

8. Mechanical Laboratory — The equipment of this Laboratory 
includes : — A belt-testing machine, capable of taking a six-inch belt 
at 15 feet centres (the machine includes a special hydraulic dyna- 
mometer, and a friction brake, and will absorb 15 H. P.); a 
Thurston railway-pattern oil-tester, fitted with water cooling and 
heating apparatus for varying the temperature of the brasses as 
desired; an Engler standard viscosimeter, and other necessary 
apparatus for the physical testing of lubricants; a specially designed 
hydraulic support and fittings for carrying out experiinents on the 
action of cutting tools in the lathe; apparatus for experiments on 
the efficiency of pulleys and hoisting appliances, and on the efficiency 
of worm and other gearing; apparatus for governor-testing. 

This Laboratory is used in connection with the courses in 
Mechanical Engineering subjects. 

9. Metallurgical and Assaying Laboratories —These consist 
of a large furnace room of 2,200 sq. feet for metallurgical operations, 
a furnace room for assaying of 1,300 sq. feet, a balance room, small 
analytical laboratory and parts of other rooms which are utilized for 
pyroinetric and photo-microscopic work. The furnace room is fitted 
■with a water-jacket blast-furnace, 24 inches inside diameter, for 
smelting lead and copper ores ; also a hand reverberatory furnace 
for roasting ores, having a hearth 14 ft. by 6 ft., a Bruckner roast- 
ing furnace and an English cupellation furnace. 

It has also a large lead-lined chlorination-barrel for high pres- 
sures, with filter press, air pump, etc. 



199 

The furnace room adjoins the inilling- and ore dressing room (see 
below) and ores which have been crushed and dressed can easily 
be conveyed into the furnace room for roasting, smelting or leaching 
treatments. . 

In addition to this comparatively large scale plant apparatus is 
being provided to enable the students to study in detail the more 
important metallurgical operations using quantities of ore or metal- 
lurgical products of usually not more than a few pounds in weight. 
With such appliances the work of the student can be of a more 
individual character than is generally possible Avith. large scale 
plant, and the reactions which occur can be more easily and exactly 
studied. 

For the purpose of small scale work there is a large crucible 
furnace which can be used with either natural or forced draught, 
a large gas furiiace which can be used either as an oven furnace 
or a muffle furnace, and a nuniber of sm.all muffle and crucible 
furnaces in the assaying laboratory. 

In the autumn of 1901 the students erected a model brick blast 
furnace, and used it successfully for smelting copper ores. A Roots 
blower has been provided for the blast furnaces, and connections 
for supplying forced draft have been made to the gas and reverber- 
atory furnaces. Electric furnaces are being constructed for carrying 
on operations at very high temperature, and there is a low voltage 
moto dynamo and storage battery for electrolytic work. Leaching 
operations on a small scale are conducted in stoppered bottles which 
can be agitated by machinery. 

A powerful hydraulic press and a piece of apparatus for com- 
pressing gases by hydraulic power are available for experiments 
that have to be conducted under great pressure. 

The Assaying Laboratory is equipped with a large soft coal assay 
furnace, ana with a number of small muflle and crucible furnaces 
fired with coke ; the large gas muffle furnace in the furnace room 
is also available for assaying purposes, and there is a small muffle 
furnace and a crucible furnace fired by gasoline. 

Adjoining the ?.ssaying laboratory, is the balance room and a 
small laboratory for chemical work. 

In another room are a number of electrical pyrometers of both 
the Le Chatelier and Callendar type, and a micro-photographic out- 
fit for recording the microscopic structure of metals and alloys. A 
polishing machine, worked by pow'er, has been installed to prepare 
the specimens for examination. 

The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described in 
§ XI, 11. 

10. Mining and Ore-Dressing Laboratories. — The Depart- 
ment of Mining Engineering has one large laboratory for ore-dress- 
ing and a numtoer of rooms of moderate size equipped for use 
as special laboratories, offices, lecture room, dark room, machine 
shop, etc. The effective floor space is about 6,600 square feet, in 
addition to which the departmental store rooms, ore bins .etc., have 
an area of 1,000 feet. 

The ore-dressing laboratory proper has about 4,200 feet of floor 
space and is 25 feet high in the centre. 

It is equipped with two classes of apparatus. First, a large num- 
ber of pieces especially designed for individual work on a small 
scale. Many of these are for elementary investigations and de- 
monstrations of a theoretical nature, others are small scale reproduc- 



200 

tions of typical ore-dressing and miiling machines. Second, a com- 
plete plant of standard apparatus for erashinig', sampliiftg:, milling, 
co-ncentrating- and eoal -washing. The apparatus last mentioned has 
been chosen from the best designs in common use and each impor- 
tant class of ore-dressing machinery is represented by two ot more 
different types in order that comparatire tests may be made. Each 
machine is so arrang-ed that it may be used, tested and cleaned up 
independently, but when expedient, a number of machines can be 
connected by automatic conveyors and thus complete working plants 
of many kinds can be improvised, each of sufficient capacity to te.st 
large lots of material under approximately -working- conditions. 

The chief pieces of apparatus in the laboratory are rock-breakers 
of four kinds, Blake, Dodge, Comet and Sturtevant, for coarse 
crushing: ; Stamp mills of 60€' and S'oO lbs., respectively, for the fine 
cru.shing and amalgamating of gold ores ; Huntingdon centrifugal 
ro'ller mill, for crushing and amalgamating; high speed steel rolls 
for fine crushing ; Gates' grinder for preparing- samples, and a ball 
mill foT extremely fine grinding. 

Following these there is a Bridgman automatic sampler and a 
series of trammels and hand and po-n'er shaking- screens for sizing 
the crushed ores : two speefally designed jigs of two and four com- 
partments, -v^'tth adjHstaWe eccentric, earn and slide mechanism.s, a. 
pneumatic jig-, and several smiall hand and po-wer jigs for coarse 
concentration : revolving, bumiping and statimiary gl&.ss tables ; 
Frue vanner, Wilfley table, etc., for separating valuable minerals con- 
tained in fine sands and slimes ; plates, pans, and barrels for 
amalgamating gold and silver ores; vats and other apparatus for 
cyaiTiding, chlorinating and other leaching processes; spitzliiasten, 
spitzliitte, magnetic separators, coal -washers, dolly tubs, and various 
other special pieces of ore-dvessiing apparatus. 

An hydraulic lift and a complete series of belt and bucket eleva- 
tors, feeders,, samplers, etc.. are provided for use in heavy continu- 
ous -\;v'ork. The motive po-fver used is electi-icity, generated in the 
University power and Light station, and utilized through a number 
of electric motoi^s conveniently placed near the machines to be 
operated. The department is equipped with the most approved ap- 
ptiratus for electrical measurements, and is thus able to malte fre- 
quent and accurate determinations of the ai-nount of power used 
by each machine, and for any especial condition of use. 

In addition to the main laboratory there are excellent facilities 
for advanced and research work — -including a tlioroughly equipped 
fuialytic and assay laboiatoiy and a photographic room. The de- 
partment possesses an excellent Fuess petrographical microscope, 
a good set of weighing and measuring device.s, and a number of 
pieces of special apparatus for advanced theoretical investigation. 

The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described in 
XI., 14. 

11. Petrographicar Laboratory -The Petrographical Laboratory, 
containing the chief rock collection of the Universitj', is situated 
in tlie Chemistry and Mining building. It is arranged for the use 
of students in the Mining Course as well as for those desiring 
to take advanced work, and is provided with a number of petrogra- 
phical microscopes by Seibert, Crouch, and Fuess as well as with 
models', sets of tliin sections, electro-magnets, heavy solutions, etc., 
for petrographical work. 

A collection of typical rocks has been especially prepared for 
the use of .students, and a complete equipment for cutting, grinding, 



201 

yjid polisibing- rocks, has been installed, which runs by electric p©wer 
and g-ives excellent facilities for the preparation of thin sections for 
microscopic use. 

For advanced work and petro^aphical inv^stjjg-ation Dr. Adaxas' 
extensive private coilectioiu of racks and thin sections is available 
tor puriKJses of study and comi>ai-is©iiL. 
12. Physical Laboratory,— The equipment of the Macdonald Xiabor- 
ator'ies comprises : {!) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) simple 
forms of the principal instruments for use by the students in prac- 
tical work: (3) the most recent types of all the important instru- 
ments for exact measurement, to be used in connection with special 
work and research. 

The basement contains tlie cellars, furnaces, and, janitor's depart- 
ment at the west eud of the building. The machine room— contain- 
ing a small gas engine and d^'namo, which are fitted for testing, but 
can also be used for light and power, a motor-alternator and a 
inotor-dynamo— is situated at the errtreme -western corner of the 
basement so as to be as far removed as possible from the dtlieate 
]nagnetic and electrical instruments. Here is also the switch-board 
for controlling the various circuits for supplying direct or alternat- 
ing current to different parts of the building. The Accumulator 
Room contains a few large storage cells, charged by the motor- 
dynamo, whicli are fitted with a suitable series-parallel arrangement, 
and with rheostats for obtaining and controlling large currents up 
to 4.oao amperes for testing ammeters and low iiesieta:n.ces, etc. 

The Magnetic Laboratory oomtains magnetic instruments and 
variometers of different patterns, and, als3 a duplicate of the ,B. A. 
Ele.ctro-dynaraometer, which has beem completely remodelled and 
set up Avith great care lor absolute measurement of em-rent. 'The 
laboratory., on the opposite side of the basement, contains a very fine 
Ivorenz apparatus for the absolute measurement of resastan-oe, con- 
structed under the supervision of Prof. Viriamu Jones. It also con- 
tains a set of Ewing Seismographs and a pair of Darwin recording 
mirrors for measuring small movements of tiie soil. 

There is a constant temperature room, surrounded by double 
wails, whicli contains a Standard HiefHer clock, and i« fitted for com- 
parator work. 

The ground floor contains at the western corner a small machine 
shop, fitted with a milling machine and suitable lathes and tools 
driven by electric motors, and such appliances as are required for 
the making and repairing of the instruments, for wihich the services 
of a meelianical assistant are retained. There Is also a store room 
for glass, chemicals, and cleaning materials, and extensive lockers 
and lavatories for the use of the students. 

The main Electrical Laboratory i« a room €0 feet lay 40, and is 
fitted with a number of brick piers, which come up through the 
floor, and rest on independent foundations, in addition to the usual 
slate shelves rouaid the walls. This room contains a large number 
of electrometers, galvanometers, poteniaom ters and other testing 
instruments of various patterns, and adapted for different uees. It 
connects with a smaller room at the side, in whicla are kept the 
resistance boxes and standards, and also tihe ^capacity standards. A 
small research laboratory adjoining the electrical laboratory, is fitted 
up for the study of electrical discliarge in hig% vacua and for work 
with RSntgen and uranium radiation, and with ultra-violet ligiit. 

The first floor contains the main Lecture Theatre, -nith seats 
for about 250 students. The lecture table is supported on separate 



202 

piers, which are independent of the floor. Complete arrangements 
are provided for optical projection and illustration. The Preparation 
Room in the rear contains many of the larger pieces of lecture 
apparatus, but the majority of the instruments, when not in use, 
are kept in suitable cases in the adjoining apparatus room. On the 
same floor there is the Heat Laboratory, devoted to advanced work 
in Thermometry, jpyi'ometry and Calorimetry, and also to such elec- 
trical work as involves the use of thermostats and the measurement 
of the effects of temperature. There are also two smaller rooms for 
Professors and Demonstrators. 

The second floor is partly occupied by the upper half of the Lec- 
ture Theatre. There is also an Examination Room for paper work, 
a Mathematical Lecture Room, with a special apparatus room de- 
voted to apparatus for illustrating Mathematical Physics, and a 
special Physical Library chiefly devoted to reference books and 
periodicals relating to Physics. A store room, lavatories, and Pro- 
fessors' room occupy the remainder of the flat. 

The third floor contains the Elementary Laboratory, a room 60 
feet square, devoted to elementary practical work in Heat, Light, 
and Sound, and Electricity and Magnetism. There is a Demonstra- 
tor's Room adjoining, and an optical annex devoted to experiments 
with lenses, galvanometers and polarimeters. Also a series of 
smaller optical rooms, including a photometric room, specially fitted 
for arc photometry, and a dark room for photographic work. 

Mathematics and Dynamics.— Part of this iloor, allotted 
to the suDject of Mechanics, contains instruments for measuring 
length, area, volume, time, mass; Atwood machines and a Galileo 
Inclined Plane for the study of the Laws of Motion; Willis Appara- 
tus for experiments in Statics and Friction on a la.rge scale; Simple, 
Kater and Ballistic Pendulums; and torsion and rotation apparatus 
for determining moments of inertia. The practical work in this 
section is arranged to run parallel with and illustrate the lectures 
in Dynamics delivered in the first year, and also those in the second 
year of the Faculty of Arts. 

13. Testing Laboratories. — The principal experiments carried out 
in these will relate to the elasticity and strength of materials, fric- 
tion, the theory of structures, the accuracy of springs, gauges, dyna- 
mometers, etc. The equipment of this laboratory includes : — 

(a) A Wicksteed 100-ton and an Emery 50-ton machine for testing 
the tensile, compressive and transverse strength of the several 
materials of construction. To the former has been added a specially 
designed arrangement, by which the transverse strength of girders 
and beams up to 26 ft. in length can be determined. These machines 
are provided with the holders required for the various kinds of tests, 
and new holders have also been specially designed and made in the 
laboratory for investigating the tensile and shearing strength of 
timber for wire rope and belt tests, etc. Numerous attaahments 
have also been made to the machines, which have already increased 
their efficiency. The most recent addition is a double-bearing sup- 
port for transverse testing. 

(6) An Impact Machine, with a drop of 30 ft., and with gearing 
which will enable specimens to be rotated at any required speed, and 
the blows to be repeated at any required intervals. By means of a 
revolving drum, a continuous and accurate record of the deflections 
of the specimens under the blows can be obtained. 



203 

(c) An Unwin Torsion Machine with a specially designed ang^le- 
measurer, by which the amount of the torsion can be measured with 
extreme accuracy. 

(d) An Accumulator, furnishing a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square 
inch, which is trasmitted to the several testing machines, and en- 
sures a perfectly steady application of stress, an impossibility when 
any form of pump is substituted for an Accumulator. 

(e) A Blake and a Worthington Steam Pump, designed to work 
against a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square inch. The Accumulator 
may be actuated by either of the pumps, and, if at any time it is 
desirable to do so, either of the pumps may be employed to actuate 
the testing machine direct. When in operation the work of the 
pump and the accumulator is automatic. 

(f) Extensometers of the Bwing, Unwin, Martens, Marshall and 
other types. The extensometer equipment has recently been enriched 
by seven sets of improved extensometer apparatus designed and 
made in the laboratory. 

(g) Portable cathetometers, and also a large cathetometer speci- 
ally designed and constructed for the determination of the exten- 
sions, compressions and deflections of the specimens under stress in 
the testing machines. 

ill) An automatic electric motor pump for actuating the Accumu- 
lator; also various electric motors for working the several machines. 

(0 A drying oven for beams up to 26 ft. in length. Tihe hot air 
in this oven is kept in circulation by means of a fan driven by an 
electric motor. 

0) Numerous gauges, amongst which may be specially noticed an 
Emery pressure gauge, graduated in sing-le lbs. up to 2,500 lbs. per 
square inch. All of the testing machines are on the same pressure 
circuit, and are connected with the Emery gauge and also other 
standard gauges, including recording gauges. This arrangement pro- 
vides a practically perfect means of checking the accuracy of the 
testing. 

(/.) Special apparatus and i-ecording gauge for the testing of hose, 
etc. 

(/) Dynamometers for measuring the strength of textile fabrics, 
the holding power of nails, etc. 

(m) Apparatus for determining the elasticity of long wires. 

(«) Apparatus for determining the hardness of materials of con- 
struction. 

(o) Zeiss and other Microscopes. 

(p) Delicate chemical and other balances. A very important part 
of the equipment is the Oertling balance, capable of indicating with 
extreme accuracy weights of from .00001 lb. up to 125 lbs. 

(q) Apparatus for the microscopic study of metals and for micro- 
scope photography. 

(>•) Micrometers of all kinds. 

(s) A transverse bending machine, which is adapted for loads up to 
3000 lbs. and for beams of 10 ft. span. 

(0 Small beam testing machines, used to illustrate the laws of the 
bending of beams, both when the ends are free and when they are 
fixed. 

(») Two small tension machines, in which experiments are made on 
metals, the strains being within the elastic limit. 

(r) Apparatus with experiments for long wires, adapted for experi- 
ments on wires 60 ft. in length. 



204 

((f) A lever machine of experiments on alternate twisting. 
(x) A testing machine for breaking tests on wires. 
(y) A powerful hydraulic press for compression tests on metals, 
cements, stone and similar materials. 

(?) Apparatus for measuring strains of compression. 

Tlie following new apparatus is heiufi installed: — A liiehle tesfing machine 
of 60,000 Iba. capacity: a testinq machine for applying beniUng and torsion 
simultaneoushjj a Fairbanks' scales. 

14. Thermodynamic Laboratory.— The Thermodynamic Labor- 
atory is furnished with an experimental steam engine of 120 I. H. P., 
specially designed for investigating the beha%-iour of steam under 
various conditions; the cylinders are 6 1-2 inches, 9 inches, 13 inches, 
and 18 inches in diameter, and the stroke of all the pistons is 15 inches. 
The cylinders can be ?o connected as to allow of working as a simple, 
compound, triple, or quadruple expansion engine, either condensing or 
non-condensing, and witli any de.-ired rate of expansion. The jackets 
are so fitted as to permit of measuring independently the water 
condensed in the cover, barrel, cr bottom jacket of each cylinder, 
and the engine can be worked with any desired initial pressure up 
to 200 lbs. per square indh. The measurements of heat are made 
by means of large tanks, which receive the cooling water and the 
condensed steam. There is an independent surface condenser and 
air pump. Two hydraulic absoi-ption brakes and an alternative 
friction brake serve to measure the mechanical power developed. 

The Laboratory also contains the following machinery: — 
A Robb automatic cut-off engine, having a cylinder 10 1-2 inches 
in diameter by 12 inches stroke. This engine is specially fitted up 
for the measurement of cylinder temperatures, and can be run at 
speeds up to 300 revolutions per minute. 

An automatic high speed engine by Macintosh & Seymour, havmg 
a cylinder 13 mches diameter by 12 1-2 inches stroke. Automatic 
recording apparatus, registering the load on the brake of this engine, 
has been constructed and fitted up during the past session. 

A hot-air engine built by Woodbury Merrill of Ticonderoga. 

An Atkinson " Cycle " Gas engine, having a cylinder 7 inches dia- 
meter by 8 inches stroke, and indicating 6 H. P. 

An Otto gas engine (built in the workshops of the Department), 
having a cylinder S 1-2 inches diameter by 12 inches stroke, and in- 
dicating 12 H. P. 

A "Dake" steam engine of 4 H. P. 

A two stage air compressor taking 40 H P., and having cylinders 
10 inches and IT inches in diameter, by 15 inches stroke. The com- 
pressor delivers its air into reservoirs placed beneath the floor of the 
machine shop, and is provided with an intercooler whose capacity can 
be varied as desired. 

A high speed horizontal engine having a cylinder 6 inches diameter 
by 9 inches stroke, and operated by compressed air. 

A gas-fired preheater for the above engine. 

A standard 9 1-2 inch Westinghouse air brake pump, fitted for test- 
ing and for supplying compressed air for experimental and other pur- 
poses. 

A -non-rotative Blake steam pump, having steam and water cylin- 
ders. 4% and 2% inches diameter and 4i/, inches stroke 

The smaller apparatus belonging to the laboratory includes the 
necessary equipment of weighing machines, brakes, calorimeters, ther- 




T'hei-mnd\-namir Laboratory. 




An Eng-ineering Testing- Laboratory. 



205 

mometers, gauges, pyrometers, fuel testers, indicators, planimeters, 
and a Moscrop recorder. 

The boiler installation of the Engineering Building supplies steam 
for heating and power purposes, and is so arranged as to be available 
for experimental work in connection with the Thermodynainic Labora- 
tory. It comprises boilers of five distinct types as follows: — 

One Cornish boiler, for heating service, rated at 50 H. P. 

One locomotive boiler, Belpaire type. 100 H. P. 

One internally fired tubular boiler, 120 H. P. 

Two Babcock-Wilcox water-tube boilers, each 60 H. P. 

One Yarrow water-tube boiler, fitted in a closed stokehold, for 
woiking under forced draft, rated at 150 H. P. 

- These boilers are provided with the necessary tanks, weighing- 
machines and apparatus for cai-rying out evaporative tests. 



^ XIIN Museums. 

The Peter Redpath Museum.— The Peter Redpath Museum 
contains large and valuable collections in Botany, Zoology, Miner- 
alogy and Geology, arranged in such a manner as to facilitate the 
work in these departments. Students have access to this Museum, in 
connection with their attendance on the classes in Arts in the subjects 
above named, and also by tickets which can be obtained on applica- 
tion. 

Engineering Museum.— This Museum occupies the thii-d storey 
of the Engineering Building, and amongst other apparatus, contains 
the Reuleaux collection of kinematic models, presented by Sir Wil- 
liam Macdonald, and pronounced by Professor Reuleaux to be the 
finest and most complete collection in America. 

Architectural Equipment,— The Architectural Department has 
been endowed by Sir Wm. Macdonald, the founder, with a very thor- 
ough equipment for practical purposes of instruction. In the Museum 
of the Engineering Building is included a large collection of casts 
both of architectural detail and ornament (illustrative of tTie histori- 
cal development of the various styles) and of arcliitectural and figure 
sculpture. The freehand-drawing classes for architectural students, 
as also the classes of architectural drawing and design, are conducted 
in this portion of the building. 

A special architectural department has been added to the Univer- 
sity Library; text-books and other works have been added to the 
Faculty Library. A collection of photographs is placed in the archi- 
tectural room for the use of students in the class of design, in addi- 
tion to a select reference library of illustrated works. Diagi-ams and 
lantern slides are used in illustration of the historical courses; models 
and specin^ens of materials and fittings in those on Building Con- 
struction, Sanitation, etc. 



206 
^XIV. Workshops and Workshop Instruction. 

The Workshops, erected on the Thomas Workman Endow- 
ment, .liave a total floor area of more than 35,003 squara 
feet. The course in shopwork is intended to afford some pre- 
l)aration for that study of workshop practice on a commercial 
scale which every engineer has to carry out for himself. With 
this end in view, the student works in the various shops of the 
department, and completes in each a series of practical exer- 
cises. He thus obtains some knowledge of the nature and 
properties of the various materials he employs ; he becomes f a- 
miliar with the use and care of the more important hand and 
machine tools; and he acquires some manual skill. 

The instruction thus obtained must, however, be continued 
and supplemented. For this purpose students are expected to 
spend the greater portion of each long vacation in gaining prac- 
tical experience in some enginering workshops outside the Uni- 
versity. 

Throughout the course, advanced students are as far as pos- 
sible entrusted with the construction and erection of machinery 
and apparatus which afterwards form part of the equipment 
of the department. An air-compressor, a boring bar, a belt- 
testing machine, and a duplex feed pump, are examples of the 
work which has been done in this manner. Such students are 
also encouraged to see and assist in the repairs required by the 
engines, boilers and machine tools in the engineering building. 

Equipment. — The Carpenter's Shop and the Pattern Shop 
contain thirty-eight carpenters' and pattern-makers' benches 
complete with the necessary sets of hand tools, twenty-two 
wood-turning lathes with their turning tools, a large pattern- 
makers' lathe for faceplate work, one circular saw bench, a 
jig saw, a band saw, two wood trimmers, a surface jDlaner, a 
thickness planer, a mortising machine, a saw-sharpener, and 
one universal wood-working machine. 

The Smith Shop is provided with sixteen Sturtevant forges 
which are power-driven and are connected with an exhaust fan. 
There is a power hammer, and the necessary equipment of an- 
vils, swage blocks, sets, flatteners and other tools. Provision 
is made for instruction in soldering and brazing, and for an 
eleuTentary course in ornamental wrought iron work in connec- 
tion with the architectural course. 



20Y 

The Foundry has benches, tools, and apparatus for bench 
and floor moulding and core-making, and is able to acommo- 
date twenty students. A gas-fired brass melting furnace, a 
cupola for melting iron, and the necessary core-ovens and core- 
benches give facilities for unclertaking iron foundry work in 
green and dry sand, and for brass moulding. The shop is 
served by a hand travelling crane of one ton capacity. 

The Machine Shop has twelve IS-inch engine lathes, one 
18-inch turret lathe fitted for stud and screw making, one 27- 
inch engine lathe, one 72-inch surfacing lathe, one brass-fin- 
ishing lathe, one 36-inch vertical drilling machine with com- 
pound table, one universal milling machine with vertical mill- 
ing attachment and dividing headstock, one planer capable of 
taking work up to 24" X 24" X 5 ft., one 9-inch slotting ma- 
chine, one 16-inch shaper, one universal grinding machine, a 
centering machine, a cutter grinder, a tool grinder and a 
buffing and emery grinding machine. There are vise benches 
for eighteen students, with the necessary hand-tools, and a 
marking-ofi: table. The tool-room contains a full equipment 
of drills, reamers, milling cutters, and accessories, gauges, cal- 
lipers, and other measuring instruments. 

All the machinery in the Workshops is driven electrically 
by motors taking power from the generating station in the 
Macdonald Building. 

Courses of Instruction. 

Instructors in Shopwork. 

Carpenter's Shop and Pattern Shop G. "Wooley 

Smith Shop ^T!!^-"^ 

Foundry H. Lane 

Machine Shop .J. F. Macoun 

The work of the various shops is carried out under the dircc- 
of the Professor of Mechanical Engineering. The following 
are the subjects of instruction : — 

Carpentry and Joiner Worh. — Sharpening and care of wood- 
working tools. Sawing, planing and paring to size. Prepar- 
ation of flat surfaces, parallel strips, and rectangular blocks. 
Construction of the principal joints employed in carpentry and 
joiner work, such as end and middle lap joints, end and middle 
mortise and tenon joints, mitres, and dado and sash joints. 
Dovetailing, scarfing. Joints used in roof and girder work. 
Wood-turning, use of wood-turning tools. 



208 

Pattern making. — Use of pattern-makers' tools. Elements 
of pattern-making, allowances to be made for draught and for 
contraction in monlding and easting, nse of contraction rnle. 
Preparation of prints and plain core-boxes. Exercises in paring 
and turning. Construction of patterns and core boxes for pipes, 
flanges, elbows, tees, and valves. More difficult exercises in 
pattern-making, including built-up patterns and face-plate 
work. Gear and wheel patterns. 

Smitli-ivorl:. — The forge and its tools. Use and care of 
smiths' tools. Management of fire. Use of anvil and swage- 
block. Drawing taper, square and parallel work. Bending, 
upsetting, twisting, punching, and cutting. Welding and scarf- 
ing. Forging, hardening, and tempering tools for forge and 
machine work. Tempering drills, dies, taps, and springs. 

Foundry-u-orl\ — Moulders' tools and materials used in foun- 
dry work. The cupola. The brass furnace. Preparation of 
moulding sand. Boxes and flasks. Core-making. Use of core- 
irons. Bench moulding. Blackening, coring and finishing 
moulds. Vents, gates and risers. Special methods required in 
brass moulding. Floor moulding. Open sand Avork. Advanced 
examples of moulders' work. Melting and pouring metal. Mix- 
tures for iron and brass casting. 

Macliine-sliop ]7orl:. — Exercises in chipping. Preparation of 
flat surfaces. Filing to straight edge and surface plate. Scrap- 
ing. Screwing and tapping. Use of scribing block and surface 
gauge. Marking off work for lathes and other machines. Turn- 
ing and boring C3'lindrical work to gauge. Surfacing. Screw- 
cutting and preparation of screw-cutting tools. Use of turret 
lathe. Taper turning. Machining flat and curved surfaces on 
the i^laning and shaping machines. Plain and circular milling 
with vertical and horizontal spindles i gear-cutting. Cutter- 
grinding. Drilling and boring. Use of jigs. Grinding flat and 
cylindrical surfaces. Cutting tools for hand and machine; their 
cutting angles and speeds. Dressing and grinding tools. 

The following work has recently been com]ileted or is now 
in progress in the Workshops of Dejjartmeut of Mechanical 
Engineering : — 

72 in. surfacing and boring lathe, and compound rest for 
same. 

New rocking grate for locomotive boiler. 




Machine Shop. 




Pattern ShDp. 



IC 



209 

Apparatus for experimenting on efficiency of worm gearing. 

Set of cast iron gauges for machine shop. 

Model to illustrate engine balancing. 

Three surface condensers. 

One 1,000 lbs. coal car for boiler room. 

Two hydraulic dynamometers. 

Two draft gauges of special design. 

One preheater for 6x9 compressed air engine. 



XV- Statement of Research Work in the 
Laboratories -1902-03- 

On the back water produced by diminishing the Avidth of a 
weir. Prof. H, T. Bovey (in progress). 

On the pressures produced by sand on vertical and inclined 
surfaces. Prof. H. T. Bovey (in progress). 

An experimental determination of the variation of the critical 
velocity of water with temperature. Dr. E. 0. Coker and S. B 
Clement. Phil. Trans., 1903. 

A flexible joint for secui-ing tubes in vessels under ' ressure. 
Dr. E. G. Coker. Phys. Eeview, 1903. 

On the loss of head due to sudden changes of section in pipes 
conveying water. Dr. E. G. Coker and K. M. Cameron (in 
progress). 

On the microscopic structure of cements. Dr. E. G. Coker 
and K. M. Cameron (in progress). 

On the loss from unresisted expansion in the intermediate 
cylinder of a triple expansion steam engine. Prof. E. J. 
Durley. 

On the co-efficient of discharge for air passing througli ori- 
fices in thin plates under small differences of pressure. Prof. 
E. J. Durley. 

On the efficiency of Hindley worm-gearing. Prof. B. J. Dur- 
ley. 

A neiv curent wave meter. Prof. E. B. Owens. Trans. 
Amer. Inst. Elect. Engs., 1902. 

Determination of alternator characteristics. L. A. Herdt. 
Trans. Amer. Inst. Elect. Engs., 1902. 

Eelation of temperature and current in electrical conductors 
under different conditions. H. A. Burson. 



•2 1 

An electric accelerometer. I'rof. E. B. Owens. 

An electrical indicating transmission dynamometer. Prof. 
E. B. Owens. 

On the performance of a repulsion motor. Prof. E. B. 
Owens and L. a. Herdt. 

Tests on induction generators. L. A. Herdt. 

On the overheating and burning of steel. Prof. A. Stans- 
field. 

The microscopic structure of overheated steel. Prof. A. 
Stansfield and HoAvells Frechette. 

On the coking of coal. Prof. A. Stansfield and C. A. Eow- 
lands. 

On the free fall of spheres in still water. Dr. J. B. Porter 
and C. V. Corless. 

On the relation of the power consumed in crushing rock to 
the size and surface of the fragments produced. Dr. Porter 
and H. P. DePencier. 

On the concentration of certain crystalline magnetites by 
hydraulic vs. magnetic methods. Dr. Porter. 

On the rate of flow of films of water of different depths on 
inclined planes. T. F. Eobertson. 

On sizing vs. classifying as a preparation for concentration 
on tables. S. H. Boright. 

On pneumatic jigging methods as applied to mixtures of 
minerals of different densities. A. S. B. Lucas. 

On the Elmore Oil process as applied to certain ores. 0. 
Hall. 



XVI- Donations During Session 1902-03- 

One Riehle testing machine, 60,000 lbs. capacitj', from R. G. Reid, 
Esq. 

One steam engine indicator, from the Star Brass Mfg. Co. (Boston.) 

One Daft electric light dynamo, from the Northern Electric & Mfg. 

Co. (Montreal). 

One o H. P. induction motor, from the Ampere Electric Mfg. Co. 
(Montreal), and one steel beam. 

Tm^o steel castings, from the Canada Switch and Spring Company. 

Weston laboratory standard wattmeter and voltmeter. Anonymous. 

High tension insulators and pole head, from the Shawinigan Light 
and Power Company. 

One 7.5 k.w. and 15 k.w. transformer, from the Westinghouse Elec- 
tric and Mfg. Company, (Pittsburg). 

One standard 50 mil-amp. capacity megohm and portable wattmeter, 
from Anonymous. 



211 

Seventeen high tension reactive coils, from the Atmospheric Product 
Co. 

Rubber insulated wire for research work, from the Okonite Com- 
pany. 

Lots of ore, coal, etc., from the Intercolonial Copper Co., Dorches- 
ter, N.B.; the Dominion Iron and Steel Co., Sydney, C.B. ; the 
London and B.C. Gold Fields Co., Ltd., Nelson, B.C., etc. 

Apparatus from the Montreal Rolling Mills. 

Books from Can. Rand Drill Co., Dr. Adams, Dr. Porter, Prof. Durley. 

Number of framed photographs, from the Grand Trunk Railway 
Company. 

Photographs, drawings, blue prints, reports, specifications, etc., from 
the Canadian Pacific Railway Co., the Dominion Coal Co. and the 
Dominion Iron and Steel Co. (Sydney, C.B.), the General Electric 
Co. (Schnectady), the Westinghouse Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Pitts- 
burg), the Bullock Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Cincinnati), The Crocker- 
Wheeler Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Ampere), Canadian General Elect. 
Co. (Toronto), U.S. Navy Department, Bureau of Construction and 
Bureau of Steam Engineering, Westinghouse Air Brake Co. 
(Pittsburg), Pennsylvania Steel Co. (Steelton, Pa.), American 
Bridge Co. (per C. Schneider, Esq.), Grand Trunk Railway Co., 
E. Deville, Esq. (Ottawa), F. H. McGuigan, Esq. (G.T.R.), W. D. 
Robb, Esq. (G.T.R.), E. A. Williams, Esq. (C.P.R.), W. B. Mac- 
Kenzie, Esq. (I.C.R.), G. A. Mountain, Esq. (C.A.R.), C. B. 
Smith, Esq., etc., etc. 

Publications:— Inst. C. E. (London); Inst. Mech. Eng. (London); Inst, 
of Engs. and Shipbuilders, in Scotland; Society of Engineers 
(London); Liverpool Engineering Society; Amer. Inst. C. E. ; 
Amer. Inst. Mech. Engs.; Can. Soc. C. E.; Cassier's Magazine 
Company, Am. Inst. Mining Engrs. ; The Inst, of Mining and 
Metallurgy (London); Australasian Inst. Mining Engrs. (Mel- 
bourne); The Geological Survey of Canada, etc., etc. 



212 









1 








o 








>i 










■4 


Ji! 








3 

£9 






P 


2 

fi ft 




H 


a. 








•^ 


o 








M 


CO 














-r T- 


til 








3 1 ^ 


q 












', 


« 


CD 


60 


to 


? 


1« 

,: t 


■3 
S 


a 


^ 








S 


62 
:;: 


as 

s 


© 








<U (D 'S to 


t4 








o>A aa 


^ 












^ 












*i 




m 


a' 






OQ^ 


i tM 
< 

1 H 




3 


a 


'3d 




>> 

(14 


u 


1 


s 


s 


















>. 














l! ^ 





a 










e 


S 





j5 


:2 





Q 












» 


ci 


c8 


I-) 


1^ 


TO 


1 


S 


s 









1 










ji 




ai 


CO 






c« 












v^ 


!" 


"^ 


'■Z^ 


,a 








3 


i 


"3) 


'S 





! H 


J2 


^ 


a 


>> 


>) 


; 3 






W 




,4 


• H 


=s 


ce 


P4 


;i< 




s 


S 








1 








•^ 


1 






^^ 


,^ 




1 






P^ 


P^ 








m 


■a 


t^ 


^ 





"3 


"3 


M 


CO 




li a 
: a 


S 


a 
2 




^^ 


1^^ 


o 

ji 
i 

j 


1^ 






P. 



5. "2-^ 
3 "^ 


1 






! 1 1 « 1 


i ^ 







<-< 


C4 





^ 


8> 


1 *~* 


f-i 




■fc» 


o 










« 


00 




HVai XSHIJ 


^ 






1 l« 



















=« r--r 



* , 
gc 






^.wwl 



■S3" 

Mrs r- 



* Ph 



O--MC0 



? 1-5 tea 



■s a^o 






-:i 


tc 


c3 


J>S -— 


rt 







s?. 


^ 


0. 




# ■ 


















H 




01 


^ 







a 


M 






i"« 



o o 



"s ! --a 






-Sb:? 



HvaA aNODas 



3 eo 



a =1 

si 



1^ 



w C3 Qj 

■2 2 « 

^i -I 

-?.2 P.-S 

az^o^ 

g "3 .2 T 

OH 

■^ n-J -*-» o 



23-3 



^ - .■« 
3S0.S 

.■2;;^ 

«*-. as r o 
53 '^ r>.' o 
^ o .- a 
t; M >» a 

03.2 
5 IS 

Tj ■• ti 

m 3J4 2 

J^ ^ 

•?-2 -a 

a S d J3- 



^ic 



m.l 



213 



sit 









"3 >»H - 
I.- o t» 

<< U ffi to 

oS ■ ci 

■goSS 



III 












-^ ^ ^ .^ t^ -o 

r £ K "^ j: = •« 

J - - ^ S 

.= a mm 



cf tt'5 ci § '^ 
S-S g.l v7^ 



O 3 _ 



° a = 



^ 5 h; >« "_ 

2 .- 5 .M '?. 
S S— o > 

2J^-3?5 



a -3 S O .a 

ac:5r^ ai^ 
■3 <c -^ ■« • 

oOgg 



a 



O CO 



a ~ 



Q ID r^ O; S)Z • 



eo":;?3;.a 
a >>.= — >, 

«5»- J; — 
rt 0-/3 



. >o 



^co ' 






M 



a)2< q 

a =»J :*■ S — -rT 

.3S.2 a ^ . 






tn 



'^ ts-o -a ^ -a 

d ?-' a »» H 
h! - -'3 ^ --n 

. 2- 3 >>» S 
a ='2^'^.='| 



1 






oT 


-; oT 


-^ 




" -» o"^ 


1 ='* • .-^ ■ 


a =^'5 


3'=* 5 


'='<"<^ •"'!^^r"^ 




Art History, 
. C. Macby., 
ineraloyy, 2, 
ads and Cana 


lom. Lab. e( 
Elect. Meas. 
Org. Lab. (h) 
Iirveying, 3, 7 
Thennotlyn. 






3^ ^'^Ae.'". 

.a .,• "" ..o .a 
-^ -= '3 ■;; ts) d :3 

^ - o a' a. s M 




os^ 


o cc 


^ f' 


u3 2 i 












i.O 






.li "^ t-^ 1-" 


."^ o't- 


o 


<i~oi 




f-i t> 


.^ t£'-'=^'o" 


- a:« aT* «> U 


^ -• " 


c-i" -a S" 




*a W 


-.5 «-c 


".S^-ST^ti 


' Hi's 


C'-'-*"t- 


■ X 

a 


J3„- 




-S a .; =i .2 ji S 


5 S'>S 


~~' SB tea 

^ a a-5 
"S S S ..; 

h! tog S 


S 


.2 ° 


o a - o 


slisS-gi 




jlfl 




►^O 




< ^ 

a 




2 








I 


« 


D 

O 


0) 


o 


::: i 


0« 


2 










c« 


iM 






1 







35 'JO 

"Sis 



■<s 



S5 

>- a 



a •« 

o to 



g 3 a» 
.^ a D S 

— .'© ^^ --, 



w a OT >» 

tc-S St* 

V. a .s S 

31 1^ 

"^ O >_, Off 

as ^2 

o a is 

M a 



So OT 3 



ooOT -g^ a- 
•-23 o S 



.•" .-a 

a a .Z. Ot 
S3 " ° 

TS > a,5 * 
a ;.•:: ® ^ " 

" a .t: '2 

M f- -e > o 
^-. . ^*- C 

« 30 - O O 

^ c ■= 3 J 

• ^ O - = 

2ot et<1 5 
£ i ^ o o 

.S.2 t«>H-a 



^a-9-'^ 

S-as 



214 



Pi 

O 
H 



o 

I— I 
o 

P 
W 
t— I 

Ph 
fin 
<! 

C=4 
O 

EH 

!3 
Q 










t^ 














■>!>■ * 














. ' ,-^r/{ "''^ 














■N '^ ■«>■.,.,• .o'-- 












(H* 


• ~5 "^ -^• „ ta W.< 












.4 


~--^ ■■3o--'C 












a 

PS 
D 


3 5f'5~~>^-rr 

• e _ ',S 2 


6 













•«1 
CO 


Chem 
Desigi 
ynainc 
Geode 
Geol 
. 4 Me 
Shonw 


























fi a" 














i^ 














1 


t-' . 


t*' 


,,- 


1-- 






ng. 5 ; 

tall. Lab. 
7. 
ring, (b) 1 


ui .6 — 


s 


■*■ . »o cT - 


.^ Jt, ■" » 






Elect. Eng., (a) 4 

Geodesy, 3. 

Geology, (a) 1. 

Mechl. Eng. Lab., 

Min. & Metall. Lab. 

Water Colouring. ( b 




m., lb) 
rawing 
. Lab., 
. Lab. 

Struct. 

** 


m J, to^-^i^" 




P 

3 


Mechl. E 

(a) 3, 4, 
Mining <fe Me 

Water Colou 


A. C. Mac 

Designii 

Freehand Dr 

Mechl. Eng 

Min. & Metall 


Electro Che 

Freehand D 

Mechl. Eng 

Min. & Metall 

Theory of 


Chemical 

Dynamo La 

Designii 

Graph. Static 

Mechl. Kng 

Min. (fc Metall 

Struct.. Kni 






J 






■k 


^ 






.*^ CO 












a 

D 

H 


ihy., e 
try, 2, 


co'3 


•' '^ .-, e 7 - 




Wi i 




Designini 

Hydraulic Mac 

3, 4, 5, 

Phys. Ghemis 


Designing, 1 

Mechl Eng. 

3, 4. li, 

Colloq. (b) 


A. C. Macl 

Designini 

Metallurgy, 

Mining Mach. 

Railw.ay En 

Tliermody 


Can,adian Geol 

Designing 

Dyn. of Ma 

Org. Chemia 

Pract Geology 

Metallurgy, fi. 


Chemical Lab 

Designing, £ 

Mechl. Kng, 

Modelling, 

Testing Lab,, 






!>■*,**- 




. 


. 


, t^* 




Q 


Designing, 3, 

Dyn. of Mach , (a) 5. 

Geology, (0) 1. 

Jletalliirgy, (b) 6. 

Milling, lb) 7. 

Mining Mach , (n)6, 

Th. of Struct., 3 & 1.--- 

Thermodyn.. (b) '>. 


Designing, 3. 

Dyn. of Mach., (a) 5. 

Elect Eng , 4. 

Freehand Drawing, 1 

Metallurtjy (b) 6. 

Mining Prob. (b) 7. 

Surveying, l.*-A: 

Thermodyn, (b) 5. 

Colloq. (n) C. 7. 


A, C, Machy., 4. 
Designing, 3. 
Dyn. of Mach., (a) .5. 
Freehand Drawing, 1 
Mineralogy (a) 2, 6, 7. 
Ore Dejiosits, (b) (i, 7. 
Thermodyn.. (6j 5. 


Mach. Dos , 5; (a) 4 

Mineralogy, (a) 2. 6, 7, 

Oie Deposits, , (b) G, 7 

Struct. Eng., 1, 3. 


Chem. Lab., 2. 6; (b) 7 

Designing, 1. 

Dynamo Lab , 4. 

Hydraulic Lab. (a) 5, 

Shop work {h) 5. 

Testing L)l)., ( /■) ,5. 










» 




■^^ "* 






.u-i <^ ■ 


■^/V-_ |. 


it- '? 1-^ 


*"'.. . -^ 






n 
H 


Art History, 1 

Dyn. of Mach., 

Mining, 7. 

Phys, Chem , 2, 

Railway Eng , 


Designing, 1. 
Mechl. Eng. Lab 
Ore Deposits, (b) ( 
Petrograpliy, (a) 1 

Surveying, 1 .* 
Theory oi Str., 3, 

Thermodyn., 4 


Elect. Eng., 4 

Metall (b) i; ) ,, 

Physiography J ^ •' 

Designing, 1. 

Mechl. Eng. Lab 

Ore-dress,, (a) 6, 

Org Chem., 2 


Designing, 1, 3 

Mechl. Eng. Lab 

Metallurgy, 6, 

Phys. Chemistry 


Chemical Lab., 2; (1 

Designing, 1, :!, 

Hydraulic Lab., (a 

Mechl. Eng. Lab 

Petrog. Lab., (b) ( 








1; ■ "^ » t 




^^ L^ 








'-' ?-< .2 


jsa^ & 


j6 6*2" !l^"* - 

C4 C :^ CO - „ t,„ 


,« . -o ^- 







3 


Elcctro-Chem. 

(b)4. 

Freehand Drawi 

Geoloey, ((0 

Mining, 7 

Thermodynair 


Elect. Chem. La 
Freehand Draw 
Hydraulics. 3, 4, 
Hydraulics / 
Metall. (b) G <> 


Klectro-Chem. L 

Freehand Drawi 

Mining Macb. 1 

Municipal Eng. 

Ore DressingC 

Thermodyn. 

Water Colourini 


Architecture 

Chemistry. 

Geodesy, ; 

Machine Design, 

Metallurgy, 


_^co^ 

e3 r^ 

'c«.2 d 
.S c >. 

II 




K 










■0 




p 


Oi 





f— * 


Cv) 












S 


rH 


•^ 


*^ 




w 






i 




" 1 



^5 






T3.2 X 



_ a 



S.2 

51 a 



a S 

t3 -S S .2 

"3- o ffl 

-^"^ « a 

•3' S.^ 

•2 ° S 

0) a p.>3 

H'6o o;£j 

..^ a ? ■" 

fa:s 






ei 



o M 

aco bog - 
.2 t..a j5 

-2_ I. h U - 

O " S 2 r° 

SS.2^? 

a; 6fi 

.a a 



215 



FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 

Christmas Examinations, December, 1903. 

(Subject to Alteration by the Faculty.) 



Day and Date. 


First Tear. 


Second Ybak. 


Third Yeah. 


Fourth Year. 


Monday, 14.. A.M. 






Graph. Stat. (i)). 


Ore Dressing. 


P.M. 








Hy draul. Lab. 


Tuesday, 15 — A.M. 






Elect. Magnet. 


Mech. Engin. 


P.M. 




Chemistry (3/) 


Geology (J/). 




Wedne8day,16.A.M. 


Exp. Physics. 


Surveying 'D) 


Surveying (D) 


Hydraulics. 


Thursday, 17.. A.M. 




Mathematics. 


Mathematics. 


Mineralogy. ( C) 
Pract. Astron. 
Mach. Design 


P.M. 


Mathematics. 








Friday, 18 A.M. 


Geom. Draw- 
ing (D). 


Exp. Physics. 


Metallurgy. 


Metallurgy. 
Elect. Lighting. 



(C). Chemistry Bdg. (/)). Drawing Rooms, Engin. Bdg. (.1/). Molsoii Hall. Al 
otlier examinations. Carpenter Shop, Engin. Bdg. 



216 



FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 
April Examinations, 1904. 

(Subject to Alteration b}' the Faculty.) 



Day and Date 




FlKST y BAR. 


SlXOND Yeak. 


Third Year. 


Fourth I'bak. 


Tuesday, April L 


.A.M. 


Des.Geom.(D). 


Des. Geoin. (7>). 


Th. Struct. 
Org. Chem. (J/) 


Th. Struct. 

Elect. Rail. 

Mechl. Eugin. 


Wednesday, April 6, . 


.A.M. 


Exp. Pliysics. 


Exp. Pliysics. 


Ore Dressing. 


Th. Struct., (D). 
Designing, (T)). 
Canad.Geol. (C). 


Thursday, April 7. . . . 


.A.M. 




Chemistry (M) . 


Architecture. 

Pract. Astron. 

D. 0. Dyn.Mach. 

Org. Chem. {U). 


Architecture. 

GeoleBy. 

A. C. Mach. 

Tjjerjno. Dab. 

Jlmiug. 


Friday, Aprils 


.A.M. 


Algebra. 




Geology (V). 
Dyu.ofMach. • 


Elect. Chem. 

Dyii, of Mach. 

M.& M. Mach. 

Prob. A All. 




P.M. 




Prac. Cliem.(C). 


Geology (.V. 




Saturday, April 9 


.A.M. 


Dynamics. 


Calculus. 


Anal. Chem. 


Metall. Cu. Pb. 


Monday, April 11.... 


.AJVI. 
P.M. 




Kidiamatics. 


T<?sti3ig Dab. 
Indus. Chcni. 

Struct. Eugin. 
Elect. Meas. 


Th. etruct. 
Adv. Metall. 
Phye.Chean. 

Pbysiog. 
Struct. Engin. 


Tuesday, April 12. . . 


A.M. 


English. 


El. Arcliit. (D), 
Mech. Draw- 
ing (D). 


Des. Geora. (D). 
.Mech.iDrjiw. (I)). 


Ilyd. .-Mach. 




P.M. 






Art Hist. 

Assaying. 


Art. Hist. 
Gas Anal. 


Wednesday, April 13 


.A.M. 




Mechanics. 


Mechanics. 


Hydraulics. 
Elec. Metall. 


Tlmrsday, April 14.. 


.A.M. 


Trigonometry. 


Surv. (J)). 
Prac. Chem. (C) 


Thermoiyu. 
Transport. 


Therm odvn. 
Petrography (C). 


Friday, April 15 


• A.M. 




Hist. Arch. 
Phys. Dab. 


Hist. Archt. 

K. R. Engin. 

Mach. Design. 


R. R. Engin. 

Mach. Desgn. 

Pr. Geol. Ore 

Dep. (C). 


Saturday, April 16. . . 


.A.M. 






Mnnic. Engin. 
Mineral. ((]) 


Munic Engin. 
Miner. Anal. 



(C). Chemistry Big. (D). Drawing Eoo.ua, Engin. Bdg. (.1/). Molson Hall. All other ex- 
aminations, Carpeiitdr Shop, Engin. Bdg, 




Macdonald Chemistry Building.— A Research Laboratory. 




Macdonald Mining Building.— An Assay Room. 



faculty of 5;aiu< 



(Macdonald Foundation), 

Tbe CTirriciiliini extends over three years. It incltpcles lec- 
txires upon, all the branches of the La^w- administered in the 
Prorince of Quebec, and also upon Eoman Law, Legal Hbtoiy, 
and the Constitutional Law of England, and of the Dominion. 
Its primary design is to afford a comprehensive legal education 
for students who intend to practise at the Bar of the Province. 
In all the eo-iarses the attention of stu.dents will be directed to 
the sources of the Law. and to its Mstorieal development. Dur- 
ing their First Year the students will attend one hundred lec- 
tBies on Boman Law, from which the Law of this Province is 
in great port derived. In the lectures on Legal History, the 
history of our law since the Cession, and its relation with the 
French and with the English laws, will be explained. First 
Year Students will also attend courses on the Law of Persons ; 
the Law of Eeal Estate; the Law of Obligations; the Elemen- 
tary rules of Procedure; and an introductory course on Crim- 
inal Law. The remaining branches of law, civil, conmieTcial, 
and criminal, will be dealt with in the Second and Tliird years. 
During the three years the Civil Code, the Criminal Code, and 
the Code of Civil Procedure will be covered, and lectures will 
also be given upon subjects, such as Bills of Exchange, Mer- 
chant Shipping, and Banking, which are regulated mainly by 
special statutes. 

Students have the free use of the Law Library of the Faculty, 
to which large additions are continually being inade, those 
lately added including the Ontario Reports, Dalloz, Recueil 
Periodique, and such valuable works of reference as the Ameri- 
can and English Encyclopsedia of Law and the American and 
English Encyclopaedia of Pleading and Practice. The prin- 
cipal reports and legal periodicals are taken. A special room 
for Law Students is provided in the Redpath Library. This 
room is open during the day, and in the evenings from'eight to 
ten o'clock. 

The lectures are delivered in the rooms furnished for the 
Faculty in the East Wing of McOill College bv its munificent 



218 

benoJ'aetor, Sir Wni. C. Macdonald. The Faculty desire to 
impress upon English students the great importance of obtain- 
ing a familiar knowledge of French. In the practice of the 
profession in this Province it is almost indispensable that a 
lawyer shall be able to write and speak French. All Avho intend 
to become Students of Law are urged to pay special attention 
to this subject. 

Those students who are able to take the B.A. course be- 
fore entering upon their legal studies are strongly recom- 
mended to do so. Those for whom this is impossible are advised 
to attend the course in the Faculty of Arts for two years. 

Matriculation. 

For particulars of the University Matriculation Examina- 
tion for Students in Law see pp. 10-21. 

The attention of students who intend to practise law in the 
Province of Quebec, or to be admitted to the notarial profes- 
sion, is called to the statutory requirements as to admission to 
study. Ihese will be found on pp. 2 "2 0-231. 

Scholarships aad Prizes. 

Various scholarships and prizes will be awarded to the 
students of each year who obtain the highest distinction at the 
Examinations in April, 1901. 

Xo scholarship or i^rize will, however, be awarded to any 
student unless in the estimation of the Faculty a sufficiently 
high standing be attained to merit it. 

Faculty Regulations. 

1. Students of Law shall be known as of the First, Second, 
and Third Year, and shall be so graded by the Faculty. In each 
year, students shall take the studies fixed for that year, and 
those o]ily, unless by special permission of the Faculty. 

2. The Eegister of Matriculation shall be closed on the 1st 
of October in each year, and return thereof shall be immedi- 
ately made by the Dean to the Eegistrar of the University. 
Candidates applying thereafter may be admitted on a special 
examination to be determined by the Faculty; and, if admitted, 
their names shall be returmd in a supplementary list to the 
Eegistrar. 

3. The lectures will be delivered between the hours of half- 
past 8 and half-past 9 in the morning, and between 1 and half- 



219 

past 6 in the afternoon; and special lectures in the evening 
at such hours and in such order as shall be determined by the 
Faculty. Professors shall have the right to substitute an ex- 
amination for any such lecture. 

4. At the end of each College Year there shall be a general 
examination of all the classes, under the superintendence of the 
Professors, and of such other examiners as may be appointed 
by the Corporation. The examination shall be conducted by 
means of printed questions, answered by the students in writing 
in the presence of the examiners. The result shall be reported 
as early as possible to the Faculty. 

After the examination, the Faculty shall decide the general 
standing of the students. 

5. At the end of, the Third College Year th3r3 shall ba a 
Final Examination of those students who have completed the 
Curriculum. This Examination shall be conducted partly by 
written papers and partly orally. It shall cover all the sub- 
jects upon Avhich lectures have been delivered during the three 
years' course. Those students who satisfy the examiners shall 
be entitled, after making the necessary declaration and pay- 
ment of the Graduation Fee, to proceed to the Degree of B.C.L. 
The Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal shall be awarded to the 
student who shall obtain the highest marks in the Examination, 
provided his answers shall, in the estimation of the Faculty, 
be of sufficient merit to entitle him to this distinction. There 
shall be no Sessional Examination of students who are candi- 
dates in the Final Examination. 

6. No student shall be considered as having kept a Session 
unless he shall have attended regularly all the Courses of 
Lectures, and shall have passed the Sessional Examinations 
to the satisfaction of the Faculty in the classes of his year. 

7. The Faculty shall have the power, upon special and suffi- 
cient cause shown, to grant a dispensation to any student from 
attendance on any particular Course or Courses of Lectures, 
but no distinction shall in consequence be made between the 
Examinations of such students and those of the students regu- 
larly attending Lectures. 

8. Every Candidate, before receiving the Degree of B.C.L., 
shall make and sign the following declaration: — 

Ego A.B. polliceor sancteque recipio, me, pro meis viribus, 
studiosum fore communis hujus Universitatis boni, et operam 
daturum ut ejus decus et dignitatem promoveam, et officiis 



220 

omnibus ad Baccalaureatus in Jure Civili gradum pertinen- 
"tilDiis fungar. 

Fees. 

See page 32. 

Special Holidays. 

On the following day?; when they fall within the session, 
no lectures will be delivered, viz.: Good Friday, Easter Mon- 
day, and Thanksgiving Day. On the following days the morn- 
ing lectui^es will be omitted, viz.: Ash Wednesday, All Saints 
Day (Nov. 1st), and Conception (Dec. 8th). 

Examinations. 

The University Examinations are hold in April, at the close 
of the session. 

COURSES OF LECTURES. 
Roman Law. 

Professor \Valton. 

During the first part the external history of the law from 
the early period to the codification of Justinian w'ill be dealt 
•with. The sources of the law will be described, and the 
^adiial evolution explained, by which the law of the city of 
Rome tecame fitted to be the law of th.e civilized world. A 
brief sketch will be given of the legal institutions of Eome 
in the first period and of the early constitutional history. 

In the doctrinal part of the course matters mainly of anti- 
quarian interest will be touched on but slightly. Those por- 
tions of the Eoman Law which have been followed most closely 
in the existing law of the Province, e.g., Proj^erty, Servitudes, 
Pignns and Hypothec, and Obligations, will be treated in de- 
tail, and the modifications made by the modern law will be 
noticed. Class-examinations will l)e held fi'om time to time, 
and a first and second prize of books Tnll be given to the two 
students Avho obtain the highest marks in these examinations. 

Text-loolc, Moyle's or Bandar's Institutes of Justinian, or 
■Girard, Manuel de Droit Eomain. 

£ooks of reference : 

Mnirhead's Historical Introduction to Eoman Law. 

Muirhead's Institutes of Gains. 



221 

Maynz, Coiirs de Droit Eomain. 
Puchta, Institiitionen. 
Maine^s Ancient Law. 

Constitutional and Administrative Law. 

Professor Waltox. 

Tho object of this course is to shew the actual working of 
the Canadian Constitution. A sketch of the Constitutional 
History prior to Confederation is given. The B. X . A. Act 
is explained, and the leading cases discussed which illustrate 
the respective powers of the Federal and of the Provincial 
Legislatures. The growth of Cabinet Government is traced, 
and some of the fundamental rules of the English Constitu- 
tion are expounded and contrasted with those followed in 
other countries. 

ISTo text-book is prescribed, but students are recommended to 
refer to Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Col- 
onies; Houston, Constitutional Documents of Canada: Dice}^ 
Law of the Constitution: Anson. Law and Custom of the Con- 
stitution. 

Legal History and Bibliography. 

Professor McGoux. 

This course comprises an outline of the liistory of the law 
in force in the Province of Quebec. 

The main source from which this law is derived is the Cus- 
tomary Law of France, as modified by the principles of Eoman 
Law, embodied in several of the codes or collections of Eoman 
Law before the time of Justinian. The Customs of France 
after being reduced to writing were further modified by the 
influence of modern Eoman Law, wliich prevailed throughout 
the larger part of France. The ordinances of the French kings 
and the commentaries of the great jurists, from Cujas and 
Dumoulin down to Pothier, brought the Civil Law of France 
into the systematic form in which it was introduced into this 
Province. The Custoin of Paris, one of the most important 
of those recognized in France, became formally the basis of the 
Civil Law in this country, and the ordinance of 1667 was the 
main authority for proc-edure. 

Since the opening of the British regime the development of 
Lower Canadian Civil Law has proceeded independently of the 
Civil Law of France, where the Code Xapoleon was passed early 



222 

in the Century. In Lower Canada a code on the same lines 
was adopted shortly before Confederation. Lower Canadian 
Civil Law has been modified by English Law in commercial 
matters, and also by statutes passed in the Province. The 
Criminal Law has been derived almost exclusively from the 
Criminal Law of England. 

The leading authorities upon the main branches of the law, 
with the reports of decisions of our courts, are brought under 
the attention of the students in this course. 

Agency and Partnership. 

Professor McGoun. 

This course begins with the principles of the law of Mandate 
as laid down in the Civil Code of Lower Canada, and treats 
of Civil and of Commercial Agency. The rights and liabili- 
ties of principal and agent both between themselves and in 
relation to third parties is considered, and special attention is 
directed to the powers of agents in selling, pledging, and deal- 
ing with the property of the principal. The law relating to 
Factors or Commission j\Ierchants, Brokers, and other Agents 
is explained. 

In partnership the right of each partner to bind his fellow 
partner in virtue of the mandate reciprocally given and en- 
joyed, leads to the distinction between Civil and Commercial 
partnership, and the Limited Partnership or Societe en Com- 
mandite is also treated of. The distinction between Partner- 
ship and Joint Stock Companies leads to a consideration of the 
connexion between this subject and the subject of Companies 
and Corporations which form the subject matter of a Course 
in alternate years on the Law of Corporations and of Joint 
Stock Companies, as follows: 

Law of Corporations and of Joint Stock Companies. 

Thi^ course is the sequel of the course on xVgency and Part- 
nership. The doctrine of limited liability and the opportunity 
which it affords of carrying out enterprises of great import- 
ance, by means of capital contributed by a large number of in- 
dividuals, is treated of in this course. The growth of Corpora- 
tions, both those established by long custom, and those created 
by Royal Charter, or by Parliamentary or Legislative authority, 
is also explained, as well as the relation between these corpora- 
tions and the ordinary forms of joint stock companies. Cor- 



223 

porations sole and Corporations aggregate are defined, and the 
principles of laws relating to Corporations and Companies ex- 
plained. 

Criminal Law. 

Professor Mr. Justice Davidson. 

This course includes : 

A history of the Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure of 
England; and of their introduction into and development 
throughout Canada; discussion of the Criminal Code and other 
Statutes enacting criminal offences : of the rules of evidence in 
criminal cases; of the Fugitive Offenders' Act; of extradition; 
and generally of the principal features belonging to the Crim- 
inal Law of the Dominion. 

Commercial Law. 

Professor R. C. Smith. 

The subjects dealt with will include Commercial Sales, 
Bills and Notes, the law of Carriers, the law of Insurance 
and the law of Banks and Banking. 

1. The cottrse on Carriers will cover: 
(a) Carriers, contracts with; 

(h) Affreightment; 

(c) Merchant Shipping; 

(d) Bottomry and Eespondentia. 

2. The course on Insurance will cover: 

(a) Insurance, contracts of; 

(b) Marine Insurance; 

(c) Fire Insurance; 
((/) Life Insurance. 

Civil Procedure. 

Mr. Gordon "W. Macdougall. 

This course to the students of the First Year is intended to 
form an introduction to the stibject. to explain the simpler 
kinds of actions, the general rules of pleading, and the juris- 
diction of the several courts. 

The revised Code of Civil Procedure for the Province of 
Quebec is the text-book. 



224 

Civil Procedure. 

Mr. Percy C. Ryan. 
The advanced course for the Second and Third Years covers 
all malters of procedure not dealt with in the First Year 
Course, and includes Provisional Remedies, sucli as capias, 
attachment before Judgment, injunction, etc., and special pro- 
ceedings, such as proceedings relating to corporations, and pub- 
lic offices, mandamus, etc., as well as the rules of pleading in 
the more complicated classes of actio]i. It will be divided into 
two parts, which will he taken in alternate years. 

Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts, Prescription. Lease, 
and Municipal Law. 

Professor, Mi?. Justice Fortin. 
Two courses — in alternate years. 

Successions, Gifts, and Substitutions. 

Professor Mr. Justice Doherty. 

Two courses — in alternate years. 

I. The Law of Succession, 

The course consists of a commentarv and explanation of 
the whole of Title I, and the Third Chapter of Title II of the 
Third Book of the Civil Code. The order followed by the 
Code in dealing with the different matters coming within the 
scope of this course, has however been departed |rom, with a 
view of presenting to the student the law governing succes- 
sions as one whole. The subject will be developed as nearly as 
possible in the folloAving order: — 

1. General notions, definitions, and divisions of the subject; 
The Testamentary Succession; The Ab-Intestate Succes- 
sion. 

2. Eules of Law common to both Successions. 

3. Eules peculiar to the Testamentary Succession. 

4. Eules peculiar to the Ab-Intestate Succession. 

0. Partition of the ' Succession (and of property held in 
undivided ownership generally), its incidents and effects. 

II. Gifts and Substitutions. 

This course comprises a commentary on and explanation of 
Chapters I, II, and lY of Title II of the Third Book of the 
Civil Code, dealing Avith: 

1. Gifts inter vivos. 



225 

2. Gifts in contemplation of death, as permitted in Con- 
tracts of Marriage. 

3. Substitutions. 

Obligations. 

Mk. Aime Geoffrion. 

This course of lectures will consist of a commentary on the 
title on obligations in the Civil Code, less the chapter of proof 
(articles 982 to 1,202 inclusive). Our law on the subject will 
be compared with the old French law and the modern French 
law, and its general principles will be explained and illustrated. 

Real Property Law and Registration. 

Professor Marler. 

First Year Course — 25 lectures. 

Distinction of Things — Corporeal moveables and immove- 
ables: Immoveables by incorporation and destination; Incor- 
poreal property; Eeal and personal rights. 

OwnershijD — Its characteristics and limitations; Possession, 
good and bad faith; Possessory actions; The Petitory Action; 
Their results on the Possessor; Accession, natural and indus- 
trial. 

Usufruct — General characteristics; Fruits and their percep- 
tion; Quasi-usufruct; Modes of enjoyment by usufructuary; 
His duties before and during usufruct; How terminated. 

Eegistration — Its modes and formalities; The Cadastral Sys- 
tem. 

Second and Third Year Courses — 25 Lectures in alternate 
Courses. 

First Course— Mode of acquisition of Immoveables — 25 Lec- 
tures. 

In this Course, a Deed of Sale will be analysed and its vari- 
ous clauses explained: The parties; The description and the 
measurement of land; The obligations of buyer and seller and 
the security for their perf armance ; Warranty, its modifications 
and results; The form and registration of the deed; The rights 
of the wife; The distinctions between Sale and other modes of 
acquisition, and their effects on the parties. 

Forced sales, their incidents and results. 

Examination of Titles, practically considered. 

Second Course: — Privileges and Hypothecs; Servitudes — 25 
Lectures. 



226 

Debts and Causes of Preference. 

Characteristics of Hypothec; The various kinds, their his- 
tory, conditions and effects; The Eanking of Hypothecs; The 
Hypothecary action, its characteristics, incidents and results. 

Privileges on immoveables. 

Eegistration of Privileges and Hypothecs. 

Servitudes. — Natural, legal and conventional ; Water Courses 
and streams ; Walls and fences. 

Public International Law. 

Profkssor Lapleur. 

Sovereignty and equality of Independent States; Recogni- 
tion of Belligerency and Independence; Justifiable grounds of 
intervention; Modes of territorial acquisition; Territorial 
boundaries; Doctrine of Exterritoriality; Treaties and Arbi- 
trations; Laws of War; Neutrality of States and of individuals; 
Laws of Blockade; Contraband; Confiscation; Prize-Courts 
and their jurisprudence. 

The students' attention will be specially directed to Treaties, 
Diplomatic Eelatdons, and International Arbitrations, in which 
Canada is directly concerned. 

Private International Law. 

Professor Lafleur. 

Distinction between the a priori and positive methods; 
Sources of the positive law of Quebec on the subjects; Ap- 
plication and illustrations of the rules for solving conflicts of 
law in regard to the different titles of the Civil Code; Com- 
parisons between our jurisprudence and that of England, 
France and Germany. 

These two courses will be given in alternate years. 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law. 

Adopted March, 1891. 

Every candidate for the degree of D.C.L. in Course must 
be a bachelor of Civil Law of twelve years' standing, and must 
pass such examination for the Degree of D.C.L. as shall be 
prescribed by the Faculty of Law. He shall also, at least two 
months before proceeding to the Degree, deliver to the Faculty 
twenty-five printed copies of a Thesis or Treatise of his own 
composition on some subject, selected or approved by the Fac- 



227 

ulty, such Thesis to contain not less than fifty octavo pages of 
printed matter, and to possess such degree of merit as shall, in 
the opinion of the Faculty, justify them in recommending him 
for the degree. 

The Examination for the Degree of D.C.L. in Course, shall, 
until changed, be on the following subjects and authors, with 
the requirement of special proficiency in some one of the 
groups below indicated. In the groups other than the one se- 
lected by the Candidate for special proficiency, a thorough ac- 
quaintance with two works of each group shall be suflficient, 
including in all cases the work first mentioned in each group 
and the first two works in the third group. In the first group 
one work on Public and one on Private International Law mus*" 
be offered. 

1 International Law 

A. Public:— 

Twiss, Sir T., Law of K'ations. 
Hall, W. E., International Law. 
Harcourt, Sir ^Y. V., Letters by Historicus. 
Ortolan, T., Diplomatic de la Mer. 
De Martens, Droit International. 
Holland, Studies in International Law. 

B. Private :— 

Savigny, Private International Law (Ed. Guthrie). 

Bar, Private International Law (Ed. Gillespie). 

Foelix, Droit International Prive. 

Laurent, Droit Civil International. 

Brosher, Droit International Prive. 

Fiore, Droit International Prive (Ed. Pradier-Fodere). 

Dicey, Conflict of Laws. 

Storv, Conflict of Laws. 

Lafleur, E., Conflict of Laws. 

2. Roman Law. 

Maynz, Droit Eomain. 

Muirhead's Roman Law. 

Girard, Manuel de Droit Eomain. 

Ortolan's Institutes (Ed. Labbe). 

Savigny, Eoman Law in the Middle Ages. 

Cuq, Les Institutions Juridiques. 

Puchta, Institutionen. 



•22S 

Kriiger. Romische Rechtsquellcn. 
Eobv's Introduction to the Digest. 
Hunter's Roman Law. 

3. Constitutional History and Law. 

Dicey's Law of the Constitution. 

Stubbs' Constitutional Law of England. 

Hearn, Government of England. 

Bagehot, Euglish Constitution. 

Franqueville, Gouvernement et Parlement Britanniques. 

Gneist, Constitution of England. 

Hallam, Constitutional History of England. 

May. Constitutional History of England. 

Gardiner, Constitutional History of England. 

Freeman, Growth of the English Constitution. 

Mill, Representative Government. 

Anson, Law and Custom of the Constitution. 

4. Constitution of Canada and Works Relevant Thereto. 

Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Colonies. 

Bourinot, Federal Government in Canada. 

Cartwright, Cases under the British North America Act. 

Lord Durham's Report on British North America. 

Lareau, Histoire du Droit Canadien. 

Houston's Constitutional Documents of Canada. 

Volume 0.. Statutes of Lower Canada. 

Maseres' Collection of Quebec Commissions. 

Viollet, Histoire du Droit Francais. 

Dilke, Problems of Greater Britain. 

Bryce, American Commonwealth. 

Cooley, Principles of Constitutional Law. 

Curtis, History of the Constitution of the United States. 

5. Criminal Law, Jurisprudence, and Political Science 

Stephen, Histors' of the Criminal Law. 

Blackstone, Vol. IV. 

Harris, Principles of Criminal Law. 

Holland, Elements of Jurisprudence. 

Austin, Lectures, omitting chapters on Utilitarianism. 

Lorimer's Institutes. 

Amos, Science of Law. 



229 

Woolsey, Political Ethics. 
Lieber, Political Ethics. 
Freeman, Comparative Politics. 
Aristotle's Politics, by Jowett. 

APPENDIX 

The attention of intending Students is called to the follow- 
ing provisions of the Kevised Statutes of Quebec and amend- 
ments, as bearing on the requirements for the study and prac- 
tice of Law in the Province. 

I. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become 
Members of the Bar. 

Article 3544 R.S.Q. — Examinations for admission to study 
and to practice law in the Province of Quebec are held at the 
time and place determined by the General Council. 

The examinations for the practice are held alternately in 
Montreal and Quebec every six months, namely — at Mont- 
real, on the second Tuesday of each Januar}^ and at Quebec 
on the first Tuesday of each July. 

All information concerning all these examinations can be 
obtained from the General Secretary's Office. The present 
General Secretary is Arthur Globensky, Esq., Montreal. 

Article 3546. — Candidates must give notice as prescribed 
by this article at least one month for the study and fifteen 
days for the practice before the time fixed for the examination 
to the Secretary of the Section in which he has his domicile 
or in which he has resided for the past six months. 

The present Secretary of the Montreal Section is Eobert 
Taschereau, Esq., N. Y. Life Building, Montreal. 

Article 3503a. (added by Statute of Quebec, 1890, 53 Vic- 
toria Cap. 45). This article provides that Candidates holding 
the Diploma of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelier-es-Lettres, or Bach- 
elier-es-Sciences from a Canadian or other British University 
are dispensed from the examination for admission to study. 
Such Candidates are required to give the notice mentioned 
above. 

Article 3548 R.S.Q. (as altered by by-law of the General 
Council). — On giving the notice prescribed by Article 3546, 
the Candidate pays the Secretary a fee of $2, and makes a 
deposit of $45 for a complete certificate of admission to study; 



230 

of $30 for a partial certificate of admission to study; and of 
$70 for admission to practice, which deposit, less $10, is re- 
turned in case of his not being admitted. 

Article 3552 (amended 1894, Q. 57 Vic, c. 35).— To be ad- 
mitted to practice, the Student must be a British subject, and 
must have studied regularly and without interruption during 
ordinary office hours, under indentures before a Notary as 
Clerk, or Student with a practicing Advocate, during four 
years, dating from the registration of the certificate of admission 
to study. This term is reduced to three years in the case of a 
student who has followed a regular law course in a University 
or College in this Province and taken a degree in law therein. 
The By-Laws passed by the General Council of the Bar of 
the Province of Quebec, 16th Sept., 1886, and amended 10th 
Feb., 1893, provide as follows: — 

Art. 42. — A course of lectures on law given and followed at 
a University or College in this Province, and a diploma or de- 
gree conferred on students by such University or College, shall 
be held to be such as contemplated in Art. 3552 E.S.Q. only 
when the University or College conferring the degree and the 
student who receives it shall have efficiently followed the pro- 
gramme herein set forth. This article and article 44 shall 
apply to students already admitted only as regards lectures to 
be given after the 1st of January, 18^7. 

2. The subjects on which lectures shall be given, and the 
number of lectures required on each subject for a regular 
course .of lectures on law in a University or College shall be as 
follows : — 

EoMAN Law: — 103 Lectures: — This subject shall include an 
introduction to the study of Law and the explanation of and 
comments on the Institutes of Justinian and the principal 
jurisconsults of Eomie. 

Civil, Commercial, and Maritime Law: — 413 Lectures: — 
Lectures on these subjects shall cover at least three years. 
They consist of the history of French and Canadian law, the 
explanation of and comments on the Civil Code of the Pro- 
vince of Quebec and the Statutes relating to Commerce and 
Merchant Shipping. 

Civil Proceduee: — 103 Lectures: — Lectures on this sub- 
ject shall extend over at least two years. It shall consist of 
the explanation of and comments on the Code of Civil Pro- 



231 

cedure and the Statutes amending it, the organization of the 
Civil Courts of this Province and the history of the different 
judicial systems of the country; also, the special modes of pro- 
cedure provided by statutes and laws of general application. 

International Law, Private and Public: — 31 Lectures: — 

Ceiminal Law: — 69 Lectures: — This subject includes the 
histor}'- of criminal law in Canada, the constitution of crim- 
inal courts, criminal procedure, comments on statutes relating 
to criminal law, the relation of criminal law in Canada to the 
criminal law of England. The lectures shall extend over two 
years. 

Administrative and Constitutional Law: — 41 Lectures. 
— These subjects include an inquiry into the different polit- 
ical institutions and the public institutions of the country, the 
powers, organization and procedure of the Federal Parliament 
and of the Local Legislature, the laws on Education and the 
Municipal Code, 

Art. 43. — Candidates for practice who hold a degree in law 
from a LTniversity or College in this Province shall produce 
with their notices, a certificate from the principal or rector of 
such University or College to the effect that they followed a 
course of lectures on law in the same, during at least three 
years, in conformity with the by-laws of the Bar ; and such cer- 
tificate shall further specify the number of public lectures at 
which they shall have attended on each subject mentioned in 
the foregoing programme, during each of the said three years. 
The last part of this certificate shall only be required for 
courses of lectures given after the 1st January, 1897. 

Art. 44. — The examiners shall not consider a university de- 
gree in law valid for the purposes of admission to the Bar if 
they find that the candidate has not in fact followed the pro- 
gramme above. 

II. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become 
Notaries. 

For the regulations applicable to the candidates for the ISTo- 
tarial Profession see Revised Statutes of Quebec, Arts. 3801- 
3833, and 53 A^ict., c. 45 Queb.). 



232 
TIME TABLE. 

SESSION 11)03-1904. 
Introductory Lectcre, Monday, 14th Sept., 4 r. m. 

FIEST YEAR STUDENTS. 
TuESD.\Y, 15th Sept., to Friday, 1.3th November — AVeeks. 



Hours. 


MOND.VY. 


Tuesday. 


Wednesday. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


8 30 


Obligations. 
Mr. A. Geoffrioi 


Procedure. 
Mr. Gordon 
Macdoiigall. 


Obligatione. 


Procedure. 


Obligations. 


4.00 


Roman Law. 
The Dean. 


Rom. 


Rom 


Rom. 


Constituiioual 

Law. 

The Dean. 


, ,,„ I Legal History. 
'■'" ' Prof Mctroim. 


Persons. 
Prof. Latieur. 


Hist. 


Persons. 


Hist. 



Monday, 16th Nov., to Frid.^y, 18th Dec. — 5 weeks. 



Houiis^ 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


Wednesday. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


8.ao 


Obligations. 


Procedure. 


Obligations. 


Prooed. 


Obligations. 


4.00 


Roman, 


Rom. 


Rom. 


Rom. 


Const. 


5.00 


Real Rights. 
Prof. Marler 


Persons. 


Persons. 


Persons. 


Real Rights. 



Mond.\y, 4th Jan., to Friday, 4th March — 9 weeks. 



Hours. 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


Wednesday i Thursday. 


Friday. 


8.3;) 


Obligations. 




Obligations. 




Otiligatioiis. 


4.00 


Roman. 


Constitutional 

Luw. 
. The Dean. 


Rom. 


Const. 


Rom. 


5 . 00 


Real Rights. 
Three Weeks. 


Roman. 


Real Rights. Rom. 


Real Rights. 





MoND.w, 7th ]M.\rch, to 


Friday, 1st 


April, 4 weeks. 


Hours. 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


Wednesday, 


Thursday. 


Friday 


8 30 












4.00 


Roman . 


Const. 


Rom. 


Const. 


i;<.m. 


5 , 00 


Criminal Law. 

Prof Mr .Justice 

Davidson. 


Crim. 


Crim. 




Crim. 



Roman Law 115 lectures. 

Legal History 2'i ■' 

Persons 25 " 

Real Rights 25 

Procedure 25 '' 

Obligations 50 " 



Criminal 10 lectures. 

Constitutional and Admin- 
istrative Law 39 '■ 

Total 314 



233 



TIME TABLE. 

SESSION H)03-1904. 
Intkoductory Lectuke, Moxday, 14th Sept., i p.m. 
SECOND AND THIRD YEAR STUDENTS. 
Tuesday, 15th Sept., to Friday, 1.3th November — 9 weeks. 



Hours. 


M O.VDAY. 


Tuesday. 


'WeD>7KSI)A Y. 


Thursday. 


Friday. 


8 30 


Gifts and 

Substitutions, 

Prof. Mr. Justice 

Doherty. 


Civ. Procedure. 
Mr. Ryan. 


Gifts and 
Substitutions. 


Civ. Proced. 


Gifts and 
Substitutions. 


4.00 


Marriage Cove- 
nants, &c. 
Prof.Mr. Justice 
Fortin. 


Marriage Cove- 
nants. &c. 


Obligation?. 

Special Course. 

The Dean. 


Marriage Cove- 
nants, &c. 


MarriageCove- 
nants, <tc. 


5.00 


Criminal Law. 

Prof. Mr. Justice 

Davidson. 


Commercial 

Law. 

Prof. R.C.Smith 


Crim. 


Comm. Law. 


Crim. 



Monday, 16th Nov., to Friday, 18th Dec. — 5 weeks. 



MoKDiVY. i Tuesday. ' "Wednesday. Thursday, 



Gifts, (fee. 

Marriage Cove 

n;ints. &c. 

Prof.Mr. Justice! 

Fortin 



Civ. Proced. 



Criminal. 



Marriage Cove- 
nants, <fec. 



Gifts, <tc. 



Civ. Proced. 



Commercial 
Law. 



Obligations. 



Marriage Cove- 
nants, <tc. 



Comm. Law. 



Gifts, Ac. 



MarriageCove 
nauts, Ac. 



Crim. 



Monday, 4th Jan., to Friday, 4th March — 9 weeks. 



Hours 


Monday. 


Tuesday. 


Wkdnesday. 


Thursday. 
Agency, Ac. 


Friday. 


8.30 


Gifts, &c. 5wliS. 
Civ. Proced 
4 weeks. 


Agency, Ac. 
Prof. McGouu. 


Gifts. Ac. 
Civ. Proced. 


(iiiti, Ac. 
Civ. Proced. 


4.00 


Real Property 

Law. 
Prof. Marler. 

6 weeks. 
N.B. This course 
will begin after 
the completion 
of Prof Mar 
lers course to 
the first year. 


Obligations. 


Real Property 
Law. 


Obligations. 


Real Piopi-i-ty 
Law. 


.5.5) 


Private Inter- 1 Commercial 

nat. Law. ' Law. 
Prof. Lafleur. iProfR.C. Smith 


P. I. L. 


Comm. Law. 


P. I L. 



Monday, 7th March, to Friday, 1st April, 4 w'eeks. 



HOUKS. 


MOKDAY. 


TUJtSDAY. 


Wrdnbsday. 1 Thuhsday. 


Friday. 


8.30 


Agency, Ac. 


Civ. Proced 


Agency, Ac. 


Civ. Proced. 


Agi'ucy. Ac. 


4.00 


R. P. L. 




R. P. L. 




R. p. L. 


5.00 


Commercial 
Law. 


P. I. L. 


Comm. Law. 


P. r. L. 


Comm. Law. 



Gifts and Wills. 5u lectares. 

Commercial Law 50 

Agency. Ac 25 " 

Real Property Law 25 " 

Marriage Covenants 25 "' 

Minor Contracts . 2) 



Criminal Law 4'i lectures. 

Procedure 4(i " 

International.. .... 25 " 

Obligations 40 

Total 345 



faculty of ^etlxcxne. 



I. 

Foundation and Early History. 



The Seventy-second Session of this Faculty will be opened 
on Tuesday, September 22nd, 1903, by an introductory lecture 
at 3 p.m. The regular lectures in all subjects will begin on 
September 23rd at the hours specified in the time-tables, and 
will be continued until May 21st, 1904, when the annual ex- 
aminations will begin. 

The Faculty of Medicine of McGill University is the direct 
outcome and continuance of a teaching body known as the 
Montreal Medical Institution which was organized as a full 
medical school in the years 1823-24 by Drs. Wm. Eobertson, 
Wm. Caldwell, A. F. Holmes, Jolin Stephenson and H. P. 
Loedel. These men constituted the first medical staff of the 
Montreal General Hospital, itself established in 1819. The 
first session of the Montreal Medical Institution opened in No- 
vember, 1824, with 25 students, and the lectures were given at 
the House of the Institution, No. 20 St. James Street, a build- 
ing situate on the north side of St. James Street, on or neai* 
Place d'Armes. 

In the year 1829, the Montreal Medical Institution became, 
by the formal act of the Governors of the Eoyal Institution 
for the Advancement of Learning, the Medical Faculty of 
McGill University. It was a condition of the "bequest of the 
late Flon. James McGill that the college must be in operation 
within a certain number of years of his decease; failing this, 
the money and the Estate of ]3urnside on which the college was 
to be built, were to pass to the heirs-at-law, the Desrivieres 
family. To enable this essential condition to be realized, the 
Montreal Medical Institution, then an active teaching body of 



235 

established reputation, was " engrafted upon " the University 
of McGill College as its Medical Faculty. This event took 
place at the first meeting of the Governors of " Burnside Uni- 
versity of McGill College," held at Burnside House June 29th, 
1829, with the object of organizing the University. The first 
session of the McGill Medical Faculty took place in the winter 
of 1829-30, and the first university degree, a medical one, was 
conferred four years later in 1833. 

There were no sessions held during the political troubles of 
1836 to 1839, and it is owing to tliis fact that this is the Sev- 
enty-second instead of the Seventy-fifth Session of the Faculty, 
dating from its incorporation with the University in the year 
1829. 

In 1814 the number of students in the Medical Faculty was 
50 ; in 1851, S"! with 15 graduates; in 1872-73, 154 with 35 grad- 
uates; m 1892-93, 315 with 46 graduates; in 1895-96, 419 with 
90 graduates; in 1901-02, 440 students were registered. 

After carrying on the work for some years on St. James 
Street, the Faculty removed to a house on St. George Street, 
near Craig Street, where they remained until 1845. From 
1845 to 1851 they occupied the central part of the present Arts 
Building, which with the East Wing was the only part of the 
present Arts Building then standing. The remote situation of 
the University grounds was found to be a source of great in- 
convenience to both teachers and students, and the Faculty 
returned to the heart of the City, to No. 15 Cote Street, for 
the Session 1851-52. This building was erected for the uses of 
the Faculty at the private expense of three of its members, 
who held the Faculty as their tenants until 1860, when the 
University authorities took over the Cote Street building, at 
the same time enlarging it at a cost of some $4,100.00, to 
meet the increased demands of the rapidly growing medical 
school. The Faculty remained on Cote Street until 1872 when 
the need of extension was again felt and the front block of the 
present medical building in the University Grounds was pro- 
vided by the Governors. 

In 1885 this building of 1872, which, as has been said, con- 
stitutes the front block of the present building, was again 
found to be inadequate and an addition was built at the rear, 
which at the time afforded all the facilities for carrying out 
the great aim of the Faculty — that of making the teaching of 
the primary branches thoroughly practical. 



•236 

Owing to the larger classes and the necessity for more lab- 
oratory teaching, the Lecture "Rooms and Laboratories added 
in 1885 soon bccanre insufficient in siTie and equipment to meet 
the requiromeuts of the Faculty. The late Mr. John H. K. 
Molson Math timely generosity came to the aid of the Faculty, 
and in 189;-) purchased property adjoining the college grounds, 
and enabled the Faculty to erect new buildings and extensively 
alter and improve those already in use. 

These wings were completed " and oificially opened by His 
Excellency, the Earl of Aberdeen, Visitor of the University, 
January 8th, 1895. They were erected as an extension of the 
old building, towards the northwest, partially facing Carlton 
Ecad, ard convenient to the Koyal Victoria Hospital. They 
connected the Pathological building, the private residence 
acquired by Mr. Molson in 1893, with the older buildings, and 
comprised a large lecture room, capable of accommodating 450 
students, with adjoining preparation-rooms and new suites of 
laboratories for Pathology, Histology, Pharmacology and San- 
itary Science. The laboratories, etc., in the older buildings 
were also greatly enlarged and improved. 

On the ground floor the Library and ^Museum were enlarged. 
The original library of the building erected for the Facility by 
the Governors in 1872 was furnished as a reading room for the 
use of the students, and the extensive reference library of the 
Faculty was thus for the first time made available for the use 
of the students. 

On tbis floor were also the Faculty room, the Registrar's 
office, the special museum for Obstetrics and Gynaecology, to- 
gether with Professors' rooms, etc. The chemical laboratories 
were increased by including the laboratories formerly used by 
the department of Physiology. 

In tlie basement were the janitor's apartments, cloak rooms 
with numerous lockers for use of students, the lavatory, etc., 
recently furnished with the most modern sanitary fittings. 

In less than five years the extension of the practical labora- 
tory work and the increase in the number of students and 
teachers made an enlargement of the buildings almost impera- 
tive. Before, however, the want of space and equipment was 
very seriously felt Lord Strathcona generously provided means 
to meet the requirements. 



237 

The New Buildings. 

The Faculty has great pleasure in announcing that the new 
Medical Buildings were formally opened by H.E.H. the Prince 
of Wales, September 19th, 1901, and are now complete and 
fully equipped. They are the gift of Lord Strathcona, Avho in 
the names of Lady Strathcona and the Hon. Mrs. Howard in 
1898, contributed $100,000 towards extensions and alterations 
of the Medical Buildings. These buildings, the result of this 
munificent donation, have more than twice the capacity of the 
bui dings occupied during the Session of 1900-1901. 

The alterations and extensions may be described as consist- 
ing of three wings. First, a Laboratory wing. This wing oc- 
cupies the north-east corner of the block of buildings and re- 
places what was formerly the Pathology wing. A second wing 
connects this with the front building on the east, and the third 
wing connects the Molson block with the original building on 
the west side. 

The central wings extend east and west about 70 feet and 
form the central feature of what is now a symmetrical block 
of cut stone buildings. It will be seen that the stone and brick 
extensions, erected by the Faculty in 1885, have been entirely 
removed and replaced by these substantial structures. The 
alterations and extensions now completed form the larger por- 
tion of a scheme of complete reconstruction and extension which 
will ultimately lead to the replacing of the original stone build- 
ing now remaining by a fagade which will project into the Uni- 
versity grounds to the south of the buildings and so convert 
the whole into a single symmetrical structure. 

The new building is of four stories except in the front 
block, where the three original stories remain. The total 
length of the buildings, as will be seen by the plan, is 280 
feet and the maximum width 145 feet. Its cubic capacity is 
about 1,750,000 cubic feet, making it the largest of the build- 
ings on the University campus. 

The ground floor contains the lavatories, locker rooms, fur- 
nace rooms, vat rooms, rooms for stores and janitor's dwelling. 
In the laboratory wing there is a large recreation room for stu- 
dents, a students' laboratory for pharmacology and therapeu- 
tics, a research laboratory and a private room connected with 
this department. 

The first floor, of which a plan has been inserted, contains 
to the right and left of the entrance, occupying the whole floor 



238 

of the original building, a students' Library Reading-room, 
with accommodation for 200 readers, and the Pathological Mu- 
seum. The students' reading room is connected with a fire- 
proof stack room which contains the valuable library of the 
Faculty. This stack room has a capacity of 40,000 volumes, 
the Library at present containing about 24,000. The Patho- 
logical museum on the opposite side of the hall connects with 
rooms beneath the seats of Lecture Room No. IV. which are 
used for special collections and for curator's rooms. Four 
small rooms adjoining are for the use of professors as private 
rooms. On the opposite side of the hallway in the central sec- 
tion of the building are the professors' common room, the Fac- 
ulty room and the offices of the Registrar. 

The most striking feature in the construction of the build- 
ing is the large central hall or rotunda extending from the 
ground floor through the three stories to the roof, lighted by 
skylight occupying" the Avhole length of the middle section, 
Thishall is 70"^fee"t long by 45 feet wide with galleries at each 
floor connecting the various laboratories and lecture rooms with 
broad staircases at each end. 

The northern section contains the Chemical Laboratory, 80 
feet long by 45 feet wide, and the ceiling 20 feet high, sur- 
rounded with draft cupboards, and having benches for 150 to 
180 students. Connected with this room is a commodious re- 
search laboratory for advanced work in medical chemistry, and 
a small professor's laboratory. On the opposite side of the 
hall is a large lecture room with a seating capacity of from 400 
to 450, the museum preparation room, a small cloak room and 
preparation rooms connected with the lecture room. 

The floor above in the two southern sections is devoted en- 
tirely to Anatomy. The dissecting room ocupying the top of 
the front building remains unchanged, and is connected on the 
west with a series of demonstrators' rooms, a private dissect- 
ing room and two rooms for the professor of this department. 
These rooms surround Lecture Room No. II., especially ar- 
ranged for lectures in Anatomy. On the opposite side of the 
hall, occupying the same area as the lecture room and adjoining 
rooms is the Anatomical Museum. Intervening between this 
and the dissecting room on the east side are a small demonstra- 
tion room, locker rooms and service rooms connected with the 
department of Anatomy. 



239 

In the northern section are the museum for Hygiene and 
the Hygiene laboratory. These rooms extend the whole dis- 
tance across the east and west wings. 

On tlie top floor are the departments of Physiology, Path- 
ology, Bacteriology and Histology. The department of Path- 
ology and Bacteriology has a laboratory of the same dimensions 
as the chemical laboratory, 80 x 45 feet, especially well lighted 
with three large roof lights in addition to the lights on both 
sides. Besides the tables, lockers, etc., provided for students 
in this department, there is a small demonstrating theatre and 
a series of small rooms for advanced work and for special pur- 
poses. These include a dark room, an incubator room, refer- 
ence library and three private laboratories. On the opposite 
side of the hall, occupying a similar floor area, are the labora- 
tories for Physiology, consisting of a students' laboratory which 
has been especially equipped this year with sets of apparatus 
for the practical study of the principles of physiology by the 
graphic method. Connecting the students' laboratory with lec- 
ture room Xo I., to be used for Physiology chiefly, are a series 
of four rooms for advanced work and special research, service 
rooms and store rooms. 

Occupying the entire northern end of this floor is the His- 
tological laboratory with an adjoining room for private work. 
This laboratory is 105 feet long and affords space for the use 
of 150 microscopes at one time. 

The laboratory wing is ventilated by a system of artificial 
ventilation, a powerful fan supplying each laboratory with 
warm fresh air, while extraction flues, to which extraction 
fans are attached, draw of; the foul air from each room in this 
wing. 

It will thus be seen that the new buildings of the Medical 
Faculty contain four lecture rooms, three of which have a seat- 
ing capacity of 250, the fourth from 400 to 450. There are 
five museums, namely, for Pathology, Anatomy, Obstetrics and 
Gynaecology, Pharmacy and Hygiene. Other collections are 
being made and space has been arranged for their accommoda- 
tion. 

Extensive locker rooms have been arranged so that at a nom- 
inal cost each student may have a locker for himself. Lockers 
will also be provided in connection with each of the large lab- 
oratories in which the student would be required to keep his 
own material, instruments, etc. — as for instance, in connection 



240 

with the dissecting room and tho laboratories for Pathology and 
Bacteriology. In addition to the large reading room of the 
Library and the recreation room on the ground floor of the 
Laboratory wing, a small reading room is provided for the use 
of students and controlled by the Students' Medical Society, in 
which are kept the daily papers, periodicals, etc. 

IL 

Matriculation. 

For particulars of the University Matriciilation, see pp. 
10-20. 

Intending students are reminded that a University degree in 
Medicine does not always give a right to practice the profes- 
sion of Medicine. It is necessary to conform with the Medical 
laws of the country or province in which it is proposed to begin 
practice. Each ])rovince in Canada at present has its special 
requirements for its license and in most provinces a special 
standard of general Education is insisted upon before begin- 
ning the study of Medicine. 

The requirements for those who intend to practice in any 
of the provinces of Canada, or in Great Britain, etc., are as 
follows : — 

A. General fCouncil of Medical Education and Enregistration 
of Great Britain. 

A license from this body entitles the holder to practice in Eng-- 
land. Ireland, Scotland and all colonies except the various provinces 
in Canada. The Matriculation Examination in Medicine of this 
University, as described on pp. (14-20) is accepted by the General 
Medical Council. Graduates of this University desiring- to register 
in England are exempted from any examination in preliminary edu- 
cation on production of the McGill Matriculation certificate. Certi- 
ficates of this University for attendance on lectures, practical work 
and clinics are also accepted by the various examining boards in 
Great Britain. To obtain a licence from the General Council it is 
necessary for all Canadian g-raduates to pass one of the examining 
boards of Great Britain in both primary and final subjects. 

Detailed information may be obtained from one of the three regis- 
trars: Henry E. Allen, B.A , 299 Oxford Street, Loudon; W. J. Rob- 
ertson, 54 George St., Edinburgh; S. W. Wilson, 35 Dowson St., 
Dublin. 

B. The Province of Quebec. 

No University Matriculation Examination is accepted by the Col- 
lege of Physicians and Surgeons of this Province. Graduates in Arts 
of any British or Canadian University are however exempted from 
examination on presentation of their Diplomas. 



24:1 

Those who pass the Preliminary Examinations described below, or 
Graduates in Arts who register as students In the C. P. & S., Quebec, 
on beginning their studies in Medicine, obtain on graduating from McGill 
University a license to practice in Quebec without further examina- 
tion in any professional subject. 

Graduates who have registered with the General Council of Great 
Britain are at present admitted to practice without examination. 

The requirements for the Matriculation Examination of the Pro- 
vince of Quebec for 1903 are: — 

Latin.— Cesar's Comn:entaries, Bks. IV., V., VI.— Virgil's Aeneid, 
Bks. v., VI. — Cicero Pro Milone, with a sound knowledge 
of the Grammar of the Laingnage. 
English.— For English-speaking candidates.- A critical knowledge of 
one of Shakspere's plays, viz., The Merchant of Venice, for 
1903, with English Grammar, as in Mason. 

For French-speaking candidates.— Translation into French 
of passages from the first eight books of Washington Irving's 
Life of Columbus, with questions on grammar. Translation 
into English of extracts from Fenelon's Telemaque. 
French.— For French-speaking candidates.— A critical knowledge of 
Racine's "Athalie" and La Fontaine's Fables, Bks. I., II.. 
III., with questions on Grammar and Analysis. 

For English-speaking candidates.— Translation into English 
of passages from Fenelon's Telemaque, with questions on 
Grammar. Translation into French of easy English extracts. 
Belles Lettres and Rhetoric— Principles of the subject. 

History of the Literature of the age of Pericles in Greece, 
of Augustus in Rome, and of the 17th, 18th and 19th cen- 
turies of England, and France. 
History.— Outlines of the Hi.'^tory of Greece and Rome, and particu- 
lar knowledge of the History of Britain, France and Canada. 
Geography.— A general view, with particular knowledge of Britain. 

France and North America. 
Arithmetic— Must include Vulgar and Decimal Fractions, Simple 
and Compound Proportion, Interest and Percentages, and 
Square Root. 

Algebra.— Must include Fractions and Simultaneous Equations of 
the First Degree. 

GEOjiETRY.-Euclid, Bks. I., II., III., IV. and Book VI., or the por- 
tion of plane Geometry covered by those Books. Also the 
measurement of the lines, surfaces and volumes of regular 
geometrical figures. 

Chemistry.— Outlines of the subject as in P. Wlirtz, Troost or 
Roscoe. 

Botany.— Outline? as in Moyen, Provancher, Laflamme, or Spotton 

PHYSICS.— Outhnes as in Peck-Ganofs Physics. 

Philosophy.— Elements of Logic as in Jevon's Logic; Elements of 

Philosophy, as in Professor Murray's Hand-Book of 

Psychology. 

The examinations will be held in September, 1903, at Quebec, and 
'i^ ^"^',i °^' ""' Montreal. Applications to be made to Dr. J A 
Macdonald, No. 1 Belmont Street, Montreal, or to Dr. C. R. Paquin 
of Quebec, who will furnish schedule giving text-books and per- 
centage of marks required to pass in each subject 



242 

Examination Fee, twenty dollars. Should the candidate be unsuc- 
cessful, one-half of the fee will be returned on first failure. 

Of the four years" study, after having passed the Matriculation 
Examination, three six months' sessions, at least, must be attended 
at,. a University, Colleg-e or Incorporated Sohool of Medicine recog- 
nized by the "Provincial Medical Board." TIhe first session must be 
attended during the year immediately succeding the Matriculation 
Examination, and the final session must be in the fourth year. 

Students wishing to register degrees in Arts must do so before the 
15th of September of the year in which they begin the study of 
Medicine in order to obtain a license as soon as they graduate from 
the University. 

C. The Province of Ontario. 

Everyone desirous of being registered as a matriculated medical 
student in fthe .register of the College of Physicians and Surgeons 
of this Province, except as hereinafter provided, must present to the 
Registrar the official certificate of having passed the "Departmental 
Pass Arts Matriculation Examination," and in addition Physics and 
Chemistry— whereupon he shall be entitled to be so registered upon 
the payment of twenty dollars and giving proof of his identity. 

Graduates in Arts of any University in His Majesty's dominions, 
are not required to pass this examination, but may register their 
names with the Registrar of the College, upon giving satisfactory 
evidence of their qualifications, and upon paying the fee of twenty 
dollars. 

A certificate from the Registrar of any chartered University con- 
ducting a full Arts course in Canada, that the holder thereof matricu- 
lated prior to his enrolment in such University, and passed the 
examination in Arts prescribed for students at the end of the first 
year, shall entitle such student to registration as medical student 
under The Ontario Medical Act. 

Every Tnedical student, after mtriculating, shall be registered in 
the manner prescribed by the Council, and this shall be held to bei 
the beginning of his medical studies, which shall date from that 
registration. To become a Registered Practitioner in this province 
four years' attendance at a recognized Medical Sohool is required 
and a fifth year to be spent in hospital or laboratory work must 
elapse before the final examination is granted. 

Students are examined in all the subjects of a medical curriculum 
by the Examining Board of the C. P. & S. of this province at three 
examinations, a primary (II. year), an intermediate (IV. year), and 
a final (V. year). 

Full details may be obtained on application to Dr. R. A. Pyne, 
Registrar, Cor. Bay and Richmond Sts., Toronto. 

D. The Province of New Brunswick. 

The matriculation requirements of this province are: — 

1. English Grammar, Composition, Literature and Rhetoric 

2. Arithmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions, extraction 
of the square and cube root and mensuration. 

3. Algebra, to the end of quadratic equations. 

4. Geometry, first three books of Euclid. 

5. Latin, first two books of Virgil's ^Eneid, or three books of 
Csesar's Commentaries, translation and grammar. 



243 

6. Elementary Mechanics of solids and fluids, comprising the 
elements of statics, dynamics and hydrostatics. 

7. Elementary Chemistry. 

8. Canadian and British History, with questions in modern 
geography. 

9. Translations and grammar of any two of the following lan- 
guages: Greek, French and German. 

In order to pass, a candidate must make an average of sixty par 
cent., with a minimum of forty per cent, in any one subject. 

Dr. Stewart Skinner, of St. John, N.B., is the Registrar of the 
Council of Physicians and Surgeons of this province, and will furnish 
details on application. 

To become registered as a practitioner in this province it is now 
necessary to pass examinations in all the Professional Branches. 

E. Province of Nova Scotia. 

The regulations of the Provincial Medical Board of this province 
for 1902-1903 are as follows: 

Preliminary Examination and Registration. 

1. iSTo person shall begin or enter upon the study of medicine, for 
the purpose of qualifying himself to practice the same in this pro- 
vince, unless he first produces to the Registrar a certificate from the 
examiners appointed by the Board to show that he has passed the 
Preliminary Examination in the subjects prescribed by the Rules and 
Regulations of the Board, or evidence of having passed such equiva- 
lent examination as is accepted by the Board, and unless he causes 
his name to be forthwith entered in the Medical Students' Register as 
hereinafter specified (Rule 15). 

2. No candidate shall be admitted to the Preliminary Examination 
unless at least fourteen days previous to such examination he has 
given notice to the Registrar of the Board of his intention to present 
himself for such examination, and unless he has produced to the 
Registrar satisfactory evidence that he has completed his sixteenth 
year and has paid a fee of ten dollars ($10.00) to the Registrar.* 

3. The Preliminary Examination t will embrace the following sub- 
jects, viz.: — 

(1) English, (a) Language: Grammar, Analysis, Parsing. 

(b) Rhetoric and Composition including an essay on one 

of several set subjects from prescribed authors. + 

(c) Literature: History of English Literature; critical 

study of prescribed authors. 1 

(2) Arithmetic. Complete. 

(3) Algebra. Simple Rules: Rules for the treatment of Indices; 

Surds: Extraction of Square and Cube Roots; Equations of 
the First Degree; Quadratic Equations of one unknown 
quantity. 

(4) Geometry. Euclid, Books I., II., III., with easy deductions. 

(5) History and Geography. British and Canadian History with 

questions in General Geography. 



* This fee shall not be returned in case of failure. 

t For copies of previous examination papers ($1.00 one entire set) apply to Begistrar 
Provincial Medical Board. 

X Englisli authors for 1003. DeQuincy. Joan of Are; Tennyson, The Princess; 
Dickens, Christmas Carol : Scott, Lady of Vie Lake. 



244 

(6) Latin, (a) Translation from prescribed books with questions 

arising out of those books, and translation of easy 
passages not taken from such books.* 

(b) (irammar. 

(c) Composition. 

(7) One of the following: 

Greek, (a) Translation from prescribed books, with questions 
arising out of those books, and translation of easy 
passages not taken from such books, t 

(b) (jranimar, as in Elementary Grammars. 

(c) Composition, as in Frost's Greek Primer. 

French. Translation from prescribed books with Grammar Ques- 
tions limited to the Accidence, and based upon the passages 
prescribed for translation. + 

German. Translation and (hammnr, as under French. |1 

4. Exajminations take place twice a year, beginning on the first 
Thursday in May and the last Thursday in August. 

On the same dates local examinations will be held, on application, 
at Sydney, C.B., Pictou, N.S., and at Yarmouth, N.S. Candidates 
taking local examinations are required to pay an additional fee of 
$2.00. 

5. Except where otherwise specified, the books prescribed by the 
Council of Public Instruction for the course leading to the grade B 
or High School Junior Leaving Examinations are recommended. 

6. In order to pass, a candidate must make fifty per cent, of marks 
in each subject. 

7. If fifty per cent, is mad": in iill subjects but one. and if in that 
subject the candidate shall have made at least 25 per cent, he may 
begin study, and attend for one medical year at any medical college 
recognized by the Board, and thereafter present himself for examina- 
tion in that subject alone, without payment of any additional fee, 
except in cases of candidates taking local examinations, who will be 
required to pay the usual $2.00 fee for such examinjition. 

8. A candidate failing in more than one subject, or failing to make 
25 per cent, in any subjeat, may not begin professional study; he 
will, however, at any subsequent examination, be exempted from all 
subjects in which he has already passed and shall for such examina- 
tion pay an additional fee of $5.00, (or $7.00 if a local examination be 
taken) . 

9. Certificates will be issued to successful candidates, showing the 
subjects in which they have passed, and tho extent to which their 
knowledge of these subjects was tested. 

10. Candidates who have passed the above examination will be 
admitted without further preliminary examination at all Canadian 
and American Colleges. 

11. This examination also satisfies the requirements of the General 
Medical Council of Great Britain as to the preliminary examination 
which must be passed by persons wishing to register as medica! 
students, provided the candidate shall have passed in all subjects 
at one examination. 



• Latin for 1903. Ca>say.T)e Bfllo fJnllico, Hook V, with Virgih ^-neid, Book II. 

t Greek for 1903. Xenophon. Aiiabasi-<, Book III. 

X French for 1W3. Vnltaire, Charles XII, Bcoks I, II, III. 

ll German for 19 )3. Buchheim. German Reader, Part I. 



245 

Exemptions. 

12. Graduates in Arts or Science of any recognized College or Uni- 
versity, also persons who have passed the entrance examination of 
the Nova Scotia Barristers' Society, are not required to submit to 
this examination. 

13. The Medical Board will also recognize pro tanto the following 
examinations: 

(1) The Matriculation or the Sessional Examinations of any char- 
tered University or College approved by the Board, including 
McGill University. 

(2) The Examinations for Teachers' Licenses, Grade A or B of Nova 
Scotia, with 50 per cent, in required subjects. 

(3) The Examinations for Junior or Senior High School Leaving 
Certificates of Nova Scotia, with 50 per cent, in required sub- 
jects. 

(4) The Examinations for Honour, First or Second Class Ordinary 
Diplomas, as issued by the Prince of Wales College, P.E.I., witih 
50 per cent, in required subjects. 

(5) The Examinations for First or Second Class Teachers' Licenses 
of Prince Edward Island, with 50 per cent, in required subjects. 

(6) The Examinations for First Class, or Grammar School Licenses 
of New Brunswick, with 50 per cent, in required subjects. 

(7) The Examinations for corresponding Licenses or Leaving Exami- 
nation Certificates issued by the Education departments of the 
otiher provinces of Canada, with 50 per cent, in required sub- 
jects. 

(8) The Matriculation or Preliminary Examinations of any Medical 
Licensing Board or Council authorized by law in His Majesty's 
Dominions, with 50 per cent, in each subject. 

14. After passing his preliminary examination, the medical student 
may then enter upon his professional course at any University, 
Medical School or College approved by the Board. 

RE3ISTR.\TI0N. 

15. Immcdiatelij after entering upon his course every person engaged 
in the study of medicine for the purpos3 of qualifying himself to 
practice in the Province of Nova Scotia shall forthwith cause to be 
entered in the register of the Be ard kept bj' the Registrar, and called 
the Medical Students' Register, his name, age, place of residence, 
date and particulars of his preliminary examination, and place and 
date of his commencement of the study of Medicine. 

16. The fee for such registration is ten dollars ($10.00), except that 
candidates who already have paid .$10.00 for the Matriculation Ex- 
amination are not required to pay any additional fee. 

17. Every istudent must spend a period of at lexst four yexr^ in 
actual professional study subsequent to his having passed the pre- 
liminary or Matriculation Examination and b?in7 registered as a 
medical student; and the prescribed period of study shall include 
four collegiate sessions of at least eighi months duration each year. 

18. Professional exaniinations will be held twice during the year, 
one beginning in the month of April, the other in September. 

19. Notwithstanding the Regulations (Chap. III. — Professional Ex- 
aminations) during the year 1902 and until further notice, any can- 
didate for the License of the Board who produces to the Registrar 
satisfactory certificates of having passed in the subjects of first and 



246 

second Professional! Examinations at a reg-ular Medical College or 
University recognized by the Board, will be exempted from further 
examinations in such subjects, and shall be required to pass only 
the subjects of the third Professional Examination (Chap. III., Sec. 
16-22). 

The fee for the third Profesional Examination under the above 
conditions will be thirty-five dollars ($35.00), which will entitle suc- 
cessful candidates to the benefits of Chap. III., Sec. 22 equally and 
to the same extent as is provided in said section for candidates who 
have taken all the examinations and paid the usual fees. 

20. Any person Avho produces to the Registrar satisfactory evi- 
dence to show that as a student in Arts or Science connected with 
an.\- recognized University or College, he has attended a satisfactory 
course in Physics, Chemistry or Practical Chemistry, previous to his 
registration as a medical student, such course or courses will be ac- 
cepted by the Board as exempting from further attendance in such 
subject or subjects and a. certificate of having as such Arts or 
Science Student previous to his registration or as a regular mcdicail 
student subsequent to such registration, passed an examination in 
either or all of these subjects equivalent to that required by the 
Board, will be accepted as •exempting from further examination in 
any or all of said subjects. 

21. With regard to hospital attendance the requirement has been 
reduced from twenty-four to eighteen months, and six months at- 
tendance on the out-patient department of a general hospital or on 
the practice of a recognized dispensary will be accepted as an equi- 
valent portion of such eighteen months. 

NOTICE. 

The attention of Graduates in Medicine who may be think- 
ing of registering in the Province of Nova Scotia is called to 
the fact that notwithstanding the requirements of the recent 
Medical Act, Chap. 103, E.S. (N. S.), 1900, any person who at 
any time before the first day of July, A.D. 1899, commenced 
the study of medicine for the purpose of qualifying himself 
to practice the same in this Province, and tolio at any time 
hefore the first day of July, A.D. 1902, complies with the condi- 
tions and provisions in that behalf contained in the revised 
statutes, fifth series, Chapter twenty-five, and Acts in amend- 
ment thereof, and in the rules and regulations made there- 
under and now in force, shall be entitled to registration under 
this Chapter, 1889, c. 33, s. 39, (2). 

A. W. H. LINDSAY, 
Eeg. and Secy. P. M. Bd., N. S. 

Prince Edward Island. 

The requirements of this province are the same as for New Bruns- 
wick and there is reciprocity with both New Brunswick and Nova 
Scotia. 



247 

The subjects of the examination are as follows: — 

1. English Grammar, Composition, Literature and Rhetoric. 

2. Arithmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions and extrac- 
tion of the square and cube root and mensuration. 

3. Algebra, to the end of quadratic equations. 

4. Geometry, first tlhree books of Euclid. 

5. Latin, first two books of Virgil's .^neid, or three books of 
Caesar's Commentary, translation and grammar. 

6. Elementary Mechanics of solids and fluids, comprising the 
elements of statics, dynamics and hydrostatics, and elementary 
chemistry. 

7. Canadian and British History, with questions in modern 
geography. 

8. Translation and grammar of any two of the following subjects: 
Greek, French, German. 

Fifty per cent, of the marks in every subject shall be required for 
a pass, and 75 per cent, for honours. 

Province of Manitoba. 

The matriculation examination of McGill University is accepted 
by this province. The province holds an examination twice per year. 
The following are the fixed requirements: — (1) Latin, (2) Mathema- 
tics, (3) English, (4) History, (5) Botany, (6) Physics. Subjects 1, 
2, 3, 4 the same as required for the Arts Matriculation of Manitoba 
University, Parts I. and II., and the same standard shall be required 
to enable the candidate to pass. 

Details of this examination can be obtained from the Registrar of 
the University of Manitoba. 

British Columbia. 

The College of Physicians and Surgeons of the province does not 
hold an examination in general education but accepts the examina- 
tions recognized by the various boards and universities of the Do- 
minion. 

This province examines all candidates for a license in the profes- 
sional branches ,both primary and final. For dates of these exami- 
nations see almanack at beginning of the Medical Calendar. Dr. C. 
J. Fagan, Victoria, B.C., is the Registrar and Secretary of the 
Council. 

North-West Territories. 

The College of Physicians and Surgeons of the North-West Terri- 
tories has no standard of matriculation. It accepts that of any 
Canadian Board or University. 

According to the Amended Medical Ordinances (1900), a licentiate 
of any province in Canada may register and practice in the North- 
West Territories on payment of the special fee and without exami- 
nation. The College reserves th right of examining graduates of 
all Universities. 

J. D. Lafferty, M.D., Calgary, Alberta, is the Registrar. The dates 
fixed for examinations will be found in the almanack. 



248 

Newfoundland. 

The Newfoundland Medical Board has a standard of preliminary 
education equivalent to that required by the General Council of 
Medical Education of Great Britain. 
The examinations for 1902-03 will consis)t of: — 
^Compulsory. 
English Language. — Including grammar, composition and literature. 
Arithmetic. — Including vulgar and decimal fractions, and the ex- 
traction of the square root. 
Algebra. — To the end of simple equations. 

Geometry. — Euclid, books i, ii, iii, with easy questions on the sub- 
ject matter of the same. 
Latin. — Including grammar, translation from specified authors, and 
translation of easy passages not taken from such authors, t 
Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. % 

Optional. § 
History of British America. — With questions in modern geography. 
History of England.— With questions of modern geography. 
French. — Translation and grammar. 
German. — Translation and grammar. 
Greek. — Translation and grammar. || 
Magnetism and Electricity. 
Chemistry. 

(a) The Board will not, in future, accept any certificate of passing 
tlhe matriculation or preliminary examination in general education, 
unless the whole of the subjects included in the matriculation or 
preliminaiy examination required by the Council for registration of 
students of medicine have been passed at the same time. 

(&) Provided that a certificate of having passed a University 
examination required for graduation in Arts, or a senior or a higher 
local University examination, or an Intermediate grade examination 
of the Council of Higher Education of Newfoundland, or of the Grade 
I license for teaclhers of Newfoundland, wherein the specified sub- 
jects of general education are included, may be recognized for the 
purpose of registration. 

In order to pass a candidate must make fifty per cent, of marks in 
each subject. 

Certificates will be issued to successful candidates showing the 
si'bjeots in which they passed, and the extent to which their know- 
ledge of these subjects was tested. 

Candidates who have passed the above examination will be ad- 
mitted without further preliminary examination at all Canadian and 
American Colleges. 

Text-Books. — ^Except when otherwise specified the books pre- 
scribed by the Council of Higher Education are recommended. 



t Latin for 190:'. Criar f?alUc War. Book I, or Fir.y.'i, .EneidBook I- 

I As in Blackie"8 Elements of Dynamics, or an equivalent. 

? In commnnicating with the Registrar, students will plea?e state the optional guliject 
chosen. 

II Greek for 1903, Xenojifton, Anabasis, Book I; or Hellenica, Book I 



249 

III. 

TIME TABLES FOR SESSION 1902-1903. 

Time Tables for the Session of 1903-1904 will be issued to each student with his 
Lecture Koom ticket enregistration. 

TIME TABLE OF FIRST YEAR. 



LECTURES. 


Men. 


Tues. 


Wed. 


Thur. 


Fri. 


Sat. 


Lecture 
Theatre. 


*Anatomy Demonstrations... 


9 


9 


9 


9 


9 




^ Anatomy Demon- 
( gtration theatre. 


Physiology 


4 


4 




4 


3 




^ Winter & Spring 
\ Terms No. 1. 


f 


2 


2 


2 
2 


2 
2 






5 Autumn Term 


Chemistrv < 






I No. III. 




^ Winter <fe Spring 








( Terms No. III. 


^ 




2 






2 




< Autumn Term 










j Eedpath Museum. 




3 














LABORATQRY WORK. 

















Practical Anatomy 


10-1 


10-1 


10-1 


10-1 


10-1 


9-1 


Aut- * Win. Terms 


*Prac Physiology 


2 4 




3-5 








Win. & Sp. Terms. 
Win. A Sp. Terms. 


*Prac. Histology 






4-6 
10-12 


10-12 


4-6 
10-12 


9-12 
9-1] 


* Prac. Chemistry 


10-12 


10-12 


Winter Term. 


*Prac. Biology 




3-6 






3-6 




C Biological I.abora- 
} tory, Arts Bld'g. 
( Autun;n Perm. 










*Prac. Bacteriology 


3-5 








3-5 




Spring Term. 









• C;Xass taken in divisions. 



TIME TABLE OF SECOND YEAR. 



LECTUkES. 



I 



Anatomy 

Physiology 

Chemistry 

Pharmacology 

and Therapeutics. 

LABORATORY WORK. 

Practical Anatomy 

fPrac. Chemistry 

fPrac. Physiology 

fPrac. Histology 

t Demonstrations and Labor- 
atory Work, J>harmaco- 
logy 



Men. 



10-1 
9-11 



lues. 1 Wed. 



10-1 

9-11 

2-5 

4-6 

2^ 



10-1 
9-11 



Thur. 
9 


Fri. 


Sat. 


9 






2 






3 




10-1 


10-1 


10-1 


9-11 


9-11 


9-11 


2-5 

4-6 

■ 




. 1 




9-12 i 


2-4 











Lecture 
Theatre. 



I Autumn i, Winter 
I Terms No. II. 



No. I. 
No. III. 



5 Autumn (fe Winter 
( Terras . 

Spring Term". 

Throughout Session. 

Autumn Term. 

Throughout Session. 



t Half the class only. 

NoT«. — Students of the second year are required to attend Medical »nd Surgical Clinics and Demon- 
•trationi at M, Q. H. and R. V. H. spring term in groups. 
Certificates required for graduation. 



250 



TIME TABLE OF THIRD YEAR. 



T.RCTURKS. 



Obstetrics and-Gynaecology. 

Medicine 

Surgery 

Jurisprudence 

Pharmacology and J 

Therapeutics \ 

General Pathology f 

and Bacteriology....! 

Hygiene 

Morbid Anatomy 

Clinical Medicine ■[ 



Mon. I Tues 



Clinical Surgery 

Practical Pathology. . . 
X Clinical and Sanitary 

Chemistry 

^Bacteriology 

JClinical Microscopy... 
JfOperative Surgery . . . , 



Wed. Thur 



9 
*12-1 



2 
RVH 


1 p.m. 
MGH 


1 
MGH 


2 
RVH 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


4-6 


5-6 


6-6 



2 p.m. 
EVH 



MGH 

4-6 
4-6 
4-6 
4-6 

5-6 



Lecture Theatre. 



1 
MGH 

2 p.m. 
RVH 

4-6 

4 6 

4-6 

4-5 

5-6 



§10-13 



5-6 



No. Ill 

No. IV 

No. IV 

Fall&W. Term No.IV 

No. Ill 

Win. A, Sp. No. Ill 
Aut. Term No. Ill 



Win. 



Mon. 11 ) 
Thur. 11 \ 
Win. & Sp. Term 



Winter Term, 

Path. Lab. 
Autumn Term, 

Cliem. Lab. 

Autumn Term, 

Path. Lab. 

Spring Term, 

Path. Lab. 

DissectinK Room, 

Spring Term. 



* Alternate weeks. M.G.H. and R.V.H. t Optional. 

§ Weekly for alternate months R.V.H. and M.G.H. 



I Classes taken in groups. 



TIME TABLE OF FOURTH YEAR LECTURES AND CLINICS. 



LKCTURES. 


Mon. Tues. 


Wed. 


Thur. 


Fri. j Sat. 


Lecture Theatre. 


Obstetrics and Gynaecology . 
Medicine 




9 

10 


9 

tU 12 
+12-1 


9 
10 


9 

10 


No. IV 
No. Ill 


Sureery 


10 
9 


No. Ill 


Med. and Sur. Pathology 

Ophthalmology 


No. IV 




5 






No. IV 


Medical and Surgical f 

Anatomy \ 

Children's Diseases 

»Out Patients' Clinics | 

Clinical Medicine \ 

Clinical Surgery i 

Gynaecological Operations. | 

*Clinical Ophthalmology. . . | 

f Gynaecological Clinics \ 

Morbid Anatomy 


5 

11-12 

12-1 

1 
'"2"' 

3 








Autumn Term 


1 




5 1 


No. IV 
Win. Term No.IV 

M. G. H. 
R V.H. 

RVH 


11-12 
12-1 

1 


11-12 


1112 

12-1 


11-12 
12-1 

1 


11-12 




1 


MGH 


1 




1 


M.G.H. 
RVH 


11 

3.30 

4 

3 


4 













RVH 


3 








M.G, H. 
RVH 




3.30 






4 
3 






11 
§9-11 
1-2.30 

11 
3 


R. V. H. 

V Maternity 
I Hospital. 


Clinical Obstetrics | 

Dermatological Clinic 














2 






M. G. H. 


*Genito-Urinary Clinic 










R. V. H. 


Diseases of Children Clinic. . 
♦Laryngology / 


4 
4 






4 


4 
3 


M. G. H. 






M. G. H. 


3 






R. V. H. 









* In groups of eight or ten. t In groups of four. 

5 Weekly for alternate months M.G.H. and R.V.H. 



I Alternate weeks M.G.H. and R.V.H. 



251 



IV. 



COURSES OF LECTURES. 



The Corporation of the University on the recommendation 
of the I'aculty of Medicine, in 1894, consented to the extension 
of the courses of lectures in medicine over a period of about 
nine months instead of six. 

By this means, (1) The students of tlie primary years have a 
more ample opportunity of becoming acquainted, by laboratory 
work, with those branches of study which form the scientific 
basis of their profession, and (2) the final students will be en- 
abled to utilize to better advantage the abundance of clinical 
material provided in the two Hospitals. 

By this arrangement the actual number of didactic lectures 
per session was decreased, but a corresponding increase was 
made in the amount of tutorial work and individual teaching 
in the laboratories for Chemistry, Physiology, Anatomy, Path- 
ology, and Bacteriology, as well as giving more time for clinical 
work in the Eoyal Victoria and Montreal General Hospitals, 
and a greater number of ward classes were also made possible 
during the session. 

The Faculty expects, by thus increasing the time that the 
different professors, lecturers and demonstrators devote to each 
student, to accomplish two very important ends: first, to do 
away with the injurious effects which result from attempting 
to condense the teaching of medicine and surgery into four or 
even five sessions of six months; second, to give each student a 
sounder and more thoroughly practical knowledge of his pro- 
fession than could be obtained by attending during even five 
sessions of six months each. 



252 
Anatomy. 

Professor: — Francis J. Shepherd. 
Lecturer, Applied Anatomt: — J. A. Spsixgle. 
Lecturer and Senior Demonstrator: — J. G. McCarthy. 



Demonstrators :- 



Assistant Demonstrators: — 



R. Tait McKenzie. 
J. A. Henderson. 
J. J. Ross. 
A. E. Orr. 



R. A. Westley. 

H. M. Church. 

A. T. Bazin. 

A. Mackenzie Forbes. 



Anatomy is iaught in Hie most practical manner possible, 
and its relation to IMedicine and Snrg-ery fully considered. 
The lectures are iUnstrated by the fresh subject, moist and 
dry ]iTeparations, sections, models, plates and drawings on the 
blackl oard. Frequent examinations are also held. 

A course of practical demonstrations in Medical, Surgical 
and 'J'opographical Anatomy is also given in the final year of 
tlie course. 

The department of Practical Anatomy is under the direct 
control and personal supervision of the Professor of Anatomy, 
assisted by his staff of Demonstrators. 

Tlie methods of teaching are similar to those of the best 
luiroiiean schools, and students are thoroughly grounded in 
this branch. 

Every student must be examined at least three times on each 
part di.'^^sccted, and no certificate is given unless the examina- 
tions are satisfactory. 

Special Demonstrations on the brain, thorax, abdomen, 
bones, etc., are frequently given. Prizes are awarded at the 
end of the Session for the best examination on the fresh sub- 
ject. 

The Dissecting Poom is open from 9 a.m to 6 p.m. In con- 
scfiuence of the excellent Anatomy Act of the Province of 
Quebec, abundance of material can always be obtained. 



rjt^w." ' if^^^ilf^:'^-'^ '*^V' ■ . , ^ 




Medical Buildings. — Laboratory of Ohemistry. 




Laboratory of Pharmacology. 



253 
Chemistpy. 

Professor: — R. F. Ruttan. 

Demonstrator: — J. R. Roebuck. 

I "VY. K. Brown. 
Assistant Demonstrators: — , ^^ .^ . 

' H. D. Irvine. 

Laboratory Assistant: — R. O. Mabee. 

The Department of Medical Chemistry is situated on the 
ground floor of tlie laboratory wing of the new building. The 
Students' Laboratory, SO by 45 feet, with ceiling 22 feet high, 
has recently been completely equipped, and has benches and 
sets of apparatus for 180 students. Adjoining this Laboratory 
is a smaller one for post-graduate teaching in medical 
chemistry and for advanced work, and a balance room in which 
is a reference library for the use of the staff and graduates 
employed in special work. 

The lecture room for chemistry on the opposite side of the 
hall has four rooms connected with it, in which lecture experi- 
ments are prepared, and which are used for storing appara- 
tus, preparations, etc., required for the lectures on chemistry 
and physics. 

The course in medical chemistry is a graded one. 

First Year: — During the autumn term of .'the first year a 
^hort course of lectures in medical physics is given. These lec- 
tures are fully illustrated by experiments. The students, taken 
in groups, are required to study by experiments in the laboratorv 
the more important phenomena of heat, sound, light and 
electricity. Lectures and demonstrations on the principles of 
chemistry are given three times per week during the winter 
and spring terms. Examinations are held at Christmas on 
medical physics, and in June on the theory of chemistry. 

Laboratory instruction in practical chemistry is given during 
the winter term, six hours per week. This course includes 
the experimental study of the laws of chemical action, the 
properties of typical elements and compounds, and a short 
course in qualitative analysis. Special attention is directed 
to instructing the students in keeping an accurate record of 
his observations and conclusions. These notes are examined 
daily and criticised. 

Second Year: — A course of lectures and demonstrations, 
three per week, is given on Organic Chemistry in the autumn 



254 

term, and an examination is held at Christmas. During the 
winter and spring terms lectures and demonstrations are given 
on the application of chemistry to clinical diagnosis, sanita- 
tion and medical jurisprudence. 

Laboratory work in clinical and applied medical chemistry 
is required during the spring term. An examination in 
applied medical chemistry, practical and theoretical, is held 
in June. 

Students will find it greatly to their advantage to ihave a 
knowledge of elementary chemistry before entering upon the 
study of medicine. Graduates in arts of recognized uni- 
versities, on presenting certificates of having taken courses in 
theoretical and practical chemistry and physics, and of having 
passed examinations in the same, may be exempted from the 
chemistry of the first year. 

Physiology. 

The Joseph Morley Drake Professor: — Wesley Mills. 

Lecturer: — W. S. Morrow. 

^ I A. A. Robertson. 

Demonstrators: — i 

A. H. Gordon. 

The purpose of this course is to make students thoroughly 
acquainted, as far as time permits, with modern Physiology; 
its methods, its deductions and the basis on which the latter 
rest. Accordingly a full course of lectures is given, in which 
the physical, the chemical, and other aspects of the subject 
receive attention. 

In addition to the use of diagrams, plates, models, etc., every 
department of the subject is illustrated experimentally. The 
laboratory work for students has been greatly increased and 
during the season of 1901-1902 apparatus to the value of over 
three thousand dollars was added to the students' laboratory. 

Laboratory ivorh for Senior Students: — 

(1.) During a part of the Session there will be a course on 
Physiological Chemistry, in which the student will, under di- 
rection, investigate food stuffs, digestive action, blood, and the 
more important secretions and excretions, including urine. All 
the apparatus and material for this course will be provided. 

(2.) The remainder of the Session will be devoted to the 
performance of experiments (other than chemical) to illustrate 
important physiological principles. 



255 

Laboratory work for Junior Students: — 

This will be somewhat similar to the course for Senior stu- 
dents, but simpler and anatomico-physiological rather than 
chemical; like the work for Second Year Students its main 
object will be the illustration of principles. 

The new Physiological Laboratory has been fitted up so as 
to permit of eighty students engaging in work at one time. 
The fittings and equipments of each bench are of the latest 
designs and are well adapted to their purpose. The apparatus 
was especially made by the best American and European makers 
and thoroughly tested before being accepted. 

Each pair of students is supplied with all the apparatus 
necessary to carry out the work of verifying a large number 
of the leading principles of physiology and registering the re- 
sults by the graphic method. 

Provision is also made for a course in Physiological Chem- 
istry, covering foodstuffs, digestion, the animal fluids, etc. 

The experience of the past session has fully justified expec- 
tations in regard to the Laboratory and the courses prescribed. 

For the purposes of group and class demonstration, other 
and more complicated apparatus is available, and will be added 
to as necessity requires. 

Additional rooms are provided, seven in number, for a de- 
partmental library and professor's office, for preparation apart- 
ments, and workshop, and for physiological research. 

Histology. 

Professor: — Geo. Wilkins. 
Lecturer:— N. D. Gunn. 

( Hugh B. Fraser. 
Demonstrators:- \ Salter B. Fiske. 

Assistant Demonstrator: — H. B. Gushing. 

The teaching of Histology and Microscopical Methods Is 
spread over two years. During both years practical instruc- 
tion will be given upon the preparation and mounting of speci- 
mens. Students will also be required to make drawings of the 
specimens prepared by them. 

For the First Year students, work will commence immedi- 
ately after the Christmas holidays and continue until the end 
of the session. The course will consist of laboratory work and 
demonstrations, with occasional lectures upon elementary and 



256 

systematic histology up to and including the digestive system. 
At the end of the session a practical examination will be held 
on the work done. 

During the Second Year a course of demonstrations and 
laboratory work together with lectures will bo given on more 
advanced histology and an examination hold at Christmas. 

Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 

Professor: — A. D. Blackader. 

Lecturer: — J T. Halsey. 
Demonstrator: — R. A. Kerry. 

The lectures on this subject are graded in the following 
manner: — For students of the Second Year, there is (1) a 
three months' course on Practical Materia Medica and Phar- 
macy, with demonstrations and exercises in the laboratory. 
Prescription writing and the various modes of administering 
drugs are explained and illustrated; (2) a six months' course on 
the physiological action of drugs, with practical demonstration 
of the action of the more important ones. In the Third Year 
attention is directed to the Therapeutic Application of all the 
more important drugs and remedial measures, including Elec- 
tricity, Hydrotherapy and Climatotherapy. 

Tlie Eddie Morrice Laboratory, comprising pharmacological 
and chemical research rooms, has, through the liberality of Mr. 
Morrice, been fully equipped, and in it during the session 1903- 
1904: an optional course of practical exercises in pharmacology 
will be given io advanced students. 

Medicine. 

Professor: — James Stewart. 

j' F. G. PlNl.,EY. 

Assistant Professors: — - H. A. Lapleur. 

I C. F. Martin. 

^Yhile the lectures on this subject are mainly devoted to 
Special Pathology and Therapeutics, no opportunity is lost of 
illustrating and explaining the general laws of disease. With 
the exception of certain affections seldom or never observed 
in this country all the important internal diseases of the body, 
except those peculiar to women and children, are discussed, and 
their Pathological Anatomy illustrated by the large collection 
of morbid preparations in the University Museum, and by fresh 
specimens contributed by the Professor of Pathology. 



The College possesses an extensive series of plates and 
models illustrative of the histological and anatomical ap- 
pearances of disease, and the wards of the General and Eoyal 
Victoria Hospitals afford the lecturers ample opportunities to ■ 
refer to living examples of very many of the maladies de- 
scribed, and to demonstrate the results of treatment. 

Clinical Medicine. 

Professor: — James Stewart. 

Associate Professors:— F. G. Finley and H. A. Lafleur. 

Assistant Professor: — C. F Martin. 

( G. Gordon Campbell. 
Lecturers: — „ ^^ 

'. W. F. Hamilton. 

Demonstrator:— S. Ridley Mackenzie. 

The instruction in Clinical ^Medicine is conditeted in the 
theatres, wards, out-patient rooms and laboratories of the 
Eoyal A'ictoria and Montreal General Hospitals. 

The courses include -.-r— 

T. The reporting of cases by every member of the Gradu- 
ating Class, a certain number of cases being assigned to each 
student. 

II. Bedside instruction for members of the Graduating 
Class. 

III. Clinics weekly in each hospital. 

lY. Tutorial instruction for the Junior Classes, in the wards 
and out-patient rooms of both hospitals. 

y. Instruction in Clinical Chemistry and Bacteriology. 

Surgery. 

Professor: — Thomas G. Roddick. 

Assistant Professor: — J. M. Elder. 

Lecturer: — A. E. Garr5w. 

This course consists of tlie principles and practice of Sur- 
gery and Surgical Patholog}-, illustrated by a large collection 
of preparations from the ]Museum, as well as by specimens ob- 
tained from cases under observation at the hospitals. The 
greater part of the course, however, is devoted to the Practice 
of Surgery, in which attention is constantly drawn to cases 
which have been observed by the class during the session. The 
various surgical appliances are exhibited, and their uses and ap- 
plication explained. Surgical Anatomy and Operative Surgery 
form special departments of this course. 
9 



25S 

Clinical Surgery. 

Professor: — James Beli>. 
Associate Professor:— George E. Armstrong. 

{A. E. Garrow. 
J. A. Hutchison. 
J. M. Elder. 
Demonstrator: — Kenneth Cameron. 

The teaching in Clinical Snrgery is conducted at the Mont- 
real General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. 

I. In the amphitheatre of each of these hospitals, demon- 
strations are given and operations are performed before the 
Senior and Junior Classes on alternate days. 

II. Small ward classes of about ten men in each are taken 
through the wards by the surgeon in attendance, and instruc- 
tion given at the bedside concerning the nature and manage- 
ment of surgical cases, in each hospital, at least once per week. 
Similar classes are also taken into the wards daily by the Sur- 
gical Assistants for instruction in diagnosis and reporting. 

]il. Beds are assigned to students in rotation, and each 
student is required to carefully study and report cases and to 
assist in the surgical dressing of the same. Certificates of 
case reporting arc given, and are essential to graduation. 

lY. In the Out-patient department students have an excep- 
ti(mally good opportunity to study a great va:riety of injuries, 
to witness operations in minor surgery, to come into personal 
contact with patients and to take part in the application of a 
variety of surgical dressings and appliances. 

Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants. 

Professor: — J. Chalmers Cameron. 

Lecturer: — D. J. Evans. 

Demonstrator : — James Barclay. 

Assistant Demonstrator: — H. R. D. Gray. 

This course will embrace: (1) Lectures on the principles 
and practice of the obstetric art, illustrated by diagrams, fresh 
and preserved specimens, the artificial pelvis, complete sets of 
models illustrating the deformities of the pelvis, wax prepara- 
tions, bronze mechanical pelvis, etc. (2) Bedside instruction 
in the ]\lontreal Maternity, including external palpation, pel- 
vimetry, 1he n.an^ffement and after-treatment of cases, (3) 



259 

A complete course on obstetric operations with the Tarnier- 
Budin phantom. (4) The diseases of infancy. (5) A course 
of individual clinical instruction at the Montreal Maternity. 

The course is carefully graded and instruction is given sep- 
arately to students of the Third and Fourth Years. 

Particular attention is given to clinical instruction, and a 
clinical examination similar to that held in Medicine and Sur- 
gery, now forms an important part of the Final examination. 

A short course of lectures on diseases of infancy is given, 
supplemented by clinical demonstration and ward work. The 
demonstrators give special demonstrations from time to time 
and take the students in groups for the purpose of examination 
and review. 

Gynaecology- 

Professor: — Wm. Gardner. 

Lecturers:— F. A. M. Lockhart and W. W. Chipman. 

Demonstrator: — J. D. Cameron. 

The didactic course is graded, and consists of from forty to 
forty-five lectures given at intervals alternating with the lec- 
tures on Obstetrics and extending throughout the session. 
The anatomy and physiology of the organs and parts concerned 
are first discussed. Then the various methods of examination 
ore fully described, the necessary instruments exhibited, and 
their uses explained. 

The diseases peculiar to women are considered as fully as 
time permits, somewhat in the following order: — Disorders 
of Menstruation; Leucorrhoea; Diseases of the External Gen- 
ital Organs; Inflammations, Lacerations and Displacements of 
the Uterus; Pelvic Cellulitis and Peritonitis and Inflammation 
of the Ovaries and Fallopian Tubes: Benign and Malignant 
growths of the Uterus; Tumours of the Ovary; Diseases of the 
Bladder and Urethra. The lectures are illustrated as fully as 
possible by drawings and morbid specimens. 

Clinical teaching, including out-patient and bed-side in- 
struction is given at both the Royal Victoria and Montreal Gen- 
eral Hospitals by Professor Gardner and Doctors Lockhart, 
Chipmau and Cameron. A lars-e amount of Clinical material 
is ihus available ioy practical instruction in this department 
of medicine. Xumerous operations are done before the class 
and made the subject of remarks. In addition to the ward- 



260 

patients, each hospital conducts a large out-patient Gynaeco- 
logical Clinic, to which advanced students are admited in rota- 
tion, and instructed in digital and bi-manual examination and 
in the use of instruments for diagnosis. 

Particular attention is thus given to Clinical instruction, 
and a Clinical examination in Gynaecology similar to that held 
in Medicine and Surgery, now forms part of the Final exam- 
ination. 

Medical Jurisprudence. 

Professor:— Geo. Wilktns. 

This course is treated of in its medical as well as medico- 
legal aspects. Special attention is devoted to the subject of 
blood stains, the chemical, microscopical and spectroscopic tests 
fo]- which are fully described and shown to the 'class. The 
various spectra of blood in its different conditions are shown 
by the micros])ectroscope, so well adapted for showing the re- 
actions with exceedingly minute quantities of suspected mate- 
rial. Recent researches in the diagnosis of human from ani- 
]nal blood are alluded to. In addition to the other subjects 
usually included in a course of this kind. Toxicology is taken 
up. The modes of action of poisons, general evidence of pois- 
oning and classification of poisons are first treated of, after 
^^]lich the more common poisons are described, with reference 
to symptoms, post-mortem appearance and chemical tests. The 
post-mortem appearances are illustrated by plates, and the tests 
are shown to the class. 

Ophthalmology and Otology. 

Professor: — F. Bullbr. 

J. J. Gardner. 
Lecturers: — 

J. W. Stirling. 

Demonstrator:— W. G. M. Byers. 

This will include a course of from twenty-five to thirty di- 
dactic lectures on Opthalmologj' and Otolog)^ delivered at the 
college buildings. In these Avill be discussed especially the 
methodical, clinical examination of the organs of sight and 
hearing, the classification and pathology of the diseases affect- 
ing them, and the general principles underlying the diagnosis 
a.nd treatment of affections of the eye and ear. 



261 

Systematic clinical instruction will be gixcn at the bi-weekly 
clinics in the out-patient departments of the General and 
Eoyal Victoria Hospitals where students have unexcelled op- 
portunities for thoroughh^ gTOundino; themselves in the work 
of these branches. The operative work of eye and ear surgery 
is fully open to undergraduates on days set apart for the pur- 
pose, and special courses for instruction in refractive work 
and the use of the opthalmoscope can also be arranged for 
times convenient to the teachers and students. 

Biology. 

D. P. Penhallow: — Professor of Botany. 

E. W. MacBride: — Professor of Zoology. 

The course in eleiuentary Biology is designed to prepare 
for special study in medical subjects. Under the supervision 
of the professors of Botany and Zoology it will be given dur- 
ing the autumn term — Zoology first eight weeks; Botany last 
four weeks. 

A. — Animal Biology. 

In this course the fundamental properties of protoplasm will 
be discussed; the principles of the formation of tissues; the for- 
mation of organs; an outline of vertebrate structure and func- 
tion, as exemplified by Paramoecium and Yorticella, Hydra, 
Lumbricus and the Dog-fish. 

Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 

An optional course in Embryology, especially designed for 
medical students, is given by the Professor of Zoology, and 
is open to the students of the Medical Faculty. 

B. — Plant Biology. 

The course in Plant Biolog}^ will deal chiefly with the gen- 
eral properties of cytoplasm; the structure and nature of the 
plant cell; movement; nutrition; respiration; fixation of car- 
bon; division of labor and origin of organs; evolution of plant 
forms. These principles will be illustrated in their more 
simple forms by a Myxomycete, Pleurococcus, Spirogyra and 
Oedugonium, Fucus, Saccharomyces and Pteris. 

Two lectures and one demonstration each week, beginning 
on Monday, ISTovember 23rd, 1903. 



262 

Pathology and Bacteriology 

Professor: — J. G. Adami. 
Lecturer: — A. G. Nicholls. 



f 



G. A. Charlton. 
Fellows:— .| h. W. Thomas. 

Leo Loeb. 



D. P. Anderson. 
Demonstrators in PATHOLOcy: — ^ j. McCrae. 

D. D. MacTaggart, 

Demonstrator in Bacteriology: — H. B. Yates. 

Demonstrator in Neuropathology: — D. A. Shirres. 

Assistant Demonstrator in Pathology: — E. A. Archibald. 

Assistant Demonstrator in Bacteriology: — J. A. Williams. 

The teachings:, both didactic and practical, in the subjects of 
Faiholog}^ and Bacteriology, are given by the Professor of 
Pathology and his staff. 

For the use of this Department an extensive series of lab- 
oratories has been set aside and are now in active use on the 
toj) floor of the new wing of the Faculty, and inasmuch as the 
old Pathological Laboratory was established and equipped by 
the late J. H. R. Molson, these new laboratories retain the 
name of the J. H. E. Molson Laboratories. 

They consist of a large and admirably lighted class room 
for general classes capable of accommodating with ease 70 
students at a time, so arranged that each student in the bac- 
teriological and pathological courses does the microscopical 
work at one table and immediately behind him is his locker 
and bench for the preparation of material, preparation of cul- 
ture media, etc. In this room at one end there is also a small 
demonstration theatre or quarter circle capable of accommo- 
dating the whole class at work in the laboratory at one time 
and used for demonstration purposes, and at the other end a 
service department from which are given out materials. Fur- 
ther arrangements are installed for lantern demonstrations for 
the whole class. The large laboratory is so arranged that the 
students can perform their practical work witli the least amount 
of moving about the room, the students working in pairs and 
having all the necessary apparatus, reagents, etc., immediately 
bv them. 




Laboratory of Pathology and Bacteriology. 




In the Laboratory of Hygiene. 



263 

The following courses constitute the teaching in these sub- 
jects : — 

1. A course of General Pathology Jor the students of the 
Third Year: optional for those of the Fourth Year. Lec- 
tures are delivered twice weekly throughout the winter and 
spring terms. 

2. A course of Elementary Bacteriology for students of the 
First Year — eight lectures with demonstrations being given 
during the spring term. 

3. A course of lectures upon Bacteriology in Eelation to 
Disease, for students of the Third Year, given three times 
weekly during the autumn term. 

4. A course of Demonstrations in the Performance of Autop- 
sies to students of the Third Year. The demonstrations are 
held weekly from October until Christmas. 

5. Demonstrations upon the Autopsies of the week to stu- 
dents of the two Final years. These are given during the 
Se:-£ion l)y Drs. Adami and Nicholls at the Eoyal Victoria 
Hospital, and Drs. 3IacTaggart, Anderson and McCrae at the 
Montreal General Hospital. 

Practical Courses. 

6. The performance of Autopsies. Each student is required 
to take an active part in at least six autopsies. These are con- 
ducted at the General and the Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. In 
addition to the actual performance of the sectio cadaveris, the 
students are expected to attend practical instruction given with 
each autopsy in the method of preparation and microscopical 
examination of removed tissues, so as to become proficient in the 
methods of preparation, staining and mounting. 

7. A practical course in the Bacteriology of Infectious Dis- 
eases, for students of the Third Year. This course is held 
twice weekly during the autumn term. A deposit is required 
in connection with each practical course to cover cost of break- 
age and loss, subject to refund of balance at the close of the 
session. 

8. A practical course in Morbid Histology to students of 
the Third Year. This is held twice weekly during the winter 
term. Students are instructed in the staining and mounting 
of specimens, and as a rule six sections are distributed at each 



264 

meeting of the cla.-s so that each student obtains a large repre- 
sentative series of morbid tissues, altogether about 130 in num- 
ber. 

9. A course of demonstrations upon ]\Iorbid Anatom}-, mu- 
seum specimens, once weekly during the autumn and winter 
terms to students of the Fourth Year. 

In addition to the above the staff of the department gives 
instruction to the more advanced students who desire to take 
any special work in the laboratories, this more especially dur- 
ing the vacations. 

For this purpose a special set of rooms has been set apart 
for Post-Graduate and Advanced Instruction. Accommoda- 
tion has been provided for classes of twelve to fifteen. In con- 
nection with these laboratories for advanced work there is a 
departmental reference library, rooms for photogTaphy, etc. 

Optional courses are conducted by the demonstrators of Path- 
ology and the demonstrator of Neuro-pathology during the Ses- 
sion. Classes in Clinical Pathology and Microscopy are given 
at the General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals under the direc- 
tion of the professors and lecturers in Clinical Medicine. 

In connection with this Department, two Research and 
Teaching Fellowships have been estalilished, one by the Faculty 
of Medicine and one by the Governors. 

Hygiene. 

Strathcona Professor: — T. A. Starket. 

Owing to the endowment of the Department of Hygiene by 
the Eight Honorable Lord Strathcona, a teaching Laboratory 
li.is been established in connection with the Chair of Hygiene. 

The compulsory course in Hygiene consists of three lessons 
per week during the winter and spring terms. The course in- 
cludes the hygiene of air, soil," water and climate; health re- 
sorts, personal hygiene, bathing, exercise, clothing, hygiene of 
special life periods; food and diet ;f cod supply; food diseases 
and adulterations; hygiene of dwellings; heating, lighting and 
veiitilation; sanitary fittings; municipal sanitation; water sup- 
ply; sewage; drainage; refuse disposal; burial of the dead; 
hygiene of occupation; ofl'ensive trades; hygiene of hospitals, 
prisons, etc.; preventive medicine; methods of dealing with in- 
fectious diseases and epidemics; communicable diseases of ani- 
mals; organization of health boards; sanitary law and admin- 



265 

i§tration in relation to the medical practitioner; vital statistics 
in relation to the healthfiilness of communities. 

The nniseum, model room, and laboratory are equipped with 
working models and apparatus illustrative of application of 
hygienic principles. 

An optional practical course will be open to students wish- 
ing to undertake more advanced work. 

Special courses of instruction are given to graduates wish- 
ing to qualify themselves in sanitary work, or to obtain the 
diploma in Public Health. "Seei 3Post-Graduate Practical 
Courses."' 

The Laboratory has been equipped with the apparatus 
nptded in giving practical illustration in Hygiene either as 
demonstrations to large classes of students, or as practical 
work for smaller groups. 

The arrangement is as follows : — 

The Hygiene Department occupies the entire north end of 
the bnilding on the mezzanine floor, having the floor space cor- 
responding with that of the Department of Histology. The 
main laboratory is (10 x 50 feet-, and it is well equipped with 
apparatus for demonstrations and practical work in Hygiene. 
Adjoining it is a balance room and private laboratory, 13 x 15 
feet. Opening off the main laboratory is the model room, 
about 45 X 30 feet, part of which can also, be used as additional 
laboratory space for the carrying out of special experiments 
and researches, which it woidd be inconvenient to carry on in 
the main laboratory. The corridor, 40 x 15 feet, leading to 
the main laboratory, has been fitted up with cases for the 
smaller museum specimens and models, lantern slides, etc. 

Laryngolocty and Rhinology. 

Professor: — H. S. Birkett. 
Demonstrator: — H. D. Hamilton. 

This course will consist of practical lessons in the use of 
the Laryngoscope and Ehinoscope. The instruction will be 
carried en with small classes, so that individual attention may 
be insured. A limited number of clinical lectures bearing 
upon interesting cases atending the clinic will be delivered 
during the session. These lectures will be, however, of an 
eminently practical nature. 



266 

Mental Diseases. 

Professor:— T. J. W. Burgess. 

This conrsi> will comprise a series? of le-^tures at the Vni- 
\e-j'sity on Insanity in its various forms, from a medical as 
well as from a medico-legal standpoint. The various types of 
mental diseases will be illustrated by cases in the Verdun Hos- 
pital, where clinical instruction will be given to visiting groups 
of Senior students at intervals throughout the session. 

Diseases of Infants and Children. 

A. D. Blackader. 
Professors:- | j p_ camerox. 

Although this subject does not constitute a special chair in 
the University, , systematic instruction is given (a) in connec- 
tion with the chair of Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants, by 
Prof. Cameron : (h) l)y a course of lectures, clinical and didac- 
tic, by Prof. Blackader; and (c) through the Children's Clinic 
at the ^lontreal General iiospital, at the Infants' Home, and 
at the Moiitreal Foundling and Baby Hospital. 

Clinical Microscopy. 

This course, which is given during the Spring Term of the 
Third Year, is essentially a ]iractical one and is in charge of 
Professor C. F. Martin, assisted by Drs. W. F. Hamilton, G. G. 
Cfluipbell, Pidley MacKenzie, C. F. Wylde and F. B. Jones. 
It is a liboratory course forming part of the Third Year in- 
struction in medicine and is held in the Pathological Labora- 
tory of the ]\iedical Building. The classes arc held twice 
weekly, each demonstration lasting tvo hours. 

Students are given instruction in the microjscopic appear- 
ances of normal and abnormal sediments in the urine, me-' 
thods of examination of the blood in the fresh and dried state 
of preparation; minute appearances of the sputum, stomach 
contents and fa-ces, as well as of the various animal parasites 
of the alimentary tract. 

In addition to this the student is given an opportunity of 
examining the various bacteria of importance /in clinical med- 
icine and surgery. 

Various specimens of special interest which are found in 
the hospitals from time to time, are examined as occasion 
arises at the demonstrations. 



267 
V. 

DOUBLE COURSES. 

B.A. and M.D. 

By special firrangement with the Faculty of Arts , it is now 
possible for students to obtain the double degree of B.A., and 
M.D., CM., and also B.Sc. and M.D., after only six years of 
study. 

Course Leading to B.A. and M.D. 

It has been decided to allow the Primary subjects (Anat- 
omy, Physiology and Chejnistry) in medicine to count as 
subjects of the Tliird and Fourth Years in Arts. . It fol- 
lows then that at the end of four years' study a student may 
obtain his B.A. degree and have two years of his medical 
course completed. 

The remaining two years of study are devoted to the Third 
and Fourth Year subjects in Medicine. 

The special provisions for Medical Students in the Arts 
course are as follows: — 

During the first two years in the Faculty of Arts students 
taking the double course will complete their studies in Biol- 
ogy, Physics and Elementary Chemistry. 
I. — In the Third Year: — 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology and 
Physiology, of First Year Medicine. 
(&) Two of the courses which are not placed under the 
heading "Science" in the Arts curriculum. The 
time tables of the two Faculties allow the following 
to be chosen: — 

(1) French or Moral Philosophy or Economics. 
(3) Political Science, 
(c) Either one or fwo hours weekly in English Com- 
position.* 

II. — In the Fourth Year: — 

(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology, 
Physiology, Chemistry, of Second Year Medicine. 
(5) Oue lu.nr weekly in English Composition, if only 
one has been taken in the Third Year. 

•jNoTB.— students are recommended to distribute tlieir English composition over 
twofjears, ■ ~ , 



268 

B. Sc. (Arts) and M.D. 

The Faculties of Arts and Medicine have organized a course 
of six years' study leading- to tlie double degrees of Bachelor 
of Science (Arts) and Doctor of ]\[edicine. 

The requirements of this course are as follow? :- 

Mairicuhiion. — The student who proceeds to the Douhle 
Course must pass a matriculation examination consisting of 
Englisli, History, ^laiheniatics (Part (1), French, German, 
and La I in. 

First Year. — During the First Year the course will include 
English, French, German, j\Iathematics and Physics, of the 
iirst year of the B.A. Course. 

Second Year. — During this year Engiisli of the second 
year P.. A. Course, French, Gorman, Chemistry and Elemen- 
tary Biology. The course in L'hemistry consists of three lec- 
lures per week and two laboratory periods of three hours. 
The Biology will consist up to Christmas of the Zoology of the 
Second Year in the Faculty of Arts, which is the same as that 
required of First Year students in Medicine with the mor- 
phoiogy of the frog in addition. After Christmas (spring term 
Arts), the student may proceed cither to a continued course 
in Animal Biology comprising the osteology of the rabbit and 
the histology of its tissues, or he may proceed with the Botany 
of the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts. This course in 
Botany is intrcduclory io the more specialized work of the 
Third Year, and will be represented by a number of types, 
including the ilowering plants and the determination of spe- 
cies. Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week 
during spring term. 

In the event of a student selecting Animal Biology after 
Chrislmas, he must have taken before Christmas the course 
in Biology as laid down for medical students, i.e., both Zoo- 
logy and Botany. If the student select Botany after Christ- 
mas, he must have taken Zoology of the second year in the 
B.Sc. Course, i.e., the anatomy of the frog, in addition to that 
required of medical students. 

Third Year. — The student will enter in the Third Year of 
his course upon the study of medical subjects proper, having 
a good theoretical and' practical knowledge of Inorganic 
Che]ni.-try, and will have had a more thorough training in 
Biology than at present can be given the reguiar students in 



269 

medicine. The time, therefore, during this year, which in 
the regnhir medical curriculum is devoted to Chemistry, Prac- 
lical Chemistry and Biology, will he available for Science sub- 
jects of the B.Sc. Course ; and a student will have the option 
of four different branches of science, which shall in each case 
consist of a full regtilar course, together with one-half an 
honor course, the honor course to b" given between Septem- 
ber and Christmas. 

(I) Zoology. — Two lectures during the week, and two lab- 
oratory periods of about two hours. This course takes up the 
study of parasitic forms, of comparative osteology and embry- 
ology. In addition to this is a half Honor Course, which will 
consist of a critical study of some such work as Verworn's- 
General Physiology, or Spencer's General Biology. 

(II) Physics. — Two lectures and one period of three hours 
laboratory work per Aveek. The student may proceed either 
with Heat and Light, as in the third year Physics Course in 
Art«, or with Electricity and Magnetism constituting the 
fourth year Physics in Arts; or he may take a portion of each 
of these courses, and in addition would do advanced work con- 
stituting a half honor course from September to Christmas. 

(III) Chemistry. — Two lectures per week and two labora- 
tory periods — the time before Christmas to be devoted to 
Physical Chemistry, and during the second term to Organic 
Chemistry, including organic preparations, with advanced work 
constituting a Half Plonor course from September to Christ- 
mas. 

(IV) Botany.— This course is designed to give a compre- 
hensive knowledge of plant structure and relationships. The 
principles of devlopment will be illustrated by type studies, 
M'hich mav also serve as the basis for more special work in 
Bacteriology, Physiology, Ecologv^ or Paleobotany. It com- 
prises: — (a) ^Microscopy, including determination of ampli- 
fications, micrometry, drawings, section cutting and prepara- 
tion of microscopic objects. This work presuppose-s famil- 
iarity with the optics of the microscope as given in Physics 
'■'3" of the second year Arts; (h) critical studies of the Tlial- 
lophyta and Pteridophyta, as illustrated by selected types. 
Two"^ lectures and two laboratory periods each week tlirough- 
out the session. 



270 

Students will also be required to take one-half of the honor 
work of the Fourth Year Arts in experimental plant Physi- 
ology,, as based upon the following works: — 

Pfeffer, Plant Physiology; ]\IacDougall, Experimental Plant 
Physiology; Darwin and Acton, Practical Physiology of 
Plants. One lecture and four laboratory hours per week during 
autumn term. 

It will be permitted also if a student so desires it, to substitute 
a half honour course in Chemistry, Physics, or Geology, for the 
half honour course in Botany. 

In the fourth year of this six years' course, Wednesday after- 
noon and Saturday morning of each week will be available for 
laboratory work in connection with still more specialized study 
in the subject which has been selected during the third year; 
or a student may proceed with a branch of science other than 
the one selected for his third year work, provided he is sufficiently 
well grounded to enable him to do the special work which may 
be assigned to him. 

Thus the first two years, of the six years' course are devoted 
entirely to the Faculty of Arts, the student taking the option of 
Biology instead of Mathematics for the second year. 

In the Third and Fourth Years work will be given partially 
in the Faculty of Arts and partially in the Faculty of Medicine. 
In the Third Year the studies in the two Faculties will be 
nearly equal; in the Fourth Year they will be almost entirely 
in the IMedical Faculty. 

The Fifth and Sixth Years will he occupied by the regular 
cuiriculum of the Third and Fourth Years in Medicine. 

To secure privileges connected with either of the double 
courses described above, certificates of registration in the Medical 
Faculty must be presented at the beginning of each year to the 
Dean of the Faculty of Arts ; and at the end of each session in 
the first two years certificates of attendance on lectures and of 
passing the corresponding examinations must also be presented. 
At the end of the Third and Fourth Years certificates must be 
presented to show that the full curriculum of the Medical Fa- 
culty for the year has been completed. 

A certificate of Licentiate in Arts will ])e given along with 
the professional degree in Medicine to those who, previous to 
entrance upon their professional studies proper, have completed 



271 

two years in the Faculty of Arts, and have duly passed the pre- 
scribed examinations therein. 

The Faculty of ]\Iedicine strongly recommends students to take 
an Arts course before beginning Medicine whenever possible, 
de^ oting special attention to Chemistry, Biology, Physics, and 
German. Should a student have but one year at his disposal he 
is advised to take Chemistry, Biology and Physics of the Faculty 
of Arts as a preliminary training for Medicine. 

VI. 

GRADUATE AND ADVANCED COURSES. 

The Faculty of Medicine in 1896 established post-graduate 
and special courses in connection with the Montreal General and 
Eoyal Victoria Hospitals and the various laboratories in the 
University buildings. These courses will be continued in 1903- 
1904. 

There will be two distinct sets of courses, one a short practical 
and clinical course for medical men in general practice who 
desire to keep in touch with recent advances in Medicine, Sur- 
gery and Pathology, and who wish special clinical experience in 
Gynsecology, Ophthalmology, Laryngology, etc. This course 
will last four weeks, beginning on the first of June. 

A special detailed programme \\ill be prepared, and will be 
sent on application in February next. The fee, including hos- 
pital fees for both hospitals, is forty dollars. 

The other courses will be for those who have just completed 
their regular course in Medicine, and desire special Laboratory 
or Clinical teaching before beginning practice. 

Arrangements have also been made to accomniodate a limited 
number of such graduates who desire advanced and research 
work. 

Commodious laboratories for advanced work have been 
equipped in connection with the Pathological and Clinical de- 
partments of Ijoth the Eoyal Victoria and Montreal General 
Hospitals, and in connection with the general laboratories for 
Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Chemistry, recently 
altered and extended, in the new buildings of the Faculty. 

Kecent graduates of recognized universities desiring to qual- 
ify for examinations By advanced laboratory courses, or who 
wish to engage in special research, may enter at any time by 



272 

givhig notice, .stating the courses desired and the time at 
their disposal. 

All ihe regular clinics and demonstrations of both hospitals 
■ivill be open to snch students on the same conditions as under- 
graduates in medicine of this University. 

These laboratories have been open for graduates since May 1st, 
1896. 

Further details regarding courses, fees, etc., may be obtained 
on application to the Eegistrar. 

The Graduate Course of 1903. 

The eigiith regular course of instruction for General 
Practitioners will be conducted as before by the Faculty of 
Medicine of McGill University. 

The course for 11303 begins Monday, June 1st, and will be 
continued for four weeks, closing June 27th. Time-Tables are 
issued each week, giving the place and hour for clinics,- 
demonstrations and laboratory work. 

The course is essentially a practical one, and every facility 
will be afforded for the study of the abundant clinical material 
in the outdoor and indoor departments of the Montreal 
General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. There are no under- 
graduate students attending the practice of the Hospitals 
during the month of June, -so that members of the post 
graduate cUiss will have the whole of this clinical field to 
themselves. 

The two hospitals have accommodation for four hundred 
indoor ])atients, and the aggregate number of consultations in 
the outdoor departments is approximately five thousand per 
month. 

While a full course of clinical and laboratory instruction 
has been arranged, members of the post graduate class should 
not feel it incumbent upon them to attend all of these courses 
unless they so desire; the soihewhat full programme having 
been designed to afford room for selection. The experience 
of the ]''aculty in the past has been that some members of the 
post graduate class wish to give the whole of their time to 
Medicine, others to Surgery, while a few are particularly 
interested in the Specialties and in Clinical and General 
Laborat(»rv work. It is with the view of meeting these various 



273 

demands that the Faculty this year has decided to make the 
subjects on the programme largely optional. 

(a.)— Laboratory Instruction.— Systematic Laboratory instruc- 
tion is given from 9 to 10.30 every morning, on Microscopical 
Methods, Clinical Microscopy, Clinical Chemistry and 
I'^rinalysis, Analysis of Stomach Contents and Clinical 
Bacteriology; including the diagnosis of Diphtheria, Tuber- 
culosis, etc., the Histology of the blood in disease, and Serum 
Diagnosis. These courses are conducted under the direction 
of Professors Ruttan and Aclami. A course of ' Operative 
Surgery on the cadaver is given from 8 to 9 a.m. by Dr. 
Kenneth Cameron, during the second and third weeks of the 
course. 

(b.)— Special Demonstrations.— These demonstrations are 
given daily from 10.30 to mid-day, and will consist of one or 
more of the following: — Operative Gyngecology, Prof. Gardner; 
Operative Midwifery, Professor Cameron; Sanitary Topics, 
Professor Starkey; Clinical use of the Roentgen Rays, Pro- 
fessor Girdwood; Demonstrations on post mortem specimens, 
Professor Adami and Dr. McCrae; Treatment of Deformities, 
Dr. Tait ]\IcKenzie; and Medical Examination for Life 
Insurance, Prof. Wilkins. 

(c.)— Medical and Surgical Clinics.— For four days each week 
during the first two hours of the afternoon, there are theatre 
clinics or classes on groups of cases in the wards of the 
Montreal General and Royal Victoria Hospitals. Those in 
Medicine at the Montreal General Hospital are given by Pro- 
fessors Blackader and Lafleur; in Surgery, by Prof. Armstrong 
and Dr. Hutchison : at the Royal Victoria Hospital in 
Medicine, by Prof. Stewart and Dr. Hamilton; in Sitrgery, by 
Prof. Bell and Drs. Archibald and Keenan. 

(d.)— Clinics in Special Departments of Medicine and Surgery.— 

One or more of these clinics are given in the Hos- 
pitals each afternoon after the regular medical or surgical 
clinic. In Opthalmology, including demonstrations in the 
use of the Opthalmoscope, Prof. Buller and Drs. Gardner, 
Stirling and Byers; Dermatologv', Dr. G. G. Campbell; Genito- 
Urirary Surg-^ry, Prof. Bell and Dr. Springle; Orthopedics, 
Dr. Gilday; Larnygolog}', Prof. Birkett and Dr. H. D. Hamilton; 
Gynopcology, Prof. Gardner and Drs. Lockhart and Chipman ; 



274 

Obstetrics, Prof. J. C. Cameron and Dr. Evans; Diseases of 
Children, Prof. Blackader and Dr. G. G. Campbell. 

The fee for the 'course including Hospital fees is $40.00. 

Diploma Course in Public Health. 

The Faculty of Medicine in the session 1899-1900 instituted 
a gradate course in Public Health and Sanitary Science. This 
course will be given each year and the diplomas conferred at 
the annual convocation. 

Candidates undertaking this course must have possessed a 
degree in Medicine or other qualification of practice for at 
least twelve months before he is competent to receive the di- 
ploma. The following are the courses requisite: — 

1. Course of lectures in Public Health (to be omitted in 
the case of candidates who liave attended such a course before 
graduation). 

2. A three months' course in Bacteriology, special attention 
being directed to the pathogenic organisms and parasites — such 
course to be omitted on presentation of proof that it has pro- 
^■i(nlsly been taken. 

3. A six months' course of practical study of outdoor sani- 
tary work under a medical officer of health (to be omitted in 
the case of medical health officers holding appointments prior 
to the establishment of this diploma course). 

4. Three months' attendance and clinical instruction at a 
hospital for infectious diseases (unless such course has already 
been taken prior to graduation). 

5. Three months' instruction in sanitary Chemistry and 
Pliysics, with practical work in a chemical laboratory. 

Examination for Diploma shall cover the following suhjects : — 

1. Examination of clinical cases at an infectious hospital. 

2. The drawing up of outlines for annual and other reports 
of officers of health. 

3. Eeport upon the sanitary condition of some actual lo- 
cality. 

■i. The chemical analysis of liquids and gases and of speci- 
mens of food. 

o. Demonstration of the consideration and use of meteor- 
ciogical hygienic and sanitary apparatus. 

6. Microscopical examination of specimens submitted. 

.7 Description of specimens of liuman and other diseased 
tissues. 



275 

8. Practical examination in the employment of the usual 
bacteriological methods. 

9. Tlie inspection of carcasses of animals to be used for 
food. 

The above examination shall be written and oral and prac- 
tical, and shall extend over a period of four days. 

The following is a list of subjects included in the curricu- 
lum of study: — 

(a) Sanitary Cliemistry: — Examination of air, gases, water, 
the action of water on inetals; milk, food and beverages; 
detection of poisons in articles of clress and of decoration; 
the chemistry of sewage. 

(&) Sanitary Physics : — Principles of statics, pneumatics, 
hydraulics, light, light and photometry, heat and thermometry, 
the principles of hygrometry, (only in their application to hy- 
giene). 

(c) Sanitary Legislation: — Statutes and by-laws relating to 
public health; the powers of public sanitary authorities. 

{d) Bacteriology and Parasitology: — Modes of propagation 
of disease and transmission of disease between man and man, 
and man and animals; bacteriological analysis in relation to 
public health matters; natural history of microbes and animal 
parasites. 

(e) Vital Statistics: — Calculation and tabulation of returns 
of births, marriages, deaths and diseases. 

(/) Meteorology and Climatology: — Including the geograph- 
ical and topographical distribution of disease. 

it]) Preventive Medicine and Practical Sanitation. 

The fee for the Diploma shall be $20. 

VII. 

Qualification for the Degree.^ 

1st. No one entering after September, 1894, will be admitted 
to the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery who 
shall not have attended Lectures for a period of four nine 
months' sessions in this University, or some other University, 
College or School of i\Iedicine, approved of by this University. 

• It shall be understood that the programme and regulations regarding eoursesof 
study and examinations contained in this calendar hold good for this calendar year 
only, and that the Faculty of Medicine, while fully sensible 0/ its obligations towards 
ihe students, does not hold itself bound to adhere absolutely, for the whole four years 
of a students' course, to the conditions here laid down. 



276 



2nd. Students of other Universities so approved and admitted 
on production of certificate to a like standing in tliis University 
shall be required to pass all Examinations in Primary and 
Final Subjects in the same manner as students of this Uni- 
versity. 

3rd. Graduates in Arts Avho have taken two full courses in 
General Chemistr}', including Laboratory work, two courses in 
Biology, including the subjects of Botany, Embryology, Ele- 
mentary Physiology and dissection of one or more types of 
Yetebrata, ma}-, at the discretion of the Faculty, be admitted 
as second-year students, such courses being accepted as equiv- 
alent to the first year in Medicine. Students so entering will, 
however, not be allowed to present themselves for examination 
in x4natomy until they produce certificates of dissection for two 
sessions. 

4tli. Candidates for Final Examination shall furnish Testi- 
monials of attendance on the following branches of Medical 
Education. I f viz.: 

Anatomy. 

Practical Anatomy. 
Physiology. 
Chemistry. 

Pharmacology and Therapeutics- 
Principles and Practice of Surgery, 
Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants. 
Gynaecology. 

Theory and Practice of Medicine. 
Clinical Medicine. 
Clinical Surgery, 



Of which Two 
full Courses 
will be re- 
quired. 



MedicalJurisprudence. 
General Pathology. 
Hygiene and Public Health, 
Practical Chemistry. 
Ophthalmology and Otology, 

Biology. 

Histology. 

Pathological Anatomy. 

Bacteriology. 

Mental Diseases. 

Pediatrics. 

Medical and Surgical Anatomy. 



Of which One 
full Course 
will be re- 
quired. 



Of which One 
Course will 
be required! 



; 



1 Provided, however, that Testimonials equivalent to, though not precisely the same 
as those above stated, may be presented and accepted. 

+ Students enregistered in the Province of Quebec are required to attend and pass ex- 
aminations in Laryngology and Minor Surgery. 



277 

He must also produce Certificates of having assisted at six 
Autopsies, qI" having dispensed Medicine for a period of three 
months, and of having assisted at twenty Vaccinations. 

5th. Courses of less length than the above will only be received 
for the time over which they have extended. 

Gth. Xo one will be permitted to become a candidate for the 
degree who shall not have attended at least one full Session at 
this University. 

7th. The candidates must give proof of having attended during 
at least twenty-four months the practice of the Montreal Gen- 
eral Hospital or the Eoyal Victoria Hospital or of some other 
hospital of not fewer than 100 beds, approved by this University. 
Undergraduates are rcc[uired to attend only the practice of the 
Out-Patient departments of the Hospitals during their second 
year. 

Sth. He must give proof of having acted as Clinical Clerk for 
six months in Medicine and six months in Surgery in the wards 
of a general hospital recognized by the Faculty, of having re- 
ported at least 10 medical and 10 surgical cases. 

9th. He must also give proof by ticket of having attended 
for at least nine months the practice of the Montreal Maternity 
or other lying-in-hospital approved of by the University, and of 
having acted as assistant at least six cases. 

10th. Every candidate for the degree must, on or before the 
loth day of May, present to the Eegistrar of the Medical Faculty 
testimonials of his qualifications, entitling him to an examina- 
tion, and must at the same time deliver to the Eegistrar of the 
Faculty an affirmation of affidavit that he has attained the age 
of twenty-one years. 

11. The trials to be undergone by the candidate shall be in the 
subjects mentioned in Section 4. 

12. The following oath of affirmation will be exacted from 
the candidate before receiving his degree: 

Sponsio Academica. 

In Facultate Medicinse Universitatis. 

Ego, A— — - B , Doctoratus in Arte iledica titulo jam donan- 

dus, sancto coram Deo cordium scrutatore, spondeo: — me in omnibus 
grati animi ofRciis erga hanc Universitatem ad extremum vitse hali- 
tum perserveraturum; turn poro art em medicam caute, caste, et 
probe exercitaturum; et quoad in me est, omnia ad sesrotorum 
eorporum salutem corducentia cum fide procuraturu,m; qufe denique 
inter medendum, visa vel audita silere conveniat. non sine gravi 
causa vulgaturum. Ita praesens mihi spondenti adsit Xumen. 



278 

13th. The fee for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and 
Master of Surgery shall be thirty dollars, to be paid by the suc- 
cessful candidate to the University Bursar immediately after 
examination. 

VIII. 

Examinations. 

Frequent oral examinations are held to test the progress of the 
student, and occasional written examinations are given through- 
out the Session. 

The Pass and Honor examinations at the close of each 
Session are arranged as follows: — 

First Year. 

Examinations in Biology, Histology, Physiology, Anatomy, 
Chemistry, Practical Chemistry and Elementary Bacteriology. 

Students who have taken one or more university courses in 
Biology or Chemistry before entering may be exempted from 
attendance and examination. Students exempted in these First 
Year subjects are allowed only a pass standing, but may present 
themselves for examination if they desire to attain an honour 
standing. Students exempted from First Year Chemistry must 
take Second Year Chemistry in their First Year. 

Second Tear. 

Examinations in Anatomy, Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, 
Physiology, Practical Physiology, Pharmacology and Histology. 

Third Year. 

Examinations in Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Medical 
Jurisprudence, PuFlic Health and Preventive :; Medicine (in. 
eluding Bacteriology), General Pathology, Mental Diseases^ 
Clinical Chemistry, Clinical Microscopy, Obstetrics, Medicine 
and Surgery. 

Fourth Year. 

Examination- in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gynaecology, 
Ophthalmology, Clinical Medicine, Clinical Surgery, Clinical Ob- 
stetrics, Clinical Gynaecology, Clinical Ophthalmology and 
Practical Pathology. 

By means of the above arrangement a certain definite 
amount of work must be accomplished by the student in each 



279 

ycrr, and an equitable division is made between the Primary 
and Final branches. 

A minimum of 50 per cent, in each subject is required to pass 
and 75 per cent, for lionors. 

Candidates must pass in all the subjects of each year; those 
vho fail to pa-^s in not more than two subjects of either the 
f'irsi-, Second or Third Years, may be granted a supplemental 
examination at the beginning of the following session. 

Supplemental examinations will not be granted, except by 
special permision of the JMedical Faculty, and on written ap- 
pjication stating reasons, and accompanied by a fee of $5.00 
for each subject. 

No candidate will be permitted, vcithout special permission 
of the Faculty, to proceed with the work of the Final Year 
until he has passed all the subjects comprised in the Primary 
examination. 

Xo student will be allowed to present himself for his Final 
examinations who has not certificates of having passed all his 
primary examinations in this University. 

Candidates who fail to pass in a subject of which practical 
courses are required may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be 
required to repeat ihe course, and furnish a certificate of at- 
tendance thereon. A course in Practical Anatomy will be 
accepted as equivalent to a third course of lectures in Gen- 
eral and Descriptive Anatomy. 

IX. 

Fellowships, Medals and Prizes. 

1. Fellowships. — The Faculty has begun to establish 
Teachirg and Tesearch Fellowships in connection with the 
vai'ious laboratories. 

These fellowships arc of a value of five hundred dollars per 
annum, are open only to gradiiates in Medicine, and are ten- 
aiile for three years. 

Two are now established in connection ^-ith the depart- 
Diont of Pathology — a Governor's Fellowship endowed by one 
or two of the Governors of the University, and a Faculty 
Fellowship established by the Faculty. Other Fellowships will 
be announced as they are established. 

2. Medals. — The '' Holmes Gold Medal," founded by the 
Medical Faculty in the vear 1805. as a memorial of the late 



280 

Andrew Holmes, Esq., M. D., L.L.D., late Dean of the Faculty 
of Medicine. It is awarded to the student of the graduating- 
clas!^ who receives the highest aggregate number of marks 
in the different branches comprised in the Medical Curricu- 
lum. 

The student Avho gains the Holmes' Medal has the option 
of exchangirg it for a Bronze Medal, and the mone}^ equiva- 
knt of the Gold Medal. 

"The Sutherland Gold Medal," founded in 1878 by the 
late Mrs. Sutherland in memory of her late husband, Wil- 
liam Sutherland, M.D., formerly Professor of Chemistry in 
this Faculty. It is awarded for the best examination in Gen- 
eral and Medical Chemistry, together with creditable exam- 
ination in the Primary branches. The examination is held 
at the end of ihe Third Year. 

o. PiiizES. — The Final Prize. — A Prize in books (or a Mi- 
croscope of equivalent value) awarded for the best examina- 
tion, writtcTi and oral, in the Final branches. The Holmes' 
medalist is not permitted to compete for this prize. 

The Third Year Prize. — A Prize in books awarded for 
tliP best examination, written and oral, in the branches of the 
Ihird Year. 

The Second Year Prize — A Prize in books for the best ex- 
amination in all tlie In-anches of the Second Year in course. 

The First Year Prize- — A Prize in books for the best ex- 
amination in all the branches of the First Year in course. 

The " Clemesha Priz« in Clinical Therapeutics," founded in 
^S89 by John W. Clemesha, :\r.D., of Port Hope, Ont. It is 
aAvarded to the student making the highest marks in a special 
clinical examination. 

X 

Fees. 

See pao-e 31. 

XI. 

Text Books. 

Anatomy. — Gray, Morris, Quain (Eng. Ed.) Gervish and Cunningham. 
Pr.actical Anatomy. — Cunningham's Practical Anatomy, Ellis 

Demonstrations, Holden's Dissector and Landmarks 
Physics. — Carhart and Chute: Medical Physics, Daniel; Ref. Medical 

Electricity, Turner. 



281 

'NORGANic Chemistry. — Holleman, Richter 5th ed., Remsen. 

Organic Chemistry. — Remsen. 

Pharmacology and Therapeutics. — Butler, Hare and Wood, 

Sollmann, Cushing-. 
Phtsiology. — Foster and Shore's Physiology for Beginners, Mills' 

Text-Book of Animal Physiology, Foster's Physiology, G. N. 

Stewart's Physiology, Mills' Class Laboratory Exercises. 
Pathology. — Zeigler, Coats', American Text-book of Pathology, 

Stengel. 
Practical Pathology. — Mallory and Wright, Delafield & Prudden, 

Boyce. 
Bacteriology — Muir & Ritchie, Abbott. 
Histology'. — Klein's Elements, Schafer's Essentials of Histology, 

Stohr, Szymonowicz. 
HuRGERY. — Holmes, Moullin, Walsham, Erichsen, Treves, American 

Text-Book of Furgery, Da Costa. 
Practice of Medicine. — Osier, Tyson, Wood and Fitz. 
Clinical Medicine. — Musser's Medical Diagnosis: Simon, Klemperer, 

Rainy and Hutchison, Vierort's Medical Diagnosis. 
Medical Jurisprudence.— Reese, Guy and Ferrier. Mann. 
Mental Diseases. — Insanity and its Treatment, Blandford, 4th Ed. 
Nervous and Mental Diseases. — Church and Paterson, 2nd ed. 
Obstetrics. — Jewett, Hirst, American Text-Book and Evans' Pocket 

Text-Bcok. 
Diseases op Children. — Holt, Rotch, Smith and Starr. 
Gynaecology — Hart and Barbour, Garrigues, Webster, Dudley on 

Diseases of Women. 
Hygiene.^ — Davies, Wilson, Rohe; Whitelegge, Harrington, Abbott's 

Transmissible Diseases. 
Biology, Botany. — Gray's Text-Book of Histology and Physiology; 

Zoology, Shipley and MacBrides' Introduction to Zoology.* 
Opthalmology. — De Schweinitz, Nettleship and Swanzy. 
Otology.— Pritchard, Dalby. 
Laryngology. — Watson Williams, Grumwald's Atlas of Diseases of 

Larynx, Gradle. 
Operative Surgery'. — Jacobson, Treves, Kocher. 
Dermatology. — Malcolm Morris, Hyde, Crocker, Stellwagon. 
Medical Dictionary. — Gould, Dunglison, Hoblyn. 

XII. 

Museums. 

The Fac-ulty has during recent years devoted special attention 
to the development of its museums in the several departments in 
^\■hich objective teaching is of especial value in the education of 
the student. 

There are now four museums in the Medical Building: (1) 
the Museum of Pathology, (3) the Anatomical ^Museum, (3) the 
Museum of Public Health and Preventive Medicine, (4) the 
Museum of Pharmacy. 



* Eacb student will be required to pay $2.50 in order to cover the cost of a clase book, 
dissecting instruments and other neeeasaries which are supplied to him ai.d become his 

property. 



282 

Each collection is arranged and selected with the primary 
object of making it a teaching museum. The several collections 
are open to students and the puljlic between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. 

Pathological Museum. 

Prof. J. G. Adami, Director. 
Maude E. Abbott, B.A., M.D., Assistant Cukator. 
M. Jt'les Baillt, Osteologist and Articulator. 

For the past fifty years the rich Pathological Material fur- 
nished l)y the ^Montreal General Hospital has been collected 
here. The Faculty is also greatly indelited to many medical 
men throughout Canada and different parts of the world for 
important contributions to the Museum. 

During the past few years, numerous and extremely important 
additions have been made to the Medical Museum. 

It is particularly rich in specimens of Aneurisms. In addition 
to containing a large number of the more common varieties of 
these formations, there are specimens of such rare conditions 
as Aneurism of the hepatic and superior mesenteric arteries, 
traumatic aneurism of the vertebral together with several of 
the cerebral and pulmonary arteries. The most important col- 
lection probably in existence of hearts affected with " [Malignant 
Endocarditis " is also found. The Faculty are indebted to 
Prof. Osier, late of this University, for this collection. 

The Museum contains also a very large collection of different 
forms of calculi. The Faculty are mainly indebted to Prof. 
Fenwick for this collection. 

During the past ten years, M. Bailly, osteologist and articu- 
lator (lately with Tramond of Paris), has been engaged in 
arranging and mounting the very large number of specimens of 
disease and injuries of bones which have been accumulating for 
years. In this collection are to be found examples of fractures 
and dislocations of the spine, osteoporosis, congenital dislocation 
of the hip, fracture of the astragalus, multiple exostoses, etc.. 
etc. 

The Pathological Museum has recently undergone complete 
alteration. All the old fixtures have been removed, a new gal- 
lery has been erected about both rooms, reached by a single 
staircase in a small intermediate room in wliieh is placed the 
medico-legal collection. 



283 

The first room on entering contains the extensive bone col- 
lection and calculi. The second and larger room is reserved for 
the moist preparations, which are arranged so as to be of easy 
access for the student. Water color drawings made from the 
fresh specimens are mounted on swinging frames, and also form 
a frieze at the ceiling. These serve to recall the fugitive colors 
of those preparations which become more or less altered on 
keeping. 

ISTumerous specimens have been contributed from the surgical 
and medical wings of the EoA-al Victoria Hospital, and from 
the different departments of the ^Montreal General Hospital. 

Museum of Hygiene. 

Director, Prof. T. A. Starkey. 

This Museum has been established from the interest accruing 
through the endowment of the Chair of Hygiene by Lord Strath- 
cona and Mount Koyal in 1893. 

In order to facilitate study and reference, the specimens in the 
Museum have been all classified upon a decimal system under 
the following sections : — 

1. External Hygienic Conditions. — Air, Soil, Meteorology, 
Climate. 

2. Personal Hygienic. — Food and Diet, Bathing, Clothing, 
Special Life Periods. 

3. Analytical Hygiene. — Apparatus, etc., for Sanitary Analy- 
sis. 

4. Architectural Hygiene. — House Sites, Plans, Materials, 
Construction, Ventilation, Heating and Lighting, Sanitary 
Fittings. 

5. Municipal Hygiene and Sanitary Engineering. — Water 
Supply, Sewage, Drainage, Eefuse, Disposal, Street Hygiene, 
Disposal of the Dead. 

6. Collective Hygiene. — Hygiene of Occupation, Offensive 
Trades, Accident Prevention, Hygiene of Schools, Prisons, Asy- 
lums, etc. 

7. Infectious Diseases. — Pathogenic Bacteria and Fungi, Ani- 
mal Parasites, Public Diagnosis and Care of Infectious Diseases, 
Quarantine, Disinfection, the Communicable Diseases of Ani- 
mals. 

7. Sanitary Administration. 
9. Vital Statistics. 



284 

In addition to the regular Museum Exhibit, there is a col- 
lection of over ],000 lantern slides illustrative of phases of 
Hygiene. The slides have been so arranged as to be available 
for demonstrations as hand specimens. These slides as well 
as all the specimens in the Museum are card catalogued, and a 
projecting lantern is available for their demonstration. 

The following are some of the principal exhibits : — Set of 
Knight's diagrams and models; working models illusfrating 
house drainage, closets, etc., sewer air, movements of soil air; 
Doulton's models, of drainage, damp proof construction, absorp- 
tion of moisture in building materials, ventilation appliance, 
combined heating and ventilation, automatic regulation of heat- 
ing and ventilation; building materials; fire proofing; estima- 
tion of carbonic acid and moisture in the air; meteorological 
observation; water supply, water piping; water filtrations of 
public and domestic supplies; pollution of water supplies; 
ground water level; sewage and refuse disposal; food supply; 
food adulteration; examination of milk supplies; disinfection, 
disinfectants. 

The following donations have been received during the 
year :— 

Johnson Electric Service Company of Buffalo — Model of 
Automatic Heat Kegulator. 

Ogilvie Brothers, Montreal — Apparatus for testing efliciency 
of closets, traps, etc. 

Frank- Jenner Fire-Proofing Company, Xew York — Specimens 
of Lignolith. 

J. W. Hughes, Montreal — Sample of defective plumbing. 

Canadian Asbestos Company — Sample of covcriug for steam 
pipes. 

Anatomical Museum. 

Director, Professor F. J. Shepherd. 
M. JfLES Bailly, Osteologist axd Articulator. 

This Museum occupies a large room on the same floor and 
adjoining the Anatomy Lecture Eoom and Dissecting Eoom. 
Smaller apartments in connection are used for private research, 
which is encouraged in every way by the Faculty. 

The Museum is well furnished and comfortalile, and students 
have every opportunity of studying Human, Comparative and 
Applied Anatomy. 



285 

This department has dnrinp- the past few years added a very 
complete collection of plaster and papier mache models by 
Steger, after the well-known works of His and Braune, com- 
prising : 

(a) A complete set of Steger's brain sections. 

(h) Models of the cerebro-spinal and sympathetic nervous 
systems. 

(c) Professor Cunningham's well-known and beautiful casts 
of the head showing the relation of the cerebral convolutions to 
the skull and its sutures. 

A large collection of human brains, made bv Professor Osier, 
formerly of this University, exhibiting the various types and 
extremes. 

A large and rare collection of anomalies of the renal vessels 
and ureter, and the aorta and its branches. 

In Comparative Au atomy the student will find a fair amount 
of material, the study of which will greatly aid hiui in tlie 
elucidation of many points in Human Anatomy. 

Some beautiful dissections of the semicircular canals of the 
ears of fishes and also specimens showing the nervous system of 
fishes. Made and presented to the ]\[useum liy Dr. Cresswell 
Shearer. 

Many skeletons mounted by Mons. Jules Bailly, Articulator 
to the University, representing the various classes, orders, gen- 
era and species of the animal kingdom may be consulted. 

A large collection, showing the pectoral girdle in birds, has 
been prepared under the supervision of the Professor of Ana- 
tomy. 

Moist and dry preparations of dissections, a large collection 
of frozen cross sections of the human l)ody, showing the normal 
relations of the viscera, etc., will be found convenient for study. 

XIII. 

Library. 

Librarian :— Prof. F. G. Fixley. 
Assistant Librarian; — Miss M. R. Charlton. 

The Library of the JMedical Faculty now comprises upwards 
of twenty-three thousand volumes, the largest special library 
connected with a medical sdiool on this continent. 



286 

The valuable libraries of the late Professors Robert Palmer 
Howard, George Ross, Richard L. MacDonnell, T. Johnston 
Alloway and of Dr. Allen Ruttan have been donated to the 
Medical Faculty. 

The standard text-books and works of reference, together with 
complete files of the leading periodicals, are on the shelves. 
Students may consult any work of reference in the library be- 
tween 9 a.m. and 6 p.m., and from 7 to 10 p.m. A large library 
reading-room for the use of students is provided. 

Extracts from the Library Regulations. 

I. During the College Session the Library is open daily (ex- 
cept Sundays and general public holidays) from 9 a.m. till 
6 p.m., and from 7 to 10 every evening. During vacation from 
9 a .m. to 5 p.m. 

II. The stack room is not open to students or to the public. 

III. The books in the T^ibrary are classed in two divisions: 
1st, those which may be taken from the Library; 2nd, those 
which may not, under any circumstances, l)e removed from the 
Library. The latter class includes all catalogues, dictionaries 
and encyclopedias. 

IV. Students will be allowed to use regular text-books only 
in the Library. Any other book may l)e taken out at 5.30 p.m. 
to be returned the next day. If Ijooks so removed from the 
Library are not returned punctuall}^ a fine will be imposed, 
and if the delay be serious the student may be suspended from 
use of the Library at the discretion of the Librarian. 

V. Students may take out books, subject to the above regula- 
tions, to the number of three volumes at one time. 

A^L Books may be taken from the Library only after they 
have been especially asked for and charged at the delivery desk ; 
borrowers who cannot attend personally must sign and date an 
order, giving the titles of the books desired and the name of the 
person deputed to procure the same. 

VII. Damage to or loss of books shall be made good to the 
satisfaction of the Lil^rarian and of the Library Committee. 
Writing or making any mark upon any book belonging to the 
Library is unconditionally forbidden. Any persons found 
guilty of wilfully damaging any book in any way shall be ex- 
cluded from the Library, and shall be debarred from the use 
thereof for such time as the Library Committee may determine. 



287 

VIII. Silence must be strictly observed in the Library. 

IX. Infringement of any of the rules of the Library will 
subject the offender to a fine or su:-pension of his privileges, or 
to such other penalty as the nature of the case may require. 

The number of volumes presented to the Library from 

Xov. 1st, 1901, to Oct. 31st, 1902 1,823 

Those added by purchase 150 

Total additions to November, 1902 1,973 

The attendance of readers 9,956 

June 15th, 1901, has been 10,070 

The attendance from June 2nd, 1897, to May 14th, 

1898, was 6,350 

The attendancec from June 1st, 1896, to June 1st, 

1897, was 5,920 

The attendance from June 1st, 1895, to June 1st, 

1896, was 4,875 

The number of books taken out for home use, jSTov. 1st, 

1901, to Oct. 31st, 1932 3,710 

The number of journals and pamphlets has been . . . . 351 

This does not include the works consulted in the Library. 

The Faculty has endeavored to make the Library as complete 
as possible for research work. Complete files of almost all the 
important periodicals are now on the shelves, including foreign 
as well as English and American journals. A large number 
of transactions of various societies have recently been acquired, 
and also the Berlin and Paris theses. 

Arrangements have been made whereby practitioners both in 
the city and country can avail themselves of the lil)rary, the only 
conditions being the payment of o\])r('ss charges and a guarantee 
for the safe return of books borrowed. 

XIV. 

McGill Medical Society. 

This Society, composed of enregistered students of the 

Faculty, meets every alternate Saturday during the Autumn 

and Winter Terms, for the reading of papers, case reports and 

discussions on medical subjects. A prize competition has been 

established in Senior and Junior subjects, the Senior being open 



288 

to all to write upon, while only the 1st, 2nd and ord year stu- 
dents are allowed to compete in the Junior subjects. The papers 
are examined by a board elected from the. Professoriate, and a 
first and second prize in each division of subjects is ^warded to 

the successful candidates. 

Xames of competitors and titles of papers shall be sent to 
the Cliairman of the Programme Committee before September 
1st, aiid all papers shall l)e subject to the call of the Committee 
on October 1st. All papers shall l^e handed in for examination 
on or before January 10th. 

The students' reading roam has been placed under the control 
of this Society, in which the leading English and American 
Medical Journals are on tile, as well as the leading daily and 
weekly newspapers of the Dominion. 

The annual meeting is held the first week of the Spring Term, 
when the following officers are elected: Hon. President (elected 
from the Factilty), President, Vice-President, Secretary, As- 
sistant Secretary, Treasurer, Eeporter, Pathologist, and three 
Councilmen (of whom two shall be elected from the Faculty) . 

XV. 

Hospitals. 

Th'e City of ]\Iontreal is celebrated for the numl^er and 
importance of its pttblic charities. Among these its public hos- 
pitals are the most ^^ron^inent and widely known. Those in 
which medical students of McGill University will receive clinical 
instruction are: (1-) The Montreal General Hospital. (2) The 
Eoyal Victoria Hospital. (3) Montreal ]\Iaternity Hospital. 

The Montreal General Hospital has for many years been the 
most extensive clinical field in Canada. The old buildings, 
having proved inadequate to meet the increased demand for 
hospital accommodation, have been increased by the addition 
of two sttrgical pavilions, the Campbell Memorial, and the 
Grecnshields Memorial, and of a new surgical theatre. The 
interior of the older buildings now has been entirely recon- 
structed on the most approved modern plans. 

The Royal Victoria Hospital at the head of University Stre(?t, 
which in structure and arrangements ranks among the finest 



289 

modern liospitals of either eontinent, was opened for the recep- 
tion of patients the first of January, 1894, and affords excep- 
tional opportunities for clinical instruction and practical train- 
Montreal General Hospital. 

This Hospital consists of a Surgical, a ^kdical and a Patlio- 
logical Department. 

The Surgical Department has two large pavilions, containing 
four wards 135 feet long by 35 feet broad, with an intervening 
and connecting building in which is a large operating theatre 
of the most modern type, capable of seating over 350 students. 
In connection with this are preparation, etherising, instru- 
ment, stcriliising and surgeons' rooms, also smaller operating 
rooms. The surgical pavilions accommodate over one hundred 
patients. 

The old part of the hospital, consisting o[' the Eeed, Rich- 
ardson and ^forland wings, has been completely rebuilt and 
remodelled, and forms the Medical Department. This part 
cortain> four ward<. 100 feet by 40, and is arranged for 150 
beds. In this l)uihlin.g there are wards for gynaecological 
and opthalmological patients, and a number of private wards 
and laboratories for Clinical C'hemistry. There is also a med- 
ical amphitheatre capable of seafiuii- 150 students and a gynae- 
cological operating room fitted up in the most modern nianner. 
Ihe central part of the old building is for administration 
purposes. 

A -completely new and commodious out-door patient de- 
j^artment has been provided on the ground floor of the R'ch- 
ardson wing, and there is ample accommodation for the vari- 
ous special departments as well as large rooms for general 
m.edical and surgical patients. 

The Pathological Department is a completely new building 
in which are the post-mortem theatre and rooms for micro- 
sc'pical and bacteriological work, and also a mortuary and 
chapel. In this building students are offered everv oppor- 
tuni.y of perfecting their knowledge of morbid anatomy and 
pathological histology. 

'I'he eld Fever Wards on the Lrounds of the Hospital have 
been completely remodelled, and are now u^ed as a laurulry and 
kitchen. 

-V much hirger number of patients receive treat'Dcnt In the 
^iontreal Gentral Ho?pital than in any other Canadian hos- 
fO 



200 

pital. Last year's report shows ihat ov/r tlirco thousand 
Medical and Surgical cases were treated in the wards, and the 
great proporlioii of these were acute cases as may be gath- 
ered from the fact that the average duration of residence was 
only 24.02 days. There are upward of forty thousand con- 
sidialions animally in the out-door department of this' Hos- 
pital. 

The Royal Victoria Hospital. 

This Hosjiilal is situated a .-hort distance ahove the Uni- 
versity Grounds on the side of the ^Mountain, and overlooks 
the city. Jt was founiUd in ,)ul\-, 1<S,S7, by the munificence 
of \jovd Mount Stephen and I;ord Stratheona. who gave oue 
million dollars for this purpose. 

The buildings, which were opened for the recej^tion of pa- 
ticjits on the iirst of January, 1894, were designed by Mr. 
Saxon Snell of London, England, to accommodate between 
2.ji) and 300 patients. 

The Hospital is composed of three main buildings connected 
tegetlier by s-tone bridges; an Administration Block in the 
c/iitie and <i wing on the. east side for medical patients, in 
immediate connection with which is the Pathological wing 
and mortuary, and a wing on the west side for surgical pa- 
tients. 

The /' dministra:ion block e( nlains ample accoMimodation 
for the resident medical staff, the nursing staff and domes- 
tics. The jiatients' entrance, the dispensary and admission 
ronms are also sitmited in this building. To the north of the 
Administrilion Mock has lieen erected a large out-patients' 
dt'parfnu'nt, in M'liich are s])ecial departments for Minor Sur- 
gery, Opfhalmobigy, T^aryngology, and Gynaecology. This 
wing was opened for patients during the winter of 1899-1900. 

The Medical wing contains three large wards, each 123 feet 
long hy 26 feet (I inches wi(h', one ward 40 feet by 26 feet 6 
inches, and 15 private and isolation wards averaging 16 feet 
by 12 feet; also a medical theatre with a seating capacity for 
250, and three rooms adjacent to it for clinical oheuiistry. 
and other purposes. North of this wing and in direct con- 
neclion with it are the Pathological laboratories and mortuary. 

T]i 1his wing are situated the mortuary proper, the chapel, 
a jiost morlem room capable of accommodating 200 students, 
i nd laboratories for the microscopic and bacteriological study 



291 

ol; morbid tissues, some designed for the nse of students and 
others for post graduation courses and special research.' Spe- 
cial laboratories for Pathological Chemistry, Experimental 
Pathology, Bacteriology and Photography are also provided. 

The Surgical wing contains three large wards, each 123 feet 
long by 2G feet 6 inches wide, four wards each 40 feet by 32 
feet, and seven private and isohition wards, averaging 16 feet 
by 12 feet ; also a surgical theatre with a seating capacity for 
250, with six rooms adjacent for preparation of patients. 

In this wing are also the wards for Gynaecology and Oph- 
thalmology. There is also an Isolation Pavilion for infectious 
diseases. 

XVI. 
CLINICAL INSTRUCTION. 

During the Session of 1!MJ3-1901, three :\ledical, three Sur- 
gical, two Gynaecological and two Opthalmological clinics Avill 
be held weekly in both the ^Montreal General and Royal Vic- 
toria Hospitals. 

In addition, tutorial instruction will be given in these dif- 
ferent dtparlment.s in the ward, oat-patient rooms and labor- 
atories. Special weekly clinics will be given in the Montreal 
General Hospital on Dermatology and Laryngology and in the 
Royal Victoria Hospital on diseases of the Genito-Urinary sys- 
tem. Laryngology and Xeurology. 

Clixical Clkuks in the medical and surgical \\•arfl^ of both 
Hospitals are appointed every three months, and each one during 
his term of service conducts, under the immediate directions of 
the Clinical Professors, the reporting of all cases in the ward 
allotted to him. Students entering on and after October, 18i)3, 
are required to show a certificate of having acted for six months 
as clinical clerk in medicine and six months in surgery, and are 
required to have reported at least ten cases in medicine and ten 
in surgery. The instruction obtained as clinical clerk is found 
to be of the greatest possible advantage to students, as a Hording 
a true practical training for his future professional life. 

Dressees are also appointed to the Out-door Departments. 
For these appointments, application is to be made to the A>sis- 
tant Surgeons, or to the resident surgeon in charge of the out- 
patient department. 



! 



202 

The largi' iiuinl.or of patients affected with diseases of the eye 
and ear, now attending the special clinics at both hospitals nffor 1 
ample opportunity to students to become famili.-ir with all the 
ordinary affections of those organs, and to make thems'>lves ]n-o- 
licient in the use of the ophthnlmoseope ; and it is hoped that 
every student will ihus seek to gain a ])ractical knowledge^ of 
this important hranch of Medicine and Surgery. Operations 
<ire performed on the eye by the Ophlhalniic Surgeons after the 
outdoor patients have been seen, and students are invited to 
attend the same, and as far as praeticahle to keep such eases 
under ohservation so long as they remain in the Hospital. 

'Ihcic are also special departments in liotli il()S])itals for 
Gynai'cology and Laryngology, directed l)y Special ist< in these 
hranehes. Students are thus enahled to acquire special tech- 
nical knowledge under skilled direction. The ])lan of teaching 
practical gynaecology for the past five ytar> with nuirked suc- 
cess has 1)eeu the limitation of the nuudjer of students attend- 
ing each clinic to four. 

The Clinics at the Montreal (ieneral Hospital in Dermatology 
mid in lioth hos])itals in Laryngology are very large, and afford 
a practical training in affections of the skin and throat rarely 
ol)tained by medical students. 

A special clinic for diseases of the Genito-rrinary Organs has 
been ( stahlished at the lioyal Mctoria Hospital. 

Infectious diseases and Insanity will also be taught clinically, 
the former in the special wards for infectious diseases and the 
latter at the A'erdun Hospital for the Insane. 

XVII. 

The Montreal Maternity. 

The Facultv has great jdeasure in announcing' that the Cor- 
poration of the AFontreal ^Maternity has in contemplation the 
erection of a large new building fitted with the most modern 
appliances. The r.cw hos])ital will be situated at the corner of 
Prince Arthur and St. Urbain streets. Plans and specifica- 
tions for it are now about complete. Students will therefore 
have greatly increased facilities for obtaining a practical know- 
ledge of obstetric^ and diseases of infancy. An improved 
Tarnier-Budin ])ha)itoui is ]irovided for the use of the students, 
and everv facilitv aliorded for acquiring a ]u-aetieal kn.owledge 



293 

of the various obstetric manipulations. The Institution is 
under the direct supervision of the Professor of ^fidwifery, who 
devotes much time and attention to individual instruction. 
Students who have attended the cottrse in Obstetrics during the 
winter and spring terms of the Third Year will be furnFshed 
with eases in rotation, which they will be required to report 
and attend till convalescence. 

An outdoor service in connection with the ]\Iaternity has Ijeen 
established, the resident physician and a nurse being sent out 
to attend deserving cases in their own homes. Students who 
have had six cases in the hos])ital are sent out with the resident 
physician to such cases whenever it is possible. 

^ Clinical Obstetrics has been placed upon the same liasis as 
C'jinical Medicine and Surgery, and a iinal clinical examination 
has been instituted. Every student must give in two complete 
clinical reports of cases observed hy hinise'lf before presenting 
himself for the final clinical examination. Marks ate given for 
these reports in the Final examination for degree. Regular 
courses of clinical lectures are given throughout the session, 
special attention being paid to the important sul)ject of infant 
feeding. The Walker-Gordon ]n-ocegs of modifying milk is ex- 
plained and demonstrated. At the regular Saturday clinic the 
work of the past week is reviewed, and an opportunity is given 
for the examination of patients and the discussion of"points of 
interest in diagnosis and treatment. 

During the autumn and winter terms the r.ecturer and De- 
monstrators of Obstetrics give a ])alpation course, clinical de- 
monstrations in the wards and instruction in operative work on 
the phantom. Students will find it very much to their advan- 
tage to pay special attention to their clhiical work during the 
spring term of the Third Year and the following summer. 

One resident medical oflieer is ap]K)inted yearly to hold office 
for a ])eriod of nine months, and one for a period of three 
months. 

Fee for twelve months, $]'3; payal)le at the i\raternitv Hos- 
pital. 

Hospital /Appointments. 

The Eesident Medical and Surgical Stat! of the ^Montreal 
General, the Eoyal A'ictoria and the i^faternity Hospitals, is 
selected by examination from the members of the graduating 
class of each year. There are from fifteen to iweuiy such up- 



294 

pointnients mado animally Avliieh arc to]ial)lc for from one to 
three years, while a number of them carry a small sahiry with 
them. The followino- students of the graduating class of 1902 
received hospital ajipointments: — 

EoYAL YicToitiA Hospital : 

Siirgicdl ^'/V/r : Drs. J. D. Dixon and J. li. D. Mason, 
Mediral l^ide: Drs. J. R. Bycrs and J. C. Vn\hy. 
OpIillKihiiology: Dr. N. C. Jones. 
Aiiucstlietisi: Dr. L. C. Harris. 

Locum Tciicns: Drs. H. K. Stockwell and J. A. Mae- 
Naugliton. 

Montreal General Hospital : 

Drs. W. A. Gardner, B. C. Paterson, J. W. Manches- 
ter, J. A. E. Campbell, W. E. Dixon, W. E. McKee. 

Locum Tenens: Drs. J. F. C. Foster, F. C. ^fason, 
S. Evans. 

Maternity Hospital: 

Dr. C. W. Hopkins. 

Locum Towns: Dr. Geo. ■Moffat. 



^hc (Euiucrsitij 3i^ilimrvj. 



C. H. Gould, B.A., L,ibrarian. 

The various libraries of the University now contain about 
97,000 volumes, and a large number of pamphlets. 

In addition to the general works selected with a view to illus- 
trating the several courses of University study, the Com- 
mittee lias latterly been enabled through generous gifts to 
acquire many sets of serials and monographs which are indis- 
pensable for research, and to provide for the symmetrical 
growth of the Library. 

There are now on the shelves more than 250 complete fyles 
of periodicals and transactions of various literary and 
scientific societies, many of wliieh have been added during the 
past year through the liberality of Sir W. C. MacDonald. 

Among the special collections exclusive of departmental 
libraries, mention should be made of the Bedpath Historical 
Collection, formed l)y the late Mr. Peter Redpath some years 
before his death. This is still being added to by Mrs. Peter 
Kedpath, is now of great valuc, and affords umisual opportunities 
for the study of English History. The most prominent part 
of the collection — a series of political and religious tracts — 
has been greatly enlarged by :\lrs. Ptedpath, and now comprises 
about 9,000 brochures, dating from IGOO to the middle of the 
last reign. 

Abundant materials, bearing upon the History of Canada, 
have been gathered together. Of these the nucleus is formed 
by the entire library of the late Mr. Frederick Griffin, whose 
choice books were, some years ago, bequeathed to the Uni- 
versity. This branch of the library is being steadily augmented, 
and includes interesting Canadian portraits and autographs. 

The Medical Library, directly controlled by the Faculty of 
Medicine, is the largest of the departmental libraries, and is 
one of the most complete collections of its kind in the 
Dominion. 



296 

Aiiiiut 2oO current perio(lic-al>. literary and scientific, are 
subscribed for through the various departments of the Uni- 
versity. Besides these, the library regularly receives Serials, 
Tiausactions and Proceedings of Societies. The list of l)nth 
})eriodicals and serials is being extended yearly. 

The generosity of the family of the late Mr. Hugh ^[cLennan 
has enabled the Library Committee to establish and operate 
for the past two years a system of travelling liljraries. These 
are .>ent on application, and the payment ot a nominal fee of 
$3, to any point in Canada. The regulations and full parti- 
culars may be obtained from tlie Librarian of the University. 

Although the liljrary is maintained primarily for niendjers 
of the University, the Corporation has provided for the admis- 
sion, upon certain conditions, of such persons as may be 
approved by the Library Committee. It is the desire of the 
Committee to mate the lil)rary as ueful to the entire com- 
munity a^i is consistent with jhe safety of the books and the 
general interests of the University. 

Extract from the Library Regulations. 

1. During the College Session the Lilnary is open daily 
(except Sundays and general public holidays), from !) a.m. till 
5 p.m.; and the Heading Koom from 9 a.m. till G p.m.. and 
also from T.oO till 10. 3U ]).m. On Saturdays, both Lilu'ary 
ajid Beading lioom close at 5 p.m. During vacations, Ivoth 
Library and Keailing Koom close at 5 p.m., and on Saturdays 
at 1 p.m. 

2. Students in the Facidty of Arts, of Law, and of Applied 
Science are entitled to read in the Lil)rary, and may borrow 
books (subject, to the regulations) to the number of three 
volumes at one. time. 

3. Students in the I-'aculty of ]\[edicine, who have paid the 
Lilu'ary fee to the Bursar, may read in the Lil)rary, and on 
depositing the sum of $5 with the Bursar, may borrow books 
on the same conditions as students in other Faculties. They 
are required to present their ^latriculation Tickets to the 
JUirsar and to the Librarian. 

4. Graduates in any of the Faculties, on making a deposit 
of 'i^o, are entitled to the use of the Lil)rary, subject to the 
same rules and conditions as students in Arts, Law, or Applied 
Science. 



29' 



5. Books may be taken from the Library only after tliev 
have l>een eliarged at the Delivery Desk; borrowers who can- 
not attend personally must sign and date an order, oiyino- the 
titles of the books desired. * ^ 

6. Books in the Reference Library must not be taken from 
the Reading Room; and, after they have been used, they mu^t 
be returned promptly by readers 'to their proper plac.^s upon 
the shelves. 

7. Before leaving the Library, readers must return the books 
they have obtained to the attendant at the Delivery Desk. 

8. All persons using books remain responsible for them so 
long as the books are charged to them, and borrowers return- 
ing books must see that their receipt is properly cancelled. 

9. A\'ritino- or making any mark upon any book belongino- to 
the Library is unconditionally forbidden. Anv person found 
guilty of wilfully damaging any book in any way shall l)e 
excluded h-om the Library; and shall be debarred from tlie 
use thereof for such time as the Library Committee may 
determine. 

10. Damage to or loss of books, maps, or plates, and injury of 
Library lixtures, must be made good to the satisfaction of the 
Librarian and of the Library Committee. 

Damage, loss or injury when the responsil)ilitv cannot be 
traced will 1)e made good out of the caution money deposited 
liy students with the Bursar. 

IL Should any borrower fail to return a book upon the 
date when its return is due, he may be notified by postal card 
of his default, and be requested to return the book. If the 
loan is not renewed, or the book returned, after a further delay 
of at least three days, it may be sent for by special messeno-er 
at the 1>orrower's expense. '^ ' 

xZ. Before the close of the session, students in their final 
year must return uninjured, or replace to the satisfaction of 
the Librarian, all books which they have borrowed. 

13. Silence must be strictly observed in the Libraries. 

14. Infringement of any of the rules of the Library will 
subject the offender to a suspension of his privileges, or to such 
other penalty as the nature of the case may require 



298 

McGill College Book Club. 

Established, A.D. 1869. 

Tills Cliil) is in the 35th year of its existence and has for its 
two-fokl object to procure an early supply of new books 
(novels excluded) for its members, and the increase of the 
Library. By this means an. addition has already been made 
to the Library of not less than 4,000 volumes in S2>ecial and 
general literature. 

Membership in the Club is open to all, at an annual sub- 
scription of ten dollars. 

Apart from the advantages to be directly derived from Jiiem- 
bership, there is the special privilege accorded to members of 
using the College Library on the same conditions as graduates, 
without being required, however, to make a deposit when 
books are borrowed. 

The members of the Executive Committee are Dr. Johnson, 
Rev. Dr. Murray, Mr. W. M. Ramsay, Mr. Henry Fry, Mr. 
G. B. Cramp, and Mr. G. A. Farmer, to any of whom applica- 
tion for membership may be addressed, or to Mr. E. II. Renouf, 
Secretary, at the Club's Depository, 2238 St. Catherine Street. 



W'tmXl Morraal Jclxool. 



The McGill Normal School, in the city of Montreal, is 
established chiefly for the purpose of training teachers for the 
Protestant population, and for all religious denominations of 
the Province of Quebec, other than the Eoman Catholic. The 
studies in this school are carried on chiefly in English, but 
French is also taught. 

Government of the School. 

The Corporation of ]\IcCTill University is associated with 
the" Superintendent of Public Instruction in the direction of 
the McGill Xormal School, under the regulations of the Pro- 
testant Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, and 
it is authorized to appoint a standing committee consisting of 
five luembers, called the '"Xormal School Committee," which 
shall liave the general supervision of the affairs of the Xormal 
School. The following members of the Corporation of the 
University constitute the committee of the Xormal School for 
the Session of 1903-1904. 

Noi-mal School Committee. 

Prof. W. Pktersox, C.M.G., LL.D., Principal of the University, 

Chairman. 
Mr. Samuel Fixlet, Governor of McGill College. 
Rev. James Barclay, M.A., D.D. ^ 

J. R. DouGALL. M.A. - , ,?:f/[9"? of ., 

REV. E. I. REXFORD, M.A. j McGill Lniversity. 

J. A. NiCHOLSOX, M.A., Secretary. 

Officers of Instruction. 

McGill Normal School. 

Sampson Paul Robixs, M.A.. LL.D., D.C.L., Principal and Lecturer 
on Art of Teaching. 



300 

AnxER W. Kneeland, M.A., B.C.L., Ordinary Profe-por of English 
Language and Literature. 

Madame goPHiE Cornu, Ordinary Professor cf Frencli. 

Mu. Henry F. Armstrong, Professor of Drawing. 

Miss Lilian B. Robins, B.A., Assistant to the Pi-incipal and In- 
structor in Classics. 

Mr. W. H. Smith, Instructor in Vocal Music. 

Mr. John P. Stephen, Instructor in Elocution. 

Miss Carrie M. Derick, M.A., Lecturer on Botany. 

Prof. Nevil N. Evans, M.A.Sc, Lecturer on Chemistry. 

Mr. .Iames Walker, Instructor in Penmansl-iip and Book-keeping. 

Miss Louise Derick, Instructor in Kindergarten Methods. 

Mr. E. W. Arthy, Lecturer in the Theory of Kindergarten and 
Transition Work. 

Miss Jessie Y. Chisholm, Instructor in Kindergarten History and 
Principles. 

Miss V. M. Holmstrom, Instructor in Cali.sthenics. 

J. A. Williams, M.D., Lecturer on Physiology and Hygiene. 

H. L. Barnes, D.Sc, Lecturer on Physics. 

Mr. Carl Johansson, Director of Manual Training, McDonald 
Endowment. 

Mr. G. E. Emberley, Teacher of Manual Training. 

Miss Josephine T. Dow, Instructor in Cooking. 

Miss M. J. Connor, Instructor in Sewing. 

Miss Matilda Carden, Principal's Secretary and Librarian. 



Model Schools of the McGill Normal School 

E. Montgomery Campbell, B.A., Head Master of Boys' School. 
Miss Mary I. Peebles, Head Mistress of Giiis' School. 
Miss Selina F. Sloan, Head Mistress of Primary School. 



Announcement for the Session 1903-1904. 

Thi-; Tn.^tittition is intended to dve a thoron,o-li training to 
teachers, Ijy instruction and training in the Normal School 
itself, and by practice in the ]\[odel Schools; and the arrange- 
ments are of snch a character as to afford the greatest possible 
facilities to students from all parts of the province. The 
Protestant Central Board of Examiners for the Province of 
Quebec grants diplomas only to teachers-in-training of this 
Institution and to graduates of British or Canadian Univer- 
sities. 



301 

The {orty-eighth !?es^ion of this School will commence on 
the second of September, 1903, and close on the twenty-seventh 
of May, 1901. The students are graded as follows: — 

1. — Elementary Class. — Studymg for the Elementary 

Diploma. 
2. — Advanced Elementarij Class. — Studying for the Advanced 

Elementary Diploma. 
3. — Kindergarten Class. — Studying for ihe Kindergarten 

Diploma. 
4. — Model School Class. — Studying for the ^Model School 

Diploma. 
5. — Class in Pedar/ogij. — Preparing for the Academy 
Diploma. 

Detailed information respecting the cour.-es of the four 
grades first enumerated above may be obtained on application 
to the Principal of the School, at 32 Belmont St., Montreal. 

Academy Diplomas to Graduates. 

All holders of model school diplomas that have been granted 
bv the McGill Xormal School or that shall hereafter be granted 
hy the Central Board of Examiners shall be entitled to receive 
Academy diplonuis on graduating in Arts at some Canadian or 
other British university, provided that they pass in Mathemat- 
ics, Latin, Greek and Erench at the degree examinations, or, 
failing this in any subject or subjects of this group, pass in such 
subject or subjects examinations that are certified by the uni- 
versities to give to the graduate concerned a standing not lower 
than that of second class at the end of the Second Year. But 
graduates who siibstitute German for Greek, on fulfilling all 
other conditions, may receive modified Academy diplomas, 
which will not authorize the holders to liecome principals of 
Academies. 

All graduates in Arts of C*anadian or other British univer- 
sities who have passed in Mathenuitics, Latin, Grtck and Erench 
as above defined and have taken a course and have passed sat- 
isfactory examinations in Education and Practical Teaching 
under the control of the Universities or of the McGill Normal 
School as approved by the Protestant Committee of the Coun- 
cil of Public Instruction, shall be entitled to receive Academy 
diplonuis. The Central Board of Examiners shall determine 
who have passed satisfactory examinations in Education and in 



302 

Fractii-nl Teaching in view of the results, which, including ex- 
amination (juestions and answers, shall be remitted to the 
Board by the university examiners, and in view of the recom- 
mendalions of the professors of education. The Central Board 
of Examiners is empowered to set one-half of the questions in 
Education, and to prescribe the tests of ability to teach and to 
govern which must lie followed in such examinations. 

To nu'ct tlu' requirements of graduates and undergraduates 
in Arts, who, not having previously taken a Normal School 
course, desire to receive Academy diplomas, and until the Uni- 
versities themselves undertake the work, provision has been 
made for the delivery of a course of lectures on pedagogy in 
the Normal School and for practice in teaching in the 
McGill Model School for lil'ty half days, open to graduates in 
Arts of any British or Canadian university, to undergraduates 
of the Third Year, and with the permission of the Faculty and 
the concurrence of the Principal of the Normal School, to those 
of the Fourth Year. The hours assigned for these lectures 
are from 3 to 4 p.m. on each Tuesday and Friday on which lec- 
tures are given in the Faculty of xVrts. An examination on 
this course of lectures is held annually on the 20th day of May, 
or on the school day next succeeding that date; the hours are 
from 10 a.m. to 13 noon. 

Undergraduates will be permitted to teach the fifty half 
dojs referred to al)ove, during the months of December and 
Miiy of the Third and Fourth Years of their college course. 
Graduates will be permitted to teach in the Model Schools at 
such times as may be agreed on with the Principal. Tho-: 
who teach in the j\rodel Schools are expected to prepare all 
lessons and discharge all duties assigned them with faithful- 
ness. Failure to teach or to govern in the Model Schools, as 
indicated by the percentage of marks taken, no less than fail- 
ure to pass the examination on the course of lectures, en- 
dangers the Academy diploma. 

Each person desiring to take this course of study in the 
Normal School must make application for permision to enter 
to the Secretary of the Central Board of Examiners, on the 
authorized form, remitting to him at the same time all neces- 
sary certificates of standing and character, and a fee of $4.00. 
While in attendance on this course each person is subject to 
the regidations of the said school, and is under the super- 
vision iind control of its Principal. 



303 

Exemption from Matriculation Examinations in McGill 
University. 

Holders of Model School diplomas of the McGill Normal 
School who are certified l)y the Principal of the Normal School 
to have taken To per cent, c-f the total marks at their final ex- 
aminations, with not less than 60 per cent, of the marks in 
Mathematics, French, Lr.tin and Greek respectively, will he 
admitted without further examination to the First Year in Arts 
of JMcGill rniversityrbnt all such students must make good 
their standing at the Christmas examinations of the TJntver- 
sity. 



"SXuiucrsity l^i'amitxations, 

SESSION 1901-1902. 
Faculty of Law. 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.C.L. 

(In order of merit.) 

Wainwright, A., B.A. 
Aslle, T. F. 
Cotton, C. M., B.A. 
Gariepy, W., B.A. 
Duff, A. H., B.A. 
Brown, E. N., B.A. 
Couper, W. M. 
Aylmer, H. U. P. 
Ogden, C. G., aegrotat. 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF D.C.L. (IX COURSE). 

William John White. M.A., B.C.L. 



Faculty of Arts- 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A. 

IN HONOURS. 

(In Alphabetical Order.) 
First h'nnk. — Dixon, Jennie D 

MuNN, W. Clement. 

Nolan, Annie W. 
Second Rank. — Adams, Chauncey A. 

BicKERDiKE, May C. 

Clogg, Vivian E. 

Irving, Elizabeth. 

MuNN, Emma M. 

Warriner, J. Eva. 

ordinary B.A. 

(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed 
to^-ether.) 

Class /.— Crowell, Sam. G. 

Harris, Spencer. 

Plant, Verner L. 

Jack, Milton. 
( Reid. Allan S. 
I Err die, Hugh H. 



305 



Class II. — Pruyn, Wm. G. 

Blagrave, Robt. C. 

Smitli, Miriam. 

McDonald, John A. 

Carson, Hermon A. 

Irving. Geo. 

Cole. G. Edwards. 

Walker, John J. 
Class ///.— Crothers, Harold R. 

Day, Daisy. 

Greenleese, ISIary S. 



(In Alphabetical Order.) 

Boulter, Jas. Hy. 
Broun, Albert Victor. 
Mount, Hector P. 
Scott, Wm. Jas. 
White, D. Roderick. 
Acfirotat. — Hitchcock, Caroline L. 

STUDENT IX ARTS REGISTERED IN THE MEDICAL FACULTY WHO 
OBTAINED THE DEGREE OF B.A., IN JUNE, 1902, ON COM- 
PLETING HIS MEDICAL TEAR. 

Murphy, Herbert H. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ADMITTED " AD EUNDEM GRADUM." 

Mcintosh, Douglas. 

BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. IN COURSE. 

Rexford, Elson I. 
Munn, D. Walter. 
Rorke, Helen. 
Woodley, Edward C. 
Millar, Wm. Kinloch. 

BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M.SC. IN COURSE. 

LeRoy, Osmund E. 
Reid, Lena McK. 
Mcintosh, Douglas. 

PASSED thp: intermediate examination. 

(1). — FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A. 

(In order of inerit. Students of equal standing are bracketed 
together.) 

Class I. — Rose, Herbert J. 

Archibald, John G. 

Sheldon, Ernest W. 
( Lomer, Theodore A. 
[Simpson, Edith P. 



306 



Class //.—Hart, E. Muriel. 

Mackenzie, Catherine I. 

Hindley, J. George. 

McKenzie, Angus D. M. 

Lathe, Frank E. 

Shanks, George. 

Dickson, Ada D. 

Brown, William Gordon. 

Griffin, Grace L. 

Gurd, Eraser B. 

McGougan, Edward. 

McCallum, Orrick B. 

Rubinowitz, Israel F. 

Wickware, Francis G. 

Campbell, D. Grant. 

McDonald, Geo. C. 

Mingle, Geo. W. 

Papineau, Talbot M. 
Class III. ( Freeze, Helen L. 

McCally, M. Kathleen. 

Henry, A. O. Edna. 

MacLeod, Annie L. 

Marshall, Wm. W. 

Draper, Madolin A. 

Gardner, Helen Ivy Jj. 

Chandler, Arthur B. 

Wilson, Alice M. 

Robertson, Ethel C. 

Stewart, Lillian J. 

Craig, Bessie. 

MacMillan, Henry Hind. 

Bell, Ruth. 

Bouchard, Myra McL. (s). 
*Findlay, Delmer C. (s). 

Logan, David C. (s). 

McDi.irmid, James S. (s). 

MacFarlane, Charles M. (s). 

Molson, Walter, (s). 



Faculty of Applied Science- 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE. 



(In order of merit.) 

CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

Heaman, John Andrew, London. Ont. 
Shaw, Herbert Harold, Brackley Point, P.E.I. 
Bigger, Howell. Ottawa, Ont. 
Borden, Henry Percy, Kentville, N.S. 
Caineron, Kenneth McKenzie, London, Ont. 



* f<tnnsfra(] Wcslci/nii College 

(s) Wifli siipphniriital in otic siihjcct (arraiu/rd nlphaheticaUy). 



307 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 

gcott, Harry Evart, Napanee, Ont. 

Dunfield, John Collier Withers, St. John's. Newfoundland. 

Frankhn, Emerson Loran (B.A.), "Wolfville, N.S. 

Maxwell, Marshall Andrew, St. Stephen, N.B. 

Hicks, Thomas Norman, Perth, Ont. 

Smith, James Macdonald, Petitcodiac, N.B. 

Jackson, Philip T., Toronto, Ont. 

Murphy, "William Edward. Shelburne, N.S. 

Boyd, Hugh Harkness, Montreal, Que. 

Higman, Ormond, Ottawa, Ont. 

Forman, Andrew Shearer, Montreal. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Sterns, Frank Ernest, Morrell, P.E.I. 

Smith, Gerald Meredith, St. Johns, Que. 

Fry, David Merner, Bright. Ont. 

Newton, Samuel Robert, Drummondville, Que. 

Addie, Thomas Heriot, Sherbrooke, Que. 

Baird, Alexander, Sherbrooke, Que. 

MINING ENGINEERING. 

Corless, Charles Vandyke, New Durham, Ont. 
DePencier, Henry Percy, Vancouver, B.C. 
Campbell, Cliarles McKinnon, Winnipeg, Man. 
McBride, Wilbert George, Inglewood, Ont. 
Coulson, John Leys, Toronto, Ont. 
Burchell, George Bartlett, New Campbellton, N.S. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

Labatt, John Sackville, London, Ont. 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE. 
(In Course.) 

Burson, Herbert Arthur, B.Sc, St. Catharines, Ont. 
Clement, Sheldon Byrne, B.Sc, Kingsville, Ont. 
Edwards, William Muir, B.Sc, Montreal. 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE. 
(In Course.) 

Adams, Frank Dawson, B.A.Sc, M.A.,Sc., Ph.D., Montreal. 
Dawson, William Bell. B.A., M.A., Ma.E., Ottawa. 



Faculty of Medicine. 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MEDICINE AND 
MASTER OF SURGERY. 

(In alphabetical order.) 

Ames, C. A., Field, B.C. 
Anthony, T. B., Berwick, N.S. 
Baillie, S. A., B.A., Troy, N.Y. 



:]0S 



Blair, H. G. F., Ashton, Ont. 

Brennan, F. A., St. Albans. Vt., U.S.A. 

Byeis, J. R., Ganancxiue, Ont. 

Campbell, A., Souris \V., P.E.I. 

Camplell, J. ,A. E., P. A., Westinount, Que. 

Cantlie, F. P. L., Montreal. Que. 

Cartel-, AV. LeM., B.A., Queb'ec City, Que. 

Christie, F. J., Martintown, Ont. 

Codrington, R. F., Montreal, Que. 

Colby, J. C, B.A., Stanstead. Que. 

Coleman, C. E., Chatham, N.B. 

Cox, R. B., Collinsville, Conn., U.S.A. 

Crozier, J. A., Ashburn, Ont. 

Cullen, W. H., Montreal, Que. 

Curren, L. M., Springfield, N.B. 

Currie, W. D., B.A., Halifax, N.S. 

Dixon, J. D., B.A., Montreal, Que. 

Dixon, W. E., B.A., Montreal, Que. 

Dorion, W. A., Montreal, Que. 

Eastman, E. B., Portsmouth, N. H., U.S.A. 

Evans, S., Ottawa, Ont. 

Featherston, H. C, Hamilton, Ont. 

Folkins, H. G., Millstream, N.B. 

Forster, J. F. C, Dorchester, N.B. 

Gardiner, R. J., Smith's Falls, Ont. 

Gardner, W. A., B.A., Huntingdon, Que. 

Green, F. W., Pictou, N.S. 

Halfiday, J. LeR., Sawyerville, Que. 

Harris. L. C, Moncton, N.B. 

Hart, F. W., B.A., Sackville, N.B. 

Harvie, S. K., B.A., Newport, N.S. 

Henry, C. M., Pahner, S.D., U.S.A. 

Hollingsworth, J. E., Ottawa, Ont. 

Hopkins, C. W., Aroostook Junction, N-B. 

Hyatt. E. A., B.Sc, Dickinson Centte, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Irwin, F., Shelbourne, N.S. 

Johnson, J. A., B.A., Lachine, Que. 

Johnson, G. R., B.A., Annapolis, N.S. 

Jones, N. C, B.A., Gananoque, Ont. 

Leney, J. M., B.A., Montreal, Que. 

L,idstone. A. E., Aylmer, Que. 

Lomas, A. J.. Montreal, Que. 

MacCarthy, F. H., Ottawa, Ont. 

Macdonald, A. A., B.A., St. Andrews, P.E.I. 

MacKinnon, G. E. L., Alexandria, Ont. 

Maclaren, A. H., B.A., Huntingdon, Que. 

MacNaughton, J. A., Salisbury, N. B. 

McGibbon, D., Arkona. Ont. 

McGibbon, S., Arkona, Ont. 

McGrath, R. H., Dorchester, N.B. 

McKee, W. E., Coaticooke, Que. 

McKenzie, J. B., B.A., Campbellton, N.B. 

McNeill, J. F., Kensington, P.E.I. 

Manchester, J. W., St. John, N.B. 

Martin, H. E., Chatham, Ont. 

Mason, E. G., Westmount, Que. 

Mason, F. C, Flattsburg, N.Y. 



301) 

Mason, J. LeD., B.A., Montre.il, Que 

May, J.. W., OUau-a, Ont. 

Menzies, J. B., New Bedford. Mass., U S ^ 

Moffatt, Geo., Inkerman, Ont. 

Morrison, J. F., Copleston, Ont 

Morse, W. R., B.A., l^aurencetown V S 

Mothersill, G. S., Ottawa, Ont. 

Palmer, G. H., Dorchester, N B 

Paterson, R. C, B.A., Montr-al, Que 

Peters, O. R., Gagetown, N.B. 

Pickard, L. N., Charlottetown, P E I 

Pratt, C. M., St. John, N.B. 

Ritchie, C. F. P., B.A., Monti eal. Que 

Roberts. A. B., Lanark. Ont. 

Ship, M. L., B.A., Monti eal, Que 

Smith, T. W., Hawkesbury. Ont. 

Stockwell, H. K., Danville, Que. 

Tolmie, J. A., Moose Creek, Ont. 

Tracy, E. A., B.A., Lancaster, N.H U S ^ 

VanWart, R. McL., B.A., Fredericton X b' ' 

Walker, H., Jr., B.A., New York, N.Y U S \ 

Williams, R. G., Meaford, Ont. 



Faculty of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary 
Science. 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF D.V.S. 
(/// atjtlialt<fir(,l order.) 

Blair, W. Reid 
Douglas, Alexander R. 
Hadwen, Seymour. 
Harrington, A. D. 
Kennedy, G. A. 
Manchester. W. 
Spear. W. H. 
Symes. J. W. 



;§cholav5hip5 and githilntious. 



SESSION 1902-1903. 
FACULTY OF ARTS. 

I. Third Year Scholarships. (Tenable for two years). 



Xamks of Scholars. 



Sheldon, lOrnest W. 
McCally, M. Kaihleeii. .. 

SimpfOii K.iitli V. . . . . 

Latlie, Frank E 

Rose, Hf rlnrt .T 

McKeiizie, An|4us D. M 



Subject op 
Examination. 



Matlieinatics. 
.Mntheinatic3. 

Jlathematics. 

Nat. Scicnte. 

Classic. land Mod, 
Langiiagts. 

Eoouoraics and 
Pol. Soil net'. 



Annual 
\' ai.uk. 



.■i; 1 25.0'. 
81.50 

81 .5'! 

12 '..00 

I I2'>.00 

1..5.00 



Founder ou Donoij. 



>ir \V, ('. ^lacdonald. 



Sr W. n. Jlacdoiiakl and IMolsnn 
Fund. 



Sir W. ('. Ma.-<1,,iiald and Molson 
F.md. 



Sir \V. C. Macdonald. 
Mackenzie Scliolarsliii) 



Exhibitions. (Tenable tor one vear). 



NaMI'.S of EXHIBlTIOJJlil.S. 



McDiarmid, James S 
McGougan, Edward. 



sub.tect op 
Examination. 



Nat. Science 
Nat. Science 



^Annual 

V\\I.UE. 



;iro 00 

UO.'O 



FouNDKR OU Donor 



Second Year Exhibitions. (Tenable for one vear). 



N,4^MES OF Exhibition Kiis. 



Annual, 
Valuk. 



Founder or Dunor 



Fraser, Georg-e A.,. . . . 

Idler, .-■. Mary, 

Macmillan, GrBorge E. 



$125.00 j George Hagne, Esq. 
125.00 j Sir W. C. Macdonald. 
75.00 I Mrs. Redpatli. 



Bursaries.— Second Year. 



Curtis, Walter E. 
Wales, Osgood H 



$62.50 
(i2.50 



Sir W. C. .Maedonald. 
Sir W. r. Macdonnld. 



311 



III. First Year Exhibitions- (Tenable for one year). 



Names of Kxhibitloners. 


Annual 
VaIiUK. 


Founder. 


C.-irr, Wm. L., 


$12r3.0u 
100.00 
125.00 
100.00 

i2rj.oo 

125.00 




Freedman, Ahraham, 




McLeod, Alex. R., 

Naylor, R. Keniietli, 


Sir W. 


C. 


Macdoiiald. 


Eorke, Mabele L 




Ryan, Estlier L. . . . 


Sir W 


C. 


Macdoiiald. 



Bursary.— First Year. 

GriSin, Constance M | iglOO.OO | .. 



FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 



Exhibitions and Prizes. 



STUDENTS ENTERING THE FOURTH TEAR. 



Foreman, Alvah E., 
Hall, Oliver. 



British Association Exliilbition. 
British Association Prize. 



STUDENTS ENTERING THE THIRD YEAR. 



Lawrence, William D., 
Cole, George H. 
Chaplin, Charles J., 
Dutcher, Howard K., 



First Mathematical Prize. 

Second 

Third 

Third 



STUDENTS ENTERING THE SECOND YEAR. 



Fyshe, Thomas M., 
Boyle, Robert TV., 
Blanchet, Guv H., 



Scott Exhibition. 
First Scott Prize. 
Second Scott Prize. 



PRIZES FOR SUMMER THESES. 

/() the EhTtriral Kiuiincrnnii Colour: Greenshields Prize, divided 

equally between R. T. Conklin and A. E. Foreman, Fourth Year, 
]ii the Mivhiutnul Eiu/niccriiifi Course: The Crosby Steam Gauge & 

Valve Company's Prize, to F. A. McKay, Fourth Year. 
Ill the Min'uKj EiKj'uiecrinij Coitr.-ie: The Drummond Prize, divided 

equally between R. A. Chambers, Third Year, and O. Hall, 

Fourth Year. 



Students of the Huitiersitiv 



SESSION 1902-1903. 



McGILL COLLEGE. 
Faculty of Law. 

FIRST YEAR. 

Coulin, James E., Montreal. 
Duffy, Fabian J.. Montreal. 
Greenshields, Charles G., Montreal. 
Harris, Spencer D., Ottawa, Ont. 
Mathieu, Alexandre P., Montreal. 
McMorran, Thomas S., Ottawa, Ont. 
Morin, Louis S. R.. St. Hyacinthe. Q. 
Wallace, Richard P., Coaticook, Q. 

SECOND YEAR. 

Brodle, Hugh H.. Westmount, Q. 

Brosseau, Bernard L., Montreal. 

Chipman, Warwick F., Montreal. 

Cotton, Wm. Ulric, B.A., Sweetsburg, Q. 

DeWitt, Jacob, B.A., Montreal. 

Dickson, Nerval, Allans Corners, Q. 

Drouin, Joseph, Montreal. 

Ker, Thomas R., Montreal. 

Lafond, Elsee, La bale du Febvre, Q. 

McDougall, Malcolm E., Mattawa, Ont. 

Mackie, Henry A., Cookshire, Q. 

Ogilvle, William Prescott. Montreal. 

Phelan, M. A., Monti-eal. 

Pope, Charles Alex., Quebec, Q. 

Stephens, L. DeK.. Montreal. 

Vineberg, Abraham Halmer, Montreal. 

TVadleigh, Wilfred William, Kingsay, Q. 

Williams, Henry Stevens, B.A., Knowlton, Q. 

THIRD YEAR. 

Angus, David James. Montreal. 

Bergeron. Patrick John, Beauharnois, Q. 

Blaylock, Harry W., Danville. Q. 

Casgrain, Alex. Chase, Montreal. 

Gosselin, Louis, Notre Dame de Stanbridge. Q. 

Madore. Louis. Montreal. 

MacKinnon, Cecil Gordon, Sherbrooke, Q. 

Orr, Henry Stanley, Cookshire. Q. 

Rankin. Arthur G. Ernest. Montreal. 

Rugg. Frederick S.. Stanstead. Q. 

Tansey, Thomas M.. Montreal. 

Theberge. Albert. St. Jerome. Q. 

Vipond. Herbert. Montreal. 

Weinfield, Henry, (B.A.), Montreal. 




The Smithv. 




The Foundry, 



313 
Faculty of Arts. 

FIRST YEAR. 

UNDERGRADU VTES. 

(McVill CoIIujr.) 

Barclay, MacG., Abingdon School, ilontieal. 
Carr, Wni. L., Huntingdon Academy, Trout River, Q. 
Cousins, Geo. V., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q. 
Drew, John M., Lachute Academy, Beech Ridge, Q. 
Fisher, Simeon W., Dundas High School, West Flamboio, Ont. 
Freedman, Abraham, Montreal High School, Montreal. 
Garvin, Arthur C, Stanstead Wesleyan College, Odelltown, Q. 
Gibb, Robertson W., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q. 
*Hendry, And. W., Liverpool Academy, Liverpool, X.S. 
Henry, Robt. A. C, Westmount Academy, Montreal. 
Housser, Geo. E., Portage La Prairie Collegiate, Portage La Prairie, 

Man. 
Hutchinson, Jas. .1., Congregational College, Montreal, Craigsholme. 

Ont. 
*Kirsch, Simon, Montreal High School, Montreal. 
Lewis. David S., Montreal High School. Montreal. 
Lyman, C. Sydney, Montieal High School. Montreal. 
McCann, Walter E., M. Dioc. Theol. College, Aylwin, Q. 
McLeod, Alex R., Prince of Wales' Coll., P.E.I. . Uigg, P.E.I. 
Marcuse, Otto, Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q. 
Martin, Lewis G., St. John's School, Montreal, Montreal. 
Mundie, Gordon S., Westmoinit Academy, Westmount, Q. 
Naylor, R. Kenneth, Shawville High School, Shawville, Q. 
Newman, Harry,' Montreal High School, Montreal. 
Pease, E. Raymond, Montreal High School, Montieal. 
Rogers, David B., M. Dioc. Theol. College, Watford, Cnt. 
Ross, Allan, Montreal High School, Montreal. 
Scott, C. Hope, Abingdon School, Montreal, Montreal. 
Shearer, Jas. R., Ottawa Collegiate, Sherbrooke, Q. 
Silcox, Albert B., Montreal High School, Winnipeg, Man. 
Stafford, F. Montague, Montreal High School, Montreal. 
Sutherland, O. W^. D., Upper Canada College, Montreal. 
Vineberg, Solomon, Sherbrooke Academy, Sherbjooke, Q. 
Waugh, Oliver S., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

h'lji/iil Virturui < 'i)ll<(/i'. 

Blakemore, Clarisse M., McGill Normal School, :Montreal. 

Clark, Birdena M.. Harbord St. Coll. Inst., Toronto, Montreal. 

Douglas, A. Lilian, Ottawa Coll. Inst., Ottawa. 

Frasei-, Mabel G. S., Girls' High School. Quebec. Quebec. P.Q. 

Gillmor, Blanche C, Ti-afalgar Institute, Montreal. 

Griffin, Constance, Alma Coll., Toronto. 

Holway, Ruth, Decorah High School, Decorah, Iowa, U.S. 

Massy, Muriel A., Oilman School, Cambridge, Mass., Summerside. 

P.E.I. V 

Rorke, Mabele L., St. Thomas Coll. Inst.. Montreal. 
Ryan, Esther L. M., Montreal Girls' High School, Montreal. 
Tully, May G., Victoria High School, B.C.. Dawson City. Yukon Terr. 

* Double Course. 



314 

CONDITIONED STUDENTS. 

( McGiU College.) 

("hurchill, Lewis P., Lockeport Academy, Lockeport, N.S. 

Crocker, Stanley, Collegiate Inst., St. Thomas, Ont. 

Gale, Wm. Hy., Ormstown Academy, Ormstown, Q. 
*Healy, Jas. J., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Falls, Ont. 

Kiely, Philip O., Goderich Coll. Inst., Goderich, Ont. 
*McC'allum, Jno. S., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Fails, Ont. 

Patrick, Frank A., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Payne, Chester H., Ottawa Collegiate Inst., Ottawa, Ont. 

Shaw, Herbert T., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Stackhouse, Russell T., Lachute Academy, Lachute, Q. 

Thomson, Jos. O., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Vassie, Wm., Ridley College, St. John, N.B. 

{Royal ^ ictaria ('oJlffir.) 

CarteT-, Helen M., Trafalgar Inst. & Royal Victoria Coll., Montreal. 

Engelke, Minnie E., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Mdwatt, E. L. Rae, Montreal Girls' High School, Montreal. 

Taylor. Eli?. I.. Wells Coll., Rochester, N.Y., U.S. 

Tighe, M. Winnifred, Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q. 

Trench, Nora O., Richmond High School, Va., U.S., Montreal. 

P.ARTI.\L STI'DENTS. 

(llcdiU College.) 

Allison, Wm. S., St. John, N.B. 

Archibald, B. P., Westmount, Q. 

Armstrong, Geo. D., Ottawa, Ont. 

Barrett, Chas. W., Newcastle, Ont. 

Bates, Fred. W., Wolford Centre, Ont. 
(2) Cordner, Jos., Derryall, Ireland. 

Haskell, L., St. J., Montreal. 

Howe, Jno. P., Pembroke, Ont. 

Hrnnah, Rich. M., Copper Cliff, Ont. 

Johnston, David E., Coleraine, Ont. 

Kennedy, H. F., Chatham, Ont. 

McCrimmon, Jno. R., Vankleek Hill, Ont. 

Mackay, Robt. 

Mather, Wm. A., Rat Portage, Ont. 

Maver, Alex. M., Montreal. 
(2) Morgan, W. Burton, Haitland, N.B. 

Peterson, Wm. Gordon, Montreal. 

Phillips, Thos. N., Rat Portage, Ont. 

Richards, Wm. A., Pembroke, Ont. 

Robb, Fred G., Montreal. 

(Uoyul ]'ict(iria College.) 

Baker, Marjorie H., Montreal. 

Bell, Muriel G., Montreal. 

Bell, Sarah L., Montreal. 

Blakemore, Jessie M.. Montreal. 
(2) Braidwood, H., Montreal. 
(2) Brodie, Mary R., Smith's Falls. Ont. 



* Double Course. 

The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4) prefixed to a name, indicates that the 
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



315 

Brotherhood. E. M., Montreal. 

Brown, E. M., Montreal. 

Bulmer, Gertrude, Montreal. 
(4) Cox, Rachael E., Montreal. 

Chapman, G. O., Amherst, X.S. 

Cross, Margt, Montreal. 

Draper, E. Kath., Montreal. 

Durant, Marion, Montreal. 

Eaton, Mary J., Montreal. 

Edgar, L. M., Montreal. 

Emmans, H., Montreal. 

Fitzgibtaon, O., Montreal. 

Fogarty, Amy, Montreal. 

Fogarty, Lena M., Montreal. * 

Forbes, M. H., Montreal. 

Fortier, Aimee, Montreal. 

Gibb, M. Helen, Montreal. 
(2) Gilmoui-, Mary E., Waterloo, Q. 

Gnaedlnger, Ruby A., Montreal. 

Harris, Mary E., Moncton, X.B. 

Hewat, H. Beatrice, Montreal. 

Hodge, L. Ethel, Montreal. 

Lachance, Maud M., Montreal. 

Learmonth, F. Win., Montreal. 
(2) Lomer, Elfreda, Montreal. 
(2) Lomer, Katharine, Montreal. 

Lyster, Alice G., Montreal. 

McNally, Gertrude, Montreal. 

Macfarlane, E. J., Montreal. 

Mackay, Cairine. Montreal. 
(2) Mitchell, Florence E., Sherbrooke, Q. 

Mole, Harriet J., Montreal. 

Robb, E. Vera, Amheist, N.S. 

Robertson, Marjorie B., Montreal. 

Smith, Mabel C, Montreal. 
(2) Smith, Jennie C, Morrisburg, Ont. 
(4) Taylor, Agnes D., Edinburgh, Scotland. 

Vipond, Constance, Montreal. 

Williams, Ethel S., Montreal. 

Williamson, P. I., Montreal. 

Williamson, H. J., Montreal. 

Young, Hazel E., Montreal. 

SECOND YEAR. 

UNDERGR.\DCATES. 

(Med ill Collrfje.) 

Adams, Claude A., Huntingdon Acad., Franklin Centre, Q. 
Blanchard, Charles H. S., Upper Canada Coll., Toronto, Winnipeg, 

Man. 
Cameron, A. 'W., Montreal High School. Montreal. 

Chodat, Henri, Normal School, Switzerland, Pointe-aux-Trembles, Q. 
Cotton, Thos. F., Montreal High School, Cowansville, Que. 
Cousineau, Victor M., Ontario Public Schools and M. Dioc. T. Coll., 

Spragge, Ont. 
Crane, Chas. W., Toronto University, Montreal. 
Cross, C. Ernest, St. Francis Coll. Gram. School, Melbourne, Q. 



The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



316 

*Curtis, Walter E., Prince of Wales Coll., P.E.I., Milton, P.E.I. 

Gushing-, R. Macaulay, Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Dawson, Ernest E., Lachute Acad., Stonefield, Q. 

Dey, W. Fred., Simcoe High School, Simcoe, t)nt. 

Edwards, Lyford P., Cential High School, Grand RajJids, Grand 
Rapids, Mich., U.S.A. 

Peatherston, J., University Coll., Toronto. Ont. 

Piaser, Geo. A., Montreal High SL'hool, Montreal. 

Graham, Jno. H., Manitoba Coll., Winnipeg, Man. 

Greenshields, C. G., Bishop's Coll. Sc/hool, Lennoxville, Montreal. 

Halpenny. T. A. Sydenham High School, Bssiv Brook, Ont. 

Howitt, Hy., Montreal High School, Guelph, Ont. 

Hyde, G. Gordon, Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Jenkins, Jos., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

King, Louis V., Montreal High School, Montreal. 
*Locke, Ernest E., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q. 

McCuaig, Douglas R., Crichton School," Montreal. 

McFee, M. C. C, Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Macmillan, G. E.. Prince of Wales Coll., New Haven, P.E.I. 

McMurtry, R. O., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Macnab, Norman, Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Manley, R. W., M. Dioc. Theol. Coll., Buckingham, Q. 

JVicholson, Jno. C, Owen Sound, Lucknow, Ont. 

Ower, Jno. Jas., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Falls, Ont. 

Perry, K. M., Regina High School, Regina, Assa. 
*Rabinovitch, M., Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Robinson, F. G., Bishop's Coll. School, Lenn'le, St. John, N.B. 

Robinson, W. W., Bishop's Coll. School, Lenn'le, Granby, Q. 

Rcss, Daniel, Montreal High School, Montreal. 

Roy, Philias R., Feller Inst., Grande Ligne, Q., Sabrevois, Q. 

Stewart, Thomas S., Crichton School, Montreal. 

Stewart, Willie, Crichton School, Montreal. 
*Tannenbaum, D., High School, Montreal. 

Tupper, Chas. S., Upper Canada School, Private Tuition, Winnipe,g 
Man. 

Wales, Osgood H., Danville Acad., Robinson. Q. 
*(Sc.) Wri-ht, Robt. P. 

(.h'oi/dl I irtoria Collcfir.) 

Bowman, Nora F. G., Glencoe High School, Ont., Moiiti-eal. 
Featherstonhaugh, M. R., M. G. High School, Monti-eal. 
Eraser, Amy, M. G. High School, Montreal. 
Gillean, A. Muriel, M. G. High School, Montreal. 
Healy, Rose E., Smith's Falls High School. Smith's Falls, Ont. 
Hepbuin, Floia E.. ]\T. C. High School, Lachine, Q. 
Hill, Julia M., St. Stephen's High School, St. Stephen, N.B. 
Hitchcock, Mary A., Stanstead Wesl. Coll.. Compton, Q. 
Idler, S. Mary, M. G. High School, Montreal. 
Lyman, Ruth D., Trafalgar Institute, Montreal. 
McCoy, Isabel, Montreal Giils' High School, Montreal. 
Michaels, R. F., M. G. High School, Montreal. 
Moule, Frances S., Westmount Acad., Westmount, Q. 
Munn, Laura A., M. G. High School, Montreal. 

Pearson, Mary F., Edgehill. Windsor, N.S., Emscote. Halifax, N.S. 
(Sc.) Sharp, "P". Evelyn, London University Coll.. London, Southfield, 

Jamaica, W.I. 
Smith, Ella L., Grammar School, St. John. St. John, N.B. 
Smith, May, M. G. High School, Montreal. 

Taber, IMarion M. D., Stanstead Wesleyan Coll., South Granl.y. Q. 
Vineberg, Malca, M. G. High School, Montreal. 

'■■ Duiihlt' Course. 



317 

PARTIAL STUDENTS. 

(Med ill College.) 

Bourgoin, Samuel, Pointe-aux-Trembles. Q. 
Foote, Jas., Varna, Out. 
Gurd, Walter. 
(3) Halpenny, Wes., Tucker, Mont:eal. 
Joliat, Henri, Montreal. 
Lancaster, Chas. F., Bethany, C. 
Mackenzie, Jno. D., Inverness, Q. 
Mackay, Jas., St. Davids, Ont. 
Mathieson, Peter, Forester's Falls, Cnt. 
Molson, Herbert W., Montreal. 
Montgomery, Isaac, Pleasant Valley, ( nt. 
Ormiston, Albert, Columbus, Cnt. 
Robinson, Jas. C. Nobleton, Ont. 
Raymond, Wm. O. 
Stewart, Jno. A. 

(Rotjdl VUt (trill CollcfK'-) 

Armstrong-, Beati ice, ISL, Montreal. 
Kinks, Isabel B., Montreal. 
(4) Boulter, O., Montreal. 
Demole, A. M., Montreal. 
Jackson, E. M., Montreal. 
Kerr, Vera O., Montreal. 
Knox, M. Gertude, Montreal. 
Lewis, Edith B., Westmount, Q. 
(3) (4) Logan, Winnifred, Montreal. 
(3) Murray, Bessie C, Monti eal. 
Murray, Grace P., Montreal. 
Prendergast, F. M., Montreal. 
Schoenthal, Y. E., Westmount, Q. 

THIRD YEAR. 

ITNDERGRADl'ATES. 

Olcdill Collnje.) 

Archibald, John G., -...ontreal. 

Brown, Wm. G., Montreal. 

Campbell, D. Grant, Montreal. 

Chandler, Arthur B., Montreal. 
*Dickenson, John D., Hazel Hill, X..'-^. 
*Fripp, Geo. D., Ottawa, Ont. 
=-=Gray, Edwin H., Montreal West. Q. 
='=Gur"d, Eraser B.. Montreal. 
*Harvie, Robt.. Westmount, Q. 

Hindley, J. Geo., Guelph, Ont. 

Lathe, Frank E.. Lacolle, Q. 

Logan, David C, Montreal. 
*Lomer, Theodoie A., Montreal. 

MacFarlane, Charles McK., Aubi ey. Q. 
*McDiaimid. J. S., Ingersoll, Ont. 



* Double Courxe. 

The fio;ure (I), (2). (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found . 



318 

McDonald, George C, Monti'eal. 
McGougan, Ed., Glencoe, Ont. 
McKenzie, Angus D. M.. Hartsville, P E I 
Marshall, Wm. W.. Montreal. 
Mingie, Geo. AV., Point St. Charles, Q. 
Molson, Walter, Montreal. 
Papineau, Talbot M., Montreal. 
Rose, Herbert J., Ottawa. 
Rubinowitz, I., Vancouver, B.C. 
Shanks, George, Howick, Q. 
Sheldon, Ernest W.. Westmnunt, Q. 
Stewart, J. Ure., Goderich, Ont. 
Walker, H. Earle, Westmount, Q. 
*Wickware, Francis G., Easton's Corners, Ont. 

(h'oj/dl Victorid Collrge.) 

Bell, Ruth, Westmount, Q. 
Bouchard, Myra McL., Montreal. 
Craig, Bessie, Montreal. 
Dickson, Ada, Pembroke, Ont. 
Draper, Mandolin A., Montreal. 
Ellison, Ada A., Cowansville. Q. 
Freeze, Helen L., St. John West. N.B. 
Gardner, H. Ivy L., Montreal. 
Griffin, Grace L., Toronto. 
Hadrill, Margaret F., Montreal. 
Hart, E. Muriel, St. Lambert. Q. 
Henry, A. E. Edna, Tamworth, Ont. 
Kimber, Victoria C. Montreal. 
McCally, M. K., St. Thomas, Ont. 
MacKenzie. Catherine I., Montreal. 
MacLeod, Annie L., Glace Bay, C.B. 
Robertson, Ethel C, Westmount, Q. 
Simpson, Edith P., Montreal. 
Stewart, Lillian J.. Ottawa. 
Wilson, Alice M., Montreal. 



PARTIAL STUDEXTS. 

OlcdiU CoJUfi,.) 

Dunlop, Alan C, Montreal. 
(4) McLeod, N. V., Granby, Q. 

May, Wm. H., Forester's Falls, Ont. 
Ross, ^Valter G., Upter Grove, Ont. 

(Roijal ]i(toritt CoJIif/r.) 

Armstrong, H. Evelyn, Montreal. 

Baird, I. Lena, Andover, N.B. 
(4) Molson, E., Montreal. 
(4) Murray, Greta, Montreal. 

Newman, J. G.. Montreal. 

Patrick, Agnes B., Montreal. 

Reekie, I. G., Montreal. 

Scrimger, E. Muriel, Montreal. 
(4) Stanway, H. Winifred, Jiontieal. 



* Double Course. 

The figure (1), (3), (3> or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



319 

Spencer, Lilian E., Montreal. 
Stewart, G. Grace, Belleville, Ont. 
Sutherland, Alice D., Montreal. 
(4) Walker, Gladys, Toronto, Ont. 

FOURTH YEAR. 

ITNDERGRADUATES. 

(McGill College.) 

Ascah, R. G., Peninsula, Gaspe, Q. 
Bovey, F. H. Wilfrid, Montreal. 
Cameron, Dakers, Montreal. 
Couture, Gui. C, Montreal. 
Davidson, Macfarlane B., Ottawa. 
Dutaud, Gustave, St. Blaise, Q. 
Fee, James E.. Farnham. Q. 
*Harris, Alan Dale, Ottawa. 
Holman, Wm. L., Summerside, P.E.I. 
Johnson, Walter S., Montreal. 
Lockhart, A. R. B., Stanstead, Q. 
Lomer, Gerhard R., Montreal. 
MacKay, Eric B., Montreal. 
McMorran, T. S., Ottawa. 
Parkins, Edgar R., Montreal. 
Seaman, Jno. C, Otter Lake, Q. 
Simister, Warren, Montreal. 
Troop, G.Wm.'H., Montreal. 

(IiOi/dl I iitarid Collefje.) 

Belyea. Marion E., St. John, N.B. 

East, Edith M., Maisonneuve, Q. 

(Sc.) Gass, Helen. Montreal West, Q. 

Griffin, A. Gertrude. West Xewton, Mass.. U.S.A. 

Lundie, Helen, Montreal. 

Lunny, Rosemary. Smith's Falls, Ont. 

McLeod, Euphemia L., Montreal. 

Parkin, Maude E., Toronto. 

Wales, Grace Julia, Robinson, Q. 

Wisdom, Katherine F., St. John. N.B. 

PARTIAL STUDENTS. 

(JleGill CoUrije.) 
Tippett, E. H., Montreal. 

(Royal Viciorin ColJefir.) 

Blackader, E. M., Montreal. 

Fyshe, Anna, Montreal. 

Gates, Fanny C, Baltimore, Ind., U.S. 

Hickson, B., Monti eal. 

Robinson, F. P., Bristol, England. 

White, Ada W., Montreal. 



* Double Course. 

The figure (l'), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a^ name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



320 

GRAnilATES. 

Clogg-, Vivian E., B.A., Montreal 
Cameron, Susan E., M.A., St. John. N.B. 

PA^i^',^*"'. ^- ^^- ^-A- Huntingdon, Q. 
Mitchell, Sydney, B.A., Montieal 
Nolan. A. Winifred. B.A., Montreal 
Pearson, Katie C. B.A., Montreal. 
Shaw, s. Louise, U.A., Montreal. 

Faculty of Medicine. 

FIRST YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Allen, Hanson, C.B., Cape Tormentine N ■^- 
Balrd, Walter S., Brucefield, Ont 

Bayley, Alexander H., Bridgetown, Barbados, P W I 
Budyk, James S., Montreal. 
Burke, George H., Og-densburg, N.Y., U.S A 
Chandler, Arthur B., Montreal. 
Christie. Hugh H., Martintown, Ont 

Clarke Frederick C, Coverley Plantation, Barbados. B.W.I. 
( ole, William H., Westmount. O. 
Crowe, Henry S., Central Onslow, N.S 
-<'urtis, Walter E., Milton, P.E.I. 
Dearborn, Henry F., Lawrence, Mass U S 4 
Des Isles, Charles J. R., Montreal. 
Donnelly. James H., Iroquois, Ont. 
Elliott, Milton H., Prescott, Ont. 
Field. Burton R., Port Elgin, N.B. 
Flagg, Robert P., Ottawa, Ont. 
Eraser, David R., Montague Rridfe, P.E.I. 
Eraser, Thomas B., Liverpool, N.S. 
*Fripp, George D., Montreal. 
Gillies, George E., Teeswater. Ont. 
Gourlay, Henry B., Ph.B., jMontreal. 
*Gray. Edwin H., Montreal West, Q. 
Green, Thomas B.. B.A., Virden, Man. 
Groves, Osier M., Carp, Ont. 
Gunn, Alexander R., Lancaster, Cut. 
^'Gurd, Eraser B., Montreal. 
*Healy, James J., Smith's Falls. Cnt. 

Henderson, Smith, Ottawa, ( nt. 
*Hendry, Andrew W., Liverpool, N.S. 
Hillinan, Oliver S., Hamilton. Ont. 
Hils, Herman, B.L., Woonsocket. R.I.. U.S.A. 
Hollbrook. Robert E., Boissevain, Man. 
Holden, Charles P., St. John, N.B. 
Hewlett, George P., Ottawa, Ont. 
Hunter, Archibald W.. Durham. Ont. 
Hunter, Thomas V., Floienceville. N.B. 
Huycke. Austin H., Warkworth. Ont. 
Johnson, Brougham F., Midland, N.B. 
Keddy, Owen B., Milton, N.S. 
Kelly, Arthur E., Meaford, Ont. 
Kennedy. William, Bradalbane. P.E.I. 
Kerfoot, Herbert W., Smith's Falls, Ont. 
Kinloch, Charles A., Martintown, Ont. 
*Kirsc'.:, Simon, Montreal. 
Lahey, John J., Southboro. INIass., U.S.A. 
Lewis, Henry R., Hillsborough, N.B. 



* Ddidilr (Wjiirsc. 



321 

Lindsay, Edwin A., Banff, Alta 
*Locke, Ernest E., Westmount, Q. 
*L,omer, Theodore A., Montreal 

Lyon, George R. D., Ottawa, Ont 

MacArthur, Reginald S., Summerside, P.E I 

MacDonald. Purdy A.. Alma N B 

^r''^^','^"^^'*?"' -"Alexander. North Lancaster, Ont 

*McCallum, John S., Smith's Falls Ont 
McCormick, Alexander S., ■V\^estn-rount Q 

*McDiarmid, James S., Ingersoll, Ont ' 

McDonald, John Is'., Shelburne N S 

McGarvey, Owen, Ottawa, Ont. 

McLeod, John :si.. Quincv. I\Iass U S A 

McMillan, John A., Finch, Ont 

McNaughton, George K., Black River, X B 

McPhee, Judson T., Courtenay, B.C 

Mabee, Oliver R., Ph.B., Vittoria, Ont 

Mair, William L.. Clinton, Ont. 

Malcolm. Donald C, St. John, IV.B 

Michaud, Napoleon, Campbellton, N B 

Monahan, Richard J., aiontreal 

Muir, David H., Jr., Truro, N.S-' 
'Muir, Walter L., Truro, N.S. 

Munroe, Alex. R., "Woodstock, Ont 

Munroe, Frederick D., Moose Creek, Ont 

Parsons, William H., Harbour Grace Nfld 

Patterson. William J., B.A., Moncton N B 

Payne, Gerard A. L., Georgetown, British Guiana 

Peat, Gilbert B., Andover, N.B. 
*Rabinovitch, Max, Montreal. 

Ralph, Albert J., Montreal. 

flitchie, Charles A., B.A., Winnipeg-, :\Ian 

Rodrigues, Emanuel T., St. Kitts, W I 

Rothwell. Oswald E., B.A., Reaina, N.W T 

Ryan, Edward J., St. John, N.B. 

Scott, Walter H., Edmonton, N.'S;\''.T. 

Shaw, Robert McL.. B.A., Penobsquis, N.B. 

Sheahan, John J., Haley's Station, Ont. 

Sims, Herbert L., Ottawa, Ont. 

Smith, Arthur B., Montreal. 

Stewart, Robert L., Pembroke, Ont. 

Strachan, Ernest D., Montreal. 
*Tannenbaum, David, Montreal. 

Thom.son, George D., Montreal. 

Tilley, Alexander R., Ottawa, Ont. 

Walker, Jno. J., B.A., Ormstown, Q. 

Wallace, Carl T., Eureka, Cat. U.S.A. 

Weldon, Richard C, Jr., Halifax, N.S. 

White, John H., Ottawa, Ont. 

T\niliams, Cyril S., Tyne Valley, P.E.I. 

Waison, Arthur A., Perth. Ont. 

^Yolff, Edward K., Montreal. 
*Wright, Robert P.. ?Jontjeal. 

CONDITIONED STUDENTS. 

Bonness, Elmond J.. St. Stephen. N.B. 
Gabie, William G., Kazubazua, Q. 
Gross, Charles J., Montreal. 
Hammond, James F., Ironside, Q. 
McArthur, Clarence O.. Summeiside. P.E.I 
Shipley. Charles E.. East Amherst, N.S. 
Turnbull, James W., Springhill, Ont. 

Double Course. 
11 . 2.'^- 



322 



PARTIAL, STUDENTS. 

Kelsea, "William H., Lansdowne, N.S. 
Ross, Colin E., Westmount, Q. 
Ship, Abraham P., Montreal. 
Sparks, John J., St. John's Nfld. 

SECOND YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Alguire, Alexander R., Cornwall, Ont. 

Auld, John W., Vancouver, B.C. 

Bonelli, Vincent, Jr., B.A., Vicksburg, Miss., U.S.A. 

Bromley, John E., Pembroke, Ont. 

Brown, Fred. F., Cornwall, Ont. 

Brown, Gordon T., Danville, Q. 

Burgess, Harry C, Sheffield Mills, N.S. 

Cameron, Allan B., Lancaster, Ont. 

Chisholm, Hugh A., B.A., Linwood, N.S. 

Connor, Edward L., "Waterloo, Ont. , 

Costello, Joseph W. W., B.A., Montreal. 

Covernton, Charles F., Montreal. 

Gumming, Alison, B.A., Scotsburn, N.S. 

Dalton, James T., St. John, N.B. 

Dougan, Benjamin H., St. John, N.B. 

Dowler, "William H., Billings Bridge, Ont. 

Dudderidge, Charles R., B.A., Winnipeg, Man. 

Duggan, Richard G., Hamilton, Ont. 

Dykes, J. Watson, Nanaimo, B.C. 

Ewart, David, Billings' Bridge, Ont. 

Fairie, James A., Montreal. 

Finigan, Joseph F., Oshawa, Ont. 

Garcelon, William S., B.A., Lewiston, Maine, U.S.A. 

Gaudet, Elzear A., B.A., Moncton, N.B. ^ 

Gill, Frederic D., St. John's. Newfoundland. 

Greene, Henry B., Lyndhurst, N.S. 

Grimmer, Ray D., St. Andrews, N.B. 

Hanington, Darrell P., Victoria, B.C. 

Hanington, John W. B., Victoria, B.C. 

Heagerty, John J., Montreal. 

Henderson, Ernest H., B.A., Huntingdon, Q. 

Henry, Edward G., B.A., Lennoxville, Q. 

Hewett, Thomas J., Montreal. 

Hume, Gordon M., Leeds Village, Q. 

Joughins, James L., Los Angeles, Cal. 

King, James L., Barbados, B.W.I. 

King, Shenton S., Albert, N.B. 

Leslie, Howard A., Souris, P.E.I. 

Likely, David S., B.A., St. John, N.B. 

Loggie, William S., Chathain, N.B. 

MacDermot, John H., Kingston, Jamaica. 

MacDonald, John P., Ste. Agathe des Monts, Q. 

MacKay, Malcolm E., Cape Breton, N.S. 

MacLean, John D., Culloden, P.E.I. 

McDonald, John A., B.A., Valleyfleld, Q. 

McDonald, John C, Peake's Station, P.E.I. 

McDougald, Wilfred L., Cornwall, Ont. 

Mcintosh, Gustavus J., Dalkeith, Ont. 

McMeekin, Robert J., M.D., Plattsville, Ont. 

McMicking, Antony E. T., Victoria, B.C. 

McMurtry, Shirley O., B.A., Montreal. 

McMurtry, Walter C. Port Hope, Ont. 

McNaughton, William B., St. Raphael, Ont. 



323 

Margolese, Oscar, Montreal. 

Mason, James H., Lachute Mills, Q 

Mercer, Thomas C, Chilliwack, B.C. 

Mersereau, Harris C, Doaktown N B 

Miller, Allan P., Chatham, Ont. 

Mohr, Frederick W.C, Arnprior, Ont. 

Moffatt, Charles F., Montreal. 

Morrison, John C, Nanaimo, B.C 

Muckleston, Harold S., M.A., Perth, Ont 

Mulligan, James W., Omemee, Ont' 

Munro, John A., Pugwash, M.S 

Nelles, Thomas R., Simcoe, Ont. 

Petersky, Samuel, Vancouver, B.C 

Prendergast, Archer P., B.A., Montreal 

Pruyn, William G., Xapanee, Ont 

Raftery, Charles R., Montreal. 

Richards, Ernest T. F., St. Vincent B W I 
Robertson, Alexander R., Victoria, 'bc 
Robertson, Beverley W., St. Jdhn, N.B 
Rommel, Ernest, Alma, N.B. 
Ryan, Florance McD., B.A., Newburgh, Ont 
Sawyer, Alpha R., Roslindale, Mass., USA 
Scott, William J., B.A., Montreal 
Scrimger, Francis A. C, B.A., Montreal 
Sinclair, Ernest E., Summerside P E I ' 
Soady, John H., B.A., Toronto, Ont 
Somerville, Harry A., Waterville, Q 
Styles, William A. L., Montreal. 
Sullivan, James A., Arnprior, Ont 
Sweeney, John L., B.A., Dover, N H USA 

Tees, Frederick J., B.A., Montreal 

Tierney, James E., Niagara Falls, N.Y. USA, 

Tull, Jolhn A. C, Antigua, B.W.I '^•^•a. 

Turnbull, Ernest G., Branchton, 'ont 

Valin, Romuald E., Ottawa, Ont. 

Viner, Norman, B.A., Montreal. ' 

Waterman, Chester, Ogdensburg, NY USA 

Wilkinson, William M., Woodstock Ont ' ' 

Wood, Gilbert O., Kenmore, Ont ' 

Wotherspoon, Hugh C, Montreal 

Young, Charles A., Ottawa, Ont.' 

PARTIAL STUDENT. 

Cunningham, Frederick J., Montreal. 
THIRD YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Ainley, Lawrence T., B.A., Almonte, Ont 

Ainley, William E., B.A., St. George, Bermuda. 

Alford, John H., Ottawa, Ont. 

Anton, Duncan L. S., Montreal. 

Arnold, Duncan R., B.A., St. John N B 

Atidnson Hubert S., Hanrts Haribour, Newfoundland. 

Bentley, Joton S., B.A., Truro, NS 

Black, John C, Oxford, Ont. 

Boire, William E., Manchester, N H USA 

Bonin, Raoul P., Montreal. 

Charman, Frank D., Wallace. N.S 

Chipman, William W., Ottawa, Ont. 

Coffin, John W.. Mt. Stewart. P.E.I. 

Cook, William J., Coboconk. Ont. 



324 

<;rack, Isaac E., B.A., King-sbiiry, Q. 
Crosby, Percy C, Marshfield, P.E.I. 
(I^rowell, Eo\\man C, J*. A., Yarmouth. N.S. 
Davidson, Harry, D. J., Sherbrooke, Q. 
Dillon, William P., Iroquois, Ont. 
Doug-las. Edsar, B.A., Halifax, N.S. 
Dunn, John F., Elgin, Ont. 
Eaton, Charles E., Stanbridge East, Q. 
Ernandez, Joseph A., Spanish Town, Jamaica. P.. W.I. 
Faulkner, James A.. B.A., Stirling, Ont. 
Fisiher, Ernest M., Blue Bonnets, Q. 
Folkins, Clarence G., Millstream, N.B. 
Ford, Henry S., Vancouver, B.C. 
Fraser, Samuel, Leeds, Q. 
Fyisihe, Jaimes C, A.B. 
Gibson, Gordon M.. Huntingdon. Q. 
Gibson, Richard. Nanaimo, B.C. 
Gillis. John E., Darlington, P.E.I. 
Gilroy, Jaines R., Springhill, N.S. 
Gormely, Joseph C, Finch, Ont. 
Graham, Richard W., Sawyerville. Q. 
Grant, Nelson P.. Woodstock. N.B. 
Greenwood, William T., St. Catharines, Ont. 
Harrison. Laurie L., B.A., Maceau, N.S. 
Hogan, Frederick J.. Tignish. P.E.I. 
Hotchkiss, Ernest A., Collinsville, Conn., U.S.A. 
Howitt, Henry O., Guelph, Ont. 
Inksetter, Frank S.. Dundas, Ont. 
Johnson, John G. W., B.A., Montreal. 
Judson. Arthur H.. Lynn, Ont. 
Kerr, Harry H., Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 
Keys. James M., Hultaert, Ont. 
Lauchland, Lyman C, B.A., Cshawa, Ont. 
Lincoln, William A., Stanstead, O. 
Lippiatt, Havelock T., Abbotsford, Q. 
Losier, Arthur J., Tracadie, N.B. 
MacKenzie, Angus B., Springfield, P.E.I. 
#MacKid. Ludwig- S., Calgary. Alta. 
Mcintosh, Lome DeC, Dundela, Ont. 

McKenty, Esau R., Bath, Ont. 

I\;cKenzie, Robert P.. Plainfleld, Ont. 

j\IcLachlan. Donald C, Lochaber Bay, Q. 

McLeod, William A., Finch, Ont. 

Markson. Simpson M.. Glen Robertson, Ont. 

Martin, John C, Whitechurch, Ont. 

Meakins, John C, Hamilton, Ont. 

Miller, Clarence, Stellarton, N.S. 

Miller, Verum L., Bear River. N.S. 

Murphy. Herbert H., B.A., Antrim, Ont. 

Nagle, Sarsfield M.. Almonte, Ont. 

Nutter, John A., B.A., Montreal. 

Pavey. Charles A., London, Ont. 

Preston, Charles E.. Ottawa, Ont. 

Price, Joseph. Campbellton, N.B. 

Quain. Bernard P.. Brushton, N.Y. 

Rankin, Allan C, Montreal. 

I^veford, Lewis L., B.A., Montreal. 

Richardson, Charles A., East Jefferson. Me., U.S.A. 

Richardson, Cheslie A. C, B.A., Sydney, C.B. 

Rilance. Charles D., Moiitreal. 

Robinson, John L., St. Mary's, Ont. 

Rogers, James T., B.A., Montreal. 

Sellery, Albert C, Kincardine, Ont. 

:'-hillington, Richard N. W., Ottawa, Ont. 

; ims, Haig A., Montreal. 



325 

Smith, William A.. B.A., Almonte, Ont. 

Stewart, John A., NorboroufJh, P.E.I. 

W^arwick, Wm., St. John, N.B. 

"White, Percival G., Woodstock. Cnt. 

"V^ngle, Charles A., Wiarton, Ont. 

Willmore, James G., Montreal. 

Wilson, Omar M.. Smith's Falls, Ont. 

Wilson, Thomas R., B.A., Carp, Ont. 

^^^incler, John B., Compton, Q. ^ ,, . ,.. ,, t- « a 

Winfrev. William C, B.L., Sault Ste. Mane, Mich., L.S.A. 

Wood, Harrv G., Farihault, J^finn., U.S.A. 

Wood, William H., Montreal. 

Wright, George A., Stony Creek. I\.B 

Yorston, Frederic P., M.A., Montreal. 

CONDITIONED STUDENT. 

Briggs, John A., New Westminster, B.C. 

PARTI.M. STUDENT. 

Bullock, Curtis C. A., Roxton Paut, Vt., U.S.A. 
FOURTH YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Allan, Robert, Montreal. 

Allum, Arthur W., Renfrew, Ont 

Anderson, Charles W., B.A Halifax. ^.S. 

Andrews, John J.. St. Lambert, Q. 

Bailey, George W., Fiedericton L.B. 

Bishop, George A., Km'^"™'^^^*- 

Bishop, Leslie C, Mableton, P.Q. 

Bllkeman, Fred. W., Strattord, Ont. 

Blair, Alexander K... Chicoutimi, Q. 

Boulter. James H., B.A., Picton, Ont. 

Boyd, Oliver, Russell, Ont. 

Boyd, Robert :SL. Belleville, Ont 

Brooks John E., B.A., Eastport, Maine. U.S.A. 

Burns Arthur s!, B.A., Newton Highlands, -Mass.. L .S.A. 

Campbell, Walter G., Brantford, Ont. 

Carnochan, William L. C, Montreal. 

Chamberlain, Harry B., Perth. Gnt. 

Chandler, Ernest C, Montreal. , ^ j, ■, 

Chaplin, Herbert L. S., St. John's, Newfoundland. 

Church Harrv C, Chelsea, Q. „ •,, j 

8owpertl^-aite. Hugh H., St. John's, Newfoundland. 

Cram, William J., Carleton Place, Ont. _ 

Croft Laurance V., B.A., MiddleviUe Ont. 

Gumming, William G., B.A.. Montreal. 

Dickson, Archibald J.. B.A., Goderich, Ont. 

Dickson, William H.. Pembroke, Ont.^ 

Donnelly. William H., Ogdensburg, N.Y., L.b..\. 

Douglas, Frederick C, Montreal. 

Dowson, Charles K., Montreal. 

Doyle, Francis H.. Natick, Mass., U.S.A. 

Ebbett, Percy L. B., Gagetown, N.B. 

Elder, Robert, B.A.. Trout River, Q. 

Ells, Robert H.. B.A.. Ottawa, Ont. 

Eno-li^h John M., New Westminister, B.C. 

Ferguson, William H., St. Thomas, Ont. 

Forbes, Robert D., Stratford, Ont. 

Fortin, Claude E. T., B.A., Winnipeg, Man. 



326 



Freeze, Edwin, Penobsquis, X.B. 

Frost, Anson C, Montreal. 

Gale, Withal! P., Quebec, Q. 

Gilmour, Clifford R., Brockville, Ont. 

Gow, Robert J., Pevey, Ont. 

Hansen, Niels C, M.A., Portland, Maine, U.S.A. 

Hardisty, Richard H. M., B.A.. Westmount, Q. 

Horsfall, Frank I^., R.A.. Montreal. 

Hynes, William T., Darnley, P.E.I. 

Igoe, Owen A., Tarrytown, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Kenny, Richard W., Ottawa, Ont. 

King, Robert, B.A., Sackville, N.B. 

Kissane, John W., Chateauguay, N.Y. 

Lamb, Warwick V., St. Andrews, X.B. 

Laurie, Ernest, B.A., Montreal. 

Lundie, John A., B.A., Montreal. 

Lyman, Warren S., Ph.B., Knoxville, Tenn., U.S.A. 

Lynch, Arthur L., Ottawa, Ont. 

Macdonald, Ronald St. J., Bailey's Brook, N.S. 

Mackenzie, William A., Wood Islands, P.E.I. 

Mackinnon, Ivan W., Charlottetown, P.E.I. 

McCulloch, Joseph M., Durham, Ont. 

McDiarmid, Colin A., Kemptville, Ont. 

McDonald, Stephen H., B.A., St. John, N.B. 

McDonald. Paul Alex., Dundee Centre, Q. 

MoEachern, Isaac W. T., Rockland, Ont. 

MoEwen, John R., B.A., Dewittville, Q. 

McGrath, Francis C, Norway, P.E.I. 

McGuigan,, James D., Kelly's Cross, P.E.I. 

McKechnie. David TV'., Dundas, Ont. 

Mcintosh, H. H., Montreal. Q. 

Mcintosh, James A., Vankleek Hill, Ont. 

McLaren, Daniel D., Felton, Ont. 

McLaughlin, Edmund M., Winona, Minn., U.S.A. 

McPherson, Thos., B.A., Stratford. Ont. 

Maby, William J., Cohoes, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Magee, Charles P., North Gower, Ont. 

Meindl, Alexander G., Mattawa, Ont. 

Mitchell, Isaiah E., B.A., Sherbrooke, Q. 

Montgomery, Charles H., St. John, N.B. 

Morris, Samuel C, Wallace, N.S. 

Moses, Harry C, Caledonia, Ont. 

Munroe, Harrington B., B.A., Almonte, Ont. 

Munroe, Hugh E., St. Elmo, Ont. 

Munro, James H., Maxville, Ont. 

Murray, James S., St. John, N.B. 

Nelson, James S., Ottawa, Ont. 

Nelson. William E., Montreal. 

Ness, Wm. Hoiwick, Q. 

O'Brien, Clarence W., B.A., Noel, N.S. 

O'Neill, James M., iMassiena, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Park, Andrew W., Durham, Ont. 

Parris, Norman D., Barbados, W.I. 

Patch, Frank S., B.A., Montreal. 

Pavey, Harry L., London, Ont. 

Peterson, George R., Tay's Hill, Omt. 

Puddington, Berton A., St. John, N.B. 

Rehfuss, Wallace N., B.A., Bridgewater, N.S. 

Robertson, William G., Westmount, Q. 

Saunders, William Edward, Woodstock, N.B. 

Scott, Walter, Montreal. 

Secord, Wesley H., Brantford, Ont. 

Shaw, David LeB., Portland, Me., U.S.A. 

Slack, Malcolm R., Farnham, Q. 

Smith, Charles M., Red Mountain, Q. 



327 

Steeves, Elmore O., Upper gackville, N B 

Stowell, Frank B., Worcester, Mass., U.S.A. 

Strong, Norman W., B.A., Cambria, Q. 

Symmes, Charles Ritchie, Aylmer, Q. 

Taggart, Edmund A., Ottawa, Ont. 

Tanner, CharLes A. H., Windsor Mills. Q. 

Thomas, Stanley B., Barbados, W.I. 

Townsley, Robert H., Montreal. 

TruQX, Windsor, Parnham, Q. 

Turner, George H., B.A., Bale Verte, N.B. 

Warren, John G., Montreal. 

White, Samuel G., Ottawa East. Ont. 

Wilkins, Fred. F., Montreal. 

Wilson, Arthur, Russell, Ont. 

SPECIAL STUDENTS. 

DisbrOiW, John R., M.D., Jacquet River, N.B. 
Eitel, Adam J., M.D., Montreal. 
Hutchinson, John W., Westmount, Q. 

Faculty of Applied Science. 

FIRST YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Anderson, Frederic W., Ottawa, Ont. 
Baylis, Harold A., Montreal. 
Beaudry, Abel C, Montreal. 
Bell, George E., St. Thomas, Ont. 
Benedict, Elmore Iv'., Biantford, Ont. 
Black, Douglas E., Montreal. 
Blackader, Gordon H., Montreal. 
Boyd, Alfred M. S., Westmount, Q. 
Bradv, James C, Victoria, B.C. 
Brennan, George E., Ottawa, Ont. 
Brown, William G. B., Quebec, Que. 
Carlyle, Russell, Woodstock, Ont. 
Oonway, Edmund J., Chemainus, B.C. 
Corrigan, Thomas L., Brockville, Ont. 
Cowen, Reginald P., Dalston, Cumberland, England. 
Daly, William J., Montreal. 
Davidson, Thomas R., Montreal. 
(2) *Dickenson, John G., Hazel Hill, N.S. 
Durland, Royden K., Yarmouth, N.S. 
Ewens, W. Sydney, Owen Sound, Ont. 
Forbes, John McNeil, Bonavista, Newfoundland. 
Frith, George PI.. Cummings' Bridge, Ont. 
Gaunt, Reginald T., Montreal. 
Greenshields, John G., Montreal. 
Grier, Arthur H., Montreal. 
Gurd, A. Douglas, Montreal. 
Hadley, Harry, Montreal. 

Harding, Winthrop K., Derby Line, Vt.. U.S.A. 
Harry, Archippus C, Kingston, Ja., B.W.I. 
Harvie, James, Westmount, Q. 
*Harvie, Robert, Westmount, Q. 



* Double Course. 

The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



328 

Hibbard, Melville L., F;irnham, Q. 
(2) Hodsison, Cassels V., Montreal. 

Howell, Edgar N., Westmount, Q. 

Jackson, Maunsell B., Toronto, Ont. 
(2) Jardine, Ernest I. W., Manitou, Man. 

Jones, Andrew II., St. John, N.B. 

Kirkpatrick, Everett C, Montreal West, Q. 

Landry, A. Raj'mond, Dorchester, N.B. 

Lea, William S., Victoria, P.E.I. 

Lenioine, Louis, B.A., Montreal, Q. 

Leonai-d, Albert P., Westinount, Q. 

Lynch, Francis C. C, Carillon, Q. 

Macdonald, Peter J., Winnipeg, Man. 

McCuaig, G. Eric, Montreal. 

McDonald, Harold F., Fort Qu'Appelle, Assa., >>.W.T. 

McLachlan, D. William, Lochaber Bay, Q. 

McLachlin, Dan., Arnprior, Ont. 

McMeekin, Albert, Bright, Ont. 

Mudge, Reginald, Montreal. 

Newton, Stephen G., Di^ummondville, Q. 

Norton, Thomas J., B.A., Montreal. 

Pedlev, Norman P., Montreal. 

Pickard, Herbert G., Exeter, Ont. 

Pillow, Howard, Montreal. 

Poupore, Leo, Montreal. 

Presner. Joseph. Montreal. 

Roger, Alec, Billings Bridge, Ont. 
(2) RoUand. Robert, Montreal. 

Ryan, Frederick G.. St. Lambert, Q. 

Scott. W. Gordon, Valleyfield, Q. 

Sharp, Lester A., Summerside. P.E.I. 
(2) Skelton, Henry M., Stoneycroft, Rosemere, Q. 

SlaA^in, Reginald V., Deseronto, Ont. 

Small, James D., Westmount, Q. 

Steedman, William F., Montreal. 

Taylor, Allan H., OttaAva, Ont. 

Tupper, Frederick McD., Truro, N.S. 

Turley, Edward J., Frankford, Ont. 

Walker, Cecil W., Kensington, P.B.I. 

Waterous, Logan M., Brantford. Ont. 

Winter. Elliot E., Georgetown, British Guiana. 

*Wickware, Francis G., Easton's Corners, Ont. 



CONDITIONED STUDENTS. 

Bellasis, Brian M., ]\Iontreal. 
Burnett, Archibald, Montreal. 

Cattanach, Frederick W. C, Newport, Vt., U.S.A. 
Cole, L. Heber, Montreal. 
(2) Dickson, Wallace, Montreal. 

Harmer, C. Gerald, Toronto, Ont. 
Graham, Wendell S., New Glasgow, N.S. 
Hodge, William J. R., Capleton, Q. 
Loudon, AndreAV C, Ottawa, Ont. 
Macdonald, R. Ross, Hamilton, Ont. 
Mackay, Robert M., New Glasgow, N.S. 
Mackay, George "W., New Glasgow, N.S. 
Mackinnon, Hugh D., Pinch, Ont. 



* Douhlc Course. 

The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



320 

Prevost, Arniand, Ottawa, Ont. 
Robb, Roland W., Amherst, X.S. 
Shorey, Harold E., Montreal. 
Simard, Joseph W., Montreal. 
Slater, Nicholas J., Ottav.a, Ont. 
Smith, Kenneth H., London, Ont 
Wilson, Starr R. L., Lunenburg:, N.^. 
TVheaton, Isaac, Sackville, N.B. 

PARTIAL STUDENTS. 

Browne, Robert Russell, Montreal. 
Haskell, Ludlow St. J., Montreal. 
Hassberger, James S., Westmount. Q. 
Howe, John Parnell, Pembroke, Ont. 
Johnson, R. Ernest, Montreal. 
Lantler, Jean O., Montreal. 
Mather, William A., Rat Portage, Ont. 
(3) Morris, Hugh B., Dorva,l, Q. 
Pease, Harold McK., Montreal. 
Phillips, Thomas N., Rat Portage, Ont. 
Richards. William A., Pembroke, Ont. 
Wright, James V., Montreal. 

SECOND YEAR. 

UNDERGRADU.^TES. 

Anderson, Lewis B., Lunenburg, N.S. 

Archibald, Hiram H., Harbour Grace, Nfld. 

Bain, James W. L., Montreal. ^ ^ , ■^,.„^^^A 

Baker C Stanley H., Hampstead, London, England. 

Barclay, Charles H.. St. Paul. Minn U.S.A. 

Batchelder, Charles K., Newport, Vt., U.S.A. 

Belanger, Victor E..A., L'Orignal, Ont. 

Blackadar, Thomas B., Hebron, Yarmoutn, N.S. 

Blanchet, Guy H., Ottawa. 

Bowness, E. W., Kensington, P.E.I. 

Boyle, Robert W., Carbonear, Nfld. 

Bray, Raymond P., Campbellton, N.B. 

Burpee, Lockwood, Gibson, N.B. 

Campbell, John A., Cheltenham Ont. 

Churchill, Cecil A., Hantsport N.S. 

Cockshutt, Harvey W.. Brantford Ont. „.^^^,. ,,, . 

Cropper. William C. McL., Kmgstown. St. \meent, ^^ .1. 

Cunha, S. H. Stanley, Kingston, Jamaica, W.L 

Dickson, George L. (M.A.), Truro, N.S. 

Drinkwater, Kenneth E.. Montreal. 

Eadie, George H. H., Montreal. 

Eaton, E. Courtlandt, Montreal. 

Findlay. Delmer C, Danville, Q. 
(Z) Eraser, Donald Mad.. Montreal. 

Fraser, Thomas C, New Glasgow, N.S. 

Fy=he Thomas M., Montreal. 

Gibbs ' Harold E.. Port Arthur. Ont. 

Gillespie, William K., St. Stephen, N.B. _ 

Gillis, Hugh B., Sydney, N.S. 

Gla««co Gordon B., Hamilton, Ont. 
(3) Hamilton, Alfred McL., Westmount, Q. 

The fieure (1) (2), (3) or (4). prefixed to a name, indicates that 
the student takes 'a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
where the name is found. 



330 

(3) Hamilton, Wilfrid, Montreal. 
*Harris, Alan D., Ottawa, Ont. 

Higgins, Benjamin H., London, Ont. 

Hogan, John, Westmount, Q. 

Idsardi, Harold, St. Thomas, Ont. 

Jewett, F. Coburn, Sheffield, N.B. 

Johnstone, George A., Rednersville, Ont. 

Joseph, A. Pinto, Quebec. Q. 

Jost, Edward B.. Guysboro, N.S. 

Kydd, George, Montreal. 

Livingston, Douglas C, Corfleld, B.C. 

Lockerby, Robert A., Montreal. 

MacDermot, Sidney G. F., Gordon Town, Jamaica, W.I. 

MacMillan, Henry H., Alberry Plains, P.E.I. 

Macnab, John J., Elsinore, Bruce Co., Ont. 
(3) Martin, Edward N., York, Ont. 

Mcintosh, Robert, Newcastle, Ont. 

McLean, Donald, B.A., Campbellton, N.B. 

McLeish, Ian, Montreal. 

Miner, R. Herbert, Cowansville, Q. 

Mooney, Chester A., Ausable Chasm, N.Y., U.S.A. 
(3) Mundy, Oswald A., Hamilton, Ont. 

Pattison, Albert M.. Clarenceville, Q. 
(3) Piehe, Ernest A., Montreal. 
(3) Price, Herbert L., Montmorency Falls, Q. 

Pinch, Harry H., Owen Sound, Ont. 

Redpath, William, Montreal. 

Ritchie. A. Bruce, Halifax, N.S. 

Robertson, Arthur F., Montreal. 

Robitaille. Henry, Quebec, Q. 

Ross. Walter G., Port Perry, Ont. 

Ryan, John H.. Prescott. Ont. 

Scouler, Gavin T.. New Westminster, B.C. 

Sharpe, George P., Agassiz. B.C. 

Shaughnessy. William J., Montreal. 

Small, Edward A., Montreal. 

Smith, Ralph E.. Windsor, N.S. 

Sutherland, Charles, New Glasgow, N.S. 

Sutherland, Daniel H.. River John, N.S. 
Turnbull, Harvard, Montreal. 
Weagant, Roy A., Derby Line, Vt., LT.S.A. 
T\'heaton. Hazen A., Ellgin, Albert Co., N.B. 
Willard, Charlie, Morrisburg, Ont. 
"Wright. Clifton H., Barbadoes, W.I. 
Young, Horace G., Oznabruck, Ont. 

PARTIAL STUDENTS. 

Eve, A. S., B.A., Cambridge, Eng. 
Irving, Thomas C, Toronto, Ont. 
Rheaume, Herman C. Montreal. 

THIRD YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 

Atkinson, M. Brodie, Montreal. 
Blumenthal, Samuel. Montreal. 
Cameron, John A., Toronto, Ont. 



* Dotiblc Course. 

The figure (1), (2). (3) or (4), preflexd to a name, indicates that 
IhJi^fif"* takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that 
wMere the name is found. 



331 

Campbell, Colin St. G., Aldershott. Ont. 

Cardew, John H., Youngs Point, South Beach, Q. 

Caiiyle, Ernest J., Woodstock, Ont. 

Chambers, Robert A., Montreal. 

Chaplin, Charles J., Westmount, Q. 

Cole, George H., Ottawa, Ont. 

Crichton, Gordon L., Halifax, X.S. 

Davis, Patrick, Windsor, Ont. 

Dawe, Robert G., Bay Roberts, Xfld. 

Devlin, Cecil G., Mohawk, Ont. 

Deyell, Harold T., Port Hope, Ont. 

Drysdale, William F., Montreal. 

Dutcher, Howard K., Charlottetown, P.E.I. 

Ells, Sidney G. (B.A.), Ottawa, Ont. 

Gillies, George A., Carleton Place, Ont. 

Gnaedinger, Ernest C, Montreal. 

Greey, John T^'. G., Toronto, Ont. 

Grice, J. H., Bootle, Cumberland, Eng. 

Harvey, John B., Lyndhurst, Ont. 

Healy, Frederick E., Picton, Ont. 

Johnson, Frederick M. G., Montreal. 

Kemp, Robert A., Seaforth. Ont. 

Kent, George M., Truro, X.S. 

Lambart, Howard P., Ottawa, Ont. 

Lawrence, William D., Maitland, X.S. 

LeMaistre, Frederick J., Westmount, Q. 

MacXaughton, W. G., B.A., Huntingdon, Q. 

Marrotte, Louis H., T\"estmount, Q. 

McCloskey, Frederick W., Boiestown, X.B. 

McDougall, Clarence H., South Maitland, X.S. 

McDougall, Geoi'ge K., Montreal. 

McPhee, James C, Loch Katrine, Ant. Co., X.S. 

McMurtry, Gordon O., B.A., Montreal. 

Parlee, Xorman W., Rossland, B.C. 

Roffey, Miles H., Braintree, Essex, Eng. 

Scott, George W., Montreal. 

Sullivan. Michael H., Ottawa, Ont. 

Taylor, Reginald F., Gnnanoque, Ont. 

T\^ebster, George B., Montreal. 

Wenger, John A., Ayton, Ont. 

Wilkes, Frederick C. D., Brantford, Ont. 

Wilson, William D., Hamilton, Ont. 

Wurtele, John S. H., Acton Vale, Q. 



PARTIAL STUDENTS. 

Robinson, Harold G., Bristol. Eng. 
Robinson^ Kenneth S., Bristol, Eng. 
Spencer. 'Arthur G., B.A.. Truro, N.S. 



FOURTH TEAR. 

Baker, William E., Montreal. 

Beck, Alfred E., Penetanguishene, Ont. 

Blatch, Harry E., St. John's, X'fld. 

Boright, Sherman H., Sutton, Q. 

Brown, Frederick B., Montreal. 

Cohen, Harris, Montreal. 

Cole, G. Percy, Montreal. 

Conklin, Roscoe, M.A.. "^Hnnipeg, Man. 

Crawford, Stuart, Montreal. 

Gumming, Rutherford, Scotsburn, Pictou Co , N.S. 



;^32 

Edgar, John H., Jlontreal. 

Kgleson, James E. A., Ottawa, Ont. 

Foreman, Alvah E., Vancouver, B.C. 

Gale, George G., Quebec, Q. 

Hall, Oliver, Washington, Ont. 

Haskin, Laurence S. (M.E.), Waterford, Conn., U.S.A. 

James, Bertram, Heart's Content, Nfld, 

Jones, Harold W., Ottawa, Ont. 

Keith, Eraser .^\, frmith's Falls, Ont. 

Kendall, George, Vancouver, B.C. 

Landrj', Pierre A. (B.A.), Dorchester, N.B. 

Langley, Albert G., Victoria, B.C. 

Lucas, Allen S. B. *B.A.). Hamilton, Ont. 

Maclaren, Francis F., Huntingdon, Q. 

McCaskill, Kenneth, Vankleek Hill, Ont. 

McDonald, James P., Westville, N.S. 

McKay, Frederick A., Montreal. 

McKergow, Charles M., Westmount, Q. 

Millar, Jam.es L., Fenibroke, Ont. 

Musgrave, Robert, Duncans, B.C. 

Musgrave, William N., Duncans, B.C. 

Pemberton, William P. D., Gonzales, Vancouver, B.C. 

Porcheron ,Alphonse, Montreal. 

Reynolds, Leo B., Waterford, Ont. 

Roberts, Arthur P., Montreal. 

Robertson, John F., Charlottetown, P.E.I. 

Rodger, Herbert F., St. John's Nfld. 

Ross, James C, Embrc, Ont. 

Rowlands, Charles, Albany, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Rowley, Lome E., M.A., Marysville, N.B. 

Savage, George M., Montreal. 

Stokes, Chas. W., Woodstock, N.B. 

Stovel, Joseph H.. Toronto. Ont. 

Thorpe, William H., Montreal. 

Tilt, Edwin B., G-od-erioh, Ont. 

Trimingham, Charles L., Barbadoes, W.I. 



FacuSty of Comparative Medicine. 

FIRST YEAR. 

Barnett, E., Montreal. 

Cawsey, H., Halifax, N.S. 

Gale, E., Quebec, Q. 

Grignon, R., St. Adele, Q. 

Maguire, F. H., Waterloo. Q. 

Miller, Vf., Rouse's Point, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Morgan, H., Montreal. 

Moriarity, Ed., East Hampton, Conn., U.S.A. 

Morris, A. S., Jersey City, New Jei'sey, U.S.A. 

Thurston, S., .Sydney, C.B. 

SECOND YEAR. 

Carroll, F. F.. Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

Gauvin, N., Quebec, Q. 

Gray, F., Antigonish. N.S. 

Meakings, E. A.. Montreal. 

Stoute, C. P., Belleville, Barbados, W.I. 



333 

THIRD YEAR. 

Gaw, Hugh, Clinton, Mass., U.S.A. 
Halcro, Geo., Hudson, Q. 
Henderson, C. M., Vancouver, B.C. 
Littlehales, J. E., Montreal. 
Paterson, H., Montreal. 



COLLEGES ASSOCIATED IN ARTS. 
Stanstead Wesleyan College. 

FIRST YEAR. 



Cass, Frank O. 
Flanders. Arlington. 



Phelps, M. Gertrude. 



UNDERGRADUATES. 



Edwards, William. 
Williams, C. Louise. 



CONDITIONED STUDENTS. 

.Stanton, R. Gertrude. 

PARTIAL STUDENT. 

Stanton, M. Charlotte. 



Vancouver College. 

FIRST YEAR. 

UNDERGRADUATES. 



Anstie, Jennie. 
Brvdone, Jack F. W. 
Davidson, Gwladj'S D. 
Foreman, Nina B. 
Langley, Celia G. 
Loat, Kathleen B. 



McLean, Margaret. 
McPhalen, Mary M. 
McQueen, Kate H. 
McTaggart, Donald E. 
Smith, Arthur N. 
Stewart-Hamilton, Evelyn R. 



Bethune, Katherine. 



Bajus. William P. 
■OePeck. Edwin K. 
Donaldson, William A. 



CONDITIONED STUDENTS. 

Copeland, Lydia B. 
Ellis-, Robeit W. 



SECOND YEAR. 

UNDERGR.A-DUATES. 

Milne, Helen B. 
. Price, Thomas E. 

SPECIAL STUDENT. 

Laverock, Lily J- 



334 

Summary. 

Students in Law 40 

" Arts, McGill College- 
Men — Graduates 2 

Undergiaduates 122 

Conditioned 12 

Partial 40 

Wonaen — Graduates 5 

Undergraduates 61 

Conditioned 6 

Partial 80 

Students in Arts, Vancouver College 21 

" Stanstead College 7 

356 

Students in Medicine 420 

Students in Applied Science 

Undergraduates 241 

Conditioned 21 

Partial 18 

280 
Students in Veterinary Science 20 

1116 
Deduct repeated in different Faculties? 18 

Total 1098 



Unixiersiti) and (Suartuates' ^ocktus. 



McGill Physical Society. 

President— Frof. E. Rutherford. 
y ice-Fresident— Trof. J. Cox. 
Kec. Secretary— Dr. H. T. Barnes. 
Asst. Rec. Hecretary-H. Lester Cooke, B.A. „„fl^,^ 

Executive Cotnmittee--Dr. J. Wallace Walker, Dr. A. Stansfleld. 
Dr. Coker. 

Undergraduates' Literary Society. 

CONSTITUTED 1880. 

Eon. P/T.S('/e«/— Principal Peterson. 

President— K. McG-ougan, Arts, '04. 

1st Tice-President—A. D. McKenzie, Arts, '04. 

2nd ¥ice-Fresident—C. Adams, Arts, 05. 

Secretary— 'L. P. Ec]A\ards, Arts, '05. 

Treasurer— J. C. Nicholson, Arts, '05. 

Committee-W. S. Johnson, Arts, '03 ; G. C Couture, Arts, 03 ; J. 

DeWitt Law, '05; W. L. Carr, Arts, '05; T. M. Papineau Arts '04. 

KeporterT-A. W. Cameron, Arts, '05; R. P. Wallace, Law, '06. 

Delta Sigma Society. 

Established 1884. 

President— Ada, Dickson. 

Mce-Presid cut— Ilosehad Michaels. 

Secretary-Treasurer— ^10,1)616 Rorke. 

Commt«ee— Catherine Mackenzie, Marion Taber, Clarissa Blaiemore. 

McGili Historical Club. 

President— Talhot M. Papineau, Arts, '04. 

Vice-President-GvSint D. Campbell, Arts, '04. 

Secretary— Gordon Brown, Arts, '04. 

Treasurer— la. P. Edwards, Arts, '05. 

Executive Committee-Fr of. C. W. Colby, M.A., Ph.D. ; W. J. Healy, 

Arts, '04 ; O. B. McCallum, Arts, '05. 

Reporter— B. W. Sheldon, Arts, '04. 

McGili Applied Science Society. 

{Officers, 1902.) 

Hon. President— Dr. H. T. Bovey. 
President— a. P. Borden. Civ. Eng., '02. 
Tice-Presidents-C. M. Campbell. Mining Engineering, 02; T W. 
Hicks. Mechanical Engineering. '02: J. H. Edgar, Mech. Eng., 02. 
Secretary— J. G. Ross. 03. 
Treasurer — O. Hall, '03. 
2nd Tear Representatives-Sl. J. Carlyle, '04; G. O. McMurtry, B.A., 

'^^'iep^oVffrs-a'R^owlands, '03; J. E. A. Egleson, '03; F. E. Sterns, 
'02; H. Biggar, '02. 



336 
The McGill Mining Society. 

( inGAXIJ'.ED 1891. 

Hon. Presidnit — Dv. J. B. Harrington. 

President — Robert A. Chambers, App. Sci.. '04. 

Vice-President — W. Parker, App. Sci., '05. 

Secretary-Treasurer— D. C. Livingstone, App. Sci., '05. 

McGill University Chemical Society. 

President — B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D. 

Vice-Prcsidrnl—'R. F. Ruttan. B.A., M.D. 

Secretarif-'frcasurer — N. N. Evans, M.Sc. 
Executive Committee — B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D. ; R. F. Ruttan, 
B.A., M.D.; J. WaDace Walker, M.A., Ph.D.; H. T. Barnes, D.Sc; N. 
N. Evans, M.Sc. 

McGill Medical Society, 

Hon. Pri'sidait—Dv. F. W. Hamilton. 

President— v. L. Miller, B.A. 

Vice-President — J. Applet on Nutter, B.A. 

Seox'tari/ — Alison Gumming, B.A. 

Assist. Secretary — H. H. Christie. 

Pathologist — L. L. Harrison, B.A. 

Treasurer— F. J. Tees, B.A. 

Reporter — A. C. Sellery. 

Councillors— Dr. Shepherd, Dr. Mills, W. J. Patterson, B.A. 

Young Men's Christian Association of McGill 
University. 

Object — To promote the Christian character of its members and 
the caupe of Christianity in the Uni\-ersity. 

Membership — The pctivo membership of the Association consists 
of graduates and students of the University- who are members of 
some evangelical church. Any graduate and student of good moral 
character may become an associate member. A social reception is 
given to new students at the beginning of the session. 

Full particulars regarding regular religious services and Bible 

Study Classes are given in the Hand Book of the Association. 

Hon. President— A]ex. Johnson. M.A., L,L..D.. DC.L. 

President— G. H. Cole, Sci., '04. 

1st Vice-President — A. D. Mackenzie. Arts, '04. 

2nd Vice-Presilcnt — L. C. Lauchland. Med.. '04. 

Kec. Secretary — T\". G. MacNaughton, B.A., Sci., '04. 

I'reasvrerS. O. Mci\furtry, B.A., Med., '05. 

Asst.-Trea surer — E. M. Benedict, Sci., '06. 
J'epresentative from Law — W. U. Cotton, B.A. 
(Seneral Secretary— George Irving, B.A. 

Chairmen of Committees. ' 

Peligiovs Meetings — A. D. Mackenzie, Arts, '04. 

Bible Studi/—V:. W. Sheldon, Arts, '04. 

Social— T>. E. Black, Sci., '06. 

Membership — W. J. Paterson. B.A., Med., '06. 

l^'cvj Students and fl andhool'—Generiil Secretary. 

Bulletin and luadirg /I'noni—Ti. A. Kemp, Sci., 04'. 



i 



33 



Missio>ian/—F. J. LeMaistre, Sci., '04. 

Musical— V. L. Miller, B.A., Med., '04. 

Building— G. 11. Cole, Sci., '04. 

I'iiiance—^. O. McMurtry, B.A., Med., '05. 

City Missions — John A. McDonald, B.A.. Med., 

.VfM- Students — George Irvine-, B.A. 



Young Women's Christian Association. 

Established 1SS7 (as Theo Dor.v Society). 

Object. — The development of Cliristian character in the members, 

and the development of active Christian work, particularly among 

the young women of the Universitj^ Open for membership to 

students of the Roj'al Victoria College for ^A"omen. 

President — Ivy Gardner. 

'i' ice-President — Xora Bowman. 

J'ec. Secretary — i.>ai:el Fiaser. 

Vor. Secretary — Kathleen McCaily. 

Treasurer — Birdena Clark. 

McGiil University Athletic Association. 

Established 1SS4. 

Uon. President— 'B.. Tait MacKenzie, B.A.. M.D. 

lion. Treasurer — Prof. C. H. McLeod, Ma.E. 

Prcsideni—G. M. Kent, Sci., '04. 

Vice-President — W. P. Ogilvie, Law, '04. 

Treasurer^-Vi. Stewart, Arts, '05. 
Secretary — R. O. McMurtry, Arts, '05. 
h'f'prescntaiives: — Law — E. McDougall, '04; Arts — T. M. Papineau 
'04; Medicine— R. N. W. Shillington, '04; Science— E. N. Martin, '04 
Football— L. L. Reford. B.A., Med.. '04; Cricket— Prof. C. E. Moyse 
Skating and Hockey— S. H. Maclaren, Science, '0.": Basketball — A. E. 
Foreman, Science, '03; Tennis — R. N. Hickson, B.A. 

McGill University Football Club. 

Hon. Prrsidcnt — Dr. W. Turner. 

Hon. Treasurer — Dr. R. Tait MacKenzie. 

President— 'Lewis L. Reford. B.A.. Med.. '04. 

lice-President — S. M. Nagle, :Med., '04. 

Secretary — W. Wilson, Sci., '04 

Treasurer— IE. N. Martin, Sci., '04. 

Manaoer—Gordcn Gilscn, Med., '04. 

Committee : — Arts— W. Molson, '04 ; T. M. Papineau, '04 ; Medicine— 

G. A. Wright, '04 ; P. C. Crosby, '04 : Science Hamilton, '04 ; J. 

McPhee, '04. 

McGili University Association Football Club. 

Hon. President — Prof. McLeod. 
President— B.. W. Boyle. Sci., '05. 

Yicc-President Richard.^. 

Scrretary — ^A. McMeekin, Sci., '03. 
Treasurer — E. McGou^an, Arts, '04. 
Committee — Max Pyshe, Science, '05; J. M. Forbes, Science, '06; 
J. E. Featherston, Arts, '05. 



338 

McGill University Cricket Club. 

Eon. Presidents— Liord Strathcona and Mount Royal, 
Principal Peterson 
President— Frot. C E. Moyse. 
Vice-President— A. R. Oug^htred, B.C.L. 
Secretary-Treasurer — W. C. Baber. 
Assist. tSecretary—J. J. Lomax. 
Captain — W. W. Walker. 
Captain i^econd Eleven — W. Robinson. 
Committee— H. C. Hill, F. W. Hibbard, F. L. Gunter, S. B. Thomas, 
W. Robinson. 

McGiil Lawn Tennis Club, 

Hon. President— Mr. H. M. Jaquays. 

President— J. D. G. McCallum. 

\ ice-President— T. M. Fyshe. 

ISecretary—G. C. McDonald. 

Treasurer — W. Molson. 

Committee :— Graduates— P. Molson, ; Arts :— J. G. Dickenson ; 

Science— G. M. Savage ; Medicine— D. P. Hannington ; Law— H. S. 

Williams. 

McGill University Skating and Hockey Club. 

Hon. President— Frof. S. H. Capper. 
PresiiJent — J. H. Maclaren, Sci., '03. 
' Tiee-Presideiit—G. McDonald, Arts, '04. 

Secretary— 'L,. S. Mackid, Med., '04. 
Treasurer — K. Drinkwater, Sci., '05. 
Committee:— 'Liiv,—C. G. Mackinnon, '03; W. P. Ogilvie, '04; S. Dale 
Harris, '05; Medicine— K. Blair, '03; H. O. Howitt, '04; C. Young, '05; 
E. A. Lindsav. '06; Arts— A. Dunlop, '03; F. Gurd, '04; R. O. Mc- 
Murtry, '05: F. A. Patrick, '06; Scien^ce— G. G. Gale, '03; E. G. 
Gnaedinger, '04 ; R. A. Lockerby, '05 ; F. G. Wickware, '06. 

McGill Basket Ball Club. 

Hon. President— Dr. R. Tait McKenzie. 

President — A. E. Forman, Sci. 

Vice-Prcsident-'D. Ross, Arts. 

Secretarii-Trrasurcr—A. McKergow, Sci. 

Captain— B. H. Higgins, Sci. 

Member of Ejrcutire Committee:— G. M. Gibson, Med. 

R. V. C. Athletic Club- 

President — Catherine McKenzie. 

y ice-President— Huth Lyman. 

Secretary-Treasurer— Unth Holway. 

Manager of Baslcetball t'/»6— Kathleen McCally. 

Manager of Hockey Club— Helen Freeze. 

McGill Glee and Banjo Club. 

Hon. Presideni—T. G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D. 

Prcsident-'F. C. Douglas, Med.. '03. 

Tice-Presidcnt—B.. A. Chambers. Sci., '04. 

Business Manager— W. H. Dickson, Med., '03. 

Seeretani—'F. B. Brown, Sci., '03. 

Executive Committee— A. B. Silcox, Arts. '06; Hal. White, Med., '06; 

S. C. Ells, Sci., '04. 



339 
Graduates' Society of McGill University. 

(Officers, 1901.) 

Incorporated 24th July, 1830. 

President— Msi\colm C. Baker, D.V.S. 
Tice-Presidcnts—Cha.r\es W. Wilson, M.D.; Miss Helen R. Y. Reid, 
B.A. ; Archibald MacArthur, B.A. 

Secretarij—J. Claud Hickson, B.A., B.C.L. 
Treasurer — Francis Topp, B.A., B.C.L. 
Resident CouncAUors—A. Rives Hall, B.A., B.C.L..; Frank D. Adams, 
M.A., Ph.D. ; Homer M. Jaquays, M.A.Sc. ; E. Fabre Surveyor, B.A., 
B.C.L.; Howard M. Church, M.D.; W. F. Angus. B.A.Sc. 

Non-Resident CotincUlors—The Presidents of the British Columbia 
Graduates' Society, the New England Graduates' Society, the New 
York Graduates' Society, the Maritime Graduates' Society, and the 
Hon. W .W. Lynch. D.C.L,. Knowlton, Que. 

Alumnae Society of McGill University. 

President — K. Campbell, B.A. 
Vice-Presidents — S. E. Cameron, M.A. ; G. Hunter, B.A.; Jane V. 
Palmer, B.A.; Eleanor Tatley, B.A. 

Treasurer — M. Watson, B.A. 

Assist. Treasurer — J. Eva "^''arriner. B.A. 

Rec. Secretary — Vivian E. Clogg, B.A. 

Assist. Rec. Secretary — Annie W. Xolan, B.A. 

Cor. Secretary — E. A. Hammond, M.A. 

Assist. Vor. Secretary— 'E. Armstrong-, B.A. 

Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society of McGill University. 

Organized 1890. 

Hon. President— The Right Hon. Sir Wilfrid Laurier, P.C, 
K.C.M.G., LL.D. 
President— U. M. Ami. LL.D. 
Vice-Presidents-G. H. Groves, M.D. (Carp.); G. C. Wright, B.A., 
B.C.L.; Rev. N. A. McLeod, B.A. 

Secretary— J. F. Argue. M.D. (127 Bank St., Ottawa.) 
Treasurer— W. Gamble, B.A., B.C.L. 
Councils. P. Cook, M.D.; R. W. Ells, M.A., LL.D.; D. B. Dowling, 
B.A.Sc; A. W. Duclos, B.A., B.C.L.; J. A. Robert, B.A.Sc. 

New York Graduates' Society of McGill University. 

Presi(?e«i— Wolf red Nelson, M.D.. CM., F.R.G.S. 

1st Vice-President — James Albert Meek, M.D., CM. 

2nd Vice-President — Hiram N. Vineberg. ;M.D., CM. 

3rd Vice-President — Harcourt Bull, B.A. 

Treasurer — M. Casewell Heine, B.A. 

Secretary— n. A. Gunn, B.A.Sc. 45-47 Wall St., New York). 

Chaplain— Hev. J. J. Rowan Spong, M.A.. B.C.L., LL.B. 

Executive Committee— J3.mes Douglas, B.A.. LL.D.; J. B. Harvie, 

M.D., CM., Troy, N.Y.; George H. Frost, CE. 

Non-Resident Councillors— ^ym. Osier, M.D., CM., F.R.C.P. (Lond.), 
F.R.S. (Baltimore, Md.); Prof, the Rev. J. C Bracq, M.A.. Vassar 
College, N.Y.; The Right Rev. J. D. Morrison, M.A., D.D., Bishop of 
Duluth; R. T. Irvine, M.D., CM., Ossining, N.Y. ; James J. O'Dea, 
M.D., CM., Stapleton, Staten Island ; H. Holton Wood, B.A., Boston, 
Mass. 



340 
New England Society of McGill Graduates. 

President — Arthur E. Childs, M.Sc. (Boston. Mnss.). 

1st y ice- President — George A. Fagan, M.D. (North Adams, Mass.). 

2nd Vice-President — Ambrose Choquet, B.C.L. (Central Fall?, R.I.). 

3rd Vice-President— U. Holton Wood. B.A. (Boston, Mass.). 

Secretary-Treasurer — Joseph Williams, M.D. (Boston, Mass.: 

4.5 Monument Square). 
UoimcilJors — T. G. McGannon, M.D. (Lowell, Mass.); Miles Martin, 
M.D. (Boston, Mass.); W. W. Goodwin, M.D. (East Boston, .Mass.); 
R. T. Glendenning-, M.D, (Manchester-by-the-Sea, Mass.); Joseph C. 
Pothier, M.D. (New Bedford, Mass.); J. G. Pfersick, D.V.S. (Shelburn 
Falls, Mass.). 

McGill Graduates' Society of the District of Bedford. 

Organized 189S. 

Hon. President — Hon. W. AV. Lynch. D.C.L. (Knowlton). 
President— n. T. Macdonald, M.D. (Sutton). 
'^' ice-Presidents— D. Stevens, M.D. (Missisquoi) ; M. N. Harris, 
M.D. (Brome); Charles McBurney, B.A. (Shefford). 
Secretary-Treasurer — 

The British Columbia Society of Graduates of McGill 

University. 

President — D, H. Harrison, M.D. (Vancouver). 
Vice-Presidents — G. H. Manchester, M.D. (New Westminster); J. 
M. McGre.a-or, T.A., B.A.Pc. (Slccan City); A. R. Paymond, M.D. 
(Seattle, Wash.) :Rosalind Watson. M.A. (Victoria); Walter Hunter, 
B.A., B.C.L. (Nanaimo); J. S. G-ordon, B.A. (Vernon). 

Secretary — W. J. McGuigan. M.D., LL.B. (Vancouver). 

Treasnrer — Simon J. Tunstall, B.A., M.D. (Vancouver). 

Executive Committee — W. A. Bennett. M.D. (Vancouver); R. W. 

Suter, B.A., B.Sc. (Vancouver); J. B. Hart, D.V.S. (Vancouver): G. 

W. Boggs. M.D. (New Westminster); A. D. Taylor, B.A., B.C.L. 

(Vancouver); D. B. Holden, B.A., M.D. (Victoria). 

McGll! University Alumni Association of Chicago. 

Orgakized 1900. 

President— H. J. Burwash, M.D. 

1st ]'irc-Prcsidcnt— Chester B. Reid. B.A.Sc. 

2nd Vice-President — John Ryan, M.D. 

Secretary-Treasurer — Thomas A. Woodruff. M.D. 

('QU)icUIors — Kenneth Moodie, B.A.Sc; D. R. MacMartin, M.D. ; 

J. Brown Loring, M.D. 

McGill Graduates' Society of Toronto. 

(Officers, 1802.) 

Organized 1896. 

President— A. R. L.ewis, K.C. 

1st Vice-President — Rev. Canon Sweeny, M.A., D.D. 

2nd Vice-President— n. C. Burritt, M.D. 

Secretary-Treasurer — R. B. Henderson, B.A., 48 Kins: Street, West. 

('o»iwii'«ee— Hamilton Cassels, B.A.; Willis Chipman, B.A.Sc; P. 

E. Ritchie, B.A. 



341 

Maritime Graduates' Society of McGill University. 

(Officers, 1902.) 

Eon. President— John McMillan, M.D. (Pietou, N.S.). 
Presulent—A\ex. McNeil, M.D. (Kensington, P.E.I.). 
T icc-Prcs (,</(■« /s— J. H. Scammell. M.D. (St. John. N.B.): Henry S. 
D. Johnson, M.D. (Charlottetown, P.E.I.) ; J. G. Macdougall, M.D. 
(Amherst, N.S.). 

Secretarij-Treasurer — F. A. Corbett, M.D. (Parrsboro, N.S.). 
Eaecutive tommittee — Geo. CarrutherF, M.D. (jLhailottetown, P.E.I.); 
Jas. A. Johnson, M.D. (Emerald, P.E.I.) ; G. A. B. Addy, M.D. (St. 
John, N.B.); J. B. Travers, M.D. (St. John, N.B.); J. J. Doyle, M.D. 
(Halifax, N.S.); H. H. Mackay, M.D. (New Glasgow, N.S.). , 



Benefactors ot 
/iDcGill XHntvecsit^, /iDontreal. 

I. TGeneral Endowments and Subscriptions. 

1. Original Endowment, 1811. 

THE HONORABLE JAMES McGILL, who was born at Glasgow, 
6th Oct., 1744, and died at Montreal, 19th Dec, 1813, by his last 
will and testament, under date 8th of January, 1811, devised the 
estate of Burnside, situated near the city of Montreal, and con- 
taining- forty-seven acres of land, with the Manor House and 
Buildings thereon erected, and also bequeathed the sum of ten 
thousand pounds in money unto the "Royal Institution for the 
Advancement of Learning," a Corporation constituted in virtue 
of an Act of Parliament passed in the Forty-first Year of the 
Reign of His Majesty, King George the Third, to erect and estab- 
lish a University or College, for the purpose of Education and 
the advancement of learning, in the Province of Lower Canada, 
with a competent number of professors and teachers to render 
such Establishment effectual and beneficial for the purposes in- 
tended; requiring that one of the colleges to be comprised in 
the said University should be nained and perpetually be known 
and distinguished by the appellation of "McGill College." 

The value of the above mentioned property was estimated at the 
date of the bequest at $120,000 

2. University Buildings, Etc. 

The William Molson Hall, being the west wing of McGill College 
Buildings, with the connecting Corridors and Class Rooms, was 
erected in 1861, through the munificent donation of the founder, 
whose name it bears. 

The Peter Redpath Museum, the gift of the donor whose name it 
beais, was announced by him as a donation to the University in 
1880, and formally opened August, 1882. 

Lots for University buildings adjoining the College grounds con- 
fronting on McTavish St., presented by J. H. R. Molson, Esq.,— 
?42,500. 

The LTniversity Library Building, the gift of Peter Redpath, Esq., 
announced by him as a gift to the University in 1891, and for- 
mally opened October 31st, 1893. Enlarged by Mrs. Peter Redpath 
in 1900. 

University Offices, Rooms in East Wing, remodelled and furnished 
for offices of Principal and Secretary and for a Board Room, by 
Sir TVm. C. Macdonald, in 1895. 

3. Endowed Chairs, Etc. 

The John Frothingham Principal, Fund, to be invested for the 
endowment of the Principalship of the University; founded in 
1889 bv the Rev. Frederick Frothingham and Mrs. J. H. R. Mol- 
son,— $40,000. 

The Mjvcdonald Auxiliary Fund, founded in 1897 by Sir Wm. C. 
Macdonald, the interest to be used solely to maintain the incorne 
of certain of his endowments on a five per cent, per annum basis, 
—$361,250. 
4. Endowments and Donations of Medals and Prizes. 

1883, a Gold, a Silver and a Bronze Medal were given by R. J. Wick- 
steed. Esq., M.A.. LL.D., for competition in "Physical Culture," 
by students in the Graduating Class and second year of any 
Faculty, who have attended the University Gymnasium. The 
Gold Medal was continued to 1889, and the Silver and Bronze 
have been continued to date. 



343 

Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society's Exhibition. For competition by 
candidates from the Ottawa Valley at the June matriculation 
examinations of any Faculty. Value, $50.00. Given annually, 
1S95 to date. 

A Prize given by the British Columbia Society of Graduates of Mc- 
Gill University to be divided amongst the five Faculties. Annual 
value 550.00 Given annually, 1896 to 1898. 



5. Subscriptions to General Endowment. 



John Frothingham, Esq.. ..$2000 

John Torrance, Esq 2000 

James B. Greenshields, Esq. 1200 
Wm. Busby Lambe, Esq.. .. 1200 
Sir George Simpson, Knight. 1000 

Henry Thomas, Esq 1000 

John Redpath, Esq 1000 

James McDougall, Esq 1000 

James Torrance, Esq 1000 

Hon. James Ferrier 1000 

Harrison Stephens, Esq 800 

Henrv Chapman, Esq 600 

Hon. Peter McGill 600 

John James Day, Esq 600 

Thos. Brown Anderson, Esq. 600 

Peter Redpath, Esq 600 

Thomas M. Taylor, Esq 600 

Joseph Mackay, Esq 600 

Donald Lorn McDougall, Esq. 600 

Hon. Sir John Rose 600 

Charles Alexander, Esq 600 

Forward $19,200 



; Forward $19,200 

[ Moses E. David, Esq 600 

Wm. Carter, Esq 600 

I Thomas Patton, Esq 600 

Wm. Workman, Esq 600 

Hon. Luther H. Holton.. .. 600 

Henry Lyman, Esq 600 

David Torrance, Esq 600 

' Edwin Atwater, Esq 600 

Theodore Hart, Esq 600 

I Wm. Forsyth Grant, Esq. .. 600 

I Robert Campbell, Esq 600 



Alfred Savage, Esq. 
James Ferrier, jun., Esq. 

Wm. Stephen, Esq 

X. S. Whitney, Esq 

William Dow, Esq 

William Watson, Esq. .. 
Edward and Alicia Major 
Hon. Sir A. T. Gait .. .. 
John R. Esdaile. Esq.. .. 



600 
600 
600 
600 
600 
600 
600 
360 
200 



Total $30,560 



1871. 



John Frothingham, Esq.. ..$5150 

William Molson, Esq 5000 

Sir William C. Macdonald.. 5000 

Thomas Workman. Esq.. .. .5000 

J. H. R. Molson, Esq 2000 

John McLennan, Esq 1000 

B. Gibb, Esq 600 

Messrs. A. & W. Robertson. 600 



Forward $24,350 

300 
250 
100 
100 
60 
50 



T. W. Ritchie, Esq 

Messrs. Sinclair, Jack & Co. 

John Reddy, M.D 

Wm. Lunn, Esq 

Hon. F. W. Torrance 

Wm. Rose, Esq 



Forward . , 



..$24,350 



1881-82. 



Hugh McLennan, Esq $5000 

Hon. G. A. Drummond .. .. 4000 

George Hague, Esq 3000 

M. H. Gault, Esq 2000 

Andrew Robertson, Esq . . . . 1000 
Robertson Campbell, Esq... 1000 
Sir Jos. and Lady Hickson.. ICOO 

Mrs. Andrew Dow 1000 

Alexander Murray, Esq . . . . 1000 

Miss Orkney 1000 

Hector McKenzie. Esq 1000 



Total $25,210 



Forward $21,000 

1000 



O. S. Wood, Esq 

J. B. Greenshields, 

(London) 

Warden King, Esq. .. 
W. P. Gumming. Esq. 
Mrs. Hew Ramsay . . 
R. A. Ramsay, Esq. . 
H. H. Wood, Esq. .. . 
James Burnett, Esq... 
Charles Gibb. Esq. .. 
J. S. McLachlan, Esq. 



Esq. 



1000 
1000 
1000 
500 
500 
500 
500 
500 
200 



Forward $2L000 

1883-84. 
Edward Mackay, Esq $5,000 



Total $27,700 



6. Endowment Fund for General Purposes. 

1S97. 

Bequest of the late John H. R. Molson, Esq., $100,000. 

7. Subscription for Improvements to College 1856 

Hon. Charles Dewey Day ?200. 

8. Subscriptions for Current Expenses, 1881-82. 

Principal Dawscn $1000 

5000 
5000 



J. H. R. Molson .-luOO per annum, 5 years, beins 



1000 



Mount 



Lord jNIountstephen. 
Lord Strathcona and 

Roj^al .. 

David Morrice, Esq 

Messrs. Gault Brothers & Co. 
Messrs. S. H. & A. S. Ewing . 

Hon. Robert ]\IacKay 

Jonathan Hodgson, Esq 

Geo M. King-horn, Esq . . . . 
David J. Greenshields, Esq.. 

Thomas Craig, Esq 

John Rankin, Esq 

John Duncan, Esq 

George Brush, Esq., $25 for five years, being. 

Robert Benny, Esq 

Miss E. A. Ramsay 

Hugh Paton, Esq., $50 for two years, being.. 

J. M. Douglas, Esq 

James Court, Esq 



1000 
200 
200 
200 

.soo 

100 
100 

100 



r,ooo 

11)00 

1000 

1000 

600 

500 

500 

300 

200 

200 

200 

125 

100 

100 

100 

50 

50 



Total ?22,025 



18S7-8S. 

John H. R. Molson, Esq SIOOO per annum, 3 years, taeint 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald 1000 

Peter Redpath, Esq 1000 

Lord Strathcona and Mount 

Royal 1000 

Hon. James Ferrier oOO 

Sir Joseph Hlckson 500 

Hush McLennan, Esq 250 

E. B. Greenshields, Esq 250 

George Hague, Esq 250 

John Molson, Esq 250 

Samuel Finley, Esq . . 2o0 

Mrs. Mackay, $100 annually, 18S9 to 1893 



$3000 
3000 
3000 

3000 
1500 
1500 
750 
750 
750 
750 
750 
500 



Total $19,250 



9. Subscription by Members of Board of Governors, in 

1S98-99.- §191,000. 



345 



10. Subscriptions for a Building for the Carpenter Collection 

of Shells. 



1868. 



Peter Redpath. Esq $500 

William Molson, Esq 500 

Harrison Stephens. Esq.. .. iC'j 

Robert J. Reekie, Esq 100 

John H. R. Molson, Esq. .. ICO 

Sir Wm. E. Logan, F.R.S... 100 

John Molson, Esq :'-00 

Thos. Workman, Esq., M.P. 100 



Foj-wai'd 



Geo. H. Frothirigham, Esq. 

Wm. Dow, Esq 

Thonaas Rimmer, Esq 

Andrew Robertson, Esq.. .. 

Mrs. Redpath 

Benaiah Gibb, Esq 

Hon. John Rose 50 



.$1,600 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
50 



Forward $1,600 



Total $2,200 



II. Subscriptions for the Erection of the Lodge and Gates. 



William Molson, Esq 

John H. R. Molson, Esq.. .. 
William T\^orkman, Esq.. .. 

Joseph TifRn, jun.. Esq 

Thos. J. Claxton, Esq 

James Linton, Esq 

William McDoug-all, Esq. . 
Charles J. Brydges, Esq.. . 
Hon. George A. Drnmmond 
Thomas Rimmer, Esq. .. . 
William Dow, Esq 



$ 100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 



Forward $1,100 

John Frothingham, Esq.. .. 100 

James A. Mathewson, Esq.. 100 

Peter Redpath, Esq 100 

G. H. Frothingham, Esq. .. 100 

G. D. Ferrier, Esq 100 

John Smith, Esq 100 

Charles Alexander, Esq.. .. 100 

J. Evans, Esq 100 

Henry Lyman, Esq 50 

Total $1,950 



Forward .$1,100 



12. Library and Museum. 

Special Collections of Books Presented to the Library. 

1. The Peter Redpath Collection of Historical Books, presented by 
Peter Redpath, Esq., of Montreal, 3,500 Volumes, with subse- 
quent additions. 

2. The Robson Collection of works in Archaeology and General 
Literature, presented by Dr. John Robson, of Warrington, Eng- 
land, 3,436 Volumes. 

3. The Charles Alexander Collection of Classical Works, presented 
by C. Alexander, Esq., of Montreal, 221 Volumes. 

4. Frederick Griffin, Esq., Q.C., Collection of Books, being the whole 
of his Library, bequeathed by his will, 2,695 Volumes. 

5. The Hon. Mr. Justice Mackay, Collection of Books, bemg the 
whole of his Library, 2,007 Volumes. 

6 The " T. D. King Shakespeare Collection." presented by Lora 
Strathcona and Mount Royal and Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, of 
Montreal, being 214 Volumes. 

7. The Ribbeck Library of Classical Literature, presented by bir 

W. C. Macdonald, about 4.000 \vorks. 

8. The "Mendelssohn Choir Memorial Collection," presented by 
Joseph Gould, Esq., 200 A'olumes. • , , ^ 

9. The "John Hcrne" Collection of Canadian Portraits and Auto- 
graphs, 177 in all. , . ■ ^ i ^ 

10 The Sir J W. Dawson Collection of works m Geology and 
PalK!ontology, presented by the Board of Governors. 

Endowments or Library. 

Wm Molson, Esq., for Endowment of a Library Fund (1871)..$ 4,000 
Hon F. W. Torrance for Endowment of Mental, Moral and 

Political Philosophy Book Fund (1S76) .. .... .. ■• .• •• i-'»^^ 

Mrs. Redpath, for the Endowment of the Wm. Wood Redpath 

Memorial Fund (1881) ^'^^^ 



346 

A Friend, by the Hon. F. W, Torrance, for Endowment of a 

L/ibrary Fund (1S82) $400 

Hugh S. McLennan, Library Endowment, a gift from Estate 
late Hugh S. McLennan to the Library of McGill College, 
the income to be applied to binding (1S92) 250 

Total • $ 6,650 

Subscriptions, Etc., to I.ibrarv. 

John Thorburn, for purchase of Books $ 90 

Andrew Drummond, do., for Applied Science .. 25 

The Graduates in Arts and Applied Science of 1885 for purchase 

of Books , .31 

Ditto, ditto, of 1886 V 28 

The late R. A. Ramsay, Esq., Bequest for purchase of books 

(1887) 1,000 

Andrew Drummond, Esq., to Library Fund of Faculty of 

Applied Science ". . .. 25 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for purchase of books from 

the R. W. Boodle Library 200 

Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society, for binding books in the 

University Library 25 

Peter Redpath, Esq., in aid of the new catalogue of the Library 

(1892) 500 

Mrs. Peter Redpath, for maintenance of Library, 1894 to date.. 40.500 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, donation for the purchase 
of books for the Library, particularly in the French De- 
partment (1897) 250 

John H. R. Molson, donation for purchase of books for the 

Library (1897) 195 

Hon. Treas. Redpath Memorial Fund, London, England. The 
balance remaining over of the above fund to be used for 
purchase of books for the Library 47 

Estate late Hugh McLennan, for support of Travelling Libraries 1,500 

Sir W. C Macdonald, for purchase of books and for cataloguing 

(1902) 22,500 

H. H. Wood, for the purchase cf books 100 

Total ■. . .. $67,016 

Special Collections Presented to the Museum. 

1. The Holmes Herbarium, presented by the late Andrew F. Holmes, 
M.D. 

2. The Carpenter Collection of Shells, presented by the late P. P. 
Carpenter, Ph.D. 

3. The Collection of Casts of Ivory Carvings, issued by the Arundel 
Society, presented by Henry Chapman, Esq. 

4. The McCulloch Collection of Birds and Mammals, collected by 
the late Dr. M. McCulloch, of Montreal, and presented by his 
heirs. 

5. The Logan Memorial Collections of Specimens in Geology and 
Natin-al History, presented by the heirs of the late Sir W. E. 
Logan. LL.D., F.R.S. 

6. The Dawson Collection in Geology and Palaeontology, being the 
Private Collections of Principal Dawson, presented by him to 
the Museum. 

7. The Bowles Collection of Lepidoptera, presented by Sir Wm. C. 
Macdonald and J. H. Burland, Esq. 

8. R. Morton Middleton, Jr., London, Bng., Collection of Plants. 

9. Collection of Butterflies, presented by the Members of the Board 
of Governors of the University. 

10. Collection of Lepidoptera, presented by Sir "W. C. Macdonanld. 
(See also "List of Donations to the Museum," printed in the An- 
nual Reports of the University.) 



347 

Endowment for the Museum. 

Wm. Molson, Esq., for the Endowment of a Museum Fund 

(1873) * "^'""^ 

Subscriptions, Etc., for the Museum. 

T J Claxton, Esq., for purdhase of Specimens for Museum... $ 250 
Peter Redpath, Esq., for Museum expenses, $1,000 per annum 

from 1S82 to 1893 _ ■• •• ■■ ||'""!^ 

Mrs. Peter Redpath. for Museum expenses, Is&l to 1902 id,uuu 

Mrs. H. G. Frothingham, for the arrangement of Dr. Carpen- 
ter's Collection of Mazatlan shells •• ■• ^33 

Peter Redpath, Esq., for improvements to Museum (1891).. .. 1,000 

A Lady, for Museum expenses from 1882 to 1894 J.OOO 

A Friend, for the purchase of spe-imens for the Museum .. .. 4,uOU 
John H. R. Molson, Esq., for the parchase of books on "Butter- 
flies of Eastern United States and Canada." 50 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for mounting skin and 



skeleton of Musk Ox. 



150 



Mrs. J. H. R. Molson, for the purchase of specimens I'OOO 

Total ?3S,983 

13. Miscellaneous. 

Chas. T. Blackman, Esq., of Montreal, the gift of a Telescope 
and Astronomical Instruments called after his name. 

J. J. Arnton, bequest to McGill University (1895) % 900 

R. A. Ramsay, M.A., B.C.L., to defray the expenses of re- 
erecting the tomb of the late Hon. James McGill (1877).. .. 150 
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, contribution to cover cost of illustrating 

calendar, (1899) $586.66, (1900) $433.20, (1902), $391.54., .... 1,411.40 
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, for granolithic sidewalks (1902).. .. 2,800 

14. University Portraits and Busts. 

Portrait of the Founder, presented by the late Thomas Blackwood, 

Esq. 
Portrait of William Molson, Esq., presented to the University. 
Bust of William Molson, Esq., by Marshall TVood, presented by 

Graduates of the University. 
Portrait of Peter Redpath, Esq., painted by Sydney Hodges, pre- 
sented by Citizens of Montreal. 
Portrait of Rev. Dr. Leach, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by Friends 

and Graduates of the University. 
Portrait of Sir William Dawson, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by 

Friends and Graduates of the University. 
Portrait of Hon. James Ferrier, by Robert Harris, presented by 

Friends and Graduates of the University. 
Portrait of Peter McGill, presented (through Mr. A. T. Taylor), by 

Judge Parker, of Edinburgh. 
Portrait of Dr. William Robertson, founder of the\ Medical Faculty, 

presented in loving remembrance by his family and descendants. 
Bust of Peter Redpath, Esq., by Reynolds Stephens, presented by 

Mr. Redpath's personal friends in England. i 

Portrait of Peter Redpath, Esq., by Robert .Harris, presented by 

Friends and Undergraduates of the University. 
Portrait of Mrs. Peter Redpath, by Robert Harris, presented by the 

Governors of the University. ^ ^ ^^^ 

Portrait of John H. R. Molson, by, Robert Harris, presented by the 

Governors of the University. 
Portrait of Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, by Alphonse Jongers, 

presented by the Governors of the University. 



348 

II. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty 
of Arts. 

1. Buildings, Cliairs, Etc. 

Endowment Fund, 1856. 

John Gordon McKenzie, Esq $2,000 

Ira Gould, Esq 2,300— Total, $4,300 

The Molson Chair of English Language and Literature, in 1856, 
eiidcwed by the Honorable John Molson, Thomas Molson, Esq., 
and William Molson, Esq.— $20,000; and sui.plemented in 1892 by 
John H. R. Molson, Esq., with a £uvi.-.ier s..m of $20,000. Total, 
$40,000. 

The Peter Redpath Chair op Pure Mathematics (founded as 
Chair of Natural Philosophy), in 1871, endowed by Peter Red- 
path, Esq., $20,000." 

The Logan Chair of Geology, in 1871, endowed by Sir "W. E. Logan, 
LL.D., F.R.S., and Hart Logan, Esq.— $20,000. 

The John Frothingham Chair of Philosophy, 1873, endowed bv 
Miss Louisa Frothingham,— $20,000; and supplemented in 1891 with 
a further sum of $20,000. Total, $40,000. 

The Major Hiram Mills Chair of Classics, in 1882, endowed by 
the last will of the late Major Hiram Mills, of Montreal,— $42,000. 

The David J. Greenshields Associate Professorship of Eng- 
lish Literature, endowed by the last will of the late David J. 
Greenshields, Esq., of Montreal, with the sum of $40,000. 

The Macdonald Chairs of Physics, in the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald,— $120,000. 

The M^'cdonald Chairs of Chemistry, in the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science, endOAved by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1897 
and 1001,— $110,000. 

The Macdonald Chair of Botany, endowed by Sir William C. Mac- 
donald, in 1901,— $50,000. 

The William Dow Chair of Political Economy, 1901, endowed by 
the Misses Dow,— $60,000. 

The Macdonald Chair of Moral Philosophy, endowed by Sir 
William C. Macdonald in ISOa.— $50,(_iOO. ' 

The Charles Gibb Botanical Endowment, subscriptions received 
to date: — 

A Friend ?^s000 

Mrs. Catherine Hill ' 200— Total, $8,200 

The Macdonald Physics Building and Equipment, in the Faculties 
of Arts and Applied Science. The gift of Sir William C. Mac- 
donald,. announced by him as a gift to the University in 1890. 
and formally opened February, 1893. 

The Macdonald Physics Building Maintenance Fund in the Facul- 
ties of Arts and Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. 
Macdonald, in 1S92 and 189S, $150,000. 

The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building and Equip- 
ment, siven to the University by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 
1896, $267,141.80. 

The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building Main- 
tenance Fund, endowed by Sir ^^illiam C. Macdonald. in 1897 
and 1899, $225,000. ' .' 

The Macdonald Chemistry Endowment Fund, endowed by Sir 
William C. Macdonald, in 1890, $135,000. 

The Kingsford Chair of History, endowed by Sir Wm. C. Mac- 
donald, in 1898, $50,000. 

The Dawson Chair of Geology, endowed -by' Sir Wm. C. Macdonald 
in 1899, $50,000. 

The Macdonald Buildings Repair Fund, endowed in 1900 by Sir 
William C. Macdonald, $15,000. 



349 

2. Endowment for Pension Fund. 

This endowment was given in 1894 to be invested, and i the revenue 
used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring Allowances 
for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal.. ..S50.000 

John H. R. Molson .50,000 

Sir William C. Macdonald 50,000— Total, $150,000 

3. Exhibitions and Scholarships, Etc. 

The Jaxe Redpath Exhibition, in the Faculty of Arts.— founded in 
1868, by Mrs. Redpath. of Terrace Bank, Montreal, and endowed 
with the sum of $1,667. 

The M.acdonald Scholarships axd Exhibitoxs, 10 in number, in 
the Faculty of Arts— founded in 1871, and endowed in 1882 with 
the sum of $::5.000 by Sir William C. Macdonald. 

The Charles Alexander Scholarship, for Classics— founded in 1871 
bv Charles Alexander, Esq. Endowed in 1893 with the sum of 
S2,G00. 

The Barbara Scott Scholarship for Classical Language and 
Literature- founded in 1884 by the last will of the late Miss 
Barbara Scott, of Montreal, and endowed with the sum of $2,000. 

The George Hague Exhibition— founded in ISSl— Annual value, $125. 
Terminated 'in 1901. 

The Major Hiram Mills Medal and Scholarship.— founded by the 
will cf the late Major Hiram Mills, of Montreal, and endowed 
with the sum of $1,500. 

T. M. Thompson, Esq.— $250 for two Exhibitions in September, 1871; 
$200 for two Exhibitions in 1872,— $450. 

Rev. Colin C. Stuart— for the 'Stuart Prize in Hebrew"— $60. 

The Taylor Scholarship— founded in 1871, by T. M. Taylor, Esq.— 
Annual value $1C0— terminated in 1878. 

Professor Alexander Johnson — for Scholarship for three Sessions, 
terminated 1886-87— $350. 

Her Majesty's Commission for the Exhibition of 1851— Nomination 
.•scholarships for 1891, 1893, 1S95, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903— value £150 
annually, tenable for two years. 

The Philip Carpenter Fellowship — founded by Mrs. Philip Car- 
penter, for the Maintenance of a Post-Graduation Teaching Fel- 
lowship or Scholarship in Natural Science or some branch there- 
of in the Faculty cf Arts in McGill College, endowed in 1892 
with the sum of $7,000. 

The Alexander Mackenzie Memorial Fund, founded by the 
friends of the late Hon. Alex. Mackenzie, for the maintenance 
of fellowships or scholarships in Political Science, $9,534.05. 

A Lady, to provide for three tuitions in the Faculty of Arts for 
sessions 1892-93, 1893-94. 

The New Tortv Graduates' Socisty Exhibition — for an Exhibition 
in the Faculty of Arts to be associated with the name of Sir 
T^ailiam Dawson— Annual value, $60— given in 1897, 1898, 1901, 1903. 

To provide Bursaries in the Faculty of Arts, subscriptions from 
W. W. Ogilvie .. ..1898 and 1899.. ..$2,000 

Hugh McLennan.. ..1898 and 1899 240 

D. Macmaster 1898 120 

4. Edowments and Donations cf Medals andPrizes. 

In 1S56 Henry Chapman, Esq., founded a gold medal, to be named 
the "Henry Chapman Gold Medal," to be given annually in the 
gradiiating class in Avts. This medal was endowed by Mr. 
Chapman in 1874 with the sum of $700. 

In 1860 the sum of £200, presented to the College by H.R.H. the 
Prince of "V^.^ales, was applied to the foundation of a Gold Medal, 
to be called the "Prince of T\^ales Gold Medal." which is given 
in the graduating class for Honour Studies in Mental and Moral 
Philosophy. 



350 

In 1864 the "Anne Molson Gold Medal" was founded and endowed 
by Mrs. John Molson, of Belmont Hall, Montreal, for an Honour 
Course in Mathematics and Physics. 

In the same year the "Shakespeare Gold Medal," for an Honour 
Course, to comprise and include the works of Shakespeare and 
the Literature of England from his time to the time of Addi- 
son, both inclusive, and such other accessory subjects as the 
Corporation may from time to time appoint, was founded and 
endowed by citizens of Montreal, on occasion of the three hun- 
dredth anniversary of the birth of Shakespeare. 

In the same year the "Logan Gold Medal" for an Honour Course 
in Geology and Natural Science was founded and endowed by 
Sir William Log-an, L.LD., F.R.S., F.G.S., etc. 

In 1874 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Earl of Dufferin, Govei'nor-General of Canada, for competition 
in the Faculty of Arts, and continued till 1878. 

In 1875 the "Neil Stuart prize in Hebrew" was endowed by Neil 
Stuart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill, in the sum of $340. 

In ISSO a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Marquis of Lome, Governor-General of Canada, the former for 
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in 
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1883. 

In 1884 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Marquis of Lansdowne, Governor-General of Canada, the former 
for competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition 
in the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1888. 

In 1889 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency 
Lord Stanley, Governor- Gen erail of Canada, tihe former for com- 
petition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the 
Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1893. 

The "Chales G. Coster Memorial Prize" for general proficiency 
— given annually by Colin H. Livingstone, Esq., B.A. ; founded 
in 1889, 

In 1894 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Earl of Aberdeen, Governor- General of Canada, the former for 
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in 
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1898. 

In 1899 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
lEartl of Minto, Governor-General of Canada, the former for 
competition in the Faculty of Arts, thel latter for competition in 
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued to date. 

5. Subscriptions for the Support of the Chair of Botany. 
1883-84. 



Sir Wm. Dawson $500 per annum, 5 years, being. 

Xiord Strathcona and Mount 

Royal 250 

J. H. R. Molson, Esq 100 

Mrs. J. H. R. Molson 100 

G. Hague, Es<i 100 " " 

Mrs. Redpath 100 

Hugh McKay, Esq 100 

Robert Moat, Esq 100 

Sir TVm. C. Macdonald 100 

Charles Gibb. Esq .SO 



Miss Orkney. 
Robert Mackay, Esq.... 
Mrs. Wim. Molson.. 
Mrs. John Molson . . . . 

John Stirling, Esq 

Warden King, Esq 

Miss Hall 



50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 



$2500 

1250 
500 
500 
500 
500 
500 
500 
500 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 



Robert Angus, Esq.. .. 
D. A. P. Watt, Esq. .. 
Hxigfh McLennan, Esq... 
Sir Joseph Hickson., .. 
Mrs. Phillips 



351 

$50 per annum, 5 years, being 

50 " " " .. 

25 " " I" .. 

10 " " " .. 



$250 

250 

125 

50 

20 



Total $9,945 

6. Botanic Garden, Etc. 

Subscriptions, 1890-91. 



Hugh McLennan, Esq. 
Gilman Cheney, Esq.. 
James Johnston, Esq.. 
James Slessor, Esq. .. 

A Friend 

Hugh Graham, Esq. .. 

A. F. Gault, Esq 

W. T. Costigan, Esq... 
Jonathan Brown, Esq. 

Forward 



.$ 100 

. 100 

. 100 

. 100 

. 100 

. 100 

. 100 

, 100 

. 100 

$ 900 



Forward 


. $ 900 


Jonathan Hodgson, Esq.. 


.. 100 


Robert Mackay, Esq 


.. 100 


H. Shorey, Esq 


.. 50 


J. S. Shearer, Esq 


.. 50 


Geo. Sumner, Esq 


. . 25 


A. Ramsay & Co 


25 


Garth & Co 


25 







Total $1,275 



To Erect Plant House in Botanic Garden. 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal $ 362.00 

John H. R. Molson, Esq 361.51 

Sir William C. Macdonald '.. .. 361.02 



Total $1,084.53 

For Support of Botanical Laboratory. 

Sir W. C. Macdonald (1900) $300.00 

7. Subscriptions in Aid of the Chair of Hebrew. 

.in 1889 $50 per annum, 3 years, being.. $ 150 



Warden King, Esq. . 
Sir William Dawson.. 
Hon, Hugh Mackay .... 

A. F. Gault, Esq 

George Hague, Esq .. .. " 

T. A. Dawes, Esq " 

S. Carsley, Esq 

S. Davis, Esq in 1892 

Warden King, Esq 

A. F. Gault, Esq 

Robert Mackay, Esq.. .. " 
Hugh McLennan, Esq. .. " 
George Hague, Esq.. .. " 

T. A. Dawes, Esq " 

S. Carsley, Esq 

J. Murphy, Esq " 



50 
50 
25 
25 
25 
25 



50 per annum for 3 years. 

50 

50 

25 

25 

25 



150 

150 

75 

75 

75 

75 

20 

150 

150 

150 

75 

75 

75 

25 

25 



8. 



Total $1495 

Subscriptions to Provide Sessional Lecturers, Etc. 



Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, sessions 1891-92 to 1898-99. .$42,000 

Mrs. John H. R. Molson, sessions 1891-92 to 1899-1900 8,300 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, to provide for certain salaries in the 

Department of Physics, etc., sessions 1894-95 and 1895-96.. 2,627 



Total $52,927 



352 

9. Endowments for Apparatus 

The Local Committee of the British Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science to found the British Association 
Appai-atus Fund in the Faculties of Arts and Applied sci- 
ence, in comiremoration of tiie meeting of the Association 
in ^Montreal in JSS4 $1,500 



10. Subscriptions, Etc. , for Apparatus. 



I'hilosophical Appaiatus, 1S67. 

William Molson, Esq $ 

John H. Ft. Molson, Esq.. 

Peter Redpath, Escf 

George Moffat. Esq 

Andrew Robertson, Esq.. 
John Frothinghani, Esq.. 

David Torrance, Esq 

Thos. J. I5arron. B.A 

J. H. R. Molson, Esq., Dy- 
namo, Gas Engine and' 
Fixtures 1 

Mrs. Redpath, Storage Bat- 
tery 



.500 
5C0 
500 
2:0 
100 
100 
100 
50 



792 
-100 



l''or\vaia $1,292 

Sir \Vm. C. Macdonald, fit- 
tings of Upper Chemical 
Laboratory 2,075 

A. J. Lawson, a Dynamo ... 

Benjamin Dawson, 3 Micro- 
scopes '.. 

Botanical Apparatus. 
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald .. 720 
Hugh McLennan, Esq. .. Ill 

SaiTiuel Finley, Esq Ill 

A. B". Gault, Esq Ill 

Kir W. C. Macdonald, Bio- 
logical Equipment 1,750 



Forward $4,292 



Total $9,170 



11. Miscellaneous. 

Hugh McLennan, Esq., subscription toward expense of table at 
the Biologiv-al .Station. Woods Holl, Mass., for McGill Pro- 
fessor of Botany (1S96 to 1899) $300 

A Friend, subscription toward above, 1900-1902 250 

Sir W. C. Macdonaiii, donntion towarits Maintenance of Phy- 
sics Building 2000 



III. Royal Victoria College- 

I. The Donalda Endowment for the Higher Education of 
Women. 

This endowment, given by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal 
(>f ISlontrea!; is to provide for the education of women In 
the subjects of the Faculty of Arts, up to the standard of 
the examination for B.A., in 18S4 $ 50,000 

And in ISSG 70,000 

Tot-l $120,000 



2, Miscellaneous Subscriptions. 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Roval, for mu-sical instruction in 

sessions 18s:t-90 and ISEO-fll $400 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for appliances in Zoology 

in the special interest of Don.ilda classes In 1895 100 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal for maintenance of Royal 

A'ictoria Codege, 1899-1902 $175,000 



353 

3. Endowments Held in Trust by the Board of Royal 
Institution. 

The "Hannah Willard Lyman Memorial Fund," contributed by 
subscriptions ol former pupils of Miss Lyman, and invested as a 
permanent endowment to furnish annuallj^ a Scholarship or Prizes 
in a "College for ^Vomen," affiliated to the University, or in classes 
for the Higher Education of Women, approved by the University. 
The amount of the fund is at present $1,100. 

The "Annie Mcintosh Prize," contributed by pupils and friends 
of the late Miss Annie M. Mcintosh, of Bute House, Montreal. The 
income to be given as a prize to women in the Faculty of Arts, $425. 



IV. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty of 
Applied Science. 

1. Buildings, Chairs, Etc. 

The William Scott Chair of Civil Exgixeep.ixg, in 1S84. endowed 
by the last will of the late Miss Barbara Scott, of Montreal,— 
$30, COO 

The Thomas Workmax Departmext of Mechaxical Exgixeerixg 
—founded in 1891 under the last will of the late Thomas Work- 
man, Esq., who bequeathed the sum of $117,000— $60,000 for the 
maintenance of a Chair of Mechanical Engineei'ing, witlh the 
assistance, shops, machinery and apparatus necessary thereto, 
$57,000 to be expended in provision of necessary buildings, ma- 
chinery and apparatus. 
Sir William C. Macdoxald, in 1890, towards erection of Thomas 
Workman Workshops, $20,000. 

The Macdoxald Exgixeerixg Building axd Equipment — announced 
by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald as a gift to the University in 1890, and 
formally opened February, 1893. 

The (Macdoxald Physics Building and Equipment in the Faculties 
of Arts and Applied Science, the gift of Sir William C. Mac- 
donald announced by him as a gift to the University in 1890, and 
formally opened February, 1893. 

The Macdoxald Chairs of Physics, in the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald— $120,000. 

I'liE Macdonald Chair of Electrical Engineering — endowed by 
Sir "vv m. C. Macdonald, in 1891, with the sum of $40,000; in 189S, 
with the additional sum of $10,000. Total, $50,000. 

The Macdonald Exgixeerixg Building Maixtexaxce Fund, 
endowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1892 and 1896.— $85,000. 

The Macdonald Physics Building Maintenance Fund in the Fa- 
culties of Arts and Applied Science, endowed by Sir Wm. C- 
-Macdonald, in 1892 and 1896- $150,000. 

The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building and Equipment, 
given to the L'niversity by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1896.— 
$267,141.80. I 

The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building Maintenance 
Fund, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1897 and 1899 — 
$225,000. I 

The Macdonald Chair of Mining Engineering, endowed in 1896 
and 1903 by Sir William C. Macdonald. wnth the sum of $62,500. 

The Macdonald Chair of Architecture, endowed in 1896 by Sir 
William C. Macdonald, with the sum of $50,000. 

The Macdonald Chairs of Chemistry, in the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, with the 
sum of $110,000. 

12 



354 

The Macdonald Architectural Departmfnt Maintenance 
Fund, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1898.— S10,000. 

The Macdonald Mining and Metallurgical Department En- 
dowment Fund, endowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1899.— 
$55,000. 

The Macdonald Chemical Department Endowment Fund, en- 
dowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1900.— $135,000. 

The Macdonald Buildings Repair Fund, endowed in 1900 by Sir 
William C. Macdonald.— $15,000. 

2. Endowment for Pension Fund. 

This endowment was given in 1894 to be invested and the revenue 
used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring Allowances 
for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science. 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal.. $50,000 

John H. R. Molson 50,000 

Sir William C. Macdonald 50,000— Total, $150,000 

3. Exhibitions and Scholarships. 

The Scott Exhibition. — Founded by the Caledonian Society of 
Montieal, in commemoration of the Centenary of Sir Walter 
Scott, and endowed in 1872 witn the sum of $1,100, subscribed by 
memlbers of tihe Society, and other citizens of Montreal. The 
iBxhibition is given annually in the Faculty of Applied Science — 
Annual value, $50. 

The Burland Scholarship, founded 1882 by J. H. Burland, B.A.Sc, 
$100 for a Scholarship in Applied Science for three years, being 
$300. 

Her Majesty's Commission for the Exhibition of 1851 — Nomination 
Scholarships for 1891. 18P3, 1895, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903; Value, 
£150 annually, each tenable for two years. 

The Dr. T. Sterrt Hunt Scholarship. — Founded in 1894 by the will 
of the late Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, and endowed with the sum of 
$2,082, the income to be given and paid annually to a student or 
students of Chemistry. 

The Canadian General Electric Co. Scholarships, given in 1900- 
1903.— $1200. 

fitnt 4. Medals and Prizes. 

?n 1880 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Marquis of Lome, Governor-General of Canada, the former for 
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in 
tihe Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1883. 

In 1884 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency th'? 
Marquis of Lansdowne, Governor-General of Canada, the former 
for competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition 
in the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1888. 

In 1885 the British Association Gold Medal, for competition in the 
Graduating class in the Faculty of Applied Science, was founded 
by subscription of members of the British Association for the 
Advancement of Science, and by gift of the Council of the Asso- 
ciation, in commemoration of its meeting in Montreal in the year 
1884. 

In 1889 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency Lord 
Stanley, Governor-General of Canada, the former for competition 
in! the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty 
of Applied Science. Continued till 1893. 

In 1894 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
Earl of Aberdeen, Governor-General of Canada, the former for 
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in 
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1898. 



355 

In 1S99 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the 
'Earl of Minto, Governor-General of Canada, the former for com- 
petition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the 
Faculty of Applied Science. Continued to date. 

5. Endowment and Subscriptions for Maintenance of 
Faculty. 

Endowment Fund. Graduates' Endowment Fund. 

Daniel Torrance, Esq $5,000 ! Graduates' Endowment Fund- 
Charles J. Brydges, Esq. .. 1,000 ! Class 1890, $70 a year for 

R. J. Reekie, Esq 100 j 5 years, $350; received to 

date $85 

Total $6,100 

Annual Subscriptions, 1S71-1879. 

Hon. James Ferrier ($100 per annum for 10 years) $ 1,000 

Peter Redpath, Esq. ($400 per annum for 10 years) 4^000 

John H. R. Molson, Esq. ($4C0 per annum for 10 years) 4,000 

George H. Frothingham, Esq. ($400 per annum for 7 years).. 2,800 

T. James Claxton, Esq. ($100 per annum for 6 years) 600 

Donald Ross, Esq. ($50 per annum for 5 years) 250 

Miss Mary Frothingham ($400 per annum for 3 years) 1 200 

H. McLennan, Esq. ($100 per annum for 5 years) 500 

A. F. Gault, Esq. ($100 per annum for 5 years) 500 

Gilbert Scott, Esq. ($100 for 2 years) 200 

Joseph Hickson, Esq. ($100 for 2 years) 200 

Sir William Dawson, ($300 for 2 years) 600 

His Excellency the Marquis of Lome 500 

Mrs. Redpath (Terrace Bank) lOo 



Total $16,450 

Subscriptions towards Maintenance of Engineering Department. 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, sessions 1891-92 to 1897-98 $56,341 

do for advertising '575 

do to cover certain salaries, session 1894- 

95 and 1897-98 1,920 

do to meet the expenses of the course of 
summer work for Mining Engi- 
neering Students (1898) 825 

do Electric Light Re-installation in Engi- 
neering Building, 1899 6,000 

do to cover salary of Assistant in Chemi- 

cal Department, session 1898-99 and 

session 1899-1900 1000 

do Electric Storage Batteries, Reinstalla- 

tion of Electric Lighting in Physics 

Building, etc., 1901 30 000 

A Friend, towards maintenance of Electrical Engineerins- ' 
Eepartirent, 1£01 and /1902 _ __ ^ §qq 



Total 597561 

Subscriptions to Provide Lectures in Mechanical and Sanitary 
Engineering. 

E. B. Greenshields, Esq. ...$50 | Forward $161 

J. E. Bovey, Esq 50 | Jeffrey H. Burland, 'b.A.Sc, 

_ ' $100 for 2 years ' '>00 

Professor H. _T. Bovey .. ..61 i Smaller amoun«ts '. " 40 



Forward $161 



Total $401 



356 



Subscriptions for Maintenance of Chair of Practical Chemistry, 1862. 

Hon. C. Dunkin, M.P $1,200 

Sir William Dawson 1,200 

Peter Redpath, Esq 226 



Total $2,626 

For Maintenance of Chair of Mining Engineering and Metallurgy, 1S91. 



R. B. Angus, Esq.. ..$2,000 

Mrs. Dow 1,000 

Hugh McLennan, Esq. 1,000 

Miss Benny 1,000 

T. A. Dawes, Esq. .. 750 

A. A. Ayer, Esq 250 

G. W. Reid, Esq.. .. 100 

Evans Bros 100 

$ 6,200 

Payable in Three Years. 

Sir W. Dawson 1,000 

Alex. Stuart, Esq. 

(London, Eng.).. .. 1,500 
R. G. Reid, Esq 1,500 



Forward $4,000 $6,200 



Forward $4,000 $6,200 

E. K. Greene, Esq.. .. 750 

Dr. T. Brainerd 750 

A. F. Gault, Esq 750 

Messrs. H. & A. Allan 750 

Hector Mackenzie, Esq. 750 

Peter Lyall Esq 750 

James Ross, Esq 600 

A. Robertson, Esq.. .. 300 

John Duncan, Esq. .. 300 

George Hague, Esq. .. 300 

Jonathan Hodgson, Esq. 300 

James Moore, Esq. .. 200 

Messrs. Ames & Holden 150 

James Cooper, Esq. .. 150 



Total 



10,800 



,000 



Remodelling East Wing for Class Rooms for Faculty of Applied 
Science, 1S8S. 

John H. R. Molson, Esq $3,000 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald 3,000 

Total $6,000 

6. Endowments for Apparatus. 

The LocaT Committee of the British Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science, to found the British Association | 
Apparatus Fund in the Faculties of Arts and Applied toci- 
ence, in commemoration of the meeting of the Association 
in Montreal in 1SS4 $1,500 

7. Subscriptions, etc., for Apparatus. 

A lady, for the purchase of Mining Models $1,001' 

Thos. McDougall, Esq., for the same 25 

J. Livesey, Esq., through Dr. Harrington, for the same 50 

Geo. Stephen, Esq., for the same 50 

Chas. Gibb, Esq., donation for Apparatus in Applied Science.. 50 
The Local Committee for the reception (1881) of American 
Society of Civil Engineers for the purchase of Appliances 
for the department of Civil Engineering in Faculty of 

Applied Science 475 

Capt. Adams, Chemical Apparatus 10 

J. H. Burland, B.A.Sc, Chemical Appai'atus 25 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald — 

For Surveying and Geodetic Apparatus in 1890 1,500 

For new apparatus, etc., in the Mechanical Department, 1900. 5,000 

Total $8,18t> 



357 

8. List of Subscribers and Donors to the Equipment of the 

New Engineering Buildings of McGill University 

to May, 1902. 



Abbott W Eyuipment 

Adams, Capt. R. C 

Mining Photographs 

American Locomotive Co 

Drawings 
American Bridge Co. . .Drawings 
American Steam Gauge Co. (Bos- 
ton) Indicator 

Archbald, H Boolis 

Ashton Valve Co. (Boston) 

Sectional Valve 

Aurora Metal Co Specimens 

Bell Telephone Co 

Telephone Apparatus 

Bertram & Sons, J. (Dundas).... 

24 in. Planer 

Bethlehem Iron Co. .. .Specimens 

Birch & Co., J. (England) 

Hydraulic Tubes 

Birks, Henry Clock 

Bishop, Geoi-ge Equipment 

Blackwell, Kennet ...Equipment 

Blake Mnfg. Co., The George P. 

Blue Prints of Pump 

Blake Pump Co., The Geo. (New 

York & Boston) Pump 

Bluenose Mining Co Ore 

Bremner, A $50 

Brockhaus, Herr F. A Books 

Brodie & Harvey $.50 

Brunner, Mond & Co Ore 

Brush, G Boiler 

Cameron, General. . .Rotary Drill 
Campbell Tile Co. (England), 

per Jordan & Locker 

Equipment 

Campbell, Kenneth $50 

Canada Switch Co Castings 

Canadian General Electric Co. 

(Toronto), per F. Nicholls 

Equipment 

Canada General Electric Co 

Electric Drill, Edison Genera- 
tor, Dynamo, Motor 

Canada Rand Drill Co 

Rock Drill 

Carnegie Steel Co Specimens 

Carsley. S $100 

Carus- Wilson, Prof. C. A 

Equipment 

Gary, A. A 

Photographs of Boilers 

Chadwick, F Truss Models 

Chanteloup, E $50 

Claxton, T. J. ..Timber Beams of 

large Scantling for Testing 

Laboratory 



Costigan, J Equipment 

Cowen, Amos.. Samples of Bricks 

Cowper, P. H 

Model of Steam Engine 
Craig, Messrs. J. & M. (Kilmar- 
nock, Scotland)— Sanitary Sec- 
tions (full size) and models 
Crocker-Wheeler Electric Motor 
Co., The (New York) ... .Motor 
Armature, Prints 
Crosby Steam Gauge and Valve 
Co., The (Boston).. Gauge and 
Valve, Indicator and Valves 
Cumberland Ry. & Coal Co.. Ore 
Darling, Brown & Sharpe ('Provi- 
dence, R.I.) 6 in. Rule 

Date, John Equipment 

Da wson, W. B 

Books and Specimens 
Dolworth Mining Co... 5 tons ore 
Dominion Coal Co. .Miners' Tools 
Dominion Wire Manfg. Co., per 

F. Fairman Shaper 

Douglas, James Ore 

Drummond, Hon. G. A Prism 

Drummond G. E Ore 

Drysdale, D Tools 

Drysdale, W Tools 

Earle, S. R Air Injector 

Edison General Electric Co 

Two 450 light dynamos. Brake 
Shoe and Disc 

Egleston, Dr. (New York) 

Framed Photographs of the 
Moon. Books, Photos, etc. 
Electric Welding Company (Bos- 
ton) Equipment 

■■ Engineering Magazine " (New 

York City) Mining Illustrations 

and Photographs 

Eureka Tempered Copner Co.... 

Equipment 

Eustis Mining Co 12 tons ore 

Ewan, A $100 

Felton & Guilleaume.. 

Samples of Cable Wire, etc. 

Forsyth. R Equipment 

Frothingham & Workman. .Tools 

Furlong, G. W., B.A.Sc 

Specimens of Pine and Wood 
bored by Teredos 

Gardner, & Son, R. W 

16 in. Lathe 

Gardner, R Equipment 

Garth & Co $500 

vjarth, Henry Equipment 

Girdlestone, J Plans 



358 



Government of New South Wales 
Collection of Australian Timbers 
Government of Queensland, Aus- 
tralia. .Collection of Queensland 
Timbers 

Gower, W. E 

Graham, H $100 

Grier, G. A Equipment 

Guggenheim Smelting Co 

Specimens 

Gurney & Co., E. & C .-.$604 

Hadfield, Messrs. (Sheffield) 

Equipment 

Hamilton Bridge Worlis Co 

A Model of the Stoney Creek 
Arcli 
Hamilton Powder Co., Electrical 
Blasting Machine, and Appli- 
ances, etc., for blasting. 
Hearn & Harrison, per L. Har- 
rison Barometer & Clock 

Hersey, R $1200 

Hodgson, Jonathan $200 

Holden, A Equipment 

Hosoki, Dr., of Tokio, Japan 

Collection of Japanese Wood 

Hoyt Metal Co Specimens 

Hughes & Stephenson.Equipment 

Hutton, W. H Equipment 

Illinois Steel Co Photos, etc. 

IngersoU Rock Drill Co 

Rock Drill 

Irwin & Hopper Equipment 

Ives. H. R Cupola 

Joyce, Alfred $aO 

Jordan & Locker Equipment 

Kennedy, John Equipment 

Kennedy, W. & Sons 

American Turbine 

Kennedy, W. (Owen Sound) 

Pump 

Kerr, R. & W Tools 

King & Son, Warden $534 

Laughlin-Hough Drawing Table 

Co Drawing Tables 

Lachine Rapids Co 

Electrical apparatus and power 

Laurie & Bro., J 

Compound Engine 

Lawson, A. J Equipment 

Lehigh Zinc & Iron Co.. Franklin 
Furnace, N.J., Mining Speci- 
mens and Photographs. 
Lindsay & Co., C. F.. Equipment 

Lovell & Son, John Books 

Lyster, A. G Drawings and 

Sketches of London and Liver- 
pool Docks. 

McPherson, A Tools 

Mason, Dr Equipment 

Maxwell & Co., E. J.. Equipment 
McCarthy, D. & J. (Sorel). . . .$300 



McDougall, Mrs. J $4000 

McLachlin Bros. (Arnprior) 

Timber 

McLaren, D $100 

McLaughlin Bros Timber 

McNally & Co., W $100 

McPherson Sand Box Co. (Troy, 

N. Y.) Model of Sand Box 

Midvale Steel Co Specimens 

Miller Bros. & Sons Elevator 

Mitchell, P Equipment ($300) 

Mitchell & Co., R Equipment 

Naismith, P. L., B.A.Sc 

Specimens 

Nalder Bros. & Co. (England)... 

Standard Cell 

National Electric Mfg. Co. ^..100 

Volt Transformer, Transforiners 

National Lead Co Specimens 

Nicholson, Peter $100 

Norton A. O., Boston, Mass.. Two 
Norton Ball-bearing Lifting- 
Jacks. 
Norton Emery Wheel Co. (Wor- 
cester, U.S.) Equipment 

Notman, Wm Photographs 

Ohio Brass Co Fittings 

Ogilvie W $500 

Ontario Graphite Co 

Graphite Rock 
Packard Elec. Co. .Transformers 

Palmer, A Equipment 

Parker, M Equipment 

Paton, H Equipment 

Peckham INIotor Truck ' and 

Wheel Co. (Kingston, N.T.) 

Model of Motor Truck 
Pelton Water Wheel Co. (New 

York) Two Motors 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co 

Working Drawings of Locoino- 
tives (32) 

Perrin & Co.. W. R 

Press and force pump 
Phelps Engine Co.. per A. R. 

Williams & Co Dake Steam 

Engine, 4 Horse Power Engine 

Pillow, J. A $250 

Pittsburgh Reduction Co 

Specimens 

Pratt & TVhitney (Hartford 

Conn.)..Epicycloidal Gear Model 

Prowse, G. R Equipment 

Queensland Government, per Sir 
Thos. Mcllwraith.. Collection of 
Tiinbers. 

Radiator Co. (Toronto) $500 

RanT-'ay & Son. A $100 

Rathbun, E. W Samples of 

Fire-proof Construction ($112) 

Reddaway & Co., F 

Belt (value $50) 



359 



Redpath, F. R Equipment 

Redpath, Mrs $100 

Reed, G. W $100 

Reford, R $1000 

Reid, R Equipment 

Reid, R. G $1000 

Renouf, E. M Books 

Rhode Island Locomotive Woi-ks 

Photos of Locomotives 

Rife's Hydraulic Engine Mfg. Co. 

(Roanoke, Va., U.S.A.) 

Hydraulic Ram 

Robb & Armstrong 

80 H.P. High Speed Engine 

Robertson, J Equipment 

Rogers, Professor (Waterville, 

Maine) Equipment 

Ross, Jas $500 

Rodden, W Equipment 

Royal Electric Co Motors, 

Dynamos, Transformers, Coils, 
Condensers 

Rutherford, W Equipment 

Sadler, G. (Robin & Sadler) 

Belting ($400) 

Seeley, John Insulators 

Schaeffer & Budenbery (Brook- 
lyn, N.Y.) ... .Double Indicator 

Scholes, F $100 

Scovill Mfg. Co Equipment 

Sharp, Stewart & Co. (Manches- 
ter, Eng.) '..Equipment 

Shearer, James $200 

Sheppard, Chas $200 

Siemens Bros. (London, Eng.)... 
Cable Samples 

Smith C. B 

Franjed Photos of Bridges (2) 

Smith, R Equipment 

Spence, J. P., C.E. .Specifications 
and drawings, showing con- 
struction of Sault Ste. Marie 
Canal Locks. 



Smith, R. Guilford Books 

Stanley Elect. Co Wattmeter 

Steel Co, of Scotland, The 

Samples of Cable "Wire, etc. 

St. George, P. W Models 

Stirling Co., The. .Sectional Blue 
Prints of Boilers 
Sturtevant Co., The B. P. (Bos- 
ton) Blowers 

Swan Lamp Mfg. Co Lamps 

Taylor, A. T $300 

Tees & Co Equipment 

Thomas, R. & Son Insulators 

Thomson-Houston Co. (Boston). 
Incandescent Dynamos 

Twyford & Co Equipment 

U. S. Navy Const. Dept 

Drawings, etc. 

Vail, Stephen Piece ^f first 

Telegraph "^^ire Used 

Walker & Co., James Tools 

Wanklyn, F. L Equipment 

Ward. Hon. J. K $50 

Warrington Wire Co 

Cable Samples 

Waterous Engine Co 

Drawings, etc. 

Westinghouse Air Brake Co 

Drawings, etc. 

Weston Elect. Instr. Co 

Ammeters, etc. 

Wetherill Separating Co 

Ore Samples 
Whittier Machine Co. (Boston).. 
Electric Elevator 
Wiley & Sons, John (New/ York) 
Books 
Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. (Stam- 
ford. Conn.) Equipment 

Yates & Thom 

Blue Prints of Machinery 



The above representing a total of about $80,000. 



9. Faculty of Applied Science Library Endowment, 1893. 



Hugh Paton $25 

A. .Joyce 25 

R. Gardner 50 

H. Garth 100 

Hughes & Stephenson 100 

R. Mitchell.. .: 300 



Forward . 



.$600 



Forward $600 

W. Rodden 25 

M. Parker 25 

Robin & Sadler 50 

J. Robertson, Esq 50 

Mrs. John McDougall (1895) . . 20 

Total $770 



!G0 



V. Endowments and Subscrptions in Aid of the 
Faculty of Medicine. 

1. Leanchoil Endowment, 1884. 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal $50,000 

2. Campbell Memorial Endowment, 1884. 

Established to commemorate the service rendered to the Faculty 
during 40 years by the late Dean, George W. Campbell, M.D., LL.D. 



Mrs. G. W. Campbell $ 2000 

H. A. Allan, Esq 1500 

Lord Strathcona and Mount 

Royal 1500 

Lord Mount Stephen . . .... 1000 

R. B. Angus, Esq 1000 

Hon. Geo. A. Drummond . . 1000 

Alex. Murray, Esq 1000 

Robert Moat, Esq 1000 

Sir W. C. Macdonald 1000 

A Friend 1000 

Duncan Mclntyre, Esa . . . . 1000 

A. F. Gault, F:sq 1000 

M. H. Gault, Esq , .. 1000 

G. W. Stephens, Esq 1000 

James Benning, Esq 1000 

R. P. Howard, M.D 1000 

G. B. & J. H. Burland, Esqs. 1000 

Miss Elizabeth C. Benny .. 1000 

J. C. Wilson, Esq 1000 

Mrs. John Redpath 1000 

Hon. John Hamilton 1000 

Miss Orkney 1000 

Hugh Mackay, Esq 1000 

Hector Mackenzie, Esq.. .. 1000 

Thomas Workman, Esq. . . 1000 

Hugh McLennan, Esq 1000 

O. S. Wood, Esq 1000 

Prank Buller, M.D 500 

James Burnett, Esq 500 

Andrew Robertson, Esq. . .. 500 

Robert Mackay, Esq 500 

John Hope, Esq 500 

Alex. Urquhart, Esq 500 

R. A. Smith, Esq .. 500 

George Hague, Esq 500 

J. K. Ward, Esq 500 

Warden King, Esq 500 

John Stirling, Esq 500 

John Rankin, Esq -500 

Robert Reford, Esq 500 

Messrs. Cantlie. Ewan & Co. 500 

Messrs. J. & W. Ogilvie ..' 500 

Randolph Hersey, Esq 500 

John A. Pillow, Esq .500 

S. Carsley, Esq 500 

D. C. MacCallum, M.D 500 

Messrs. S. Greenshields, Son 

& Co 500 

Forward $39,000 



Forward $39,000 

Jonathan Hodgson, Esq. .. 500 

George Ross, M.D 500 

T. G. Roddick, M.D 500 

Wm. Gardner, M.D 500 

Messrs. Cochrane, Cassils 

& Co .-. .. 500 

Sir Joseph Hickson 500 

Allan Gilmour, Esq., Ottawa 500 

R. W. Shepherd, Esq 500 

G. E. Fenwick, M.D 300 

Miles Williams, Esq 300 

G. P. Girdwood, M.D 250 

Charles F. Smithers, Esq.. 250 

John Keny, Esq 250 

A. Baumgarten, Esq 250 

R. W. Elmenhorst, Esq.. .. 250 

W. F. Lewis, Esq 250 

George Armstrong, Esq. .. 250 

J. M. Douglas, Esq 250 

Messrs. H. Lyman, Sons & 

Co 250 

F. J. Shepherd, M.D 250 

Duncan McEachran, Esq., 

F.R.C.V.S 200 

Benj. Dawson, Esq 200 

R. Wolff, Esq 150 

Japies Stewart, M.D 150 

A. T. Paterson, Esq 100 

H. "W. Thornton, M.D. (New 

Richmond, Q.) 100 

C. B. Harvey, M.D. (Yale, 
B.C.) 100 

D. Cluness, M.D. (Nanaimo, 
B.C.) 100 

TV. Kinlock, Esq 100 

Hua, Richardson & Co.. .. 100 
Mrs. Cuthbert (New Rich- 
mond, Q.) 100 

J. M. Drake, M.D 100 

Husrh Paton, Esq • 100 

R. T. Godfrey, M.D 100 

T. A. Rodger, M.D 100 

W. A. Dyer, Esq 100 

Geo. "W. Wood, M.D. (Fari- 
bault, Minn.) 100 

A. A. Browne, M.D 100 

Geo. Wilkins, M.D 100 

R. L. MacDonnell, M.D. .. 100 



Forward $48,400 



3G1 



(Tor- 



Forward 

Jos. Workman, M.D 
onto) . . 

Henry Lunam, B.A., M.D. 
(Campbellton, N.B.) .. .. 

Hon. Sir A. T. Gait 

R. J. AUoway, M.D 

R. J. B. Howard, M.D.. .. 

Louis T. Marceau, M.D. 
(Napierville. Q.) 

Griffith Evans, M.D. (Vet. 
Dept. Army) 

J. J. Farley, M.D. (Belle- 
ville) 

Heniy R. Gray, Esq 

J. E. Brouse, M.D. (Pres- 
cott) 

R. X. Rinfret (Quebec) .. 

Robert Howard, M.D. (St. 
Johns) 

Drs. J. & D. Mcintosh 
Vankleek Hill) 

J. H. McBean, M.D 

J. C. Rattray, M.D. (Cob- 
den, O.) 

E. H. Howard, M.D. (La- 
chine) 



$48, 



400 

50 

50 
50 
30 
25 

25 

26 



20 

20 



20 



20 
15 



10 
10 



Forward $48,821 



Forward .$48,821 

J. W. Oliver, M.D. (Clifton, 

O.) 10 

D. A. McDougall, M.D. (Ot- 
tawa, O.) 10 

A. Poussette, M.D. (Sarnia, 

O.) 10 

A. Ruttan, M.D. (Napanee, 

O.) 10 

James Gunn, M.D. (Dunham, 

O.) 10 

J. McDiarmid, M.D. (Hen- 
sail, O.) 5 

W. J. Derby, M.D. (Rock- 
land, O.) 5 

J. Gillies, M.D. (Teeswater, 
O.) 5 

J. B. Benson, M.D. (Chat- 
ham, N.B.) 5 

L. A. Fortier, M.D. (St. 
David, Q.) 5 

J. A. McArthur, M.D. (Fort 
Elgin, O.) 5 

John Campbell, M.D. (Sea- 
forth, Ont.) 5 



Total 



.$48,906 



3. Endowed Chairs, Donations, Etc. 

Lord Strathcona and Mount Rotal Chair op Pathology, 
endowed in 1893 by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal 
with the sum of $50,000 

Lord Str.athcona and Mount Royal, Endowment for the 
Department . of Hygiene, endowed in 1893 by Lord 
Strathcona and Mount Royal with a sum of 50,000 

Mrs. Mary Dow Bequest — Bequest by fhe will of the late Mrs. 
iMary Dow for the Faculty of Medicine, 1893, $10,030 less 
Government Tax of 10 per cent 9,000 

John H. R. Molson Donation— In 1893, $25,000 for the purchase 

of land, and $35,000 for additional building- and equipment. 60,000 

"Walter Drake, Esq., for benefit of Chair of Physiology, an 

annual donation of $500 given 1891 to 1897 3,500 

Dr. Robert Craik Fund — 

Mrs John McDougall, toward foi-mation of above 

(1893-94) $1,000 

Jane F. Learmont, bequest, do. do. (1894) .. .. 3,000 

4,000 

Joseph Morley Drake Chair of Physiology, endowed in 1898 

by ^Valter Drake, Esq., with the sum of 25,000 

Lady Strathcona and Mount Royal Donation for erection 

and equipment Additional Buildings (1899) 50,000 

Hon. Mrs. Howard Donation for erection and equipment Addi- 
tional Buildings (1899) 50,000 

D. Morrice, Esq., Donation for equipment of Pharmacology' 

Laboratories 1,500 

3. IVIedals and Scholarships. 

In 1865 the " Holmes Gold Medal " was founded by the Faculty of 
Medicine as a memorial of the late Andrew Holmes, Esq., M.D., 
LL.p., late Dean of the Facultj'' of Medicine, to be given to the 
best student in the graduating class in Medicine, who should 
undergo a special examination in all the branches whether 
Primary or Final. 



362 

In 1878 the " Sutherkind Gold Medal " was founded by Mrs. Suther- 
land of Montreal, in memory of her late husband, Prof. William 
Sutherland, M.D., for competition in the classes of Theoretical 
and Practical Chemistry in the Faculty of Medicine, together 
with creditable standing in the Primary Examinations. 

The David Morrice Scholarship — in the subject of Institutes of 
Medicine, in the Faculty of Medicine — founded in 1881 — value 
$100. (Terminated in 1883.) 

5. Library, Museum and Apparatus. 

For the Fittings of the Library and Museum of the Faculty of 
Medicine, 1S72. 



G. W. Campbell, A.M., M.D.$1200 

W. E. Scott, M. D 200 

Wm. Wright, M.D 200 

Robert P. Howard, M.D 200 

Duncan C. MacCallum, M.D. 200 



Forward $2,000 

Robert Craik, M.D 200 

Geo. E. Fenwick, M.D 200 

Joseph M. Drake, M.D 200 

George Ross, M.A., M.D. .. 50 



Forward $2,000 Total $2,6.50 

The Profes.sor.sand Lecturers in (" Donation to Apparatu.s, Museum^ 

the Summer Sessions of theK Library, etc., of the Medical - §2,205 

Faculty of Medicine I Faculty, 3887, $1,182; 1888, $1,023. j 

For Physiological Laboratory of Faculty of Medicine, 1S79. 



Dr. Campbell $100 



Dr. Howard . . 
Dr. Craik .. .. 
Dr. MacCallum 
Dr. Drake .. .. 
Dr. Godfrey .. 
Dr. MoEachran, 



F.R.C.V.S. 



100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 



Dr. 
Dr. 
Dr. 
Dr 

Dr. 



Forward 
Ross .. .. 
Roddick . 
Duller .. . 
Gardner. . 
Osier .. .. 



;700 

50 
50 
50 
50 
50 



Forwai-d $700 Total 

Cameron Obstetric Collections 
Dr. J. C. Camei en 

6. Miscellaneous. 

Anonymous Donor toward Expenses of Pathology for Session 



$10,000 



1S92-; 



.,$500 



Contributors Towards Salary of Research Fellow in the Department 
of Pathology, 1900. 

James Ross, Esq $2,500 

R. B. Angus, Esq 2,500 



Total $5,000 



VI. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty 

of Law. 

L1, Endowed^ Chairs, Etc. 

The Gale Chair, in the Faculty of Law, endowed in 1884 by the late 
Mrs. Andrew Stuart (iiee Agnes Logan Gale), of Montreal, in 
memory of her father, the late Hon. Mr. Justice Gale, — $25,000. 

The Macdonald Faculty of Law Endowment, founded by Sir Wm. 
C. Macdonald, in 1890— $150,000. Supplemented in 1897 by $50,000. 
Total $200,000. 

Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, remodelling part of the East Wing in 1895 for 
Class Rooms, Lecture Rooms, etc.. for Law Faculty. 

Sir Wm C. Macdonald. Travelling Scholarships in Law, 1901— $3,600; 
1902,-$1,800. 



2, Medals, 

In 1865 the " Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal." was founded and en- 
dowed by John Torrance, Esq., of St. Antoine Hall, Monireal, in 
memory of the late Mrs. John Torrance, for the best student in 
the graduating class in Law, and more especially for the highest 
proflciencs' in Roman Law. 



V/li. Graduates' Funds. 
1. The Fund for the Endowment of the Library, 

The Graduates' Society of the University, in 1876, passed the fol- 
lowing Resolution : — 

Resolved : — " That the members and graduates be invited to sub- 
" scribe to a fund for the endowment of the Libraries of the Univer- 
" sity; said fund to be invested and the proceeds applied under the 
" supervision of the Council of the Society in annual additions to the 
"Libraries; an equitable division of said proceeds to be made by the 
" Council between the University Librai-y and those of the Profes- 
" sinal Faculties." 

In terms thereof subscriptions have been paid in to the Graduates' 
Society, amounting in all to $3,120; the interest on which is annually 
expended in the purchase of books for the several libraries, under 
the direction of a special committee appointed for that purpose. 



2, The Dawson Fellowship Foundation, 

The Graduates' Society of the University, in 1880, and in com- 
memoi-ation of the completion by Dr. Dawson of his twenty-fifth 
year as Principal, resolved to raise, with the assistance of their 
friends, a fund towards the Endowment of the Fellowship under the 
above name. 

Details of the scheme can be had from the Treasurer, Francis 
Topp, B.A., B.'C.L. The following subscriptions have been announced 
to date, Jan. 1st, 1902. They are payable in one sum, in instalments, 
without interest or with interest till payment of capital as svibscribers 
have elected. 

Alpl.aJ citaliy airai gcd. 



Abbott, H., B.C.L $ 60 

Archibald. H., B.A.Sc. .. 20 

Bethune, M. B., M.A., B.C.L. 50 

Carter, C. B., B.C.L 100 

Cruikshank, W. G., B.C.L.. 100 

Dawson, W. B., M.A., Ma.E. 50 

Dougall, J. R., M.A 250 

Gibb, C, B.A 100 

Hall, Rev. Wm., M.A 100 

Hall. J. S., jun., B.A., B.C.L. 100 

Harrington, B. J., B.A., Ph.D. 50 

Hutchinson. M., B.C.L. .. 400 

Kiriby, J., LL.D., D.C.L. .. 50 
Krans, Rev. E. H., M.A.. 

LL.D 100 

Leet. S. P., B.C.L 100 

Lighthall, ■V\'. D.. M.A.. B.C.L. 100 



Forward $1,730 

Lyman, H. H., M.A 100 

Lyman, A. C, M.A., B.C.L. 50 

McCormick. D., B.C.L 100 

McGibbon, R. D.. B.A., B.C.L. 100 
McGoun, A., jun., M.A., 

B.C.L 50 

McLennan, J. S.. B.A.. .. 100 

Ramsay. R. A.. M.A., B.C.L. 50 

Spencer, J. W. B.A.Sc, Ph.D. 50 

Stephen, C. H., B.C.L 100 

Stewart, D. A.. B.A.Sc. .. 20 

Stewart, J., M.D 60 

Tait, M. M., B.C.L 100 

Taylor, A. D., B.A.. B.C.L. 100 
Trenholme, N. W., M.A., 

D.C.L 40 



Forward $1,730 



Total to date 



.$3,110 



mcem xanipeisit^ 



SESSION 1 902-1903 



DEGREE AND SESSIONAL EXAWIINATIONS 



LISTS OF STANDING, HONOURS AND PRIZES 



\ 



CONTENTS 



Page 

Faculty of Law 3 

Faculty of Arts 7 

Faculty of Applied Science 20 

Faculty of Medicine 41 



g'aculttj of %<im. 



THIRD YEAR GRADUATIIMG CLASS). 

HONOURS. 

(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed 
together.) 

GossELiN, Louis, B. A.— First Rank Honours, Elizabeth Torrance Gold 

Medal and Prize of $50. 
Casgraix, a. Chase, B.A.— Second Rank Honours and Prize of $25. 
MacKinnon, Cecil G., B. A.— Second Rank Honours and Prize of $15. 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.C.L. 

(In order of merit.) 

Gosselin, Louis, B.A. 
Casgrain, A. Chase, B.A. 
MacKinnon, Cecil G.. B.A. 
Rugg, Frederick S. 
A'ipond, Herbert S. 
Madore, Louis, B.A. 
Theberge, Albert. 
Blaylock, Harry W., B.A. 
Bergeron, Patrick John. 
Tansey, Thomas M. 
Orr, Henry Stanley, B.A. 
Weinfie'.d. Henry. B.A. 
Rankin, Arthur G. E., B.A. 

STANDING IN THE SEA'ERAL SUBJECTS 
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.) 

AGENCY, PARTNERSHIP AND CORPORATIONS. 

Theberge and Vipond and Madore, equal; Gosselin, Weinfleld, 
Casgrain, Rugg:, Bergeron, Rankin, Tansey ; Blaylock and MacKin- 
non, equal; Orr. 

COMMERCIAL LAW. 

Casgrain, Rugg, Theberge, Blaylock, MacKinnon; Tansey and 
GosseUn, equal: Bergeron, Vipond, Madore, Orr, Weinfleld, Rankin. 

CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. 

MacKinnon; Rugg and Vipond, equal; Weinfleld. Blaylock, Ber- 
geron, Orr, Rankin; Theberge and Gosselin, equal; Madore, Cas- 
grain, Tansey. 



CRIMINAL LAW. 



Oasgrain; Madore and Tansey, equal; Rug-g and Theberge, 
equal; Bergeron, MacKinnon, Gosselln; Blaylock and Orr, equal; 
"S'ipond, Rankin, Weinfield. 

INTERNATIONAL . LAW. 

Vipond, Tansey, Casgrain, Orr; Theberge and Gosselin. equal; 
MacKinnon, Madore, Weinfield, Rugg, Blaylock, Bergeron, Rankin. 

MARRIAGE COVENANTS, PRESCRIPTION, ETC . 

Gosselin, Rugg, Bergeron, Blaylock, Thebei'ge, Vipond, MacKin- 
non, Madore, Orr, Casgrain, Weinfield, Tansey, Rankin. 

OBLIGATIONS. 

Gosselin, Orr; Casgrain and Madore, equal; MacKinnon and 
Vipond, equal; Blaylock, Rugg; Rankin and Theberge, equal; Wein- 
field and Bergeron, equal; Tansey. 

PROCEDURE. 

Gosselin, MacKinnon, Rugg, Weinfield, Bergeron; Blaylock and 
Casgrain and Vipond and Rankin, equal: Tansey; Theberge and 
Madore, equal; Orr. 

REAL . PROPERTY LAW. 

Theberge, Bergeron; MacKinnon and Vipond, equal; Madore, 
Casgrain: Gosselin and Tansey, equal; Orr; Blaylock and Rugg, 
equal; Weinfield, Rankin. 

ROMAN LAW. 

Gosselin and MacKinnon, equal; Madore and Casgrain. equal; 
Blaylock, Orr, Bergeron, Vipond; Rugg and Theberge, equal; Tan- 
sey, Rankin, Weinfield. 

SUCCESSIONS, GIFTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. 

Casgrain and Vipond, equal ; Orr ; Blaylock and Madore and 
Rugg, equal; Bergeron and Tan.<^ey and Rankin, ecjual; Gosselin, 
Theberge, MacKinnon, Weinfield. 

SECOND YEAR. 

HONOURS. 

DiCK.'^DX, N. — First Rank General Standing and Prize of §50. 
Williams. H. S.. B. A. — First Rank General Standing and Prize of $25, 
Cotton, W. N.. B.A. — First Rank General Standing. 
Drouin, J. — First Rank General Standing. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

(In order of merit). 

Dickson. Williams. Cotton, Drouin, Brodie, Phelan, McDougall, 
DaWitt, Ogilvie, Pope, Vineljerg, Mackie, Stcphen.s. 



5 

STANDING IX THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS. 
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.) 

CIVIL PKOCEDURE. 

Dickson ; Phelan and Williams, equal ; Brodie and Cotton, equal : 
McDougall ; Mackie and Stephens and Drouin, equal; Ogilvie and DeWitt 
equal ; Pope and Vineberg, equal . 

COMMERCIAL LAW. 

Dickson, Williams. Drouin. Phelui, Cotton, Brodie and McDougall. 
equal; DeWitt, Vineberg; Mackie and Pope, equal; Ogilvie. 

CORPORATIONS. 

Cotton. Diet: son, Williams. Drouin. Brodie, Phelan. McDougall, 
De Witt, Ogilvie ; Pope and Vineberg, equal ; Stephens, Mackie. 

CRIMINAL LAW. 

Cotton, Williams, Dickson, Pope ; Brodie and Drouin. equal ; Ogilvie 
Phelan, De Witt, McDougall, Stephens, Mackie, Vineberg. 

INTERNATIONAL LAW. 

Drouin. Dickson, Cotton, McDousrall, Williams, Brodie, De Witt, 
Ogilvie and Phelan, equal ; Vineberg, Pope, Mackie and Stephens, equal. 

PRESCRIPTION, LE.\SE OR HIRE, MUNICIPAL LAW. 

Dickson, Drouin, Williams, De Witt, Brodie, McDougall, Cotton 
Mackie, Phelan, Vineberg, Srevens, Pope and Ogilvie. 

REAL PROPERTY LAW, 

Dickson, Williams, Drouin, Cotton, Brodie. Phelan, Ogilvie, Vineberg 
McDougall, Mackie, Pope, Stephens, De Witt. 

SUCCESSIONS. 

Brodie and Cptton, equal; Drouin; Dickson and Ogilvie. equal; 
Williams, Pope, Vineberg, McDougall, Phelan, De Witt, Mackie, Stephens. 

FIRST YEAR. 

HOXOURS. 

Harris, Spencer Dale, B.A. — First Rank General Standing and 
Scholarship of $100. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL, EXAMINATION. 
(In order of merit.) 

Harris, Spencer, Dale, BA.; Greenshields, Charles G. : Coulin, 
James E. ; Wallace, Richard P.; Morin, S. R., B.A. ; Duffy, Fabian J. 



6 

STANDING IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS. 
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.) 

CIVIL PROCEDURE. 

Harris, Greensliield*, Coulin, Diid'y, Wallace, Morin. 

CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. 

Harris, Wallace; Morin and Coulin, equal; Greensliields, Duffy. 

LEGAL HISTORY. 

Harris, Coulin, Gi-eenshields, Wadace, Morin, Duflfj'. 

OBLIGATIONS. 

Harris .nnd Greensliields, equal; Morin and Coulin. equal; Wal- 
lace and Duffy, equal. 

PERSONS. 

Greenshields, Coulin, Harris; Morin and Wallace, equal; Duffy. 

REAL RIGHTS, 

Harris; Morin and Green^-hields, equal; Wallace, Duffy. Coulin. 

ROMAN LAW. 

Harris Coulin, Greenshields, Wallace, Morin, Duffy 



^aculttj of ^rts. 



PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A. 

IN HONOURS. 

(In Alphabetical Order.) 

First Bavh: -Belyea. Marion E. 

BovEY. F. H. Wilfrid. 

Couture, Gui. C. 

East, Edith M. 

Johnson, Walter S. 

LoMER, Gerhard R. 

LuNDiE, E. Helen 

Parkin. Maude E. 

Wales, Julia G. 
Second Eank.— Fee, Jas. E. 

Lockhart, Arthur R. B. 

Wisdom, Kathehine F. 

ordinary b.a. 

(In order of merit- Students of equal standing are bracketed 
togetlier). 

Class /.—Davidson, IMac. B. 

McMorran, Thomas S. 
Class 12.— Griffin, Gertrude 
Harris. Alan Dale 
Duraud. Gustave 
( Lunny, Rosemary 
t Parkins, Edgar R. 
(^Cameron, Dakers 
\Mackay, Eric B. 
Seaman, Jno. G. 
j Holnian, William L. 
\ Troop. George W. H. 
Class 77/.— Simister. Warren. 
Ascah, Robert G. 

SPECIAL EXAMINATION. 

Ireland. F. Charles 
Parker, Dan T. 

ORDINARY B. SC, 



Class 77.— Gass, Helen 

Class 777.— McLeod, Euphemia G. 



THE NML STKWART PRIZE. 

Reid, Allan S., B.A. 

BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDIXG TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. IN COURSE. 

Cooke, Hereward Lester, B.A. 
Craip;, Williani Woodliam, B.A. 
John.son, Jolni Guy Watts, B.A. 
McMillan, Cyrus J., B.A. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M . SC. IN COURSE. 

Marcuse, Bella, B.A. 

MASTER OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF D.SC. IN COURSE. 

Tory, Henry M. J., M.A. 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF LL.D., HONORIS CAUSA. 

Mackenzie, Sir Alexander Campbell, Mus.Doc. LL.D. (Clasgow). 
Moyse, Charles E., B.A. (London). 
Parkin, Georo:e 11.. LL.D., C.M.G. 

PASSED THE INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION. 

(1).— FQR COURSE LEADIN(; TO B.A. 

(In order of merit. Students of equal standing- are bracketed together. 
Class /.—King, Louis V. 

Idler, S. Maiy 

Michaels, Rosebud F. 

Macnab, Norman 
Class //.— Gushing. R. Macaulay 

Sharp, Florence E. 
f Chodat, Henri 
\ Taber, Marion M. D. 
( Fraser, Geo. A. 
\ Smith, May 

Edwards, Lyford P. 

McFee, M. C. Coll 
f Bowman, Nora F. 
/Curtis, Walter E. 
1 Perry, Kenneth M. 
I Roy, Philias R. 
Class 7/7.— Halpennv, Thonnis A. 

Hitchcock, Mary A. 

Laverock, J Lily J. 
f Adams, Claude' A. 
'I Hill. Julia M. 
IMcCuaig, Douglas R. 
( McMurtry, Rennie O. 
( Nicholson, .Tohn C. 

Moule, Frances 8. 

Cameron, A. W. 
( Lyman, Ruth D. 
1 Wales, Osgood H. 

Gillean. A. Muriel 
( Hyde, G. Gordon 
\ Stewart, William 

Stewart, Thomas S. 

t Vancouver College. 

5 With supplemenal examination in one subject. 



Bajus, William P. l.s) t 
Cotton, Thoiuas F. {s) 
Crane, C. W. (s) 
Cross, C. Ernest (s) 
DeBeck, Erhvin K. J (s). 
Hepburn. Flora E. (s). 
Howitt, Henry is). 
Jenkins. Joseph (.s). 
Locke, Ernest is). 
McCoy. Isabel is). 
Munn, Lanra A. (.s). 
Ower, John J. (s). 
Pi'ico, Thomas John J (s). 
Rabinovitch Max (s). 
Piobinson, \Yiiliam W. (s). 
Smith, Ella is). 
Tannenbaum, David (s). 

FOURTH YEAR GRADUATING CLASS). 

HONOURS. 

In Mathonatics and Xatural P/iilosophy. 

LuxDiE, E. Helen— First Rank Honours and Anne Molson Gold Medal 

In Classics. 

BovET, F. H. Wilfrid— First Rank Honours and Chapman Gold Medal.- 

Ill Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

East, Edith M. — First Rank Honours and Prince of Wale^ Gold Medal. 
LoMER, Gekhard R— First Rank Honours and Medal Prize. 
Lockhart, Arthur R. B.- Second Rank Honours. 
Fee. James E. — Second Rank Honours. 

In Eni/lish Language and Literature. 

Wales, Julia G.— Firsr Rank Honours and Shakspere Gold Medal. 
Belyea, M.\RI0N E. — First Rank Honours. 
Johnson, Walter S.— First Rank Honours. 

Tn Modern Languages and History. 

Wisdom, Katherine F. — Second Rank Honours. 

In History.* 

Couture, Gui. C— First Rank Honours and Medal Prize. 
Parkin, Maude E.— First Rank Honours. 

First Rank General Standing. 

Davidson, Mac. B.— Special Certificate. 
McMorran, Thomas S.— Special Certificate. 

THIRD YEAR. 

HONOURS. 

Sheldon, Ernest W.— First Rank Honours and Prize in Mathematics 

and Xatural Philosophy. 
Rose, Herbert .T. — First Rank Honours in Classics: Prize in Latin : 

Prize in Greek. 
Archibald John G.— First Rank Honours in Classics ; Prize in Latin. 

:^ Vancouver College. 

s With supplemental examination in one subject. 

*No medal offered for this subject. 



10 

HiNDLEY, J. Geo. — First Rank Honours and Prize in History and 
Economics. 

Campbicll, Donald G.— First Ranlc Honours and Prize in History and 
Economics. 

Hadrill, Makgaket.— First Rank Honours m History and Economics; 
Prize in Economics. 

Shanks, Gko.— First Rank Honours in Mineralogy- 

Brown, Wm. G.— First Rank Honours and Prize in Chemistry. 

Lathe, Frank E. — First Rank Honours in Chunistry. 

Mc'Leod, Annie.— First Rank Honours in Cliemistry. 

Hart, E. Muriel.— First Rank Honours in English Language and 
Literature. 

Simpson, Edith B.— Second Rank Honours and Prize in Mathematics 
and Natural Philosphy. 

Mackenzie, Catherine L— Second Rank Honours in History and Econo- 
mics ; Prize in History. 

Rubinowitz, Israel.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics. 

Griffin, Grace L.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics. 

Freeze, Helen L.— Second Rank Honours in Chemistry. 

Gardner, H. Ivy L,— Second Rank Honours in English Language and 
Literature. 

Dickson, Ada.— Second Ranlv Honours in English Language and Liter- 
ature. 

McKenzie, ANtiUs D. M.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics. 

McGouGAN. Ed.— Second Rank Honours in Philoscipliy. 

McCax^ly. M. v.— Second Rank Honours in Modern Languages. 

LoMER, Tlieo. O. — Prize in Modern Languages. 

Stewart, J. Ure. — Prize in Hebrew. 

PASSED THE THIRD YEAR EXAMINATIONS. 
(Arranged in alphabetical order.) 

Archibald, Bell, Bouchard, Brown, Campbell, Craig, Dickenson, 
Dickson, Draper, Freeze. Gardner, Griffin, Hadiill, Hart. Harvie, Henry, 
Hindley, Lathe, Logan, McCallv, McDonald. MacFarlane, McGougan, 
Mackenzie <C.I.). McKenzie (A.D".), MacLeod, Marshall, Mingie, Molson, 
Papineau, Robertson, Rose, Rubinowitz, Shanks. Sheldon, Simpson, 
Stewart (.J.U.), Stewart (L.J.), Walker, Wickware. Wilson. 

Students in Arts, registei'cd in Medical Faculty, who will be qualified 
to enter the fourth year Arts on completing their medical year: 

Chandler, Gray, Gurd, Lomer, McDiarmid. 

SECOND YEAR, 

HOXOURS- 

King, Louis V. (Montreal High SciiooD— Fiist Rank Honours and Prize 

in Mathematics ; First Rank Honours and Prize in Latin, First 

Rank General Standing. 
Idler. S. May (Montreal Hign School)— First Rank Honours and Prize 

in Latin ; Second Rank Honours in Mathematics ; First Rank 

General Standing; Prize in Philosophy; Prize in German; Annie 

Mcintosh Prize. 
Perry, Kenneth M. (Regina High School) — First Rank Honours and 

Prize in Mathematics. 
Gushing, R. Mac. (Montreal High School) — First Rank Honours and 

Prize in Latin. 
Edwards, L. P. (Central High School, Grand Rapids, Mich.)— Second Rank 

Honours in Latin. 
Fraser, Geo. A. (Montreal High School)— Second Rank Honours in Latin. 
Smith, May (High Schbol, Montreal)— Second Rank Honours in Latin. 
Hitchcock. Mary E. (Stanstead Wes. Coll.)— Second Rank Honours in 

Philosophy. 



11 

Michaels R. F. (Hich School. MonrreaD-First Rank Heneral Standing. 
Mac™ NORMAX (Montreal Hi-h SchooD-First Rank General Standing. 
Chodat Hexki (Montreal High School )-Prize in :Modern Languages. 
H^LPFXXY T \xsov (Montreal HiohSchooli- Prize in R.ologv 
Sh\k^F. EVELYN (Private Tuition)-Prize in Logic. Prize in English. 
Taber, Marion. M.U. (Stanstead Wes. Coll.i-Prize in Botany. 
Rot, P. R.— Prize in Hebrew. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 

(1) FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A. 

Class J.-King. Idler, Michaels, McXab. 

Class J/.-Cushing. Chodat and Taher, eqnal : Fraser (&--^-> and 
Smith, Mav, eqnal : Edwards, McFee ; Bowman and Curtu. 
and Periy'and Roy, equal. 

Class Z/r.-Halpenny. Hitchcock. Laverock J: Adams and H,u and 
McCuaig. equal: McMurtiy and Nicholson, equal , Mouie 
Cameron : Lvn.an and Wales, eiiual : Gillean ; Hyde and 
Stewart W.."eciual: Stewart. T. S., Bajus : (s), Cotion (s). 
Crane (s), Cross (s), DeBeck ? (s), Hepburn (s), Howitt 
(s), Jenkins (s), Locke (s), Munn (s), Ower (.s), Price x 
(s), Rabinovitch (s), Robinson, W. W. (s), Smith Ella (s), 
Tannenbaum \s). 

(2) FOR COURSE LE.\DING TO B.SC. 

Class II. — Sharp. 
Class III.— -McCoy (s). 

FIRST YEAR. 

HONOURS. 

McLeod, Alex. R. (Prince of Wales ColU>ge. Charlottown, P.E.I.)— First 

Rank Honours in Latin : Second Rai.k Honours in Mathematics; 

First Rank General Standing ; Prze in Latin ; Prize in Greek; 

Coster Memorial Prize. 
Carr, Wm. L. (Huntingdon Academy)- Fir>t Rank Honours and Prize in 

Mathematics. 
KiKSCH, Simon. (Montreal H gh School)— First Rank Honours in Mathe- 
matics; Second Rank Honours in Latin. 
Rogers, David B.— First Rank Honours in Mathematics. 
Cousins, Geo. V. (Westmount Academy) — First Rank Honours in Latin. 
Rorke, Mable— Second Rank Honours in Mathematics. 
Naylor, R. Kenneth (Shawville Academy)— Second Rank Honours in 

Latin. 
GiBB, Robertson W. (Westmount Academy)— Second Rank Honours in 

Latin. 
Vineberg, Solomon (Shcrbrooke Academy)— Sec jnd Rank Honours in 

Latin. 
(Lewis, David S. (Montreal High School)— First Rank General Standing. 
\Shaw, Herbert T. (Montreal High School) — First Rank General 

Standing ; Prize in English. 
Ryan, Esther L. M. (Montreal High School)— Second Rank Honours in 

Latin ; Prize in French. 



+ Vaiicoiivc?' College. 

is) Siqjpleinental hi one subject. 



12 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 
(In alphabetical order.) 

(1). — FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A. 

McLeod ; Lewis and Shaw, equal; Kirsch, Ilohvay; Naylor and Ryan, 
equal ; Carr ; Flanders f and Freecinian and McTaggart J and Rorke, 
equal; Gibb : Clark and Cousins and I)ou'>;las, equal; Vineberg ; 
Scott and Smith i and Tally, equal ; Griffin and Ross, ecjual ; Lyman ; 
Eraser and i'lielpsf and Roi^ers, equal ; Payne, Mundie, Barclay and 
Henry, equal; Mowatt, Newman, Brydone-Jackt (•"), Drew {s), 
Edwards f (s), Gillmor (.s-), Housser (s), Martin (s), McCallum (s), 
McQueen J (.s-), iVJassey (s). Shearer (s), Sutherland {s). 

(2).— FOR COURSE LEADIS'G TO B.SC. 

Waugh (s). 

STANDING IN THE SEVERAL, SUBJECTS. 
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.) 

FOURTH YEAR (GRADUATING CLASS). 

ART AND ARCHAEOLOGT. 

Class /.—Walker, Harris. Class 7/.— Couture. 

BOTANY. 

Class /.— Gass. Class //.—McLeod. 

CHEMISTRY (ORGANIC). 

Class ///.— Fripp. 

CONSTITUTIONAL L.-VW. 

Class /.— McMorran. 

COMP,\RATIVE PHILOLOGY. 

Class /.— Bovey. Class //.—Wisdom. Class ///.—Pearson (K.C.), 
B.A. 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

Class /.— Pelyea. .Tohnson. Walp^. Davidson. Class //.— Lunnv, 
McMorran, Griffin. Simister. Class ///.—Troop, Harris, Parkins, Hol- 
man, Cameron, Dutaud, McKay ; Seaman and Ascah, equal ; Fripp. 

ENGLISH literature: POETS OF THE 19tH CENTURY. 

Class /.—Davidson. Wales, Belvea. Johnson. Class //.—Dutaud. 
Holm&n, Troop, Parkins. Class ///.-Simister. 

ENGLISH literature: PROSE FTCTIOX. 

Chios /.— Bflyea, Johnson, Wales, Davidson. Class //.—Simister, 
Parkins, Dutaud, Troop, Fripp. 



t Sfanstead College. 

+ Vancouver College. 

(s) Supvlcinental in one subject. 



13 

ENGLISH: EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE. 

Class /.— Lunny. Class III. — Ascah. 

ENGLISH: THE ELIZABETHAN DRAMATISTS. 

Class I. — Lunny. Ciass II. — Holman. Class III. — Ascah. 

FRENCH. 

Class I. — Dutaud, ^^isdom. Class II. — Lunny. 

GERMAN. 

Class I. — Wisdom. Class II. — Lunny, Griffin. 

GEOLOGY. 

Class I. — Davidson, Griffin. Cla.ss 7/. — Seaman, Mackay, Gass, Troop, 
Class III. — Parkins, Dutaud, McLeod. 

GREEK. 

Class I. — Bovey. Class II. — Pearson (K.C.), B.A. 

HEBREW. 

Class I. — Mackay, Seaman. 

HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY. 

Class I. — East, Lomer, Cameron. Class II. — Lockliart, Fee. 

HISTORY. 

Class I. — Harris. Class III. — Simister. 

LATIN. 

Class I. — Bovey. 

MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Class I. — East, Lomer, Fee. Lockhart. Class II. — Cameron, Troop, 
Mackay. 

METAPHYSICS. 

Class II. — Ascah, Seaman. 

PHYSICS. 

Class I. — Lundie, Hariis. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

ClaKS I. — DavidFon, McMorran. Class II. — Griffin, Holman. Class 
777.— Cameron, Fripp. 

POLITICAL ECONOMY. 

Class II. — Parkins. Class III. — Ascah, Simister. 



14 



ROMAN LAW. 



Class I. — McMorran. 



ZOOLOGT. 

Class I. — Holman. Class 11. — McDiarmid. 
THIRD YEAR. 

ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY. 

Class 11. — Draper. 

BOTANY. 

Class II. — MacFarlane. 

CHEMISTRY. 

Class /.—Shanks. Class 77.— Marshall, Walker. Class ///.— Fripp. 

COMPAR.-^TIVE PHILOLOGY. 

Class 7.— Archibald, Rose. Class //.— Henrj' (A.E.E.) and Mc- 
Cally, equal. 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

Oil ss I.— homev ; Logan and Bouchard and MacFarlane, equal. 
C/a.^.s II. — Papini^an : McDiarmid and Stewart .J. (U.) and Henry and 
Wickware, equal: Wilson, Dickson; Hart and Gardner and Dickenson, 
equal; Gray and McDonald, equal; Mingie; Draper and Robertson 
and Kimber, equal. Class III. — Craig; Chandler and Molson, equal; 
Walker, Bell, Marshall, Stewart, Gurd, Harvie. 

ENGLISH: EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITER.\TURE. 

Class 1. — Lomer, Hart. Class II. — Gardner and Dickson, eciual; 
Logan, Bouchard, Marshall. Class III.— Ci-aig, Mingle. 

ENGLISH: THE ELIZABETHAN DRAM.\TISTS. 

Class I. — T^''alker, Draper, Lomer, Hart; Gardner and Papineau, 
equal; Dickson, McDonald. Class II. — Stewart, Henry. Class III.— 
Logan, Craig, Bouchard; Marshall and Molson, equal; Mingie, 
Kimber. 

ENGLISH literature: POETS OP THE 19tH CENTURY. 

Class /.- Walker, Stewart. Class 7/.— Di-aper, McDonald, Papi- 
neau, Henry. Class 777.— Molson, Fripp. 



Class 7.— Lomer, Simpson. Class 77.— McCally, Henry, Draper, 
Wilson. Class 777.— Robertson, Craig. . 

GEOLOGY. 

Class 7.— Freeze. Brown, Sliaiiks. Cht.ss 77.— Lathe, Draper and 
Mackay, equal ; Mingie, Walker. CI'i.9.s 777.— Stewart. 



15 



GERMAN. 

(Jlass //.—Gardner and McCally, equal; Henry, Robertson. Class 
III. — Dickson, Bell, Bouchard, Kimber. 

GREEK. 

Class /.—Rose (prize), Archibald. Class ///.—Wilson. 

HEBREW. 

Class i.— Stewart (prize). 

HISTORY. 

Class 7.— TV'alker, Mackenzie, C. I. (prize), Campbell, McDonald; 
Griffin and Hadrill, equal; Papineau and Stewart, equal. Class II.— 
Hindley, McKenzie (A. D.), Rubinowitz, MacFarlane, Molson, Ellison, 
Logan. Class III.— Bell and Dickenson, equal. 



X'lass /.—Archibald (prize), and Rose (prize), equal; Hart. Class 
//.—Bouchard, Bell, Craig, and Wilson, equal; Robertson. Class III. 
—McCally. 

MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Class //.—Chandler; Gurd and Mingle, equal; Gray. Class III.— 
May, Ross. 

METAPHYSICS. 

Class //.— McGougan. Class ///.—Logan, Stewart. 

MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATICS. 

Class /.—Sheldon. Class ///.—Simpson, Stewart. 

PHYSICS (EXPERIMENTAL.) 

Class /.—Lathe. Sheldon. Brown. Freeze, Simpson. Class II.— 
Marshall. Class ///.—MacLeod. 

Honours in Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

First Rank:— Sheldon, E. W. (prize). 
Second Rank:— Simpson, Edith P. (prize). 

POLITICAL ECONOMY. 

Class /.—Hadrill (prize), Hindley, Griffin, McKenzie, A. D. 
Class //.—McDonald, Mackenzie, C. I., Campbell, Rubinowitz, Molson. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

Class /.—Hindley (prize). Class //.—Campbell. McKenzie. Rubino- 
witz, Hadrill, Papineau, Griffin, Wickware, Mackenzie, Gurd, Chand- 
ler. Class ///.—Walker, McGougan, Harvie, Dickenson. 

ZOOLOGY. 

Class /.—MacFarlane and Shanks, equal. 



16 

SECOND YEAR 

BIOLOGY (ELEMENTARY.) 

Class I. — Halpeiiny and Taber (Prizes), eiiiial. Class J7. — Fraser, 
Sharpe, McNab : Lyman and Ovver, equal ; Locke ; Edwards and McCo}% 
equal ; Curtis, Hewitt, Cross, Armstrong, Cotton, Nicholson, Tannenbaum. 

BIOLOGY, (continuation COURSE.) 

Class ///.—Wright. 

che:mistry. 

Class I. — King, McNab. Class II. — Curtis and Fraser and Perry, 
equal; Michaels and Sharpe, equal; Cameron and Gushing and McCoy 
and McFee, equal. Class III. — Gillean and Hill and Fraser and 
Fetherstonhaugh and Locke and Wrijiht, e(|ual ; Cross and Mc- 
Murtry and Manley and Rabinovitch and Robinson and Ross and 
Stewart, equal; Cotton an"d Dawson and Howitt and Lyman and 
Xicliolson and Cwer and Tannenbaum, equal; Hyde and Pearson, 
eciual; Graham. 

ENGLISH. 

Class I. — Sharp (prize). Idler, King, Taber, McNabta, Laverock. | 
Class II. — Blanchard and Bowman and Cushing and Michaels, equal; 
Smith, (M.), Price, $ Milne, J Curtis, Howitt, Bajus.J McCuaig, Hitch- 
cock, Pearson, Edwards, Montgomery, Hill, Robinson (W.), Fraser 
(G.), Adams, Moule, McFee. Class III. — Chodat, Halpenny, Gilmour, 
Roy, Cameron, Donaldson, t Robinson (F. G.), Wright, Ross, Graham, 
Fraser (A.), Nicholson, Tannenbaum, Stewart (T.), Jackson. DeBeck.J 
Mc^NIurtry, Stewart (T.), Manley, Mackay, Jenkins, Smith (E. L.), 
Cotton, Dawson, Rabinovitch, Munn, Perry, McCoy, Locke, Foote, 
Lyman, Crane, Ovver, Hepburn, Cilleau, Fetherstonhaugh, Hyde, JMorgan, 
Cousineau, Wales. 

FRENCH. 

Class I. — Chodat; Idler and Michaels, equal; King, Smith (M.), 
Sharpe. Class II. — Roy, Adams, Perry; Fraser and McFee, equal; 
Cushing, Prendergast, Bowman; Blanchard and Clogg, eciual. Class 
III. — Dey and McMurtry, equal: Cameron and McCuaig, equal; 
Healy; Hepburn and Munn, equal; Moule; Cotton and Hill, equal; 
Tannenbaum and Hitchcock, equal; Robinson and Stewart and 
Fraser, equal ; Hyde, .Jenkins, Bajus+ ; Gillean and McCoy, equal : 
De BeckJ, Pearson, Wales ; Locke and Stewart, equal ; Cousineau. 

GERJIAN. 

Class I. — Idler, Michaels. Class II. — Binks. Chodat, Rabinovitch, 
Sniiih (-J), LaverociiJ. Class 7/7.— Smith (M.), Sharpe. 

GREEK. 

Class I. — Smith (E.). Class II. — Nicholson and Taber and Mc- 
Cuaig and Edwards, equal; Hepburn. Class III. — Cross, Halpenny, 
Crane, Wales. 

HEBREW. 

Cla.'is I. — Lancaster and Joliat, equal. Class II. — Ormistonf Ray- 
mond (B.A.), Roy (prize), Halpenny, Cross, Manley, Laverock. J 



t Vancouver College. 



17 



LATIN. 



Class J.— King, Idler, Cashing, Fraser, Michaels, Edwards and 
Smith, equal. Class /Z.-Munn ; Curtis and Rabinovitcli equal ; 
Smith, Wales, Blanchard, McNab, Taber, Perry, Price,: Hill, Roy; 
Chodat and Hepburn and Hitchcock, equal; Laverock..,. Llass 
///—Gillean, Adams, Hvde, Bowman; Manley and McFee, equal; 
Moule ^McMurtry; Jenkins and Lyman, equal; Cameron and Bajus.t 
equal; DeBeck.t Donaldson,! Ower, Dawson; Crane and Healy and 
Stewart (W.), equal; Stewart (T.). 



LOGIC. 



Clafts I.—ld\ev and Sharpe, equal (prizes); Macnab , Cushmg. 
Class 7/.— Hitchcock, McMurtry, Taber. Bowman: Howitt and Mont- 
gomery equal- Crane. CTass ///".—Curtis and Lyman and Roy, 
equal- Hill: Moule and Smith, equal; Milne,? Smith: Edwards and 
Nicholson, equal: Laverock.! Fraser and Stew-art (W.), equal: Hal- 
penny and Foote, equal: Munn, Cameron. Hyde: Graham and Pricet 
and Stewart, equal. 

MATHEMATICS. 

(1). Spherical Trigonometry and Algebra. 

Class /.—King, "Wales. McFee, Chodat. Bowman. Class IT.— 
Perrv Ross. Cla^s ///.—Hitchcock and Ba.iusJ and Donaldson,! equal ; 
Robinson, Price ;$ :McCuaig and Smith, equal; DeBeck.t Healy, Moule, 
Gillean ; Milne and .Jenkins, equal ; Munn. 

(2). Solid Geometry, Conic Sections, Dynamics. 

Class /.—King, Price,! Perry. CZo.s.s //.—Robinson; DeBeck! and 
Milne,! equal; McFee, Chodat, McCuaig; Bowman and Smith (M.), 
equal;" Adams. Class ///.—Donaldson, Healy; Gushing and Braid- 
wood,' equal ; Bajus.i Ro.ss and Gillean. equal ; Hitchcock, Moule, Tup- 
per ; Jenkins and Hepburn, equal ; Wales. 

(3). Advanced Section. 

First Rank Honours.— King, Perry. 
Second Rank Honours— Idler . 

FIRST YEAR. 



Class /.—Shaw (prize), Lewis, Gibb, McLeod, McCallum, Barclay, 
McTaagart.t Cousins. Robertson, Rorke, McQueen,! Flanders, i 
Class '//.—Ryan, Payne; Tully and Douglas, equal; Kirsch, Vineburg^ 
McPhalen.l Naylor, Thomson, Newman. Rogers, Clarke, Phelps,, 
Freedman,' Housser, Ross, Blakemore. Class ///.— Gillmor and Carr, 
equal; Anstie,! Crocker, Henry, Griffin, Fraser, Brydon-Jack,t 
Mo watt • Drew and Trench, equal ; Fitz Gibbon, Lyman, Mundie, 
Stafford Hohvay, Healy; Martin and Marcuse, equal; Elhs,J Massee, 
Smith,:' Kiely, .Scott, Sutherland, ^.Vassie, Cordner, Edwards,t Peas, 
Patrick, Shearer, Stanton.f 

LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 

Class /.—Peterson. 



t Vancouver College. 
t iStanstead College. 



18 



Class /.—Ryan; Douglas and Vineburg and Gibb, equal; Freed- 
man, Kirsch. Class //.— Gillmor, Lewis; Robertson and Rorke, equal; 
Blakenioro, Clark, Shaw; Siiiiih and Cousins, equal; McTaggart,t 
Phelps.t Carr; Fraser and Scott, equal; Flanderst and McQueen,* 
equal; Griffin, Lyman. Class ///.—Barclay and Henry and Naylor. 
equal; Stantont (G.) and Williams, equal; Smith and Ross, equal; 
Langley and Waugh, equal; Mitchell, Mowatt; Haskell and Payne 
and Trench, equal; McCallum and Tully, equal; Sutherland, New- 
man ; McPhalenJ and Garvin, equal ; Thomson, Mundie, Massey. 

GERMAN. 

Class /.—Hoi way. Class //.—Ryan; Clark and Douglas, equal; 
Rorke, Stanton. t Class ///.—Fraser, Griffin. 

GERMAN (beginners.) 

Class //.—Kirsch. Class III. — Bowman, Armstrong, Lewis, 

Trench, Vineburg, Waugh. 

greek. 

Class /.— McLeod (prize), Naylor, Freedman, Gibb. Class II.— 
Shearer; Housser and McCann, equal. Class ///.—Drew, Rogers, 
Martin, Thomson, Edwardsj. 



r/a.<!<< /.—* McLeod (prize), Naylor, Cousins, Flanders ;+ Kirsch and 
Douglas, equal; Vineburg, Gibb; Holway and Housser and McTag- 
eart:: and Rvan, equal. Class //.—Clark, Smith; Freedman and Mc- 
Queen, t equal; Lewis, Shaw, Shearer, Drew, Carr, Ross; Fraser and 
Lyman, equal; Edwards and McCallum and Scott, equal; Phelps. 
Class III. —Henry, Tully, Brydon-Jack;J Langley and Rogers, equal; 
Rorke; AnstieJ and Barclay and Braidwood, equal; Davidson and 
^aiitont and Stanton, f equal; Mundie; McCann and Payne, equal; 
Griftin and Martin, equal; (Tillmor and Loat,:!: equal; Massey; Carter 
and Williams, equal; Mowatt and Newman, equal; Hendry. 

geometry and arithmetic. 

Class /.—Shaw. McLeod, Ellis, Loat.:J: Class //.—Lewis; Kirsch 
and Crocker, equal; Holway and Healy, equal; Williams; Cousins 
and Rogers and Brydon-Jack.:^ equal ; Waugh ; Carr and Howe and 
Griffin, equal; Pease, Ross; Housser and Sutherland and Patrick and 
Clark and Rorke, equal; Naylor; Tully and Smith, $ equal. Class III.— 
Silcox; Scutt and Ryan, equnl ; Flanders;! Gibb and Stanton,+ equal; 
Hendry and Kiely, equal; Freedman and Mundie and McCallum, 
equal; Shearer; Drew and Lyman, equal; Phillips and McQueenJ and 
Davidson, equal; McTaggart.J Barclay; Henry and Douglas, equal; 
Marcuse and Stafford and Gale and Payne and Chapman, equal; 
Hutchinson and Vineburg and Stackhouse and Thomson and Fraser, 
equal; Garvin; Newman and Massey and Phelps, + equal; Copeland. 
Edwards,! Gillmor, Mowatt, Anstief. 



* Mark of Distinction. 
+ Stanstead College. 
% Vancouver College. 



19 

TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGEBRA. 

Class I. — Lewis, Rorke. Class II. — Shaw, Ryan, Carr; Naylor and 
Crocker, equal; Holway; Scott and Flanders, t equal; Clark; Freed- 
inan and Douglas, equal ; Ellis and Loat,+ equal ; Griffin ; McLeod and 
Phelps, t equal ; Garvin and Healy and Mowatt, equal; Gibb. Class III. 
— Mundie and Silcox, equal; Davidson, Mather; Gale and Fraser and 
Smithi, equal; Kirsch and Gillmor, equal; Tully and Langley, equal; 
Drew and Rogers, equal; Lyman; Hendry and Waugh and Payne, 
equal; Shearer; Brydon-JackJ and McTaggartJ and Hutchinson and 
Marcuse and Koss and Vassie and Williams, equal ; Kiely ; Stafford 
and Howe, equal ; Barclay and Pease and Sutherland, e<iual ; 
Stantont and Anstie.t equal; Chapman, Henry, Cousins, Newman. 

ADVANGED SECTION, MATHEMATICS. 

First Rank Honours. — Carr, Kirsch, Rogers. 
Second Rank Honours. — Rorke, McLeod. 

PHYSICS. 

Class I. — Carr; Lewis and Shaw, equal; Kirsch; McTaggartI and 
McQueen,t equal; Cox, McLeod, Rogers, Healy, Holway. Class II. — 
Crocker and Kiely, equal ; Brydon-Jack $ Smith J Ryan; Housser and 
Lyman and McCallum, equal ; Barrett and Douglas and Flanders, f 
and Freedman and Tully, equal; Naylor, Rorke. Class III. — Lang- 
ley;; Griffin and Payne, equal; Ross and Scott, equal; Clark and Sil- 
cox, equal; Cousins and Pease, equal; Hutchinson and Shearer, equal; 
Mundie and Vineburg and Waugh, equal; Blakemore and Gibb and 
Sutherland, equal; Hendry; Henry and Marcuse and Stackhouse, 
equal; Johnston and Stanton, t equal: Kennedy and Martin, equal; 
Gale; Fraser and Newman and Phelps. t equal; Garvin, Stanton, f 
McCann, Barclay, Edwardsf; Chapman and Trench, equal; Massey 
and Stafford, equal; Mowatt. 



% Tancouver College. 



^acitlty of ^p^plted Science. 



FOURTH YEAR (GRADUATING CLASS). 

HONOURS. 
(In alphabetical order.) 

BoRiGHT, Sherman Henry.— Honours in Mining Laboratory Work. 

Brown, Frederick Baylis.— Honours in Designing, Mechanical En- 
gineering, Thermodynamics and Hydraulics. 

Cole, G. Percy. — Honours in Electrical Designing and Electrical Engi- 
neering Laboratory Work. 

CoNKLiN, Roscoe Yeo, B.A.— Prize for Summer Thesis. 

Edwards, William Muir, M.Sc— British Association Medal and Prize; 
Honours in Designing, Geodesy, Graphical Statics, Hydraulics, Rail- 
way Engineering and Theory of Structures. 

Egleson, James Ernest Aiken.— British Association Medal and Prize ; 
Honours in Mineralogy, and in Mineral and Physical Chemistry. 

Foreman, Alvah Ernest.— British Association Exhibition ; British 
Associ.ition Medal and Prize ; Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in 
Alternating Currents and Alternatine; Current Machinery, Electric 
Power and Distriljution, Electric Traction, Electrical Designing, 
Electrical Laboratory Work and Hydraulics. 

Hall, Oliver. — British Association Prize; AUis-Chalmers Scholarship; 
Second Carlyle Prize; Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in Mining 
Laboratory Work and Mining Designing. 

Jones, Harold, William.— Honours in Railway Engineering. 

Keith, Fraser Sanderson.— Can, Soc, Civil Eng. Prize ; Prize for 
Summer Thesis ; Honours in Electrical Designing and Electrical 
Engineering Laboratory Work. 

McCaskill. Kenneth. -Honours in Electric Traction, Electrical Design, 
Electrical Engineering Laboratory Work. 

McDonald, James Finlay.— Honours in Electric Traction. 

McKay, Frederick Alexander.— Can. Soc. Civil Engineers Prize ; 
Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in Designing. 

McKergow, Charles Miller.— Honours in Designing, 

Musgrave, Robert.— Honours in Mining Laboratory Work. 

Roberts, Arthur Reginald.— British Association Medal and Prize ; 
Honours in Designing, Hydraulics, Dynamics of Machines, Machine 
Design, Mechanical Engineering and Thermodynamics. 

Robertson, John Ferguson.— British As.sociation Medal and Prize ; 
Dawson Fellowship in Mining; First Carlyle Prize; Honours in 
Mining Laboratorj- Work, Metallurgy, Ore-dressing, Designing and 
Hydraulics. 

Rowley, LorneEldon, M. A. —Honours in Mining Laboratory Work. 

Savage George Munro.— Honours in Organic Chemistry. 



21 

PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE. 
(In order of merit). 

CHEMISTRY. 

Egleson, James Ernest Aiken, Ottawa, Ont. 

Savage, George Muni-o, Montreal, Que. 

Musgrave, William Newcome, Duncans, Vancouver Island, B.C. 

Crawford, Stuart, Montreal, Que. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

Edwards, William Muir, M. Sc, Montreal, Que. 

Jones, Harold William, Ottawa, Ont. 

Beck, Alfred Edward, Penetanguishene, Ont. 

Cohen, Harris, Montreal. Que. 

Landry, Pierre Alfred, Dorchester, N.B. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 

Foreman, Alvah Ernest. Vancouver, B.C. 
McCaskill, Kenneth, Vankleek Hill, Ont. 
Conklin, Hoscoe Yeo, B.A., Winnipeg, Man. 
Cole, George Percy, Montreal. Que. 
McDonald, James Finlay, Westville, N.S. 
Keith, Fraser Sanderson, Smitji's Falls, Ont. 
Thorpe, William Horseman, Montreal, Que. 
Stokes, Charles William, Woodstock, X.B. 
James, Bertram Heart's Content, Newfoundland. 
Triminghan:, Charles Loch, Barbados, West Indies. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Roberts, Arthur Rejrinald, Montreal, Que. 
Brown, Frederick Bavlis, Montreal, Que. 
McKay, Frederick Aleximder, Montreal, Que. 
McKergow, Cliarles Millar, Westmount, Que. 
Edgar, John Hamilton, Montreal, Que. 

MINING ENGINEERING. 

Robertson, John Ferguson, Charlottetown, P.E.I. 

Hall, Oliver, Washington, Ont. 

Tilt, Edwin Bingham, Goderich, Ont. 

Boright, Sherman Henry, Sutton, Que. 

Lucas, Alan Stanley Bruce, B.A., Hamilton, Ont. 

Rowley, I<orne Eldon, M. A., Marysville, N.B. 

Pemberton, William Parnell Despard, Gonzales, B.C. 

Rowlands, Charles, Albany, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Musgrave, Robert, Duncans, Vancouver Island, B.C. 

Gale, George Gordon, Quebec, Que. 

Stovel, .Joseph Hodder, Toronto, Ont. 

Langley, Albert Godwin, Victoria, B.C. 

Reynolds, Leo Bowlby, Waterford, Ont. 

Ross, .Tames Gordon, Embro. Ont. 

Maclaren, Francis Harold, Huntingdon, Que. 



22 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE. 
(In Course). 

Cameron, Kenneth MacKenzie, B.Sc, London, Ont.,Can. Sec. C.E„ Prize. 

Corless, Charles Vandyke, B.Sc, New Durham, Ont. 

DePencier, Henry Percy, B.Sc, Vancouver, B.C., Can., Mining: )nst. Prize. 

Frechette, Hovvells, B.Sc, Ottawa, Ont. 

Newton, Samuel Robert, B.Sc, Drummondville, Que. 

Paterson, Cliarles Stiven, B.Sc, Montreal, Que. 

Smith, Gerald Meredith, B.Sc, St. Johns, Que. 

Sterns, Frank Ernest, Morrell, P.E.I. 

ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE. 

(In Course.) 

Owens, Robert Bowie, M.A., E.E. (Columbia, Johns Hopkins). M Sc. 

(McGill.) 

THIRD YEAR 

PRIZES. 
(In alphabetical order.) 

Blumenthal, Samuel. — Prizes for Structural Engineering, Grapluci"! 
Statics and Geology. 

Chajibers, Robert A. — Prize for Summer Tliesis. 

Chaplin, Charles J. — Third Mathematical Prize; Prizes for Theory 
of Structures, Machine Design and Mechanical Drawing. 

Cole, George H. — Can. Gen. Elect. Scliolarship; Second Mathemati- 
cal Prize; Prizes for Dynamics of Machines, Calculus and 
Electrical Measurements. 

DuTCHER, Howard K. — Can. Gen. E'.ect. Scholarship; Third Math- 
ematical Prize; Prize for Theory of Structures. 

Grice, James H. — Prizes for Mechanics and Graphical Statics. 

Johnson, Frederick M. G. — Prizes for Determinative Mineralogy, 
and Organic Chemistry. 

Lawrence, William D. — First Matliematical Prize; Second McCar- 
thy Prize for Fieldwork. 

LeMaistrb, Frederick J. — Hunt Scholarship. 

McClosket, Frederick W. — Can. Gen. Elect. Scholarship; Prizes 
for Mechanics and Calculus. 

McDouGALL, George K.— Can. Gen. Elect. Scholarship. 

McDouGALL, Clarence H.— Prize for Theory of Structures. 

McPhek. James McD — Pr z.-s for Q iMntitative Analysis, Ore Dressing 
Machine Design and Metallurgy. 

Parlee, Norman "W. — Second McCarthy Prize for Fieldwork. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 

(In order of merit.) 

CIVIL engineering. 

Blumenthal. Samuel, Montreal, Que. 
Lawrence, William D., Maitland. N.S. 
Harvey, John B., Lyndhurst, Ont. 



23 



*L,ambart, Howard F., New Edinburgh, Ont. 
*Healy, Frederick E., Picton, Ont. 
*Kent, George M., Truro, N.S. 
*Dawe, Robert G., Bay Roberts, Nfld. 

ELECTRICAL EXGIXEERING. 

*McDougall, George K.. Montreal, Que. 
fCole. George H.. Ottawa, Ont. 
[McCloskey, Frederick W., Boiestown, N.B. 
Dutcher, Howard K., Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
Cardew, John H.. South Beach. Young's Point, Ont. 
f*Marrotte, Louis H., Westmcunt, Que. 
I *Wpns:er, John A., .Avrtoii. Our. 

Scott, George "W., Montreal, Que. 
*Wurtele, John S. H., Acton. Que. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Chaplin, Charles J., Westmount, Que. 
Drysdale, "William F., Montreal, Que. 
Kemp, Robert A. Seafor' h, Ont. 
Wilkes, Frederick C. D., Brantford, Ont. 
*Greey, John V>^. G., Toronto, Ont. 

MINING ENGINEERING. 

McPhee. James IVIcD.. Lobh Katrine. X.S. 

Grice, James H., Bootle, Cumberland, England. 

Parlee, Norman W., Rossland, B.C. 
*Chambers, Robert A., Truro, N.S. 

McDougall, -Clarence H.. South Maitland, N.S. 
*Ells, Sydney, B.A., Ottawa, Ont. 
*Car]yle, Ernest J., Woodstock, Ont. 
*Gnaedinger, Ernest G., Montreal, Que. 

Taylor. Ketiinaid F . Ganano(|ue. OiU. 
*Davis, Patrick, Windsor, Ont. 

McMurtry, Gordon O., Montreal, Que. 
* Atkinson, Marshall B.. Montreal, Que. 
*Webster, George B., Brockville, Ont. 
*Devell, Harold J.. Port Hope, Ont. 
♦Campbell, Colin St. G., Aldershott, Ont, 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

LeMaistre, Frederick J., Westmount,, Que, 
( Johnson, Frederick W. G., Montreal. 
I Spencer, Arthur G., Truro, N.S. 



*McNaughton, William G., Huntingdon, Que. 

SECOND YEAR. 

PRIZES. 
(In alphabetical order.) 

Blanchet, Guy H.— Second Scott Prize : Can. Soc. Civil Eng. Prize. 

Boyle, Robert W. — First Scott Prize; Prizes for Calculus, Chemistry, 
Experimental Physics, Kinematics of Machines, and Descrip- 
tive Geometry. 



"To pass Supplemental Examination. 



24 

Churchill, Cecil A.— Prize for Mapping. 

Cropper, William C— Prize for Analytic Geometry. 

Fyshe, Thomas M.— Scott Exhibition. 

Jewett, F. Coburn.— Prize for Surveying. 

MacDermot, Sidney G. F.— Prize for Physical Laboratory Work. 

MacMillen, Henry H.— Prize for Mechanics. 

Pattison, Albert M.— Prize for Freehand Drawmg. 

Sutherland, Charles H.— Prize for Mechanical Drawmg. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 
(In order of merit.) 

ARCHITECTURE. 

Pattison, Albert M., Clarenceville, Que. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

Jewett, F. Coburn, Sheffield, N.B. 

Fyshe, Thomas M., Montreal, Que. 

Kydd, George, Montreal, Que. 
*Jost, Edward B., Guysboro, N.S. 

Macnab, John J., Elsinore, Bruce Co., Ont. 
*Idsardi, Harold. St. Thomas, Ont. 
"tHamilton, Wilfrid, Montreal, Que. 
*McIntosh, Robert, Newcastle, Ont. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 

Boyle, Robert W., Carbonear, Nfld. 

Cropper, William C. McD.. Kingston. St. Vincent, W.L 
fMcDermot, Sidney G. F., Gordon Town, Jamaica, W.I. 
[willard, Charlie, Morrisburg, Ont. 

Scouler, Gavin T., New Westminster, B.C. 

Redpath, William, Montreal, Que. 

McLeish, Ian, Montreal, Que. 

Bowness, E. W., Kensington, P.E.I. 

('iinha, Staton H. S., Kingston, Jamaica, W.I. 

Wheaton. Hazen A., Elgin, Albert Co., N.B. 

Pindlay, Delmer C, Danville, Que. 
r Archibald, Hiram H., Harbour Grace, Nfld. 
[01a?sco, Gordon B., Hamilton, Ont. 

Campbell. John A., Cheltenham. Ont. 

John'^tone, George A., Reclnersville, Ont. 

Drinkwater. Kenneth E . Montreal, Que. 

Weasant, Kov A., Derhv Line. Vt.. ITS A. 

Mundy, Oswald A., Hamilton, Ont. 
*Burpee, Loikwood, Gib?on. N.B. 

Piohe, Ernest A., Montreal, Que. 
*McLean, Donald, B.A.. Campbellton, N.B. 

Wright, Clifton H., Barbados. W.I. 

Harris, Alan Dale, Ottawa, Ont. 
*Joseph, A. Pinto, Quebec, Que. 
* Eaton, E. Courtlandt, Montreal, Que. 

Pric°, Herbert L., Montmorency, Que. 
*Ross, Walter G., Port Perrv, Ont. 
*Dickson, George L., Truro, N.S. 



*To pn.s-.s Supplrniental E.raminniion. 
■fCmnJifinneil in F/rs'/ Y<ar t^iihjrrl. 



25 

MECHANICAL EXGINEERING. 

MacMillan, Henry H.. Alberry Plains, P.E.I. 

Cockshutt, Harvey W., Brantford, Ont. 

Sutherland, Charles H., New Glasgow, N.b. 
*Mooney, Chester A., Ausable Chasm, N.Y. 
*Fraser, Donald M., Montreal, Que. 

Turnbull, Harvard, Montreal, Que. 

MIXING ENGINEERING. 

Blanchet, Guy H., Ottawa, Ont. 
Churchill, Cecil A., Hantsport, N.S. 
Livingston, Douglas C, Corfield, B.C. 
Sharpe, George P., Agassiz, B.C. 
Martin, Edwai'd N., York. Ont. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

Robertson,, Arthur F., Montreal, Que. 
*Baker, Charles C. Stanley, Hampstead, London, England. 

FIRST YEAR. 

PRIZES. 

(In alphabetical order.) 

Bell, George E.— Prizes for Mathematics, English and Lettering. 

Brennan, George E.— Prize for Freehand Drawing. 

Cattanach, F. W. C— Prize for Physics. 

Durland, Royden K.— First Fleet Workshop Prize. 

Forbes, John McN.— Prize for Mathematics. 

Harvie, Robert.— Second Fleet Workshop Prize. 

Lea William S.— Prize for Descriptive Geometry. 

McLachlan, D. William.— Prize for Mathematics . 

Presner, Joseph.— Prize for Lettering. 

PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 

(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed 

together.) 

Bell, George E., St. Thomas, Ont. 
f Durland, Royden K., Yarmouth, N.S. 
L McLachlan, D. William, Lochataer Bay, Que. 

I>ea, William S., Victoria, P.E.I. 

Brennan, George E., Ottawa. Ont. 

Forbes, John McN.— Bonavista, Ntid. 

Jones, Andrew U., St. John, N.B. 

Sharp, Lester A., Summerside, P.E.I. 

Jackson, Maunsell B., Toronto, Ont. 

Walker, Cecil W.. Kensington, P.E.I. 

Pedley, Norman F., Montreal, Que. 
[Anderson, Frederic W.. Ottawa, Ont. 
L Cattanach, Frederick W. C, Newport. Vt. 

Blackader, Gordon H., Montreal, Que. 

Macdonald, Peter J. — Winnipeg. Man. 

Kirkpatrick, Everett C, Montreal We.st, Que. 

TVlnter, Elliott E., Georgetown. Brit. Guiana. 

*To pass Supplemental Examination. 



26 



Ewens, W. Sydney, Owen Sound, Ont. 

tWilson, Starr R. 'L., Lunenburg-, N.S. 

Tloger, Alec, Billing-'s Bridge, Ont. 

MoMeekin, Albert, Bright, Ont. 
+Loudou, Andrew C, Ottawa, Out. 

Hadiey, Harry, Montreal, Que. 

*Turley, Edward J., Frankford, Ont. 
f*Benedict, Elmore M., Brantford, Ont. 
t Harding-, Winthrop K., Ueiby Line, Vt. 

fMcCuaig, G. Kvm, Montreal, yue. 

[Presner, Josepih, Montreal, Que. 
*tBurnett, ArchiLald, Montreal, Que. 
*tCole, L. Heber. Montr^^-ll. Que. 
fBoyd, Alfred M. S., Westmount, Que. 

[Howell, Edgar N., Westmount, Que. 

*Davidson, Thomas R., Montreal, Que. 
Steedman. William F., Montreal, Que. 

*Tupper, Frederick McD., Truro, N.S. 

*Gurd, A. Douglas, Montreal. Que. 

*Brady, Janies C, Victoria, B.C. 

*Leonard, Albert P., Westmount, Que. 
Pickard, Herbert G., Exeter, Ont. 
r*Conway. Edmund J., Cliemainus. B.C. 
L Hibbard, Melville L., Farnlnm, Que. 

Scott, W. Gordon, Valleyfield, Que. 
*tMaedonald, R. Ross, Hamilton, Ont. 
Landiy, A. Raymond, Dorchester, N.B. 

*Black, Douglas E., Montreal, Que. 

*McDonald, Harold F., Fort Qu'Appelle, Assa. 

*Tayl6r, Allan H., Ottawa, Ont. 

*Corrigan, Thomas L., Brockville, Ont. 

*Harvie, James, Westmount, Que. 
*tSlater, Nicholas J., Ottawa, Ont. 

*Mudge, Reginald, Montreal, Que. 

*Norton, Thomas J., Montreal, Que. 

*Newton, Stephen G., Drummondville, Que. 

*Greenshields, John G., Montreal, Que. 

*Grier, Arthur H., Montreal, Que. 
*tM'cKinnon, Hugh D., Finch, Ont. 
*tSmith, Kenneth H.. London, Ont. 

*Baylis, Harold A., Montreal. Que. 

*Frith, George H., Cummings" Bridg-e, Ont. 



STANDING IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS. 

(Subjects alpliabetically arranged.) 

ALTERNATING CURRENT AND ALTERNATING CURRENT MACHINERY. 

Fourth Year. — CJnfts I. — Foreman. Claims TT. — McCaskill, McDonald, 
Stokes, Conklin, Thorpe. Class ///.— Trimingham, Cole, Keith; 
Baker and James, equal. 

ARCHITECTURAL DRA-WING AND DESIGN. 

Second Tear.— C/ass 777.— Pattison. 



*To pass Svpplctnei)tnl Eramhiafion. 
■\Matricvlatio7i conditioncrl. 



27 

ARCHITECTURE (ELEMENTS OF). 

Second Yeab..— Class 777.— Pattison. 

ARCHITECTURE (HISTORY OF). 

Second Yeab..— Class 77.— Pattison. 

ASTRONOMY. 

Third Yeab.— Class 7.— Grice, Harvey; Lawrence and McPhee, equal. 
Class 77.— Parlee, Blumenthal; Dawe and Taylor, equal. Class 
777.— Carlyle, Healy, McMurtry, Sullivan, McDougall (C. H.), 
Lambart, Wilson; Ells and Hogan and Reynolds, equal: Cham- 
bers and Davis, equal: Deyell, Webster; Campbell and Cameron 
and Gnaedinger, equal. 

CHEMISTRY (THEORETICAL). 

Second Yeab— Cla.ts 7.— Bovle. Fvshe. Cla.s.s IT.— Willard, MaoDer- 
mot, Wheatrn, Jewett: Campbell and Cunha and Kydd and 
McLean, equal; Blanchet, Robertson; Cropper and Macnab, 
equal. Class 777.— Bowness, Johnstone, Findlay, Livingston, 
Archibald, Redpath; Bray and Churchill, equal; Sutherland 
(C. H.), Scouler; Ritchie and Ryan, equal: Baker and Dickson 
(G. L.), equal: Cockshutt and "Upright, equal; Piche, Ross; 
Fraser (D. M.) and Glassco and Mooney and Sharpe. equal; 
Drinkwater and Idsardi and Martin, equal; Burpee and Mundy, 
equal; Small, Pinch; Jest and Turnbull, equal; Mcintosh and 
Young, equal. 

CHEinSTRY (practical). 

Second Yeab.— (Civil, Elrefrical and Mrchanical Enginrrring Coursrs.)- 
CJass 7.— Boyle and Willard, equal; Campbell and Jost and Mac- 
Ueniioc and Wheaton, equal ; Fvshe and Jewett and Kidd, 
equal; Cropper and Idsardi, equal; Glassco, Gillespie. Class II. 
—Barclay and ^N'acnab'and Scouler, equal; Bowness and Dick- 
son (G. L.) and Findlay and Ross, equal; Bray and Burpee and 
Fraser (D. M.) and Mcintosh, equal; Cockshutt. Cunha; Eaton 
and Higgins and Smith, equal; Johnstone and Sutherland (C), 
equal; Archibald and Gibbs and Redpath and Wright, equal. 
Class 777.— McLean. Pinch, Drinkwatei", Weagant: Batchelder 
and Rvan, equal; Miner and Mooney, equal; Eadie; Anderson 
and Bain and Bla( kadar and Rheaume and Shaughnessy and 
Small and Turnbull, equal. {Mi»i»<J Einjinccriiig Course.)— Class I. 
—Hodgson, Churchill, Livingston, Blanchet, Ritchie. Class II. 
—Young, Sharpe. Class 777.— Belanger; Hamilton (A. M.) and 
Martin, equal. {Practical Chemistry Course.)— Class 7.— Robertson. 

CHEMISTRY— ORGANIC (PRACTICAL). 

Thtkti Yeab.— Cln.fs 7.- LeMai^^tre and Robinson (K.'S.,) equal; 
Johnson and Spencer, equal. 

CHEMISTRY— ORGANIC (THEORETICAL). 

Third Yeab..— Class 7.— Johnson. Class II. — Robinson (K. S.), Spen- 
cer. Class 777.— LeMaistre. 

CHEinSTRY— PHYSICAL (PRACTICAL) . 

Fourth Yeab.— Class 7.— Egleson. Class 7/".— Crawford. Class III.— 
Musgrave (W. N.) and Savage, equal; McXaughton. 



28 

CHEMISTRY — PHYSICAL (THEORETICAL). 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Egleson. Class II. — Musgrave (W. N.). 

Crawford. Class III. — Savage, MacNaughton. 

CHEMISTRY (INDUSTRIAL). 

Third Year. — Class I. — Spencer, Johnson, LeMaistre. Class II. — 
Robinson (K. S.). 

CONTINUOUS CURRENT AND COMMUTATING MACHINERY'. 

Third Year. — Class I. — McDougall (G. K.). Class II. — Wenger, Mc- 
Closkey. Class III. — Drysdale, Cole, Chaplin, Dutcher, Scott, 
Marrotte, Cardew, Kemp, Wurtele, Wilkes. 

DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY. 

Third Year. — Class I. — Blumenthal. Class II. — Lawrence, Healy, 

Harvey. Class ///.^-Kent, Dawe. 

Second Year. — Class I. — Jost, Boyle; Cropper and McLeish and Piche, 
equal; Fyshe. Redpath, Johnstone; Archibald and Willard, 
equal. Class II. — Findlay, Churchill. Burpee, Blanchet, Kydd; 
Drinkwater and Sharpe, equal; Macnab; Harris and Jewett and 
Scouler, equal; Bowness and Idsardi and MacMillen, equal; Liv- 
ingston and Wheaton, equal. Class III. — Sutherland (C. H.), 
Pattison, McLean, Moody, MacDermot, Eadie; Cockshutt and 
Hamilton (A. M.), equal; Glassco and Hamilton (W.) and 
Weagant, equal; Mcintosh; Miner; Campbell and Cunha and 
Eaton and Eraser (D. M.) and Martin and Turnbull and Wright, 
e'ual. 

First Year.— r7o.ss /.—Lea, Durland, McLachlan (D. W.), Bell, 
Walker; Brennan and Wilson, equal; Sharp, Blackader, Forbes, 
Cattenach, Jackson; Black and Kirkpatrick and Roger, equal; 
Ewens and Jones, equal; Gurd. Class II. — Burnett and Wick- 
ware, equal; Cole, Turley, Anderson; Conway and Loudon, 
equal; Davidson; Boyd and Tupper, eqvial; Newton, Benedict; 
Macdonald (R. R.) and Pedley, equal; Hadley; Macdonald (P. J.) 
and Skelton, equal; Harding. Leonard, Presner, Winter, 
"Wheaton, Harvie (J.). Class 7/7.— McCuaig; Hibbard and Mc- 
Donald (H. F.), equal; Baylis, Small, Corrigan; Howell and 
McMeekin and MacKay (G. W.), equal; Grier and Slater, equal; 
McKiimon. Howe mid Scott (W. G ) and Steednian equal; 
Brady, Norton; Daly and Shorey, equal ; Carlyle and 
Mudge, equal; Frith, Landry; Greenshields and MacKay (R. M.) 
and Pickard and Slavin and Smith and Taylor, equal. 

DESIGNING. 

Fourth Year — (ClvU Enqlnecring Course.)— Class I. — Edwards, Beck, 
Jones. Class II.— Cohen, Landry. (Elecfriral Engineering 
Course.)— Class /.—Cole and Foreman, equal; Keith, McCaskill. 
Class //.— Conklin, McDonald, Thorpe; Baker and Stokes, equal. 
Class ///.—James, Blatch, Rodger. ( Media nical Engineering 
Course.) — Class I. — Roberts; Brown and McKay and McKergow, 
equal. Class //.—None. Class ///.—Millar, Edgar. (Mining 
Engineering Coiirse.)— Class I. — Hall, Robertson, Boright. Class 
J/.— Kendall and Rowlands and Tilt, equal; Reynolds; Porch eron 
and Ross and Rowley, enual; Langley and Lucas and Mus- 
grave (R), equal. C/^.ss ///.— Pcinborron, Gale; Maclaren and 
Stovel, equal. 



29 

DYNAMICS OF Mxi.CHINES. 

Fourth Year.— CZass /.—Roberts, Brown, McKay. Class //.- McKer- 
gow, Edgar. 

Third Ykar.— (./(/ss /.—Cole. Class //.—Chaplin, Scott, Fraser (D. 
M.); Drysdale and McDougall (G. K.), equal; McCloskey, Wen- 
ger. Class III. — Cardew and Dutcher, equal; Wurtele, Wilkes, 
Greey; Kemp and Marrotte .equal; Devlin, Roffey. 

ELECTRIC LIGHTING AND POWER DISTBIBUTION. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Foreman. Class II. — McCaskill, Cole, Mc- 
Donald, James. Class III. — Keith; Baker and Conklin, equal; 
Stokes, Rodger; Thorpe and Trimingham, equal. 

electrical measurements. 

Third Year. — Class I. — Cole and McDougall (G. K.), equal. Class II. 
— Cardew and McCloskey and Marrotte, equal; Dutcher and 
Scott and Wenger and Wurtele, equal; Devlin and Price, equal. 
Class ///.—Roffey. 

electro-metallurgy. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Robertson, Rowlands; Rowley and Stovel, 
equal. Class II. — Hall and Lucas, equal; Boright and Gale, 
equal; Langley and Pemberton, equal; Musgrave (R.). 

electric traction. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Foreman, McCaskill, McDonald. Class II. — 
Baker, Conklin, Cole. Class III. — Keith, Thoi-pe, James, Stokes, 
Blatch; Rodger and Trimingham, equal. 

ELECTRO -chemistry. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Conklin; Keith and McDonald, equal. Class 
//.—Cole; Baker and McCaskill, equal; Blatch. Class III.— 
Thorpe. 

ENGLISH. 

First Year. — Class I. — Bell, Steedman, Durland; Brady and Jackson, 
equal; Tupper. Class II. — Cole and Conway and Forbes, equal; 
Loudon and McDonald (H. F.), equal; Hadley, McMeekin, Win- 
ter, McLachlan; McCuaig and Mudge and Scott, equal; Pedley, 
Ewens, Brennan, Black, Taylor; Hodge and MacKinnon, equal; 
Anderson and Corrigan, equal; Blackader and Jardiiie and Mac- 
donald (P. J.) and Pickard, equal. Class III. — Boyd and Kirk- 
patrick and Presner and Shorey, equal; Howell and Mackay (G. 
W.), equal; Jones; Cattanach and Leonard and Sharp, equal; 
Baylls and Greenshields, equal; Daly and Harmer, equal; David- 
son and Dickson and Harding and Lea and Turley, equal; Gurd 
and Harvie (J.) and Slavin, equal; Brown and Frith, equal; 
Mackay (R. M.) and Wilson, equal; Burnett and Newton and 
Smith, equal; Macdcnald (R. R.); Howe and Prevost, equal; 
Grier, Wheaton; Benedict and Small, equal; Carlyle: Bellasis 
and Lemoine and Pillow, equal; Cowen and Slater, equal. 



30 

ENGLI>Sn SUMMER READING. 

Second Year. — Class I. — Jewett; Boyle and Cropper, equal; Camp- 
bell and Fyshe and "W^heaton, equal. Class //.— Bowness, Mc- 
Leish; Blanchet and Kydd, equal: Small, MacDermot, Redpath, 
Living-ston, Ross. Class III. — Wright; Greenshields and Scouler, 
equal; Mcintosh; Glassco and Ritchie, equal; Roger; Burpee 
and Findlay and MacMillen, equal; Cockshutt and Willard, 
equal; Eaton, Robertson, Sutherland (D. H.), Churchill, Jost; 
Idsardi and Pinch, ecmal; Belanger and Blackader and Cunha 
and Drinkwater and Mooney and Ryan and Young, equal. 

FIRE ASSAYING. 

Third Year. — Class I. — None. Class II. — Parlee, McPhee; Carlyle 
and Chambers, equal; Campbell and McDougall (C. H.) and 
McMurtry, equal; Atkinson and Baker, equal. Class III. — 
Cameron and Grice, equal; Davis and Deyell and Spencer and 
Taylor and Wilson, equal; Ells, Webster; Gnaedinger and Sulli- 
van, equal; LeMaistre. 

EEEEHAND DRAWING. 

First Year. — Class I. — Brennan; Durland and Harding and Loudon, 
equal; Bell and Cattanach and Leonard, equal; Shorey; Mac- 
donald (R. R.) and Presner, equal: Anderson and Blackader and 
Cole and Ewens and Mudge and Tupper, equal; Dickson and 
Forbes and McCuaig- and McLachlan (D. W.) and Smith and 
Wright, equal. Class II. — Baylis and Hadley and Harvie (J.) 
and Hassberger and Hodge and Jardine and Prevost, equal; 
Grier and Howe and Jones and Roger, equal; Boyd and Burnett 
and Gurd and Howell and Kirkpatrick and Newton and Sharp, 
equal; Black and Cowen and Davidson and Landry and Norton 
and Ryan and T\^alker and Wickware, equal; Hibbard and 
Jackson, equal; Daly and Haskell and Pickard and Skel- 
ton and Steedman, equal; Benedict and Carlyle and 
McDonald (H. F.) and McMeekin and Wheaton, equal ; 
Dickenson and Johnson and Lea and Small and Wilson and 
Winter, equal. Class III. — MacKay (R. M.) and Slater and 
Slavin and Turley, equal; Brady and Conway and Macdonald 
(P. J.) and Scott, equal; Cori-igan; Brown and Lynch and Pou- 
pore, equal; Pedley; Frith and Gaunt, equal; Bellasis and Pil- 
low and Taylor, equal. 

Second Year.— G/os.s /.— Pattison. 

GAS analysis. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Egleson. Class II. — Savage, Crawford, 
Musgrave (W. N.). 

geodesy. 

Fourth YsA^.—Clas^ I. — Edwards. Class 77.— Jones and Landry, 
equal. Class III. — Cohen, Beck. 

geology and ore deposits. 

Fourth Year. — Class I. — Robertson. Class II. — Hall, Rowlands, Tilt; 
Gale and Lucas equal: Rowley: Boright and Musgrave (R.), 
equal: Stovel. Clas^ IJI. — Rpvnolds, Langley; Maclaren and 
Pemberton, equal; Ross, Kendall. 



31 

GEOLOGY AND MUSEUM WOEK. 

Third Year— C^oss /.— Blumenthal. Glass //.—Spencer, McPhee; 
Grice and Parlee, equal; Johnson: Gnaedinger and Harvey, 
eaual: Campbell and Carlyle, equal. Class ///.— LeMaistre, 
Lawrence, Chambers, McDougall (C. H.), Cameron, Taylor; 
Kent and McMurtry, equal; Webster, Deyell, Mealy; AtKinson, 
and Lambart and Sullivan, equal. 

GRAPHICAL, STATICS. 

Fourth Tear.- C^ass /.—Edwards, Jones. Class //.—Beck and 
Cohen, equa;. Glass ///.—Landry. 

Third Ye\-r— Class /.—Blumenthal and Grice, equal; Chaplin; Greey 
and Lawrence and Scott, equal: Butcher, Chambers; Carlyle 
and Drysdale and McDougall (G. K.), equal; Wilkes; Cardew 
and Cole and Gnaedinger and Kemp and Marrotte, equal. 
Weuger, equal ; Uawe and Lambarc and Parlee, equal ; tils ; 
Class //.— Healy and Harvey, equal; Davis and Deyell and 
McDougall (C. H.) and Wurtele, equal; McMurtry; Hogan and 
Webster, equal; McPhee and Wilson, equal; McCloskey. 
Class ///.—Atkinson: Cameron and Taylor, equal; Campbell 
and Kent, equal; Roffey. 

HYDRAULICS. 

Fourth Year.— (.Full Course.)— Class /.—Brown, Foreman, Edwards, 
Roberts. Class //.—Tilt, McKergow. Class ///.—Edgar, Stokes; 
Cohen and McKay, equal; Landry and Reynolds, equal; Beck 
and Maclaren and Ross, equal: Jones, James; Kendall and 
Millar and Pordheron and Rodger, equal; Trimingham. 
(.Partial Course.)— Class /.—Robertson, Rowley, Hall. Class II.— 
Conklin and Lucas, equal; Borigiht and Cummings and McDon- 
ald, equal; Gale and Pemberton, eciual; StoVel, Musgrave (R.); 
Keith and Rowlands, equal; McCaskill, Baker, Thorpe, Cole; 
Blatch and Langley, equal. 

HYDRAULIC MACHINERY. 

Fourth Year.— Cla.'iS /.—Roberts; Conklin and Foreman and Robert- 
son, equal; Brown and Edwards, equal; McCaskill, Cole. 
Class //.—Hall: Baker and Edgar and Langley and McKay, 
equal; McKergow and Pemberton and Rowley, equal; McDon- 
ald, Tilt; Boright and Rowlands, equal; Thorpe; Beck and 
Kendall and Lucas, equal. Class ///.—Jones and Keith and 
Musgrave (R.) and Stokes, equal; Blatch and Gale, equal; 
Maclaren, Millar; Cohen and Reynolds and Stovel, equal; 
Landry; James and Ross, equal; Porcheron. Aegrotat:— Trim- 
ingham. 

KINEMATICS OF MACHIN^ES. 

Second Year,— C/a.s.s /.— Boylo. Glasseo. r'//7.<;.s //.— McLeish ; Crop- 
per and Cunha, equal;' Burpee and Harris and Price, equal; 
Archibald and Mundy, equal; Scouler; Campbell and Drink- 
water, equal: McDermot and Willard, equal: Piche. McMillen; 
Mooney and Wright, equal: Wheaton; Bowness and Cockshutt 
and Findlay, equal: Sutherland and Turnbull and Weagant, 
equal. Class ///.— Redpath. Jdhnstone, Eaton; Gillespie and 
Joseph, equal; Dickson (G. L.). Ro«s; Gibbs and Higgins, 
equal; Barclay: Batchelder and Pinch, equal; Bain. 



.32 

LABORATORIES. 

Fourth Year. — (Chemical Lal)oratory.) — (3fhiin(j Enginccrtiifj Course.) 
— Clatis I. — Robertson. Class II. — Lucas, PemlDerton, Tilt; Row- 
ley and Lang-ley, equal; Rowlands, Gale, Musgrave (R.). 
Class III. — ^Stovel; Porcheron and Reynolds, equal; Boright, 
Hall, Ross, iVIaclaren. {Cheniisfr!/ Course.) — Class /.— Egleson. 
Savage. Class II. — Musgrave (W. N.), Crawford. 
Third Year. — (Chemical Laboratory.) — (Uliving Enfihircring Course.) — 
Class I. — ^McPhee; Atkinson and Chambers and Parlee, equal; 
Campbell and Carlyle, equal. Class II. — Deypll, Grice, McDou- 
g-all (C. H.) ; MciMurtry and Taylor, equal; Ells; Cameron and 
Gnaedinger and Wilson, equal; Davis. Class III. — Irving, 
Webster. {Chemisfri/ Course.) — Class 1. — LeMaistre, Spencer, 
Johnson. Class III. — *McNaug'hton. 
Fourth Year. — (Ehrtrical Enginrennfi Lahoratorics.) — Class I. — Cole 
Foreman and Keith and McCaskill, equal. Class II. — Conklin 
and McDonald, equal; Baker and James, equal; Thorpe. Class 
III. — Blatch and Stokes and 'i'runniiughani, equal ; Rodger. 
Third Year. — {Electrical Engineei-ing Eaboratories.)— (Electrical En- 
gineering Cour.se,)— Class /.— McDougall (fx.H,) McCloskey 
Robinson (H G.). Robinson (K. S.). Class //.— Cardew, Mar- 
rotte, Dutoher, Wenger, Scott. Class III. — Cole, Devlin, Wur- 
teli\ Rottev. {AlecLanical Eagineering Course). — CVass- J. Chaplin, 
Kemp. Class //.— Drysdale. Class /i/.— "Wilkes, Greey. 
Fourth Year. — (Geodetic Lahoratory.) — Class I. — Beck and Jones, 

equal. Class II. — Edwards, Landry, Cohen. 
Fourth Year. — (Hi/draiiHc Eahoratory.) — Class I. — Brown and Roberts, 
equal; Conklin and Foreman and McKay and McKergow, 
equal; McCaskill and Rowlands, equal; Hall and McDonald and 
Rowley and Tilt and Thorpe, equal; Gale and Musgrave (R.), 
equal. Class II. — Cole and Keith and Robertson and Stokes, 
equal; Baker and Boright and Jones and Stovel, equal; Gum- 
ming and James and Kendal] and Landry and Lucas and 
Maclaren and Rod2:er and Millar, equal; Blatch and Cohen 
and Langley and Pem^erton and Ross and Trimingham. equal; 
Beck. Class III. — Jenning-s and Reynolds, equal; Porcheron. 
Fourth Year. — (Mechanical Eiigiiicering Lahoratorii.)—(Electriced Evgi 
neering Course) — Class /.—Baker and Conklin, equal; Foreman 
and Keith, equal. Class II. — ^McCaskill nnd McDonald, equal; 
Cole and Trimingham, equal; Thorpe. Stokes. Class III.— 
Blatch and James, equal; Rodger. 
Fourth Year. — (Mining and Metallurgical Lahoratory.) — Class I. — Hall, 
Robertson, Rowley, Musgrave. (R) ; Boriglit. and Stovel, equal, 
Kendall: Lucas and Tilt, equal. Class II. — Porcheron, Row- 
lands: Langley and Ross, equal; Pemberton; Gale and Mac- 
laren, equal ; Reynolds. 
Second Year. — (Physical Laboratory.)— {Civil, Mechanical, Mining and 
Chemistry Courses ) Class I. — Belanger and Blanchet and Fyshe 
and Gillepsie an(l Idsardi and Jewett and Jost and Kidd and Living- 
ston and MacMillen and Macnab and Pattison and Spencer, equal ; 
Mcintosh, Young; Churchill and Pinch and Ryan and Turnbull, 
equal ; Cockshutt ; Gibbs and Ritchie, equal. Class 77".— Miner, 
Sutherland (C. H.) ; Eadie and Mooney, equal ; Sharpe, Gillies, 
Shaughnessy. ('lass III. Robertson. {Electrical Engineering 
Course.) Class I. — MacDermot ; Boyle and Scouler, equal ; Burpee; 
McLean and Redpath and Willard, "equal ; Cunha, Glassco ; Drink- 
water and McLeisli. equal ; Cropjier, Harris, Findlay, Bowness ; 
Archibald and Small and Weagant, equal ; Wheaton, Jolinstone; 
Campbell and Piche, equal. Class II. — Bain and Eaton and .Joseph, 
equal ; Wright, Ross, Dickson (C.L.), fBray, Higgins, fBatchelder. 
Class III. — Anderson. 

* Supplemental in Iron and Steel Analysis. 
■]■ Su2)2jle)nental in Paper. 



33 

First Year.— ( PJii/sical io6ora^or//J— (Alphabetical Order) Anderson, 
Baylis, Beaudry, Bell, Bellai^is, I3enedict, Black, Blackader, Brady, 
Brennan, Brown. Burnett, Carlyle, Cattanach, Cole, Conway, Cor- 
rlgan, Cowen, Daly, Davidson, Dickenson, Dickson, Durland, Ewens, 
Forbes, Frith, Gaunt, Graham (W.S ), Grier, Gurd, Hadley, Harding, 
Harmer, Harvie (J.), Harvie (R.), Hibbard, Hodge, Howe, Howell, 
Jackson, Jardine, Jones, Kirkpatrick, Landry, Lenioine, Lea, 
Leonard, Loudon, Lynch, Mather, Macdonald (P.J.), Macdonald 
(R.R.), Mackay (C.W.), Mackay (R.M.), McCuaig, McDonald (H.F.), 
McKinnon, McLachlan (D.W.) McMeekin, Mudge, Newton, Norton, 
Pedley, Pickard, Pillo'v, Poupore, Presner, Prevost, Ryan <F.G.), 
Scott (W.G.), Sharp, Shorey, Simard, Skelton, Slater, Slavin, Small, 
Smith, Steedman. Taylor, Tupper, Turley, Walker, Wilson, Wick- 
ware, Winter, Wheaton. 

Fourth Ye au.— (Testing Laboratory.) Class I. — Edwards. Class II. — 
Beck and Cohen and Jones, equal. Class III. — Landry. 

Third Year.— (Testiiig Laboratory.) {Full Course.) CZass 7.— McDougall, 
(G. K.), Drysdale, Wilkes ; Chaplin and Greey, equal ; Marrotte ; 
Cole and McCIoskey, equal ; Dutcher and Cardew, equal. Class 
II. — Kemp, Ir\ing, Wenger, Wurtele ; Devlin and Scott, equal. 
(Partial Course.) Class /.—Harvey, McPhee, Blumenthal. Class 
II. — McDougall (C. H.), Parlee, Lawrence ; Deyell and Taylor, 
equal ; Dawe and Chambers and Lambart, equal ; Campbell, Kent ; 
Atkinson and Webster, equal ; Carljde. Class III. — Ells, Wilson ; 
Healy and McMurtiy, equal ; Davis ; Grice and Sullivan, equal ; 
Cameron and Hogan, equal ; Gnaedinger, Roftey, Martin. 

Fourth Year. — (Thermodynamic Laboratory.) Class II. — Roberts, 
McKay ; Brown and McKergow, equal. Class III. — Edgar, Millar. 

lettering. 

First Year. — Class I. — Bell and Presner, equal ; (^ole and Lea and 
McKinnon, e(|ual ; Durland and Kirkpatrick and Mudge and Prevost 
and Tupper, equal : Hardini:, Brady and Hrennan and Conway and 
Loudon, equal ; Black and Blackacler and Dickenson and Leonard, 
equal : Beaudry and Hadley and McCuaig and Norton, equal ; Hib- 
bard and Hodge and Howell, equal ; H.irvie (.J.) and McLachlin (D.), 
equal ; Forbes and Gurd and Shorey, equal. Class II. — Cattanach 
and Macdonald (R. R.) and Roger, equal ; Daly and Giier and Hass- 
berger and Sharp and Walker, equal ; Baylis and Burnett and 
Pickard and Wijiter, equal ; Anderson and Davidson and .lardine 
and Landry and Skelton, equal; Haskell and Macdonald (P. J.) and 
McMeekin and Newton and Pedley and Wilson, e(iual ; Ewens and 
Robb and Smith, equal ; Benedict and Jackson, equal ; Boyd and 
Jones and Small, equal ; Carlyle and Howe and Pillow and Taylor 
and Wheaton, equal ; Bellasis and Brown and Cowen and Rolland, 
equal. Class /7/.— Frilh and MacKay (R. M.) and Richards and Scott 
and Steedman, equal; Corrigan and McDonald (H. F. ), equal; 
Harmer and Slavin, equal ; Simard, Turley, Slater, Ryan, Wickware. 

machine design. 

Fourth Y\iKn.—[El''cfrical Enx/ineering Course.]~Class I. — Foreman. 
Class //.— Conklin, .McCa^kill. Class 7J/.— Baker, Thorpe, Cole ; 
McDonald and Stokes, equal ; Blatch and James and Keitti. equal ; 
Trirninsham. Mechanical Evgineerinq Course. — Class I. — Roberts. 
Class //.—Brown. Class ///.—McKay, McKergow, Millar. Edgai 

Third Year.— Class /.—Chaplin, McPhee, Cole ; Grice and McCIoskey, 
equal; McDougall [G. K.] ami Wenger, equal. C^rss //.—Chambers 
and Fr;iser [D. M.] and Webster, equal ; Kemp, Cardew and Greey 
and Parlee, etiual ; Dntcher. Class III. — Drj'sdale and Marrotte 
and McDougall [C. H.] and Scott, equal ; Davis and Ells, equal ; 
Atkin«on and Wurtele, equal ; Campbell and Price and Wilkes, 
equal ; Deyell ; Gnaedinger and McMurtry, equal ; Taylor. 



34 

MAPPING. 

Third Ykah — Class 7.— Harvey, Blumenthal. Cfass II. — Lainbart, 
Dawe, Hopjan, Lawrence, Healy, Kent. 

Second Year— [(7iri7 Engineering Course]— Class /.— Jost. Class II.— 
Jewett, Fyshe, Mcintosh, Lockerby, Idsardi. Class III.— Kydd, 
Macnab. [Mi7iing EngineeringCourse.]— Class 7.— Churchill. Class 
77— Livingston, Blanchet. Class 777.— Young, Sharpe, Belanger, 
Ritchie. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Third Yv:a-r.— (Calculus, etc.) Class 7.— Cole, McCloskey, Butcher, Law- 
rence, McPhee, Urysdale. Class 77.— McMurtry; Cardew and Wenger, 
equal; Blumenthal and Davis, equal; McDougail (C. H.), Carlyle, 
Grice, Harvey, Chaplin. Class 777.— Chambers. Taylor, Parlee ; 
Kemp and Wilkes, equal ; Wiirtele ; Devlin and *Rort'ey and Sulli- 
van, equal ; Gnaedinger and Lambart, equal ; Greey, Campbell ; 
*Ells and *Kent, equal ; Atkinson. 

{Mechanics.)— Class 7.— Grice and McCloskey, equal; Blumenthal ; 
Drysdale and Lawrence, equal; Cole <G. H.) and Davis, equal. 
Class 7/.— Marrotte and McDougail (G. K.) and McPhee, equal ; 
Dutcher ; Chaplin and Parlee, eciual. Class 777.— Chambers ; Carlyle 
and Scott, equal ; Lambart and Rotfey, equal ; Cardew and Harvey 
and Kenc and McDougail (C. H.), equal: Dawe and McMurtry, 
equal ; Taylor ; Atkinson and Ells and Kemp and Wilkes, equal. 
(S2}ecial Examination in Calculus, etc.) Class 777.— Deyell. 

Second YuAn.—f Analytic Geometry.)— Class 7.— Cropper, Boyle, McMil- 
len ; Jost and McLeish, equal; Cunha and Jewett, equal; Fyshe; 
Blanchet and Scouler, equal ; MacDermot. Class 77.— Archibald, 
Drinkwater ; Miner and Willard, equal; McLean; Bowness and 
Mundy, equal ; Churchill, Baker, Wheaton, Harris ; Johnstone and 
Kydd and Livingston and Sutherland (C.) and Weagant, equal ; 
Glassco. Class 777.— Cockshutt and Findlay and Pattison and 
Ryan, equal ; Rray ; Macnab and Price and Ross, equal ; Campbt-U 
(J. A.) and Robertson, equal ; Redpath ; Eaaie and Higgins aud 
Martin and Wright, e(iual ; Piche, Mooney ; Batchelder and Burpee 
and Fraser (D. M.) and Mackintosh, equal ; Turnbull, Hamilton (W.), 
Eaton ; Barclay and Sharpe, equal; Dickson (G. L.) and Gibbs, equal. 
GaJciiliis. — Class T. — Boyle, MacDermot, Fyshe, McLeish, 
Blanchet. Chiss II. — MacMillen, McLean, Willard,] Cropper, 
Livingston: Glassco and Sharp, equal: Drinkwater, Findlay. 
Class 77/.— Redpath: Archibald and Cockshutt and Jewett, 
equaL Cunha and Harris and Sutherland (C.) and Weagant, 
equal; Fattison, Miner; Johnstone and Mundy and Scouler, 
efiual: Campbell and Churchill and Joseph and Wright, equal; 
Hamilton (W.) and Turnbull, equal; Price; Baker and Martin, 
equal; Kydd, Robertson: Eaton and Piche, equal; Fraser (D. 
M.) and Macnab, equal: Mooney, Bowness; Bray and Eaton and 
Wheaton, equal. 

Mcclianics. — Class I. — Mac-Millen, Kydd, Jost. Willard, Boyle, 
McLeish: Blahchet and McLem, equal; Cropper, Bowness. 
Class II. — Glassco, Scouler; Mundy and Redpath and Weagant, 
equal: Cunha and Johnstone, equal: Churchill: Archibald and 
Livingston, equal: Sharpe: Cockshutt and Fyshe and MacDer- 
mot, equal: Jewett; Drinl^water and Macnab, equal: Piche and 
Sutherland (C. H.), equal: Burpee. Harris, Bain, Findlay. Class 
III. — Pattison, Price, Cainpbell: Harvie CR.) and Robertson, 
equal: Wheaton, Baton. Dickson (G. L.) : Hamilton (A. M.) and 
Hamilton (W.) and Miner, equal: En die, Joseph: Batchelder 
and Idsardi and Ross, equal: Turnbull: Martin and Wright, 
equal. 



♦Suiiplemciital iu Analytic Geoin<Hry 



35 

First Year. (Algebra).— Ciass I.— Bell ; Lea and McLachlan (D.W.), 
equal ; Durland ; McMeekiu aud Walker, equal ; Wilson, Brennan, 
Jones ; Howell and Tupper, equal ; Pedley and Sharp, equal ; Ewens 
and MacDonald <P.J.), equal ; Anderson. Class //.— Turlev and 
Winter, equal ; Forbes, Jackson ; Gurd and McCuaig and Presner, 
equal ; Landry ; Roger and Taylor, equal ; Blackader and McDonald, 
(H.F.), equal ; Boyd and Scott, equal ; Benedict and Cattanach, 
equal ; Davidson and MacDonald (R.R.), equal ; Cole. Class III — 
Slavin ; Brady and Hibbard, equal ; Frith and Harding, equal ; 
Newton, Norton, Pickard ; Hadley and Slater, equal ; Cowen ; 
Burnett and Kirkpatrickand MacKinnon, equal ; Hodgson ; Black 
and Corrigan, equal ; Loudon and Smith, equal ; Leonard ; Grier 
and Mudge and Steednian, equal ; Mackay, (R.M.) ; Conway and 
Rolland, equal ; Harnier, Small. 

Dynamics. — Class I.— Forhefi and McLachlan (D.W.) equal ; Lea, 
Tupper, Bell, Durland, Brennan ; Burnett and Jones, equal ; Pedley '; 
Kirkpatrick and Turley, equal ; Benedict and Steedman, equal. Class 
JJ.— Cattanach, Loudon, Sharp ; Roger and W^alker, equal ; Winter, 
Jackson, Hadley, Davidson ; Anderson and Brady, equal ; Blackader; 
Pickard aud Slater, equal ; Macdonald (R.R.) : Ewens and Wilson, 
equal. Class ///.— Harvie (J.), Corrigan ; MacKinnon and 
Presner, equal ; Conway, Leonard ; Greenshields and Macdonald 
(P.J .) and Mudge, equal ; Landry and Smith, equal ; Cole, Lemoine, 
Black, McCuaig and McDonald )H. F.) and McMeekin and Norton, 
equal ; Boyd and Scott, equal ; Gurd and Harding and Newton, 
equal ; Cowen and Taylor, equal ; Hibbard and Howell, equal. 

Geometry— Class /.—Bell, McLachlan (D. W.), L,ea, Jones, 
Durland, Walker, Brennan, Boyd. Class //.—Jackson and Ped- 
ley, equal: Macdonald (P. J.): Anderson and Sharp, equal; 
Newton; McL'uiig and McLachliii (D.), equal; McMeekin, 
Forbes, Cattannch, Loudon. Ewens, Kirkpatrick. Class III.— 
Hiibbard and Howell and Landry, equal; Blackader and Wil- 
son, equal; Roger, Leonard; Harding- and Winter, equal; Dick- 
son, Grier; Greenshields nnd Scott, equal; *Benedict and Brown 
equal; Presner, Conway; *Burnett and Davidson and tMacKay 
(R. M.) and Pickard, equal; Corrigan and *Gurd and Steedman, 
equal; Frith and Robb and Taylor, equal, Baylis and Harvie 
(J.), equal; Hadley and iMacdonald (R. R.), equal. 

Trigoiiometrn.-Class /.—Bell. McLachlan (D. W.), Lea, Dur- 
land. Class //.—Anderson. Macdonald (P. J.), Forbes, Jones, 
^Valker. Sharp, McMeekin; Brennan and Pedley, equal; Bene- 
dict. Class! ///.—Harding; Hibbard and Turley. equal; Jackson, 
Cole; Landry and Wilson, equal; Blackader and Brady and 
Macdonald (R. R), equal; Boyd and Steedman, equal; Ewens 
and Roger and Tupper, equal; Burnett and Kirkpatrick and 
Presner, equal; Greenshields and Hadley and Norton and Pick- 
ard, equal; Cattanach and Grier and McDonald (H. P.) and 
Taylor and Winter, equal; McCuaig and Scott, equal; Howell, 
Loudon; Mudge and Slater, equal. 

MECHANICAL DRAWIXG. 

Thiru YY.XB.. — Class /.—Chambers, Chaplin, Gillies ; Cole and McPlu e' 
equal : Kemp and Marmtte and Scott, ciiual. Cass//.— Gnaedinger 
and Wurtele, equal; McCloskev and McDongall (C.H.) and Parlee, 
equal; Hamilton (A.M.); Dutcher and Piche, equal ; McDougali 
(G.K.K Mundy, Price, Eraser (D.M.) and Wilkes, equal ; Drysdale 
and Ells and Rheaume, equal ; Wenger, Cardew, Davis, Greey. 
Class ///.—Campbell. Devlin, Deyell ; Atkln.son and Roffev, equal ' 
Taylor, McMurtry, Martin, Wilson, Sullivan ; Carlyle and Grice' 
equal. ' ' 



* Supplemental in Planr Geometry. 
t Supphmeiital in Soli'l and Conies. 



36 

Second Year.— Class /.—Sutherland (C), Cropper, Archibald, Burpee, 
Class //.— Jost, Moonev, Gillespie, Johiisou ; MacDerniot and Wil- 
lard, equal ; Bovle and Eaton and Fyshe, equal ; Turnbull ; Bianchet 
and Macnab, equal ; Churchill and Wheaton, eciual ; p:adie and 
Hitigins and McMillen, equal ; Bownessand Pinch, equal ; Cocksl utt 
an'rrScouler, equal: Cunha and Ghussco and Gibbs and Redpath, 
equal. Class ///.— Sharpe ; McLean and Ross, equal ; Batchelder 
and Joseph, equal ; Barclay and McLeish and Wright and Young, 
equal; Livingston; Dickson (G.L.) and Drinkwater, equal; Camp- 
bell ; Findlay and Weagant, equal ; Miner ; Bray and Harris, equal ; 
Ho gson, Irving, Bain, Ritchie, Belanger. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Fourth Year.— fCiriZ, Electrical and ilinincf Engineering Covrses.) 
Class i.— Foreman and Robertson, equal ; Boright and Gale, equal. 
Class //.— Gumming and Ross, equal ; Conklin, Rowlands ; Kendall 
and Lucas, equal ; McCaskill ; Hall and Stovel equal ; McDonald 
and Femberton, equal. Class 7//.— Langley, Maclaren ; Cole and 
Rowley and Stokes aud Thorpe, equal ; Baker and Jones, equal ; 
Cohen and Jennings and Keith and Porcheron, equal ; Beck ; Blatch 
and James and Landry and Musgrave (R.), and Reynolds and Rodger 
and Tilt and Triminghani, equal. (Mechanical Engineering Course.) 
Class /.- Roberts, Brown. Class J/.— Edgar, McKay, McKergow. 
Class 7/L— Millar. 

METALLUKGY. 

Third Year.— CZass /.— McPhee ; Grice and Spencer, equal ; LeMaistre. 
Cla.ss //.— MacNaughton ; Atkinson and McDougall (C.H.), equal ; 
Parlee. f lass ///.— Carlyle and Gnaedinger and McMurtry and 
Taylor, equal ; Webster, Sullivan ; Ells and Johnson, equal ; Cam- 
pbell and Davis, equal ; Deyell. 

METALLURGY (ADVANCED). 

Fourth YEVR.—C/a.ss /.—Robertson. Class II.— TWt ; Hall and Row- 
lands, equal ; Pemberton, Kendall. 

metallurgy (iron, steel AND COPPER). 

Fourth Year.— C/as.s /.—Robertson, Tilt; Hall and Rowlands, equal. 
Cla.ss //.—Boright, Stovel, Lucas; McLaren and Gale, equal; 
Langley. Class ///.—Kendall and Pemberton and Rosa, equal ; 
Curaming and Porcheron and Revnolds, equal ; Rowley, Musgrave 
(R.) 

metallurgy (silver, gold and lead). 

Fourtr Year.— CTass/.— Rowlands, Tilt. C/ass //.-Boright and Hall 
and Reynolds and Robertson and Rowley, equal ; Lucas, Pemberton 
and Stovel, equal ; Gale and MacLaren and Mu.sgrave (R.), equal ; 
Porcheron, Langley. Class ///.—Kendall, Ross. 

mineralogy. 

Third Yeah.— Clns-^ /.—LeMaistre. Grice. McPhee. Clam //.—John- 
son, Spencer. Parlee. McDougall (C. H.). e;1s. Taylor, Chambers. 
Clas.'i ///.— Gnaedin.eer; Carlyle and Devell, equal: Webster: 
Davis and McMurtry, equal: Campbell, Sullivan, Wilson, At- 
kinson. 



37 

MINERALOGY (ADVANCED). 

Fourth Year.— Class /.— Egleson and Robertson, equal. Class II.— 
Lucas and Rowlands, equal; Musgrave (W. N.); Langley and 
Rowley, equal; Hall; Gale and Pem.berton and Stovel and Tilt, 
equal; Savage, Crawford. Class ///.— Maclaren, Musgrave (R.), 
Boright, Porcheron, Ross, Kendall, Reynolds. 

MINERALOGY (DETERMINATIVE). 

Third Yeah.— fla<s /.— Jo^mson, Deysll, LeMaistre; Carlyle and 
McPhee. equ'il; Chambers. Clas.'< i/.— Parlee; Spencer and 
Sullivan, equal; Gnaedinger and Webster, equal; McMurtry; 
Grice and McDougall (C. H.), equal; Wilson. Class /Z/.— Ells, 
Davis; Cameron and Campbell, equal; Atkinson and Taylor, 
equal. 



Fourth Tear.— C'Z '/.<!« 7.— Robe-tson. CUiss //.—Tilt, Boright. Pem- 
berton, Reynolds, Hall, Stcvel, Lucas: Gale and Kendall and 
Musgrave (R.) and Rowlands, equal. Class; ///.— Maelaren. 
Ross, Rowley, Porcheron, Langley. 

MINING MACHINERY. ALLOYS AND PROBLEMS. 

Fourth Tear.— (7?r7v.s /.—Hall. Robertson. Boright. Clas-^ II.— 
Stovel, Reynolds. Rowlands. Cla^>< ///.—Rowley; Lucas and 
Tilt, equal: Langley: Musgrave (R.) and Ross, equal; Maelaren 
and Pemberton, equal; Gale, Porcheron, Kendall. 

MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING. 

Four-^h TE^R— r7''.>;-N^ 7^- Non^. Cla<s //.-Edwards, Jones. Class 
III. — Cohen, Landry. 

Third Yeab..— Class /.— Hogan: Blu nenthal and Lawrence, equal; 
Class //.—Harvey, H(;aly. Class ///.— Dawe, Kent, Lambart. 

ORE DRESSING. 

Fourth Year.— Class /.—Robertson. Class //.—Hall, Boright, Tilt. 
( lass III. — Lucas and Musgrave (R.) and Pemberton, equal; 
Porcheron; Gale and Row^ley, equal; Maelaren and Reynolds, 
equal; Kendall and Rowlands, equal; Ross; Langley and Stovel, 
equal. 

Third Tear —C/ffss /.—McPhee. C/f/.s.s //.— Parlee; Chambers and 
Atkinson and Taylor, equal; Grice, Gnaedinger, Carlyle, McMur- 
try. Ell.s. Webster, Campbell ; McDouKall (C. H.) and Wilson, 
equal; Davis, Sullivan. Class III. — Cameron and Deyell, equal. 

PETROGRAPHY. 

Fourth Year —r/ass /.—None, r/r/.s.s 7/^— Robertson, Hall. Rowley. 
Class ///.—Boright and Gale and Musgrave (R.) and Rowlands, 
equal; Langley and Lucas and Pemberton, equal; Stovel, Tilt, 
Maelaren, Ross; Kendall and Reynolds, equal. 

PH\'SIOGRAPHY. 

Fourth Tear — r/^.s.s /. — None. C/a.s.s II. — Rowley, Ross, Reynolds. 
Clans ///.—Boright; Lucas and Stovel, equal; Musgrave (R.); 
Gale and Maelaren, equal; Langley. 



38 



Second Yk.k^.— {Electricity and Mao net ism.)— Class 7".— Boyle, Fyshe 
Harris, Redpath, Scouler; Findlay and MacDermot, equal. 
Class //.—Johnstone and McLeish and Weagant, equal; Crop- 
per, Kydd, Wlllard, Archibald, Blanchet; Burpee and Piche, 
equal; McLean, Mundy; Bain and Jewett and Small, equal; 
Cunha and Joseph, equal; Drinkwater and Macnab, equal; Spen- 
cer and Sutherland (C. H.), equal; Bowness and Eaton and 
Jost, equal; MacMillen and Robertson, equal; Campbell and 
Hamilton (W.), equal; Glassco. Class ///.—Churchill. Wheaton, 
Bray; Gibbs and Ross and 'Wright, equal; Baker and Dickson 
(G. L.), equal; Turnbull, Livingstone, Pattison. Sharpe; Batch- 
elder and Idsardi, equal; Belanger and Cockshutt and Eadie and 
Gillespie and Higgins and Mooney, equal. 

First Year.— (.S'okju/, HciU and Light.)— Class /.— Cattanach; Jones 
and McLachlan (D. W.), equal; Bell, Jackson. Durland, Turley; 
Landry and Walker, equal; Hibbard and Winter, equal; David- 
son and Pedley, equal; Sharp. Class //.— Macdonald (P. J.) and 
Tupper, equal; Brennan; Presner and Wickware, equal; Black- 
ader and Boyd and Corrigan and Forbes and Lea, equal; Gurd 
and Kirkpatrick, equal; Black and Hadley and Leonard, equal; 
Cowen; Biady and Burnett, equal; Anderson and Cole and Pick- 
ard, equal; Roger. Steedman: Dickenson and Harding and Mc- 
Meekin and Taylor, equal; Dickson and Greenshields and Har- 
vie (R.), equal. Class ///.—McDonald (H. F.) and Norton, 
equal; Frith and Slater, equal; Benedict and Ewens and Hodge, 
equal; Harvie (J.); Baylis and Wilson, equal; Howell and Scott, 
equal; Newton; Conway and Loudon and McCuaig, equal; 
Shore'y, Howe; Brown (W. G. B.) and McKinnon and Smith, 
equal; MacKay (G. W ) and MacKay (R. M.), equal. 

RAILWAY ENGINEEBING. 

Fourth Yeab..— Class /.—Jones, Edwards. Class //.—Landry. Glass 

///.—Cohen, Beck. 
Third Yeab..— Class /.^Blumenthal. Class //.— Hogan. Class III.— 

Harvey. Lawrence; Dawe and Healy. equal; 

SIIOPWORK. 

Fourth Yea-r.— Class /.— McKergow; Brown and McKay and Ro- 
berts, equal. Class II.— Edgar. 

Third Yeab. —Class /.—Cole and McCloskey. equal; Chaplin. Wenger, 
Drysdale Scott; Garde w and Dntcber and Marrotte and Wilkes 
and Wurtele. equal. Class //.—Kemp. McDougall (G. K.); 
Devlin rnd Roffey, equal; Greey and Piche. equal 

Second Ye ab..— Class /.—Jost: Barclay and Fra<^er (D. M.) and Wea- 
gant. equal: Burpee and Jewett and Johnstone and W-heaton. 
equal; Macnab and Pattison and Sharpe, equal; Belanger and 
Momey, efiual; Gibbs and Gillis and McLean, equal: Fyshe 
and Kvdd and Idsardi and Livingston and Mcintosh and Skel- 
ton equal. Class //.—Higgins and Redpath and Willard, equal; 
Archibald and Findlay and Wrlglht and Young, equal: Harris 
and Ross and Turnbull, equal: Bain and Bowness and Churchill 
and MacDermot. equal: Dickson and Gillespie and Pinch and 
«utheiiand (C. H.). equal: Boyle and Campbeb and Cropper and 
McMillen and Scouler, equa'; Cockf^hutt anri Roger and Shaugh- 
nessy, equal: Blanchet and Cunha and Drinkwater and Eadie 
and Joseph and Small and Smith, equal: Bray and Glassco and 
Mi-ier. equal. Class ///.—Ryan; Ritciiie and Rolland, equal; 
Eaton. 



39 

First Year.— Cl'is< /.— Har\ ie (J.); Conway and Harvie (R.) and 
Sharp and Tupper. equal: Dickenson and Durland and Jackson, 
equal- Forbes: B^atk and DickFon and Kirkpatrlck, equal; 
Cla'<s' //.— Dav;dson and Greenshields and Hasstoerger and 
Hodg^ and Smill and "^'inter. equal: Blackader and Boyd and 
Brennan and Brown CW G. B ) and Carlyle and Howe and 
Jardire and Johnson and Jones and Leonard and Loudon and 
Macdoiiald (P. J) a-'d McMeekin and Newton and Presner 
and Richards and ^^alk-r and Wilson and Wickware and 
Wheaton, equal: Be-edict and Brady and Cattanacfh and Cole 
and Corriean and Prevost and Turlev. equa': Anderson and 
Bell ann Hadlev and Hard nsr and Mcr"uaiar and McKinnon 
and Piokard and Shorey and Taylor, equal- Daly and Ewens 
a^d Frith and Ourd and Hihb-rd and Hnwell and Mather and 
Macdonald (B.. R.) and Norton and Perlley and Poupore and 
Slater a-^d Slavin. equaj; B^audry ard Cowen and Gaunt and 
Hask'H and I andrv and Lea and Lynch and McDonald (H. F.) 
and Mf'Lachlan CD. "W.) and Rva^^ and Scotf (W. G.) and 
Smith, equal: Baylis and Grier and McKay (R. M.) and Phillips 
and W^right. equal. Clasix ///.— Harmer and Simard and Steed- 
man, equal ; Burnett, Roy, Robb. 

STRUCTURAL DESIGXIXG. 

Fourth VE.iR —(^'/rt.xs /.—None. f7rt.ss //.—Jones, Beck, Edwards. 
Class ///.—Cohen and Landry, equal. 

Third Year —r/r/.';s /.—Lambart, Blumenthal, Haiwey, Lawrence. 
Class //.—Irving-, Dawe, Kent. Class ///.— Healy, Hogan. 

STRUCTURAL EXGINEERIXG. 

Fot-rth Yeab.— Class /.—None. Class //.—None. Class ///.—Cohen; 
Beck and Edwards, equal; Jones, Landry. 

Third Tkab. —Class /.—Blumenthal, Lawrence. Class //.—Harvey, 
Kent, Hogan. Class ///.—Dawe, Healy, Lambart. 

SUMMER WORK fESi^AYS). 

Fourth Yeab..— Class /.— Conklin and Foreman and Keith and Mc- 
Kay, equal; Brown and Cole and McCaskill and Roberts and 
Hall, equal; Egleson and Musgrave (R.) and Robertson, enual; 
Savage. Class //.— Boright and Jones and McKergow and Row- 
• lands and Rowley, enual; Baker and Kendall and Lucas and 
Musgrave (AY. N.) and Ross and Tilt, equal: Beck and Gale and 
James and Stokes, enual; Langley and Cohen and Crawford, 
equal. Class /A/.- McDonald and Reynolds and Thorpe and 
Trimingham, equal; Edgar and Landry and Maclaren and 
Porcheron, equal; Pemberton, Stovel. 

Third Tear.— r7fl.<is /.—Chambers and Scott, equal: Carlyle and Mc- 
Dou2-all (G. K.), equal; Cardew and Drysdale and Harvey and 
Lambart. equal. Class //.—Chaplin and Dutcher and Greev and 
Kemp and "Pinny, enual; Blumenthal and Ells and Gnaedinger 
and Marrotte and Parlee. equal: Kent and iMcCloskpy, equal; 
Davis and McPhee and TVenger and TA^ilkes, equal. Class TTT.— 
Cole; Gillies and Lawrence and McDougall (C. H.), equal; 
Dawe; Atkinson and Johnson and LeMaistre, equal. 



* Supplemental in Field work only. 



40 

SURVEYING. 

Third Year. — Class I. — McPhee, Lawrence. C7r/.s,s //. — McMurtry; 
Blumenthal and Grice, equal; Kent, Gnaedinger, Healy, Atkin- 
son. C7f/.w ///. — Chambers, Davis, Taylor, "Weljster,! Harvey, 
Ells, Carlyle, .McDougall (C. H.), Parlee; Hogan and Wilson, 
equal; *Deyell. 

Second Yeah.— Class I. — Jewett, Kydd; Fyshe and Jost, equal; 
Churchill. Class II. — Livingston, Blanchet, Martin. Class III. — 
Sharpe; Hamilton (A. M.) and Idsardi, equal; Macnab, Mcin- 
tosh, Lockerby, Hamilton (W.), Ritchie. 

SURVEYING FIELDWORK. 

Second Yka-r.— Class /.—Jewett, Blanchet, Jost. r/r/.s.s II.— 
Churchill, Livingston, Mcintosh, Idsardi, Sharpe, Kydd; Belan- 
ger and Toung, equal; Bowness. Ritchie. (Jlass III.— Miner, 
Shaughnessy, Rolland. 

THEORY' OF STRUCTURES. 

Fourth Tear.— G/f/.s.s- 7.— Edwards. Class /"/.— Cohen. Jones, Landry, 
Beck. 

Third Ye > r.— r-Zrt.ss 7.— Dutches, McDougall (C. H.), Chaplin, Grice; 
rardew a-d Lawa-ence and McDougjiU (G K.), equal. Class 
7/_Ccle; Parlee and Taylor, equal; Ells and Lambart, equal; 
Greey and Harvev, equal;. Drysdal-^. McCloskey, Davis. Mar- 
rotte- Carlvle and Kent, equal; Healy, Blumenthal. Class III.— 
Chambers 'and MePhe- and Wilson, equal; Wenger, Wilkes, 
Gnaedinger Scott, Deyell. Kemp: Roffey and Wurtele, equal; 
Campbell and Webster, equal; McMurtry, Devlin, Atkinson, 
Dawe. 

THERMODYNAMICS. 

Fourth Year.— C?flS^ 7.— Rob-rts, Brown. Class 77.— McKergow. 

Class 777.— Edgar, McKay. 
Third Ye \r.— C/flS'; 7.— Kemp Class 77.— Drysdale; Chaplin and 

Greey and Robinson (H. G.), equal. V(nss 777.- Wilkes. 

TRANSrORTATIO.N'. 

Third Year.— Class 7.-Grice, McPhee; Davis and McDougall (C. H.), 
equal; Chambers and Sullivan, equal; Websten Class Ll.-~ 
Taylor Martin; Ells and Gnaedinger, equal; Wilson. Class 
/77._r'ampbell; Atkinson and Parlee, equal; Cameron and 
Deyell. equal; Carlyle, McMurtry. 



^acuTtin of I^Kctltctne. 

FINAL VEAK. 

PRIZE LIST. 

HOLMES GOLD MEDAL, for highest aggregate in all subjects 
forming the Medical Curriculum. 

E. M. McLaughlin, . Winona, Minn. 

FINAL PRIZE for highest aggregate In the Fourth Year subjects, 

F. S. Patch, B.A., Montreal, Que. 

FOURTH YEAR. 

HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS. 

1. Patch, F. S., B.A. C. 

2. Parris, N. D. 7. 

3. Nelson, W. E. S 

4. McLaughlin, E. M. 9 
5 Turner, G. H., B.A. 10. 



n. 



McCulloch, J. M. 
King, R., B.A. 
Elder, R., B.A. 
Burns, A. S., B.A. 
Bishop, L. C. 



SURGERY— HONOURS. 



Patch. F. S., B.A. 
Parris, N. D. 
McLaughlin, E. M. 
McCulloch. J. M. 
Burns, A. S., B.A. 
Cowperthwaite, H. 
McLaren, D. D. 
Turner, G. H., B.A. 
Ebbett, P. L. B. 
Bishop, L. C. 
English, J. M. 
Nelson, "^". E. 
Townsley, R. H. 
Thomas, S. B. 
McKechnie D. W. 



H. 



25. 

2t). 



Douglas, F. C. 
Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A. 
Rehfuss, W. N., B.A. 
Ells, R. H. 
Kissane, J.W. 
Elder R., B.A. 
Lynch, A. L. 
Slack, M. R. 
Montgomery, C. H. 
King, R., B.A. 
Anderson, C. W., B.A. 
Lamb, yv. V. 
Magee, C. F. 
Forbes, R. D. 
Secord, 'W. H. 



MEDICINE AND CLINICAL MEDICINE. 
HONOURS. 

Forbes, R. D. 
Bishop, L. C. 
Nelson, W. E. 
Anderson, C. W., B.A. 
Laurie. E., B.A. 
Munro, J. H. 
Burns, A. S., B.A. 
Elder, R., B.A. 
McEachern, I. W. T. 



1. 


McCulloch, J. M. 


10. 


2. 


Turner, G. H., B.A. 


11. 





McLaughlin, E. M. 


12. 


4 


Patch, F. S., B.A. 


1?.. 


r 


Thomas, S. B. 




0. 


Strong, N. W., B.A. 




7. 


Macdonald, R. St. J. 


U. 


8. 


King, R., B.A. 


17. 




Parris. N. D. 


IB. 



42 



CLINICAL, SURGERY— HONOURS. 



McLaughlin, E. M. 
Nelson, W. E. 
Parris, N. D. 
Turner, G. H., B.A. 
Thomas, S. B. 
Patch, F. S., B.A. 
Rehfuss, W. N., B.A. 



8. Burns, A. S. 
Forbes, R. D. 

10. Mag-ee, C. F. 

11. Freeze, E. H. 
Macclonald, R. St. 
Townsley, R. H. 



J., B.A. 



OPHTHALMOLOGY AND OTOLOGY— HONOURS. 

0. 



1. Parris, N. D. 

2 Patch, F. S., B.A. 

3 Church, H. C. 

4. Montgomery, C. H. 

C. Donnelly, W. H. 



Nelson, W. E. 
Taggart, E. A. 
Maby, W. J. 
McEwen, J. R. 



B.A. 



SPECIAL PATHOLOGY— HONOURS. 



1. King, R., B.A. 

2. Strong, N. W., B.A. 

3. Elder, R., B.A. 

4. Lamb, W. V. 

5. Morris, S. C. 

6. McLaren, D. D. 

7. Ebbett, P. L. B. 
McEwen, J. R,. B.A. 



9. McCuUoch, J. M. 
Patch, F. S., B.A. 

11. O'Neill, J. M. 

12. Parris, N. D. 

13. Truax, "W. 

14. Allan. R. 

Ells, R. H., B.A. 



GYNAECOLOGY— HONOURS 



1. Turner, G. H., B.A. 

2. Nelson, Yv^ E. 
'-. Parris, N. D. 
4. English, J. M. 

.5. Patch. F. S., B.A. 

6. Bishop. L. C. 

7. King. R., B.A. 
Warren, J. G. 



9. 


Elder, R., B.A. 




10. 


Anderson, C. W., 
Freeze, E. H. 


B.A, 


12. 


Townsley, R. H. 




1^. 


Fortin, C. E. F.. 


B.A. 


14 


Slack, M. R. 




15. 


Ells, R. H., B.A. 





Bishop, L. C. 
Campbell, W. G. 
Church, H. C. 
Cumming. W. G 
Nelson, W. E. 



OBSTETRICS— HONOURS. 
6 



B.A. 



Munro, J. H. 

McCulloch, J. M. 

Patch, F. S., B.A. 

Peterson, G. R. 



PASS LIST. 

FINAL SUBJECTS. 

The lollowing gentlemen, 100 in number, have fulfilled all the 
requirements to entitle them to the degree of M.D., CM., from the 
University. In addition to the primary subjects they have passed a 
satisfactory examination, both written and oral, in the following 
subjects: — Principles and Practice of Surgery, Theory and Practice 
of Medicine, Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, Phar- 
macology and Therapeutics, Medical Jurisprudence, Practical and 
General Pathology, Bacteriology an* Hygiene; and also clinical 
examinations in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gyngecology and 
Ophthalmology conducted at the bedside in tho hospital; — 

Allan, R .Montreal. 

Allum, A. W Renfrew. 

Anderson, C. W., B.A Halifax, N.S. 

Andrews,' J. J.. St. Lambert, Que. 

Bishop, G. A Kinburn, Ont. 

Bishop. L. C Marbleton, Que. 

B'.air, A. K Chicoutimi, Que. 

Boulter, J. H., B.A Picton, Ont. 

Boyd, O Russell, Ont. 

Boyd. R. M Belleville, Ont. 

Brooks, J. E., B.A Eastport, Maine. 

Burns, A. S., B.A Boston. Mass. 

Campbell. W. G Biantford, Ont. 

Chaml:erlain, H. B Montreal, Que. 

Chandler, E. C Montreal, Que. 

Chaplin, H. L. S St. John'.s, Newfoundland. 

Church, H. C Chelsea, Que. 

Cowperthwaite, H. H St. John's. Newfoundland. 

Croft, L. v., B.A Middleville, Ont. 

Gumming, W. G., B.A Montreal, Que. 

Dickson. A. J., B.A Goderich, Ont. 

Donnelly, W. H Ogdensburgh. N.Y. 

Douglas, F. C Montreal, Que. 

Doyle, F. H Natick, Mass. 

Ebbett, P. L. B Gagetown, N.B. 

Elder, R., B.A Trout River, Que. 

Ells, R. H., B.A Ottawa. Ont. 



44 



English, J. M New Westminster, B.C. 

Ferguson, W. H St. Thomas, Ont. 

Forbes, R. D Stratford, Ont. 

Fortin, C. F. F., B.A Winnipeg, Man. 

Freeze, E. H Penobsquish, N.B. 

Frost, A. C Montreal, Que. 

Gale, W. P Quebec, Que. 

Gihnour, C. R Brockville, Ont. 

Hansen, N. C, M.A Portland, Maine. 

Hardisty, R. H. M., B.A Montreal, Que. 

Hor.sfall, F. L., B.A Montreal, Que. 

Hynes, W. T Darnley, P.E.I. 

Kenny, R. W Ottawa, Ont. 

King, R., B.A Sackville, N.B. 

Kissane, J. W •>.. ..Chataguay, N.Y. 

Lamb, W. V St. Andrews, N.B. 

Laurie, Ernest, B.A Montreal, Que. 

Lundie, J. A., B.A Montreal, Que. 

Lyman, W. S., Ph.B Knoxville, Tenn., U.S.A. 

Lynch, A. L Ottawa, Ont. 

Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A Bailey's Brook, N.S. 

Mackenzie, W. A Wood Islands, P.E.I. 

MacKinnon, I. W 'harlottetown, P.B.I. 

Mcculloch, J. M Durham, Ont. 

McDiarmid, C. A Kemptville, Ont. 

McDonald, P. A., B.A Dundee Centre, Que. 

McDonald, S. H., B.A g^ j^^^^^ ^ j^ 

McEachern, 1. W. T Rockland, Ont. 

McEwen, J. R., B.A DewittviU-, Que. 

McGrath, F. C Norway, P.E.I. 

McGuigan, J. D Kelly's Cross, P.E.I. 

McKechnie, D. W Dundas, Ont. 

Mcintosh, H. H Montreal, Que. 

Mcintosh, J. A Vankleek Hill, Ont. 

McLaren, D. D Russell, Ont. 

McLaughlin, E. M Winona, Minn. 

McPherson, Thos., B.A Stratford, Ont. 

Maby, W. J Cchoes, N.Y. 

Magee, C. F North Gower, Ont. 

Meindl, A. G Mattawa, Ont. 

Mitchell, I. E., B.A Sherbrooke, Que. 

Montgomery, C. H st. John, N.B. 

Morris, S. C Wallace, N.S. 

Munroe, H. B., B.A Almonte, Ont. 

Munroe, H. E St. Elmo, Ont. 



45 



Munro, J. H Maxville, Ont. 

Murray, J. S St. John, N.B. 

Nelson, J. S Ottawa, Ont. 

Nelson, W. E Montreal, Que. 

O'Brien, C. W., B.A Montreal, Que. 

O'Neill, J. M Massena, N.Y. 

Parris, N. D Highlands, Barbadoes, W.I. 

Patch, F. S., B.A Montreal, Que. 

Pavey, H. L London, Ont. 

Peterson, G. R Toys Hill, Ont. 

Puddington, B. A St. John, N.B. 

Rehfuss, W. N., B.A Bridgewater, N.S. 

Saunders, W. E TV^oodstock, N.B. 

Scott, W Montreal, Que. 

Secord, W. H Brantford, Ont. 

Shaw, D. Le B ..Portland, Me. 

Slack, M. R Farnham, Que. 

Steeves, E. O Upper Sackville, N.B. 

Stowell, F. E Worcester, Mass. 

Strong, N. W., B.A Cambria, Que. 

Taggart, E. A Ottawa, Ont. 

Thomas, S. B Barbadoes, B.W.I. 

Townsley R. H Montreal, Que. 

Truax, W Farnham, Que. 

Turner, G. H., B.A Baie' Verte, N.B. 

Warren, J. G Montreal. Que. 

White, S. G Ottawa, Ont. 

Wilson, A Russell, Ont. 



46 



XHIRD YEAR. 

PIZE LIST. 

THIRD YEAR PRIZEMAN, 

J. L. Robinson, of St. Marys, Ont. 

SUTHERLAND MEDALLIST, 

J. GRAH.A.M WiLLMORE, Of Montreal, Que. 

McGILL MEDICAL SOCIETY SENIOR PRIZES; 
D. W. iVicIvECHNiE, First Prize. 
W. G. Campbell, Second Prize. 

HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECT.S. 

Robinson, J. L. 6. Atkinson, H. S. 

Nutter, J. A. B.A. 
Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 
Willmore. J. G. 
Charman, F. D. 



Yorston, F. P., M.A. 
Sellery, A. C. 
Chipman. T\^. W. 



HONOURS IN 

1. Miller, V. L., B.A. 

2. Sellery, A. C. 
Wood, W. H. 

4. Douglas, E., B.A. 

Fisher, E. M. 

Greenwood, W. T. 

McLachlan, D. C. 

Yorston, F. P., M.A. 
9. Stewart, J. A. 
10. Lincoln, W. A. 

Robinson, J. L. 
12. Arnold, D. R,, B.A. 

Black. J. C. 

Lauchland, L. C, B.A. 

McLeod, W. A. 

Nelles, T. R. B. 

Richardson, C. A. 

Rogers, J. T., B.A. 

Wood, H. G. 



CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. 

20. Ainley. W. E. 

Charman, F. D. 

Folkins, C. G. 

Eraser, S. 

Graham, R. W. 

Hog-an, F. J. 

Keys, M. J. 

MacKid, L. S. 

Nutter, J. A., B.A. 

Styles, W. A. L. 
• Winfrey, W. C, B L. 

Wrig-ht, G. A. 
32. Chipman, "W. W. 

Coffin, J. ^y. 

Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 

Hotchki.cs, E. A. 

Lippiatt, H. T. 

McKenty, F. 

Richardson, C. A. C. 

White. P. G. 



B.A. 



HONOURS IN HYGIENE. 



1. 


Chipman, W. W. 


11. 


2. 


Willmore, J. G. 


12. 


3. 


Nutter, J. A., B.A. 


13. 


4. 


Robinson, J. L. 


14. 


5. 


^Mcintosh, L. de C. 




6. 


Yorston, F. P., M.A. 


16. 


7. 


Lincoln, W. A. 




8. 


Lippiatt, H. T. 


18. 


9. 


McKenty, F. 
Stewart, J. A. 


19. 



Miller, V. L., B.A. 
Cliisholm, H. A. 
Dillon, W. P. 
Cook, W. J. 
McLachlan, D. C. 
Charman, F. D. 
Rankin, A. C. 
Howitt, H. O. 
Markson, S. M. 



HONOURS IN GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 



1. 


Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 


2. 


Nutter, J. A., B.A. 


3. 


Robinson, J. L. 


4. 


"Willmore, J. G. 


5. 


Charman, F. D. 


6. 


Faulkner, J. A. 


7. 


Coffin, J. W. 


8. 


Y^orston, F. P., M.A. 


9. 


Crowell, B. C, B.A. 



10. 

11. 

12. 
13. 



16. 
17. 

18. 



Kerr, H. H. 
Grant, N. P. 
Chipman, W. W. 
Alford, J. H. 
Martin, J. C. 
Meakins, J. C. 
Murphy, H. H., 
Howitt, H. O. 
Sellery, A. C. 



B.A. 



HONOURS IN OBSTETRICS. 



1. Murphy, H. H., B.A. 

2. Atkinson, H. S. 
Coffin, J. W. 
Robinson, J. L. 
Sellery, A. C. 
Stewart. J. A. 

7. Charman, F. D. 

Crowell. B. C, B.A. 

Gibson, G. M. . 

Gillis, J. E. 
11. -Fraser, S. 

Fyshe. J. C, A.B. 
13. Alford, J. H. 

Dillon. W. P. 

Hotchkiss, E. A. 

Rankin, A. C. 
17. Ainley, W. E., B.A. 

Chipman, W. W. 

Keys, M. J. 

Lippiatt. H. T. 

Mcintosh, L. de C. 



28. Faulkner, J. A., B.A. 

Fisher, E. M. 

Gibson, R. 

Harrison, L. L., B.A. 

Johnson. J. G. W., M.A. 

White, P. G. 
34. Grant. N. P. 

Price, Jos. 

Yorston, F. P., M.A. 
37. Cook, W. J. 

Greenwood, W. T. 

Kerr, H. H. 

Nutter, J. A., B.A. 

Preston, C. E. 

Rogers, J. T., B.A. 

Wilson, O. M. 

44. Douglas, E.. B.A. 

45. Bonin, R. P. 
Howitt, H. O. 
Richardson, C. A. C, B.A. 
Smith, W. A., B.A. 



48 



HONOURS 

McKenty, F. 
xvIcLachlan, D. C. 
Martin, J. C. 
25. Gilroy, J. R. 
Losier, A. J. 
Warwick, W. 

HOXOURS IN 

1. Willmore, J. G. 

2. McKenty, F. 

3. Yorston, F. P., M.A. 

4. Dillon, W. P. 
Eaton, C. E. 
Faulkner, J. A., B.A. 
Ford, H. S. 

Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 
Liosier, A. J. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
11. Charman, F. D. 

Crowell, B. C, B.A. 
Douglas, E., B.A. 
Eraser, S. 

Harrison, L. L.. B.A. 
Keys, M. J. 
Lincoln, W. A. 
MacKid, L. S. 
Miller, V. L., B.A. 
Nutter, J. A., B.A. 
Reford, L. L., B.A. 
Robinson, J. .L 
Wright, G. A. 

HONOURS IN 

1. Robinson, J. L. 

2. Atkinson, H. S. 
White, P. G. 
Yorston, F. P., M.A. 

5. Ainley, L. T., B.A. 
Nutter, J. A., B.A. 
Reford, L. L., B.A. 
Wood, H. G. 
9. Charman, F. D. 
10. CofRn, J. 'W. 
Rankin, A. C. 
Rogers, J. T., B.A. 

13. Sellery, A. C. 

14. Chipman, W. W. 



IN OBSTETRICS. 

49. Dunn, J. F. 

Gormel>', J. C. 
Willmore, J. G. 
Wood, W. H. 
Wright, G. A. 

CLINICAL, SURGERY. 

24. Crack, I. E., B.A. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Gibson, R. 
Gillis, J. E. 
Gormely, J. C. 
Lippiatt, H. T. 
Martin, J. C. 
Meakins, J. C. 
Miller, C. 

Murphy, H. H., B.A. 
Rogers, J. T., B.A. 
Stewart, J. A. 
Wood, H. G. 
^'ood, W. H. 



CLINICAL MEDICINE. 
15. Grant, N. P. 

Richardson, C. A. 
17. Gibson, G. M. 

Gillis. J. E. 

Graham, R. W. 

Harrison. .L L., B.A. 

Meakins, J. C. 

22. Howitt, H. O. 

23. Stewart. J. A. 

24. Cook, W. J. 
Crack. I. E. B.A. 
Eraser, S. 
McKenty, F. 
Preston, C. E. 



49 



HONOURS IN BACTERIOLOGY. 
11. Dillon, W. P. 



Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 
Llppiatt, H. T. 
Nutter, J. A., B.A. 
Alford, J. H. 
Sellery, A. C. 
Robinson, J. L. 
Coffin, J. W. 
Mcintosh, L,. de C. 
Atkinson, H. S. 
Miller, V. L., B.A. 



-i'i 



19. 



Rogers, J. T., B.A. 
Faulkner, J. A., B.A. 
McKenty, F. 
Yorston, F. P., M.A. 
Wood W. H. 
Lincoln, W. A. 
Stewart, J. A. 
Harrison, L. L., B.A. 
Reford, L. L., B.A. 



HONOURS IN PHARMACOLOGY. 



1. 


Robinson, J. L. 


10. 


2. 


Fyshe, J. C, A.B. 




3. 


Atkinson, H. S. 


12. 




Nutter, J. A., B.A. 


13. 


5. 


Miller, V. L., B.A. 


14. 


6. 


Charman, F. D. 


15. 


7. 


Ernandez, J. A. 




8. 


Lincoln, W. A. 


17. 


9. 


McKenty, F. 


IS. 



McKenzie, R. P. 
White, P. G. 
Chipman, W. W. 
Richardson, C. A. 
Cook, W. J. 
Fraser, S. 
Grant, N. P. 
Rankin, A. C. 
Stewart, J. A. 



HONOURS IN MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE 



1. Nutter, J. A., B.A. 

2. Atkinson, H. S. 
Willmore, J. G. 

4. Fyshe. J. C, A.B. 

Rankin, A. C. 
6. Chipman, W. W. 

Gillis, J. E. 

Lippiatt, H. T. 

Robinson, J. L. 



10. Charman, F. D. 
Coffin, J. W. 
Faulkner, J. A., B.A. 
Gibson, G. M. 
Harriscci, L. L., B.A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Miller, V. L, B.A. 
Murphy, H. H., B.A. 
Rogers, J. T., B.A. 
Sellery, A. C. 



50 
THIRD YEAR PASS LIST 

All Subjects. 
The following students, 106 in number, have passed in all the sub- 
jects of the Third Year, viz.:— Pathology, Pharmacology and Thera- 
peutics, Hygiene and Bacteriology, Medical Jurisprudence, Medicine. 
Surge, y. Clinical Chemistry and Obstetrics. 



Ainley, L. T., B.A. 
Ainley, W. E., B.A. 
Alford, J. H. 
Allum, A. W. 
Atkinson, H. S. 
Bailey, G. W. 
Bentley, J. S., B.A. 
Black, J. C. 
Blair. A. K. 
Blaken:an, F. W. 
Bonin, R. P. 
Boyd, O. 

Boulter, J H., B A. 
Briggs, J. A. 
Biooks, J. E., B.A. 
Carnochan, W. L. 
Chamiberlain, H. B. 
Chandler, A. C. 
Chaplin, H L. S. 
Charnian, P. D. 
Chipnian, W. W. 
Church, H. C. 
Coffin, J. W. 
Cook, W. J. 
Craci;, I. E., B.A. 
Cram, W. J. 
Crowell, B. C, B.A. 
Cunmiing, W. G. 
Davidson, H. D. J. 
Dickson, W. H. 
Dillon, W. P. 
Douglas, E., B.A. 
Eaton, C. E. 
Faulkner, J. A., B.A. 
Fisher, E. M. 
Folkins, C. G. 
Ford. H. S. 



Eraser, S. 

Kerr, H. H. 

Keys, M. J. 

Lauchland, L. C, B.A. 

L'ucoln, W. A. 

Lippiatt, H. T. 

Losier, A. J. 

Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A. 
• MacKenzie, A. B. 

MacKenzie, W. A.. 

McDiarmid, C. A. 

McDonald, S. H. 

J.IcEachern, I. W. T. 

McGnigan, J. D. 

Mcintosh, L. de C. 

McKfiity, F. 

McKenzie, R. P. 

Mcl^achlan. D. C. 

Martin, J. C. 

Meakins, J. C. 

Miller, C. 

Miller, V. L., B.A. 

Munro, J. H. 

Murphy, H. H.. B.A. 

Murray, J. S. 

Nagle, S. M. 

Nelson, J. S. 

Ness, W. 

Nutter, J. A., P.A. 

Park, A. W. 

Preston, C. E. 

Quain, B. P. 

Rankin, A. C. 

Reford, L. L., B.A. 

Richardson, C. A. 

Richardson, C. A. C, B.A. 

Robinson, J. L. 



51 



Fyshe, J C, A.B. 
Gibson, G. M. 
Gibson, R. 
Gillis, J. E. 
Gilniour, C. R. 
Gilroy, J. R. 
Goimeley, J. C. 
Gow, R. J. 
Grant, N. P. 
Greenwood, W. T. 
Harrison, L. L., B.A. 
Howitt, H. O. 
Hutchinson, J. W. 
Johnson, J. G. W., M.A. 
Judson, A. H. 
Kenny, R. W. 



Rogers, J. T., B.A. 
Scott, Walter. 
Sellery, A. C. 
Smith, C. M. 
Stewart, J. A. 
Steeves, E. O. 
Stowell, F. E. 
Warren, J. G. 
Warwick, W. 
White. P. G. 
Willmore, J. G. 
Wilson, A. 
Wood, H. G. 
Wood, W. H. 
Wright, G. A. 
Yorston, F. P., M.A. 



In addition to those whose names appear ai the above list, as 
having passed in all the subjects of the Third Year, the following 
have passed in: — 



Arnold, D. R., B. A. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandez, J. A. 
Gillis, J. H. 



PHARMACOLOGY. 
Hogan, F. J. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Price, Jos. 



Smith, W. A., B.A. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



AVnold. D. R., B.A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Gillis, J. H. 
Graham, R. W. 
Hogan, F. J. 



PATHOLOGY. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 
Inksetter, F. S. 
MacKid, L. S. 
Markson, S. M. 
Price, Jos. 
Rilance, C. D. 



Sims, H. A. 
Smith, W. A., B.A. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 



Chisholm, H. A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Graham. R. W. 
Hogan, F. J. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 



HYGIENE. 
McLeod, W. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Sims, H. A. 



Smith, W. A., B.A. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R.. B.A 



52 



MEDICAL JURISPRfJDENCE. 



Arnold, D. R., B.A. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandez, J. A. 
GIA, F. D. B. 
Hogan, F. J. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 
Inksetter, F. S. 



McDonald, J. C. 
MacKid, L. S. 
McLeod, W. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Pi ice, Ji s. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Sims, H. A. 



Smith, W. A., B. A. 
Waterma.n, C. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. A., B.A. 
Wmfrey, W. C, B.L. 



CLINICAL, MEDICINE. 



Arnold, D. R., B.A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandea, J. A. 
Giahani, R. W. 



Hotchkiss, E. A. 
MacKid, L. S. 
Price, Jos. 
Rilance, C. D. 



Sims, H. A. 
Shllllng-ton, R. N. W. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



CLINICAL SURGERY. 



Arnold, D. R., B.A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandez, J. A. 
Graham, R. W. 
Hogan, F. J. 



MacKid, L. S. 
McLeod, W. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Price, Jos. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Shlllingcon, R. N. W. 



Smith, W. A., B.A. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. B., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. 



Arnold, D. R., B.A. McDonald, J. C. 

Chisholni, H. A. MacKid, L. S. 

Dunn, J. F. McLeod. W. A. 

Ernande/, J. A. Markson, S. M. 

Gill, F. D. B. Nelles, T. R. B. 

Gourley, H. B., B.A. Price, Jos. 

Graham, R. W. Rilance, C. D. 

Hogan, F. J. Sims, H, A. 



Sweeney, J. L., B.A. 
Styles, W. A. L. 
Waterman, C. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. B., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



Hotchkiss, E 



Smith, W. A., B.A. 



Arnold, D. R., B.A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandez, J. A. 
Graham, R. W. 
Hogan, F. J. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 



OBSTETRICS. 
Inksetter, F. S. 
MacKid, L. S. 
McLeod, W. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Price, Jos. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Sims, H. A. 



Smith, W. A., B.A. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilson, O. M. 
Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. B., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



53 



Dunn, J. F. 
Ernandez, J. A. 
Graham, R. W. 
Hogan, F. J. 
Hotchkiss, E. A. 
MacKid. L. S. 



BACTERIOLOGY. 

McLeod, W. A. 
Markson, S. M. 
Price, Jos. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Sims. H. A. 
Smith, W. A., B.A. 



Sweeney, J. L.. B.A. 
Styles, W. A. L,. 
Wilson, O. M. 
"Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. B., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 



5-4 



SECOND YEAR. 

PRIZES AND HONOURS. 

SECOND YEAR PRIZEMAN, 

H. C. Mersereau, Doaktown, N.B. 

SENIOR ANATOMY PRIZE, 

, H. C. Mersereau, Doaktown, N.B. 



McGILL MEDICAL SOCIETY JUNIOR PRIZES: 
D. L. S. Likely, B.A., First Prize. 
L. de C. McIntosh, Second Prize. 

HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS. 



1. Mersereau, H. C. 

2. MacDermot, J. H. 

3. Tees, F. J., B.A. 

4. Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A. 

5. Leslie, H. A. 

6. Moffatt, C. P., B.A. 

7. Dykes, J. W. 



8. Nelles, T. R. B. 

9. Henderson, E. H., P. A. 

10. Burgess, H. C. 

11. Soady, J. H., B.A. 

12. Likely, D. S., B.A. 

13. Robertson, B. W. 



PHYSIOLOGY— HONOURS. 



Mersereau, H. C. 
Tees, F. J., B .A. 
MacDermot, J. H. 
Moffatt, C. F., B.A. 
Nelles, T. R. B. 
Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A. 



Leslie, H. A. 
Burgess, H. C. 
Gumming, A., B.A. 
Dykes, J. W. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY— HONOURS. 



MacDermot, J. H. 
Young, C. A. 
Leslie, H. A. 
. Munro, J. A. 
Sullivan, J. A. 
Tees P. J.. B.A. 
Dougan, B. H. 
Lindsay, E. A. 
Mason, J. H. 
Wilkinson, W. M. 



14. MoMeekin, R. J.. M.D. 
Robertson, A. R. 

16. Moffatt, C, F., B.A. 

17. Dowler, W. H. 
Keddy, O. B. 

19. Burgess H. C. 

20. Scrimger, F. A. C. B.A. 

21. Waterman, C. 

22. Ralph, A. J., Ph.B. 

23. Mersereau, H. C. 



PRACTICAL HElNlISTiiY-HOXOURS. 



11. Gumming, A., B.A. 

Hendei-son, E. H., B.A. 
Weldon, R. C, Jr. 



24. Dykes, J. W. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
Miller, A. P. 
Pruyn, W. G., B.A. 

25. Mulligan, J. W. 



HISTOLOGY— HONOURS. 



1. Tees, F. J., B.A. 

2. MacDermot, J. H. 

3. Gumming, A., B.A. 

4. Brown, G. T. 

5. Alguire, A. R. 
Leslie, H. A. 
McMeekin, R. J., M.D. 

8. Hanington, J. W. B. 
Mersereau, H. G. 
Moffatt, C. F., B.A. 
Scrimger, F. A. C., B.A. 
12. McLean, J. D. 
TuU, J. A. C. 



14. Brown, F. F. 

Dougan, B. H. 

Dykes, J. W. 

Hanington, D. P. 

Hender.=on, E. H., B.A. 

Nelles, T. R. B. 

Robertson, B. W. 

Sullivan, J. A. 

Turnbull, E. G. 
23. Likely, D. S., B.A. 

Miller, A. P. 

Mohr, F. W. G. 

Muckleston, H. S., M.A. 

Petersky, S. 

Robertson. A. R. 

Ryan, F. McD., B.A. 

Soady, J. H., B.A. 



ORGANIC CHEMISTRY— HONOURS. 



1. Likely, D. S., B.A. 

2. Pruyn, W. G., B.A. 

3. Mersereau, H. C. 
Moffatt, G. F., B.A. 

5. MacDermot, J. H. 
Shaw, R. M. 

7. Viner, N., B.A. 

8. Dykes, J. W. 
Pater.=on, W. J., B.A. 
Tees, F. J., B.A. 

11. Leslie, H. A. 

Soady, J. H., B.A. 

13. Hanington, J. W. B. 

14. McNaughton, W. B. 
W.^lker, J. J., B.A. 

16. Brown, G. T. 

Gumming, A., B.A. 



23. McMurtry, S. O., B.A. 

24. Dudderidge, G. R., B.A. 
Wood, G. O. 

2G. Finigan, J. F. 

Henderson, E. H., B.A. 

Robertson, B. W. 

Sullivan, J. A. 
30. Scott, W. J., B.A. 

Tierney, J. E. 

Weldon, R. C. 
33. Chandler, H. B. 

Mabee, O. R., Ph.B. 

Muckleston, H. S.. M.A 
?,Q. Ralph, A. J., Ph.B. 

Sinclair, E. C. 
36. Valin, R. E. 

Ycung, C. A. 



56 



ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-HONOURS. 



Scrimg-er, F. A. C, B.A. 

19. L.oggie, W. S. 

20. Burgess, H. C. 
Mercer, T. C. 
Tull, J. A. C. 



40. 



42. 



Hume, G. M. 
Miller, A. P. 
McDonald, J. A., B.A. 
Ryan, F. McD., B.A. 



INORGANIC CHEMISTRT— HOXOURS. 



1. 


MacDermot, J. H. 


13. 


2. 


Leslie, H. A. 


14. 


3. 


Sc-ri.n-"r. F. A. C , B.A. 


15. 


4. 


Likely, D. S., B.A. 




5. 


McDonald, J. A., B.A. 


17. 


6. 


Pruyn, W. G., B.A. 


18. 


7. 


Mersereau, H. C. 


19. 


S. 


Dudderidge, C. R., B.A. 


20. 


9. 


Robertson, B. W. 




10. 


Sullivan, J. A. 


22. 




Turnbull, E. G. 




12. 


Tees, P. J., B.A. 





Soady, J. H., B.A. 
McNaughton, W. B. 
Henderson, E. H., B.A. 
Valin, R. E. 
Muckleston, H. S., M.A. 
Dykes, J. W. 
Moffatt, C. P., B.A. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
McMurtry, S. O., B.A. 
Mercer. T. C. 
Ryan, P. McD. 



ANATOMY— HONOURS. 
6, 



1. Mersereau, H. C. 

2. MacDermot, J. H. 7. 

3. Burgess H. C. 8. 
McMeekin. R. J.. M.D. 9. 

5. Scrimger, P. A. C, B.A. 10. 



Tull, J. A. C. 
Henderson, E. H., B.A. 
Dyke.'i, J. W. 
Tees, P. J., B.A. 
Muckleston, H. S., M.A. 



PHARMACOLOGY— HONOURS. 



1. Moffatt, C. P., B.A. 

2. Dykes, J. W. 

3. Soady. J. H., B.A. 

4. Nelles, T. R. B. 

5. Robertson, B. W. 
Tees, P. J., B.A. 

7. Alguire, A. R. 

Henderson, E. H., B.A. 
Leslie, H. A. 

10. Mersereau, H. C. 

11. Tull, J. A. C. 

12. Mercer, T. C. 
Viner, N. 

14. Young, C. A. 

15. Richards, E. T. P. 



21. 



26. 



McMeekin, R. J., M.D. 
Burgess, H. C. 
Likely, D. S. 
Mackay, M. E. 
Scrimger, P. A. C, B.A. 
Dudderidge, C. R., B.A. 
Huire, G. M. 
MacDermot, J. H. 
Margolese, O. 
Ryan, F. McD. 
Covernton, C. P. 
Hanington D. P. 
Mason, J. H. 
Scott, W. J. 



57 



SECOND YEAR PASS LIST. 

All Subjects. 
The following- gentlemen, 82 in number, have completed their Se- 
cond Year Examinations, which comprise the following subjects: — 
Anatomy, Practical Anatomy, Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, Phy- 
siology, Practical Physiology, Histology and Materia Medica. 



Alford, J. H. 
Alguire, A. R. 
Bro\\ n, F. F. 
Burgess, H. C. 
Carnoehan, W. L. C. 
Chisholm, H. A., B.A. 
Connor, E. L. 
Costello, J. W. W. B.A. 
Crosby, P. C. 
Camming, A., B.A. 
Davidson, H. D. 
Dougaii, B. H. 
Dowier, W. H. 
Dudderidge, C. R., B.A. 
Dykes, W. 
Ferguson, W. H. 
Finigan, J. F. 
Fortin, C. E. F., B.A. 
Gibson, G. M. 
Gibson. R. 
Gihoy. J. R. 
Graham, R. W. 
Grimmer, R. D. 
Hanington, D. P. 
Harrison, L. L., B.A. 
Heagerty, J. J. 
Henderson, E. H., B.A. 
Hoean, F. J. 
Horsfall. F. L., B.A. 
Hume, G. M. 
Hynes. W. T. 
Judson, A. H. 
Leslie. H. A. 
Likely. D. S., B.A. 
Lundie, J. A. 
MacDermot, J. H. 



McNaughton, W. B. 
Markson, S. M. 
Margolese, O. 
Mason, J. H. 
Mercer, T. C. 
Mersereau, H. C. 
Miller, A. P. 
Mohr, F. W. C. 
Moffatt, C. F., B.A. 
Muckleston, H. S., M.A. 
Mulligan, J. W. 
Munro, J. A. 
Nagle, S. M. 
Nelles, T. R. B. 
Prendergast, A. R., B.A. 
Price, J. O. 
Pruyn, W. G., B.A. 
Richards, E. T. F. 
Richardson, C. A. C, B.A. 
Robertson, A. R. 
Robertson, B. W. 
Ryan, F. McD., B.A. 
Scott, W. J., B.A. 
Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A. 
Sims, H. A. 
Sinclair, E. E. 
Soady, J. H., B.A. 
Styles, T\^. A. L. 
Sullivan, J. A. 
Tees, F. J., B.A. 
Tierney, J. E. 
Tull, J. A. C. 
Turnbull. E. G. 
Valin, R. E. 
Viner. N., B.A. 
Warwick, W. 



58 



McDonald, J. A., B.A. 
Mcintosh, a. J. 
McMeekin, R. J., M.D. 
McMartry, S. O., B.A. 
McMurtry, \V. C. 
Wilson, O. M. 



Wilson, T. R., B.A. 
Winder, J. B., B.A. 
Winfrey, W. C, B.L. 
Wood, H. G. 
Young, C. A. 



In addition to tliose whose names appear on the above list, as 
having passed in all the subjects of the Second Yeai', the following 
have passed in: — 

PHARMACY. 



Bonelli, J. V., B.A. 
Brown, G. T. 
Cameron, A. B. 
Covernton, C. F. 
Duggan, R. G. 
Gaudet, E. A., 15. A. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
Henry, E. G., B.A. 



Hewitt, T. J. 
King, J. Li. 
King, S. S. 
Loggie, W. S. 
MacDonald, J. P 
MacKay M. E. 
MacLean, J. D. 
ilcMickiim, A. E. T. 



Peter sky, S. 
Raftery, C. R. 
Rommel, E. 
Sawyer, A. R. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Wilkinson, W. M. 
Wood, G. O. 
Wotherspoon, H. C. 



Covernton, C. P. 
Ewart, D. 
Folkins, C. G. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
Henry, E. G., B.A. 



PHARMACOLOGY. 

King, S. S. 
Lcggie, W. S. 
Mackay, M. E. 
McMicking, A. E. T. 
Rilance, C. D. 



Rommel, E. 
Sawyer, A. R. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Wilkinson, W. M. 
Wood, G. O. 



Auld, J. W. 
Bonelli, J. V., B.A. 
Brown. G. T. 
Covernton, C. F. 
Duggan, R. G. 
Gaudet, E. A., B.A. 
Gill, F. D. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 



HISTOLOGY. 

Henry, E. G., B.A. 
Joughins, J. L. 
King, J. L. 
King, S. S. 
Loggie, W. S. 
MacDcnald, J. P. 
MacKay, M. E. 
MacLean, J. D. 



McLeod W. A. 
McMicking, A. E. T. 
Petersky, S. 
Rommel, E. 
Sawyer, A. R. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Wilkinson, W. M. 
Wood, G. O. 



Auld, J. W. 
Brown, G. T. 
Cameron, A. B. 
Ewart, D. 
Fairie, J. A. 



ANATOMY. 

King S. S. 
Loggie W. S. 
MacDonald, J. P. 
MacLean, J. D. 



McDonald, J. C. 
McMicking, A. E. T. 
Petersky, S. 
Wood, G. O. 



59 



Auld, J. W. 
Brown, G. T. 
Covernton, C. F. 
Ewart, D. 

Hanington, J. W. B. 
Henry, E. G., B.A. 
Hewitt, T. J. 
King, S. S. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

L-g-g-.e W. S. 
Mac-Donald, J. P. 
MacKay, M. E. 
MacKid, L. S. 
MacLean, J. D. 
McDonald. J. C. 
McLeod, W. A. 



Peterslcy, S. 
RoiTimel, E. 
Sawyer, A. R. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Sweeney, J. L., B.A. 
Wilkinson, "W. M. 
Wood, G. O. 



INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 



Ew-art, D. 

Hanington, J. W. B. 
Henry, E. G., B.A. 
Loggie, W. S. 
MacKay, M. E. 



MacLean, J. D. 
Paterson, W. J., B.A. 
Petersky, S. 
Ralph, A. J., Pli.B. 
Rommel, E. 



Som.erville. H. A. 
Waterman, C. 
AYilkinson, W. M. 
Wood, G. O. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 



Auld, J. W. 
Brown, G. F. 
Ewart, D. 
Folkins, C. G. 
Garcelon, W. S., B.A. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
Hewitt, T. J. 
Keildy, O. B. 
Lindsay, E. A. 



MacDonald, J. P 
MacKay, M. E. 
MacLean, J. D. 
McDonald, J. C. 
McLeod, W. A. 
McMicking, A. E. T. 
Raftery, C. R. 
Ralph, A. J., Ph.B. 



Rommel, E. 
Ship, A. P. 
Smith, "W. A. 
Somerville, H. A. 
T\"aterman. C. 
Weldon, R. C. 
Wigle, C. A. 
Wilkinson, W. M. 



Bonelli, J. V., B.A. 
Brown, G. T. 
Budyk, J. S. 
Cameron, A. B. 
Chandler, A. B. 
Dalton, J. T. 
Duggan, R. G. 
Ewart, D. 
Fairie, J. A. 
Gaudet, E. A., B.A. 
Greene, H. B. 
Hanington, J. W. B. 
Henry, .EG.. B.A. 
Hewitt, T. J. 



ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 

Ralph, A. J., Ph.B. 
Ritchie, C. A. 
Rothwell, O. E. 



Keddy, O. B. 
King, J. L. 
King, S. S. 
Lindsay, A. E. 
Loggie, W. S. 
MacDonald, J. P 
MacKay, M. E. 
MacLean, J. D. 
McDonald, J. C. 
McLeod, W. A. 
McMicking, A. E. T. 
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B. 
Paterson, W. J., B.A. 
Petersky, S. 



Rommel, E. 
Shaw R. M. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Sweeney, J. L., B.A. 
W.Jkcr, .1. J.. B.A. 
Waterman, C. 
Wilkinson, T\'. M. 
Weldon, C. R. 
Wood, G. O. 
Wotherspoon, H. C. 



60 



KIRSU^ YEAR. 
PRIZES AND HONOURS. 



FIRST YEAR PRIZEMAN, 

C. S. Williams, of Tyne Valley, P.E.I. 

JUNIOR ANATOMY PRIZE, 

P. A. MacDonald, Alma., N.B. 

HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS. 

1. Williams, C. S. 8. Hillman, O. S. 

2. Donnelly, J. H. 9. Mair, W. L. 

3. Crowe, H. S., B.A. 10. Sheahan, J. J. 

4. MacDonald, P. A. 11. Sims, H. L. 

5. Hunter, A. W. 12. Allen, H. C. B. 

6. Eraser, D. R. 13. Flegg, R. F. 

7. McArthur, R. L. H. Turnbull, J. W. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY— HONOURS. 

Sheahan, J. J. 
Malcolrn, D. C. 
Turnbull, J. W. 
Dearborn, H. F. 
Fleg-g, R. F. 
Mair, W. L. 
Kinloch. C. A. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Clarke, F. C. 
Henderson, S. 
McNaughton, A. 
Sims, H. L. 
Hollbrook, R. E. 
Kelly, A. E. 
"Wolff, E. K. 



1. 


Eraser, R. D. 


20. 




Patterson, W. J., B.A. 


2L 


2. 


Crowe, H. S., B.A. 


22. 




Michaud, N. 


2.3. 


5. 


Williams, C. S. 




6. 


Groves, O. M. 




7. 


Donnelly, J. H. 


26. 


S. 


Elliott, M. H. 






McNaughton, G. K. 


28. 


10. 


Allen, H. C. B. 






McLeod, J. M. 


30. 


12. 


MacDonald, P. A^ 






McMillan, J. A. 


32. 


14. 


Hillman, O. S. 
Hunter, T. V. 




16. 


Greene, T. B., B.A. 
Hunter, A. W. 
Payne, G. A. L. 
White, J. H. 





61 



MacArthur, R. S. 
Budyk, J. S. 
Lomer, T. A. 
MacDonald, P. A 
Williams, C. S. 



BACTERIOLOGY— HONOURS 
6. 



Hillman, O. S. 
Sims, H. L. 
Thomson, G. D. 
Crowe, H. S. B.A. 
Lindsay, E. A. 



BIOLOGY— HONOURS. 



MacDonald, P. A. 
Crowe, H. S., B.A. 
Williams. C. S. 
Clarke, F. C. 
Hillman, O. S. 
McMeekin, J. R., M.D. 



Lindsay, E. A. 
Turnbull, J. W. 
MacArthur, R. S. 
Sheahan, J. J. 
Sims, H. L. 



PHYSIOLOGY— HONOURS. 



1. 

2. 


MacArthur, R. 
Donnelly, J. H 


S. 


3. 


Sims, H. L. 
Williams, C. S. 




.5 


Weldon, R. C, 


Jr. 


6. 


Fraser, D. R. 






MacDonald, P. 


A. 




McDlarmid, J. 


S. 


9. 


Clarke, F. C. 
Lomer, T. A. 





n. Crowe, H. S., B.A. 

Shaw, R. McL.,B.A. 
13. Christie, H. H. 

Greene, T. B., B.A. 
15. Allen, H. C. B. 

Gurd, F. B. 

Hunter, A. W. 

Hunter. T. V. 

Walker, J. J., B.A. 



HISTOLOGY— HONOURS 



17. 



Allen, H. C. B. 
MacDonald, P. A. 
McMillan, J. A. 
Payne, G. A. L. 
Lomer, T. A. 
McArthur, C. O. 
Gurd, F. B. 
Hillman, O. S. 
Weldon, R. C, Jr. 
Sims, H. S. 
Hunter, A. W. 
Kerfoot, H. W. 
Lindsay, E. A., B.A. 
Patterson, W. J., B.A. 
Thomson, G. D. 
Williams, C. S. 
Greene, T. B., B.A. 
Munro, A. R. 



Peat, G. B. 
20. Clarke, F. C. 

Hammond, J. F. 

Mair, W. L. 
23. MacArthur, R. S. 

Malcolm, D. C. 

Shaw, R. McL., B.A. 
26. Baird, W. S. 

Budyk, J. S. 

Hollbrook, R. E. 

Johnson, B. F. 

Kinloch, C. A, 

Mabee, O. R., Ph.B. 

Rothwell, O. E., B.A. 

Sheahan, J. J. 

Wilson, A. A. 



12. 



11. 
12. 



14. 



17. 



62 

PRACTICAL ANATOMY -HONOURS. 
MacDonald, P. A. 



Williams, C. S. 
Allen, H. C. B. 
Baird, W. S. 
Mair, W. L. 
Lomer, T. A. 
Slieahan, J. J. 
Donnelly, J. H. 
Shaw, R. McL., B.A. 



Rothwell, O. E. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Clarke, F. C. 



B.A. 



Gou.lev, H. B., ^-h. B. 

Hunter, A. W. 

Keddy, O. B., B.A. 
16. Christie, H. H. 

Hunter, T. V. 

MacAithur, R. S. 
19. Gillies, G. E. 

Hollbrook, R. E. 
21. Lindsay, E. A., B.A. 

Malcolm, D. C. 

Ralph, A. J., Ph. 



B. 



Hunter, A. W. 
Crowe, II. S., B. A 
Donnelly, J. H. 
Tilley, A. R. 
Weldon, R. C, Jr. 
Williams, C. S. 
Sheahan, J. J. 
Greene, T. B., B.A 
Sims, H. L. 
Turnbull, J. W. 
Walker, J. J., B.A, 
Fraser, D. R. 
Hillman, O. S. 
Christie, H. H. 
MacArthur, R. S. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Flegg, R. F. 
Kelly, A. E. 



PHYSICS— HONOURS. 

Munroe, F. D. 
Kerfoot, H. W. 



20. 



Wolff, E. K. 

22. Thomson, G. D. 

23. Holden, C. P. 
24. Kinloch, C. A. 

Payne, G. A, L. 
26. Howlett, G. P. 
28. MacDonald, P. A. 

Mair, W. L. 

30. McNaughton, G. K. 

31. Gillies, G. E. 

32. Ryan, E. J. 

33. McPhee. J. T. 
White, J. H. 

35. Clarke, F. C. 
Hunter, T. V. 
Monahan, R. J. 
Johnson, B. F. 
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY— HONOURS. 



Donnelly, J. H. 13. 

Fraser, D. R. 14. 

Fleg-g, R. F. 15. 
Shaw, R. McL., B.A. 

Crowe, H. S., B.A. 17. 

Williams. C. S. 18. 

Christie, H. H. 19. 

Hunter, A. W. 20. 

Mair, W. L. 21. 
Weldon, R. C, Jr. 

Walker, J. J., B.A. 23. 
Patterson, W. J., B.A. 



Tilley, A. R. 
Keddy, O. B., B.A. 
Munroe, F. D. 
Turnbull, J. W. 
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B. 
Gillies, G. E. 
Allen, H. C. B. 
Field, B. R. 
Hillman, O. S. 
Sheahan. J, J. 
MacDonald, P. A. 



63 
FIRST YEAR PASS LIST. 

All Subjects. 

The following- students, S7 in number, have passed the examina- 
tion in all the subjects of the B'irst Year, viz.: — Anatomy, Chemistiy 
and Physics, Physiology, Histology, Biology, Practical Chemistry 
and Bacteriology. 



Allen, H. C. B. 
Auld, J. W. 
Bayley, A. H. 
Bonelli, V. 
Budyk, J. S. 
Chandler, A. B. 
Clarke, F. C. 
Cole, W. H. 
Crowe, H. S.. B.A. 
Dearborn, H. P. 
Donnelly, J. H. 
Dug"gan, R. G. 
Field, B. R. 
Fleg-g-, R. F. 
Fraser, D. R. 
Fraser, T. B. 
Fripp, G. D. 
Gandct, E. A., I!. A. 
Gillies, G. E. 
Gourley, K. B., Ph.B. 
Green, T. B., B.A. 
Grimmer, R. D. 
Groves, Osier M. 
Gurd, F. B. 
Gunn, A. K. 
Hammond, J. F. 
Hewitt, T. J. 
Hillinan, O. S. 
Hollbrook, R. E. 
Holden, C. P. 
Hewlett, G. P. 
Hunter, A. W. 
Hunter, T. V. 
Huycke, A. H. 
John~on, B. F. 
Joughins, J. L. 
Keddy, O. B. 
Kerfoot, H. W. 



King, S. S. 
Kinloch, C. A. 
Lindsay, E. A. 
Lomer, T. A. 
MacArthur, R. L. 
MacDonald, P. A. 
McArthur, C. O. 
McCormick, A. S. 
McDiarmid, J. S. 
McDoug-all, W. L. 
Mcintosh, G. J. 
McLeod, J. M. 
McMillan, J. A. 
McNaughton, G. K. 
McPhee, J. T. 
Mackid, L. S. 
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B. 
Mair, "W. L. 
Malcolm, D. C. 
Michaud, N. 
Monahan, R. J. 
Muir, W. L., B.A. 
Munroe, A. R. 
Munroe, F. D. 
Parsons, W. H. 
Patterson, "W. J. 
Payne, G. A. L. 
Peat, G. B. 
Raftery, C. R. 
R;ilph, A. J., Ph.B. 
Rilance, C. D. 
Robertson, A. R. 
Both well, O. F., B.A. 
Sawyer, A. R. 
Scott, W. J., B.A. 
Scott, W. H. 
Shaw, R. McL. 



64 



Sheahan, J. J. 
Sims, H. L. 
Somerville, H. A. 
Thomson, G. D. 
Tierney, J. E. 
Tilley, A. R. 



TurnbuII, J. W. 
Walker, J. J., B.A. 
Wallace, C. T. 
Weldon, R. C. 
White, J. H. 
Williams, C. S. 



FIRST YEAR. 

In addition to those whose aames appear on the above list, as 

having passed in all subje^^ts of the First Year, the following have 
passed in: — 

HISTOLOGY. 

Baird, W. S. Gray, E. H. Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 

Burke, G. 11. Henderson, E. Shipley, C E. 

Clarke, F. C. Kelly, A. E. Smith, A. B. 

Connor, E. L. Lyon, G. R. D. Wilson, A. A. 

Elliot, M. H. Muir, D. H., Jr. Wolff, E. K. 



Baird, W. S. 
Burke, G. H. 
Christie, H. H. 
Garcelon, W. S. B. A. 
Green, H. B. 
Gross, C. J. 



ANATOMY. 
Henderson, E. 
Hils, H. O. 
Kelly, A. E. 
Kelsea, W. H. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 
MacNaughton, A. 



McDonald, J. N. 
Muir, D. H., Jr. 
Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Wolff, E. K. 



Baird, W. S. 
Burke, G. H. 
Cameron, A. B. 
Christie, H. H. 
Elliot, M. H. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 
Gray, E. H. 
Henderson, E. 
Kelly, A. E. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 



McDonald, J. N. 
Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Wolff, E. K. 



Baird, TV. S. 
Burke, G. H. 
Cameron, A. B. 
Christie, H. H. 
Cornier, E. L. 
Elliot, M. H. 
Gabie, W. G. 
Gray, E H. 
Gross, C. J. 



PHYSICS. 

Henderson, E. 

Hils, H. O. 
Kelly. A. E. 
Kelsea, W. H. 
Lahey, J. J. 
Lvon, G. R. D. 
MacNaughton, A. 
McDonald, J. N. 



Morrison, J. C. 

Muir, D. H., Jr. 
Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 
Ryan, E. J. 
Shipley, C. E. 
Smith, A. B. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Wolff, E. K. 



65 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 



Baird, W. S. 
Burke, O. H. 
Christie. H. H. 
Elliot, M. H. 
Gray, E. H. 
Gross, C. J. 



Burke, G. H. 
Christie, H. H, 
Elliot, M. H. 



Hendeison, E. 
Kelly, A. E. 
Lahey, J. J. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 
MacNaughton, A. 
McDonald, J. N. 



Ritchie, C. A. 
Ryan, E. J. 
Shipley, C. E. 
Smith, A. B. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Wolff, B. K. 



B.A. 



INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 

Gray, E. H. McDonald, J. N. 

Henderson, E. Wilson, A. A. 

Kelly, A. E. 



Baird, W. S. 
Bonness, E. J. 
Burke, G. H. 
Christie, H. H. 
Elliot, M. H. 
Gable, W. G. 
Gray, E. H. 
Gross, C. J. 
Henderson, E. 



BOTANY. 
Hils, H. O. 
Kelly, A. E. 
Kelsea, W. H. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 
MacNaughton. A. 
McDonald, J. N. 
McMeekin, R. J., M.D. 
Muir, D. H., Jr. 



Ritchie, C. A., 


B.A, 


Rodrigues, E. 


T. 


Ryan, E. J. 




Siiiyley, C. E. 




Smith, A. B. 




^i!son, A. A. 




Wolff, E. K. 




Wright, R. P. 





Baird, W. S. 
Bonness, E. J. 
Burke, G. H. 
Christie, H. H. 
Connor, E. L. 
Elliot, M. H. 
Gabie, W. G. 
Gill, F. D. 



Bonness, E. J. 
Christie. H. H. 
Elliot. M. H. 
Garcelon, W. S., B.A. 
Gray, E. H. 



ZOOLOGY. 

Gray, E. H. 
Gross, C. J. 
Henderson, E. 
Hils, H. O. 
Kelly, A. E. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 
Muir, D. H., Jr. 
MacNaughton, A. 

BACTERIOLOGY. 

Gross, C. J. 
Hils, H. O. 
Lyon, G. R. D. 
Muir, D. H., Jr. 
Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 



McDonald, N. J. 
McGarvey, O. 
McMeekin, R. J., M.D 
Ritchie, C. A., B.A. 
Ryan, E. J. 
Wilson, A. A. 
Wright, R. P. 



Ryan, E. J. 
Smith, A. B. 
Wallace, C. T. 
Wolff, E. K. 



I :n^ D E X. 

I — MATRICULATION PAPERS. 

SEPTEMBEB, 1902. 

PAGE 
Afatriculation Examinations. 

Algebra, Part 1 7 

" II 10 

Arithmetic 8 

Botany 23 

Chemistry 23 

English Composition 5 

Dictation 3 

Grammar 4 

History 5 

Literature 5 

French 18 

Geometry, Part 1 9 

"II 9 

German 20 

Greek Authors 11 

Grammar and Composition 14 

Translation at Sight 14 

Latin Authors 15 

Grammar 17 

" Prose Composition 17 

" Translation at Sight 16 

Physics 24 

Physiography 22 

Trigonometry 10 

II.— EXHIBITION AND SCHOLARSHIP 
PAPERS. 

FACULTY OF ARTS. 

SEPTEMBER, 1902. 

Exhibitions — First Year. 

Algebra, Part 1 43 

" II 45 

English Composition 48 



INDEX. 
** PAGK 

English Grammar 46 

English Literature (Macaulay) 47 

(Milton) 47 

(Morley) 48 

French 48 

Geometry, Part I 42 

44 

^ German , 50 

Greek Authors 36 

Comp. and Trans, at Sight (alternative) 42 
Grammar, Comp., Higher Comp. and Sight 

Translation 40 

" ■ Translation at Sight 40 

Latin Authors 29 

" Grammar 32 

" Prose Composition 32 

" Translation at Sight 31 

" " " (alternative) 34 

and Comp. (additional) . . 33 

Trigonometry 45 



Exhibitions — Second Year.. 

Algebra 66 

(Theory of Equations) 68 

English Language (Trench) 69 

" Literature and Composition 69 

French 70 

Geometry 65, 66 

German 71 

Greek Authors 57 

" Composition 60 

" Grammar 60 

" History 60 

Translation at Sight 59 

History (Church) 70 

" Roman 63 

Latin Authors 61 

" Comp. and Grammar 63 

" Translation at Sight 62 

Roman History 63 

Theory of Equations 68 

Trigonometry 66 



IXUEX. iii 

PA ^E 
Scholarships — Third Year. 

Algebra, Higher 81 

(Theory of Equations) 81 

Calculus 80 

Chemistry.. ..' 83, 81 

Constitution and Govt, of England 99 

English Composition 93 

Literature (Lamb) 93 

(Milton) 93 

" " (Shakespeare) 92 

French 94 

Geometry, Analytic 77, 78 

German 95 

Greek Authors 84 

Composition 87 

History 91 

Translation at Sight 87 

Higter Algebra 81 

History (Myers) 94 

Greek 91 

Roman 92 

Latin Authors 88 

" Composition 90 

Translation at Sight 90 

Logic 82 

Polfiical Economy 99.100 

Political Science, Elements of 99 

Roman History 92 

Theory of Equations 81 

Trigonometry SI 



III.— EXHIBITION AND PRIZE EXAMINA- 
TIONS. 

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 

SEPTEMBER, 1902. 

'Exhibition and Prize Examinations. 

Descriptive Geometry 107 

English, Summer Readings in 106 

Mathematics, Second Year 103 

Third and Fourth Years 10-5 

Theory of Structures 108 



V INDEX. 

lV._SESSIONAL EXAAIIxNATlON PAPERS. "* 

FACULTY OF ARTS. 
APIUL, 1903. 

PACK 

Algebra.— See jMathematits and Natural Philosophy. 

Anglo-Saxon.— See English Honours. 

Arithmetic— See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, 

Art History and Archaeology. 

Art History and Classital Archaeology 231 

Biology. 

Continuation Biology ' ,.331, 332 

Elementary Plant Biology 330 

Animal Biology 329 

Animal Biology (Supplemental) . . 332 

Botany. 

Botany, Third Year 334 

Fourth Year 335 

(Plant Physiology), Fourth Y'ear 337,338 

(Systematic), Fourth Year 336 

Calculus. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

Chemistry. 

Chemistry, Second Year 326 

Organic Chemistry. Third Year 326, 327 

Classical Literature and History. 

Comparative Philology 191 

Greek Authors, First Y'ear 113 

Second Y'ear 117 

Second Year (Adv. Section).. .. 129 

Third and Fourth Years 123 

" Composition, First Y'ear 116 

Second Year 121 

Third and Fourth Y'ears.. .. 126 

History, First Y'ear 117 

and Literature, Second Y'ear.. .. 122 
Third and Fourth Y'ears 127 



L\i)i:\. V 

PAGE 

Greek Trausl.-itinii at Si.uliT. I'iist Year.. .. .. IK; 

Second Year 121 

Third and Fourth 

Years 126 

Latin Authors, First Y^ear 151 

Second Y'ear 157 

Third Y^ear 162 

Third and Fourth Years 165 

Prose and Unseen, First Y'ear 155 

Second Year 160 

Third and Fourth Y>ars 166 

Roman History. First Year 156 

" " and Quintilian, Seccnd Y'ear.... 161 

Third and Fouith Years 167 



Classical HoEours 

Greek. Pindar 134 

Plato. Forman's Selections 138 

" Private Readings (Sophocles, etc.) 131 

(Prose) 145 

" '■ ■' (Ari.-tophane5, etc.). .. 149 

Prose Composition 144 

Third and Fourth Y'ears 140 

Translation at Sijiht.. 142 

Latin. Cicero's Verrine Orations 176 

Plautus and Terence 179 

Privat? Readings 185 

Private Readings, Plautus, etc 188 

Virgil, etc 170 

Prose Composition 174 

Special Faier. li'«8 

Translation at Sight 172 

Virgil. Lucan 182 

Comparative Philology.— See Classical Lit'^rature. 
Dynamics. — See iNIathematics and Natural Philosophy. 



Economics and Political Science. 

Economic History of England. Third and Fourth 

Years 229. 230 

Political Economy 227 

Political Science 228 

(Honours) 229 



vi IXDhJX. 

PAGE 

English Language and Literature. 

Elizabethan Drama. Third Year 200 

Englisn Composition, Second Year 196 

(Affiliated Coll.), Sec. Year 198 

Third Year 199 

Fourth Year 203 

Language and Composition, First Year. . 194 

" Literature. First Year 193 

Second Year 196 

" " (Affiliated Colleges. Second 

Year 197. 198 

Third Year 198 

Third and Fourth Years.. .. 200 
(History of Fiction), Fourth Year .. ..202 

Literature, Fourth Year 200, 201 

Tlistory (if Fiction, T'onrth Year ^ii'J 

English Honours. 

Anglo-Saxon. Third Year 208, 209,211 

Browning, Fourth Year 215 

Chaucer, Third Year 204 

History of Literature 214 

History of Shaksperean Criticism 215 

Middle English 212 

Modern Prose 216, 217 

Prose Writers before Dryden, Third Year 206, 208 

Spenser and Milton 205 

Experimental Physics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philo- 
sophy. 
French. — See Modern Languages. 
French Honours. — See Modern Language Honours. 

Geology. 

Geology. Third and Fourth Year? 343 

Geol"gv HonoTir*?. 

Determinative Mineralogy, Third Year 344 

Geology and Mineralogy. Third Year 34i 

Geometry. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

German. — See Modern Languages. 

German Honours. — See Modern Language Honours. 

Greek. — See Classical Literature and History. 

Greek History. — See Classical Literature and History. 



iM>i:x. vii 

FAOS 

Greek Honours. — See Classical Honours. 
Hebrew.— See Semitic Languages. 

History. 

English Constitutional History, Third and Fourth 

Years 219 

History, First Year 193 

Third and Fourth Years 218 

History Honours. 

Arnold, Parknian. Mahan, Fourth Year 224 

Bagehot, Bryce, Fourth Year 224 

Clarendon, Macaulay, Burke Fouith Year 226 

Gibbon, Stubbs, Langlois, Fourth Year 225 

Greek Authors, Third Year 220 

History Honours, Third and Fourth Years . . . . 222 
Political History of the American Colonies .. .. 223 

of the United States 223 

Polybius, Livy, Tacitus, Third Year 221 

Latin. — See Classical Literature and History. 

Latin Honours. — See Classical Honours. 

Logic. — See Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

Algebra (Advanced Section). First Year 300 

Annlytic (Jenmetry (Advanced Section), SoooihI 

Year 302. 30S 

Astronomy and Optics, Third and Fourth Years. 295 
Calculus (Advanced Section). Second Year .. .. 304 
Experimental Physics (Sound, Heat and Light), 

Third Year 322 

Experimental Physics (Electricity and Magnet- 
ism), Third and Fourth Years 323 

Geometry and Arithmetic. First Year , . . 289 

Geometry (Advanced Section), First Year ..298,299 
Mechanics and Hydrostatics, Third and Fourth 

Years 296 

Physics, First Year 320 

Plane and Spherical Trigonometry (Advancd 

Section) SOU 

Solid Geometry. Conic Sections. Dynamics, Sec- 
ond Year 294 



viii INDEX. 

PAGE 

Spherical Trigonometry and Algebra, Second 
Year 292 

Theory of Equations (Advanced Section). First 
Year : 300 

Trigonometry and Algebra First Year .. .,. .. ... 290 

Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Hon 

Astronomy, Third and Fourth Years 313 

Calculus and Theory of Plane Curves 317 

Differential Equations, Third and Fourth Years.. 313 

Dynamics, Third Yeai- 309 

Lunar Theory 316 

Optics, Third Yeai- 307 

Quaternions 3I.5 

Statics, Third Year 311 

Surfaces. Fourth Year 319 

Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

History of Modern Philosophy 274 

Logic, Second Year 270 

Logic and Psychology (Advanced Section), S c- 

ond Year 275, 276 

Mental Philosophy, Third and Fourth Years.. .. 273 

Moral Philosophy, Third and Fourth Years . . . . 272 

Psychology. Second Year 270 

Mental and ivioral Philosophy Honours.. 

Epistemology (General) 279 

(Historical) 278 

Greek Philosophy. Third Year 282 

Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Third Year 280, 281 

Philosophy of Kant, Fourth Year 282 

Plato and Aristotle 277 

Princiides ;iud Methods of Ethics, [''ourth Year.. 

283 285 

Schopenhauer. Fourth Year 286 

Spinoza's Ethics, Fourth Year 288 

Watson's Outline of Philosophy, Fourth Year.... 287 

Modern Languages. 

French. First Year 233.235 

French. Second Year 236. 237 

Third and Fourth Years 239 



IXDhX. ix 

PAGE 

German, Beginners 241, 243 

First Year 245,248 

Second Year 250, 252 

Third and Fourth Years 254, 257 

Italian. Third and Fourth Years 233 

Modern Language Honours. 

French, Le Drame 240 

" Litterature 241 

GermaJi 258 

Philology 259 

Optics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Honours. 
Physics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 
Physiography. See Geology Honours. 
Psychology. — See Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
Roman History. — See Classical Literature and History. 

Semitic Languages. 

Hebrew. Second Year 263 

Third and Fourth Years 265 

(Neil Stewart Prize) 267, 268 

Statics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Honours, 
Trigonometry. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

2oology. 

Advanced Zoology. Fourth Year 341, 342 

Zoology, Third and Fourth Years 340 

Zoology Honours. 

Spencer's Principles of Biology 342 



v.— SESSK )XAL EXAMIXATIOXS. 

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 

APRIL. 1903. 

Architecture. 

Elements of Architecture, Second Year 349 

History of Architecture, Second Year 349 



i INDEX. 

PAGE 
Chemistry and Assaying. 

Analytic Chemistry, Third Year 356 

" ■' Fourth Year 357 

Assaying, Third Year 351 

Chemistry, Second Year 351 

Electro-Chemistry, Fourth Year 359 

Gas Analysis, Fourth Year 360 

Industrial Chemistry, Third Year 355 

Mineral Analysis, Fourth Year 358 

Organic Chemistry. Third Year 353 

Physical Chemistry, Fourth Year 359 

Qualitative Analysis, Third Year 354 

/» 
Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 

Graphical Statics. Third Year 362 

Hydraulics, Fourth Year .. 372, 374 

Hydraulic Machinery, Fourth Year 377 

Laboratory, Fourth Year 378 

Municipal Engineering, Third and Fourth Years 366 
Structural Engineering, Third and Fourth Years 367 

Testing Laboratory, Third Year 363 

Theory of Structures, Third and Fourth Years.. 369 

, " Fourth Year 381,383 

- " " Third Year 388 

/ 
Descriptive Geometry. 

Descriptive Geometry, First Year 386 

Second Year 387 

Third Year ?.SS 

Electrical Engineering. 

Alternating Currents, Fourth Year 395 

Alternating Current Machinery, Fourth Year.... 395 
Continuous Current Machinery. Third Year . . . . 391 

Electric Lighting. Fourth Year 397 

Electrical Measurements, Third Y ar 392 

Electric Traction. Fourth Year 398 

Elec-tro-Magnetism, Third Year 393 

Physical Laboratory, Second Year 390 



English. 

English Composition First Year 400 



INDEX. XI 

PAGE 
Geology and Mineralogy. 

Canadian Geology, Fourth Year 402 

Geolog>% Third Year 401 

Petrography. Fourth Year 404 

PIiysiograi)hy, Fourtli Year 403 

Practical Geology and Ore Deposits. Fourth Year 405 



Mathematics. 

.Mathematics, First Year 406, 407, 409. 410 

Second Year 412. 413.414 

Third Year 416. 417 



Mechanical Engineering. 

Designing, Fourth Year 426 

Dynamics of Machinery. Third Year 420 

Fourth Year 427 

Kinematics of Machines, Second Year 419 

Machine Design. Third Year 422 

Fourth Year 428,430 

Mechanical Drawing, Second Year 420 

Third Year 423 

Mechanical Engineering. Fourth Year 432, 433 

Laboratory Work .. .. 435 

Thermodynamics. Third Year 424 

Fourth Year 437 

Metallurgy. 

Advanced Metallurgy, Fourth Year 441 

Electro-Metallurgy, Fourth Year 440 

Gold, Silver and Lead. Fourth Year 441 



Mineralogy. 

Mineralogy. Third Year 443 



Mining Engineering. 

Milling and Ore Dressing. Fourth Year 446 

Mining. Third Year 444 

Fourth Year 447 

Mining and Metallurgical Machinery, Fourth 

Year 449 

Ore Dressing, Third Year 445 



xu y\7)/;\. 

PAce 

Physics ( Jtlxijeriiiieiital ) . 

Electricity and Magnetism Second Year 454 

Physical Laboratory, Second Year 390 

Sound. Light and Heat First Year 453 

Surveying Geodesy and Transportation. 

Geodesy. Fourth Year 460 

Practical Astronomy. Third Year 457 

Railway Engineering. Third and Fouith Years.. 459 

Surveying, Second Year 456 

Transportation, Third Year 458 



VI.—SESv^lOXAL EXAMIXATK )XS. 

FACULTY OF LAW. 

APKIL. 1903. 

Civil Procedure, First Year 465 

Civil Procedure, Second Year . . 470 

and Evidence. Third Year . . . . 480 

Commercial Law, Second and Third Years . . . . 476 

Third Year 481 

Constitutional Law, First Year 466 

Constitutional Law and Obligations, Third Year .482 

Criminal Law, Second and Third Years 477 

Gifts and Successions. Second and Third Years.. 478 

History of Law of Lower Canada, First Year.. .. 466 

History. Agency and Corporations. Thiid Year.. 483 

International Law, Third Year 484 

Law of Corporations. Second Year 471 

Law of Obligations, First Year 467 

Law of Persons, First Year 468 

Marriage Covenants, etc.. Third Year 485 

Prescription, Lease — Municipal. Second Year.. .. 473 

Public International Law. Second Year 472 

Real Property Law, First Year 469 

Second Year 474 

Third Year 487 

Roman Law, First Year 470 

Third Year 488 



IXDEX. xiii 

VII — ^lATRICULATIOX AND A.A. EXAMINA- 
TIONS. 

jvy^, 1903. 

PAGE 
Preliminary Subjects. 

Arithmetic 494 

English Composition 491 

Dictation 491 

" Grammar 492 

History 493 

Optional Subjects. 

Algebra, Part 1 507 

Part II ■. •• 508 

Botany 519 

Chemistry 518 

Drawing 519 

English Language 510 

Literature 511 

French 503 

Geometry, Part 1 508 

Part II 508 

German 505 

Great Events of History 514 

Greek 499. .502 

Greek and Roman History 51-5 

Latin 496. 498 

Physics 516 

Physiography 515 

Trigonometry 509 



Vni._FIRST YEAR EXHIP.ITIOXS.- 

FACULTY OF ARTS. 

jiNE, 1903. 
Exhibitions. 

Algebra 534 

English 523 

French 529 

Geometry 534 

German 530 



xiv INDEX. 

i'AUi 

Greek 525, 528 

Latin ' 523 

Trigonometry 535 

C. Exhibitions. 

Englisli History 536 

Language and Composition 538 

Literature 536 

Frencli 546 

German 548 

Latin 540, 542, 544 



IX.— MATRICULATION, SECOND YEAR EXHI- 
BITION AND SCHOLARSHIP EXAMINA- 
TIONS. 

SEPTEMBER, 1903. 

Matriculation Examinations. 

Aritlimetic 553 

Algebra. Part I 569 

Part II 571 

Botany 573 

Chemistry 573 

English Composition 551 

" Dictation 551 

" Grammar 552 

" History 553 

" Literature 554 

French 565 

Geometry, Part I 570 

Part II 571 

German 567 

Greek 557, 558 

Latin 561, 562 

Physics 574 

Physiogi-aphy 572 

Trigonometry 572 

Second Year Exhibitions. 

Algebra 589.590 

Enalish (Trench) 591 



INDEX. s,^f 

I'AGE 

Euglisli Literature and Couiposition 592 

French 594 

Geometry 588, 589 

German 595 

Greek Authors 579 

Comp.. Gi'ammar and History 586 

Translation at Sight 582 

History (Church) 593 

Roman 587 

Greelv 583 

Latin Authors, and Unseen 584 

Comp. (Jrammar and History ?>8G 

Roman History 587 

Theory of Equations 590 

Trigonometry 590 



Third Year Scholarships. 

Algebra 604 

Analytic Geometry 601, 602 

Biology (Plant) 607 

(Animal) 608, 609 

Calculus 603 

Constitution and Government of England 624 

Elements of Economic Theory 624, 625 

Elements of Political Science 624 

English Composition 620 

Literature (Lamb) 620 

(Milton) 619 

" Shakspere 619 

French 621 

Geometry, Analytic 601. 602 

German 622 

Greek Authors 610 

" Composition 613 

" History 618 

" Translation at Sight 613 

History of Economic Theory 626 

History (Meyer's) 620 

. History (Myers) 620 

Greek 618 

Latin Authors 615 

" Composition 617 

" Translation at Sight 617 



INDEX. 

PAGE 

Logic 606 

Roman History 618 

Theory of Equations 604 

Trigonometry 604 



X.— EXHIBITION AND PRIZE EXAMINATIONS 

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 

SEPTEMBER, 1903. 

Exhibition and Prize Examinations. 

Descriptive Geometry 632 

English, Summer Readings 631 

Mathematics 629, 630 

Theory of Structures 633 



SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS 



FACULTY OF ARTS 
1903 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY 



FIRST YEAR. 

GREEK AUTHORS. 

Tuesday, April 14x11, 1903: — AIorxixg, 9 to 12. 

(Anszvcrs to A, B and C ore to be shozvji up in separate- 
books.) 

A, — Xenophox, The Story of Cyrus. 

Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
hned : — 

(1) Kcil ra^ apya<i ovtol Tracra? aipovvTai' kcu edv 
Ti? rj iv i(f)r]f3oi^ rj iy reXeoi? avhpdcnv iWiirr] n tCov 
vofMificop. (j)aivGv<TL fxev 01 (f>v\ap-)^oi eKaaroi, ol he jepaiTepoi. 
uKOvaai'Te'i eKKplvovaiv. a he eKKpiOeU dTip.o<; hiareXel top 

XOITTOV ^lOV. 

'^2) Kcil TO aev irpojTOv 01 walhe^ ecTKcoTrrop avrov,. 
\€'yovTe<i OTi rjhvTraOelv ej Mr;8oi? ixep.a6r}Koi- eirel he avrov 
ewpcov wairep Kal aural Kai eaOiovra rjhe(j)<; koI irivovra kcu 
TToXXd fcpaTicrrevovTa eavrcov, evravda hrj ttoXlv VTreirTtjaaov 
avTM 01 7]XiKe^. 

(3) 'Evrel S' TjXOov ocKahe, eXeyop tov Kvpov 6 fiep 
ri<; rrjv ao(f>iav, 6 he rrjv Kaprepiav, 6 he ttjv TrpaoTrjTa, 6 he 
Ti? Kal TO KaXXo'i Kal to fieyedd. evda hrj 6 Tiypavr)^ 
eTr/jpeTO ttjv 'yuvalKa,*H Kal aoi\ e(f)rj, co 'Apfxevia, KaX6<; 
ihoKei 6 K0po9 eivat ; 'A/VXa p-d At", €(f>i], ovk eKelvov 
eOed)p,i)v. ^ KXXa riva fn]v ; e<^7/ o TiypdvT]^. Top elirovTa 
vi] Aia 6)? T^v avrov yjrv^^^rjp dp hoi'j] ware fxj] fie hovXeveiv. 

(4) irpoaeri he KafiijXoi ijfMiv elcrip e(f)' u>p TrpoaeXoyp.ep, 
(OP p,iap €KdarT]P eKarop Xmroi ovk av dpda^oipro Ihoirre'i- 
ere he Trvpyov; irpoaip-ev e')(OPre<i a<^' wp rol<i fiep rjfiMp 



114 FACULTY OF ARTS. 



aprj^ofxep, eVe/fou? ^e /3dX\oiJT€'i KcoXvaoj^iev rot? iv tu> 
icroTTeSq) /xd^eaOaL. ciW' ov ^pi] ^o^eladai on K.polcro^ 
pep rjprjrat tmu TroXepicoy arpaniyo^. outo<; yap Koi '^vpwv 
Kaiciwv eyeP€TO- 

(5J TTiaToix; 6e pi] vopt^e (jiveaOai dvOpfOTTOv^' dWd 
rov^ TTiaTov^ riOeaOai Bel e/cacrTOP eavrio- rj Be KTrjai'i 
avTMp earn' ovBapw'i avv tt/ /3ia, ciXXd pdXXop crvv ttj 
evepyeaia. empeXeaOe he Kin ottccx; del dpvTrep/BXrjTO^ 
dXXofi earai 1) vperepa (jitXt'a. Kal 7rpo<i to)p Oecop, & iralBe^, 
TipuTe dXX)]Xou^, ei ri kciI tov epol ^(^apL^ecrOat peXei vplp. 

B. — Euripides, Heracleidae. 

I. Translate with notes on words underlined: — 
(«) /S/a VIP ovTO<i TrjcrB' dir' ecy'X^dpa'^ dyeip 

It^-jmv /3o7]p eari]ae, KU(T(f)i]Xep yovu 

yepopTOi;, ware p' eKjSaXelp oIktw Bd/cpv. 

Kcd p>]v (TToXi'p' y "EW?;-'"' kcil pv9pop ireirXoip 

6^ei- rd B' epya /3apf:Sdpuj %e/3o? rdBe. 

(TOP Br) TO (ppd^eLP ecrrl /x'; peXXeiP t ipol 

TTo/a? d(j)i^aL Bevpo 7/')'? 6pou<i Xiirdiv. 
ih) 10. aXX' ovp pa')(ovpaL y' dpiOpop ouk eXdaaocn. 

©E. apLKpop TO aop cr/jKcopa 7rpo<TTiOt)^ (jyiXoL'i. 

10. py TOi p epuK€ Bpdp irapeaKevaapepop. 

BE. Bpdp pep (TV y' ov'x^ olo? re, /SovXeadaL S' tcrto?. 

10. o}<; pi] pepovpTa rdXXa aoi Xeyeip irapa. 

f)E. 7roJ9 OVP oTrXircwi rev)(^ewp drep (f)apel; 
{c\ BiaaM ydp darep" lir'TTiicoh eirl ^vyoh 

(TTaOepT eKpv^cip dppa Xvyai(p pe(f)er 

(TOP Br) Xdyovai iralBd y ol (TO(^direpoi 

"\{(Bi)P 6'- 6 B' dpcf)Pi]'i ifc Bvaaidpiov vecop 

lipa-x^Lopwp eBeL^ep 7]/3i]rrjP tvttop. 

alpel B' 6 KXeiPO^ "loXeo)? Evpvadeo)<; 

Terpcopov dppa tt/qo^ nrerpai^ iKeipcoptat. 

(d ) ecTTip ep ovpapo) f3e/3aKd)<i 
reo? 70V09, w yepaid, 
^evyco Xoyop &)9 top ' AiBa 

Bo pop KOTe/Ba, TTUjOO? 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 115 

Seiva (jjXo^il acofjia 8aia6ei<i. 
(e) Kal '^/ap Trarpl rcovS' Wddvav 
Xeyova' iTri/covpov eliat. 
Kal Tovao- Oea^ ttoXl^ 
Kai \ao^ ecrcoae Keiva<;, 
eV^ef 5" v^piv avSpo^. w 6ih 
fio? ?]v irpo StKa^ l:iiaic<i. 

fjLTJTTOT i/JLol (^pOVI^fXa 

■\frv)(d r dicopearo'i ei-q. 

C. — Homer, Ovssey I. 

Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
lined : — 

(1) TTftj? ai' eireir' 'O8varjo<i iyoj Oeioio XaOoifxi^v, 

09 irepl /J.€i> voov isri ^porcop. irepl B' ipd Oeolcnv 
aOavaTOLCTLv eScoKe. rot ovpavov evpiiv e')(^ovaLv ; 
aXXa Yioaeihawv yaL'qoy^o^i aaKeXe<i a lev 
Ky/cA,&)7ro9 K€')(^6XoiTai. ov 6<f)6aXuov dXdcoaev, 
dvriOeov TloXvcl)r]p.op. oov Kpdro^ earl fxeyiaTOv 
Trdcriv YivKXd)7reaai- 

(2) ici]pvK€^ 8 auTolai Kal orpi^pol depdirovre'^ 

01 p-ev dp' olvQv e/J-Lcryov evl Kprjrrjpai Kal vhwp, 
01 S' avre aTroyyoiai iroXuTp-qTOiai rpaTre'^a? 
vi'^ov Kal irpoTtdev, rol Se Kpea TroXXd BarevvTO. 

(3) el p.€v Kev Trarpo^ j3iOTOv Kal voarov ciKovar]^ 
7] T dv Tpv)(6p.€y6^ irep en TXaii]<; iviavTov 
e' Be Ke redvi]OiTQ<i dKOvaTj<; p.rf8' er e6vro<s, 
vocrrr)(Ta<i Bi] eireira (f)iXi]v eV Trarpi^a yalav 
ar}p.d re 01 ')(evai Kal eVt Krepea Krepet^oL 
TToXXd p.dX . oaaa eoiKe. Kal dvepi w^Tepa hovvai. 

[ (4! 'TrjXep.a')^ . /} roi ravra deoiv ev yovvaat Kelrai^ 
0? Ti<? ev dp.(f)(dX(p IddKT] /SaaiXevaei A^atwf 
KTTJfiara B' avTO^; e)(^OL<i Kal Bcofxaat crolaiv dvdcraoi^: 
/ur; yap 6 7" eXdoi dvj]p 09 t/9 cr' deKOvra ^irjc^i 
Krt]p.aT aTTOppaiaet^ IddKi]^ en vaieTod)ar]^. 



116 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

FIRST YEAR. 

GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND TRANS- 
LATION AT SIGHT. 
Tuesday, April 14T11, 1903 :— Afternoon, 2 to 4.30. 

1. Translate into Greek: — 

(a) When the ships had sailed away, the city was 
betrayed to the enemy. 

(b) Those who were conquered in this battle were 
all killed. 

(c) The messengers, after announcing this, went 
away home. 

((/) He said that his friends were giving gifts to 
the boys. 

(e) They asked how many men were crossing that 
river. 

(f) Did you not see that the houses were burning? 

(g) If you do not condemn the traitors, you will 
greatly injure the state. 

(//) If we had marched more quickly, we should 
have reached the sea on the same day. 

({) I ordered him to set out at once, that he might 
report w^hat had happened. 

(k) He spoke so wisely, that he persuaded all who 
were present. 

2. Translate into English : — 

'O N7;X/8;/«», w? (f)a(nv, TeKfi/jpia 'jroWa en iral^ (ov 
Trapel^ep, on eaTai irore avrjp ayadb'i koI roXfJLrjpoi,. irevre 
yap eTt] fxciXiara yeyovw'; anro rr}? olKia<i uaKpov iirXavrjOr]. 
ireivMi; oe ev rij 6Su> ovBev irapd-^Oi], aXXa, cryXXei^a? 
aypioui TLva<; Kap7rov<i, €K tovtcov helTTVov eVotetTO, e? 6e 
ri-jv oUiav, 66ev e^(opfx/]67], ovic iiravrfxOe irplv vv^ iyevero. 
Ihovaa ovv avrov rj /xi^rrjp^ "ft) Trat," €(f)i], " davfxa^eo ft)? ov 
ere i)vdyKaaev 6 (f)6/3o^ Odaaov eiravLevai.^^ 6 he iral'i 
civreiTrev, ''aXX', c5 fir]Tep, ri<i ecTTtv 6 (f)6/3o<;; ov yap ifiol 
yv(i)ptfi6i icTTiu. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. UT 

FIRST YEAR. 

GREEK HISTORY. 

Tuesday, April 14TH, 1903 : — Afternoon, 4.30 to 5.30. 

1. Where are the causes of the Persian wars to be 
sought? What incident directly led to the great strug- 
gle? How is the name of Solon connected with this 
latter ? 

2. How is the name of Hippias associated with that 
of the Spartan King Cleomenes and the Ionic Revolt? 

3. Describe in detail the attempt of Athens to make 
an alliance with Persia. What were the events leading 
to it? How is the result of significance? 

4. Describe fully the great battle which ended so fitly 
the work begun at Marathon. Give the date and con- 
sequences. 

5. By the settlement of what question, after the bat- 
tle of Mykale, was the future course of Athenian his- 
tory determined? 

SECOND YEAR. 

GREEK AUTHORS. 

Tuesday, April 14T11, 1903: — AIgrxixg, 9 to 12. 

{Answers to A, B and C to he sJunvn up in separate books.) 

A. — Sophocles, Ajax. 

I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases un- 
derlined : — 

(a) GVKeTL' Xa/X7rpa<f yap cirep (nepoTT?}^ 

a^a'i o^u? voTO^ o)? Xyjyei. 

Kal vvv (f)p6i>i/jio<; veov dXyo^ ^'x^^' 

TO yap iaXevaaeiv oiKela Trcidt], 

/xijSevo'i ciXXov 7rapa7rpd^avro<i , 

p.eydXa<i oSvvwi vTroTeLvei. 
(6) Kal rov fxev jjctto irXelcnov d(f)Ooyyo^ y^povov 

eireiT' i/xol to, Beiu im^TreiXya' ctt?;, 

€L /XT) (f)avou]v irdv ro avvTV)(ov Tra^o?, 

Kdvi]peT iv TO) TrpdyfjLaTOi; Kvpol Trore. 



118 FACULTY, OF ARTS. 

Kwyoi, (f)i\oL, 8eiaaaa Tov^eLpyaa/xevov 
eXe^a ttclv ocrovTrep i^r]7n(TTd/jL7]p. 
o 8' eudii^ e^cp/xM^ev olfjLroya'; \vypd^, 
a? ovTTOT avTOv TrpoaOeu el(Ti]Kova eyco. 
rrpo<i yap kcikov re /ecu l3apu\}ru-)(^ou yoois 

TOiovao ctei iror dv8po<i ef r/^etr e^ety 

(c) AI. Kop-ii^e pvv /xoL iralha rov efxov. &)<? lBco. 
TE. Kal fx-qv (f)6/3oLai y' avTov i^eXvcrd/JLijv. 
AI. iv TolaSe rol<i KaKolaiv^ t) ti fiOL Xeyei^ ', 
TE. /xr) aoi ye irov Sucrxj/fo? avrijcTa'; Odvoi. 
AI. TTpeirov ye rdv rjv Sai/xovo<? roufxov To'Se. 
TE. dX}C ovv iyco '(f)vXa^a rovrd 7' dpfceaat. 
AI. eirrjvea epyov Kal Trpovotav yv eOou. 
TE. Ti SrjT av ft)> etc tmvK dv (hcf)€\ol/jii ae: 
AI. So? fxoi TrpoaeiTrelv avTov ifx(f)avrj r tSelv. 
TE. Kal p-rjv rreXa^ ye irpoairoXoL'; (^vXaaaerai. 
AI. Ti hrjTa jxeXXei /xr] ou irapovalav e^eiv, 

(d) iyco B' 6 rXd/xcov TraXaib'; ucj)' ov ')(^p6vo'=; 

\hala /XLfxpcop XecpL(oi>L eiravXa fxi]vo)v 
cLvripid fxo<^ aiev evvwjjbaL, 
')(^p6vu) rpv^o/j.evo'i. 
Mss. ISaia /uLifxvcov Xei/Jicopta ttoio. fXTjXwp 
dv7]piO/xo<i alev evvojjiai. 

(e) OLfxoL, Ti hpdao) ; vrw? a dTroaTrdaco TriKpqv 
rov8' aloXov Kvd>hovro^, w rdXa^;, vcj)' ou 
(f>oi'€a>'i dp' e^eirvevaa^ ; eiSe? w? XP'^^'V 
e/iieXXe a 'EKTcop Kal Oavwv diroc^OLa-eLv ; 
(TKe'-^aaGe, 7rpo<i deoyp. t7)p tvxW hvolv /Sporolp, 

EiKTOop p.ep, (p 8i) TovB' eBu)p7]0i] Trdpa, 
^coarrjpL irpiaOel'i iTnriKMP i^ dptvywv 
eKvaTTTeT alev, ear dTreyjrv^ep ^lop- 
ovro<i 8' eKeivov Trjvhe ha>pedv e%cof 
Trpo? TouB' oXwXe Oapaaipco 7recr)]/jLaTL, 
(y) eKecpo<; oure are(j)dpa>p 
ovre (SaOeLav kuXikcop 
veljxev ifxol Tepyjnv opaXelv^ 
ovre yXvKvv avXwv otojSov^ 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 119 

ovafxopo^. OUT iuuv^^iav 
Tepyjriv laveiv 

2. Comment on : — 

(a) Oapaoiv Se fxip.v€ p^rj^e avfic^opav he)(^ov 
rov avhpa. 

(b) ovKCT avhpa /jlt] tovB' L8r]Te. 

(c) avhpL TOL %/oei);' 

fj.vrifJii]v irpoaelvaL, repiruov ei tl ttou ttcWol. 
'LttciOt] ; other Mss. irddoL. 

(d) Tqvhe 8' e'^oSou 
oXeOpiav XiavTO^ eXirii^ei (pepecy. 

(e) icouSelf; eTTiaTajai p.e crviifxaOelv totto^. 
(/) a)OC avhpa XP^-^ '^^^ o-M/xa yevvrja-rj fieya, 

SoKelv Trecrelv av Kay airh ajxiKpov icaKOU. 

B. — Thucvdides, III. 

I. Translate with notes on words undcrhned : — 

(a) KaL ajxa ecopcov tou? JleXorroyvrjaiou^ ttjv irpo^ 
KLaaipcova kuI Apvh^ /ce^aXa? rrjy err'' WOi^vmv c^ipovaav 
uera Xa/XTraocov OKtiKovra^. ical iirl fiev e^ -q errra crra 

o/bi/9 01 TiXaraii]^ rrjv eVt ro)v ^rj^wv e'^w/sr^cray. eireid^ 

vTTOCTTpey^avTe^ -paav ri]v 7rpo<i to opo'^ <^epovaav oBbv eV 

Kpv0pa<i Kal "Tcrtd'i, Kal XaBo/xevot tmv opoiv hLa<^ev'yovaiv 

e? Ta? Xd-i'-jva^;. dvhpe<; BcLSsKa Kal hiaKoaLOL diro irXeiovwv. 

(Ji) 01 he AaKehai/jLoviot hiKaaral vofxi'^ovre^ to eTrepoy- 
rrj/xa acfii'aiv opdoy^ e^e^v. avOt^ to auTO e.va CKaaTOv irapa- 
yayoirre'; Kal ipcoTcovTe^, ec tl AaKehai/xoin'ov^ Kal Tois 
^vpLixd^ov^ ciyaOov ev tm TroXe'/xo) hehpaKOTe^ elaiv. oiroTe 
/jLt] <f)al€V, ciTrdyovTe^ cnreKTeivov, Kal e^aipeTOv iTroirjaavTO 
ovheva. 

(c) '•'H/xwt' he TO Te v—dp^ov irpoTepov. (pirep Kal 
ave'7naT't]fjL0ve<i eVi ovTe^ d7reToXp.->]crafiev . /SefSatoTepov vuv 
Kal T^9 hoKijae-O^i 7rpoayeyev7]/xev7]<i auTO), to KpaTicTTOVi 
eivai, ei tou? KpaTiaTov^ eviKqaajxev. hiTrXaaia eKdaTov rj 
eXTTi"?. TCI he TToXXd Trpo? Td<i eTrix^ipqaeci v p-eyiaTi] 
cXtti? p.eyiaTT)v Kal ttjv Trpodvfxiav Trape^^TaL- 



120 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

{(1^ ""Eri /cal eK tmu 7rap'6uTO)v^ a) ' A67]vaiot Kai 
^v^fiaxot, iXTTiBa j^^prj e')(eiv {rjBr] rive^ KaX eK Seivorepcov rf 
TOiMvBe €a(i)Oj]crav), /j-rjSe Karafie/jLcf^eaOai vfxa<; ayav avTov<i 
jxrjre rat? ^up.(f)opal<f p^-qre ralf irapa ttjv a^iav vvv 
KaKOiraOeiai';. 

(e) TO jap liTTOKLvhweveiv 7rpo<i avOpoiirov^i airovevor]- 
fievov^ ov 77/309 eKeivwv puaWov i)v en rj Trpo? twu' Adrjvaicov, 
Kal afxa (fieioco re tk iyiyvero, e7r" evirpajta i]8t] aa(f>ei, /uij 
7rpoavo\(i)di)vaL to), Ka\ evofxi^ov Kal o)? ravrr) tt) IBea 
Karaha p-aad p.evoi \i)y^e(jdai avTov<i. 

C. — Homer, Odyssey X. 

Translate, with brief notes on words underlined: — 

(a) evd' eirel e-; \ip.eva kXvtov i^Xdojxev, ov irepi. ireTprj 
rjXi/SaTO'; Terv-y^rj/ce SiafjiTrepe^ aix(^OTepo)0ev^ 
(iKTal Be 7rpo/3XriTe<; evamlai aXXrfXrjaiv 
ev ar6p.aTL vrpov'^ovaLP^ apait] B' etcro^o? eariv, 
evO' ol' J eiaco 7rdvTe<i e'^oj' vea<; dfxcfjieXiaaa';. 
al ^lev dp' evToaOev Xifxevo'i koIXolo BeBevro 
irXijaiar ov ixev ydp ttot' de^ero KVfid 7' ev avTM, 
ovre fxej ovr oXtjov, XevK7] B' rjv a/x<^t yaX-qvi], 
avTap eyu)v oio<; cr'^edov e^(o vrja /xeXaLvav, 
avTov eir ea'^^aTiTj, TreV/OT;? eK ireiapLara B7]aa<i' 
eaTi]v Be aKOiri-qv e? TranraXoeaaav dveXdwv. 
(h) o)? B' or dv dypavXoL vopie^ irepl /3ov^ dyeXaia^, 
eXdovaa^ e? Koirpov. eirrjv /3oTazn/9 KopeacovTai, 
irdcrai d/xa aKaipovaiv evavTiai- ovB' en arjKol 
'la'^ova, dXX' dBivhv /jLVKto/jLevaL dafiiOe'oucTt 
/jLijTepwi- o)? e/xe KelvoL, eirel I'Bov o^QaXfJiolcn, 
BciKpuoevre'i e;^u:'TO' B6K)]ae B' dp% a-picn 6ufxo<; 
o)? efxev oj? el TrarpiB^ iKoiaro Kal ttoXiv avrrjv 
Tp?/^e(7;? I^a/c?/?, iva r €Tpa<^ev r]B' eyevovro' 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY., 121 

SECOND YEAR. 

GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND SIGHT 

TRANSLATION. 

Tuesday, April 14TH, 1903 :— Afternoon, 2 to 4.30. 

1. Translate. into Greek: — 

The custom's of the Indoi differ greatly from those 
in Greece. For there, if anyone owes money, the one 
to whom it is owed does not bring an action or en- 
deavor by means of the law to force the other to pay ; 
nor again does he threaten to kill the man, or to burn 
his house, or anything of the kind, as is the custom 
among some of the barbarians. On the contrary, 
when,"after often coming to him and asking him to pay, 
he obtains nothing of what he desires, he sends a mes- 
sage that if the other does not pay, he will kill himself 
at his door. And the debtor, fearing that, if he should 
do so, the dead man's spirit would come to him in his 
sleep and make him live a wretched life, at last pays his 
debt. 

2. Translate into English : — 

(a) r.attle in the harbour of Pylos. 

Kai ol jJiey AaKehaL/xoviOL ovre avTavrjyovTO oiire a 

r]avx^d^ovre^ h'ej rr) jr} ra? re vavi eTrX/jpouv Kal Trapecr- 
Kevd^ovTO, Tjv ioTrXer) Ti?, &)? eV Tfo Xe/xeui ovtl ov afxiKptp 
vavfiaYricrovTe<;. 01 8' Wdijvaltt f^/v'ovre^ KaO' eKarepov rov 
eairXovj o)pfM7]aav tV auTom. kcu to.^ fiev TrXe/of? tmv 
veoiv eV (f)vy7]V KareaTi^a-av, kol €7riBi(aK0VT€^ krpcocrav fiev 
TToWa?, TreWe h' eXa/Sov, Kal p.iav rovTMV avroU avhpacn. 
rah Se XoLiraif ev ry yrj KaraTrecfyevyviai^ ipefSaXXov. at 8e 
Kal TrXrjpov/xevab en Trplv avdyeaOai eKOTrrovTO- kul Tiva^ 
Kal dvaSovixei/oL Kevd<i elXKOP, twv avhporj l^ (pvyrjv wpfxr]- 
uevcov. 

(b) Disaster has befallen the Trojans. 
KUKO)^ ir€TrpaK~ai, kcittI toI^ KUKoiai tt/oo? 
ata-'X^LO'Ta' Kahoi hU roaov KaKov rdhe- 
davelv yap et'/cXew? /xef, el Oavelv y^pewv^ 



122 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

Ximpov ixev ol/xai ro) Bavovri. ttok "yap ov ; 
T0t9 ^MaL 8' 07/co? Kal Boficov evBo^ia. 
rjfieU 8' al3ovXw^ KUKXew oXcaXafiev. 
oSvvi} fi€ Tef/Jet, KovKer opdovfiai Ta\a<i. 
Kcii ^v/x(f)opav jxkv olh' opcov, rpoTrco B' otm 
reOvaaiv ol OavovTe^ ovk e%&) (f)paaai. 

SECOND YEAR. 

GREEK HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 

Tuesday, April 14TI1, 1903 : — 4.30 to 5.30 p.m. 

(Ajiswcrs to A and B to be shozi'n itp in separate books.) 

A. — History. 

1. What was the origin of the Confederacy of Delos? 
What event marked the change to an Athenian Empire ? 
Indicate briefly the connexion of this with other events 
of the same period and show how far it may be con- 
sidered as marking the cuhnination of Athenian power. 
Give dates. 

2. What wxre the chief constitutional changes at 
Athens during the ascendancy of Pericles? Give 
dates. How far were these inevitable ,and how far the 
results of a deliberate policy? Give a brief sketch of 
the Athenian constitution in 432 B.C. 

3. With what events are the following names con- 
nected? Give dates. Ithome, Thasos, Nisaea, Coro- 
nea, Gylippus, Brasidas, Delium, Sybota, Mantinea. 

B. — Literature. 

(N^ot more than three questions to be attempted.) 

1. What is meant by the "originality" of Greek liter- 
ature? Illustrate by reference to its several branches, 
giving names in each. 

2. Give a short description of Homeric Society. 

3. Write a. brief note on each of the following: — 
Alcaeus, Solon, Tyrtaeus, Aristarchus, Thespis. Who 
were the Rhapsodists? What was a Trilogy? 

4. Give a short sketch of the origin and growth of 
Comedy. 

5. Describe briefly the moral and religious teaching 
of Ancient Greek Tragedy. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AXD HISTORY. 123 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

GREEK AUTHORS. 

Wednesday, April 15TH, 1903: — AIorxixg, 9 to 12- 

(Anszvers to A, B and C to be sJw-u'ii up in separate books.) 

A. — Demosthenes. 

Translate, adding a brief note where you think it 
desirable : — 

(a) Ou yap ourco 7' eujjOrj'? iarlv ovSek, 6? vrroXafi- 
jSdvei Tov OtXtTTTTOt' TMv /J.ev ev (tdpoKj] kokmv (ri yap av 
aWo Ti? eiTTOL ApoyjLXop Koi K^a^vXriv Kal Mdareipav Kal 
a vvv iPaipel) tovtcov jxev eTTiOviielv Kal inrep tov ravra 
Xa^elv Kcti irovou^ Kal ^e'.jLtwt'a? Kal tou? ecr^i^aTOu? klvSv- 
vovi inroueje.v. roij B' Wdrjvaicop X'/xevcov Kai lewpicov Kal 
rpu'ipcop Kal ro)v epywv tw) dpyvpeioav Kal Toaovrcov 
Trpoaohciiv ovk i~L9vaelv aWd ravra ixev vp.a<^ idaeiv e'X^eiv 
virep Be twv p,eKivoyj Kal ro)v okvpow i6)v ev TOi? ®paKiOL<; 
cripol^ i'j T(p /3j.pd9pu) ■^eip.d'^eiv. 

ih) 'Opoiv Be ravO' 6 Brjp.o'; 6 tcov D.peLrwv avrl tov 
TO) fxkv ^orjOelv Toy? B' dirorvfiiravitjaL roU p.ev ovk 
dipytXeTO TOV S' einTTi]Beioy TcvTa rraOelv e^-r Kcnre^aipev. 

(c) OuKOVv ivojiii^ov hcelvoL Trj<i irdvTcov TOiv'Y.W'qvcov 
acoTripia^ eavTol<; €7nixe\rjTeov elvai- ou yap av avToh ep.e\' 
et Tt? eu WeXoTTOWTqaoi Tim? wvelTai Kal BiacpOeipeL /xtj 
TJv6 uTToXafJ-^dvovaL. 

T'/) E' Be eK tovtcov to. BiKaca TiOevTai Kal T-qv 
elpi]vi]v TavTijv 6pi~,ovTai oti p-ev Bi^irovOev ov6 oaL ovt 
civeKTCL Xeyouatv ov6 v/xlv aac^aXr), BrjXov eaTiv aTraaiv, ov 
p-rjv ctXX evavTia au/jilSaivei Tal<; KaTT]yopiai<i a? AioTreLOovi 
KaTr/yopovai Kal auTa TavTa Xeyeiv avTow. 

(r) 'Eye B' oaa p.ev Ti? atTiaTai Tiva tovtcov ov? KaTa 
Tois vofiov^ e:f)^ vp.lv iaTiv, oTav /SovXrjade, KoXd^eLV, kclv 
yjBr] BoKT] KCLV eiTicrj^^ovaLV irepl avTwv aKOirelv eyy^copelv 
r^yovpai. 



124 - faculty: of arts. 

Be — ^scHYLUs, Prometheus Vinctus 

I. Translate, with note on words and phrases under- 
lined : — 

('/) KP. Kal TtjvSe vvv iropiraaov acr^aXM<;, I'va 
/J-dt/T) (xo(^LaTri<i o)v Aio^ vcodearepo'i. 
H<J>. 7rX'>]V ToOS' av ou^et? eV8i/caj<f fMefi\p-aLr6 /xoi. 
KP. aSafxavTivov vvv acfiijvo^ avOdhrj yvdOov 
aTepvcov BLa/xird^ iraaaaXev eppcofxevcof. 
H<J>. alai, Ylpo/j.7/6eu, GOiv vTrep arevco ttovcov 
KP. av 8' av KaTCiivel^ tmv Ato? r e')(^dpoiv virep 
crreVei? ; CTra? /x?) cravrov OLKTiel'i iroTe. 

(6) oZ8" OTL Tpa'vij^ Kal Trap' iavTM 
TO ^iKaiov cy^wu- e/iTra^ olco 
IxaXaKo^voi poiv 

ecrrai ttoO' brav ravrj] paiaOrj' 
rrjv 8' cnepafjLvov aTopecra'i opyrjv 
e.'? updfxo)' ifxol Kal (^iXorriTa 
(TTrevBcov cnrevSovrt ttoO^ V^^^- 

(c) TpoTTovi Se TToWov'i fxavTiKT]^ iaToi)^taa, 
KciKpiva TrpajTO? i^ oveipcircov a -^p-i] 
virap yeveaOai, KXT]B6va<i re SvaKpirov^ 
i'yvoipia avTol<i €vociGv<i re av/xf^oXov;. 
ya/ji\frcovv^/cov re TTTrjatv olcovcov aKe6po}<i 
Siwpia' , o'lTive^ re Be^Lol (fnaiv 
evfovv/jLovi re, kuI otatrav ly.'Twa 
€)(^ova' €KaaToi. Kal tt/oo? d\X7]Xov<; ru'e? 
e)(^dpaL T€ Kal crrepyijOpa. Kal avvehpiaC 
GirXdy-yvdiv tc /,eio'T7;T«, Kal -^poiav riva 
e-y^ovT dv el';; Bai'/xocnv Trpo'; i)c)ovi]v^ 
^j^oXt}? XofSoi) re iroLKtXrv ev/xopt^iav. 

(d) reXo'; 5' ivapji]'? /3d^i<i yXOev 'Ivdy^co 
aa(^d<i iiricTKijTrrova Kal /j-vdov/xevT} 
e^Qi hofioiv re Kal irdrpwi wOelv ijxe, 
d(f)erov dXdaOai yy^ eir^ eay^droi'i 6poi<i' 
Kel fj-rj deXot, irvpcordv Ik Ai6<i fj,oXeiv 
Kcpavvov, 6<f Trdv e^alardxrei <yevo<i. 

(e) Aio? Se roL 
7rri]vo<i KV(i)v, Sa(f)0Lv6^ dero'i, Xd/3pco<i 
Biaprafitjaei au)fxaro<i fxeya paKO<i, 



' CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 125 

Ke\aiv6/3p(07ov 8' ijirap eKdoivdaerai. 
2. Annotate : — 

(a) SoXw 8e rois inrepa^ovra^ Kparelv. 
(h) ovK eaTiv OTQ) fxei^ova fiolpav veLfiaifx^ rj aoi. 

(c) irdvrcov fieTaa^cov koX TeToXfjir]KO)<i dfiot". 

(d) 6)9 TcnroKXavaai Kairohvpacrdai Tu;^a9 
ipravO' OTTOV /xeWoi rt? otaeadat haKpv 
TTjOo? TU)v k\v6vt(dv, Cl^lUP Tpi/Sijv e')(^eL. 

{e) ToiovTO /j.€v (jOL rovro (f)povpLoi> Xeyco, 

(f) ov yap 8i] TTOV tovto ye TXrjTov 7rap€crvpa<i ctto?. 

3. Comment on the following readings of the Me- 
dicean MS : — 

(a) V7rai6pio<i8ea/xol<; TraaadXevfj.ei'O'i' 

(b) fJ-ovov hrj irpoadev dXXov eV ttouoi'; 
hafievT aicaiiavToheroi'i 

'Yndva XvfMat<; eiaiSo/j-av 6e6v, 
ArXafd' o)? aiep vTrepo'^ou crOevo'^ 

Kparaiov ovpdviov re ttoXov 

vd)TOi<i viroaTevd^cL. 

^oa Se TTovTco'i KXvhwp 

^v/xTTirvcou arivei ^adv<i 

KeXaii'o<i 8' "Ai'So? inro^pefiet ytif^o? 709. 
(c) aXXd fioL Top(i)<i 

T€Kfii]pov 6 TL /x' iTrap-fievei 

iradiiv tL p.r) XPV (f^dp/xaKOv voaov 

{=^'ye'yv/xvdKaaii', ovd' e^f^ pia6e.li> oira) 
id) €Kr)^6Xoi<i To^oiaiv i^rjpTJjfieuoi. 
. (e) ivravOa Brj ere Zei)? rldi^aLv efKppova 

iTra(f>6}u drapfSei %f'p£ Kal Oljcov uovov. 

eirdivvpLov Be twp Aio? yei'vripLdrcov 

re^ei'i KeXaivov "l^TracfiOv. 

4. Indicate, with a sketch-map, the course of lo's 
wanderings. 

5. What are to be the conditions of Prometheus' 
release ? 

C. — Kynaston's Greek Elegiac Poets. 
Translate : — 

(1) dXXd Zeu9 TrdvToyv icjiopa reXo?, e^airlvi)^ he 
Q)aT* dvefJ.o<; ve(f)eXa<; alyjra hieaKehaaev 

'qpivo^y b? irovrov TToXvKvp.ovo'i drpvyeroio 



126 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

TTvO/xeva Ku>i]cra';^ '^/qv Kara irvpoc^opov 
Brjcoaa^ KaXa epya, Seo)u eSo? alirvv 'iKilveL 

oupavov, alOpii]V 8' avOi<i edrjicev ISelir 
XapLTrei 8' rjekloio /ue'/'o? Kara iriova 'yalav 

KaXov, arap V€cf)eQ)v ouSev er iarlv ISelf 
ToiavTi] Zt/i'O? ireKerm ti(ti<;, ov8' e'^' kudarcp^ 

aia-rrep Oi'rjTO<i ai>')]p, 'yiyverat 6|i'';^oXo?. 

(2) -TaXai Kal ^apy)v€<i ipal kuI irevOipe Kpcoacre, 

oaTL'i e^et? 'At'8a rav oXiyav airoSiav, 
TOt? i/xbv ip)(^ofxevoLaL Trap' i)piov tiTrare '^aipeiv^ 

atV ciaTol re\e6aiVT\ atd' ere/aoTTToXie?" 
ycoTt /Lie vvfKpav /x.' evaav e'^et Ta<^09, eliraTe kul to 

X^'^f' 'n-arrjp yu.' eVaXet Bay/c/Sa, x^'^^ yevo<i 
Ttjvi'a, ft)? eihoiVTi' Kal ottl fxoL a avveraipU 

"Hpivv ev rvfji^w ^pdpjx e%a'pafe rohe. 

(3) elTrev. 6 Be aKCTTcova, jepovriKov ottXov, a€ipa<i, 

•ijviSe, Kelvoi aoi Trdv epeovaiv ctto?. 
(ol 5' dp viTO irXjj'yfiai 6od^ ^€p,^iKa<i exovTe<i 

e(7Tpe(poP evpetrj iralhe^ evl rpioBo)). 
K€iVO)v epx^o, (fi-qcyl, /-ter' <%wa* %&) ph eTrecTTi] 

7r\i]aiov. OL ^' eXe'yov rrjv Kara aavrov kXa. 



THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

GREEK PROSE AND TRANSLATION AT 

SIGHT. 

Wednesday, April 15TH, 1903: — Afternoon, 2 to 5. 

I. Translate into Greek: — 

The consuls immediately moved the army to the 
neighbourhood of Hannibal, with the intention of offer- 
ing battle. But when Paullus observed the open plain, 
he was desirous to put off an engagement, and man- 
oeuvred so as to draw the enemy into ground less favour- 
able for the action of cavalry. Varro, however, thought 
otherwise ; and now appeared the evil of both Consuls 
being joined in command of the same army. The 
Consuls were, by the constitution, equal, and Varro was 
far too confident of success to give way to his more 
experienced colleague. Paullus felt bitterly the truth 
of Fabius' parting injunction ; "Remember that you 
will have to oppose not only Hannibal, but also Varro." 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 127 

2. Translate into English : — 

^^l^^(a) ovBev yap avrol<i ctTToardai yeyovev &v irpoaeho- 
Kijcrav, aXX' avrl fiev ri]'? i\evO€pia<i rovvdvTiov cnro^e^rj- 
K€v airoXeaavTe^ yap avroiv row /SeXriaTOV^; iwl T0Z9 
'X^eipiaroi^; rS)v ttoXltmv yeyovacrcv, avrl 8e r^? avrovofxia^ 
et? TToWa? Kal Seiva'i avo/jiLa<; i/xTreTrTcoKaaiv, eldLcrfievoc 
Se TOP aWov -^povov p-eO^ Tjpwv €(/>' erepov^ levat, vvv tov<; 
dWov^ opcocTLv e<^' alirom crrpaTevopevov^, Kal ra? crracrei?, 
a? eirvvOdvovTO irporepov Tzap eTepoi<i oi;cra?, vvv Trap'' avrol<; 
oXiyov Selv Kad' eKaarTjv ttjv rjpepav ytyvopeva^. ourco 8' 
ayfiaXicrpevoL raU aup(f)opaU elalv ware /MtjSeva hiayvoivai 
hvvaadaL Toy? KaKiara irpdrTOVTaf avroiv ovSepia yap ecTTL 
rci)v TToXeoov dKepato<i. 

(h) ijrel B' iv OiKOi'i rjpev, ivveireL raBc 

Xovrp^ &)? rd'x^tcrTa toU ^€vol<; rt? alperoi 
&)9 dpc^H ^co/jlov cTTOiai '^epvL^cov TreXa^. 
dXX' eliT 'OpecTTT^?- dpTL(o<i rjyviapeda 
Xovrpolai Ka6apol<i irorapiaiv pei6p(ov diro. 
el Be ^evov<i darolaL crvvdveiv ^/aecoy, 
Acyicr6\ eroipoL kovk cnrapvovpecrd', dva^. 
Tovrov pLev ovv peOelcrav iv pe<xa) Xoyov 
Xoyx^a^; Be devre^ Becnrorov (fypoupTjpara 
Bpo)e^ TTjOo? epyov irdvre^ 'leaav ')(^epa^. 
01 pev a-(f)ayeiov ecfiepov, 01 S' ^pov Kavd^ 
dXXot, Be Tfvp dvijiTTOv dp(f)L r ea')(^dpa^ 
X€8r]Ta<i copdovv irdcra S' eKTVirec areyrj. 



THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

GREEK HISTORY. 

FROM THE ACCESSION OF ALEXANDER THE 

GREAT. 

AND GREEK CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. 

Thursday, April 9th, 1903 : — Morning, 9 to 12. 

{Answers to A and B to be shozvn up in separate books.) 

A.— Greek History, 336 B.C.-281 B.C. 

N.B. — Dates sJiould be given where possible. 

I. Draw a sketch map to shew the line of Alexander's 

march from Europe to India and back to Babylon. 

9 



128 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

2. Sketch the career of Demosthenes from the in- 
vasion of Asia to his death. 

3. Give a brief account of the history of the Greek 
world from the death of Eumenes in 316 B.C. to 301 
B.C. 

4. What are our principal authorities for the history 
of Alexander and the period immediately succeeding? 

5. Give a short account of the condition of philosophy 
and literature in the time of the first two Ptolemies. 

6. What do you know of Eubulus, Hyperides, Jerome 
of Kardia, Arrian, Demetrius Phalereus, Bessus, Clitus, 
Lycurgus, Feukestas, Stratocles, Lachares, Dromo- 
kleides? 

B. — Greek Constitutional History. 

1. Note the chief differences between the state of 
societv depicted in Homer and early Greece as known 
from recent investigations. Indicate the main lines of 
race-difference. What is meant by the term Pelasgi? 

2. How far have the successive stages of constitu- 
tional development, indicated in Plato's Republic, their 
counterparts in History? Indicate these stages in the 
history of Athens, with dates. 

3. What is meant by the "Epoch of the tyrants"? 
Show the causes of the phenomenon, illustrating from 
modern parallels. Indicate the value of "tyranny'' as a 
stage in development. 

4. What were regarded by the Greeks as the charac- 
teristic features of Democracy? Give the dates at 
which each of these became true of the Democracy of 
Athens. 

5. Compare and contrast the constitutions of Sparta 
and Crete. Which lasted longest, and why? Illus- 
trate from Roman and English History. 

6. Explain: — Aisymnetes, Apagoge, Proedri, Trier- 
arch, Eisphora, Hypomosia, Dokimasia, Euthyna, 
Nomothetae, Epobelia. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 



129 



SECOND YEAR. 
GREEK— ADVANCED SECTION. 
Thursday, April 23RD : — Afternoon, 2 to 5. 
Plato, Laches. 
I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
lined : — 

{a) cOOC eX rt koL av, w iral ^(o(f)povicrKOV, e%ei? roiSe 

TO) cravTov 87)fWTT} ayadov crvfi^ovXeucraL, XPV o-vfi/SovXevetv 
SiKaio^; S' el- koX yap TraTptKo^ rjixlv ^iXo<? rvy^avei'^ cov. 
ael yap iyco Kal 6 cro? irarrjp iraipo) re Kal (f)i\a) f}fx€v, Kol 
irpoTepov eKeli'O^ eTekevrrjcre, irplv ri, e'/xot hLeve')(^drjvaL. 
TrepK^epcL Be rk fxe Kal fJ'i'y]fJ'r] apri rwvhe Xeyovrcop- ra yap 
fiecpciKia rdSe Trpo? aWrjXov; oIkoi SiaXeyo/xevoL da/xa 
iTTLfiefjivijvTai ^(OKparoD^; Kal a(f)68pa iTraivovaw ov fMevTOi 
TTtOTTore avrois avrjpQyrrjcra, el rbu ^a>(f)pov{crKOv Xeyoiev. 

[bj Tjv Be yeXco<; Kal KpoTO^ vtto rSiv eK TTj'i oXKdBo<; eiri 
T€ TO) cr)(j'j/jLarL avTOv, Kal eTreiBrj jSaXovro^ tlvo<; XiOo) irapa 
Toy? TTo'Sa? avTov eVi to KardaTpco/xa dxfiieTat rov oo'/oaT09, 
ToV TJBrj Kal ol eK Trj<i Tptr)pov<i ovkctl o/.ot t -qaav tov 
yeXcora KaTex^LP, 6pcovTe<; alcopov/xevov eK tt)? 6XKdBo<i to 
BopyBpeiravov eKelvo. 

(t) el B' avTol evperal yey ovore rov tolovtov, Bore 
irapdBeiyfjia. rivcov ijBt] dXXcov e7rifMeXr]6evTe<i eK (f)avX(i)v 
KaXov<i re KayaOoix; eTroirjaare. el yap vvv dp^eaOeTrpcorov 
iraiBeveiv, aKOirelv ■^pr] jxrj ovk ev rw Ka/al Vfxlv 6 klvBuvo<; 
KivBuvevrjrai, dXX 'ev rol^ vfiere'poi<; re Kal ev rol<; roiv 
(f)iX(ov rraiai, Kal dre'xyoi'i ro Xeyo/xevov Kara rr]V7rapoi/j.{av 
v/jLiv (TVfj-/3aivTj ev rriOu) rj Kepajxela yiy vofie'vi], Xeyere ovv 
ri rovrcov t} cf)are vfuv V7rdp)(^eiv re Kal TrpoarJKeLV rj ov (^are. 
(d ) 2n. Kal rov /xer e7TLari]p,ri<i dpa IrrirLKri^ Kaprepovvra 
ev i7r7ro/jLa')(ia i]rrov <J3T]aeL<i dvBpelov elvat rj rov dvev 
e7^io■T^)/ur;?. 

AA. "FjjxoLye BoKel. 

Sn. Kal rov fxerd a(f)evBovr]rLKfi<; t) ro^LKr)<; rj dXXr]<; 
rivo9 re')(yi-i<i Kaprepovvra. 
AA. Tidvv ye. 



130 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

2n. Kat oaoL Si] edeXovaiv Ci? (^peap KaTa/3aivoVT€<; koI 
Ko\v/JL^ MVTe'i Kaprepelv ev tovtw tm epyo), [irj ovTe<i havoi, t) 
€v TLVL aW(p TotovTU) uvSpeLOTepovi 0?;crei9 TWf ravra SeiuMV. 

AA. Ti yap av rt? aWo (pairj^ & Sw/CjOare? ; 

2n. OuSev, ecirep o'lolto ye outw?. 

AA. 'AXXa /xjjv olfxal ye. 

Sn. Kai iiy]v Tfov a^poveaTepo)^ je, m Ad^T]^, ol 

TOiOvrOL Kivhuuevovalv re Kai Kapjepovcnv rj ol jxera Te')(vri'i 
avro TrpaTTovre'i. 
AA. ^aiVOPTat. 

Sn. OvKOvu alaypa rj axjipwv ToXfxa re kuo KapTe'prj(ri<; 
ev T(p Trpoadev e<^dvq ij/xlv ovaa Kat /SXa^epd ; 
A A. Ildiw ye. 

[e) 212. AijXov B/], u) Ni/c/a, otl ovSe rrjv Kpoufiv- 
(oviav vv TTiaTevei^ av ye dvhpeiav yeyovevat, rovro Be 
\e7&) ov 7raL(^(ov^ ccXX" dvayKalov olfxai tu) ravra Xeyovri 
fXT]Bevo<; Orjpiov dTToSe^eadai dvhpeiav, i) avy^oipelv 6i]piOV 
Tt ovTU) aocfyov elvai, ware a oXiyoi dvOpunrcov taacn Bid to 
•^aXeTrd elvat yvcovai, ravra Xeovra, 7) irdpBaXiv r] nva 
Karrpov (^dvai elBevar dXX' dvdyKrj 6/xoi(o<; Xeovra Kai 
eXacfiov Kai ravpou Kai rriOtjKOV tt/jo? dvBpetav (jiavaL 
7r€(f)VK€vai rov ndep-evov dvBpecav rovO^ orrep aii rideaai. 

2. Indicate the general plan of the dialogue and give 
an outline of the course of the argument. 

3. Translate into Greek : — 

When we reached home, we began to discuss the 
nature of virtue. And Pearson was of opinion that 
one might define it as the giving up of one's own in- 
terests. But Mansel asked "Is it then virtue, if a man 
deliberately die of hunger?" Of course all agreed not. 
And Pearson then said, "I mean, to give up one's own 
interests for the benefit of another." "But," asked 
Mansel, "if the one for whom one gives up is a thief, 
or a drunkard, or a worthless man of any sort, what 
then? Is it still virtuous to give up one's own welfare 
on his behalf?" After some discussion, all agreed that 
one ought to consider the comparative worthiness of 
the two, so that at last virtue appeared to be as Ben- 
tham long ago said, nothing but the greatest happiness 
of the greatest number. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 131 

CLASSICAL HONOURS. 

THIRD YEAR. 

PRIVATE READINGS. 

Monday, April 2oth, 1903 :— Morning, 9 to 12. 

A. — Sophocles, Antigone. 

Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
lined : — 

(1) ov yap Td(f)Ov vwv tw Ka(n<yvrjTOi Kpewv 
Tov fxev 7rpoTiaa<;, rov S' arifxdaa^ 6')(eL ; 
'Ereo/cXea p.ev, (u? \Gyouai, crvv 8iKri<; 
^XPV^^'' ^t^aia Kol vofiov Kara ^Oovo'i 
€Kpv^e rot? evepOev evTi/j.ov vexpoU' 

(2) Kal (f)d€y/iia Kal avefxoev 

<^p6vrip.a Kal cKTrvvo fxovi 6pya<i iSiSd^aro, Kal 

8v(TavXo)v 
Trdycov ivaidpeia Kal Svaofi/Spa (pevyeiv /SeXrj, 
TTavTOTTopo^' aTropo^i eir* ovhev e'/o^^erai 
TO fidWov "AtSa piovov (f)€v^Lv ovK eTrd^eraf 
ivacov S' ap,7]')(^dvcov <f)vya<i ^vpLire<j>paaraL. 

(3) KP. K\aLQ)v <f>pevd)a-ei<;, cov (f)p€va)v avTO<i k€v6<;. 

A I. ec p-r) irarrip r}a6\ elirov dv a ovk ev cfipovelv. 
KP. yvvaiKo^ wv SovXeup-a p.r) KWTtWe p,€. 
AT. ^ovXet Xeyetv rt Kal Xe'ycov p,7]8€v KXvecv. 
KP. dX7]6€<i; aXX' ov rovS' "OXvp,7rov, caO' ort, 
•X^aipcov iirl yjroyoLac Sevvdaefi ep.e. 

(4) irapa he Kvavedp *'TreXdy€L SiSi/p.a'i dXb^ 
*aKTa BoaTTopLa 18' 6 SprjKwv <^KXTJ^eTaL^ 
'^aXp.vhrjaa-o'i, 'iv ay')(^iiroXL<i "Apr}^ 
8L(TcrolaL ^LvethaL'i 

el8ev aparov gXko'^ 
TV^Xwdev i^ dypia<; 8dp,apT0<i 
aXaov dXaaTopoicnv opLpLdrav kvkXol^, 
*dpa')(devT(ov vcf)' aip.arrjpal'i 
'Xeipeaat Kal K€pKi8a)v aKpialaiv, 



1-S2- FACULTY OF ARTS. 

(5) Koi rov fiev, alTrj<TavTe<; evohlav Oeov 

TlXovTcovd T 6p'ya<; ev/xevelf Karacr'^edelv^ 
Xovaavre'i dyvov Xovrpov, ev veoaTrdaiv 
daXX.oi'i St) ^XeXeiTTTO (TvyKaTTJOo/jiev, 
Kol TVfji/3ov opdoKpavov OiKeia<; ')(dovo<i 
')(^a)cravT€'i , av6i^ tt/oo? Xidoarpuirov K6prj<i 
vvfi(f)elov "AcSov koIXov elae/Saivofiev. 
(f)a)vr]<i S' diroidev opdicov kookv/xutcov 
KXvet Ti? cLKTepiCTTOv d/Jiipl Traardha, 
Kal BeaTTOTT) Kpeovrt (jrip^aivei fioX(i)v. 

B. — Thucydides VI. 

Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
lined : — 

(1) Kal fir} v/xd<; rj ^lkiov twv Xoycov ciTrpay/xocrvvr] 
Kal hidaracn'^ TOt<i v€Ot<i e? tou? Trpecr/SvTepovi diroTpe'^^r], 
TO) 8e elcodoTL Kocrfia)^ axTTrep Kal ol iraTepa rj/xMv d/xa veot 
<yepaiT€poi<; l3ovXevovre<i e? TaSe -^pav aurd, Kal vvv to) 
avTUi rpoTTcp TreipdcrOe Trpoayayelv ti]V itoXlv, Kal vofiicrare 
veor-qra fikv Kal yrjpa'i dvev aXX-rfXrov /jLTjBev hvvaadai, 
ojxov he TO re (f)avXov Kal to fxeaov Kal to rrdvv dKpLJBe<i 
dv ^vyKpaOev /jbaXicrr dv la')(yeLV. 

(2) ^vjKare^i] Se Kal 6 dXXo^ 6iJLiXo<i aTra? a)? elirelv 
6 ev TT) TToXet Kal daroyv Kal ^evwv, ol fiev iiTL'y^copiOL tov<; 
a(f>€Te'pov^ avToJv cKaaTOi TrpoTre/i.TTOt'Te?, oi fiev eTaipov^^ ol 
8e ^vyyevel<;, ol Se vel'i, Kal /xer cXtt'iBo^ t6 dfia lovTe<i Kal 
oXo(pvpiioiv^ TO. jjiev &)9 KTi^aoiVTO, TOL'9 S' et TTore 6\}roivTO, 
ivdvfiovfjLevot oaov ttXovv ck tyj^ crc^ere/oa? direaTeXXovTO. 

(3) Kal hehoLKa /xe'vroL /x/]7roT€ iroXXd Trei/ocofre? Kal 
KaTopdcoacoaiv rj/j,ei<; 8e KaKOi Trplv ev tQ> iraOelv wfxev 
TTpo^vXd^aadal re Kal aladojxevoL eire^eXdelv. Toiydprot 
Bl avrd 77 ttoXl^ rj/xojv 6XiydKL<; fiev rjau^^^d^et, aTdaei<; Be 
TToXXa? Kal dyoiva^ ov 7rpo<; tou? TroXefiiov^ TrXeiova'i rj irpb^ 
avTrjV dvaipeiTai, TvpavviBa'i Be ecTTiv 6t€ Kal BwaareCa^ 

dBiKOv;. 

(4) 'ETei^i^oi/ Be Kal ol '^vpaKoaioi ev tw '^eip.oivv 
7rpo9 re tt) "jroXei, tov Tefievnrjv evTo<i TroLrjcrd/xevoi,, Tel')(0'i 
TTapd irdv to 7rpo<i Td<i 'ETTiTToXa? opcov, 07r<w9 /a?; 8i' eXacr- 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 133 

<rovo<; ^vaTTOTei^iaroi a)aiv, rjv apa acfiaXXcovrai,, Kal ra 
Meyapa (f)povpiov Kal ev rtp 'OXvfMTneio} aWo- Kal Trjv 
OaXaaaav TrpoeaTavpcoaav TravTaxv V cnro/3daeL<: ^aav. 

Draw explanatory map. 

(.n) r}fX€i<; 8e rov ^v/jL7ravro<; Trpoecrrrj/jLev, ZiKaiovvrei 
ev (p a')(rip.aTL peyiaTr) rj ttoXi^ iTvyyave Kal iXevOepooTaTr] 
ovcra Kal oTvep ihe^aro rt?, rovro ^vvSiaaw^eiv. irret, 
hrjixoKparlav ye Kal iyijvoxTKopev ol (ppovovvre'i tl i^Kau 
avT6<i ov8evb<i av ')^ecpov. ocrcp Kav Xoihop-qaaLpi- aXXa irepl 
6fioXo'yovfi€V7j<i avoia'i ovBev av Kaivov Xeyono) Kai to 
pLediardvaL avrrjv ovk iSoKei rjfilv dacfyaXk'i elvai vfioiv 
TToXefMicov 7rpoaKaOi]p€V(ov. 

C. — Plato, Purves's Selections. 

Translate, with notes on words and phrases under- 
lined indicating also connection with context : — 

(1) SiSdaKcov ouv fxe to Te (f)dppaKOv Kal Ta? eVwSa?? 
"Ottco?, ecfiT], TO) (fiapfMaKQ) rovrcp fxrjBei'i ae ireiaei rrjv aurov 
K€(f)aXr]v OepaTrevecv, o? av pr] rrjv -yjrv^^^rjv Ttpwrov irapda'X^rf 
TTj erroihri viro aov OepairevdrjvaL. Kal yap vvv, €(f)r}, tout' 
earc to dpdprrjpa irepl rov^ dv0pu>77ov^, on %tt>/3t? eKarepov 
iarpoi, Tive^ iiri'^eipovaiv elvai. Kal poi .iravv a(p6Bpa 
ivereXXeTo p-qre irXovatov ovtco prjhiva elvai ^p-qre yevvalov 
pr)7e KaXov, o? epe Tret'cet aXXw? Troielv. 

(2) el 8e pyj, opa, c5 paKapie, pi] irepl TOt? (^LXraroc'^ 
Kv/SevT)'; Te Kal KivSuvevT)<i. Kal yap Br] Kal TroXv'pei^cov 
KLvSvvo^ ev TTj T(x)v pa6i]paT(i)v wvT] r] ev ttj tmv ctiticov. 
aiTia pev yap Kal ttoto, Trptdpevov Trapd tov KainjXou Kal 
ipTTopov e^eaTiv ev dXXoi^ dyyeioi<i d7ro(f)epeLv, Kal -rrplv 
he^aadaL avTo, ei? to aoypa iriovTa t) (f)ay6vTa, KaTaOepevov 
ocKaSe e^ecTTt avp^ovXeixraadai, TrapaKaXeaavTa tov 
eiratovTa, 6 tl Te eheuTeov i) iroTeov Kal 6 tl prj, Kal 
OTToaov Kal oTToVe* coaTe ev tt] wvy ov peya^ 6 KivSvvo<i. 

(?,) 1] ouTO)? el ao(j)6<i, coaTe XeXr]d€ ae otl prjTpo'i t€ 
Kai iraTpo^ Kal TOiv dXXcov irpoyovoiv dirdpTcov TLpcoiTepov 
ecTTLV r] TTaTph Kal aepvoTepov Kal dyLcoTepov Kal ev pel^ovt 
poipa Kal Trapd OeoU Kal Trap' dv6p(OTrot<i TOi? vouv e^^oucrt, 



]34 ■ FACULTY OF ARTS. 

Kai ae^ecrOai 6e'i kul fidWou vireiKeLV koI dcoireveiv rrarpiha 
y^aXeTTaivovaav t) Trarepa, koX t) ireideiv rj TTOielv a av 
KeXevT], Kol irdcT'^eiv, iciv tl TrpoardTTT] iraOelv, rjav)(^iav 
d'yovra. 

(4) KoX KLvhvvevovaL Kal ol Td<i T€\€Td<; v/itv ovroi 
KaraaTTjaavTe'; ov <^av\oL rcva elvai^ aWd ru) ovtl iraXai 
alviTTeadat on o? dv dp.vriro<^ Kal dreXearo'^ eiV ' h-ihov 
d(f)tKT]TaL, ev /3op36poi) KeicreTai, 6 Be KeKuOapfxevo'i re Kal 
TereXecr/AeVo? eKelae d(f)iK6p.evo<; /xerd 6eS)v oUijaei. ecal jdp 
Si], (pacrlv 01 jrepl ra? TC/V-eTa'?, vap67]KO(f)6poL fiev ttoXXoi, 
/SaK^ot Be re rravpoL- ovtol h' elcrl Kara rrju ifjirjv Bo^av ovk 
dXXoL rj ol iTe^tXoao^T]K6Te'i 6pdo)<i. 

(5) al Be Br) dXXai ^Xl')(^6 /xevat fxev diracraL tov dvco 
eirovrat, dBvi'aTouaai Be v7ro(3pv)(^iaL ^uix7repL(f)€povTaL, 
irarovaaL dXXr]Xa'i Kal einjBdXXovaai, erepa irpo rrj'i 
erepa? Treipcoixevrj <yevea6aL. 66pv^o<i ovv Kai dfiiXXa Kai 
lBpco<; eaxara yLyverai. ov B?] KaKia r)VL6')(^a>v iroXXal fxev 
■yoyXevovrai, TroXXal Be TtoXXd irrepd Opavovrar irdaai Be, 
TToXvv e%oucrat ttovov, dTeXei<i tt}? tov oVto? Oea'i direpyov- 
TUi, Kal direXOovcraL rpo^rj Bo^aaTrj '^(pcovTaL. 



CLASSICAL HONOURS. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS- 

PINDAR. 

Friday, April 17TH, 1903: — Morning, 9 to 12. 

Translate with notes on words and phrases underlined- 

(a) e')(et 5' aTrdXa/xov /3iov tovtov e/XTreBofio'y^dov, 

fxerd TpiMp re'raproi' irovov, ddavdrcov otl KXey^ai^ 
dXiKeaac av/j.iroTai'i 
V€KTap dfjL^poaLav re 
BciiKev, olaiv dcf>6iTOV 

eOeaav. el Be deov dvqp rif eXTrerai XeXadefiev 

epBcoi', dfiaprdvei, 
Mss. Cecrav avroi'. XaOefxev. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 135 

(6) i'crai<? Be vvKTeaaLv aUi 

laov iv d/j.€pai<; a\i.ov e^oi/re?, aTTOvearfpov 



iaXol ScKovTat ^corov, ou 'x^Oova TapdcraovTe<; iv 

;Ye/309 ctKfxa 

Ovhk TTOVTIOV v8(Op 

Keivav irapa bia^av aWa irapa jxev Tiuioi<i 
Oewv, oLTCve^; '^^(^atpov evopKiai^, dSaKpvv ve/xovraC 
aluiva' TOi 6' cnrpocToparov OK-y^eovrc trovov, 
ocroi 8* iToXfxaaav ecnpk 

eKTT€pa)6c ix€ivaPT€<i ciTTO TTcifiTTav dScKcov e'^ett' 
-dru-^dv, eretXav Aio? 68ov irapd K.p6vov Tvpcriv^ 
i>ilss. tcrai? Se vvKreacnv alei, Tcrat? 8' iv d/xepai<;. 
(c) dXXd KeicpuTTTo <ydp cr^oiW /Saria r iv diretpiTQ), 

Iwv ^avdalcn Kal irajJLTropc^vpot'i dfCTiat /Je/Speyfjuevo'^ 

d/3p6v 
crwfia' TO Kal Kare^aixL^ev KaXeladaL viv '^^povcp 

(TVfiTravTc fidijp 
tout' ovvjji dOdvarov, Tepirvd's S' i-Trel ■)(^pv(ToaTe- 

(f>dvoio Xd/3ev 
Kapirov "H/3a?, ' A\(/)ew /xecrao) KaralSd^ iKaXeaae 

Yloaeihdv'' evpv^Luv, 
OP TTpdyovov Kal To^o(f>6pov AdXov deohpLUTa'; '^/cottoV, 
ai'^ecov XaoTp6({)ov Tifidv rev ed KecpaXd, 
vvKTO<i v7rai6pco<i. avTec^diy^aro 8' dpTi€7n]<; 
Trarpia 6acra_ fxerdXXaaev re viv "Opao, Te/co?, 
oevpo TrdyKOLVov e? '^oipav tfiev (f)dfji.a<i OTriadev. 
(a) CTTt Trdv ^aivei ri Kal XdOa^ dTeK/xapra i'e'(f)o<i, 
Kal vapiXKei irpajfiaTcov opOdv 686v 
e^co (f>p€V(ov, 

Kat Tol yap acdovaaa^ eT^oi/Te? airepfi^ dve^av <^Xo- 

709 ov' Tev^av 8' dirvpot,^ lepol'i 

aX<TO<i iv UKpoTToXec. Keivoa 6 /xev ^avddv dyaycbv 

ve(j)eXav 
TToXvv vae ^pvcrov avrd 8e a^iaiv Miraae ri^^vav 
TTCLcrav iTTL^dovicov F Xav K WTT L<i dpiaTOTr6voL<i Yep<7t 

Kparelv. 
epya Be ^coolaiv epirovreaac 6' ofjLola KeXevOoi <f>€pov' 
r)V 8k KXeo^ ^adv. 8aevTc 8e Kal aocfyia /mei^cov 



d8oXo^ reXedei. 



Mss. Keivoiai /xiv. 



136 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

(e) Kaipov el (f)6€'y^aio, ttoXXojp ireipaTa avvravv< at? 

iv /3pa')(^€t, fJi€L(ov €7rerai fi(xifxo<i av6po)7raii>, l.tt j 'yap 

Kopo^ afi/3\vv€L 
alav-q'i ra-)(eia^ eX-Triha^- 
acTTcov 8' ciKoa Kpv(})iov dvp-ov ^apvvei /jLciXKrr 

iaXolaiv iir aWorpiuL:. 
aXV o/i.ft)9, Kpeaacov <yap OLKTip/xov c^^oVo?, 
fiT] Trapiei KaXd. vM/na Sikuiq) Tn^haXiw arpmov' 
ayjrevSet Se 7rp6<i aKfxovi ^dXKeve yXcoaaav. 
e'i Tt Kal (f)Xavpov irapaLdvca-ei, fxeya rot <^eperaL 
Trap aedev, iroXXoiv ra/^im? eaar iroXXol /j,dpTvpe<i 
diJL(f)OTepoL<; inaroL 
{/) aixa')(^ov KaKOV ap,(^OTepoL<; hiailBoXidv vTrof^drie^^ 
6p'yai<; dT€ve<i ctXanreKcov cKeXot. 
KepSol Se Ti jxdXa tovto KepSaXeov reXedet ; 
are yap elvdXiov ttovov €;^oj'cra9 ^adv 
crKeud<; €Tepa<i, d^dimcno^ el/xt, (f)eXX6<; &>? vjrep 

epKO<; aA,/Aav. 
ahvvara S' eVo? eK^aXelv Kparaiov iv dyadol'i 
86Xlov aarov oixco'i fidv craivcov ttotI Trdvra'i dyav 

irdyyy Bia7rXeK€L, 

ov ol fxere')((i) dpd(T€o<;. (f)l\ov etrj ^iXeiv' 

ttotI 6' e^Opou dr €)^dp6<t icov Xv/colo SiKav vttq- 

devao/xai, 
dXX' dXXoT€ Trarewv bhol<i (TKoXtal<i. 
€v iravra he vojxov evdvyXwaao'i dvrjp 7rpo(f)c'pet. 

(g) 6 8* apa ')^p6vQ) 

iKer aL')(^fialcrLv SiSvfMaiaiv dvrip CKTrayXo^;' ia-da^ 

8' diK^orepov vtv e^er, 
d T€ }Aayv7]ro)v eVt^wpto? dpao^oicra dar^rolcn yvLOi<i, 
d/x(pl Se irapSaXea areyero (f)pioaouTa<; ofi/3pov^' 
ovBe KOfidv irXoKa/xoi Kepdevre'i w^ot'T* dyXaoi, 
dXX' dirav voirov KaTaiOvcraov. rd^a 8' evdv'i lcoV 

eardO}] yv(i)/xa<; drapp-vKroio Tretpco/xevo'i 
iv dyopa 7rX>']6ovTo<i 6-^Xov. 
Mss. drap^aKTOto. 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 137 

(h) el 5 aperc KaraKeiTai iraaav opfydv, 
a/x(f)6T€pov Ba7rdvai<{ re Kal TroVoi?, 
XP^ VLV evpovTecraiv aydvopa KOfiirov 
fir) <p6ovepaiai (ficpeiv 
'yv(t)/xaL<; eirel KOV(f>a So'crt? avSpl <TO(f)a) 
avrl fi6')(9ci)v TTavrohaTrSiv, €7ro^ elirovr a'^aQov fu- 

vov opOaxrai kuXou. 
fiLa66<; ^ap dWoi'i dWo^ e'^' epy/xaaiu dvdpcoTroc^ 

yXvKiK;, 
firjXo^oTa t' dpoTa r' opvLxoXo^^o) re Kal ov 7r6vT0<i 

Tpa(f)ei. 
f^aarpl Si Tra? Tt<? d/xvvcov \l/x6v alavij reraraf 

2. Comment on : 

(a) ev Se Ylvdcovi •^prjcrdev 'ira\ai<^aTov 7e\e<T<7ev. 

(b) kind 8' eireira irvpav veKpoiv reXeaOdvrwv TaXato- 

viSa'i eiirev 

(c) o<ppa KeXevOo) r ev KaOapa 

^dao/xev ok-^ov^ 'iKco/iiat re Trpo? dvSpcov Kal 'yevo^. 
{d) ^oc/3ov 7 a/3 avrov (pd yeyaKetP irarpo^. 
(e) /xvacrdevri Be Zi€V<t d/j, vdXov fieXXev defiev. 
(/) el 8e avv rrovcp ri<i ev T-pdaarj /J.eXiyapv€^ vfivoi 

varepwv dp-^^d Xoycov reXXerac 
(gr) eXrofiai fir} ')^aXK07rdpaov dKOvd' coaelr dy(avo<s 

^aXelv efft) rraXdfia Bovecov, 

y^aKpa Se pi-y^ai^ dp^evcreaO dvriov<;, 

(/i) ^p?) Sk irpo^ Otov ojic ip/^t>^. 

{{) €v6' d'yvov T\o(7ethd(ovo<; ecraavr elvaXiov refjuevof. 

3. Discuss the following MS. readings : — 

{a) rpairel^itiai r d/x(f)i8evrara Kpewv 

atoev Sceddaavro Kal (f)dyov, 
(0) %i]p(ava he rerpaopia<i eveKa viKa^opov 

yeywvrjreov^ omv ScKaiov ^eixov. 
(c) rd yXvKea yiverai rrdvra /Sporol^ 

(= ev fj,eXtTai<i r deiScov efxoXov) 
(tZ) evvai Be irapdrpoTroL e? KaKorar ddpoav 
I e^aXov irorl Kal rov LKOvr', eirel, 



138 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

(e) ov8' cnriOrjae vtv, aXX' ^/3&)? 

(/) At'crofo? yap iral'i iTTi^topio'i ov ^eivav iKOfxav 
'yalav dWcov. 
(where for Uo/xav is wanted u ) 

4. Discuss Pindar's treatment of the myth, indicating 
some of the various ways in which it is related to the 
main subject. 

5. Make a short Hst of the chief normal differences 
between Pindar and Attic prose in Accidence and 
Syntax. 



CLASSICAL HONOURS. 
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

PLATO, FORMAN'S SELECTIONS. 

Tuesday, April 2ist, 1903: — Morning, 9 to 12. 

I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases un- 
derlined, indicating also, except in (9), connection with 
the context : — 

(a) €uOv<; ovi> fie ISmv 6 KecfiaXo^; rjaTrd^eTo re Kal 
elTrev^H Sw/c/jare?, ou Be da/xl^ei^ rjfilv Kara/Saivwv €l<i rov 
Tleipaid' XPV^^ /xeVror el fxev yap ijco en ev Swdftei rjv 
Tov pa8iQ)<; TTopeveadai 7rpo<; to darv, ovhev dv ae eSei 
Bevpo levai, aW ///LteZ? dv irapd ae fjfiev vvv he ae ')(^pr} 
TTVKVOTcpov Sevpo levai. 

(b) eart 8e tovto rvpavvi^, ?) ou Kara afxiKpov 
TaWorpia Kal \ddpa Kal /Sla dcfyaipelrat, Kal lepd 
Kal oaia Kal tSia Kal hrjfioaia, dXXd ^vW'r]^oriv' 
a>v e(f>' eKdaro) jxepei orav Tt9 dhiKi]aa<i jxrj Xddrj, 
^rj/jLLovrai re Kal ovei'Sr] e^et rd /xeyiara' Kal yap 
lepoavXoi Kal dpSpaTroSiaral Kal roLy^wpv'^oL Kat airo- 
areprjral Kal KXemat 01 Kara p-eprj dhiKOvvre^ tmv 
roiovTcov KaKOvpyr) fidroov KaXovvrar eireihav he rt? tt/jo? 
TOt<? TMV TToXiTOiv '^p'qfjLaaiv Kal auTOj)? dvhpaiiTohLadp.evo^ 
hovXcoarjTat, dvrl tovtcov twv ala')(^poyv ovofidroiv evhai- 
/xove<i Kal /maKdpioi KeKXrjvrai. 

(c) 6 yap veo<; ou% oloare Kpivetv rt re virovoia Kal 
o /Ltr;, dXX! a dv T'i]XiKOvTO<i cov Xd^rj ev TaU So|at9, hvae- 
KViTTrd re Kal d/xerdaTaTa (f)LXel ylyveaOat,. aiv or) 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 



139 



KTft)? kue<ca Trepi iravro^ irotrjTeov^ a Trpcora aicovovcnv on 
KaWtcTTa jxeixvOoXoyrj^iiva irpo^ aperriv a/coveiv, 

(d) TiW ouL> aWov (ro(f>i,(rTr)V otei, rj iroiou-; tStcoji/cou? 
\oyoi/? euavTta tovtol^ reivovTa^ KpxTrjcreiv ; Olp.it /xeu 
ovSeva, T} S' 6'?. Oi) yci/a, rjv 8' €70), aWa koI to im- 
'^(^etpelv ttoWt] dvoca. oure yap yLyuerai oure yeyovev 
ov8e ovv fx.r] yevrjrai dWolov rjOo^ irpo^ ctpeTTjv Trapa rrjv 
TOVTOiv TratSeiav TreTratSevfiePov, avdpcoTreLov, m eralpe. 
delov fjLevTOL Kara ttjv irapoifxlav e^aipoifiev \6yov. 

(e) Tt Se ; t) irpxarr^'i iuicou tmv SiKciadevTCOv ou 
KOfjL-ylrt] ; tj ovttco elSe? ei^ rotavTrj TroXireCa, avd pMircov 
Karay^r)<^LadevT(tiv davdrov t] (j)vyrj^ oufjueSTTOv avToiV 
fievovTcov re Kal dvaarpec^op^evcov ev fxecrM, /cat &)? ovre 
(f)povTL^ovTO^ ovT€ opoiVTO^ ovhevo^ TTepLvocTTel (ocTTTep rjpco^ ; 
Kat TToA-Xou? 7', e(^ri, 

(/) ravra elirovTa plyp^ai, iirl Trdvra^ tov? K\^pov<i. 
Tov 8e Trap' avrov irecrovra eKaarov dvacpeladai, irXrjv ov, 
€ Be ov/c idv ro) 8e dvekofxevcp hrfkov elvaij 6TT6cno<i 
elXrj-^eLV /jLerd Se toOto av6i<i to. rSiv ^icov irapahetyiiara 
€49 TO irpoaOev a(f)6i)v delvat eVt rrjv yrjv, iroXv irXeioi rojv 
TrapovTCJv, elvat he TravToSaTrd' ^wa>v re yap irdpTcov 
^iov<; Kal 8r] Kal TOv<i dvOpuiirlvov^ diravra'i. rvpavvlha^ 
re yap ev avrols elvaL, ra? ixev SiareXeh^ ra? 8e Kal 
fiera^ii SiacjideLpo/xeva^; Kal €t9 irevia'i re Kal <^vyd<i Kal ei<i 
7rT&)%eta<? reXevT(i}cra<;. 

((/) Sn. 'AOpet 8r] TrepiaKOTTcbv, jX'q rtf t<ov d/j-v^Tcov 
eiraKovr]. elalv 8e ovroi 01 ov8ev dXXo olofievoi eivai rj ov 
av 8vv(ovrac dirpl^ rolv ')(epo2v Xa/Seadat, Trpd^ef^ 8e Kal 
yeveaeL<i Kal irdv to dopaTov ovk d'iro8e')(opLevoL tu? ev ovaia<i 
fie pet. 

0EAI. Kal /xev Bij, & Stu/cpare?, aKXr]pov<; ye \e7et9 

Kol I dvTCTVTrOVi dvOpdiTTOVi. 

Sn. EtcTfi/ ydp, u) iral, ixdX^ ev dfiovaoi, 

2. Comment on : — 

(a) <a? ToCvov fir) dKovao/xevcov^ ovtco hiavoelcrde. 

(h) 01 S' dp')(6pLevoL TTOioiKJiv TO eKeCvov ^vfxcjjepov 

KpeiTTOVO^ 6vT0<i. 



140 FACULTY. OF ARTS. 

(c) Toy? eTriTV^ovra^ viro roiv i7rtTV)(^6vT(Ov ^vdov<i 
7rXaa$evTa<i. 

(d) IIapaS€iy/j,aTO<; apa eveKa, rjv 3' eyo), i^rjrovfiev 
avro re SiKatoavi^rjv olov ean^ Kal avhpa rov reXeW BiKatov. 

(e) iv yvvai^l Se irpof avBpa<; Kal avhpdcn 7rp6<i yvvatKa^i 
ocn) r) laovo/xia Kal eKevOepia ylyveraL^ oXtyov eTrekadofied' 
elirelv. 

(/) Kal ava\(j)aeL T7J<i ovala<i KaO' ocrov av ol6<i r ^. 
(g) TOiv he eu6v<; yevofievcov Kal oXiyov 'x^povov fiiovvrcov 
irepi aWa eXeyev ovk a^ia pLvrj^irj^. 

(Ji) Ov')(^ rjKei, (^dvaL^ ovhi' av i'j^eL 8evpo, 

3. Explain the general scheme of the "Republic." 
Criticize the model state from the point of view of 
modern political theory. 

4. In what connection are the following mentioned : 
— Agamemnon, Achelous, Thamyras, Niobe, Pandarus. 



THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

CLASSICAL HONOURS. 

Thursday, x\pril i6th, 1903 : — Afternoon, 2 to 5. 

I. Translate : — 

(a) Ti ovv eaO' 6 ireirovde', MeydXrjv vrj Ai" axpXe 
SiKTjv Kal roaavTrjV wot airoarepelaOaL rcov ovrwv. aXXa 
■^^iXicov rj hiKrj fxovov rjv Spa')(/x(t)v. Ilaz^y 7e' aXXa SaKva 
Kal TovTO (f)ai7) Tt? av orav eKTivetv ctSiKCO'i Se'r]' avve/Srj 8e 
VTrepi] /xepa) yevofxevcp XaOelv avrw Sia to ahLKriOrjvai. aXX' 
avdiifiepov fxev yaOero' 6 Kal /neyicrrov karL reKf^r/piov rov 
firjSev rj8i,Kr)K€vai, rov dvOpcoirov 8pa')(^ixi]v S' ovheiroi pnav 
iKJeriKev. aXXa pui^ira) tovto. aXXd tijv /xrj ovaav ccvtl- 
Xa)(^€lv avru) i^rjv Si]7rov Kal ttjOo? e/ti-' to irpdyixa KaraaTiy 
craaOai Trpo? ovirep e^ ap')(r]<=; 7]v 1) BiKy. aXX' ovk rj/3ovXeTO. 

(h) K.al el /Jii] Ti]Xe(l)dv7]'i 6 avXrirr]<; avhpSiv /3eXTi- 
CTTO? Trepl i/xe Tore iyevero Kal ro irpdyfia aladofxevo^ tov 
dvdpwTTOV cnreXdaa'i avTO<i avyKporeiv Kal SiSdaKeLV coeTO 
8elv rov y^opov, ovS' av i^ycoviadfxeOa, w dv8pe<i AOijvaloL' 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 141 

aW' aSiSa/CTO? av eLaPjXdev 6 %o/309 Kal Trpdj/xaTa 
acayiCTTa up eircWofxev. Kal ouS' ipravO' ecrii] Tpjt i/ySpecu? 
aXXa TOcrouTOV avTU) Trepirjv cocttc top iaT€:f>avcofMevov 
apyoPTa SiecpOetpe' tov<; ^(^oprj'yov'i avpy^yep eii kfie' ^oo)v 
aireiXoyp ofjupvovcri 7rapecrT7]KU><i rol'i KpcTal<; la irapaaKyPca 
(fipdrTCOP, TrpocrrjXcijp, t'Stcor?;? cbp ra 8i]fx6aia kuko, Kal 
Trpdj/xara afivdrjTd fxot Trapeywp hcereXeae. 

(c) ^oaovjcop TOLPVP Kal tolovtcop optcop a ro) /SSeXvpo) 
70VT(p Kal apaiBel /3e/3/a)Tat, epini fxoi 'Trpocri6vT€<i, & dpSp€<i 
SiKacrral, tcop ')(p(OfM€pa)P avro), irapaiPovpre<i cnraWa<yr)paL 
Kal Ka6v(j)elvaL top dyciipa tovtopI, eTreiSi] p,e p-rj TieiOoiep, 
o)? /xef ou iroWa Kal Secpa ireTroirjKep outo? Kal hlKrjP 
rjPTiPOvv ap BoiTj SiKai(i)<i tmp ireTrpayp^epoyp ovk iroXpcop 
XeyciP, eTTfc ravra Se cnrvvTcop tu? -tjXcoKep rjhrj Kal KaTeyjr?]- 
(fyiarat,. Tipo'i TtpirjaetP avTco TrpocrSoKqf; to hiKacTTrjpLOP ; 
ouY opa<i oTi TrXovTel Kal Tptrjpap'x^ia'i ipel Kal XeiToupyia^ ; 
(TKOTrei hrj p,r] tovtol<; avTOP e^aiTi]<TriTaL Kai eXdjTco ttoXv 
TT TToXei KaTaOei'i rj oca aoL BiBcoat, KaTayeXdarj. eyoi 8€ 
TrpoiTOP p.ep ovSep ayeppe<i vp.cop KaTayiypcaaKO} ov8' vtto- 
Xap-^dpoi TipLTqcreLV ovhepo^ iXdTTopo<i tovtq) t] oaop Karadel^ 
ovTcocrl r-avaeTai n')? vjSpewi. 

Add a note on the mood of Treidoiev. 

(d) 'Hy 8' oi/Td 6 Tov /3eXTicrTou iraTTjp XapLKXeiSov 
ToO dp^aPTd Kal p,eya y' vp^lp tovt iSoKCC ZUaLOP kx^cv o 
•Trpo^aXX6p,epo<; Xeyetp- el KaTeXdp,^aPOP, apdpoiTre,^ deav, 
el p^rj Tot? KJ]pvypaa-cp, w? av /xe (f)r}^, eTreidop-qp, tlpo<; eK 
Tcop p6p.(OP el Kvpio<i Kal 6 dpxo}v avTv<; ; rot? v7rripeTaL<i 
e^eioyetp elirelv, ovk avTd<; TinrTecp. ov8' ovto) Treldop.af 
iiri/SoXrjp e7rt(3dXXetv, irdpTa p,aXXop,7rXT]P ai)T09 ay{ra(x6ai 
TT} %etp/. TToXXa yap irpo tov p-rj to awp^a eKacjTOV v^pi- 
^eadai TreTroi'qKacnp ot pop,ot. 

2. Translate the following and add a word of com- 
ment or explanation where necessary: — 

pvKTCop, ipop,r]pla,Trp6e8po<;, aKOToVi (Gen.), e^ovX-q^, 
aycovcwPTa<;, aTreBiTjTTjae, KaTajBpa^evdepTa, ^ KOPiOpTO^, 
Kepp,aTa, Trpoo-^aro?, TeTVCJxoaOe. ai'-qpTrdadai, aaxaXXeip^ 
e^i/09, Kvp^^ta, (f)6eipecrdai Trpo<i ttXouct/oi;?, 'OXu/XTrtacrn', 
avTLSoai<;, ckvto^, e/cXto^ere, epr) Kal pea, lKipo(f>opiQ}p. 

3. Compare th,e rules which Demosthenes observes 
for the rhythm of the final syllables of his sentences 
with those preferred by Cicero. 



142 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

CLASSICAL HONOURS. 
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT. 
Friday, April 17TH, 1903: — Afternoon, 2 to 5. 

Translate into English : — 

(1) &J9 5' or iv aiyiaXw TroXorj-^eL Kvfxa daXdcra'Tj'i 
opuvT eTTacravTepov, Zecfyvpov vtto Kivrjaavro';' 
TTOPTQ) fiev re irpoira Kopvaaerai, avrap eireLra 
'^(^epau) pr]yvv/xevov fxeydXa ^pefiec, dp.^1 he r dvpa^ 
Kvprov lov Kcpu(f)ouTaL, cnrjTTTveL 5' d\o'=; d-^vrjV 
&)? tot' €7raacrvT€pat, Aavacou kivvvto (f)aXayye^ 
vo}Xefxeco<; nroXepbOvhe. veXeve Sk olaiv €Kaaro<i 
rjyeixovcov o; 8' dXXoi, aKijv tcrav (^ouSe k€ (f>ac7]<; 
Toaaov Xaov e-rreaOaL e-^ovr iv (nrjOecnv avSiju') 
cny^ SeiSLore'i ari/xavTopwi' d/x(f)l Se irdcnv 
YevT^ea ttolkiX^ eXa/xire, rd elfxevoi eaTi')(^6o)vro. 
Tpcoe? h\ war'' ote^ 7roXv7rdixovo<i dvSpo'i iv avXrj 
/xvpiaL ecrT)]Kacnv dfieXyo/xevaL ydXa XevKov, 
d^7])^e<i /xeuaKvlaL^ UKOvovaaL oira dpvcbv 

(5»? Tpcocov dXaXrjTO'i dvd (nparov eupvv opcopec. 

(2) eXO^ (o hid ^ouddv yevvcov iXeXt!^oneva, 
dpy'jvoi^ ifiol<i ^vvepy6<i, 

' tLXevat /ieXe'a? Trovovi, 

Tov 'iXidScov t' dec — 

hovaa haKpvoevra irovov 

'A^aLMV VTTO Xoy^ai'i, 

ot'' efMoXev, e/xoA.e ireBia /Sap^dpca irXdra, 

o-i eSpa/x^ poOia, /xeXea TIpia/J,i8aL<; dycov 

AaKedai/jiovo'i diro Xe^ea 

cridev, 0) ' KXeva, Ildpi^ alv6yap,o<; 

TTOfxtralcnv 'A(f)poSiTa^. 

TToXXol 6' 'Ap^aiwv iv 8opl koI ireTpivaa 

pLTralcnv iKTrveixravre'i "AiSav p.eX€0'> e^^^ovcriv, 

rdXatvav a^v dXo^cov Kelpavre'i eOetpav. 

(3) Kal ovfc av fxei^co 7rpb<; roi? opKoi'? /Se/Saiaxnv 
A,a/3oiT€, ■^ oh rd epya iic rcov Xoyw dvaOpov/j,€va SoKrjaLV 
dvayKalav Trape'^eTat o)? Kal ^Ufi(f)€p6t ofxoico; Q)i cIttov. el 



CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 143 

5' i/xov ravra 7rpoLa-)(oixevov ahvvaroL fxev (fyijaere elvac 
evvoi S' oiz-^e? a^iayaere firj KUKOv/xevoi hLwdelaOai kul riiv 
ikevdepia^ fxt] ctKiuSuvov i/xlv (paivecrdaL, hiKatov re eleiv 
oh Kal SvvaTov he-^eaOai avri-jv, tovtoi<; kuI e7ri(f)epvac 
OKOvra Se jxi^heva TrpoaavayKci^en', /xdpTupaf; fxev Oeov^ Kal 
j)p(oa<; Toi/? ijxoipiov^ iroLrja-oixai, &)? eV ayadci ijkcov ov 
ireidoi, 'yrjv he riy v/xerepav Sijcov TTeipda-o/xat ^id^eaOai. 

(4) eyco /xei^ ouv. o) KaA,A,t'/<:A,ei9, virb tovtcov t(ov 
Xoycov TreTreiafiat, kciI aKOTrci) orrco'i aT-0(f>uPOv/jiat rco KpiTn 
oj? vyLeard'^T]v rtju ^Irv^iji'' -^dipeLi/ ovv idaa^ Td<i rip.a<i 
Td<i ro)v rroWwu dvOpcoircov^ tI-jv dXi'jOeLav aKO-rror' rreipd- 
ao/xai Tu> ovri Jo? dp Svpco/xai /SeXrLo-ro^ cop koi ^rjp Kal 
^ireiSdp diToOprjaKQ) dTrodpijCTKeLP. irapaKaXo) Se Kal toi)? 
dXXovi TTuvra's dpOpcoirov^, Kad' ocrop Svpafxac, Kal 87) Kal 
ae dpTiTrapaKaXo) iirl tovtov top /Slop Kal top dywpa 
TOVTOP, OP iydi (pij/jLL dpTl TrdpTcop Tciyp ipOdoe dydpcop elpai, 
KaL opeLhi^oi ao-, oti ov'^ oi6<i t ecret aav-^o) SorjOpjaaL, 
OTaP rj 6iKr] aot rj Kal tj Kpiai'^ i)p pvpSt] eyx) eXeyop, dXX'i 
iXBoop irapd top SLKaaTrjP top t/}? AlyLPij'i vop, eTreiSdp 
(Tov iTnXaf36/xePo<; dyrj, ')(^aa fjn'^aet Kal ecXiyytdcrfi,^ ovdep 
r)TTOP 7) iyd) epddhe av eKel, Kal ae t'cro)? TOTTTijcrei Tt? iirl 
Kopprji^ Kal TrdpTco^ TrpoTrrjXaKiel. 

(5) KUiTOi Kal irepl tT;? (f)copti<i caco^ elirelp dpdyKX] 
irapv yap p.eya Kal eirl TavTrj (^popelp avTop aKOvoo, o)? 
vadvTTOKpipovfMepop vp.d<i. k/J^ol 8e 8ok€it' dTOTrd)TaTOv 
airdpTcop dp TTOLrjaai, el, oTe ukp Ta (dveaTov ral tcop eVt 
Tpoia KdK^ rjycoPi^eTO, e^ej3dXXer avTOP Kal e^eaupLTTCT 
eK TOiP OedTpoop Kal /xopop ou KaTeXeveT^ ovtco^, aJcrre 
TeXevTcoPTa tov TpLTayjopLO-reip diroaTrjpai, eTreiBi] 3' ouk 
eirl T/}? aKrjpPj^ dXX^ kp Tol'^ kolpoI^ kjlI fxeyiaroL^ T?}? 
TToXeco'i Trpdyfiaai fMvpi^ eXpyacTTai KaKa, T7]PiKaud' as 
KaXop (f>6eyyo/ji€Pa Tr/Jocre^OiTe. fxrjha p.oi<i . p,j]Bep vfjiel^ 
d^eXTepop Trdt^ijTe, dXXd 'Soyl^ead' on Set KrjpvKa fiev av 
8oKLfxd^7]Te, eucf)(opop aKOTretP, 7rpea/3evT}]P 8e Kal tmp 

KOCPOJP d^LOVPTd TL TTpdTTeiP OlKaiOP Kal (f)p6p7]/X^ €)(^opO^ 

virep v/x6)P f^eya, Trpb<i 8' v/xd<; ccrop' coaTrep iyco (PlXlttttop 
fi€P OUK idav/xaaa, tov^ S' a] '^/xaXdjTovi edav/xaaa, eacoaa, 
ov8ep v7re(TTeiXdp.7]P. outo? 8' eKeiPov /xep it povKaXipSetTO 
Kat T0v<i Traiapwi ^Set*, vfMojp 8' virepopd. 

10 



J44 FACULTY OF ARTS. 

(6) TlovXvTTov liypevawi irore Ty/'wfT^o?, e^ aA.09 etV 7)')i/ 
eppi-yjrei^, Setaa^ Otjpo'i c/JLavToireSiji